Abraham Ibn Ezra Latinus: Henry Bate's Latin Versions of Abraham Ibn Ezra's Astrological Writing: With English Translation and a Collation with the ... 8. 9004524886, 9789004524880

Citation preview

Abraham Ibn Ezra Latinus: Henry Bate’s Latin Versions of Abraham Ibn Ezra’s Astrological Writings

Études sur le Judaïsme Médiéval Fondées par

Georges Vajda Rédacteur en chef

Paul B. Fenton Dirigées par

Phillip I. Lieberman Benjamin Hary and Katja Vehlow

TOME XCIII

The titles published in this series are listed at brill.com/ejm

Abraham Ibn Ezra Latinus: Henry Bate’s Latin Versions of Abraham Ibn Ezra’s Astrological Writings With English Translation and a Collation with the Hebrew and French Source Texts Abraham Ibn Ezra’s Astrological Writings, Volume 8-2

Edited, translated, collated and annotated by

Shlomo Sela

LEIDEN • BOSTON 2022

The Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data is available online at https://catalog.loc.gov LC record available at https://lccn.loc.gov/2022035833

Typeface for the Latin, Greek, and Cyrillic scripts: “Brill”. See and download: brill.com/brill-typeface. issn 0169-815x isbn 978-90-04-52488-0 (hardback, set) isbn 978-90-04-52258-9 (hardback, volume 1) isbn 978-90-04-52388-3 (hardback, volume 2) isbn 978-90-04-52260-2 (e-book, volume 1) isbn 978-90-04-52389-0 (e-book, volume 2) Copyright 2022 by Shlomo Sela. Published by Koninklijke Brill nv, Leiden, The Netherlands. Koninklijke Brill NV incorporates the imprints Brill, Brill Nijhoff, Brill Hotei, Brill Schöningh, Brill Fink, Brill mentis, Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, Böhlau and V&R unipress. Koninklijke Brill NV reserves the right to protect this publication against unauthorized use. Requests for re-use and/or translations must be addressed to Koninklijke Brill NV via brill.com or copyright.com. This book is printed on acid-free paper and produced in a sustainable manner.

To my beloved wife, Leah, without whom I could not have produced this volume

TABLE OF CONTENTS

VOLUME 1

Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiii Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xv General Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Abraham Ibn Ezra Latinus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Henry Bate’s Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Henry Bate–Abraham Ibn Ezra Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. The French Translations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. The Treatise on the Astrolabe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. The Treatise on the Equatorium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. Tabulae Machlinienses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5. The Latin Translation of Ibn Ezra’s Lost ʿOlam III and of the Two Kindian Treatises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6. The Astrological Autobiography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1. Nativities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2. World Astrology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.3. Introductions to Astrology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.4. Elections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.5. Interrogations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.6. Medical Astrology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7. Bate’s Treatise on the Critical Days . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8. The Philosophical and Scientific Encyclopedia . . . . . . . . . . . Earlier Research on Bate’s Translations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bate’s Complete Translations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. Liber Abrahe Avenerre introductorius ad astronomiam . . . . 1.1. The Contents and Sources of Reshit Ḥokhmah . . . . . . 1.2. The Manuscripts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3. Title, Authorship, and Place and Date of Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.4. The Structure of Introductorius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5. The Source Text of Introductorius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6. The Source Text of Commencement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1 1 4 6 7 8 9 9 10 13 13 14 15 16 17 18 18 20 20 22 22 23 25 26 27 29 33

viii

table of contents 2. Liber causarum seu rationum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1. The Contents of Ṭeʿamim I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2. The Manuscripts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3. Title, Authorship, and Place and Date of Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4. The Structure of Rationes I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5. The Source Text of Rationes I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. Secunda pars libri rationum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1. What is Ṭeʿamim II? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2. The Manuscripts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3. Title, Authorship, and Place and Date of Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4. The Structure of Rationes II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5. The Source Text of Rationes II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. Liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1. The Contents of Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2. The Manuscripts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3. Title, Authorship, and Place and Date of composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4. The Structure of Iudicia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5. The Source Text of Iudicia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5. Liber de mundo vel seculo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.1. The Contents and Sources of ʿOlam I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.2. The Manuscripts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.3. Title, Authorship, and Place and Date of Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.4. The Structure of De mundo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.5. The Source Text of De mundo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6. Liber Abrahe Avenesre de luminaribus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1. The Contents of Meʾorot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2. The Manuscripts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.3. Title, Authorship, and Place and Date of Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.4. The Structure of the De luminaribus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.5. The Source Text of De luminaribus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bate’s Modus Operandi as a Translator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. Henry Bate and the Art of the Doublet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1. The Zodiac, the Ecliptic, and the Zodiacal Signs . . . . 1.2. Astronomical Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

33 34 35 35 37 37 40 41 42 42 44 44 46 46 47 48 53 55 59 59 61 62 63 64 64 64 66 67 68 68 69 69 71 75

table of contents 1.3. Astronomical Terms derived from ‫“ ישר‬Straight” and ‫“ שווה‬Equal” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.4. Astrological Terms derived from ‫“ ישר‬Straight” . . . . . 1.5. Planets and Fixed Stars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6. The Use for the Planetary Conditions of the Latin Translations of Abū Maʿshar’s Great Introduction . . . 1.7. The Dignities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.8. The Components of the Horoscope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.9. The Strongest Planet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.10. The Lots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. How much Hebrew did Bate Know? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1. Translations “de Hebreo in Latinum” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2. “Secundum quod iacet in Ebraico” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3. Hebrew Words that Hagin Left Untranslated . . . . . . . . 2.4. Biblical Stars, Hebrew Names of Planets, Stars and Constellations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5. Translation of Hebrew Idioms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. Bate, Commentator and Supercommentator on Ibn Ezra . 3.1. Glosses in De mundo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2. Glosses in De luminaribus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3. Glosses in Introductorius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4. Glosses in Rationes I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5. Glosses in Rationes II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.6. Glosses in Iudicia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. Bate’s Trajectory as a Translator of Ibn Ezra’s Astrological Writings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aims, Methodology and Editorial Principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. The English Translations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. Notes Explaining Technical Terms, Glossaries and Lists of Authorities and Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. The Collation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. Divergent Readings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1. Introductorius Follows Commencement and Diverges from Reshit Ḥokhmah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2. Bate’s Six Latin Translations Diverge from All their Source Texts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5. Doublets and Triplets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6. Omissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1. Omissions in the Two-tiered Translations . . . . . . . . . . .

ix

77 78 81 83 85 86 88 90 93 93 94 95 98 99 102 102 104 104 105 106 107 109 114 114 115 116 117 117 118 118 118 118

x

table of contents

7. 8. 9. 10.

11.

6.2. Introductorius and Commencement Omit Words Found in Reshit Ḥokhmah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.3. Omissions in Introductorius but not in Commencement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glosses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stylistic Alterations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Additions from Lost Hebrew Manuscripts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Categories of Translation in Introductorius . . . . . . . 10.1. Translations of Names that Hagin Transliterates . . . . 10.2. Calques of Hebrew Idioms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.3. Transliterations of Hebrew Words in Introductorius 10.4. Reliance on a Lost Manuscript of Commencement . . Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

119 119 120 121 121 121 121 122 122 123 123

Part One: Liber Abrahe Avenerre introductorius ad astronomiam: Latin Text and English Translation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Part Two: Notes to Liber Abrahe Avenerre introductorius ad astronomiam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361 Part Three: Liber causarum seu rationum: Latin Text and English Translation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483 Part Four: Notes to Liber causarum seu rationum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581

VOLUME 2

Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiii Part Five: Secunda pars libri rationum: Latin Text and English Translation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 631 Part Six: Notes to Secunda pars libri rationum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 713 Part Seven: Liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie: Latin Text and English Translation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 769 Part Eight: Notes to Liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie . . . . . . . . . . 873

table of contents

xi

Part Nine: Liber de mundo vel seculo: Latin Text and English Translation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 933 Part Ten: Notes to Liber de mundo vel seculo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 997 Part Eleven: Liber Abrahe Avenesre de luminaribus: Latin Text and English Translation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1029 Part Twelve: Notes to Liber Abrahe Avenesre de luminaribus . . . . . . . . . . .1063 Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1087 Part Thirteen: Appendices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1095 1. Abraham Ibn Ezra’s Astrological Corpus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1097 2. MS Leipzig, Universitätsbibliothek, 1466 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1101 3. MS Limoges, Bibliothèque municipale, 9 (28). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1104 4. Technical Terms in Introductorius and their counterparts in Commencement and Reshit ḥokhmah. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1107 5. Names of persons, authors, and sources in Introductorius and their counterparts in Commencement and Reshit ḥokhmah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1150 6. Technical Terms in Rationes I and their counterparts in Ṭeʿamim I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1157 7. Names of persons, authors, and sources in Rationes I and their counterparts in Ṭeʿamim I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1175 8. Technical Terms in Rationes II and their counterparts in Ṭeʿamim II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1184 9. Names of persons, authors, and sources in Rationes II and their counterparts in Ṭeʿamim II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1201 10. Technical Terms in Iudicia and their counterparts in Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1207 11. Names of persons, authors, and sources in Iudicia and their counterparts in Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1229 12. Technical Terms in De Mundo and their counterparts in ʿOlam I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1235 13. Names of persons, authors, and sources in De Mundo and their counterparts in ʿOlam I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1249 14. Technical Terms in De luminaribus and their counterparts in Meʾorot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1256

xii

table of contents 15. Names of persons, authors, and sources in De luminaribus and their counterparts in Meʾorot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1268

Bibliography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1270 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1277

ABBREVIATIONS

⟨⟨…⟩⟩ ⟨⟨…⟩⟩μ

omissions Introductorius and Commencement omit words found in Reshit Ḥokhmah ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ν Omissions in Introductorius that do not occur in Commencement Bate’s Latin translations Henry Bate’s complete Latin translations of Ibn Ezra’s Hebrew astrological writings collation collation of Bate’s translations with their source texts Commencement Li livres du commencement de sapience; Hagin le Juif De diebus creticis De diebus creticis periodorumque causis; Henry Bate De luminaribus Liber Abrahe Avenesre de luminaribus De luminaribus, §20:2 De luminaribus, section 20, passage 2 De mundo Liber de mundo vel seculo; Henry Bate De mundo, §12:2 De mundo, section 12, passage 2 De nativitatibus Liber Abraham Iudei de nativitatibus (assigned to Abraham Ibn Ezra) De nativitatibus, II vi §6:4, 314–315 De nativitatibus, ed. Sela (2019), part II (the twelve horoscopic houses), section vi (addressing the sixth horoscopic house), section 6, sentence 4, on pp. 314–315 De rationibus tabularum Liber de rationibus tabularum; assigned to Abraham Ibn Ezra E Erfurt, Universitäts- und Forschungsbibliothek, Amplon. O.89 Electiones Liber electionum (Book of elections), Latin translation of the third version of Sefer haMivḥarim; Abraham Ibn Ezra Elections Le livre des elections Abraham; Hagin le Juif Epitome Epitome totius astrologiae gloss at §10.9:4 → 3 sentence 3 of the gloss at chapter 10, section 9, sentence 4 of Bate’s relevant translation

xiv Introductorius

abbreviations

Liber Abrahe Avenerre introductorius ad astronomiam; Henry Bate Introductorius, §2.7:2 Introductorius, chapter 2, section 5, passage 2 Introductorius, §2:3 Introductorius, section 2 of the introduction, passage 3 Iudicia Liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie; Henry Bate Iudicia, §31:2 Iudicia, section 31, passage 2 Liber Electionum, II vi 1:5, 106–107 Electiones, ed. Sela (2020), part II (the twelve horoscopic houses), section vi (addressing the sixth horoscopic house), section 1, sentence 5, on pp. 106–107 Meʾorot Sefer ha-Meʾorot (Book of the Luminaries); Abraham Ibn Ezra Meʾorot, §25:4, 472–473 Meʾorot, ed. Sela (2011), section 25, passage 4 on pp. 472–473 Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot Sefer Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot (Book of the Judgments of the Zodiacal Signs); Abraham Ibn Ezra Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot, §38:7, 522–523 Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot, ed. Sela (2017), section 38, passage 7 on pp. 522–523 Mivḥarim I First version of Sefer ha-Mivḥarim (Book of Elections); Abraham Ibn Ezra Mivḥarim I, §5.4:2, 66–67 Mivḥarim I, ed. Sela (2011), chapter 5 (addressing the fifth horoscopic house), section 4, sentence 2, on pp. 66–67 Mivḥarim II Second version of Sefer ha-Mivḥarim (Book of Elections); Abraham Ibn Ezra Mivḥarim II, §1.5:2, 152–153 Mivḥarim II, ed. Sela (2011), chapter 1 (addressing the first horoscopic house), section 5, sentence 2, on pp. 164–165 Mivḥarim III Third version of Sefer ha-Mivḥarim (Book of Elections); Abraham Ibn Ezra Moladot First version of Sefer ha-moladot (Book of nativities); Abraham Ibn Ezra Moladot II second version of Sefer ha-Moladot; Abraham Ibn Ezra Moladot, I 9: 4, 88–89 Moladot, ed. Sela (2013), part I, section 9, sentence 4, on pp. 88–89 Moladot, III vi 8:4, 152–153 Moladot, ed. Sela (2013), part III (the twelve horoscopic houses) chapter 6 (addressing the

abbreviations

xv

sixth horoscopic house), section 8, sentence 4, on pp. 152–153 Nativitates Liber nativitatum, Latin translation of second version of Sefer ha-moladot; Abraham Ibn Ezra Nativitates, I i 2:6–7, 82–83 Nativitates, ed. Sela (2019), part I (introduction), chapter i, section 2, sentence 6–7, on pp. 82–83 Nativités Livre des jugemens des nativités; Hagin le Juif ʿOlam I First version of Sefer ha-ʿOlam (Book of the World); Abraham Ibn Ezra ʿOlam I, §45:1, 82–83 ʿOlam I, ed. Sela (2010), section 45, sentence 1, on pp. 82–83 ʿOlam II Second version of Sefer ha-ʿOlam (Book of the World); Abraham Ibn Ezra ʿOlam II, §28:3, 174–175 ʿOlam II, ed. Sela (2010), section 2, sentence 1, on pp. 174–175 ʿOlam III Third version of Sefer ha-ʿOlam (Book of the World); Abraham Ibn Ezra P Paris, BnF, fr. 24276, fols. 1a–66a P1 Paris BnF, fonds français, 1351, fols. 1a–66a Questions Le livre des questions; Hagin le Juif Rationes I Liber causarum seu rationum; Henry Bate Rationes I, §2.10:1 Rationes I, chapter 2, section 10, passage 1 Rationes II Secunda pars libri rationum; Henry Bate Rationes II, §5.5:6 Rationes II, chapter 5, section 5, passage 6 Reshit ḥokhmah Sefer Reshit ḥokhmah (Book of the Beginning of Wisdom); Abraham Ibn Ezra Reshit ḥokhmah, §9.1:6, 234–235 Reshit ḥokhmah, ed. Sela (2017), chapter 9, section 1, passage 6, on pp. 234–235 Speculum divinorum Speculum divinorum et quorundam naturalium; Henry Bate α Divergent readings following Commencement and diverging from Reshit Ḥokhmah in Introductorius β Doublets and triplets in all the translations γ Divergent readings from the source texts in all the translations δ Bate translates names which Hagin transliterates ϵ Introductorius transliterates Hebrew words

xvi θ π

abbreviations Hebrew idioms in all the translations lost manuscript of Commencement

PART FIVE

SECUNDA PARS LIBRI RATIONUM LATIN TEXT AND ENGLISH TRANSLATION

49vb

Liber rationum1 In nomine Dei manentis in excelsis incipiam Librum rationum seu causarum.2 §1 1 (1) Fundamentum quidem volo ponere Libro initii sapientie. (2) Scio3 nempe quod omnis creatura subsistere nititur ex Dei consilioθ gloriosi ac metuendi; in Proverbiis {autem} ait Salomon:γ non didici sapientiam neque sanctorum scientiam,4 id est, angelorum.5 (3) Et ideo dicit: quis ascendit in celum et6 descendit;7 hoc quidem est dictum8 quod nos perfecta scientia non scimus celorum opera. (4) Qui enim ascendens, ille descendens filios hominumθ docuit et scire fecitβ sermones veritatis. (5) Ad hoc et Deus ad Iob ait: numquid nosti ordinem seu leges celi.β,9 (6) Verum sapientesγ diligenter inquisiverunt generatione post generationem, et per scala scientie geometrie ad celos ascendit eorum anima; multisque vicibus experimentantes, et veritatem in suis manibus invenerunt.θ 2 (1) Nos igitur vidimus quod spere sunt septem, pro septem planetis,γ singulis quidem singule. (2) Et ille qui motum suum in paucis diebus perficit, sub illo ordinatus est qui motum suum perficit in pluribus diebus, eo quod speraγ intra speramγ est, et semper que superior maior est altera. (3) Item, vidimus quod quando10 planetaγ coniungitur alteri,γ inferior superiorem occultat seu eclipsat,β et {similiter} planeteγ stellas eclipsantγ signorum. (4) Et ideo scimus quod ille celestis exercitus, illa scilicet grandis et sollemnis11 contio,β quam distinxerunt sapientesγ in .48. ymagines, supra planetas existit;γ invenimus {autem} {quoque} quod movetur ab occidente in oriens .1. gradus in annis .70. (5) Quoniam {igitur} quolibet die videmus circulum signorum ac {etiam} circulos planetarumγ septem moveri ab oriente in occidens, contra motum proprium, {ideo} scimus quod est quedam similitudo circuli supremi super omnes, per cuius motum omnes moveantur. (6) Et hic quidem in duobus locis que sunt caput Arietis et Libre cum zodiacoγ coniungitur, ibique equatur dies nocti. (7) A capite {itaque} Arietis 1Liber rationum] L in the upper margin; M om. 2In nomine Dei manentis in excelsis incipiam Librum rationum seu causarum] L; M om. 3Scio] M; L Scito. 4Vulgate, Prov. 30:3: quis ascendit in caelum atque descendit. 5angelorum] M; L angulorum. 6et] L; M atque. 7Vulgate, Prov. 30:4: quis ascendit in caelum atque descendit. 8dictum] L; M dictu. 9Vulgate Job 38:33: numquid nosti ordinem caeli. 10quando] L; M cum. 11sollemnis] L; M sollempnis.

Book of Reasons In the name of God, who dwells in the Heavens, I begin the Book of Reasons or Causes.1 §1 1 (1) I wish indeed to lay the foundation of the Book of the beginning of wisdom. (2) I certainly know that every creature takes pains to understand the secretθ,1 [lit. to stand of the secret] of the Glorious and Awe-Inspiring God; {but} in Proverbs, Solomon says:γ,2 I learned neither wisdom nor the science of the holy ones (Prov. 30:3), that is, of the angels. (3) And for that reason he says: who has ascended to heaven and descended? (Prov. 30:4); and this saying means that we do not know with full knowledge the workings of the heaven (Jer. 7:18 et passim). (4) For who has ascended, and, descending, taught and made knowβ,3 the sons of menθ,4 statements of truth? (5) For this purpose, God says to Job: Do you know the order or the laws of heavenβ,5? (Job 38:33) (6) But the scholarsγ,6 investigated, generation after generation, and their souls ascended to heaven by the ladder of the science of geometry; they experimented many times and they found it to be trueθ,7 [lit. they found the truth in their hands] 2 (1) We have seen, then, that there are seven spheres, for the seven planets,γ,1 each of them in each ⟨sphere⟩. (2) And the one that completes its motion in a few days is set beneath the one that completes its motion in more days, because one sphereγ,2 is inside another sphere,γ and the superior ⟨sphere⟩ is always the larger. (3) Likewise, we have seen that whenever one planetγ,3 is conjoined to another,γ,4 the lower hides or eclipsesβ,5 the upper, and {likewise} the planetsγ,6 eclipseγ,7 the stars of the signs. (4) Therefore we know that the host of heaven, that is, this great and solemn assembly,β,8 which the scholarsγ,9 divided into 48 images, is above the planets;γ,10 {but} we have {also} found that it [the host of heaven] moves from west to east one degree in 70 years. (5) {So,} because every day we observe that the circle of the signs and {also} the circles of the seven planetsγ,11 move from east to west, ⟨in a direction⟩ opposite to their ⟨own⟩ motion, {therefore} we know that there is something like an uppermost circle above all ⟨the other circles⟩, and all ⟨the circles⟩ are driven by its motion. (6) It [the superior circle] conjoins the zodiacγ,12 in two places, which are the head of Aries and of Libra, and then day and night are equal. (7) {There-

634

part five

semper moveturγ Sol ad partem septentrionis contra directum circulum,γ 50ra qui supremus est, motus enim Solis super lineam | signorum est. (8) Ideoque vocantur signa hec quidem septentrionalia, illa {vero} meridionalia. 3 (1) Scimus {autem} quod probationes perfecte sunt secundum humanam scientiam super planetas ⟨⟨…⟩⟩, et circulorum parvorum1 quantitates, ac distantias eorum a terra, necnon et2 loca augiumγ et oppositorum earum.γ (2) Verum super iudiciis astrorumγ non est perfecta probatio nisi quod sunt tamquam exempla,γ et quedam eorum experta sunt, secundum quod est in scientiam medicine res que contrarie sunt nature. (3) Sunt etiam in astrorum scientiaγ probationes electe,γ sicuti quod diviserunt circulum per .360. divisiones, eo quod huic numero fractiones sunt multe. §2 1 (1) Signa ignea. Sapientes {igitur} secretorum sive legisβ probationes tradiderunt quod signa composita non sunt ex quatuor elementis sed quod sunt nature quinte solum sive per se.β (2) Et ita, Sol calidus non est nisi quia sic appellatur eo quod caliditatem generat, ⟨⟨…⟩⟩. (3) Qui {vero} caliditatem modicam generat, respectu temperamenti hominis equaliter temperatiγ frigidus appellatur, secundum quod et caro bovis aut capre, omnis enim caro calida est. (4) Et ideo dicunt quod Luna frigida est,γ consimiliter {quoque} iudicium est de humiditate et siccitate. (5) Doroneus ait: nos et Antiqui nostri experimentati sumus quod si in nativitate hominis ascendensγ fuerit Aries, et in ipso presul nativitatis seu ille qui nativitate preest,β Lunaque fuerit in Ariete aut Leone aut Sagittario, colera rubea dominabitur nato, et secundum hanc viam currit totum. (6) Iacob {autem} vocatus Alkindi quatuor sunt, inquit, revolutiones procul dubio. (7) Nam quia Sol in ingressu eius in Arietem propinquus erit habitabiliγ et aerem calefaciens,γ posuerunt sapientes astrorumγ principium revolutionis prime, que de natura caliditatis est, Arietem, et dixerunt ipsam esse primam quia caliditas est activa qualitas, que dignior est frigiditate.γ (8) Posueruntque3 principium revolutionis secunde Cancrum, nature aque, que et4 frigida est, ac de natura5 active debilioris.γ (9) Tertiam {vero} revo-

1parvorum] L; M per quorum. 2et] M; L a. M; L est. 5natura] M; L nature.

3Posueruntque] M; L Posuerunt quod.

4et]

secunda pars libri rationum

635

fore,} from the head of Aries the Sun always movesγ,13 to the northern part against the direct circleγ,14 [sphaera recta], which is the uppermost ⟨circle⟩, because the motion of the Sun is along the line of the signs. (8) Hence some of the signs are called northern, {but} others southern. 3 (1) {But} we know that there are complete proofs in accordance with human science about the planetsγ,1 ⟨⟨and their dimensions⟩⟩, and the dimensions of their small circles [epicycles], their distances from the Earth, and also the places of their apogeesγ,2 and the opposite of them3 [the perigees]. (2) But there is not a complete proof about the ⟨astrological⟩ judgments of the stars;γ,4 rather, they are by way of example,γ,5 and some of them have been verified experimentally, according to which there are things in the science of medicine that are opposed to nature. (3) In the science of the stars,γ,6 too, there are select proofsγ,7 as when they divided the circle into 360 degrees, because this number has many fractions. §2 1 (1) Fiery signs. The scholars of hidden things or of the law,β,1 {then,} handed down proofs that the signs are not composed of the four elements but are ⟨composed⟩ of a fifth nature alone or by itself.β,2 (2) In this way, the Sun is not hot, but is called so because it generates heat, ⟨⟨and all the stars generate heat⟩⟩. (3) {But} one [a star] that generates a moderate amount of heat, as compared to the evenly temperate complexionγ,3 of a human being, is called cold, as the flesh of the ox and the goat, because all flesh is hot. (4) Therefore they say that the Moon is cold,γ,4 and similarly there is {also} a rule about moistness and dryness. (5) Doroneus says: we and our Ancients [our predecessors] have tested experimentally that if Aries is the ascendantγ,5 in a person’s nativity and the ruler of the nativity or the one that is in charge of the nativityβ,6 is there [in Aries], and the Moon is in Aries or in Leo or in Sagittarius, the red bile will dominate the native, and the same way applies to everything. (6) {But} Yaʿqub, who is called al-Kindī, said that undoubtedly there are four revolutions [seasons]. (7) Because the Sun, in its entry in Aries, will be close to the habitableγ,7 ⟨part of the Earth⟩ and it warms the air,γ,8 the scholars of the starsγ,9 made Aries the beginning of the first revolution [season], which is of the nature of heat, and they said that it is the first because heat is an active quality, which is of greater worth than cold.γ,10 (8) They made Cancer, of the nature of water, which is cold, and is of the nature of the weaker

636

part five

lutionem attribuerunt aeri, eo quod equatur dies nocti; et quartam terre. 50rb (10) Postquam {igitur} distincte sunt hee .4., | consimiliter distinxerunt resi-

duum secundum naturam aspectuum et modum,β signa enim aspicientia perfecta amicitiaγ {tamquam} unius sunt nature, dimidia {vero} amicitiaγ aspicientia dimidie nature, hoc est dictu quod eadem eis erit natura activa sed non opus eius;γ aspectus {autem} quartus contrarius est rei. (11) Secundum meam {autem} opinionem, Arietem posuerunt esse calidum propter ymaginem Arietis, et consimiliter de ymagine Tauri; et Geminos etiam calide nature, non autem ideo,γ quia ibi est ymago hominis; et Cancrum frigidum etiam, et non ideo,γ quia talis est eius natura; ac {etiam} Leonem calidum, et sic ipse. (12) Posuerunt {quoque} Virginem frigida et siccam, eo quod feminina est, et siccitatem propter distinctionem aspectus, talia namque sunt reliqua. (13) Libra {vero} secundum figuram hominis est in cuius manu libra, et ideo calida et humida; Scorpio quidem frigidus et humidus,1 sic enim ipse.γ (14) Sagittarius {autem} calidus et siccus, propter figuram equi que in ipso est; et Capricornus similiter, quia talis ipse; Aquarius {vero} super figuram hominis in cuius manu urna; Pisces {quoque} similiter, secundum eorum opinionem. 2 (1) Signa orientalia. Nos quidem scimus quod circulo non est principium; quia {tunc} equatur dies nocti, tunc Sol est in principio Arietis,γ et tunc seculum totum renovatur sive mundus totus,β posuerunt punctum capitis Arietis principium; cum {igitur} in mane ascendit Sol cum capite Arietis in parte orientis, tunc erit Capricornus in medio celi, quod est dextera pars sive meridionalis,β in principio {autem} occidentis Libra, et Cancer in principio anguliγ inferioris, que est septentrionalis. (2) Postquam {ergo} hec signa taliter distinxerunt, residuorum signorum unumquodque secundum alteriusγ naturam sui videlicet consortis esse debet. (3) {Item} dixerunt quod Aries2 est medium orientis, Leo namque versus partem septentrionis est ab Ariete, Sagittarius {vero} versus partem eius dexteram seu meridianam,β quia de signis est meridianis. (4) Posuerunt {ergo}3 {quoque} Virginem in medio meridiei, eo quod propinqua est Libre, in termino enim 50va Virginis | caput sive principiumβ Libre est, Tauri {vero} finis longe distat

1frigidus et humidus] corrected; LM frigidis et humidis. 2Aries] M; L Arietis. 3ergo] M; L om.

secunda pars libri rationum

637

active ⟨agent⟩,γ,11 the beginning of the second revolution [season]. (9) {But} they assigned the third revolution [season] to air, because the day is equal to the night; and ⟨they assigned⟩ the fourth ⟨revolution⟩ to ⟨the element⟩ earth. (10) {Therefore,} once these four were accordingly distinguished, they distinguished similarly the rest according to the nature and modeβ,12 of the aspects, because the signs aspecting in complete friendshipγ,13 are {as it were} of one nature, {but} ⟨the signs⟩ aspecting in half friendshipγ ⟨are as it were⟩ of half nature, and this is to say that they will have the same active nature but not its effect;γ,14 {but} the opposite holds for the quartile aspect. (11) {but} in my opinion, they made Aries hot because of the image of a ram, and similarly regarding the image of Taurus; ⟨and they made⟩ Gemini, too, of hot nature, but not for that reason,γ,15 but because the image of a man is there; ⟨and they made⟩ Cancer, too, cold, but not for the reason ⟨mentioned before⟩,γ,16 but because that is its nature; ⟨and they posited that⟩ Leo, too, is hot, and it is like that. (12) They {also} made Virgo cold and dry, because it is a female; the dryness is because of the division of the aspect, because of such a kind are the rest.17 (13) {But} Libra is according to the form of a man holding a balance in his hand, and for that reason it is hot and moist; Scorpio is cold and moist, because it is like that.γ,18 (14) {But} Sagittarius is hot and dry, because of the form of a horse that is in it; and the same applies to Capricorn, because it is like that; {moreover,} Aquarius ⟨corresponds⟩ to the form of a man in whose hand is a water-jar; and the same {also} applies to Pisces [its image is a fish], according to their opinion. 2 (1) Eastern signs. We know indeed that the circle has no beginning; they made the point of the head of Aries the beginning because {then} the day is equal to night, then the Sun is in the beginning of Aries,γ,1 and then all the age or all the worldβ,2 is renewed; {so,} when the Sun rises in the morning with the head of Aries in the eastern part ⟨of the horizon⟩, then Capricorn will be in midheaven, which is the right-hand or southern part,β,3 {but} Libra is at the beginning of the west, and Cancer at the beginning of the inferior angle,γ,4 which is the northern. (2) {Therefore,} after they distinguished these signs in this manner, the nature of each the remaining signs must be according to that of the other,γ,5 namely, of its partner [the nature of the tropical or central sign in the triplicity]. (3) {Likewise,} they said that Aries is in the middle of the east, because Leo faces the part of the north with respect to Aries, {but} Sagittarius faces its right-hand or southern part,β because it is of the southern signs. (4) {Therefore,} they {also} put Virgo in the middle of the south, because it is close to Libra, for the head or beginningβ,6 of Libra is in the end of Virgo,

638

part five

ab Ariete; posuerunt {igitur} Taurum ab eius sinistra, eo quod Sol in parte magis sinistra sive septentrionaliβ est cum est in Tauro quam cum est in Virgine; Capricornus {vero} in parteγ meridiana est eo quod signum est meridionale. (5) Libre {autem} medium est occidentis, eo quod ibi est equalitatis linea,γ et Gemini in parte sinister, quia Sol in ipso existens in parte sinister est, et in Aquario in parte dextera. (6) Pisces {vero} in medio septentrionis, propter eius propinquitatem ad Arietem, finis {autem} Piscium in principio eius Arietis, et non ita Scorpius, que remotus est a capite Libre, Cancer {quoque} a sinistra eius est, quia est taliter est ipse; Scorpius {vero} magis meridianus est Piscibus. (7) Ratio {vero} saporum eorum est secundum naturam ipsorum, omnia enim calida sunt et sicca,γ et consimiliter omnes. 3 (1) Mobilia seu tropica.β Quia mutatur tempus anni cum intrat Sol in signum Arietis, quia scilicet postquam frigidum fuit et humidum ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ fit calidum, {ideo} vocatur mobile. (2) Et consimili modo Cancer, in quo humiditas aufertur et loco eius est siccitas, et similiter Libra, in qua removetur calor et mutatur ad frigiditatem, et sic {etiam} Capricornus, {quia} tollitur siccitas et mutatur in humiditatem. (3) Alia {vero} stabilia seu fixaβ vocata sunt, ⟨⟨…⟩⟩, eo quod media sunt et permanet in eis aer in una dispositione seu natura.β (4) Sed reliqua duum sunt ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ corporum seu bicorpora,β ⟨⟨…⟩⟩, quia sunt in fine prioris1 dispositionis seu qualitatis,β et sunt media respectu qualitatisγ succedentis. (5) Signa longa vocata sunt ita, eo quod in habitabili nostraγ cuiuslibet eorum maiores ascensionesγ sunt .30. gradus; brevia {vero} econtrario, secundum quod scriptum est in Libro tabularum. (6) De parte quidem maiori, adhuc loquar.2 (7) Quoniam {ergo} domus Solis est Leo et Cancer domus Lune, que duo sunt luminaria et ipsa prepotentia seu principantia,β estque eorum unicuique domus una {tantum}, quinque vero planetis domus duplicate, quarum hee ad domum 50vb Solis | spectant tamquam ordinate consequenter post eam, ille vero ad domum Lune ordine quidem contrario.γ (8) Idcirco Capricornus est de parte Solis,γ et cum tu consideraveris gradus ascensionumγ in tota habitabili,γ invenies ipsos plures a principioγ Leonis usque ad finem Capricorni

1prioris] M; L om. 2loquar] L; M loquatur.

secunda pars libri rationum

639

{but} the end of Taurus is a long way distant from Aries; they put, {then,} Taurus to the left of it [Virgo], because the Sun when it is in Taurus is more in the left-hand or northern partβ,7 than when it is in Virgo; {but} Capricorn is in the southern part,γ,8 because it is a southern sign. (5) {But} Libra is in the middle of the west, because it is at the line of equalityγ,9 [the equator], and Gemini is in the left-hand side, because the Sun, when it is situated in it [in Gemini], is in the left-hand part, and ⟨when it is situated⟩ in Aquarius ⟨it is⟩ in the right-hand part. (6) {But} Pisces is in the middle of the north, because of its proximity to Aries, {but}the end of Pisces is in the beginning of Aries, and this does not apply to Scorpio, which is far from the head of Libra, {also} Cancer is left of it [i.e. Pisces], because it is like that; {moreover,} Scorpio is more southern than Pisces. (7) {But} the reason behind their tastes is in accordance with their natures, because all are hot and dry,γ,10 and the same applies to all. 3 (1) Changeable or tropic.β,1 Because the seasonγ,2 of the year is changed when the Sun enters the sign of Aries, because ⟨⟨the air⟩⟩ is hot after it became moist and cold, {therefore} it [Aries] is called changeable. (2) Similarly with Cancer, in which moistness is taken away and is replaced by dryness, and similarly also with Libra, in which heat is removed and is transformed into cold, and similarly {also} with Capricorn, {because} dryness is removed and is transformed into moistness. (3) {However,} other ⟨signs⟩ are called stable or fixed,β,3 ⟨⟨which, are Taurus, Leo, Scorpio, and Aquarius⟩⟩, because they are intermediate and the air [the weather] remains in them in one disposition or nature.β,4 (4) But the remaining ⟨signs⟩ are ⟨⟨called⟩⟩ of two bodies or bicorporal,β,5 ⟨⟨namely, Gemini, Virgo, Sagittarius, and Pisces⟩⟩, because they are at the end of the previous disposition or quality,β,6 and they are intermediate with respect to the next quality.γ,7 (5) The long signs are called this because the ascensions of each of themγ,8 in our inhabited regionγ,9 [the ecumene] are more than 30°; {but} the short ⟨signs⟩ ⟨are⟩ the opposite, as has been written in the Book of the tables. (6) I shall now speak about the larger part. (7) {So,} because Leo is the house of the Sun and Cancer is the house of the Moon, which are both luminaries, and they are very powerful or rulers,β,10 hence each of them has {only} one house, but the five planets have two houses, some of which belong to the house of the Sun as if they were arranged in succession after it [the Sun], while the others ⟨belong to⟩ the house of the Moon in the opposite order.γ,11 (8) Therefore Capricorn is of the part of the Sun,γ,12 and when you have observed the degrees of the ascensionsγ,13 in all the inhabited regionγ,14 [the ecumene], you will find that those [the degrees] from the

640

part five

quam illos qui sunt a principioγ Aquarii usque ad finem Cancri; et Soli quidem fortitudo est in parte sua Luneque1 in sua, secundum quod et planetis aliisγ in suis terminis.γ (9) De signorum ymaginibus. Quia quedam ymagines in similitudine sunt figure hominis, quemadmodum prima medietas Sagittarii est in figura dimidii hominis in cuius manu sagitta, (10) ideo significant hoc secundum eorum similitudines, et sapientes ymaginum ita sunt experti et talia sunt {etiam} eorum iudicia secundum ymagines bestiarum.γ (11) Masculina. Calida quidem sunt masculina quia masculus semper2 calidior est femella. (12) Pulchra seu formosa.β Illa que sunt super figuram humanam pulchra sunt, preter Aquarium eo quod domus Saturni est; similiter et Capricornus {quia} figure perfecte est, et consimiliter Pisces, sed non sic Aries et cetera alia. (13) Vocem habentia. Signis que sunt in figura hominis est3 vox perfecta, homo namque solus est qui loquitur, bestie {vero} vocem habent sed non loquelam. (14) Cancer {autem} et Scorpio et Pisces neque vocem habent neque loquelam, et ideo sunt signa muta, quapropter defectum significant in loquela.γ (15) Fortitudo. Leo fortis est quia inter bestias fortitudinem habet,γ similiter et Virgo eo quod in ipsa est stella magna que Cauda Leonis vocata est, leoni {autem} est fortitudo seu visβ magna in cauda. (16) {Item} et Aquarius eo quod domus est Saturni et masculina quidem domus sicut ipse, {sed} non ita Capricornus quia de parte feminarum est et frigidorum;γ Saturnus {autem} omnibus planetisγ fortior est eo quod supremus. (17) Orbationes seu4 azemena.β Hanc rem sciri fecerunt sapientes astrorumγ secundum viam experien51ra tie, signis namque secundum figuram | hominis figuratis non est orbatio;γ item et Sagittario cum ipsis, et hoc quidem verius est secundum meam opinionem. (18) Metalla. Hec quidem signorum sunt igneorum eo quod omnia hec ignem ingrediuntur. (19) Plante et arbores.β Hoc {itaque} scitum est secundum viam experientie. (20) Pluvia. Est in Leone ymago vocata Navis, et ideo significat super aquas seu aquositatem,β similiter et Aquarius propter effusionem aque,γ quapropter si inceperit pluvia Luna in altero horumγ existente erit magna et fortis multum, et hac res est experta. (21) Obliqua.γ Sic5 quidem vocata sunt quia in tota habitabiliγ ascendunt6 in minori duabus horis equalibus,γ econtrario {vero} recta. (22) Regalia.γ Quia de natura ignis est sursum esse, {ideo} signa ignea regum sunt, aerea {autem}

1Luneque] M; L Lune. 2semper] L; M om. 3est] M; L > Alia. 4seu] L; M sunt. 5Sic] M; L si. 6ascendunt] M; L ascendit.

secunda pars libri rationum

641

beginningγ,15 of Leo to the end of Capricorn are more than those from the beginningγ of Aquarius to the end of Cancer; the Sun has power in its part and the Moon in its ⟨part⟩, just like the other planetsγ,16 in their terms.γ,17 (9) On the images of the signs. Because certain images bear the likeness of the form of a human being, in the same way that the first half of Sagittarius has the form of half a man with an arrow in his hand, (10) hence that is what they indicate according to their likenesses, and the scholars of the images verified ⟨that⟩ experimentally in this manner and of such {too} are their judgments according to the images of animals.γ,18 (11) Masculine ⟨signs⟩. The hot ⟨signs⟩ are masculine because the male is always hotter than the female. (12) Beautiful or handsome.β,19 Those ⟨signs⟩ that have a human form are beautiful, except for Aquarius, because it is the house of Saturn; and the same applies to Capricorn {because} it is a complete figure, and similarly Pisces, but not Aries and the others are not so. (13) ⟨Signs⟩ having a voice.20 The signs that have the form of a human being have a complete voice, because man is the only one who speaks, {whereas} animals have a voice but do not have speech. (14) {But} Cancer, Scorpio, and Pisces have neither voice nor the power of speech; therefore they are mute signs, for that reason they indicate a deficiency in speech.γ,21 (15) Power. Leo is strong because it has power among the animals,γ,22 and this applies to Virgo on account of the big star in it [in Virgo], which is called the Tail of the Lion, {but} a lion has great strength or forceβ,23 in the tail, (16) {Likewise,} Aquarius because it is the house of Saturn and it is a masculine house as it is, {but} not so Capricorn because it belongs to the part of the feminine and the cold ones;γ,24 Saturn, {however,} is stronger than all the planetsγ,25 because it is uppermost. (17) Defects or azemena.β,26 The scholars of the starsγ,27 made this known through the method of experience, and because there is no defectγ,28 to the signs shaped in the form of a human being; likewise, Sagittarius is with them, and this is truer29 in my opinion. (18) Metals. These are of the fiery signs because they all go in fire. (19) Plants and trees.β,30 {Accordingly,} this has been known through the method of experience. (20) Rain. There is an image in Leo called the Ship, and for that reason it indicates waters or moisture;β,31 so too Aquarius, on account of the pouring out of water,γ,32 therefore if33 it begins raining when the Moon is in the other one of them,γ,34 it will be abundant and very strong, and this has been verified experimentally. (21) Oblique ⟨signs⟩.γ,35 They have been so named because they rise in all the habitableγ ⟨part of the Earth⟩ in less than two equal hours,γ,36 {but} the opposite applies to the straight ⟨signs⟩. (22) Royal ones.γ,37 Because the nature of fire is to be above, {therefore} the fiery signs are of the kings, {but} the airy of princes

642

part five

principum1 seu ducum,β ⟨⟨…⟩⟩, et aquea mediocrium, terrea {vero} quia nichil infimus est terra, {ideo} sunt servorum. (23) Prophete. Signa quidem ignea dominium querunt per violentiam,γ signa {vero} que sunt in humana figura illa temperata sunt et principantiaγ secundum viam scilicet rationis et prophetie. 4 (1) Medici. Marti {autem} ac {etiam} Veneri comparticipatio est in scientia medicine, quia Mars super lesiones significat et Venus super omnes radices sive herbasβ aromaticas et bonas;β {sane} Scorpio domus Martis est, et domus eius secunda super egritudines significat, eo quod sexta est respectu illius, secundum quod explanabo. (2) De Libra respectuγ Tauri. Dicit {autem} Ptolomeusγ quod eorum inimicitia scientie detrahit2 aliquantum;γ verumγ domus sexta, secundum quod explanabo, super egritudines significat et orbationes ⟨⟨…⟩⟩, {idem} {ergo} illius existens dominus etiam et signi ascendentis,γ qui super vitam nati significat, ipse dominus est egritudinum seu orbationum.γ (3) Alata. In Virgine quidem stelle sunt in similitudine alarum; item et3 in Piscibus. (4) Gemini.γ Ipsi de signis aereis sunt et nullum signum inter signa est plus elevatum ipso, eo quod in fine 51rb partis septentrionalisγ | est; et non sic Cancer, quia de signis aqueis est,γ Gemini vero de aereis.γ (5) Principes seu duces.β Legislatores scilicet et prophete dixerunt quod Aquarius est signum ducum seu prophetarum,β eo quod domus Saturni est, quiγ super melancoliam significat ac demonum visionem;γ et dixerunt quod Aquarius virtutem habet in hiisγ et non Capricornus, eo quod ad ipsum spectat Saturni fortitudo.γ (6) Signum4 seculi sive mundi.β Quia Luna terre propinqua est, super omnem rem significat que accidit in mundo. (7) Item assimilatur lumen eius nato qui exit de ventre matris et nutritur a matre sua usque ad terminum scitum,γ et postmodum incipit lumen eius minui sicut et vita declinat hominis. (8) Quoniam {igitur} Cancer domus eius est, idcirco posuerunt eum signum seculi sive mundi,β totum namque quod significat planetaγ significat et domus sua. (9) Amplius, si ponamus Solem in principio Arietis {{in medio celi}}, ubi virtus eius fortificatur, tunc signum ascendens erit Cancer in spera recta sive sub recto circulo. (10) Quapropter consideraverunt in singulis triginta annis ad coniunctiones Saturni et Martis in hoc signo, eo quod domus odiiγ est Saturni, qui maior est maleficus seu nocivus,β ac domus casusγ Martis, qui minor maleficusγ est, et est domus honoris planete magni seu

1principum] M; L principium. 2detrahit] M; L detrahunt. 3et] L; M om. 4Signum] L; M signum Cancer.

secunda pars libri rationum

643

or military commanders,β,38 ⟨⟨particularly Aries, because the honor of the Sun is in it⟩⟩, and the watery ⟨signs⟩ of the commoners, {moreover} the earthy ⟨signs⟩, since nothing is lower than earth, {hence} are of the slaves. (23) Prophets. The fiery signs seek power by violence,γ,39 {but} the signs with a human form are temperate, and rulers,γ,40 namely according to the method of reason and prophecy. 4 (1) Physicians. {But} Mars and {also} Venus are partners in the science of medicine, because Mars indicates wounds, and Venus all the aromatic and beneficialβ,1 roots or herbs;β,2 {certainly} Scorpio is the house of Mars, and its second house indicates diseases, because it is the sixth, as I shall explain. (2) About Libra with respect toγ,3 Taurus. {But} Ptolemyγ,4 says that their enmity takes away a certain amount of knowledge;γ,5 trulyγ,6 the sixth house, as I shall explain, indicates diseases and defects ⟨⟨and foolishness⟩⟩, {therefore} {also} its lord and also that of the ascendant sign,γ,7 which indicates the native’s life, is itself lord of the diseases and the defects.γ,8 (3) Winged ones. There are stars in Virgo that resemble wings; likewise, in Pisces as well. (4) Gemini.γ,9 They themselves are of the airy signs and no sign among the signs is higher than it is, because it is in the end of the northern part;γ,10 not so Cancer, because it is of the watery signs,γ,11 but Gemini is of the airy ⟨signs⟩.γ,12 (5) Princes or dukes.β,13 The law-givers, namely, the prophets said that Aquarius is the sign of the military commanders and the prophets,β,14 because it is the house of Saturn, whichγ,15 indicates the black bile and seeing demons;γ,16 and they said that Aquarius has power in themγ,17 but not Capricorn, because the power of Saturn belongs to it.γ,18 (6) Sign of the age or of the world.β,19 Because the Moon is close to the Earth, it [the Moon] indicates anything that occurs in the world. (7) Likewise, light is similar to the newborn that emerges from its mother’s womb and is nursed by its mother until a known limit,γ,20 and then its light begins to wane as the life of man declines. (8) {Therefore,} because Cancer is its house, for that reason they made it [Cancer] the sign of the age or the world,β,21 because anything that is indicated by the planetγ,22 is also indicated by its house. (9) Besides, if we place the Sun at the beginning of Aries {{at midheaven}},23 where its power is strengthened, then the ascendant sign is Cancer at the upright sphere or under the upright circle [sphaera recta]. (10) For this reason they observed the conjunctions of Saturn and Mars in this sign [Cancer] every 30 years, because it is the house of hateγ,24 [house of detriment] of Saturn, which is the larger malefic or harmful one,β,25 and the house of fallγ,26 [house of dejection] of Mars, which is the smaller malefic,γ,27 and it is the house of honor of the planet of

644

part five

maioris beneficii,β que est Iupiter, ac etiam domus Lune.γ (11) Ideoque, si hoc signum in aspectu malo aut infortunatum fueritβ in principio anni, hoc malum est toto1 mundo. (12) Anni tempora.γ Scitum est quod cum fuerit Sol in tribus signis primis erit aer humidus et calidus, hoc {ergo} valet ad sciendum naturam nati, et consimiliter in aliis signis. (13) Domus orationum seu divini servici.β Quoniam Aries et Libra signa sunt equalitatis,γ plus quam reliqua omnia, quia in eis equatur dies nocti, ideo significant super res iustitie; iustorum {autem} est domus divini servicii;γ {itaque} pro quanto signum ascendens seu gradus signi ascendentisβ propinquior fue51va rit principio signi huius | tanto melius est, et2 quidem videre potes quod cum ascendit iniciumγ` Arietis in omni loco est caput Capricorni in principio domus decime, et consimiliter de Libra ⟨⟨…⟩⟩. (14) Luxuriosa.γ Hec quidem sunt illa que sunt in ymagine Arietis, et Tauri ac Leonis horum inquam appetitus coitus3 magnus est et fortis;β et propter similitudines harum ymaginum iudicant ita. (15) Sterilia. Omnia signa secundum humanam formam figurata sterilia sunt, eo quod homo paucorum filiorum generativus4 est. (16) Mediocria {autem} sunt que in forma sunt bestiarum gressibilium; que {vero} aquea seu aquatiliaβ multorum generativa sunt; {{et omnibus hiis opus est multum in nativitatibus et interrogationibus atque electionibus}}. (17) Signum maris et aquarumβ Cancer, ⟨⟨…⟩⟩, {eo quod} Luna {etiam} significat super aquas secundum naturam suam; quapropter quocumque anno fuerit Saturnus in ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ hoc signo, superveniet nocumentum et dampnumβ euntibus per mare. (18) Signum {autem} Piscium super omnia flumina significat, eo quod Iovi, qui dominus domus est, humiditas inest, et similiter signo aquarum, ac Piscibus est huius significatio. (19) Scorpius {vero} super puteos significat, quia signum est aqueum; Mars {autem} siccus, et putei citius deficiunt quam flumina et siccantur. (20) Signum Arietis, quia primusγ est signorum, posuerunt ipsum significare super caput; unde cuicumque nato, presul sive almutaz aut significatorβ in signo fuerit Arietis fueritque nocivo coniunctus5 seu malefico,β erit illi malum in capite.γ (21) Singula {itaque} distinxerunt signa secundum hominis membra, sic procedendo ut Pisces super pedes significent. 5 (1) Domus. Dissensio quidem magna est inter sapientes utrum Venus et Mercurius super Solem sint an sub ipso, et est quidem hoc dubium eo quod videri non possunt cum in coniunctione sunt cum Sole; item, quia

1toto] corrected; LM toti. 2et] L; M et tamen. generatus. 5coniunctus] M; L coniunctionis.

3coitus] M; L cogitur.

4generativus] L; M

secunda pars libri rationum

645

the great or greater benefit,β,28 which is Jupiter, and also the house of the Moon.γ,29 (11) Therefore, if this sign is in a bad aspect or it is unfortunateγ,30 at the beginning of the year, this is bad for all the world. (12) The seasons of the year.γ,31 It is known that when the Sun is in the first three signs the air will be moist and hot, and this, {then,} is useful for knowing the nature of the native, and similarly with the other signs. (13) Houses of prayers or of divine service.β,32 Because Aries and Libra are signs of equality,γ,33 more than the remaining signs, because in them the day is equal to the night, therefore they indicate what concerns justice; {but} the house of the righteous is that of divine service;γ,34 {and so,} the closer the ascendant sign or degree of the ascendant signβ,35 is to the beginning of this sign, the better, and you may surely observe that when the beginningγ,36 of Aries rises anywhere the head of Capricorn is in the beginning of the tenth house, and in like manner Libra is ⟨⟨at the back⟩⟩. (14) Lustful ones.γ,37 These are signs in the image of a ram, bull, and lion, whose desire, I say, for sexual intercourse is great and strong;β,38 and they judged in this manner on account of the their similitudes to these images. (15) Sterile ones. All the signs shaped like the human form are sterile, because human beings produce few children. (16) {But} intermediate ⟨in fertility⟩ are ⟨the signs⟩ in the form of animals that walk; {moreover,} those which are aquatic or live in waterβ,39 produce many ⟨offspring⟩; {{and there is great need for them in nativities, interrogations and elections}}.40 (17) Cancer is the sign of the sea and water,β,41 ⟨⟨because it is the house of the Moon⟩⟩, {hence} the Moon, {too,} by its nature indicates water; for that reason, whenever Saturn is in this sign at ⟨⟨the beginning of⟩⟩ the year, harm and injuryβ,42 will befall seafarers. (18) {But} the sign of Pisces indicates all the rivers, because Jupiter, which is the lord of the house, has moisture, and likewise in the sign of water, and Pisces is the indicator of that. (19) {Moreover,} Scorpio indicates wells, because it is a watery sign; {but} Mars is dry, and wells lose strength more quickly than rivers, and dry up. (20) The sign of Aries. They made it indicate the head because it is the firstγ,43 of the signs; therefore, regarding any native, ⟨when⟩ the ruler or al-mubtazz or significatorβ,44 is in the sign of Aries and is joined to a harmful or maleficβ,45 ⟨planet⟩, a bad thing will happen to him in the head.γ,46 (21) {Accordingly,} all the signs were divided according to the limbs of human beings, proceeding in such a manner that Pisces indicates the feet. 5 (1) The houses. There is a great dispute among scholars about whether Venus and Mercury are above or below the Sun, and this doubt is because they cannot be seen when they are in conjunction with the Sun; likewise,

646

part five

circuli eorum ecentrici sive deferentesβ sunt equales. (2) Secundum meam {autem} opinionem, sermones utriqueγ veri sunt, interdum enim inferio51vb res sunt et superiores interdum, {sed} hoc1 | prolixa utique indiget expositionem. (3) Posuerunt {igitur} Cancrum Lune domum quia signum est elevatum super locum habitabilis,γ experti sunt pluries et quasi infinitiesβ quod cum ingreditur Luna signum hoc advenit2 pluvia in termino pluvie3 seu in loco suo. (4) Et erit signum Leonis domus Solis quia cum ipsum ingreditur apparet eius fortitudo, et est aer calidus et siccus. (5) Post Solem erat {autem} Mercurius, quia superior illo est quemadmodum, ergoγ non videtur Mercurius a Sole distare nisi minus quantitate signi unius, sicγ et domus sua domui Solis succedit. (6) Et erat {etiam} Libra domus Veneris, eo quod in aspectu dimidie amicitieγ est ad domum Solis, ipsaque est planeta beneficus minor sive fortuna4 minor;β consimiliter quoque de causaγ est domus Iovis in aspectu eius trino, qui perfecte est amicitie,γ eo quod ipse est maior beneficus seu fortuna maior.β (7) Et erat Martis domus in aspectu5 quarto ad domum Solis, qui aspectus est discordie, secundum quod explanabo. (8) Fuerit {autem} domus Saturni ad domum Solis ita quod inter eas non est aspectus. (9) Et secundum viam hanc sunt alie domus respectu domus Lune; domus {autem} planetarumγ de parte Solis orientales sunt,γ eo quod plus habent fortitudinisγ in oriente, et econtrario de parte Lune. (10) Hic6 {ergo} dixerunt Antiqui quod si in nativitate alicuius fuerit planetaγ in tali proportione ad Solem et Lunam in quali sunt domus eorum ad invicem, tunc est planete7 fortitudo magna. 6 (1) Alia {autem} via est: quia Capricornus et Aquarius signa sunt in quibus fortificatur frigus seu dominatur cum in ea Sol ingreditur, et scitum est quod Saturnus frigidus est, prout explanabo, posuerunt has duas domos Saturno, domusque hiis oppositas duobus luminaribus. (2) Et est Sol respectu Saturni in circulo quarto, qui aspectus discordie est secundum sententiam Ptolomeus;γ Luna {vero} in septimo, qui aspectus oppositus est; luminaria {quoque} super lumen significant et claritatemγ ac super vitam; Saturnus super tenebras et obscuritatemγ ac mortem. (3) Et erant domus 52ra Iovis ante et post domos Saturni, nam si | computare inceperis a supremo, Iupiter secundus est a Saturno, et si ab infimoγ computaveris est Saturnus

1hoc] L; M hec. 2advenit] L; M adinvenit. 3pluvie] M; L om. 5aspectu] M; L aspecto. 6Hic] L; M huic. 7planete] M; L planeta.

4fortuna] M; L om.

secunda pars libri rationum

647

because their eccentric or deferent circlesβ,1 are the same. (2) {But} in my opinion, both assertionsγ,2 are true, because sometimes they [Venus and Mercury] are below and sometimes they are above ⟨the Sun⟩, {but} this requires a long explanation. (3) {So,} they made Cancer the house of the Moon because the sign is high above the inhabited regionγ,3 [the ecumene]; and they have verified experimentally frequently and so to speak an infinite number of timesβ,4 that it rains when the Moon enters this sign during the rainy season or in its place. (4) The sign of Leo will be the house of the Sun because when it [the Sun] enters there [Leo] its power is perceptible, and the air is hot and dry. (5) {But} after the Sun was Mercury, because frequently it [Mercury] is above it [the Sun], thereforeγ,5 Mercury is seen to be less than one sign distant from the Sun, and in this wayγ,6 its house follows the Sun’s house. (6) And Libra is {also} the house of Venus, because it is in an aspect of half friendshipγ,7 to the house of the Sun, and this planet [Venus] is the smaller benefic or the smaller fortune;β,8 for a similar causeγ,9 the house of Jupiter is in trine aspect ⟨with the house of the Sun⟩, which is of complete friendship,γ because it [Jupiter] is the larger benefic or greater fortune.β,10 (7) The house of Mars is in quartile aspect with the house of the Sun, which is an aspect of discord, as I shall explain. (8) {But} the house of Saturn ⟨is placed⟩ with respect to the house of the Sun in such a manner that there is no aspect between them. (9) And the other houses ⟨are arranged⟩ according to this method with respect to the house of the Moon; {but} the houses of the planetsγ,11 with respect to the Sun are eastern,γ,12 because they have more powerγ,13 in the east; and the opposite applies to the part of the Moon. (10) {Therefore,} the Ancients said that if in the nativity of a person there is a planetγ,14 that has the same proportion with respect to the Sun and the Moon that it has reciprocally with respect to its houses, then ⟨there is⟩ a great power to the planet. 6 (1) {But} there is another method: because Capricorn and Aquarius are signs where the cold gets stronger or prevails1 when the Sun enters them, and ⟨since⟩ it is known that Saturn is cold, as I shall explain, they assigned these two houses to Saturn, and the houses opposite them to the two luminaries. (2) And the Sun is in the fourth circle with respect to Saturn, which is an aspect of discord according to Ptolemy;γ,2 {but} the Moon is in the seventh ⟨circle⟩, which is an aspect of opposition; the luminaries indicate light and brightnessγ,3 and {also} life; Saturn ⟨indicates⟩ darkness and obscurityγ,4 and death. (3) The houses of Jupiter were ahead of the houses Saturn or behind them, because if you begin to count from the highest, Jupiter is the next from Saturn, and if you count from the lower

648

part five

secundus eidem, et ideo domus unius secunde sunt alteri,γ videlicet quia signum Piscium secundum est Aquario, et Capricornus secundus Sagittario.γ (4) Domus {quoque} Martis tertie sunt domibus Saturni, et domus Saturni similiter domibus Martis, quia alter alteri tertius est, sed Iovi quidem secunda est domus, hec ad hanc domum, similiter et septima,1 que in similitudine est duodecime domus. (5) Domus {autem} Veneris quinte sunt domibus Saturni,γ et ita de circulis eorum est, similiter et domus Saturni quinte sunt domibus Veneris.γ (6) Mercurius {vero} respectu Saturni in circulo sexto est, et ita Gemini respectu Capricorni, similiter et Aquarius respectu Virginis, quod si subγ Sole fuerint hii, eodem {etiam} fere modo eveniet res, sicut iam dictum est.γ (7) Sapientes {autem} astrologieγ dixerunt quod virtutesγ domorum sciverunt ipsi postquam in plurimis fuerunt nativitatibus experti; quod in ymagine Arietis stelle multe suntγ de nature Martis, et similiter in quolibet signo. 7 (1) Domus honoris seu exaltationis.β Ait Ptolomeus rexγ,2 quod totum signum Arietis honor Solis est, cuius ratio est quia ibi apparet eius fortitudo sicut fortitudo regis, tunc enim renovatur mundus sive seculum.β (2) Contrarium {vero} huius accidit cum signum Libre Sol ingreditur, tunc enim marcescunt foliaγ et arescunt, et infirmantur homines,γ ac stupefit anima seu pigritatur;β et quia natura Saturni contraria est nature3 Solis, fuit honor Saturni in Libra et eius casusγ in signo Arietis. (3) Virtus Lune semper augmentatur a principio noctis qua primo apparebit post coniunctionem eiusγ cum Sole in Ariete, et tunc incipit apparere cum est in signo in signo Tauri, ⟨⟨…⟩⟩. (4) Dixerunt enim sapientes Indorumγ quod in .19. gradu Arietis est stella quasi de complexione seu naturaβ Iovis existens et Veneris;γ et dixerunt quod honor Solis est in illo gradu tantum; et honor Lune in tertio gradu Tauri, quia in illo gradu distat Luna a Sole,γ in gradu sui honoris 52rb existente, qua per arcum visionis quo scilicet videri potest,γ ⟨⟨…⟩⟩. | (5) Quapropter a .19. gradu Libre, ubi locus est casusγ Solis, usque ad .3. gradum Scorpionis, ubi est casusγ Lune, vocatur via obscuritatis seu via combusta,β et dixerunt quod planeteγ fortitudinem non habent in illo loco. (6) Honor

1septima] M; L septimam. 2Ptolomeus rex] L; M Ptholomeus. 3nature] M; L natura.

secunda pars libri rationum

649

in position,γ,5 Saturn is the next from it [Jupiter], and for this reason the houses of one are next to ⟨the houses of⟩ the other,γ,6 namely, because the sign of Pisces is next to Aquarius, and Capricorn is next to Sagittarius.γ,7 (4) The houses of Mars, {too,} are the third from the houses of Saturn, and the houses of Saturn are the same from the houses of Mars, because the former is the third from the latter, but it is the second from Jupiter, one house next to the other house, and it is likewise the seventh ⟨house⟩, which is like the twelfth house. (5) {But} the houses of Venus are the fifth from the houses of Saturn,γ,8 and similarly for their circles, and likewise the houses of Saturn are the fifth from the houses of Venus.γ,9 (6) {Moreover,} Mercury is in the sixth circle from Saturn, and thus Gemini from Capricorn, and likewise Aquarius from Virgo; but if they were belowγ,10 the Sun, the result will {also} be approximately the same, as has been already mentioned.γ,11 (7) {But} the scholars of astrologyγ,12 said that they knew the powersγ,13 of the houses after they verified ⟨them⟩ experimentally in many nativities; {also} many said that in the image [constellation] of Aries there are many starsγ,14 of the nature of Mars, and similarly for each sign. 7 (1) Houses of honor or exaltation.β,1 King Ptolemyγ,2 says that the whole sign of Aries is the honor of the Sun; the reason is that in that place its power is seen to be like the power of a king, because the world or the ageβ,3 is renewed then.(2) {But} the opposite of it occurs when the Sun enters the sign of Libra, because then the leaves witherγ,4 and become dry, and men sicken,γ,5 and the soul becomes stunned or sluggish;β,6 and because Saturn’s nature is the opposite of the Sun’s nature, Saturn’s honor is in Libra and its fallγ,7 [dejection] in the sign of Aries. (3) The power of the Moon always increases from the beginning of the night in which it is first visible after its conjunctionγ,8 with the Sun in Aries, and then it [the Moon] begins to be visible when it is in the sign of Taurus, ⟨⟨and the whole sign is its house of honor⟩⟩.9 (4) The scholars of the Indiansγ,10 said that in the 19th degree of Aries there is a star that is something of the complexion or natureβ,11 of Jupiter and Venus;γ,12 and they said that the honor of the Sun is in this degree only; and the exaltation of the Moon is in the third degree of Taurus, because in this degree the Moon is distant from the Sun,γ,13 when it is situated in the degree of its honor, as much as can be seen by means of the arc of vision,γ,14 ⟨⟨and the Sun’s shame [dejection] is at Libra 19°⟩⟩. (5) Therefore, ⟨the interval⟩ from Libra 19°, where the place of fallγ,15 [dejection] of the Sun’s is, to Scorpio 3°, where the Moon’s fallγ is, is called the path of darkness or burnt path,β,16 and they said that the planets,γ,17 have no power in this place. (6) {So,} the honor of Jupiter is in Cancer,

650

part five

{igitur} Iovis in Cancro est, quia signum est septentrionale seu elevatum versus septentrionem;β et Iupiter super ventos significat septentrionales,γ quinimmo cum fuerit in fine meridionaliumγ quod est Capricornus, tunc dampnificabitur seu ledetur pars meridiana;β Indiγ {vero} in hoc consentiunt quod honor Iovis in .15. gradu Cancri est, et Martis in .28. gradu Capricorni. (7) Enoch {autem} dicit, qui est Hermes, quod honor Saturni in .21. gradu Libre est, qui ab opposito Solis distat per duos gradus, ⟨⟨…⟩⟩; honor {vero} Maris in .28. gradu Capricorni, ⟨⟨…⟩⟩, ut ab opposito honoris Iovis .13. gradibus distet; honor {itaque} Veneris in signo Piscium est, cum enim ibi fuerit fortificabitur1 pars occidentalis,γ ⟨⟨…⟩⟩; econtrario {autem} de Mercurio, quia ipse super parte significat orientalem.γ (8) Dixit {autem} Enoch quod honor Veneris in .27. gradu Piscium est, et honor Mercurii in .15. gradu Virginis, ut in tanto distet hic2 ab illius opposito. (9) Item dixerunt Indorum sapientesγ quod honor Capitis Draconis in Geminis est et Caude in Sagittario. (10) Et hii quidem sermones vani sunt, quia Caput Draconis et Cauda, cum non sit nisi coniunctio duorum circulorum, neque bonum significant neque malum. (11) Nisi Luna fuerit cum3 eis, quando enim est in Capite tunc habitabiliγ apropinquat, ideoque apparebit virtus Lune, sed cum est in Cauda, quia tunc declinare incipit ad meridiem,γ minuitur eius fortitudo. (12) Consimiliter est et rectumγ de planetaγ unoquoque cum Capite suo aut Cauda eius, preter quam de Sole, quia nullam habet latitudinem. (13) Propter quod, si fuerit aliquis reliquorum planetarumγ cum Capite Draconis vel Cauda de quibus conscripte sunt tabule, neque vivatγ neque nocet. (14) Plures {tamen} dixerunt quod Caput augmentat ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ annos vite signi52va ficatoris,γ et Cauda minuit secundum eundem numerum.γ | 8 (1) Triplicitates. Dixerunt quod Aries et sui consortes dominos habent tres.γ (2) Solem videlicet de die,γ quia Leo domus eius est et fortitudo eius {etiam} de die; habent quoque Iovem de nocte,γ eo quod Sagittarius domus eius est et potest {etiam} de nocte videri, et Sol non. (3) Repulerunt {autem} a triplicitate Martem, dominum Arietis,γ eo quod hec signa calida sunt, et similiter Mars, quia nocet et non vivat.γ (4) Pro ipso {igitur} positus est Saturnus, eo quod frigidus est, et ita contemperabitur eius natura; item dixerunt quod Saturnus de die bonus est, eo quod dies calidus est; Mars {simili-

1fortificabitur] L; M fortificatur. 2hic] M; L om. 3cum] M; L in.

secunda pars libri rationum

651

because it is northern or raised towards the north,β,18 and Jupiter indicates northern winds,γ,19 when it is in the end of one of the southernγ,20 ⟨signs⟩, which is Capricorn, then the southern part will be injured or harmed;β,21 {but} the Indiansγ,22 agree that the honor of Jupiter is at Cancer 15°, and of Mars at 28°. (7) {But} Enoch, who is Hermes, says that the honor of Saturn is at Libra 21°, which is 2° distant from opposition to the ⟨exaltation of the⟩ Sun, ⟨⟨lest it be damaged⟩⟩; {but} the honor of Mars is at Capricorn 28°, ⟨⟨because there is an upper star there with its own nature⟩⟩, in order that it be 13° distant from opposition to the honor of Jupiter; {accordingly,} the honor of Venus is in the sign Pisces, because when it is there the western partγ,23 will be strengthened, ⟨⟨and its house of shame is Virgo⟩⟩; {but} the opposite applies to Mercury, because it indicates the eastern part.γ,24 (8) {But} Enoch said that the honor of Venus is at Pisces 27°, and the honor of Mercury at Virgo 15°, in order that ⟨the honor of⟩ one be distant so much from opposition ⟨to the honor⟩ of the other. (9) Likewise, the scholars of the Indiansγ,25 said that the exaltation of the Head of the Dragon is in Gemini, and of the Tail in Sagittarius. (10) These are empty statements, because the Head of the Dragon and the Tail do not indicate good or evil, because it is only the intersection of two circles. (11) Except if the Moon is in them, because when it [the Moon] is in the Head it draws near the habitableγ,26 ⟨part of the Earth⟩, and for that reason the Moon’s power is perceptible; but when it is in the Tail its power decreases because then it begins to incline to the south.γ,27 (12) Likewise, this is correctγ,28 for any planetγ,29 in its Head or its Tail, except for the Sun, which has no latitude ⟨with respect to the ecliptic⟩. (13) Hence, if one of the planetsγ,30 is in the Head of the Dragon or the Tail, as recorded in the tables, it neither supports lifeγ,31 nor harms. (14) {However,} many said that the Head increases ⟨⟨by a quarter⟩⟩32 the years of life of the significator,γ,33 and the Tail decreases by the same number.γ,34 8 (1) The triplicity. They said that Aries, and its partners have three lords.γ,1 (2) Namely, the Sun by day,γ,2 because Leo is its house and its power is {also} by day; they consider also Jupiter by night,γ,3 because Sagittarius is its house and can {also} be seen by night, and the Sun not. (3) {But} they excluded from the triplicity Mars, the lord of Aries,γ,4 because these are hot signs, and the same applies to Mars, because it harms but does not support life.γ,5 (4) {Therefore,} Saturn was assigned [as their partner] in its [Mars’s] place, because it is cold, and in this way its nature will be temperate; likewise, they said that Saturn is good by day, because the day is hot; {similarly} Mars is good by night, because the night is cold.

652

part five

ter} de nocte bonus, quia1 nox frigida est. (5) Posuerunt {quoque} virtutem triplicitatis terre Veneri ⟨⟨…⟩⟩, quia Taurus domus eius est; et Lune honoris domineγ virtutem posuerunt cum illa. (6) ⟨⟨…⟩⟩, virtus {autem} Lune de nocte maior est quam de die, ideo posuerunt Venerem de die, (7) repellentes Saturnum ac {etiam}2 Mercurium, dominos Capricorni ac Virginis, eo quod non significant super partem meridionalem;γ et posuerunt loco eorum Martem eo quod3 ventos generat meridionales,γ ⟨⟨…⟩⟩. (8) {Rursus,} posuerunt virtutem triplicitates aeree Saturno, eo quod Aquarius domus eius est ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ et ipse similiter planetaγ diurnus. (9) Similiter et Mercurio ⟨⟨…⟩⟩, quia Geminum domus sua et ipse de planetisγ nocturnis. (10) ⟨⟨…⟩⟩; repulerunt {autem} ab eis Venerem, ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ ⟨…⟩, eo quod frigida est,γ et loco eius posuerunt Iovem, cuius natura sicut natura aeris. (11) {Demum} posuerunt virtutem triplicitatis aqueγ,4 Veneri, quia honor eius est in Piscibus; ⟨⟨…⟩⟩. (12) Et Lune {similiter} ac Marti, cuius domus5 Scorpio, et domus Lune Cancer.γ 9 (1) Termini.γ Sapientium quidem Persarum et Indorumγ diversi sunt termini.γ (2) {Similiter} dicit Ptolomeusγ quod sermones inveniet antiquosγ super aliis terminis;γ item et illi propinqui sunt terminisγ,6 descriptis, qui sapientium sunt Egyptorum,γ et iudiciorum domini experti sunt eos. (3) Et7 quando computaveris numerum graduum terminorum uniu52vb scumque planete,γ | tunc invenies numerum annorum eius magnorum. (4) Facies. Inceperunt a domino domus Arietis, qui est Mars, et post eum Sol, quemadmodum sub ipso est in ordine circulorum.γ (5) Et sic experimentati sunt et verum invenerunt in manibus suis.θ (6) Natura. Quia signa unius nature existentia sunt tria, posuerunt virtutem signi pro gradibus ⟨⟨…⟩⟩, que est triplicitatis prime, et secundum hanc viam relique. (7) Virtus duodenariorum. Dixerunt quod in signo quolibet virtus est8 .12. signorum, et ita sunt experti, et est eis virtus in iudiciis seculiγ seu revolutionum annorum

1de nocte bonus quia] M; L quia de nocte bonus quia. 2etiam] M; L et. 3quod] M; L quod non. 4aque] M; L aquee. 5Marti, cuius domus] M; L Mercurius domus. 6item et illi propinqui sunt terminis] M; L in margin. 7Et] L; M quia. 8est] L; M om.

secunda pars libri rationum

653

(5) They {also} assigned the power of the lord of the earthy triplicity to Venus, ⟨⟨which should begin by day⟩⟩, because Taurus is its house; and they associated with it the power of the Moon, the lady of the honor.γ,6 (6) ⟨⟨It [the Moon] will begin by night⟩⟩, {and} the Moon’s power is greater by night than by day, consequently they assigned Venus by day, (7) while they excluded Saturn and {also} Mercury, the lords of Capricorn and Virgo, because they do not indicate the southern part;γ,7 and they assigned Mars ⟨as partner⟩ in their place because it generates southern winds,γ,8 ⟨⟨because the earthy signs are southern⟩⟩.9 (8) {What is more,} they assigned the power of the airy triplicity to Saturn, because Aquarius is its house ⟨⟨and it [Saturn] is its [Aquarius] lord, and they made it first in the day because it is masculine⟩⟩ and it is also a diurnal planet.γ,10 (9) Likewise, Mercury ⟨⟨was made lord of the second triplicity⟩⟩, because Gemini is its house and it is one of the nocturnal planets.γ,11 (10) ⟨⟨For this reason they began from Saturn by day and from Mercury by night⟩⟩;12 {but} they excluded Venus, ⟨⟨which is the lord of the sign of Libra, from the power of the triplicity⟩⟩ because it is cold,γ,13 and in its place they assigned Jupiter, whose nature is like the nature of the air. (11) {Finally,} They assigned the power of the watery triplicityγ,14 to Venus, because its [Venus’s] honor is in Pisces, ⟨⟨and ⟨the power of⟩ the second ⟨triplicity⟩ to Mars, whose house is Scorpio⟩⟩. (12) {Likewise} ⟨they assigned the power of the watery triplicity⟩ to the Moon and Mars, whose house ⟨is⟩ Scorpio, and the Moon’s house ⟨is⟩ Cancer.γ,15 9 (1) The terms.γ,1 The termsγ of the scholars of the Persians and of the Indiansγ,2 are different. (2) {Similarly,} Ptolemyγ,3 says that he found ancient statementsγ,4 about other terms;γ likewise, they are close to the termsγ that have been recorded, which are the termsγ of the scholars of the Egyptians;γ,5 and the masters of judgments have verified them experimentally. (3) When you count the number of degrees in the terms of each planet,γ,6 you find the number of its great years. (4) The faces7 [decans]. They began from the lord of the house of Aries, which is Mars, and after it the Sun, just as it [the Sun] is below it [Mars] in the order of the circles.γ,8 (5) They tested ⟨the lords of the decans⟩ experimentally in this manner and found ⟨them⟩ to be true [lit. found ⟨them⟩ to be true in their hands].θ,9 (6) The nature. Because the signs that have one nature are three, they assigned the power of the sign to ⟨⟨ten⟩⟩ degrees, which belong to the first triplicity, and according to this method ⟨they assigned⟩ the rest ⟨of the degrees⟩. (7) The power of the duodenariae10 [consisting of twelve parts]. They said that the power of the twelve signs exists in each sign, and they tested thus, and they [i.e., the duodenariae] have power in the

654

part five

mundi.β (8) Dederuntque signo cuilibet .2. gradus cum dimidio, et sic partiti sunt gradus super .12. signa.γ (9) Virtus novenariorum. Quia signum nonum a signo quolibet est signum postremum eiusdem nature,1 idcirco virtutes .9. signorum .9.γ in uno2 signo posuerunt, et inceperunt a signo mobili, eo quod quatuor revolutiones capita3 sunt et initia;β quidam4 {autem} dicunt quod hoc ideo est quia suprema totius numeri est .9.γ §3 1 (1) Domus. Non inveni apud aliquem Antiquorum qui de rationibus locutus sit domorum. (2) Secundam meam {autem}5 opinionem, gradum ascendentem tamquam radicem posuerunt et fundamentum,β quasi in similitudineγ nati exeuntis de loco tenebrarum. (3) Similiter namque est gradus ascendens: et est quidem ascendens quousque sit in medio celi et in fine descendit; hoc {autem} res probata est in Sole, cum lucet in mane. (4) Ob hoc {ergo} significat ascendensγ super vitam; {item} dixerunt quod assimilatur cogitationi secundum viam exempli. (5) Gradus {autem} occidens gradui assimilatur ascendenti, secundum numerum enim graduum quo ascendit signum in oriente,γ descendit et similiterγ signum aliud in occidente, elevatio gradus Solis equalis est in ambabus domibus, et hic qui53ra dem sermo probatus est seu expertus.β (6) {Item}6 scimus | {etiam} quod motus medii celi in omni loco, semper est secundum viam supremi circuli, qui moveri facit omnes alios equaliter, et hic quidem rectus vocatus circulus, secundum autem quod et ipsius scilicet medii videlicet celi motus sit et gradus anguli terre. (7) Suntque hii {tantum}7 generassent gradum ascendentem ac etiam occidentem, et ideo significant super parentes, qui filios generant. (8) Dixerunt {autem} quod domus decima super matrem significat, eo quod est apparens, et illa supra terram est similiter; Ptolomeusγ {autem} dicit contrarium huius. (9) Erat {quoque} domus septima signans super mulieres seu uxores,β eo quod adiutorium est similiter illi eruntque duo in carne una; {item} quia sunt gradus domus septime equales prime, fuerit ei significatio super participes seu consortes.β,8 (10) Et quia {etiam} tota domus septima opposita est prime, et econtrario, hec enim ascendit et illa9 descendit, est etiam domus mulierum, eo quod ipse

1nature] M; L nature quoniam est eiusdem triplicitatis. 2uno] M; L una. 3capita] M; L in margin. 4quidam] M; L quidem. 5autem] M; L om. 6Item] M; L iterum. 7tantum] L; M tamquam. 8consortes] L; M uxores. 9illa] M; L ille.

secunda pars libri rationum

655

judgments of the ageγ,11 or of the revolutions of the years of the world.β,12 (8) They assigned two and a half degrees to each sign, and in this manner they divided the degrees among the twelve signs.γ,13 (9) The power of the novenariae14 [consisting of nine]. Since the ninth sign from any sign is the last sign of the same nature, they put the nine powers of nine signsγ,15 in one sign, and they began from the changeable sign, because the four revolutions [seasons] are heads and beginnings,β,16 {but} certain ⟨people⟩ say that this is because nine is the highest of all the numbers.γ,17 §3 1 (1) The houses. I have not found any of the Ancients who mentioned the reasons of the houses. (2) {But} in my opinion, they made the ascendant degree a root and foundation,β,1 as if in the similitudeγ,2 of the native emerging from the place of darkness. (3) The ascendant degree is similar; it rises until it is at midheaven and in the end sets; {but} this has been tested by means of the Sun, when it rises in the morning. (4) For this reason, {then,} the ascendantγ,3 indicates life; {likewise,} they said, by way of example, that it [the ascendant] is like thought. (5) {But} the descendant degree resembles the ascendant, since corresponding to the number of degrees that a sign ascends in the east,γ,4 another sign descends similarlyγ,5 in the west, and the elevation of the degree of the Sun is the same in both houses, and this statement has been tested or tried.β,6 (6) {Likewise,} we {also} know that the motion of midheaven in every place is always along the path of the uppermost circle, which makes all the others move uniformly, and this is called the upright circle [sphaera recta], with respect to which, obviously, the motion of the midheaven is like the degree of the angle of the Earth.7 (7) And they are as though they might have generated {to such an extent} the ascendant degree as well as of the descendant, and for this reason they indicate fathers, who produce sons. (8) {But} they said that the tenth house indicates the mother, because she is visible, and it [the tenth house] is likewise above the Earth; {but} Ptolemyγ,8 says the opposite. (9) {Also} the seventh house was ⟨assigned as⟩ indicating about women or wives,β,9 because she is a helpmate to him and they are two in one flesh (Gen. 2:18, 20 and 2:24); {likewise,} because the degrees of the seventh house are equal to ⟨that of ⟩ the first, it was assigned as the indicator about partners or consorts.β,10 (10) {Also} because the entire seventh house is in opposition to the first ⟨house⟩, and just the opposite, one ascends when the other descends, it is also the house of women, because they are the

656

part five

contrarie sunt masculis, adhuc est et domus discordie et contentionis, propter aspectum oppositum. (11) Quattuor {autem} domus iste sunt anguli,γ quia semper dividitur circulus secundum quatuor; et quoniam unicuique rei est principium et medium et finis, idcirco distinxerunt quemlibet angulumγ secundum tertia, et sic exeunt domus .12. (12) Et dixerunt quod .4or. qui succedunt angulisγ est fortitudo mediocris, eo quod confestim seu continuo mutabuntur et fient etiam anguli;γ reliqui {vero} cadentes sunt, et non est eis fortitudo. 2 (1) Quia {ergo} domus .5a. in aspectu amicitieγ est semper cum domo prima ac eiusdem nature, fuit eius significatio super filios, quia non est homini tam perfecta amicitiaγ ut illorum; de nona {autem} domo non sit, eo quod cadens est. (2) {Item} quia cibus et potus in naturam ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ convertitur, posuerunt signum hoc domum comestionis et potationisγ ac delectationum. (3) Quia {vero} domus undecime aspectus est dimidie amicitie,γ posuerunt eam amicorumγ domum; et quia super terra est, fuit {etiam} domus laudis et lucri et bone fame. (4) Non {vero} sic domus secunda, eo quod ascendensγ non aspicit, prout in aspectibus declarabo; sed quia cum fortitudine est domus prime, cui in medietate succedit, signi53rb ficat super substantiam et possessiones | seu exteriora bonaque occasiones,β et cause sunt vite. (5) Quoniam {autem} domus septima opposita prime est, ideo dixerunt quod ipsa principium existens anguli septime domusγ abscidit vitam;γ {item} quod dominus domus septime super mortem significat verum; quia colligationem habet cum domo prima, non significat super mortem perfecte. (6) Sed domus octava, quia illi coniuncta est, ac in eius1 fortitudine non habet aspectum cum domo prima,γ ideo significat super mortem; et quia {etiam} assimilatur secunde, que super possessiones aut bonaβ significat, {ideo} super hereditates significat mortuorum. 3 (1) Cum {autem} Sol est in medio celi et mutatur seu convertiturβ ad partem occidentis, tunc mutatur de parte ad partem, et ideo posuerunt ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ domum hanc domum itinerum longinquorum, eo quod super terram est. (2) Domum {vero} tertiam itinerum propinquiorum, eo quod virtus eius et fortitudoβ minor est; et quia {etiam} in aspectu est dimidie amicitie,γ posuerunt ipsam domum fratrum; rursus scientia est tanquam

1eius] M; L eis.

secunda pars libri rationum

657

opposite of men; and it is also house of quarrel and dispute, because it is in an aspect of opposition. (11) {But} these four houses are the angles,γ,11 for the circle is always divided into four; and because everything has a beginning, a middle, and an end, therefore each angleγ was divided into three, and in this way twelve houses are produced. (12) They said that the four ⟨houses⟩ that follow the anglesγ have intermediate power, because they will soon or immediately change and will become angles as well;γ,12 {but} the remaining ⟨houses⟩ are cadent ⟨from the angles⟩ and do not have power. 2 (1) For this reason, {then,} the fifth house is always in an aspect of friendshipγ,1 to the first house and is of the same nature, its indication was about sons, because no man has a more complete friendshipγ than ⟨he has⟩ for them; {but} this is not true for the ninth ⟨house⟩, because it is cadent ⟨from the angles⟩. (2) {Likewise,} because food and drink is converted into the nature ⟨⟨of man⟩⟩, they made this sign the house of eating, drinking,γ,2 and pleasures. (3) {Moreover,} because the eleventh house is in an aspect of half friendshipγ ⟨to the first house⟩ they made it the house of friends;γ,3 and because it is above the Earth, it was {also} the house of praise, profit, and renown. (4) {But} this is not so regarding the second house, because it does not aspect the ascendant,γ,4 as I shall reveal in ⟨the discussion of⟩ the aspects; but because it has the power of the first house, which it [the second house] follows in the middle, it indicates wealth and possessions or worldly and good opportunities,β,5 and they are the causes of life. (5) {But} because the seventh house is the opposite of the first, therefore they said that the beginning of the angle of the seventh houseγ,6 cuts off life;γ,7 {likewise,} that the lord of the seventh house indeed indicates death; but because it has a connection with the first house, it does not completely indicate death. (6) But the eighth house, because it is joined to it [to the seventh house], and in its power it does not form any aspect with the first house,γ,8 therefore it [the eighth house] indicates death; and because it is {also} similar to the second ⟨house⟩, which indicates wealth or riches,β,9 {therefore} it indicates an inheritance from the deceased. 3 (1) {But} then the Sun is at midheaven and ⟨its position⟩ changes and turnsβ,1 toward the side of the west, then ⟨its position⟩ changes from ⟨one⟩ side to ⟨another⟩ side, therefore they made this ⟨⟨ninth⟩⟩ house the house of long journeys, since it is above the Earth. (2) {But} ⟨they made⟩ the third house ⟨the house⟩ of short journeys, because its power and strengthβ,2 is less; and because it is {also} in an aspect of half friendship,γ,3 they made it the house of brothers; in addition, ⟨because⟩ science bears a certain

658

part five

similitudo quedam investigandi et perquirendi et itinerator seu discursus anime ad inquirendum1 in scientis,γ {ideo} fuit nona domum scientiarum maiorum seu honorabiliorum.β (3) Fuit {quoque} tertia domus legum; item in sompniis est, {etiam} anima quasi de loco ad locumγ pergens. (4) {Porro,} quia domus decima in supremo est totius circuli, similiter et Sol ac omnes stelle cum sunt in hoc loco prout experiuntur, {ideo} dixerunt quod hoc est domus regni et honoris; {item} magisterium hominis et artificium seu opusβ est ei tamquam regnum. (5) Ac quia domus duodecima cadens est et non colligata prime, {ideo} fuit domus inimicorum ac vituperii; sed quia propinqua est ascendenti, fuit domus equitaturarum hominis. (6) {Deinde} sexta domus, quia coniunctionem seu colligationemβ non habet cum domo prima et est domus mala, quia cadens est ac sub terra, significat super egritudines, eo quod ipsi tamquam oculti sunt inimici. (7) {Item} significat super servos et ancillas, quia opposita duodecime; ad hoc, 53va domus ista propinqua est domui septime, que domus est mulierum. | §4 1 (1) Planete.γ,2 Planetamγ in circulo ecentricoγ ascendentem3 assimilarunt homini super equum equitanti, quia maior est ei4 laus et honor quam pediti,γ eo quod elongatus est a terra; cum {autem} ascendit in parte circuli parvi,5 tunc est directus in cursu suo et augmentatur eius fortitudoγ quolibet die. (2) Aliorum6 {vero} rationes descripte sunt scilicet in Libro initii sapientie.7 (3) Saneque stellarum non apparet virtus seu fortitudoβ quamdiu Sol est super terram, ideo posuerunt quod non est illi fortitudo qui in coniunctione est cum Sole. 2 (1) Radii seu lumen.β Posuerunt lumen Solis seu radios eiusβ .15. gradus ante et .15. gradus retro, quia non videtur stella sibi propinqua a dextris et sinistris usque ad distantiam .15. graduum ab ipso. (2) Radiiγ {autem} Lune .12. gradus sunt, eo quod lumen eius minus est;8 radiiγ {vero} Saturni et Iovis .9., eo quod lumen eorum minus est lumen Lune, et sunt fere secundum mensuram corporum eorum. (3) Radiiγ Martis .8., quia corpus eius minus est similiter et lumen seu radii;β Veneris {itaque} et Mercurii lumen seu 1et itinerator seu discursus anime ad inquirendum] L; M om. 2Planete] ML; L in margin: de causis planetarum in suis circulis eccentricis et aliis. 3ascendentem] M; L ascendens. 4ei] L; M om. 5parvi] L; M parvi epicicli (in margin). 6aliorum] L; M alie. 7scilicet in Libro initii sapientie] L; M om; also PA omits. 8Radii autem Lune .12. gradus sunt eo quod lumen eius minus est] L; M om.

secunda pars libri rationum

659

likeness to seeking after and searching, and the traveler or the course of the soul ⟨resembles⟩ pursuing the sciences,γ,4 {therefore} the ninth house was made the house of the major or more honorable sciences.β,5 (3) The third ⟨house⟩ is {also} the house of laws [religions systems]; likewise of dreams, {also} as if the soul were roaming from place to place.γ,6 (4) {In addition,} because the tenth house is at the top of the entire circle, as the Sun and all the stars demonstrate when they are in this place, {therefore} they said that it is the house of royal power and honor; {likewise,} a man’s profession and art or workβ,7 is like his kingdom. (5) Because the twelfth house is cadent ⟨from the angles⟩ and is not joined to the first, {therefore} it was ⟨made⟩ the house of enemies and of shame; and because it is close to the ascendant, it was ⟨made⟩ the house of the animals that are ridden by man. (6) {Next} the sixth house, since it has no conjunction or connection toβ,8 the first house and is a bad house, for it is cadent ⟨from the angles⟩ and is below the Earth, indicates diseases, which resemble hidden enemies. (7) {Likewise,} it indicates male and female slaves, because it is opposite the twelfth ⟨house⟩; for this purpose, this house is close to the seventh house, which is the house of women. §4 1 (1) Planets.γ,1 They compared a planetγ,2 rising in the eccentric circleγ,3 to a man riding a horse, because his praise and honor are greater than those of one who goes on foot,γ,4 since it is distant from the Earth; {but} when it ascends in the part of its small circle [epicycle], then it is direct in its course and its strengthγ,5 increases each day. (2) {Indeed,} the other reasons were recorded, namely, in the Book of the beginning of wisdom. (3) Given that the power or strengthβ,6 of the stars is not manifest when the Sun is above the Earth, therefore they stated that one [a star] which is in conjunction with the Sun has no power. 2 (1) Rays or light.β,1 They assigned the light of the Sun or its raysβ,2 15° ahead or 15° behind because a star that is near it is not seen until it is at a distance of 15° from it. (2) {But} the raysγ,3 of the Moon are 12°, because its light is less; {moreover,} the raysγ of Saturn and Jupiter are 9°, because their light is less than the Moon’s light, and they are approximately like the size of their bodies. (3) The raysγ of Mars ⟨are⟩ 8°, because its body is less and likewise ⟨its⟩ light or rays;β {accordingly,} the light or raysβ of Venus and

660

part five

radiiβ .7. gradus, eo quod inferiores sunt, ac {etiam} parvi multum ⟨⟨…⟩⟩. (4) Quamvis visui appareat Venus magna valde, est enim parva multum, sed apparet magna propter eius propinquitatem ad terram. 3 (1) Coniunctio. Dyameter Solis fere .32.γ minutorum est, a centroγ ante eius usque ad circumferentiam 16. minuta fere. (2) Propter quod dixerunt quod cum fuerit stella seu planetaβ cum eo taliter computabitur tamquam esset cum centro eius;γ si {autem} plus eo fuerit a dextris seu sinistris non erit sub corpore Solis; verum combustus eritγ quia non videbitur. (3) Cum {vero} est cum1 corpore Solis, tunc est eis una fortitudo; unde dixerunt quod Mercurio existente cum Sole duplex est in circulo Mercurius; et secundum hanc viam in ceteris planetis.γ (4) Ratio {autem} de .15. gradibus, iam dicta est; similiter et ratio de .9. pro Saturno ac etiam pro Iove, non est {autem}2 53vb ita in ceteris planetis,γ propter duas | causas: una est propter magnitudinem luminis3 eorum, secundam {vero} propter tarditatem motus sui, ipsos enim relinquit Sol post se ⟨⟨…⟩⟩. (5) Martis quidem sunt .8. gradus,γ quia lumen eius minus est illorum lumine et ipse velox; si {autem} fuerit inter Solem et Venerem .10. gradus et latitudo eius septentrionalis, quia tunc propinquus erit ut videatur. (6) Luna, cum est occidentalis a Sole, tunc incipiet lumen eius augmentari, ideoque est ei fortitudo. (7) Ratio {ergo} de superioribus quando sunt orientales est quia Sol dimittit eos; contrarium {vero} huius4 est de inferioribus, quia motus eorum velocior est motu Solis, unde cum occidentales fuerint confestim ipsi Solem dimittunt. (8) Fortitudo {quoque} superiorum usque ad .30. gradus, quia motus eorum retardatur5 seu tardior sit;β in statione {autem} prima modicum remanet eis6 fortitudinis, (9) puta,γ medietas fortitudinis aut tertia, et hoc quidem accipitur per viam proportiones,γ adhuc et experientia hoc idem ostendit. (10) Si {autem} parva fuerit latitudo planete cum Sole, huius quidem ratio est eo quod Sol latitudinem non habet, et ita non est de ceterisγ planetis. (11) Ratio {vero} dimidie coniunctionis, hec est quia coniunctio perfecta est secundum longitudinem et latitudinem, dimidium {autem} eius minuetur propter eius7 latitudinem; si fuerunt {ergo} ambo in una parte et latitudo sit equalis, non est dubium quod8 coniunctio perfecta est. 4 (1) Et septentrionalisγ illum superabitγ qui in linea fuerit circuli signorum, et similiter meridionalem, item et ille qui in linea fuerit meridiona1cum] M; L in. 2autem] M; L om. 3luminis] M; L luminum. 4huius] L; M eius. 5retardatur] L; M recurtatur. 6eis] M; L ei. 7eius] L; M om. 8quod] corrected; LM quando.

secunda pars libri rationum

661

Mercury are 7°, because they are lowermost, and {also} very small ⟨⟨in their bodies⟩⟩. (4) Even though Venus appears very large to sight, nonetheless it is very small, but it appears big because of its proximity to the Earth. 3 (1) Conjunction. The diameter of the Sun is approximately 32γ,1 minutes, so that from its centerγ,2 to the circumference it is approximately 16 minutes. (2) For this reason they said that when a star or planetβ,3 is with it like that it will be reckoned as if were at its [the Sun’s] center;γ,4 {but} if it is to the right or to the left, it will not be under the body of the Sun; indeed it will be burned,γ,5 because it will not be seen. (3) {Moreover,} when it is with the body of the Sun, then it is as if they have one power; for this reason they said that if Mercury is together with the Sun there are two Mercuries in the circle; and according to this method for the remaining planets.γ,6 (4) {Now,} the reason for 15° has been already mentioned, likewise the reason for 9° for Saturn and also for Jupiter; {but} not so for the rest of the planets,γ,7 for two causes: one is because of the magnitude of their light, {but} the second is because of the slowness of their motions, for the Sun leaves them after it ⟨⟨quickly⟩⟩. (5) Mars ⟨emerges from being burned⟩ at 8 degrees,γ,8 because its light is less than their [Saturn and Jupiter] light and it is fast; {but} ⟨Venus emerges from being burned⟩ if there are 10° between the Sun and Venus and its [Venus’] latitude is northern, because then it will be close to being visible. (6) The Moon, when it is west of the Sun, then its light will begin waxing, and therefore it has power. (7) {So,} the reason for the upper ⟨planets⟩ when they are eastern is because the Sun abandons them; {but} the contrary occurs with the lower ⟨planets⟩, because their motion is faster than the Sun’s motion, therefore when they are western they abandon the Sun quickly. (8) {Also} the power of the upper ⟨planets⟩ ⟨extends⟩ up to 30 degrees because their motion is slowed down or slower;β,9 {but} in the first station ⟨only⟩ a moderate power remains to them, (9) for example,γ,10 half of the power or a third, and this has been learnt by the method of proportions,γ,11 and in addition also experience shows this. (10) {But} if the planets have a small latitude with ⟨respect to⟩ the Sun, the reason for that is that the Sun has no latitude, and this is not so regarding the rest.γ,12 (11) {Moreover,} the reason for the half conjunction is because the full conjunction is in longitude and latitude, {but} half ⟨of the conjunction⟩ is subtracted due to the latitude; {accordingly,} if both are in one side ⟨with respect to the ecliptic⟩ and the latitude is the same, there is no doubt that the conjunction is full. 4 (1) A northernγ,1 ⟨planet⟩ will defeatγ,2 one that is in the line of the circle of the signs [the ecliptic], and likewise one that is southern, and also

662

part five

lem superabit;γ habens {quoque}1 meridianam latitudinem minorem illum superabitγ qui meridianam habebit maiorem, quia stelle in parte septentrionali existenti est fortitudo magna, eo quod habitatio nostraγ est in parte septentrionali, unde cum est Sol in signis septentrionalibus est ei fortitudo maior ad calefaciendum aera. (2) Via prevalentie.γ Ille2 qui in loco est augisγ propinquior est circulo signorum, et est tamquam in similitudine eorum que sunt3 anime;γ et cum est in oppositoγ propinquior est terre, et est tamquam in similitudine eorum que sunt corporis;γ operatio {autem} 54ra omnis seu actio anime est,β et corpus est instrumentum | eius,γ sit4 igitur hec prevalentia seu victoria tamquam in .2.γ (3) Victorie quidem {itaque} ex parte circuli ecentriciγ magna est fortitudo, eo quod ibi5 moritur diu, in parvo namque circulo de auge ad eius oppositumγ celeriter mutatur. 5 (1) Oppositio.6 Si dyametrumγ feceris in circulo, circaγ .180. gradus erit dyametriγ terminus, si {ergo} circulus divisus fuerit per .360. (2) Posuerisque signumγ,7 infra circulum aut extra, non erit inter eos .180.8 (3) Nisi fuerint duo planete in angulisγ permutatis, et sit latitudo unius equalis latitudini alterius, quia tunc erint punctaliter ac si ambo punctaliter essent in linea circuli signorum.γ (4) Eruntque semper inter ambos .180. ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ si divisus fuerit circulus per .360. 6 (1) Aspectus. Si fecerimus circulum cuius circumferentia sit .360., erit9 dyameter eiusγ in via propinqua .120., cum {ergo} voluerimus dividere circulum per medium, per dyametrumγ dividemus. (2) Quod si voluerimus ipsum in tertia dividere, faciendo videlicet in circulo triangulum equilaterum, accipiemus de circumferentia tertiam, que est 120., et tunc erunt de dyametroγ .90., et hoc quidem est aspectus trinus. (3) Si vero medietatem dyametri cordam fecerimus, arcui circumferentie .60. gradus,γ tunc erit aspectus sextilis. (4) Corda, namque est tamquam ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ equalis esset arcui;γ et secundum hoc invenies, in cordis et arcubus, cordam et arcum .30. quidem graduum, hunc similiter et illam .30. (5) Aspectus {autem} quartus in medietate seu medioβ est semicirculi. (6) Et non est in circulo corda ei proportionalis.γ

1superabit habens quoque] M; L minorem superabit huius quod. 2Ille] M; L illi. 3sunt] L; M om. 4sit] L; M est. 5ibi] L; M sibi. 6Oppositio] M; L Opposito; in margin: esse oppositione. 7signum] L; M signum planete. 8.180.] M; L .380. 9erit] M; L erat.

secunda pars libri rationum

663

one in the line ⟨of the circle of the signs⟩ will defeatγ a southern ⟨planet⟩; {also} one having a smaller southern latitude will defeatγ one that has a greater southern ⟨latitude⟩, because a star located in the northern part has great power, since our inhabited regionγ,3 [the Ecumene] is in the northern part; therefore, when the Sun is in the northern signs, it has more power for warming the air. (2) The path of greater force.γ,4 One [a planet] which is located at the place of apogeeγ,5 is closer to the circle of the signs [the zodiac], and is like those things that pertain to the soul;γ,6 and when it is at the oppositeγ,7 ⟨of the apogee⟩ [at perigee] it is closer to the Earth, and is like those things that pertain to the body;γ,8 {but} every operation or action pertains to the soul,β,9 and the body is its instrument,γ,10 therefore this overcoming or victory is like two ⟨victories⟩.γ,11 (3) {Accordingly,} there is great power to the victory derived from the eccentric circle,γ,12 because the planet there moves there a long time, since in the small circle [the epicycle] it changes quickly from apogee to its oppositeγ,13 [perigee]. 5 (1) Opposition. If you draw the diameterγ,1 of a circle, the end of diameterγ will be aroundγ,2 180°, if {accordingly} the circle is divided into 360 ⟨degrees⟩. (2) And if you put the signγ,3 [the mark] inside or outside the circle, there will not be 180 between them. (3) ⟨They are in opposition⟩ only if the two planets are on different anglesγ,4 [sides], and the latitude of the one is equal to the latitude of the other, because then the points ⟨of their circles⟩ will be as if both are points on the line of the circle of the signsγ,5 [the ecliptic]. (4) And there will always be 180 ⟨⟨degrees⟩⟩ between them, if the circle is divided into 360 ⟨degrees⟩. 6 (1) Aspects. If we draw a circle whose circumference is 360, its diameterγ,1 will be approximately 120; {accordingly,} when we want to split the circle in half we divide ⟨it⟩ at the diameter.γ,2 (2) If we want to split it [the circle] into three, namely, by drawing an equilateral triangle in the circle, we take a third of the circumference, which is 120, then the diameterγ,3 will be 90, and this is the aspect of trine. (3) If we draw a chord at the middle of the diameter, ⟨producing⟩ an arc of the circumference of 60°,γ,4 then there will be an aspect of sextile. (4) The chord, since it is like ⟨⟨a side⟩⟩, is equal to the arc;γ,5 therefore you will find, in ⟨the table of⟩ the chords and arcs, a chord and an arc of 30 degrees, similar to it [the cord] and it [the cord] has 30 ⟨degrees⟩. (5) {But} the aspect of quartile is at the center or middleβ,6 of the semicircle. (6) No chord of the circle is proportional to it.γ,7

664

part five

7 (1) Ac vero, in toto numero, semper est numerus quinariusγ in similitudine unitatis, unde numerus quinariusγ se ipsum custodiens est tamquam in similitudine unitatis. (2) Et si su cogitaveris ad ipsum dividendum, erit eius divisio quinta tamquam prima, in parem et inparem. (3) Ternariusγ {quoque} similiter est ut ille, in divisione paris et imparis, sed in eius divisione non et illi equalis. (4) Et ideo a quintoγ est amicitia perfecta, a tertioγ {vero} dimidia amicitia.γ (5) Numerus1 {autem} quaternariiγ semper a primo2 diversificatur, et ideo aspectus est enim inimicitie. (6) Signa {vero} aspectus trini3 eiusdem sunt nature. (7) Si {vero}4 diceret aliquis 54rb quod aspectus sextilis inimicitie est | aspectus quia siccorum est et humidorum, que quidem inter ipsum distinguit et aspectum quartum? (8) Responsio quia aspectus quartus secundum naturam est qualitatis active, et hoc est radixγ contrarietatis scilicet et inimicitie. 8 (1) Ait {quoque} Iacob Alkindi: quia signa sunt .12., que per .3. dividuntur et per .4. ac per .6., similiter fuerunt et aspectus. (2) Sermones {etiam} Ptolomeiγ veri sunt, quia si fuerit planeta in principioγ Leonis et alter in ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ Sagittario, in loco, inquam, cuius latitudo est propinqua .50. gradus, tunc erunt inter eos de5 gradibus tabule regionis fere .180. gradus, et consimiliter aspectus quartus in trinum permutatur et sextilis {etiam} in quartum; in signis {quoque} brevibus, ut sunt Pisces et Aries, non ascendunt ambo quasi ad .27. gradus, et hoc quidem aspectus non reputatur, et erit aspectus quartus tamquam sextilis et trinus velut quartus. (3) {Item} dicta sapientium Sarracenorumγ super aspectu quarto vera sunt, semper enim dividitur circulus a quocumque loco volueris secundum duos dyametros, et erunt quatuor anguliγ equales. 9 (1) Receptio et donum fortitudinis. Hoc quidem est secundum viam intellectus,γ et non est opus rationes tradere super hoc; si enim fuerit planeta fortis in loco qui vocatur ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ domus, aut in domo sui honoris, aut fortificetur eius virtus per aspectum alicuius planete,γ levior fortitudinem suam dabit graviori, eo quod velocius movetur leviorγ et separatur a superiori. (2) Et est discordia inter sapientes propter iudiciorum conturbationem, quia plures centenarios acceperunt. (3) {Ac vero} secundum viam intellectus et rationisβ veritas est in numero luminis seu radiorum;β {item}

1Numerus] M; L < si. 2primo] M; L principio. 3trini] L; M tertii. 4vero] L; M ergo. 5de] M; L om.

secunda pars libri rationum

665

7 (1) Moreover, in any number, the number that contains fiveγ,1 always resembles the unit, hence a number that contains fiveγ,2 preserves itself, as resembling the unit. (2) If you think about dividing it, its fifth division will be like the first ⟨division⟩, with regard to even and odd.3 (3) ⟨The number⟩ that contains threeγ,4 is {also} like it [the number that contains five], in the division into even and odd, but in its division it is not the same. (4) Therefore, from the fifthγ,5 it is complete friendship,γ,6 {but} from the thirdγ,7 it is half friendship.γ (5) {But} the number that contains fourγ,8 is always different from the first, therefore this is an aspect of enmity. (6) {But} ⟨zodiacal⟩ signs that are in trine are of the same nature. (7) {But}if someone should say that because the aspect of sextile is of enmity, since it belongs to the dry ones and to the moist ones, what distinguishes it [the aspect of sextile] from the aspect of quartile? (8) The answer is that the quartile aspect is according to the nature of the active quality, and this is the rootγ,9 of antagonism, namely, of enmity. 8 (1) {Also} Yaʿqub al-Kindī says: because there are twelve signs, which are divisible by three, four, and six, the aspects came out in the same way. (2) {Also} Ptolemy’sγ,1 statements are true, for if one planet is in the beginningγ,2 of Leo and another in ⟨⟨the head of⟩⟩ Sagittarius, in a place, I say, whose latitude is close to 50°, then there will be approximately 180 degrees between them in the table of the country, and likewise the aspect of quartile is converted into trine and {also} sextile into quartile; {also} regarding the short signs, such as Pisces and Aries, they both rise only approximately 27°; this is not considered to be an aspect, and the aspect of quartile will be sextile and trine will be quartile. (3) {Likewise,} the statement by the scholars of the Saracensγ,3 about the quartile aspect are true, because at any place you choose the circle is always divided by two diameters and there will be four equal angles.γ,4 9 (1) “Receiving” and “giving power.” This is ⟨recognized⟩ by the method of the intellect,γ,1 and there is no need to provide reasons for it; because if a planet is strong in the place that is called ⟨⟨its⟩⟩ house, or in the house of its honor, or its power is increased by the aspect of another planet,γ,2 the lighter [quicker] ⟨planet⟩ will give its power to the heavier [slower] ⟨planet⟩, because the lighter ⟨planet⟩ moves more quicklyγ,3 and moves away from the superior ⟨planet⟩. (2) The disagreement among the scholars is due to the confusion about the ⟨astrological⟩ judgments, because they received many hundreds ⟨of judgments⟩. (3) {But,} according to the method of the intellect and reason,β,4 the truth is in the number of the light or the rays;β,5

666

part five

coniunctionis fortitudo maior est quam aspectus, nec est in hoc hesitatio. (4) {Ad hoc} etiam scitus1 est luminis redditus, similiter et lumine diminutum esse,γ modus {quoque} solitarii est tamquam hominis qui sedet totus solus. (5) Fortitudo graduum equalis.2 Huius quidem ratio scita est, quia in 54va duobus locis | coniunguntur ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ circuli; et est alia via, quia .20. gradus Sagittarii ascensionesγ equales sunt .10. gradus Cancri, et hoc scire poteris in tabula regionis. 10 (1) Dolor. Prima quidem domus Saturni Capricornus est; Iovis Sagittarius; Martis Aries; Veneris3 Taurus; et Mercurii Gemini. (2) Posuerunt {autem} principium prime domus planete proportionaliter Arieti, ut sit dolor in capite pro domino domus. (3) ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ et4 Saturni est in Ariete pectus, eo quod quartus est a Saturno, cuius domus est Capricornus. (4) Et ipse quintus est similiter domui Iovis, et ideo dolor Iovis in ipso est cor sive in corde,β et5 caput Martis quia prima domus est (5) Et quia Aries nonus est a domo Solis, quemadmodum et Sagittario ab Ariete,6 {ideo} Solis sunt coxe; et Veneris pedes, eo quod duodecimus est a domo ipsius7 prima; Mercurii {vero} tybie, quia undecima est a domo ipsius prima.8 (6) Secundum hanc {ergo} viam in Tauro, quia Veneris est caput; et Martis collum quia secundus est prime domui ipsius. (7) Et consimiliter in Geminis erit collum Veneris, eo quod secundum est signum a domo eius prima; Solis {vero} in Leone caput est, quia dominus est domus; et secundum hanc viam in omnibus signis. 11 (1) Colores domorum.γ9 Hoc quidem est dictum super quos colores ipse significant.γ (2) Est {igitur} prime albus tamquam, propter Solisγ similitudinem, et domus septima prime assimilatur; decime {vero} domus est rubeus color, propter eius fortitudinem, et ad eius similitudinem est quarta semper. (3) Sunt {quoque} undecima et quinta mixte, eo quod sunt inter duos angulos,γ et sunt aspicientes gradum ascendentem, hinc10 similitudinem habent bonam. (4) Octava {autem} et secunda deficientes seu diminuteβ sunt ab eis, eo quod non aspiciunt gradum ascendentem. (5) Sexta

1scitus] M; L siccus. 2Fortitudo graduum equalis] L adds in margin: de fortitudine graduum. 3Veneris] M; L in margin. 4Et] M; L est. 5et] L; M est. 6Ariete] L; M oriente. 7ipsius] L; M eius. 8Mercurii vero tybie quia undecima est a domo ipsius prima] M; L om. 9colores domorum] L adds in margine: de coloribus domorum. 10hinc] L; M hunc.

secunda pars libri rationum

667

{likewise,} there is no doubt that the power of “conjunction” is greater than ⟨that of some⟩ “aspect.” (4) For this purpose, “reflecting the light” is also known, likewise “being decreased in light,”γ,6 {also} the condition of the “solitary one” is like that of a man sitting entirely alone. (5) The equal power of the degrees. The reason of this is known, because the ⟨⟨two⟩⟩ circles intersect in two places; and there is another method, because the ascensionsγ,7 of 20 degrees of Sagittarius are equal to ⟨those of⟩ 10 degrees of Cancer, and you can know this from the table of the country. 10 (1) Pain. The first house of Saturn is Capricorn; of Jupiter, Sagittarius; of Mars, Aries; of Venus, Taurus; and of Mercury, Gemini. (2) {But} they made the beginning of the first house of the planet analogous to Aries, so that pain in the head ⟨was assigned⟩ to the lord of the house. (3) ⟨⟨For this reason⟩⟩, the chest ⟨is assigned⟩ to Saturn in Aries, because it [Aries] is the fourth from Capricorn, which is the house of Saturn. (4) And likewise it [Aries] is the fifth from Jupiter’s house [Sagittarius], therefore the pain of Jupiter in it [Aries] is the heart or in the heart,β,1 and the head is the pain of Mars ⟨in Aries⟩, because it is ⟨its⟩ first house. (5) And since Aries is the ninth from the house of the Sun [Leo], just as Sagittarius is from Aries, {therefore} the thighs belong to the Sun ⟨in Aries⟩; and the feet ⟨belong⟩ to Venus ⟨in Aries⟩, because it [Aries] is the twelfth from its [Venus’s] first house [Taurus]; {moreover,} the shanks ⟨belong⟩ to Mercury ⟨in Aries⟩, because it [Aries] is the eleventh from its [Mercury’s] first house [Gemini]. (6) ⟨The pains⟩ in Taurus, {then,} are according to this method, because the head ⟨belongs⟩ to Venus ⟨in Taurus⟩; the neck ⟨belongs⟩ to Mars ⟨in Taurus⟩, since it [Taurus] is second from its [Mars’s] first house [Aries]. (7) Similarly, the neck will be ⟨assigned⟩ to Venus in Gemini, because it [Gemini] is the second from its first house [Taurus]; {moreover,} the head ⟨belongs⟩ to the Sun in Leo, because it is the lord of the house; and according to this method ⟨are the pains of the planets⟩ in all the signs. 11 (1) The color of the houses.γ,1 This has been said about the colors they [the houses] indicate.γ,2 (2) White, {then,} is like the first ⟨house⟩, because of the resemblance to the Sun,γ,3 and the seventh house is similar to the first; {moreover,} red ⟨belongs⟩ to the tenth house, because of its power, and the fourth always resembles it. (3) {Also} the eleventh and the fifth are mixed, because they are between two angles,γ,4 and they aspect the ascendant degree, and for that reason they have a strong resemblance. (4) {But} the eighth and the second ⟨houses⟩ are deficient or diminishedβ,5 with respect to them, because they do not aspect the ascendant degree. (5) {Moreover,}

668

part five

{vero}1 et duodecima nigre sunt, quia domus cadentes sunt et male, nec 54vb aspiciunt gradum ascendentem |

12 (1) Gaudia. Mercurius gaudet quando est in domo prima, eo quod ipse super animam significat et intellectum similiter et Mercurius, Luna namque super corpus significat et ipse super animam, quia superior est Luna ac propinquus nobis. (2) Gaudium {autem} Lune in tertia domo est, eo quod secundum naturam illius super itinera propinqua significat et sermones ac scientias propinquas. (3) Gaudium {quoque} Veneris est in quinta domo, quia natura Veneris est in gaudio esse ac delectationibus; gaudium Martis in domo sexta, eo quod domus est egritudini ac lesionum, et similiter Mars in domo sexta.γ (4) Solis gaudium in nona, quia super magisteria significat et legesγ ac scientias, et idem domus nona. (5) Iovis gaudium in undecima, quia super lucrum significat et misericordiam et divicias ac bonam fortunam, et consimiliter domus undecima. (6) Gaudium {vero} Saturni in domo fuit duodecima, quia super vilitatem2 significat et rixas ac domus carceris, et sic {etiam} duodecima domus. §5 1 (1) Sol ipse significat super vitam, quia luminare magnus est, et lumen omnium corporum, mineralium seu metallorum,β et vegetabilium, ac vivorum seu animalium.β (2) Dixerunt {quoque} Grecorum sapientesγ quod humana anima a virtute Solis est, quiaγ significat super sapientiam et intellectumβ ac super honorem, qui est tamquam similitudo regis; et significat super divitiasγ eo quod semper bonam fortunam significat per aspectum, et gratiam. (3) Eius quidem est pars circuli magna, quia luminare maius est. (4) Et ipse masculus, eo quod natura eius calida; hoc est dictu quiaγ caliditatem generat, et3 {etiam} in fortitudine nature diurne. (5) Et cor est ipsius, quia radix est fundamentum;γ {iterum}4 partem habet in cerebro, quia ligatum est {quodammodo}5 cum corde per miringam seu rethem6 cerebri,β que de nerviis est cordis. (6) {Amplius} super patres significat Sol, enim tamquam pater est omnium vegetabilium ac vivorum; et ideo Luna 55ra mater est, quia lumen eius a Sole est. (7) Oculus | {autem} dexter de die Solis est, quia corpus partitum est duobus luminaribus que sunt presules seu que7 presunt;β pars quidem dextra, que fortior est, Solis est; et oculus 1vero] M; L om. 2vilitatem] M; L utilitatem. 3et] L; M est. 4iterum] L; M item. 5quodammodo] L; M quod modo. 6rethem] corrected; LM rethe. 7que] M; L om.

secunda pars libri rationum

669

yhe sixth and the twelfth ⟨houses⟩ are black, because they are cadent and evil houses and do not aspect the ascendant degree. 12 (1) Joys. Mercury rejoices when it is in the first house, because it indicates the soul, and Mercury also ⟨indicates⟩ the intellect, for the Moon indicates the body and it [Mercury] indicates the soul, because it [Mercury] is above the Moon and close to us. (2) The joy of the Moon is in the third house, because by its nature it indicates short journeys, and conversations, and the near sciences. (3) The joy of Venus is {also} in the fifth house, because the nature of Venus is to be cheerful and enjoy pleasures; the joy of Mars is in the sixth house, because it is the house of diseases and wounds, and Mars is like that in the sixth house.γ,1 (4) {But} the joy of the Sun is the ninth ⟨house⟩, because it indicates professions, lawsγ,2 and sciences, and the ninth house is like it. (5) The joy of Jupiter is in the eleventh ⟨house⟩, because it indicates profit and compassion and wealth and good fortune, and the eleventh house is like it. (6) {Moreover,} the joy of Saturn is in the twelfth ⟨house⟩, because it indicates baseness3 and disputes and prison, and the twelfth house is {also} like it. §5 1 (1) The Sun indicates life, because it is the great luminary, and the light of all bodies, minerals or metals,β,1 plants, and living beings or animals.β,2 (2) The scholars of the Greeksγ,3 {also} said that the human soul derives from the power of the Sun, becauseγ,4 it [the Sun] indicates wisdom and the intellect,β,5 and honor, which is like the similitude of a king, and richesγ,6 because it always indicates good fortune by means of the aspects, and favor. (3) It has the “great half” of the circle, because it is the greater luminary. (4) It is masculine, because its nature is hot; this is said becauseγ,7 it generates heat, and this {also} applies to the power of the diurnal nature. (5) The heart belongs to it, because the root is the foundation;γ,8 it has {also} a part of the brain, because it is connected {in a certain way} to the heart by means of the membrane that covers the brain or the net of the brain,β,9 which is of the nerves of the heart. (6) {In addition,} the Sun indicates fathers, because it is like a father for all plants and living beings; and consequently the Moon is ⟨like⟩ a mother, because its light comes from the Sun. (7) {But} the right eye belongs to the Sun by day, because the body is divided between the two luminaries that are rulers or governors;β,10 so the right side ⟨of the body⟩, which is the stronger one, belongs to the Sun; and the eye, because

670

part five

propter lumen quod in ipso est Soli assimilatur; item preest et masculis,γ quia calidi sunt, et Luna non est ita,1 eo quod frigida2 est. (8) {Sed} quia potestas eiusγ de nocte est, ipsa de nocte preest oculo dextro masculorum, eo quod super terram est lumen eius; et est Solis significatio super sinistrum, eo quod tunc est sub terra. (9) Anni {igitur} eius parvi seu minoresβ .19., eo quod in hoc annorum numero coniunguntur ambo luminaria secundum motus eorum medios, et hic est ciclus seu periodusβ motus eorum seu concursus.β (10) Magni quidem .120., eo quod hii sunt anni vite hominis in universali secundum naturam eius; medii {vero} sunt quarta pars magnorum coniuncta parvis seu minimis.β (11) Maximorum {autem}3 annorum ratio seu causa,β secundum sententiam sapientium Indorum,γ est quia in hoc numero coniunguntur precise luminaria secundum motus eorum medios; et motus quidem Solis medius secundum Indorum tabulasγ non est talis ut in tabulis quas ego compilavi ⟨⟨…⟩⟩; ac {tamen} sunt veri ambo, et experti sunt eosγ astrologie sapientes.γ (12) {Sane} in prima die est virtus seu fortitudoβ Solis, {nam} prima eius hora torta seu inequalisβ Solis est; secunda {vero} Veneris, que inferior ipso est, et ipsa quidem particeps est cum Sole, quia fortitudo domino diei; post hoc autem, pervenit adhuc res ut in principio noctis sit quintus a Sole, et qui post Solem incipit ille presul est, et preest diei aut nocti.γ (13) Annos {vero} alfardar id est firdarisβ4 commemorarunt Persarum sapientes,γ sed rationem super eis non reddiderunt; dicunt {autem} alii decimam esse annorum Solis5 magnorum; sententia {vero} Ptolomeiγ est .19. esse propter luminarium coniunctionem. (14) Natura quidem {igitur} Solisγ calida est et sicca, eo quod caliditatem generat et siccitatem; {etiam} temperatam inquam, eo quod 55rb calor vitalis est cum humiditate;γ color quidem eius | albus, propter magnitudinem luminis sive claritatis,β,6 lumen enim album est. (15) Sermones {vero} Ptolomei,γ quod eius operationes in omni re operantur,γ sunt veri, luminaria namque prepotentia sunt, et secundum uniuscuiusque regionis seu patrieβ receptionem est eorum virtus seu fortitudo;β secundum terrarum latitudines erunt et forme filiorum hominum.θ (16) Sunt {autem} qui dicunt quod brevis est stature, quia sic est et leo; mutatio {quoque} in oculis est quia luminare magnum est; et postquam erit presulγ apparebit eius

1ita] L; M om. 2frigida] L; M facta. 3autem] M; L om. 4id est firdaris] M; L om. 5Solis] M; L similiter. 6claritatis] L; M claritatem.

secunda pars libri rationum

671

the light within it resembles the Sun; likewise, it is in charge of males,γ,11 because they are hot; but this is not the case with the Moon, because it is cold. (8) {But} because itsγ,12 government is by night, it [the Moon] is in charge by night over the right eye of males, because its light is above the Earth; and the Sun indicates the left ⟨eye⟩, because it is then underneath ⟨the Earth⟩. (9) {Then,} its [the Sun’s] small or least yearsβ,13 are 19, because in this number of years the two luminaries conjoin in their mean motions, and this is the cycle or periodβ,14 of their motions or convergences.β,15 (10) The great ⟨years are⟩ 120, because these are the years of as man’s life in general according to his nature; {moreover,} the middle ⟨years⟩ are a quarter of the great ⟨years⟩, together with the small or least ⟨years⟩.β,16 (11) {But} the reason or causeβ,17 for the greatest ⟨years⟩, according to the opinion of the scholars of the Indians,γ,18 is that in this number ⟨of years⟩ the luminaries are precisely conjoined in their mean motions; and the mean motion of the Sun in the tables of the Indiansγ,19 is not like that in the tables which I compiled ⟨⟨for you⟩⟩; {nevertheless,} both are correct, and the scholars of astrologyγ,20 verified them experimentally.γ,21 (12) {Certainly} the power or strengthβ,22 on the first day ⟨of the week⟩ belongs to the Sun, {because} the first crooked or unequal hourβ,23 [seasonal hour] belongs to the Sun; {moreover,} the second to Venus, which is below it, and participates with the Sun, because the power belongs to the lord of the day; consequently, it happens that at the beginning of the night it is the fifth from the Sun, and the one that begins after the Sun is the ruler and is in charge of the day or of the night.γ,24 (13) {So,} the scholars of the Persiansγ,25 recorded the years of al-fardār, that is, of the firdar,β,26 but they did not provide any reason; {but} others said ⟨that the years of al-fardār are⟩ one tenth of the great years of the Sun; {but} Ptolemy’sγ,27 opinion is 19 ⟨years⟩, because of the conjunction of the luminaries. (14) {Then,} the nature of the Sunγ,28 is hot and dry, because it generates heat and dryness; {also} I say, it is temperate, because the heat of life is with moisture;γ,29 its color is white, because of the magnitude of the light or brightness,β,30 inasmuch as light is white. (15) {Indeed,} Ptolemy’sγ,31 statements, that its actions affect everything,γ,32 are true, because the luminaries are the rulers, and their power or strengthβ,33 is in accordance with the reception of each region or country;β,34 and according to the latitudes of the countries will be the forms of the sons of menθ,35 [human beings]. (16) {But} some say that he [one born under the sign of the Sun] is short of stature, because the lion is like that; {also} the change in the eyes is because it is the great luminary; and after it is the rulerγ,36 its power will be visible in one of the eyes, because

672

part five

virtus in uno oculorum, quia Luna super alterum significat; facies {vero} eius rotunda et os amplum,1 quia sic est leoni. 2 (1) Luna2 super vitam significat sicut et Sol, quia lumen eius ab illo est; eius {autem} non est scientia et intellectus,β quia eius est corpus spissum seu grossumβ et nigrum, et non est ita Soli. (2) Ratio {autem} super loquacitatemγ est eo quod ei non est prudentia,γ ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ quia Lune lumen a Sole est. (3) Preest {autem} Luna de nocte quia mundum illuminat, et est feminina eo quod frigida est. (4) Quinimmo frigida non est, non enim3 verum est quod luminosum sit frigidum,γ sed quia non est ei virtus seu fortitudoβ magna, eo quod parvum est corpus eius, idcirco nequit calefacere congruenter humane nature; parvum {autem} calidum seu debileβ omnem enim4 rem liquefacit in aere coagulatam,γ et ideo humiditatem multiplicat seu adducit et augmentat,β Sol {vero} propter habundantiam caliditatis sue desiccat. (5) Sit {autem} mutatio in qualitatibusγ Lune secundum quartas lunationum scitum enim est: quia5 postquam a principio .7. dierum fuerit caliditatemque ac6 humiditatem generavit, nititurγ caliditas ad desiccandum.7 (6) Et cum est in loco augis ecentriciγ frigida est et humida, eo quod a terra est elongata, unde caliditas eius modica est nec potest desiccare, sed ipsa nodum dissolvit,θ id est, coagulatum liquefacit; cum {ergo}8 terre propinqua est calefacit et desiccat; est {quoque} Luna particeps in 55va cerebro, quia lumen eius lumen Solis est. (7) {Item} | locutionemγ deputaverunt Lune, eo quod super cor volitat, quod est de parte Solis, et per ipsum respiratur aer et expiratur.γ (8) Luna {vero} media est inter sedemγ inferiorem et superiorem. (9) Et eius est sinister oculus, quia sinister pars9 minoris estimationis est quam dextra; {item} est ei virtus in toto corpore, quia in suo lumine corpori hominisγ assimilatur, quod quidem usque ad certum crescit terminumγ deinde diminuitur. (10) Rursus est ei pars in ore, eo quod ostium10 est corporis, similiter eius est et barba, eo quod est tamquam pars orientalem vel tamquam oriens.β,11 (11) {Iterum}12 pars eius in signis est minor, quia luminare minus est. (12) Nox {vero} ipsius ac dies secundum viamγ Solis est. (13) Anni {quoque}13 eius minores .25., sic enim experti sunt, et non est eis ratio. (14) Medii {vero} sunt quarta pars maiorum et medietas minorum; sed quidam dicunt quod mediocres sunt medietas

1amplum] L; M largum. 2Luna] L; M Luna ipsa. 3enim] L; M tamen. 4enim] L; M om. 5quia] M; L quod. 6ac] M; L ad. 7desiccandum] L; M siccandum. 8ergo] L; M vero. 9oculus quia sinister pars] M; L in margin. 10ostium] corrected; LM hostium. 11vel tamquam oriens] M; L om. 12Iterum] L; M item. 13quoque] L; M autem.

secunda pars libri rationum

673

the Moon indicates the other ⟨eye⟩; {moreover,} ⟨his⟩ face is round and ⟨his⟩ mouth is wide, because the lion’s ⟨face and mouth⟩ is like that. 2 (1) The Moon indicates life just as the Sun does, because its [the Moon’s] light comes from it [the Sun]; {but} it has no knowledge and intellect,β,1 because its body is dense or thickβ,2 and black, and the Sun is not like that. (2) {But} the reason for loquacityγ,3 is that it [the Moon] has no discretion,γ,4 ⟨⟨but only what he [the native] had heard⟩⟩ because the light of the Moon comes from the Sun. (3) {But} the Moon rules by night, because it illuminates the world, and it is feminine, because it is cold. (4) But it [the Moon] is not cold, neither is it true that the luminous is cold,γ,5 but since it [the Moon] does not have a great power or strength,β,6 because its body is small, therefore it cannot warm suitably for human nature; {but} the little or weak heatβ,7 liquefies everything solidified in the air,γ,8 therefore it multiplies or produces and increases moisture,β,9 {whereas} the Sun, because of the abundance of its heat, dries ⟨them⟩. (5) {But} the change in the attributesγ,10 of the Moon according to the quarters of the lunations [months] is indeed known: because for seven days after the beginning ⟨of the quarter⟩ it generated heat and moisture, heat climbsγ,11 in order to dry up. (6) When it is at the place of the apogee of the eccentric ⟨circle⟩γ,12 it is cold and moist, because it is distant from the Earth, hence its heat is moderate and cannot dry ⟨things⟩ up, but it loosens the knot,θ,13 that is, it liquefies what is solidified; {hence} when it is close to the Earth it warms and dries up; {the Moon} {also} participates in ⟨affecting⟩ the brain, because its light is the Sun’s light. (7) {Likewise,} they ascribed the faculty of speechγ,14 to the Moon, because it [the faculty of speech, but should be the lung] flies above the heart, which belongs to the portion of the Sun, and the air is inhaled and exhaled by means of it.γ,15 (8) {Moreover,} the Moon is intermediate between the inferior and the superior seatγ,16 [dwelling place]. (9) The left eye belongs to it, because the left part is of lesser value than the right; {likewise,} it has power in the entire body, because in its light it resembles the body of a man,γ,17 which grows until a certain limitγ,18 and then wanes. (10) It [the Moon] has also a share of the mouth, which is the gate of the body, likewise the beard belongs to it, because it is like the eastern part or like the east.β,19 (11) {Also,} it has the smaller portion of the signs, because it is the small luminary. (12) {Indeed,} its night and its day ⟨in the week⟩ are according to the methodγ,20 of the Sun. (13) {Besides,} its least years are 25, for they were found to be this experimentally, and there is no reason for it. (14) {Moreover,} the middle ⟨years⟩ are a quarter of the great ⟨years⟩ and [= plus] half of the least ⟨years⟩; but some say that

674

part five

maiores cum medietate minorum, et sunt .40.γ (15) Et maiores sunt .108., cum diminutione vidilicet .12. ab annis Solis maioribus, eo quod non apparet ei virtus quousque de sub lumine seu radiis Solisβ exeunt per .12. gradus. (16) Anni {vero} alfardar, id est firdaris,β,1 .9., cum diminutione scilicet unus ab annis Solis, et quidam dicunt quod medietasγ annorum eius maiorum. (17) Et Solisγ usque ad quatuor annos, eo quod Luna propinqua nobis est; ratio {autem} quatuor annorum est ut natus quatuor pertranseat naturas, tunc enim inquirendum est quantum vivet. (18) {Rursus} non est ei forma certa seu determinata,β secundum quod dictum est in Sole, est enim luminare minus. (19) Secundum Antiquorum {tamen} sententiam facies eius pulchra est, propter Lune pulchritudinem, et non est ita de Sole, quia non potest oculus respicere; corpus {autem} eius pulchrum non est, propter ipsius nigredinem; sed est sanum quia frigiditatem et humiditatem ipsa generat. (20) Et dentes eius longi, quia super ossa significat; {item} dentes a frigido et humido generantur. (21) Oculi {quoque} eius nigri, propter simi55vb litudinem seu figuramβ nigredinis que in medio Lune est cum est plena | lumine, et ideo dixerunt quod in eius corporeγ aliquantulum est nigredinis; {item} statura brevis propter figuram Cancri que brevis est, {amplius} habundans in sermone seu locutione,β et hoc quidem iam dictum est. (22) Sapor {autem} eius salsus et secundum viam experientie; et eius {etiam} est amor mulierum, quia natura ipsius est ut illarum. 3 (1) Saturnus.2 In parte3 quidem eius sunt: foramina capitis super septem planetas dederunt, enim duas aures,4 Saturno, eo quod superiores sunt, sicut et ipse superior est, et quia {etiam} superior est super Iovem, fuit dextra in parte eius; ac splen, quia Saturnus melancoliam generat, que frigida est. (2) Dixerunt {igitur} de ipso quod frigiditatem generat, eo quod remotus est a terra, et {quia} sua caliditas non est secundum naturam vite conveniens nature vitali;γ ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ Iupiter {vero} quia propinquior est, et corpus eius corpore Saturni maius, ideo lumen eius magnum est. (3) Et sunt quidam qui dicunt quod Iupiter calidus est et humidus, quia sic generat lumen eius, quod magnum est;γ et Mars rubicundus est quia calidus, et in Saturno {autem} aliquantulum est nigredinis seu obscuritatis;β et caliditas Veneris modica est, eo quod parvum est corpus eius. (4) Dixerunt {itaque} de Saturno cum est in auge circuli ecentriciγ siccus est, nam quando

1id est firdaris] M; L om. 2Saturnus] LM; L in margin: de natura Saturni. partem. 4aures] M; L auras.

3parte] M; L

secunda pars libri rationum

675

the middle ⟨years⟩ are half of the great ⟨years⟩ with [= plus] half of the least ⟨years⟩, and are 40.γ,21 (15) The great ⟨years⟩ are 108, namely, with the subtraction of 12 degrees from the Sun’s great years, because its power is not perceptible until after it moves 12 degrees away from under the light or the rays of the Sun.β,22 (16) {Indeed,} The years of al-fardār, that is, of the firdar,β,23 ⟨are⟩ 9, namely, with the subtraction of one year from the year ⟨of alfardar⟩ of the Sun; some say halfγ,24 of its [the Moon’s] great years. (17) ⟨The years⟩ of the Sunγ,25 ⟨are⟩ until ⟨the native is⟩ four years ⟨old⟩, because the Moon is close to us; {but} the reason of the four years is until the native passes through the four natures, for then it must be inquired how long he will live. (18) {Besides,} it has no certain or definite form,β,26 as has been said regarding the Sun, because it is the small luminary. (19) {However,} according to the opinion of the Ancients, his ⟨the native’s⟩ face is handsome, because of the Moon’s beauty, but the same does not apply to the Sun, because the eye cannot look at it; {but} his ⟨the native’s⟩ body is not handsome, because it [the Moon] is black; and he is healthy because it generates cold and moisture. (20) His teeth are long, because it indicates the bones; {likewise,} the teeth are created by cold and moisture. (21) {Besides,} his eyes are dark, because of the semblance or figureβ,27 of blackness in the middle of the Moon when it is full of light; hence they said that there is some blackness in his bodyγ,28; {likewise,} ⟨his⟩ stature ⟨is⟩ short on account of the figure of Cancer, which is short; {in addition}, he is of excessive talk or speech,β,29 and this has been said already. (22) {But} according to the method of experience its [the Moon’s] flavor is salty; the love of women is {also} in its portion, because its nature is like theirs. 3 (1) Saturn. ⟨Regarding the parts of the body⟩ that are in its portion: they divided the orifices of the head among the seven planets, and inasmuch as the two ears are uppermost, just as it [Saturn] is uppermost, and because it [Saturn] is {also} higher above Jupiter, they assigned the right ear to Saturn; and ⟨they assigned it⟩ the spleen, because Saturn produces the black bile, which is cold. (2) {Therefore,} they said about it that it produces cold, because it is distant from the Earth, and {because} its heat is not in accordance with the nature of life corresponding to the vital nature;γ,1 {but} ⟨⟨not so⟩⟩ Jupiter because it is closer ⟨to the Earth⟩, and its body is larger than Saturn’s body, therefore its light is stronger. (3) There are certain people who say that Jupiter is hot and moist, because thus generates its light, which is strong;γ,2 Mars is red because it is hot, {but} there is a bit of blackness or darknessβ,3 in Saturn; and Venus’s heat is moderate, because its body is small. (4) {Accordingly,} they said of Saturn that when it is at the apogee

676

part five

de1 terre propinquus est plus calefacit et generat humiditatem, licet non tantum calefaciat quantum opus est homini seu conveniens.β (5) Mutatio {vero} nature eius ex parte parvi circuli est, secundum viam Lune. (6) Et significat super egritudines ⟨⟨…⟩⟩, quia plurimum earum est a frigiditate,γ ratio {autem} quare diuturne sunt est quia nullus planeta ita tarde movetur ut ipse; significat etiam super febrem quartanam quia de melancolia est que est frigida similiter; et super insaniam ac amentiam,β que accidit propter frigiditatem et humiditatem; item super lepram; {etiam} ac super inflationem faciei, propter flegma et humiditatem seu reuma;β super obscurationem2 {etiam} visus, quia contrarius est luminaribus; facies 55vb {autem} seu forma eius | obscura; et stupor anime propter melancoliam. (7) Et significat super patres eo quod remotusγ est; significat {etiam} super omnes res antiquas et veteres; ratio quoque eius quod significat super terras hoc est quia eius est splen qui retinet virtutem corporis, adhuc eius sunt loca de fossa et profunda ex quibus homo non faciliter extrahitur; et hec est eius natura quia gravius est in moto suo;γ item pertinax; et pestilens seu mortifexβ quia vite contrarius. (8) Ratio {autem} quare magisteriorum et artiumβ domini sunt Mars et Venus ac Mercurius est quia omni arti seu magisterio conveniens est expedita velocitas,β et hoc de natura Martis est, similiter et preparatio seu ydoneitas,β et hoc de natura Veneris similiter quoque modo, et3 prudentia, que Mercurii est.γ (9) De nautisγ {vero} est ratio, quia humiditates magnas generat, que sunt aqua et maria; {similiter} de cerdonibus et preparatoribus coriorum,β quia huius preparatioγ sit in aqua, {item} ⟨⟨…⟩⟩, et de sepultoribus mortuorum, quia super terram significat et pulverem,β et ideo eius sunt ossa. (10) {Preterea,} super sapientiam significat et veritatem,β eo quod superius est; et est stans super viam unam,θ id est, constans est, quia non festinat in motu suo; et significat {etiam} super mendacia, eo quod natura eius permutatur.γ (11) Et locum carceris in quo permanet homo, et hoc secundum rationem locorum defossorum,γ ex quibus non facilis est exitus seu egressus;β eadem {quoque} est ratio de compedibus et boiis ligneisγ et lapideis, eo quod frigide sunt et4 stricte captivantes; amplius est et piger, quia velox non est, sed tardus in motu.β (12) Et nox eius ac dies secundum Solis viam currit. (13) Anni {autem} eius minores .30. sunt, quia in hoc annorum fere revertitur ad locum pristinum; medii {quoque} ipsius sunt medietas maiores cum minorum medietatem; magni {vero} seu maioresβ secundum numerum sunt terminorumγ in omnibus signis; annis aut alfardarβ ratio non est quam

1de] M; L om. 2obscurationem] L; M obscuritatem. 3et] L; M om. 4et] L; M quia.

secunda pars libri rationum

677

of the eccentric circleγ,4 it is dry, because when it is close to the Earth it warms more and generates moisture, even though it does not warm as much as man needs or is fitting.β,5 (5) {But} the change in its nature is with respect to the small circle, like the way of the Moon. (6) It indicates ⟨⟨chronic⟩⟩ diseases, because most of them come from cold;γ,6 {but} the reason why they are chronic is because no planet moves as slowly as it does; it also indicates quartan fever, because of the black bile, which is similarly cold; ⟨it also indicates⟩ madness and insanity,β,7 which comes because of cold and moisture; likewise, leprosy; {also} swelling of the face, on account of the phlegm, and moisture, or rheum;β,8 {also} darkening of vision, because it is the opposite of the luminaries; {but} its face or featureβ,9 ⟨is⟩ dark; and numbness of the soul, because of the black bile. (7) It indicates fathers, because it is distant;γ,10 it {also} indicates anything that is ancient and old; the reason why it indicates the ground is that it has the spleen, which checks the power of the body; in addition, in its portion are the places related to the grave and situated far beneath the surface, from which a man is not easily extracted; and this is its nature because it is slower in its motion;γ,11 likewise, it is obstinate;12 it is deadly or lethal,β,13 because it is the opposite of life. (8) {But} the reason why Mars, Venus, and Mercury are lords of the professions and artsβ,14 is that speed is appropriate and well-suited for any art or profession,β,15 and this is Mars’s nature, so too preparation and suitability,β,16 and this is Venus’s nature in the same way, and prudence belongs to Mercury.γ,17 (9) {Moreover,} the reason for sailorsγ,18 is that it generates abundant moistures, which are water and the seas; {likewise} leatherworkers and those who prepare hides,β,19 because its preparationγ,20 is in water; likewise, ⟨⟨skinners⟩⟩; ⟨and the reason⟩ for those who bury the dead, because it indicates earth and dust,β,21 and this is why the bones belong to it. (10) {In addition,} it indicates wisdom and truth,β,22 because it is uppermost; and it stands in one way,θ,23 that is, it is steady, because it does not hasten in its motion; and it {also} indicates lies, because its nature changes completely.γ,24 (11) ⟨It indicates⟩ the place of prison, in which a man stays, according to the reason for the places of graves,γ25 from which going away or departure is not easy;β,26 the same reason is {also} for shackles, wooden yokesγ,27 and stones, because they are cold and hold captives tight, in addition it is sluggish, because it is not quick, but slow in motion.β,28 (12) Its night and day runs like that of the Sun. (13) {Now,} its least years are 30, because in this ⟨number⟩ of years it approximately returns to its original location; {besides,} its middle ⟨years⟩ are half of the great ⟨years⟩ with half of the least ⟨years⟩; {moreover,} the great or greaterβ,29 ⟨years are⟩ like the number of the termsγ,30 in all the signs; I know no reason for the years or

678

part five

sciam1 ego, preter quam experientia. (14) Et secundum sententiam Ptolomeiγ super senium seu decrepitam etatemβ significat, eo quod ultimum est planetarum, dat enim Luna nato virtutem primo, deinde Mercurius, et 56rb hec est via veritatis. (15) Est {ergo} sapor Saturniγ acetosus, quia | acetosum frigidum est. (16) Statura {autem} eius longa est seu procera,γ eo quod altior est omnibus planetis; barba eius tenuis, quia contrarius Lune est, que super barbam significat. (17) Facies eius nigra,2 propter melancoliam; et est macer, propter siccitatem; oculi eius parvi et nigri, versus terram respicientes, propter gravitatem motus sui; et parum loquitur nec irascitur faciliter, propter tarditatem motus sui; cum {autem} irascitur affligit3 animam suam, quia nocivus et maleficusβ est. (18) Quia {autem}4 superius est, {ideo} vincit omnes et superat.β (19) Et significat super cupidos,γ quia natura eorum frigida, Sol {vero} super equos quia calidi sunt, Luna super boves quia frigidi sunt,5 quia ipsi dignitas in Tauro.γ (20) Et Sol quidem super aurum significat, eo quod eius natura calida est temperata, et non est inter metalla ei simile nec est inter planetas maior Sole; Luna {vero} super argentum, quia minus auro est et est frigidum, et quemadmodum luminaribus est excellentia super planetas, quia sunt luminaria magna, sic est auro ac argento super metalla reliqua; Saturnus {igitur} super plumbum significat, propter gravitatem et est terreus,γ (21) ac masculinus propter siccitatem eius; et est de planetis diurnis, eo quod lumen diei et calor naturam rectificant illius. 4 (1) Iupiter. Iam diximus naturam eius cum Saturno; est {ergo} planeta bonus, et natura eius in vita est omne bonum augere; ac bonam voluntatem talis autem est natura ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ hominis, qui calidus est humidus. (2) Significat {ergo} super filios, quia caliditas et humiditas radix est generationis et significat multiplicationem;θ ac divitias, quia stella bona est. (3) Secundum meam {autem} opinionem, deputarunt Saturno domum primam, que super corpus significat, quia illius est splen, a quo virtus retentionis in corpore est;γ et illius6 etiam sunt ossa, que corporis sunt fundamentum; item quia primus planetarum est a superiori. (4) Iupiter {autem} in similitudine domus secunde est, et ideo super divitias significat; et Mars super vias,γ eo quod est similis domui tertie; Sol {vero} super patrem, propter eius similitudinem ad domum quartam; et Venus super delicias, propter eius

1sciam] M; L scientia. 2nigra] M; L magna. 3affligit] M; L affligitur. 4autem] M; L propter. 5sunt] corrected; LM est. 6illius] L; M ipsius.

secunda pars libri rationum

679

al-fardār,β,31 except experience. (14) In Ptolemy’sγ,32 opinion it indicates senility or decrepitude,β,33 because it is the last of the planets, since first the Moon gives power to the native, then Mercury, and this method is true. (15) {So,} Saturn’s tasteγ,34 is sour, because sourness is cold. (16) {But} his [the native’s] stature is long or tall,γ,35 because it [Saturn] is higher than all the planets; his [the native’s] beard is sparse, because it [Saturn] is the opposite of the Moon, which indicates the beard. (17) His [the native’s] face is black, because of the black bile; and he is thin, because of the dryness; his eyes are small and black, and they look at the ground, because of the heaviness of its motion; he is taciturn and does not get angry easily, because of the slowness of its motion; {but} when he gets angry he mortifies his soul, because it [Saturn] is harmful and malefic.β,36 (18) {But} since it [Saturn] is uppermost, {therefore} he [the native] defeats and prevailsβ,37 over all. (19) It indicates the greedy onesγ,38 [Hebrew: donkeys] because their nature is cold; {but} the Sun ⟨indicates⟩ horses, because they are hot, and the Moon ⟨indicates⟩ bulls, because they are cold, ⟨and⟩ because it [the Moon] has dignity in Taurus.γ,39 (20) The Sun indicates gold, because its nature is hot ⟨and⟩ temperate, and none of the metals is like it [gold] and no planet is bigger than the Sun; {but} the Moon ⟨indicates⟩ silver, because it is inferior to gold and it is cold; and in the same manner as the luminaries are more excellent than the planets, because they are the great luminaries, so gold and silver ⟨are more excellent than⟩ the other metals; {Therefore,} Saturn ⟨indicates⟩ lead, because of ⟨its⟩ heaviness and ⟨because⟩ it [Saturn] is earthy,γ,40 (21) and it is masculine because of its dryness, and ⟨it is one⟩ of the diurnal planets, because the light and heat of the day temper its nature. 4 (1) Jupiter. I have already mentioned its nature together with Saturn⟨’s⟩; {so,} it is a good planet, and its nature in life is to increase any good; and ⟨it indicates⟩ good will, ⟨because⟩ of this kind is the nature of ⟨⟨every⟩⟩ man, who is hot and moist. (2) {Therefore,} it indicates sons, because heat and moisture is the root of generation and indicates increase;θ,1 and ⟨it indicates⟩ riches, because it is a good star. (3) {but} in my opinion, they ascribed to Saturn the first house, which indicates the body, because in its portion is the spleen, whence ⟨comes⟩ the power of retention in the body,γ,2 {also} in its portion are the bones, which are the foundation of the body; likewise because it [ Jupiter] is the first of the planets from [below] the uppermost [Saturn]. (4) {But} Jupiter is similar to the second house, hence it indicates wealth; Mars ⟨indicates⟩ journeys,γ,3 because it is like the third house; {but} the Sun ⟨indicates⟩ the father, because of its resemblance to the fourth house; Venus ⟨indicates⟩ pleasures, because of its correspondence

680

part five

convenientiam cum domo quinta; et Mercurius super servos, quia talis est 56va domus sexta; | Luna {vero} super mulieres, quia est sicuti domus septima

esse; {quoque} domus octave Saturni est, qui significat super mortem ⟨⟨…⟩⟩, quemadmodum enim super initium significat hominis sic et super finem eius, primus namque et ultimus planetarum est diversis respectibus. (5) Dicit {itaque} Ptolomeusγ quod si in nativitate hominis fuerit Saturnus fortis, similiter erit et fortitudo corporis illius, et poterit laborem et penamγ sustinere. (6) Iupiter {autem} super scientiam seu intellectumβ ⟨⟨…⟩⟩, et fidem significat sicut et domus nona; et Mars super dominia et principatus,β sicut domus decima; Sol {autem} super gratiam et bonam fortunam, sicut domus undecima; et Venus super obprobria seu improperia et vilitates,β que sunt omnium finis deliciarum extrema, namque gaudii luctus occupat; significat {autem} Iupiter super sapientiam et servitium divinum, eo quod equaliter temperatus est.γ (7) Ac vero iam dictus est sermo de aure sinistra, {{et ideo non dicam modo}}; epar ipsius est, quia sedesγ est sanguinis, qui calidus est et humidus, ideoque eius est {etiam} anima vegetativa. (8) Rursus et regis thesaurarius,γ eo quod fidelis est; et cum Marte super monetarum dominosθ seu monetariosβ significat, ipse enim super divitas significat et Mars super ictus; cum Venere {autem} super cantum, Venus enim melodiam et delectationes significat, et Iupiter sevitium divinum. (9) Cum {vero} Mercurius donans est virtutem suam ei, tunc omnis eius scientia in legibus erit et iudiciis ad iuste iudicandum; et si cum Sole, astrologusγ erit, rex enim stellarum Sol est, secundum latitudinemγ {autem} planetarum ab ipso permutabuntur iudicia. (10) Cum Saturno {autem} super magnum sapientem significat, eo quod ambo supremi sunt; est {itaque} planeta veritatis, similiter enim est, et eius natura equalis sive iusta ac temperata.γ (11) Dies {vero} illius1 et nox sicut in Sole. (12) Anni {vero} parvi .12., in ter56vb mino enim horum annorum ad pristinum | ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ redit locum; et mediocres .45. cum dimidio, quia sunt medietates annorum magnorum cum parvis;γ magni {autem} .79., secundum numerum terminorum in signis; maximi {vero} .424., quia in hiis annis redit ad locum suum, et non erit inter primum locum et secundum nisi minuta pauca; consimiliter {quoque} est de maximis annis Saturni; anni {vero} alfardar sicut numerus annorum suorum parvorum. (13) Significat {autem} super senectutem, eo quod preest illi;γ et Saturnus super senium ac finem vite, consimilis enim est eius natura.γ (14) Mutatio quidem quartarum circuli est quia domus decima in medietate

1illius] L; M ipsius.

secunda pars libri rationum

681

to the fifth house; Mercury ⟨indicates⟩ slaves, because of this kind is the sixth house; {moreover,} the Moon ⟨indicates⟩ women, because it is like the seventh house; the eighth house, {again,} is assigned to Saturn, which indicates death ⟨⟨like the eighth house⟩⟩; in the same way as it indicates the beginning of a man so it indicates his end, for it is the first and the last of the planets from different points of view. (5) {Accordingly,} Ptolemyγ,4 says that if Saturn is strong in a man’s nativity, the power of his body will be likewise, and he will be able to endure labor and pain.γ,5 (6) {But} Jupiter ⟨indicates⟩ knowledge or understandingβ,6 ⟨⟨and the crafts⟩⟩, and indicates faith, like the ninth house; Mars ⟨indicates⟩ dominions and governances,β,7 like the tenth house; {but} the Sun ⟨indicates⟩ favor and good fortune,8 like the eleventh house; Venus ⟨indicates⟩ disgrace or shame and baseness,β,9 which are the end of all pleasures, because lamentation takes possession of joy; {but} Jupiter indicates wisdom and divine service, because it is evenly temperate.γ,10 (7) The account of the left ear has been already mentioned, {{and therefore I will say nothing now;}}11 the liver belongs to it, because it is the seatγ,12 of blood, which is hot and moist, hence the vegetative soul {also} belongs to it. (8) ⟨It indicates⟩ the king’s treasurer,γ,13 because he is faithful; with Mars ⟨it indicates⟩ the lords of coinsθ,14 or operators of the mint,β,15 because it [Jupiter] indicates riches and Mars ⟨indicates⟩ blows; {but} with Venus ⟨it indicates⟩ singing, because Venus indicates melody and pleasures, and Jupiter ⟨indicates⟩ divine service. (9) {Moreover,} when Mercury gives it power, then all the science of laws and judgments to judge justly will belong to it; and if it is with the Sun, he [the native] will be an astrologer,γ,16 because the Sun is the king of the planets, {but} ⟨astrological⟩ judgments change in accordance with the planets’ latitudeγ,17 with respect to it [the Sun]. (10) {But} with Saturn it indicates a great scholar, because both are upper ⟨planets⟩; {therefore,} it [Jupiter] is a planet of truth, because it is similar, and its nature is equal or just and temperate.γ,18 (11) {Indeed,} its day and night are like the Sun’s. (12) {Moreover,} its small years ⟨are⟩ 12, because at the end of these years it returns ⟨⟨close⟩⟩ to the original location; the middle ⟨years⟩ are 45½, because they are half the great with the small ⟨years⟩;γ,19 {now,} the great ⟨years are⟩ 79, like the number of the terms in the signs; {moreover,} the greatest ⟨years are⟩ 424, because in these years it returns to its place, and between the first and second place there will be but only a few minutes; {besides,} similarly the greatest years of Saturn; {moreover,} the years alfardar ⟨are⟩ like the number of its small years. (13) {But} it indicates old age, because it is in charge of it;γ,20 and Saturn ⟨indicates⟩ senility and the end of life, because its nature is similar to it.γ,21 (14) The change in the quadrants of the circle is because the tenth

682

part five

circuli est ascendente, super terram, et masculina ac etiam meridiana; alia {vero} quarta, que sub terra est, feminina est, eo quod contraria est quarte secunde; et consimiliter fecerunt de quartis secundum parvum circulum, quia retrogradus contrarius est directo. (15) {Porro,} sapor Iovis dulcis est sic enim omne calidum et humidum. (16) Figura {autem} eius seu formaβ pulchra, sic enim se habet natura temperamenti equalis. (17) Et ipse quidem mediocris; et oculi eius grandes, propter caliditatem et humiditatem; vadit {quoque} statura rectus, propter caliditatem; non est iracundus, propter rectitudinem seu temperamentum nature sue.β (18) Et est Deo amabilis,γ quia homo est veritatis; concupiscentia {autem} eius erga creaturas sedata est seu placata.β (19) {Denique,} eius est stannum, eo quod calidum est et humidum; similiter et elefantes; et ipse totus etiam perficiens. 5 (1) Mars. Calidus et siccus est, similiter est1 et eius similitudo seu coloris apparentia,β calida, et non auscultes verba compilatoris Libri quatuor partium, qui ait quod ipse calidus est, eo quod supra Solem est inmediate. (2) Significat {autem} super fratres, sicut2 quod iam dictum est in Iove; et significat super contentiones et bella, propter caliditatem eius magnam cum siccitate; et consimiliter egritudines acutas, et habundantiam sangui57ra nis et3 colere rubee. (3) Ipsius est | naris dextra, quia est ipse dexter; et renunculus sinister. (4) Et ipse est stella iracundiarum et furoris,β propter magnam caliditatem; domigerii quoque sive baronagiiβ et violentie, propter naturam suam; et est masculus de nocte, eo quod tunc rectificatus est. (5) {Item} eius est scientia4 cirurgie et medicandi plagas et lesiones;γ et est ei participatio in magisteriis seu artibus,β et hoc iam dictum est cum Saturnus; significat super predones et sicarios qui vivos occidunt;β et super mentitores {etiam}, eo quod inequalis est eius natura et non recta;β quod si fuerit in casuγ suo significat super magisterium seu artemβ incidendi seu extrahendi sanguinem,γ quia ipse effundit sanguinem, secundum diminutionis viam.γ (6) Ptolomeus rexγ ait: Sol est in numero .18., ⟨⟨…⟩⟩, Mercurius et Venus in numero .16.;5 in Libro revolutionis Abrahe, 14,6 et Mars in numero .20., Iupiter in numero .24., et Saturnus in numero .32.; et dicit quod hii numeri sumpti sunt a proportione circulorum planetarum

1est] L; M om. 2sicut] M; L in margin. 3et] M; L ut. 4scientia] M; L < in. 516.] LM. 6in Libro revolutionis Abrahe .14.] M; L om.

secunda pars libri rationum

683

house is in the ascending half of the circle,22 above the Earth, and masculine and also southern; {but} the other quadrant, which is below the Earth, is feminine, because it is opposite the second quadrant; they did the same with respect to the quadrants of the small circle [the semicircle that belongs to the Moon], because what is retrograde is opposite what is direct. (15) {In addition,} the flavor of Jupiter is sweet because everything hot and moist is like that. (16) {But} his figure or formβ,23 is handsome, because the nature of what is of equal [balanced] temperament is like that. (17) He is of medium size; and his eyes are large, because of the heat and moisture; and he {also} walks erect, because of the heat; and he is not irascible, because of the straightness or temperament [balance] of his nature.β,24 (18) He is loved by God,γ,25 because he is a man of truth; {but} his desire for creatures is calm or pleased;β,26 (19) {Finally,} tin belongs to it, because it is hot and moist; and likewise elephants; and he is wholly perfect. 5 (1) Mars. It is hot and dry, and like the image or appearance of its color,β,1 hot; and do not pay attention to the statements of the author of the Book of four parts [Tetrabiblos], who says that it is hot because it is directly above the Sun. (2) {But} it indicates brothers, as has been already mentioned in ⟨the section on⟩ Jupiter; it indicates quarrels and wars, because of its great heat with dryness, and likewise acute illnesses, and an excess of blood and red bile. (3) The right nostril belongs to it, because it is right-handed; and the left kidney.2 (4) It is the star of anger and fury,β,3 because of its great heat; also of dominance or baronageβ,4 and violence, on account of its nature; it is masculine in the night, because then it is temperate. (5) {Likewise,} the science of surgery and of healing blows and woundsγ,5 belongs to it, and it participates in the professions or arts,β,6 and this has been already mentioned in ⟨the section on⟩ Saturn; it indicates robbers and murderers who kill the living;β,7 and {also} liars, because its nature is unequal and not straightβ,8 [its nature is unbalanced]; if it is in its fallγ,9 [dejection], it indicates the profession or artβ,10 of carving and extracting the bloodγ,11 [phlebotomy and bloodletting], to decrease it [the blood], because it spills out blood, by the method of lessening.γ,12 (6) King Ptolemyγ,13 says: the Sun is numerically 18; ⟨⟨the Moon 12⟩⟩;14 Mercury and Venus are numerically 1615 in the Book of the Revolution by Abraham, 14,16 and Mars numerically 20,17 Jupiter numerically 24, and Saturn numerically 32; and he says that these numbers were taken from the proportion of

684

part five

ad terram. (7) Et ideo nocivi sunt et maleficiβ Saturnus et Mars, quia non est eis bona proportio cum luminaribus; aufert autem Iupiter nocumentum Saturni,γ quia inter eos bona est proportio, similiter et Venus et Mercurius cum Marte. (8) Sapor {autem} Martis amarus est et fortis,γ propter caliditatem eius et siccitatem. (9) Habet {quoque} maculas in facie, propter diversitatem et permutationemβ,1 nature sue, maculosus {autem} semper calidus est; et est longus quia de superioribus est. (10) Eius quidem est ferrum, quia dissipativus est; {similiter} et muli, quia fortes sunt. (11) Et dies eius2 et nox sicut est in Sole. (12) Anni {autem} eius minores seu minimiβ .15., quia in fine horum annorum revertitur fere ad locum suum pristinus; mediocres .40. cum dimidio quia sunt maiorum medietas cum minimis .15.;γ {{maiores ⟨66⟩ vero,}} quia talis est numerus eius terminorum in signis; sapientes {vero} Persarumγ dixerunt quod anni partis sue septem sunt, quia sic eos sunt experti. 57rv 6

(1) Venus. Stella bona est et quia parum est temperata, ideo significat | super luxuriam,γ et non sic Iupiter, eo quod de planetis sublimibusγ est, et3 immiscet se de rebus futuri seculi,4 Venus {autem} de rebus huius seculi; et significat super luxuriam,γ eo quod femina est; {item} super narem sinistram, quia meatus hic relictus est; similiter et sinister renunculus qui tamquam framea seu stimulus est luxurioso.β (2) Mutatio quidem nature eius est sicut in aliis planetis. (3) Et eius est expiatio seu purgatio et mundicia,β eo quod stella benigna est et pulcra seu venusta.β (4) Et significat super pinguedinem et5 impinguatos,γ quia radix et causaβ pinguedinis est frigiditas cum humiditate in bono temperamento; digiti quidem eius breves, propter naturam eius frigidam;γ et facies rotunda, propter pinguedinem; es {autem} in eius parte est, quia sic experti sunt domini ymaginum.γ (5) {Item} eius sunt cameli quia nocivi non sunt neque malefici.β (6) Dies eius et nox sicut in Sole. (7) Anni {autem} eius minimi ⟨⟨…⟩⟩, secundum quos ipsa revertitur fere ad locum suum; medii quidem sunt maiorum medietas cum ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ minoribus; et maiores sicut numerus terminorum in signis; alfardar {vero} sicut minimi.

1permutationem] L; M mutationem. 2eius] M; L om. 3et] L; M etiam. 4futuri seculi] L; M futuris. 5et] M; L om.

secunda pars libri rationum

685

the planets’ circles to the Earth. (7) For this reason Saturn and Mars are harmful and malefic,β,18 because they do not have a good proportion to the luminaries; but Jupiter removes the harm of Saturn,γ,19 because there is a good proportion between them; and the same applies to Venus and Mercury with Mars. (8) {But} the taste of Mars is bitter and strong,γ,20 because of its heat and dryness. (9) He [the native] {also} has blemishes on ⟨his⟩ face, because of the diversity and changeβ,21 in its nature, {but} one who has blemishes is always hot; he is tall because it is an upper ⟨planet⟩. (10) Iron belongs to it [Mars], because it is destructive; {similarly} mules, because they are strong. (11) Its day and night are like the Sun’s. (12) {Now,} its smaller or smallest yearsβ,22 are 15, because at the end of these years it returns approximately to its original place; and its middle ⟨years⟩ are 40½, because they are half of the great ⟨years⟩ with the smallest 15;γ,23 {{moreover, the great ⟨years are 66⟩,}}24 because that is the number of its terms in the signs; {but} the scholars of the Persiansγ,25 said that the years of its part [the al-fardār] are seven, because they found them to be such. 6 (1) Venus. A good star because it is slightly temperate, therefore it indicates lust;γ,1 but not so Jupiter, because it is of the upper planets,γ,2 and is involved in the affairs of the afterworld, {but} Venus ⟨is engaged⟩ in the affairs of this world; it indicates lustγ,3 because it is feminine; {likewise,} ⟨it indicates⟩ the left nostril, because this is the orifice that remains ⟨for it⟩; likewise the left kidney, which is like a spear or goad for lust.β,4 (2) The change in its nature is the same as for the other planets. (3) Cleansing or purification and cleanlinessβ,5 belong to it, because it is a good star, and handsome or pleasing.β,6 (4) It indicates corpulence and what has been fattened,γ,7 because the root and causeβ,8 of corpulence is cold and moisture in a good temperament; his [the native’s] fingers are short, on account of his cold nature;γ,9 ⟨his⟩ face is round, because of [his] corpulence; {but} copper is in its portion, because the masters of imagesγ,10 [experts in the images] have found ⟨this⟩ experimentally in this manner. (5) {Likewise,} camels belong to it, because they are neither harmful nor malefic.β,11 (6) Its day and night are like the Sun’s. (7) {Now,} its least years ⟨⟨are eight⟩⟩, by which it returns approximately to its ⟨original⟩ place; and its middle ⟨years⟩ are half the great ⟨years⟩ and ⟨⟨half⟩⟩ the least ⟨years⟩; and its great ⟨years⟩ are as the number of its terms in the signs; {but} ⟨⟨the years of⟩⟩ al-fardār ⟨are⟩ like the least ⟨years⟩.

686

part five

7 (1) Mercurius. Stella intellectus est, et scientie, ac prudentie, quia temperatus est in natura sua. (2) Et ideo confestim mutatur ad qualibet naturam, eo quod equalis est seu rectus vel temperatus,β et sit bonus ac similiter malus. (3) Eius quidem est lingua, quia eius1 suprema vis anime,γ ut dictum estγ secundum Antiquorum sententiam; secundum meam {autem} opinionem Solis est illa vis. (4) Sed virtus corporis procul dubio est Lune; et Mercurii, quia supra ipsa est, est virtus lingue, quando infans loqui incipit; secundum hoc {quoque} est tempus pubescentie seu venereorumβ planete Veneris, quia sic est homini connaturale;γ post modum {vero} exaltationes seu dignitatesβ recipiendo,γ,2 quando pervenietur ad receptionem virtu57va tis Solis; deinde ad Martem, cum festinabit | conquirere quicquid invenire poterit, et divitias congregare conabitur quacumque sit hec via; postmodum ad Iovem, et relinquere incipiet res huius seculi; postremo {vero} ad Saturnum, quia tunc ponderosus erit in omnibus rebus3 suis. (5) Huic {igitur} dixerunt Antiqui quod Mercurius partem habet in capite et lingua; ac {etiam} in renunculo sinistro, quia unam habet in numero proportionem cum Venere, et quia Venus superior ipso est, nec est in hoc dubitatio, accepit Mercurius sinistrum, quia hoc minus est. (6) Et iam dixi quare mutatur; significat {autem} super egritudines que sunt propter intellectum,γ si in malo quidem fuerit temperamento cum nocivis seu maleficiis.β (7) Statura eius brevis est, quia de stellis est inferioribus; et ipse vacuus,γ eo quod non creavit Deus stellam minorem ipso; ideoque faciem habet tenuem et genas longas, quia super magnam significat siccitatem; os {autem} eius pulcrum, eo quod eius est lingua; et ipse macilentus quia parva est stella; digiti manuum eius longi, quia similiter scriptoribus. (8) Et eius sunt animalia minuta, ⟨⟨…⟩⟩, in eius {quoque} partem exit argentum vivum, secundum quod experti sunt ymaginum sapientes. (9) Et nox et dies sunt ut in Sole. (10) Anni {autem} eius minores .20., quia tunc revertitur prope locum suum; et mediocres sunt medietas minorum cum maioribus; maiores {vero} secundum numerum terminorum in signis. 8 (1) Caput Draconis.4 Quia ad partem est septentrionalem, et cum Luna ibidem fuerit tunc erit ei fortitudo, convertitur omnino ad partem septentrionalem,γ ideo dixerunt quod Caput omnem bonum augmentat, quia Luna de bonis planetis est. (2) Dixerunt {autem} Antiqui quod duos Deus

1eius] M; L et. 2recipiendo] L; M recipiende. 3rebus] L; M rebus viis. 4Caput draconis] LM; L (in margin) de natura Capitits Draconis.

secunda pars libri rationum

687

7 (1) Mercury. This is the planet of intellect, knowledge, and prudence, because it is temperate in its nature. (2) For this reason it quickly changes to any nature because it is equal or straight [balanced] or temperate,β,1 and can be good and also bad. (3) The tongue belongs to it, because the superior power of the soul γ,2 belongs to it, as has been mentionedγ,3 according to the opinion of the Ancients; {but} in my opinion this power belongs to the Sun. (4) But the power of the body, without doubt, belongs to the Moon; and to Mercury, which is above it [the Moon], belongs the power of the tongue, when the child begins to speak; and accordingly {also} the time of puberty or sexual intercourseβ,4 belongs to the planet Venus, because such is natural to human beings;γ,5 {indeed} afterwards to receiveγ,6 high praises and dignities,β,7 when it [i.e., Mercury] comes again to receive the power of the Sun; next ⟨the power passes⟩ to Mars, when he [the native] hastens to seize whatever he may find, and he attempts to accumulate riches in any way possible; and then ⟨the power passes⟩ to Jupiter, when he begins to set aside the affairs of this world; {but} finally ⟨the power passes⟩ to Saturn, when he is heavy in all his actions. (5) Regarding this, {then,} the Ancients said that Mercury has a share in the head and the tongue; and {also} in the left kidney, because in number it has the same proportion as Venus [it has the same number as Venus], and since Venus is above it, and there is no doubt about that, Mercury receives the left ⟨kidney⟩, which is smaller. (6) I have already mentioned why it is mutable; {but} it indicates diseases that are because of the mind,γ,8 if it is in a bad mixture with the harmful or maleficβ,9 ⟨planets⟩. (7) His stature is short, because it is one of the inferior stars; and he is worthless,γ,10 because God did not create a star smaller than it; hence he has a thin face and long cheeks, because it indicates great dryness; {but} his mouth is beautiful, because the tongue belongs to it; and he is emaciated, because it is a small star; his fingers are long, like scribes’. (8) Small cattle belongs to it, ⟨⟨because it is small⟩⟩, and {also} quicksilver is in its portion, as has been verified experimentally by the scholars of the images. (9) ⟨Its⟩ night and day are like the Sun’s. (10) {Now,} its least years are 20, because then it returns close to its ⟨original⟩ place; ⟨its⟩ middle ⟨years⟩ are half its least ⟨years⟩ with the great ⟨years⟩;11 {indeed} ⟨its⟩ great ⟨years⟩ are according to the number of its terms in the signs. 8 (1) The Head of the Dragon. Because it is in the northern part, and when the Moon is there it has power, ⟨and⟩ turns entirely to the northern part,γ,1 therefore they said that the Head increases every good, because the Moon is one of the good planets. (2) {But} the Ancients said that God created

688

part five

creavit nocivos, Saturnum et Martem, et unum maiorem altero, similiter et duos bonos, qui sunt Iupiter et Venus, et unum {etiam} maiorem altero, adhuc quod1 duo luminaria, ac planetam mixtum, nunc quidem bonum nunc {vero} malum seu nocivum,β et ipse Mercurius. (3) Sapientes {autem} Persarumγ dixerunt quod anni Capitis in parte alpardar {etiam} 57vb sunt .2., et sic experti sunt.| 9 (1) Cauda. {Quia} Luna in parte meridionali existente minuitur eius virtus, ideo significat super diminutionem boni; diminutio {autem} boni et honoris vituperium est et vilitas.γ (2) Experti {autem} sunt Antiqui quod anni partis eius .2. sunt. (3) Et dixerunt quod si fuerit planeta bonus cum Capite, augmentabitur bonum eius, si {vero} malus addetur; {item} dixerunt quod Cauda de bono minuit boni planete, et de malo mali. (4) Quapropter dixerunt quod Caput cum bonis bonum est et cum malis malum, Cauda {vero} mala cum bonis et bona cum malis. (5) Et dixerunt {etiam} de Capite Draconis circuli Lune et cauda eius, probatumque est in oculis meisθ quod eorum2 sermones veri sunt, sed hoc est in quolibet planeta cum Capite sui Draconis et Caude sue. §6 1 (1) Gradus nativitatis. Inquit sapiens qui vocatus est Messehellach3 quod semper nascetur masculus in hora impari, et femella in hora pari, et hoc quidem verum est in plurimis natorum et natarum, sed non in omnibus. (2) Dicit {etiam} quod secundum distantiam diei nativitatis a die coniunctionis aut oppositionis que erat in principio ante nativitatem, erit numerus minutorum hore; contingit {autem} quandoque sic esse et quandoque non. (3) Ptolomeusγ {vero} dicit quod secundum numerum graduum presulisγ super locum coniunctionis aut oppositionis, sic erit numerus unius angulorum.γ (4) Et ego frequenter experiendo accepi gradus elevationis Solis in hora nativitatis cum minutis ac plurimo de secundis, et equaviγ loca planetarum per Indorum tabulasγ ac Ptolomeiγ similiter et per tabulas4

1quod] L; M et. 2eorum] M; L om. 3Messehellach] L; M Mesehellah. similiter et per tabulas] M; L in margin.

4ac Ptolomei

secunda pars libri rationum

689

two harmful ⟨planets⟩, Saturn and Mars, and one is greater than the other, and similarly two good ⟨planets⟩, which are Jupiter and Venus, and {also} one ⟨of them⟩ is greater than the other, and two luminaries, and a mixed planet, sometimes good and sometimes {indeed} bad or harmful,β,2 and this is Mercury. (3) {But} the scholars of the Persiansγ,3 said that the years of the Head in the part of al-fardār are {also} 2, and they have verified ⟨this⟩ experimentally in this manner. 9 (1) The Tail. {Because} its power decreases when the Moon is in the southern part, hence it [the Tail] indicates a decrease of good; {now,} the decrease of good fortune and honor is contempt and baseness.γ,1 (2) {But} the Ancients have found experimentally that the years of its part [al-fardār] are two. (3) They said that if a good planet is with the Head, its good fortune is increased, {but} if a bad planet ⟨is with the Head, its bad fortune⟩ is added; {likewise,} they said that the Tail decreases the good of a good planet and ⟨decreases⟩ the evil of a bad ⟨planet⟩. (4) Hence they said that the Head is good with the good ⟨planets⟩ and bad with the bad ⟨planets⟩, {but} the Tail is bad with the good ⟨planets⟩ and good with the bad ⟨planets⟩. (5) They {also} referred to the Head of the Dragon of the circle of the Moon and its Tail, and in my eyesθ,2 [in my opinion] it has been tested that their statements are true, but this is ⟨true⟩ regarding every planet with its Head of the Dragon and its Tail. §6 1 (1) Degrees of the nativity. The scholar named Māshāʾallāh said that males are always born in an odd hour, and females in an even hour, and this is true for most male and female natives, but not for all of them. (2) He {also} says that the number of minutes in the hour ⟨of birth⟩ will be according to the distance of the day of the nativity from the day of the ⟨last⟩ conjunction or opposition that was at the beginning before the birth; {but} sometimes it happens like that and sometimes it does not. (3) {Moreover,} Ptolemyγ,1 says that the number ⟨of degrees⟩ of one of the anglesγ,2 will be according to the number of degrees of the rulerγ,3 over the place of the conjunction or the opposition ⟨of the luminaries⟩. (4) I frequently tested experimentally the degrees of the elevation of the Sun at the time of birth, with the minutes and usually the seconds, and equatedγ,4 [corrected] the locations of the planets by means of the tables of the Indiansγ,5 and of Ptolemy,γ,6 and similarly by means of the tables of the Persians,γ,7 and

690

part five

Persarumγ ac {etiam} per tabulas veraces ad visum oculi, sed nullum inveni angulorumγ cuius numerus esset ut unius planetarum. (5) Ac {vero} id quod Enoch, qui dictus est Hermes, commemoravit, verum est et expertum, ac {etiam} secundum viam nature. 2 (1) Presules seu duces1 super loca vite fuerunt .5., quia luminaria super vitam significant; locus {quoque} coniunctionis aut2 oppositionis super omnem rem significat que renovatur in seculo sive3 in mundo,β ⟨⟨…⟩⟩; similiter gradus ascendentis, eo quod nato similis;γ {consimiliter} quoque et pars fortune,γ quia signum est Lune, et hoc est4 quod semper sicut est pro58ra portio loci Solis ad gradum ascendentem sic est proportio gradus Lune | ad partem fortune;γ et super hoc adhuc loquemur. (2) Ptolomeusγ {autem} dicit quod id quod supra terram est super vitam significat, quia illi est maior dignitas. (3) Et ideo si fuerit ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ in anguloγ decime domus, aut in domo undecima, quia in .4a. masculina tunc est, non curabant si esset signum femininum; sed quia domus nona et septima de quarta est feminina, oportebat eos inquirere an esset signum femininum, quia si femininum esset, non esset Soli fortitudo. (4) Domus {autem} octava ac etiam duodecima ascendensγ non aspiciunt, et ideo non rectumγ est vitam accipere a Sole si aliqua fuerit illarum. (5) Dixerunt {igitur} Antiqui quod luminare est tamquam similitudo matris, et presul super locum eius est tamquam pater, et hinc locum luminaris vocabant hisleg, cuius expositio est mulier seu uxor,β presulem {vero} alkocoden, cuius expositio est dominus seu maritus.β (6) Et quia Luna feminina est, si fuerit in domo decima ac undecima, et hic masculina quoniam quidem tunc est {etiam} in quarta masculina, non est Lune fortitudo seu virtus;β sed in domo septima, quia quarta feminina est, ideo non est in5 eis cure de signo ibi utrum masculinum sit an femininum; domus {vero} nona domus est luctus Lune, quia septima est a domo gaudii eius. (7) {Item} in domo prima in quarta {etiam} est feminina, et in domo tertia, quamvis domus sit cadens, quia tamen ibi gaudium est Lune, accipiemus vitam ab ea. (8) In quarta {vero} et in quinta, si fuerit signum masculinum, dimittemus eam, eo quod in quarta tunc est masculina, Luna enim feminina

1seu duces] L; M om. 2aut] L; M seu. 3in seculo sive] M; L om. 4est] L; M est dictu. 5in] L; M om.

secunda pars libri rationum

691

{also} by means of the tables that are in accordance with eyesight, but I did not find any anglesγ,8 whose number ⟨of degrees⟩ is like that of one of the planets. (5) {But} what Enoch, who is called Hermes, mentioned is true and verified experimentally, and {also} compatible with nature. 2 (1) There are five rulers or commanders1 over the places of life, for the ⟨two⟩ luminaries indicate life; {also} the place of the conjunction or the opposition ⟨of the luminaries⟩ indicates anything that is renewed in the age or the world,β,2 ⟨⟨as is written in the Book of the World⟩⟩;3 similarly the degree of the ascendant, because it is similar to the native;γ,4 {similarly} also the part of fortuneγ,5 [lot of fortune] because it is the sign of the Moon, and this is because the proportion [ratio] of the place of the Sun to the ascendant degree is always as the proportion [ratio] of the degree of the Moon to the part of fortuneγ,6 [lot of fortune]; we shall say more on this subject. (2) {But} Ptolemyγ,7 says that the one [the ruler] that is above the Earth indicates life, because it has greater dignity.8 (3) They did not concern themselves whether it is in a feminine sign, because if ⟨⟨the Sun⟩⟩ is in the angleγ,9 of the tenth house10 or in the eleventh house it is in a masculine quadrant; but because the ninth and seventh houses are in a feminine quadrant, it was necessary for them to ask whether the sign is feminine, because if it is feminine, the Sun has no power. (4) {But} the eighth and also the eleventh ⟨houses⟩ do not aspect the ascendant,γ,11 so it is not rightγ,12 to take life from the Sun [to make the Sun al-haylāj] if it is in one of them. (5) {Therefore,} the Ancients said that the luminary resembles the mother, and the ruler of its place is like the father, and therefore they called the place of the luminary hisleg13 [al-haylāj], whose meaning is woman or wife;β,14 {but} ⟨they called⟩ the ruler indeed alkocoden15 [kadḍudhah], whose meaning is lord or husband.β,16 (6) Because the Moon is feminine, if it is in the tenth or eleventh house, and it is masculine because then it is {also} in a masculine quadrant, the Moon has no strength or powerβ,17; {but} regarding the seventh house, because it is ⟨in⟩ a feminine quadrant, therefore they did not care whether the sign is masculine or feminine; but the ninth house is the Moon’s house of mourning, because it is the seventh from its house of joy. (7) {Likewise,} ⟨when the Moon is⟩ in the first house it [the Moon] is {also} in a feminine quadrant, and ⟨when the Moon is⟩ in the third house, even though this house is cadent ⟨from the angles⟩, because the Moon’s joy is there, we take the life from it [we make the Moon al-haylāj]. (8) {But} ⟨when the Moon is⟩ in the fourth and fifth ⟨houses⟩, if the sign is masculine, we ignore it [the Moon], since it [the Moon] is then in a masculine quadrant, ⟨and⟩ because the Moon is feminine and it

692

part five

est, et non est ibidem ei fortitudo; semper {autem} masculino1 virtus est et fortitudoβγ in signo masculino et in quarta masculina. (9) Relinquemus {itaque} secundam ac sextam, quia colligate non sunt cum gradu ascendentis; deinceps accipiemus gradum coniunctionis, si fuerit supra terram, in angulo decime aut septime, aut2 in undecima domo, quia tunc tamquam in dignitate.γ (10) Et non sic in domo nona, quia domus cadens est, nec 58rb etiam in domo octava et duodecima; quia {vero} Luna fortior est in | hora oppositiones quam in coniunctionis tempore, eo quod lumine plena est respectu nostri, idcirco accipiemus partem fortune.γ (11) Quod si non poterimus vitam sumere per aliquem presulem .4or. supradictorum, dirige semper gradum ascendentem, quia in hoc est radix, et cum ad malum pervenerit locum morietur natus, secundum quod in Libro Nativitatum explanabo, cum Dei adiutorio. 3 (1) Revolutiones. Quoniam iter Solis est annus integer, id est,γ donec redeat ad numerum secundorumγ in quo3 erat hora nativitatis, excrescunt, super dies .365.,4 hore .5. et .49. minuta hore. (2) In uno {autem} die revolvitur totus circulus,γ qui .360. continet gradus; ⟨⟨…⟩⟩, et hora qualibet gradus .15. et quelibet hore minuta .4or. gradum unum ac {etiam} quodlibet hore minutum minuta gradus .15. (3) Multiplicando {igitur} .5. horas per .15. ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ et accipiendo quartam de .49. et sunt .12.5 gradus remanetque minutum unum in horis, quod valet .15. minuta gradus. (4) Et tunc addendo hec super .75., que sunt gradus6 horarum .5., exiit numerus .87. gradus et .15. minuta qui scriptus est in tabulis; iterum7 a .6. horis perfectis minuendo .11. minuta, et enim8 .6. hore sunt .90. gradus, que sunt quarta pars diei, siquidem accipiendo quartam de undecim, que sunt duo gradus et .45. minuta. (5) Minuendo ipsa a .90. tunc exit numerus idem qui dictus est. 4 (1) Causa {autem} signi profectionis sive domus finisβ est quod ibi,9 in ipsa,10 pervenit anni finis et completus.β (2) Exeunt itaque pro mense quolibet .2. gradus cum dimidio, et cum pervenerit ad locum in quo stella

1masculino] M; L masculina. 2aut] M; L autem. 3quo] L; M qua. 4.365.] M; L om. 5.12.] M; L .21. 6Et tunc addendo hec sunt .75. que sunt gradus] L; M in margin. 7iterum] L; M item. 8minuta et enim] M; L om. 9ibi] M; L tibi. 10in ipsa] M; L om.

secunda pars libri rationum

693

[the Moon] has no power in that place; {but} there is always power and strengthβ,18 to the masculineγ,19 in a masculine sign and in a masculine quadrant. (9) We leave aside, {then,} the second and sixth ⟨houses⟩, because they are not connected to the degree of the ascendant; next we take the degree of the conjunction ⟨of the luminaries⟩ if it had occurred above the Earth, in the tenth or seventh angleγ,20 [in the cardo of the tenth or seventh house], or in the eleventh house, because then it is as if in ⟨its⟩ dignity.γ,21 (10) But this does not apply ⟨when this happens⟩ in the ninth house, because it is a cadent house, and particularly not ⟨when this happens⟩ in the eighth and the twelfth ⟨houses⟩; {but} because the Moon is stronger at the moment of opposition than at the moment of conjunction, inasmuch as it is full of light with respect to us, therefore we take the part of fortuneγ,22 [lot of fortune] ⟨as al-haylāj⟩. (11) But if we cannot take the life [to choose an al-haylāj] by means of any ruler of the four mentioned above, you should always direct the ascendant degree, because there is a root in it, and when it arrives in a bad place the native will die, as I shall explain in the Book of Nativities,23 with God’s help. 3 (1) The revolutions. Because the path of the Sun is a full year, that is,γ,1 until it returns to the number of secondsγ,2 it was in the moment of the nativity, there is an excess of 5 hours and 49 minutes beyond 365 days. (2) {Now,} the full circle,γ,3 which contains 360 degrees, revolves in one day; ⟨⟨thus at the end of the solar year, during those 5 hours and 49 minutes, the horizon turns4⟩⟩ 15 degrees in any hour, and one degree in any ⟨period of⟩ four minutes of an hour, and {also} 15 minutes of a degree in any minute of an hour. (3) {So,} multiplying ⟨the⟩ 5 hours by 15 ⟨degrees⟩ ⟨⟨we obtain 75 degrees⟩⟩; when we take a quarter of 49 ⟨minutes⟩ there are 12 degrees plus a remainder of one minute in the hours, which are equivalent to 15 minutes of a degree. (4) Then when we add ⟨this result⟩ to 75 ⟨degrees⟩, which are 5 degrees of the hours, we obtain the number 87 degrees and 15 minutes that is written in the tables; in addition, when we subtract 11 minutes from 6 complete hours, and since 6 hours are 90 degrees, which is a quarter of a day, for when we take a quarter of 11 we obtain two degrees and 45 minutes. (5) When we subtract them from 90 ⟨degrees⟩, the result is the same aforementioned number [87 degrees and 15 minutes]. 4 (1) {But} the cause of the sign of the profection or house of the endβ,1 is that the end and conclusionβ,2 of the year arrives in that place. (2) Accordingly, for each month we obtain two degrees and a half, and when it [the house of the end] reaches the place where a good or bad star is, or which

694

part five

fuerit bona aut mala aut illum aspexerit, tunc super natum renovabitur res secundum naturam stelle. (3) Item obliviscendum non est considerare ad domum finisγ que secundum domos accipitur,1 et erit annus a principio divisionis2 usque ad finem eius. 5 (1) {Igitur} si3 scire volueris bonum aut malum quod nato continget, postquam aspectus feceris secundum terre latitudinem, quam {admodum} exemplavi tibi, scito quot4 horarum est distantia principii domus, cuiuscumque volueris, ab anguloγ transacto, semper enim est longitudoγ,5 58va secundum horas perfectas, hoc est quod non sunt ibi fractiones | seu minuta.β (2) Et scito locum in quo est planetaγ aut aspectum; si {ergo} fuerit a principio domus decime usque ad gradum ascendentem, accipe horas loci planeteγ aut horas loci aspectus et gradum principii domus decimeγ in tabula circuli directi;γ et que fuerit, serva horas et partes earum; et minue semper horas quibus distat a principio anguliγ principium cuiuscumque volueris domus;6 et quod remanserit accipe ad horam quelibet menses .6.,γ et pro quolibet minuto dies tres fere. (3) Quod si fuerit planetaγ aut aspectus a gradu ascendente ad domum quartam, accipe horas gradus oppositi loci stelle seu planeteβ vel aspectus, et subtrahe horas gradus ascendentisγ in tabula regionis a gradibus stelle vel aspectus; et divide per numerum horarum gradus oppositi, ac minue horas prout iustum fuerit.γ (4) Si {autem} fuerit stella7 inter domum quartam et septimam, accipe horas oppositi stelle aut loci aspectus, et fac in recto circulo secundum quod iustum fuerit.γ (5) Si {vero} stella fuerit inter domum septimam et domum decimam, accipe horas stelle aut loci aspectus stelle,γ,8 et computa ac si esset stella in opposito gradus sui, et similiter de loco aspectus; et minue gradus ascendentis a gradibus que sunt in tabula regionis in directo gradus in quo stellam esse computas aut locum aspectus, et partire per horas predictas, faciasque quod iustus est.γ 6 (1) Hec {autem} partes vocate alpardar, rationem nescio super ipsas nisi quod sic experimentati sunt eas Persarum sapientes;γ et in Libro Nativitatum de ipsis loquar.

1accipitur] L; M summitur. 2divisionis] M; L divisiones. 3si] L; M si tu. 4quot] M; L quod. 5longitudo] M; L latitudo. 6domus] M; L domos. 7stella] M; L stelle. 8aut loci aspectus stelle] L; M om.

secunda pars libri rationum

695

⟨the star⟩ aspects, then a new event will happen to the native in accordance with the nature of the star. (3) Likewise, one must not forget to take into consideration the house of the endγ,3 that is taken according to the houses, and the year will be from the beginning of the division ⟨of the houses⟩ to its end. 5 (1) {So,} If you want to know the good or evil that will befall the native, after you arrange the aspects in accordance with the latitude of the country, which I showed by example to you {to some extent}, know how many hours is the distance of the beginning of the house, whichever you wish, from the previous angle,γ,1 because the longitudeγ,2 [distance] is always in complete hours, namely, there are no fractions or minutesβ,3 there. (2) Know the place where the planetγ,4 or the aspect is; {accordingly}, if it is from the beginning of the tenth house to the ascendant degree, take the hours of the place of the planetγ,5 or the hours of the place of the aspect and the degree of the beginning of the tenth houseγ,6 in the table of the direct circleγ,7 [sphaera recta]; regarding the result, keep the hours and their parts [minutes]; and always subtract the hours by which the beginning of any house you want ⟨to calculate⟩ is distant from the beginning of the angle;γ,8 and from what remains [the result], take each hour as 6 months,γ,9 and each minute as approximately three days. (3) But if the planetγ,10 or the aspect is between the degree of the ascendant and the fourth house, take the hours opposite the place of the star or planetβ,11 or the aspect, and subtract the hours of the degree of the ascendantγ,12 in the table of the country from the degrees of the star or the aspect; and divide by the number of hours of the opposite degree, and subtract the hours according to what is correct.γ,13 (4) {But} if the star is between the fourth house and the seventh, take the hours opposite the star or the place of the aspect, and proceed in the upright circle [sphaera recta] according to what is correctγ,.14 (5) {But} if the star is between the seventh house and the tenth house, take the hours of the star or of the place of the aspect of the star,γ,15 and calculate as if the star is opposite its degree, and similarly with the place of the aspect; and subtract the degrees of the degree of the ascendant from the degrees of the table of the country opposite the degree that you have calculated where the star is or the place of aspect, and divide ⟨this number⟩ into the aforementioned hours and proceed according to what is correct.γ,16 6 (1) {But} the parts that are called alpardar [al-fardār], I do not know the reason for them except that the scholars of the Persiansγ,1 verified them experimentally to be such; I will refer to them in the Book of Nativities.2

696

part five

7 (1) Hore. Nullum est omnino dubium quod maioris virtutis et fortitudinisβ sit presul principalis quam particeps. Glossa.1 Videturque de presule intendat triplicitatis, sic2 fuit in exemplari. (2) Quemadmodum {ergo} cuilibet signo dederunt annum, sic et domino hore torte seu inequalisβ in qua natus est infans dederunt annum primum,γ et secundum hore secunde domino, et sic tertium annum hore tertie, 58vb quousque revertatur annus | octavus ad dominum hore primum. (3) Et ideo semper considerare debes in anno quolibet ad dominum hore prime, quia si in bono loco fuerit tunc bene erit nato, et econtrario si in contraria fuerit dispositione. 8 (1) Termini.γ Hii sunt terminiγ sapientium Egyptorum.γ (2) Partiti sunt {autem} vitam hominis secundum terminos,γ et est quandoque quod exit homo de bono ad bonum, aut de bono ad malum, aut de malo ad bonum aut de malo ad malum, secundum naturam quidem dominorum terminorum. (3) Ego {autem} expertus sum quod domini triplicitatisγ magis dominantur seu maiores sunt dignitatisβ quam domini terminorum. 9 (1) Triplicitas.3 Dicit Ptolomeusγ quod virtus seu fortitudoβ domini triplicitatis maior est fortitudine domini domus, eo quod verisimiles sunt probationes super triplicitatibusγ et non ita super domibus. (2) {Item} dicit quod Luna super annos4 nutritionisγ significat, eo quod nobis propinqua est; et dicit quod nos videmus quod a quatuor annis usque ad .14m.5 querit infans magisterium et scientiam; usque ad annos {autem} .22. loquitur de mulieribus,γ et ideo significat Venus super eos; et dicit quod usque ad .41. loquitur de dominiis;γ ait etiam quod usque septem annorum septenarias cogitabit quid erit in fine, et festinabit divitias acquirere quas inveniet in fine dierum suorum; et dicit quod usque ad .50. annos fere, secundum quod scriptum estγ in libris Moysi, non serviet amplius sed queret servicium Dei, quia est in fortitudine seu virtuteβ Iovis, et secundum quod fuerit eius fortitudo in nativitate sic erit et eius servicium, et consimiliter de aliis; Saturnus {autem} super finem dominabitur, quia postremus est. (3) Scito {autem} quod stelle circuli signorum, licet earum aliqua sunt grandes valde,

1Glossa] L above the line; M om. 2sic] M; L si. 3triplicitas] M; L triplicitatis. 4annos] L; M annos .4. 514m.] M; L om.

secunda pars libri rationum

697

7 (1) Hours. There is no doubt that the main ruler has more power and strengthβ,1 than the partner. Gloss. It seems that he means the ruler of the triplicity, in the manner indicated in an example. (2) {Therefore,} just as they assigned a year to any sign, so they assigned the first year to the lord of crooked or unequal hourβ,2 [seasonal hour] at which the native was born,γ,3 and the second ⟨year⟩ to the lord of the second hour, and in this manner the third year to ⟨the lord of⟩ the third hour, until the eighth year is assigned again to the lord of the ⟨first⟩ hour. (3) Hence in every year you must always observe the lord of the first hour, for if it is in a good place then the native will enjoy good fortune, and the contrary if it is in the opposite disposition. 8 (1) Terms.γ,1 These are the termsγ of the scholars of the Egyptians.γ,2 (2) {Now,} they divided human life in accordance with the terms,γ and sometimes a man goes from good to good, or from good to evil, or from evil to good, or from evil to evil, in accordance with the nature of the lords of the terms. (3) {But} I have found out experimentally that the lords of the triplicityγ,3 have more dominion or are greater in dignityβ,4 than the lords of the terms. 9 (1) Triplicity. Ptolemyγ,1 says that the power or strengthβ,2 of the lords of the triplicities is greater than the power of the lords of the houses, because the proofs about the triplicities are consistent with the factsγ,3 and not so about the houses. (2) {Likewise,} he says that the Moon indicates the years of nursing,γ,4 because it is close to us; and he says that we see that from four years until the fourteenth a child seeks a profession and knowledge; {but} ⟨from then⟩ until 22 years he speaks about women,γ,5 so Venus indicates about them; and he says that ⟨from then⟩ until 41 he speaks about lordship;γ,6 he also says that ⟨from then⟩ until about seven times seven years he ponders what will happen at the end, and he will hasten to acquire riches which he will find at the end of his days; and he says that until about fifty years old, as it is written7 in the books of Moses, “he shall serve no more” (Numbers 8:25),8 but will seek to worship God, because he is under the strength or powerβ,9 of Jupiter, and his worship will be in accordance with its [Jupiter’s] power in the nativity, and similarly with respect to the other ⟨the planets⟩; {but} Saturn will rule the end, because it is the last. (3) {But} know that the stars of the circle of the signs, even though

698

part five

nnMon est {tamen} eius fortitudo ad signandum bonum aut malum nisi modicum, propter earum elongationem.γ (4) Item, quia planetis accidit mutatio diversi formis, et non ita supremis, idcirco planete tantum significant super res huius seculi, quod hic inferius apud nos est.γ §7 (1) Partes.γ1 Ptolomeus rexγ Antiquos ridet super res partium,γ | et non concordat cum eis nisi in parteγ Lune solum, que sumpta est die est nocte a longitudineγ que est inter Solem2 et Lunam, et additur hic numerus super gradum ascendentem. (2) Ratio {autem} huius rei ad extrahendum {videlicet} Lune gradum qui tamquam ascendens ipsi sit, hec est quia gradus ascendens est de natura Solis, et ideo abscidit, id est, vincit eam3 super Lunam cum ibi pervenit, similiter et Luna super ipsum, eo quod frigida est, econtrario nature gradus ascendens; ideoque dixerunt quod non est conveniens Lunam esse in ascendente.γ (3) Et scito quod omnes hee sortes sive partes,β quas dixerunt Antiqui, ipse quidem vere sunt, si fuerint in domo bona et in bono aspectu presulis loci.γ (4) Si vero non sic fuerit pars nec aspexerit eam prepositus loci sive presul,γβ neque super bonum neque super malum significabit. (5) Posuerunt {autem} Lune partem fortuneγ quia super corpus hominis significat et super animamγ que in ipso est; verum parsγ Solis specialius super animam, quia super ipsam significat proprie;4 et ideo significat5 hec parsγ,6 super cogitationes, et super omnes res occultas et secretas homini.β (6) Parsγ {vero} Saturni super corporis7 robur significat, est {autem} sic accepta eo quod super fundamentum significat corporis. (7) Et pars fortuneγ etiam super signa corporis.γ (8) Parsγ Iovis sic accepta fuerit quia Sol super animam nobiliorem et sublimiorem significat, Iupiter {vero} super animam vegetativam. (9) Parsγ Martis sumpta fuit a parte fortune,γ que est pars Lune, ad Martem, qui super iram significat, et pars fortuneγ super corpus. (10) Parsγ Veneris sumpta fuit inter partesγ duorum luminarium, quia stella bona est, et super res bonas significat.

59ra 1

1Partes] LM; L in margin: de ratione et causa partium; Pietro d’Abano: de ratione et causa partium. 2Solem] M; L om. 3id est vincit eam] M; L om. 4proprie] M; L ipso. 5et ideo significat] M; L om. 6pars] M; L partes. 7corporis] M; L om.

secunda pars libri rationum

699

some of them are very large, {nevertheless} they have only moderate power to indicate either good or evil, because of their elongationγ,10 [distance]. (4) Likewise, since change in diverse forms happens to the planets, and not so to the upper ⟨stars⟩, therefore the planets alone indicate the affairs of this world, for it is below in relation to us.γ,11 §7 1 (1) The partsγ,1 [lots]. King Ptolemyγ,2 mocks the Ancients regarding the matters related to the partsγ [lots], and agrees with them only regarding the partγ [lot] of the Moon, which is taken by night and by day from the longitudeγ,3 [distance] 4 between the Sun and the Moon, and this number is added to the ascendant degree. (2) {Now,} the reason for this matter, {evidently,} is to calculate a degree for the Moon as if it were the ascendant, and this is because the ascendant degree belongs to the Sun’s nature, therefore it [the ascendant degree] cuts off, that is, defeats the Moon, when it [the ascendant degree] arrives there [the place of the Moon], and similarly ⟨when⟩ the Moon ⟨cuts off⟩ it [the ascendant degree], because it [the Moon] is cold, ⟨which is⟩ the opposite of the nature of the ascendant degree;5 therefore they said that it is not appropriate for the Moon to be in the ascendant.γ,6 (3) Know that all these lots or parts,β,7 which were reported by the Ancients, are certainly true, if they are in a good house and in a good aspect with the place of the ruler.γ,8 (4) But if the part [lot] is not like that nor aspected by the chief of the place or the ruler,γ,9,β,10 it will not indicate good or evil. (5) {Now,} they assigned the part of fortuneγ,11 to the Moon because it indicates the body of man and the soulγ,12 which is in it; but ⟨they assigned⟩ the partγ of the Sun especially to be in charge of the soul, because it [the Sun] indicates it [the soul] properly; therefore this partγ indicates thoughts and things hidden and secret for man.β,13 (6) {Moreover,} the partγ of Saturn indicates the strength of the body, {but} it is taken in this manner because Saturn indicates the foundations of the body. (7) The part of fortuneγ,14 also ⟨indicates⟩ the signs of the body.γ,15 (8) The partγ of Jupiter was taken in this manner because the Sun indicates the nobler and superior soul,16 {but} Jupiter ⟨indicates⟩ the vegetative soul. (9) The partγ of Mars was taken from the part of fortune,γ,17 which is the part of the Moon, to Mars, which indicates anger, and the part of fortuneγ,18 indicates the body. (10) The partγ,19 of Venus was taken between the partsγ,20 of the two luminaries, because it is a good star, and indicates good things.

700

part five

(11) Et parsγ Mercurii sumpta1 fuit a parteγ Solis ad partemγ Lune, quia virtutem habet in animam, ut2 dixi prius. 2 (1) Partesγ domorum.3 Parsγ vite a Iove sumitur, domino anime vegetative, et Saturno, qui significat super corpus; anima {autem}γ vegetativa est anima prima quam corpus recipit. (2) Pars sapientieγ a duobus superio59rb ribus, et addiderunt super locum stelle domini lingua. | (3) Parsγ corporis inter duo luminaria, quia alterum super animam significat et alterum super corporis, et hec parsγ significat an corpus erit pulchrum et omnia membra perfecta. (4) Ratio {autem} partisγ domus secunde scita est, quia significat super possessiones et divitias.β (5) Et parsγ recollectionis, hoc est dictum quia4 aliquis inventiones invenit in viis aut alibi. (6) Dixerunt {itaque} Antiqui quod Sol super animam significat; et est aliquis homo cuius anima ad mercaturas tendit, et lucratur semper, ac si eius anima5 habundaret voluntate seu beneplacito Dei.γ (7) Cum {ergo} Venus secunda sit a Sole, tamquam in similitudine secunde domus ad gradum ascendentem, ideo sic est de hac parte.γ (8) Parsγ fratrum6 sumpta est de superioribus, quia super res antiquas significant, {etiam}7 iustum est ut fratres nati maiores sint ipso. (9) Alii {vero} dicunt quod Saturnus super Antiquos significat, et Iupiter super omnes res que renovantur, et verum est hoc dicere quia sic invenerunt via experimenti. (10) Parsγ patris. Iam dixi quod Sol et Saturnus super patrem significat; et de die quidem incipitur a Sole eo quod ei virtus est magna, a Saturno, {vero} de nocte quia iustum est ut sit ipse super terram, et est ei tunc fortitudo maior quam Soli.γ (11) Dixerunt {quoque} semper si fuerit Saturnus sub radiis Solis,γ et non sit ei fortitudo, accipient Iovem loco eius eo quod superior est; alii {vero} dicunt quod cum est Sol in coniunctione cum Saturno non est eis ambobus fortitudo; et ideo accipiendus est Mars pro Sole et pro Saturno Iupiter. (12) Si {ergo} dixerit aliquis quare8 acceperunt superiorem Sole, responsio quia superiores super omnem rem significant9 antiquam, et non invenimus superiorem Saturno; quapropter opus est Iovem sumi loco eius. (13) Pars terre.γ Quia Lune est corpus,γ et Saturnus super omnem rem antiquam significat et super terram;γ ideo sic est hec pars.γ (14) Parsγ filiorum. Quia Iupiter super filiosγ significat, et Saturnus super omnem rem stabilem, quare stabit masculinitas hominis;γ 59va idcirco hec pars.γ | (15) Et parsγ filiorum masculinorum. A Marte ad Iovem, 1sumpta] L; M om. 2ut] L; M sicut. 3Partes domorum] LM; L in margin: de partibus domorum 12; Pietro d’Abano: de partibus duodecim domorum. 4quia] M; L quod. 5anima] M; L om. 6fratrum] L; M frigidum. 7etiam] L; M et. 8dixerit aliquis quare] M; L dixerunt aliqui. 9significant] M; L significat.

secunda pars libri rationum

701

(11) The partγ of Mercury was taken from the partγ of the Sun to the partγ of the Moon, because it has power in the soul, as I said above. 2 (1) The partsγ of the houses. The partγ of life ⟨is taken⟩ from Jupiter, the lord of the vegetative soul, and ⟨from⟩ Saturn, which indicates the body; {now,}γ,1 the vegetative soul is the first soul that the body receives. (2) The part of wisdomγ,2 ⟨is taken⟩ from the two upper ⟨planets⟩, {but} they added ⟨it⟩ to the place of the planet that is the lord of the tongue [Mercury]. (3) The partγ of the body ⟨is⟩ between the two luminaries, because one indicates the soul and the other the body, and this partγ indicates whether the body will be handsome and all the members intact. (4) {But} the reason for the partγ of the second house is known, because it indicates possessions and riches.β,3 (5) The partγ of gathering, this has been said because someone finds things on the roads or elsewhere. (6) {Accordingly,} the Ancients said that the Sun indicates the soul; and there is some person whose soul is oriented to commerce, and he always make a profit, as if his soul is overflowing with God’s will or approval.γ,4 (7) {So,} since Venus is second to the Sun, it is like the second house to the ascendant degree; therefore, in this way is this part.γ (8) The partγ of brothers is taken from the upper ⟨planets⟩, because they indicate things of the past, and {also} it is appropriate that the native’s older brothers be so. (9) {But} others say that Saturn indicates the Ancients, and Jupiter anything that is renewed, and this statement is true because they found ⟨that⟩ it in this way by experience. (10) The partγ of the father. I already said that the Sun and Saturn indicate the father; and they begin from the Sun because its power is great, {but} from Saturn by night because this is appropriate inasmuch as it is above the Earth, and then it has a greater power than the Sun.γ,5 (11) The {also} said that always if Saturn is under the rays of the Sun,γ,6 and it [Saturn] has no power, they take Jupiter in its place because it [Jupiter] is an upper ⟨planet⟩; {but} others say that when the Sun is in conjunction with Saturn, neither of them has power; therefore one must take Mars instead of the Sun and Jupiter instead of Saturn. (12) {Consequently,} if someone asks why they took one that is above the Sun, the answer is because the upper ⟨planets⟩ indicate everything of the past, and we find no ⟨planet⟩ higher than Saturn; therefore it is necessary to take Jupiter in its place. (13) The part of the earth.γ,7 Since the Moon has a body,γ,8 and Saturn indicates everything of the past and earth;γ9 therefore, in this way is this part.γ (14) The partγ of children. Because Jupiter indicates sons,γ10 and Saturn indicates anything that endures, therefore a man’s masculinity will endure;γ,11 for that reason this part.γ (15) The partγ of male children. ⟨It is taken⟩ from Mars to

702

part five

quia Iupiter super filios significat, et domus Martis est ei quinta ⟨⟨…⟩⟩, que significat {etiam} super filios;1 ideo sic parsγ ista. (16) Parsγ egritudinum. Semper Saturnus et Mars super egritudines significant; et ideo sic est de hac parte.γ (17) Sic {autem} inceptio a Saturno, quia de planetis diurnisγ est, de nocte {autem} a Marte, quia de nocturnis est planetis.γ (18) Et quod ait Enoch: addendam esse2 longitudinemγ super locum Mercurii, ideo est quia ipse est planeta mutabilis seu promiscuus. (19) Parsγ servorum. Mercurius super servos significat, similiter et Luna, eo quod de inferioribus sunt planetis. (20) Parsγ mulierum. Saturnus super immunditiam significat, quia eius est melancolia, et consimiliter super concubitum, quia immundus est; Venus {autem} super mulieres. (21) Pars incestus seu violenti coitus, aut ingenii et fallacie.β Sol super dominium significat et super rem que sit violenter; et ideo sic est hec pars;γ Venus {autem} super mulieres significat. (22) Parsγ masculorum. In nativitate femellarumγ Sol quidem ut dominus est et Venus femella;γ,3 dicit {autem} Enoch quod a Marte ad Solem, eo quod ambo domini sunt dominorum.γ (23) Domus octava. Luna super omnem rem significat que corporum contingit; domus {vero} octava super mortem; et Saturnus banilus est seu presulβ ad faciendum malum et ad mortem inferendam, talis enim4 est eius natura. (24) Parsγ itinerum. Sic est quia domus nona super itinera significat. (25) Pars navigationis seu itineris per aquas;β Saturnus super mare significat et aquas; {item} medium Cancri, quia ibi est fortitudo domus, similiter significat5 super mare. (26) Parsγ matris. Venus et Luna super mulieres significant, et Luna est sicut ignis.γ (27) Pars honoris seu exaltationis et dignitatis.β In .19. gradu signi Arietis est honor Solis secundum Indorumγ sententiam, et in tertio gradu signi6 Tauri honor Lune. (28) Pars gratie et acceptabilitatis.β Quia Sol super honorem significat, et Iupiter planeta bonus est seu benignus;β idcirco sic est hec pars.γ (29) Parsγ mercature. Iupiter et Mercurius super mercaturasγ 59vb significant, quia Iupiter super divitias, et Mercurius7 super | magisterium seu artem,β et ars mercandi magisterium est. (30) Pars amicorum.γ Horum quidem amicitiaγ anime cum corpore amicitieγ assimilatur. (31) Parsγ inimicorum. Saturnus et Mars super dissentiones significant, et Saturnus fortitudinem habet de die, ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ sermones {quoque} Enoch sciti sunt, quia domus .12. super dissensiones significat.

1et domus Martis est ei quinta que significat etiam super filios] M; L in margin. 2esse] M; L ei. 3femella] M; L famellarum. 4enim] M; L om. 5significat] M; L om. 6est honor Solis secundum Indorum sententiam et in tertio gradu signi] M; L in margin. 7Mercurius] M; L Saturnus.

secunda pars libri rationum

703

Jupiter, because Jupiter indicates sons, and ⟨because⟩ the house of Mars [Aries] is the fifth from its [Jupiter’s] ⟨⟨first house [Sagittarius]⟩⟩, which {also} indicates sons; therefore, in this way is this part.γ (16) The partγ of diseases. Saturn and Mars always indicate diseases; therefore, in this way is this part.γ (17) {Now,} in this way the beginning is from Saturn, because it is a diurnal planet,γ,12 {but} from Mars by night, because it is a nocturnal planet.γ,13 (18) And Enoch says: one must add the longitudeγ,14 [distance] to the place of Mercury, because it is a changeable or promiscuous planet. (19) The partγ of slaves. Mercury indicates slaves, as does the Moon, because they are inferior planets. (20) The part of women. Saturn indicates uncleanness, because the black bile belongs to it, and similarly ⟨it indicates⟩ sexual intercourse, because it is unclean; {but} Venus ⟨indicates⟩ women. (21) The part of incest or violent sexual intercourse, or of trickery and deceit.β,15 The Sun indicates domination and anything done by force; therefore, in this way is this part;γ {but} Venus indicates women. (22) The partγ of males. In the nativity of young womenγ,16 the Sun is like the husband and Venus like the young woman;γ,17 {But} Enoch says from Mars to the Sun, because the two are lords of lords.γ,18 (23) The eighth house. The Moon indicates anything that happens to the body; {indeed.} the eighth house indicates death; and Saturn is a banilus or rulerβ,19 to do evil and to bring death, for that is its nature. (24) The partγ of journeys. It is in this way because the ninth house indicates journeys. (25) The part of traveling by boat or of a journey by water;β,20 Saturn indicates the sea and water; {likewise,} the middle of Cancer, because the power of the house is there, also indicates the sea. (26) The partγ of the mother. Venus and the Moon indicate women, and the Moon is like fire.γ,21 (27) The part of honor, exaltation and dignity.β,22 The honor [exaltation] of the Sun is at 19 degrees of Aries according to the opinion of the Indians,γ,23 and the honor of the Moon is at third degree of Taurus. (28) The part of grace and acceptability.β,24 Because the Sun indicates honor and Jupiter is a good or benignβ,25 planet; therefore, in this way is the part.γ,26 (29) The partγ of merchandise. Jupiter and Mercury indicate merchandise,γ,27 because Jupiter indicates riches and Mercury profession or craft,β,28 and the art of commerce is a craft. (30) The part of friends.γ,29 Their friendshipγ,30 resembles the soul’s friendshipγ with the body. (31) The partγ of enemies. Saturn and Mars indicate quarrels, and Saturn has power by day, ⟨⟨hence they began from it [Saturn]⟩⟩; {also} Enoch’s statements, that the twelfth house indicates quarrels, are well known.

704

part five §8

1 (1) {{Due partes postreme}}.1 Scito quod Cancer et Leo sunt principium acieiγ2 domorum, qua3 post hanc est illa, et in medio quidem domus cuiuslibet est equalis distantia illius inquam a principio domus huius, sicut alterius ab alterius termino seu fine.β (2) Unde quemadmodum domus Mercurii in secundo signo est a4 Sole, sic et in signo secundo retrorsum est a signo Cancri, et sunt ambo domus Mercurii. (3) Similiter secundum proportionem Libre ad Leonem sic est proportio Tauri ad Cancrum, et sicut proportio Scorpionis ad Leonem sic est proportio Arietis ad Cancrum, et sicut {etiam} Capricornus ad Leonem sic est Aquarius ad Cancrum. (4) Luminaribus itaque partiti sunt circulum in duas partes, maiori quidem maiorem, minori {vero} minorem. 2 (1) Revolutio mensium.5 Cum diviseris .365. dies et quartam diei unius, quod est propinquum anni numero, per signa, quia primum signum in6 principio servit et in fine, tunc exeunt cuilibet mensi .28. dies et due hore. (2) Ratio {autem} qua dixi quod revertitur Sol in quolibet mense secundum numerum graduum in omni signo; hec est veritas secundum viam intellectusγ et considerationis proportionis,7 et sic experimentati sunt Antiqui et posteriores post eos. (3) Eius {vero} quod dixi de horis equalibus hoc est ratio. (4) Scito quod cum diviseris seu partitus fuerisβ dies anni per septem et septem, qui sunt dies septimane, totum annum percurrentes et revertentes tamquam in circulo,θ remanebit dies unus; quapropter ait Ptolomeusγ 60ra quod unicumque anno addendus est dies unus. (5) Causa {ergo} horarum | equalium est quia hore torte seu inequalesβ non sunt stabiles super viam unam;θ ideoque oportet quod scias semper pro illo qui natus est de die quot8 hore equales transacte sunt diei.γ (6) Et hoc quidem scire poteris convertendo inequalesγ horas in horas equales, postmodum {vero} addas quinque horas equales cuilibet anno, ac etiam .49. minuta de minutis hore. (7) Et postmodum9 sciveris numerum qui pervenerit, tunc horas equales convertere poteris in tortas seu inequales,β quia similiter opus est dominum hore revolutionis anni. (8) Et semper erit revolutio principii anni sicut numerus

1Due partes postreme] ML; L in margin: De duabus partibus postremis; Pietro d’Abano: De duabus partibus postremis. 2aciei] L; M Arietis. 3qua] M; L quia. 4a] M; L in. 5Revolutio mensium] LM; L in margin De revolutio mensium. 6in] M; L a. 7proportionis] M; L om. 8quot] M; L quod. 9postmodum] L; M postquam.

secunda pars libri rationum

705

§8 1 (1) {{The two last parts.}}1 Know that Cancer and Leo are the beginning of the edgeγ,2 of the houses, and one is next to the other, and at the middle of any house, the distance from this one is equal, I say, to the distance from the other, like ⟨the distance⟩ of one from the extremity or end of the other.β,3 (2) Hence, just as ⟨one⟩ house of Mercury is in the second sign after the ⟨the house of the⟩ Sun, so ⟨there is another house⟩ in the second sign backwards from the sign of Cancer, and both are houses of Mercury. (3) Likewise, the proportion [relationship] of Taurus to Cancer is like the proportion [relationship] of Libra to Leo, and like proportion [relationship] of Scorpio to Leo is the proportion [relationship] of Aries to Cancer, and {also} like the proportion [relationship] of Capricorn to Leo is the proportion [relationship] of Aquarius to Cancer. (4) Consequently, they divided the circle into two parts for the luminaries, the larger ⟨part⟩ for the greater ⟨luminary⟩ {but} the smaller ⟨part⟩ for the smaller ⟨luminary⟩. 2 (1) The revolution of the months. When you distribute 365 and a quarter days, which is approximately the number [extent] of the year, to the signs, because the first sign serves at the beginning and the end, then 28 days and 2 hours result for each month. (2) {But} the reason for what I have just said is that the Sun returns in each month according to the number of the degrees in each sign; this is true according to the method of the intellectγ,1 and of the consideration of the proportion, and the Ancients and the moderns after them verified ⟨this⟩ in this manner experimentally. (3) This is {indeed} the reason of what I said about the equal hours. (4) Know that when you divide or separateβ,2 by sevens, which are the days of the week, running through and returning all the year as in a circle,θ,3 one day will remain; therefore Ptolemy saysγ,4 that one day only is added to a year. (5) {Accordingly} the cause of the equal hours is that the crooked or unequalβ,5 ⟨hours⟩ [seasonal hours] do not stand in one wayθ,6 [are not stable; i.e., they vary in length]; hence you must always know for one born by day how many equal hours of the dayγ,7 have elapsed. (6) You can know this by converting the unequalγ,8 hours into equal hours, and then {indeed} add 5 equal hours for every year, plus another 49 minutes of the minutes of the hour. (7) After you know the number that results, then you can convert the equal hours into crooked or unequalβ ⟨hours⟩, because this is similarly necessary for the lord of the hour of the revolution of the year. (8) The revolution [i.e., return, “anniversary”] of the beginning of the year will always be in the same way as the number of days in the month of the

706

part five

dierum mensis Christianorumγ qui est1 in principio, sed si fuerit annus2 bissextilisγ apud eos,3 erit revolutio in diminutionem diei unius, id est uno die minus si natus quidem esset in anno non4 bissextili.γ (9) Si {vero} fuerit in anno bissextili,γ erit revolutio simplex omninoγ cum additione diei unius, et quolibet anno bissextiliγ erit secundum numerum primum. (10) Secundum hanc {itaque} viam est revolutio mensium quolibet mense, quia non mutatur dies nisi post .131. annos. (11) Et cum mulipicaveris numerum hunc super .2. gradus et .3. quartas gradus unius que deficiunt a sex horis, tunc exibunt .360. gradus, qui ad unam diem ascendunt. 3 (1) {Sane} scito sapientes Indorumγ dixisse quod excrescit quinta unius hore super sex horas perfectas quolibet anno integro. (2) Et hoc quidem verum est sed tantummodo quantum ad ymagines; non est {autem} eis opus pro anno Solis sive solari,β sed pro illo qui in scientia negociatur ymaginum; et hoc quidem faciendum non est in lege Iudeorumγ quia ibi est ymago crucis, vel secundum aliam lecturam, quia in similitudine est ritus sive cultus extranei.β (3) Annus {igitur} Solis quem descripsi in tabulis verus est et non est in eo error aliquis, nisi quod post .1000. annos in ipso modicum erit erroris in minutis 4 (1) {{De revolutione septimanarum.}}5 Septimane. Iam diximus quod hore dominus in nativitate magnam habet virtutem,γ et ideo sit ei revolutio de anno in annum.γθ (2) Ratio {autem} de .12. est quia tot sunt signa. 60rb (3) Et ratio de tribus septimanis est quia numerus | septimanarum totius anni sunt .52., a quibus subtrahendo .49. septimanas, que sunt septem super septem ducta, remanent .3., et relinquitur adhuc unus dies ac quartam diei unus. (4) Ratio {vero} sumendi pro revolucionibus signorum .4. septimanas in quolibet anno est quia numerus septimanarum currit per .52.6; trahantur {ergo} de illis .48., ut exeant duodene, et remanent .4. septimane, ac etiam dies unus et quarta diei unius,7 qui anno quolibet super integras excrescit anni septimanas. 5 (1) De revolutionibus dierum.8 Revolutio dierum. Ratio seu causaβ dandi cuilibet gradui .12. dies ac duas horas cum tertia unius hore est quia sic 1est] M; L om. 2annus] M; L annis. 3eos] M; L nos. 4non] L; M om. 5De revolutione septimanarum] L; M om. 6.52.] corrected; LM 12; Pietro d’Abano: 52. 7et quarta diei unius] L; M om. 8De revolutionibus dierum] L; M om.

secunda pars libri rationum

707

Christiansγ,9 which is [i.e., was] at the beginning [the day he was born]; but if this is a leap yearγ,10 among them [the Christians], the revolution will be with the subtraction of one day, that is, one day less if he [the native] was born in a non-leap yearγ,11 [regular year]. (9) {But} if ⟨the nativity⟩ is [i.e., he was born] in a leap year,γ it will be only a simple revolutionγ,12 with the addition of one day, and in any leap yearγ it will be according to the first number [the original date]. (10) {Accordingly,} the revolution of the months for any month is according to the same method, because the day changes only after 131 years. (11) When you multiply this number [i.e., 131] by the two and three-quarters degrees that ⟨the year⟩ is short of ⟨365 days and⟩ six hours, the result is 360 degrees, which amounts to one day. 3 (1) Know {certainly} that the scholars of the Indiansγ,1 said that onefifth of an hour is in excess of six complete hours for each full year. (2) This is true only with respect to the images; {but} there is no need for them for the sake of the year of the Sun or the solar ⟨year⟩,β,2 but ⟨only⟩ for one who deals with the science of the images; but that is forbidden by the law of the Jews,γ,3 because the image of a cross is there,4 but according to another reading, because it resembles a foreign rite or religion.β,5 (3) So the year of the Sun6 I wrote down in the tables is true and without error, except that after the lapse of a thousand years there will be a small error in the minutes. 4 (1) {{On the revolution of the weeks.}}1 The weeks. We have already said that the lord of the hour has great power in the nativity,γ,2 hence it has a revolution of the year in a year.γ,3,θ,4 (2) {Now,} the reason for “12” is that there are that many signs. (3) The reason for “3 weeks” is that the number of weeks in a complete year is 52; subtract from them 49, which is seven times seven, and the remainder is three ⟨weeks⟩; and there is still a remainder of one day and a quarter of one day. (4) {Moreover,} The reason for “taking 4 weeks for the revolution of the signs in every year” is that the number of weeks is 52; {then,} when 48 are subtracted from them, casting out twelves, 4 weeks remain, and also one day and a quarter of one day, which in any year is the excess over the complete weeks of the year. 5 (1) On the revolution of the days. Revolution of the days. The reason or causeβ,1 for assigning “12 days and two hours with the third of one hour to

708

part five

dividuntur omnes dies anni super .30. gradus equalis, qui sunt domus finis sive signum profectionis.β (2) Ratio {autem} Iacob1 dandi cuilibet gradui minutum minus,γ huic est quia hoc est cursus Solis medius in una die. (3) Ptolomeusγ {vero} dicit quod dandum est gradui2 ascendente in revolutionibus annorum cuilibet gradui et quarte unus gradus unam diem fere, et hoc utique propter quartam excrescentem.γ (4) Quidam {autem} dicunt quod hii gradus dandi sunt secundum gradus tabule regionis, et diciturγ {etiam} quod faciendum est secundum duas vias. (5) Id est, ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ ad dandum duabus horis gradum unum, quia uni diei et uni nocti .12. dant gradus. (6) Quoniam {igitur} quinque loca vite virtutis sunt magne,γ ideo conveniens est ea dirigere semper in gradibus secundum loca sua, sicut dictum estγ in Libro de operatio tabularum, et ad sciendum etiam locum domus finis cuilibet eorum. 6 (1) Et scito quod quidquid aliquis illorum .5. nativitateγ significat, totum verum erit, sive bonum sive malum fuerit, quod si fuerit in loco cadente aut ascendensγ non aspexerit, non veniet ad opus quidquid significaverit nisi3 modicum in sermonibus et cogitationibus tamquam somnia. (2) In omnibus {autem} quinque non est in quo sit radix ad dirigendum gradum post gradum, et signum alterum post signum in revolutionibus annorum, nisi princeps4 seu presulβ a quo sumpta est vita. (3) Et est tibi necessarium con60va siderare | omnes aspicientes secundum gradus equales ac etiam illos qui aspiciunt secundum gradus mutabilesγ equatos secundum quod scriptum est in Libro de operatione tabularum, in nativitatibus inquam et revolutionibus cuiuslibet anni. 7 (1) Explementum seu finisβ libri.5 {Postremo} quidem secretum tibi detegam consilium.γ (2) Scito {igitur} quod principium anni Indorumγ ab uno puncto quousque reditus fiat ad eundem.γ (3) {{Et secundum hoc dixerunt eorum sapientes quod sex primi gradus sunt tenebrosi, sed corrigendum est hoc;}} puteus est dictumγ quod ibi sunt stelle de complexione Saturni et Martis, cum {ergo} Sol aut planetarum aliquis in directo illorum fuerit,γ tunc erit tamquam homo in puteo casus passus. (4) Si {igitur} scire volueris loca horum graduum, quia quolibet anno mutantur, minue a locis luminarium ac etiam a locis planetarum in tempore .8. gradus et .5. minuta. (5) Annus vero solaris secundum Ptolomeum ac etiam

1Iacob] M; L Iabcob, 2gradui] L; M gradibus. 3nisi] L; M om. 4Here MS M is interrupted. 5Explementum seu finis libri] L in margin: finis libris et explanatio secreti.

secunda pars libri rationum

709

each degree” is that in this manner all the days of the year are divided into 30 equal degrees, which are the house of the end or sign of profection.β,2 (2) {But} Yaʿqub ⟨al-Kindī⟩’s reason for assigning “to any degree one minute less,”γ,3 is that this is the mean motion of the Sun in one day. (3) {Moreover,} Ptolemyγ,4 says that from the ascendant degree at the revolutions of the years one must assign approximately one day to each degree and a quarter, and this indeed because of the excess of the quarter.γ,5 (4) {But} some say that these degrees should be given in degrees of the table of the country, and {also} it was saidγ,6 that this should be done by both methods. (5) That is, ⟨⟨the reason⟩⟩ for assigning “one degree to two hours” is that ⟨the hours⟩ of one day and of one night give 12 degrees. (6) {So,} because the five places of life are of great power,γ,7 therefore it is appropriate always to direct them in degrees in accordance to their places, as has been saidγ,8 in the Book on the use of the tables, and also to know the place of the house of the end for each one ⟨of the five places of life⟩. 6 (1) Know that whatever one of these five ⟨places of life⟩ indicates in the nativityγ,1 will come completely true, whether for good or for evil, but if it is in a cadent place or does not aspect the ascendant,γ,2 whatever it indicates will not be fulfilled except for a small number in statements, thoughts, and dreams. (2) {But} none among all the five is the root that must be directed one degree after another, and one sign after another in the revolutions of the years, except for the prince or rulerβ,3 from which the ⟨length of⟩ life is taken. (3) And it is necessary for you to observe those that aspect according to equal degrees and also those that aspect according to changeable degreesγ,4 equated [i.e., corrected] according to what is written in the Book on the use of the tables, for nativities, I say, and for the revolutions of each year. 7 (1) Completion or endβ,1 of the book. {Finally,} I shall disclose a secret adviceγ,2 to you. (2) Know, {then,} that the beginning of the year of the Indiansγ,3 is from one point until the return to the same ⟨point⟩.γ,4 (3) {{Accordingly their scholars said that the first six degrees are dark, but this must be corrected;}}5 there is said to be a “pit”γ,6 when there are stars with the complexion of Saturn and Mars in this place; {so,} when the Sun or one of the planets is in a straight line with them,γ,7 then it will be like a person who falls into a pit. (4) {Then,} if you want to know the location of these degrees, since they change every year, subtract 8 degrees and 5 minutes from the place of the luminaries as well as of the planets at ⟨this⟩ time. (5) The solar year according to Ptolemy, as well as the scholars of

710

part five

secundum sapientes Sarracenorum seu Arabumβ necnon et Grecorum,γ hic a puncto est coniunctionis duorum circulorum supremorum.γ (6) Et domus quidem et exaltationes1 seu domus honorumβ ac terminiγ secundum tabulas existunt horum sapientium verum ad sciendum ymagines; {puta,} si est signum humane figure et cetera consilia diminuere oportet in tabule .7. planetarum .8. gradus et .5. minuta, hiis diebus. (7) Querit fortasse quispiam: quia iam quidem consentit omnium sententiam quod stelle circuli signorum supra circulos sunt omnium planetarum, quomodo {igitur} erit stella suprema de complexione Saturni aut Martis aut ambobus; dixerunt enim quod stelle Pleyadumγ de complexione Martis sunt et Lune, ideoque, inquam, nativitate fuerit Luna in loco Pleyadumγ super egritudinem significat oculorum, et consimiliter si fuerit Luna cum 60vb stella que est in Cancro vocata Nubecule | Obscuritas,γ hoc super oculorum significat tenebrositatem. (8) Responsio: scito quod planetis non est natura caliditatis neque frigiditatis nec humiditatis nec siccitatis, sed tantum quia generant has quatuor naturas seu qualitatesβ in hoc seculo inferiori; de supremis {igitur} generant quidam in mundo naturas ac si de complexione essent natureγ Martis cum Luna existentis. (9) Et talis {etiam} est modus de stellis magnis, ut est stella que vocatur sine lancea seu inermis,β cuius quidem operationis natura est ut opus Veneris cum Mercurio, et Cor Leonis sicut natura Iovis cum Marte. (10) Secundum meam {autem} opinionem non est stellis circuli signorum virtus magna eo quod multum elongateγ sunt, et adhuc amplius stellis presertim que remote sunt a linea circuli signorum, ut est Aquila Maior; est etiam virtus modica in omni loco cuius magna est latitudo et cui super caput est; Cor {autem} Leonis virtutem habet magnam, eo quod est cum linea circuli signorum. (11) Denique consenseruntγ Antiquiγ quod non est fortitudo alicui ipsarum, nisi cum fuerit in principio alicuius angulorumγ cum Sole de die et cum Luna de nocte. Translatio partis huius perfecta est .23. die mensis septembris anni Domini .1292.2

1exaltationes] corrected; L exaltationis. 2Translatio partis huius perfecta est .23. die mensis septembris anni domini .1292.] L; M om.

secunda pars libri rationum

711

the Saracens or Arabs,β,8 and also of the Greeks,γ,9 is from the point of intersection of the two uppermost circles.γ,10 (6) The houses, and the exaltations or the houses of honorsβ,11 and the termsγ,12 are according to the tables of these scholars only to know the images; {for example,} if the sign has the figure of a human being and other similar things, it is necessary to subtract 8 degrees and 5 minutes, in these days13 from the tables of the seven planets. (7) Perhaps someone will ask: since the opinion of all agrees that the stars of the circle of the signs are above the circles of all the planets, how {then} there will be an upper star of the complexion of Saturn or Mars, or of both; for they said that the stars of the Pleiadesγ,14 are of the complexion of Mars and the Moon, and therefore, I say, ⟨if⟩ in the nativity the Moon is in the place of the Pleiades,γ,15 it indicates a disease of the eyes; and likewise, if the Moon is with the star that is in Cancer called Darkness of the Small Cloud,γ,16 this always indicates darkness of the eyes [blindness]. (8) Answer: know that the planets have neither a nature of heat, nor of cold, nor of moistness, nor of dryness, but ⟨this is⟩ because they generate these four natures or qualitiesβ,17 in the lower world; {therefore,} regarding the upper ⟨stars⟩, they generate a nature as if they were of the complexion of the natureγ,18 of Mars when together with the Moon. (9) And the same applies {also} to the large stars, like the star called Without the Spear or Unarmed,β,19 whose nature of working [mode of operation] is like the work of Venus with Mercury, and the Heart of the Lion, like that of Jupiter with Mars. (10) {But} in my opinion, the stars of the circle of signs do not have much power because they are much elongated,γ,20 [distant]; and that holds true especially for the stars that are distant from the line of the circle of the signs, like the Great Eagle; also there is moderate power in any place whose latitude is high, and ⟨the star⟩ is above the head; {but} Cor Leonis has great power because it is in the line of the circle of the signs [the ecliptic]. (11) Finally, the Ancientsγ,21 agreedγ,22 that none of them has any power, except when it is at the beginning of one of the angles,γ,23 with the Sun by day and with the Moon by night. The translation of this part has been completed on the 23rd day of the month of September, in the year of the Lord 1292.

PART SIX

NOTES TO SECUNDA PARS LIBRI RATIONUM

notes to secunda pars libri rationum

715

Title [1]3:

In the name God, who dwells in the Heavens, I begin the Book of Reasons or Causes. → This corresponds to the introductory canticle in the Hebrew manuscript Munich, Bayerische Staatsbibliothek, Cod. Hebr. 202 (IMHM: F 01649), fol. 37b: ‫ = בשם שוכן מרומים אחל ספר הטעמים‬In the name of the One who dwells in the Heavens, I begin the Book of Reasons. Other Hebrew manuscripts have different introductory canticles. §1.1 [1]2:

To understand the secret. H: ‫ =לעמוד בסוד‬to stand on the secret. → Meaning, to understand the secret. [2]2: In Proverbs Solomon says. H: ‫ = כדברי אגור‬as Agur ⟨son of [3]4: Taught and made them know. H:

Jaqeh⟩ said.

‫ = הודיע‬informed.

[4]4: The

sons of men. H: ‫ = בני אדם‬the sons of a man. → Hebrew idiom for “human beings.” See Introductorius, §2.3:26, s.v., sons of men. [5]5: The order or the laws of heaven. H: ‫ = חוקות שמים‬ordinances of heaven. [6]6: Scholars. H:

‫ = חכמי לב‬the wise.

[7]6: They found it to be true. H: ‫ = ועלה בידם‬and this emerged in their hands.

→ Meaning, they succeeded. §1.2 [1]1:

Planets. H: ‫ = משרתים‬servants. → Meaning planets. See note on Introductorius, §2:5, s.v., “planets”. [2]2: Sphere. H:

‫ = עגולה‬circle.

[3]3:

Planets. H: ‫ = אחד מהמשרתים‬one of the servants. → Meaning, one of the planets. See note on Introductorius, §2:5, s.v., “planets”. [4]3: To another. H:

‫ = עם חברו‬with its companion.

716

part six

[5]3: Hides or eclipses. H:

‫ = יסתיר‬will hide.

[6]3:

Planets. H: ‫ = משרתים‬servants. → Meaning planets. See note on Introductorius, §2:5, s.v., “planets”. [7]3: Eclipse. H:

‫ = יסתירו‬will hide.

[8]4: Great and solemn assembly. H: [9]4: Scholars. H:

‫ = ההמון הרב‬the immense multitude.

‫ = חכמי המזלות‬scholars of the signs.

[10]4:

Above the planets. H: ‫ = למעלה מגלגלי המשרתים‬above the circles of the servants. → Meaning, above the circles of the planets. See note on Introductorius, §2:5, s.v., “planets”. [11]5: Planets. H:

‫ = כוכבים‬stars.

[12]6: Zodiac. H:

‫ = גלגל המזלות‬circle of the signs.

[13]7: Moves. H:

‫ = תטה‬will incline.

[14]7: Direct circle. H:

‫ = הגלגל היושר‬circle of straightness. §1.3

[1]1:

Planets. H: ‫ = משרתים‬servants. → Meaning planets. See note on Introductorius, §2:5, s.v., “planets”. [2]1:

The places their apogees. H: ‫ = מקום גבהותם‬place of their height. → Meaning, place of their apogee. [3]1: The opposite of [4]2: Judgments of

them. H: ‫ = שפלותם‬their lowness.

the stars. H: ‫ = משפטי המזלות‬judgments of the signs.

[5]2: Like examples. H: [6]3: Science of

‫ = כדמיונות‬by way of analogies.

the stars. H: ‫ = חכמת המזלות‬science of the signs.

notes to secunda pars libri rationum

717

[7]3: Select proofs. H: ‫ = ראיות ומבחרים‬proofs and elections. → The translator

read ‫“ = נבחרים‬selected” or “select” instead of ‫“ = מבחרים‬elections.” Note that in the Hebrew text ‫“ = ומבחרים‬and elections” is strange. §2.1 [1]1:

Scholars of hidden things or of the law. H: ‫ = חכמי התושייה‬scholars of philosophy. [2]1: Alone or by itself. H:

‫ = בפני עצמה‬by itself.

[3]3:

Evenly temperate temperament. H: ‫ = ממסך הישר בממסכו‬temperament straight in its mixture. → Meaning, temperament balanced in its mixture. [4]4: Therefore they say that the Moon is cold.

H: ‫על כן אנו אומרים שיש חם‬ ‫ = קר‬Therefore we say that there is something hot that is cold.

[5]5: Ascendant. H:

‫ = המזל העולה‬the rising sign.

[6]5: The ruler of

the nativity or the one that is in charge of the nativity. H: ‫ = הממונה על המולד‬the overseer of the nativity.

[7]7: The habitable. H: ‫ = הישוב‬the settlement → See note on

Introductorius,

§ 2.5:11, s.v., “the habitable.” [8]7: It warms the air. H: [9]7: Scholars of [10]7:

‫ = ויתחמם האויר‬and the air will be warmed.

the stars. H: ‫ = חכמי המזלות‬scholars of the signs.

The scholars of the stars made Aries the beginning of the first revolution, which is of the nature of heat, and they said that it is the first because heat is an active quality, which is of greater worth than cold. H: ‫ כי‬,‫שמו חכמי המזלות תחלת התקופה לתולדת החום; על כן אמרו שהיא של האש‬ ‫ = החום הוא הפועל והוא יותר נכבד מהקור‬the scholars of the signs assigned the beginning of the revolution to the nature of heat, therefore they said that it belongs to fire, because heat is the active ⟨agent⟩ and it is more noble than cold.

718

part six

[11]8:

Cancer, of the nature of water, which is cold, and is of the nature of the weaker active ⟨agent⟩. H: ‫ שהוא הפועל השני‬,‫ שהוא כנגד הקור‬,‫ = למים‬to water, which corresponds to cold, which is the second active ⟨agent⟩. [12]10: Nature and mode. H: [13]10: Friendship. H:

‫ = דרך‬method.

‫ = אהבה‬love.

[14]10: And this is to say that they will have the same active nature but not

its effect. H: ‫ = והטעם שהוא יהיה בתולדת הפועל שוה לא בָפּעוּל‬and the reason is that they have the same active nature but not the ⟨same⟩ passive ⟨nature⟩. [15]11:

Gemini, too, of hot nature, but not for that reason. H: ‫ותאומים חם‬ ‫ = ולח‬and Gemini hot and moist. → Cf. Pietro d’Abano: “et Gemini calidum et non quia sit imago hominis” = “and Gemini is hot, but not because it is the image of a man”. [16]11:

Cancer, too, cold, but not for the reason ⟨mentioned before⟩. H: ‫ = וסרטן קר ולח‬Cancer cold and moist. → Cf. Pietro d’Abano: “et Cancrum frigidus non quia sic sit eius natura” = “and Cancer is cold but not because its nature is like that.” [17]12:

Because of such a kind are the rest. H: ‫ = כמו חבריו‬like its compan-

ions. [18]13: Because it is like that. H:

‫ = וככה הוא סרטן‬and Cancer is like that. §2.2

[1]1: Then the Sun is in the beginning of

Aries. H: ‫= בהכנס השמש במזל טלה‬

when the Sun enters the sign of Aries. [2]1:

All the age or all the world. H: ‫ = כל העולם‬all the world. → For an explanation of this doublet, see note on Introductorius, § 2.4:34, s.v., “sign of the age or of the world.” [3]1: Right-hand or southern part. H:

‫ = צד ימין‬right-hand side.

notes to secunda pars libri rationum

719

[4]1:

Angle. H: ‫ = יתד‬peg. → Meaning, cardo, i.e., the cusp of the first, fourth, seventh and tenth houses, of the horoscope. See note on Introductorius, § 3.4:2, s.v., “angles or cardines.” [5]2: The other. H:

‫ = חברו‬its companion.

[6]4: Head or beginning. H:

‫ = ראש‬head.

[7]4: Left-hand or northern part. H:

‫ = בפאת שמאל‬in the left-hand side.

[8]4: Part. H:

‫ = בפאת‬in the edge.

[9]5: Line of

equality. H: ‫ = קו הצדק‬line of justice.

[10]7: Because all are hot and dry. H: ‫ = כי כל חם ויבש הוא ככה‬since anything

that is hot and dry is like that. §2.3 [1]1: Changeable or tropic. H: [2]1: Season. H:

‫ = המתהפכים‬reversing direction.

‫ = זמן‬time.

[3]3: Stable or fixed. H:

‫ = עומדים‬stationary.

[4]3: Disposition or nature. H: [5]4: Of

‫ = תולדת‬nature.

two bodies or bicorporal. H: ‫ = שני גופים‬two bodies.

[6]4: Previous disposition or quality. H: [7]4: Quality. H:

‫ = תולדת ראשונה‬first nature.

‫ = תולדת‬nature.

[8]5:

The ascensions of each of them. H: ‫ = מזל שיעלה בכל מקום‬a sign that ascends in any place. [9]5:

In our inhabited region. H: ‫ = בישוב‬in the settlement → See note on Introductorius, §2.5:11, s.v., “the habitable.”

720

part six

[10]7: Very powerful or rulers. H:

‫= המושלים‬the rulers.

[11]7:

But the five planets have two houses, some of which belong to the house of the Sun as if they were arranged in succession after it, while the others ⟨belong to⟩ the house of the Moon in the opposite order. H: ‫ולחמשה‬ ‫ והפך זה עם בית הלבנה‬,‫ = המשרתים בית שיביט אל בית השמש והבתים אחריו‬and to the five servants [planets] there is a house which aspects the house of the Sun and the next house, and the opposite applies to the Moon. [12]8: Is of the part of the Sun. H: ‫ = מפאת חלק השמאל‬is of the left-hand side.

→ Cf. Pietro d’Abano: “in parte Solis” = “in the part of the Sun”. Here Henry Bate and Pietro d’Abano seem to give the correct reading, and the Hebrew is a scribal error (‫“ = שמש‬Sun” for ‫“ = שמאל‬left hand”). [13]8: The ascensions. H:

‫ = גלגל המזלות‬circle of the signs.

[14]8: In all the inhabited region. H: ‫ = בכל הישוב‬in all the settlement → See

note on Introductorius, §2.5:11, s.v., “the habitable.” [15]8: Beginning. H:

‫ = ראש‬head. → Meaning, beginning.

[16]8: Just like the other planets. H:

‫ = נכח הכוכבים‬against the stars.

[17]8: In their terms. H: ‫ = בגבוליהם‬in their terms. → Meaning, in their astro-

logical planetary terms. See note on Introductorius, § 2.1:43, s.v., “terms”. [18]10: Judgments according the images of

animals. H: ‫משפט שהם על צורת‬ ‫ = בהמה‬judgment according to the form of an animal.

[19]12: Beautiful or handsome. H: [20]13: ⟨Signs⟩ having a voice. H:

‫ = יופי‬beauty.

‫ = קול‬voice.

[21]14: For that reason they indicate a deficiency in speech. H: ‫והטעם שיורו‬

‫ = על מיעוט דברים‬and the reason is that they will indicate brevity of speech. [22]15:

It has power among the animals. H: ‫ = הוא גבור בבהמה‬it is the mightiest of the animals. [23]15: Strength or force. H:

‫ = כח‬power.

notes to secunda pars libri rationum [24]16: And the cold ones. H:

721

‫ = והוא קר‬it is cold.

[25]16:

Planets. H: ‫ = משרתים‬servants. → Meaning planets. See note on Introductorius, §2:5, s.v., “planets”. [26]17:

Defects or azemena. H: ‫ = המומים‬the blemishes, deformities. → Cf. Pietro d’Abano: “acehemenata”. [27]17: Scholars of

the stars. H: ‫ = חכמי המזלות‬scholars of the signs.

[28]17: Defect. H: ‫ = מום‬blemish, deformity. [29]17: Truer. H:

‫ = נכון‬correct.

[30]19: Plants and trees. H:

‫ = אילנים‬trees.

[31]20: Waters or moisture. H: [32]20: Pouring out of

‫ = מים‬water.

water. H: ‫ = מים‬water.

[33]20: Therefore if. H:

‫ = והטעם כי‬and the reason is that.

[34]20: In the other of

them. H: ‫ = באחת מאלה‬in one of them.

[35]21: Oblique ⟨signs⟩. H: [36]21: Equal hours. H: [37]22: Royal ones. H:

‫ = מעוותים‬crooked.

‫ = שעות ישרות‬straight hours.

‫ = מלכים‬kings.

[38]22: Princes or military commanders. H: [39]23: By violence. H:

‫ = סגנים‬deputies.

‫ = בכח‬by power.

[40]23: And rulers. H: ‫ = ישרים‬straight. → Meaning balanced. Pietro d’Abano:

“principantia” = “rulers.” Here Henry Bate and Pietro d’Abano seem to give the correct reading, and the Hebrew is a scribal error (‫“ = ושרים‬and rulers” for ‫“ = ישרים‬straight”).

722

part six §2.4

[1]1:

Aromatic and beneficial. H: ‫ = שיש להם ריח טוב‬which have a pleasant smell. [2]1: Roots or herbs. H:

‫ = עקרים‬roots.

[3]2: With respect to. H:

‫ = עם‬with.

[4]2:

Ptolemy. H: ‫ = תלמי‬Talmai. → This is the post-biblical and talmudic Hebrew equivalent of Ptolemy. [5]2:

Their enmity takes away a certain amount of knowledge. H: ‫כי אלה‬ ‫ = שניהם חסרי דעת‬that these two are foolish.

[6]2: Truly. H:

‫ = בעבור‬because.

[7]2:

Its lord and also of the ascendant sign. H: ‫ = בעל המזל הצומח‬the lord of the sign of the ascendant. [8]2: Diseases and the defects. H:

‫ = מום וחסרון‬deformity and foolishness.

[9]4:

Gemini. H: ‫ = השמים‬heavens. → Cf. Pietro d’Abano: “Gemini.” Here Henry Bate and Pietro d’Abano, or, more plausibly, their French intermediary, seem to have been led astray by the graphical similarity between the word that appears in the Hebrew source, ‫“ = השמים‬heavens”, and ‫= תאמים‬ “Gemini.” Note that Gemini is characterized in Reshit ḥokhmah § 2.3:12, 72– 73, as indicating ‫“ = ״כל דבר גבוה כמו השמים והאויר והרוחות״‬anything that is high, like the heavens and the air and the winds”. See Introductorius, § 2.3:12. [10]4: The northern part. H:

‫ = צפון‬north.

[11]4:

Because it is of the watery signs. H: ‫ = כי הוא מתולדת המים‬because it is of the nature of water. → Cf. Pietro d’Abano: “est enim nature aque” = “because it is of the nature of water.” [12]4: But Gemini is of the airy ⟨signs⟩. H: ‫ = והשמים הוא אויר‬and the heavens

are air. → Cf. Pietro d’Abano: “aerei aut gemini” = “Gemini of ⟨the nature of⟩ air”. Here Henry Bate and Pietro d’Abano give the correct reading, and the Hebrew is a scribal error (‫“ = שמים‬heavens” for ‫“ = תאמים‬Gemini”).

notes to secunda pars libri rationum

723

[13]5:

Princes or dukes. H: ‫ = השדים‬demons. → Cf. Pietro d’Abano: “Principum autem signum” = “sign of princes”. Here Henry Bate and Pietro d’Abano, or, more plausibly, their French intermediary, seem to have been led astray by the graphical similarity between the word that appears in the Hebrew source, ‫“ שדים‬demons,” written with a dalet, and ‫“ שרים‬princes”, “commanders,” with a resh. The same misreading occurs in Bate’s translation of Reshit ḥokhmah §2.11:10, 122–123. See note on Introductorius, § 2.11:10, s.v., “outstanding princes, namely in knowledge, or leaders of the people.” Note also that Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot § 40:6, 524–525, places the demons under the charge of Saturn. See also Iudicia § 40:6. [14]5:

The military commanders and the prophets. H: ‫ = שדים‬demons. → See above, previous note. [15]5: Which. H:

‫ = כי‬because.

[16]5: The black bile and seeing demons. H: ‫= המרה השחורה המראה השדים‬

black bile which makes the demons visible. [17]5:

That Aquarius has power in them. H: ‫ = כי דלי ככה‬because Aquarius is like that. [18]5: Because the power of

Saturn belongs to it. H: ‫בעבור הראות כח שבתאי‬ ‫ = בו‬since the power of Saturn is perceptible in it.

[19]6:

Sign of the age or of the world. H: ‫ = מזל העולם‬sign of the world. → For an explanation of this doublet, see note on Introductorius, § 2.4:34, s.v., “sign of the age or of the world.” See above, §2.2:1. [20]7:

And is nursed by its mother until a known limit. H: ‫ויגדל עד זמן ידוע‬ = and grows until a certain time. [21]8:

Sign of the age or of the world. H: ‫ = מזל העולם‬sign of the world. → For an explanation of this doublet, see note on Introductorius, § 2.4:34, s.v., “sign of the age or of the world.” See above, §2.2:1. [22]8: The planet. H: [23]9:

‫ = הכוכב‬the star. → Meaning, the planet.

At midheaven. H: om. → Pietro d’Abano: “in medietate celi” = “at midheaven.”

724

part six

[24]10:

House of hate. H: ‫ = בית רעה‬house of evil. → Meaning, house of detriment. Pietro d’Abano: “domus occasus” = “house of fall”. [25]10: Malefic or harmful one. H:

‫ = מזיק‬harmful.

[26]10:

House of fall. H: ‫ = בית קלון‬house of shame. → Meaning, house of dejection. See note on Introductorius, §2.5:32, s.v., “fall.” [27]10: Malefic. H:

‫ = מזיק‬harmful.

[28]10: The planet of

the great or greater benefit. H: ‫ = כוכב טוב‬good star. → Cf. Pietro d’Abano: “stelle magne” = “of the great star.” [29]10:

The house of the Moon. H: ‫ והיא הלבנה‬,‫= בית הטוב מן הכוכב הקטן‬ good house of the small star, which is the Moon. [30]11: Is in a bad aspect or it is unfortunate. H: ‫ = במבט רע‬is in a bad aspect. [31]12: The times of

the year. H: ‫ = הגלגל‬the circle. → Cf. Pietro d’Abano: “de causa quatuour temporum anni” = “on the cause of the four seasons of the year”. [32]13:

Houses of prayers or of divine service. H: ‫ = בתי עבודת השם‬houses of divine service. [33]13:

Signs of equality. H: ‫ = מזלות טובים וממוסכים‬good and temperate signs. → Cf. Pietro d’Abano: “rectiora” = “straighter ⟨signs⟩”. [34]13: The

house of the righteous is that of divine service. H: ‫ומהצדק בתי‬ ‫ = עבודת השם‬and from justice come the houses of divine worship. → Here the Hebrew seems to be corrupt. [35]13:

The ascendant sign or degree of the ascendant sign. H: ‫= מזל עולה‬ rising sign. [36]13: Beginning. H: [37]14:

‫ = ראש‬head. → Meaning, beginning.

Lustful ones. H: ‫ = המשגל‬sexual intercourse. → Cf. Pietro d’Abano: “luxuriosa” = “lustful”.

notes to secunda pars libri rationum

725

[38]14:

Desire for sexual intercourse is great and strong. H: ‫= תאוה גדולה‬ great desire. [39]16:

Aquatic or living in water. H: ‫ = ואשר הם במים‬those which are in

water. [40]16:

And there is great need for them in nativities, interrogations and elections. H: om. → Pietro d’Abano: “Et res omnes huius sunt valde necessarie in nativitatibus, questionibus atque electionibus” = “and all these things are very necessary in nativities, interrogations and elections.” [41]17: The sign of

the sea and water. H: ‫ = מזל הים‬sign of the sea.

[42]17: Harm and injury. H: [43]20: The first. H:

‫ = נזק‬harm.

‫ = תחלת‬beginning.

[44]20: The ruler or al-mubtazz or significator. H: ‫ = הפקיד‬the one in charge. [45]20: Harmful or malefic. H:

‫ = כוכב מזיק‬harmful star.

[46]20: A bad thing will happen to him in the head. H: ‫לא יהיו לו רעות בראש‬

= no bad things will happen to him in the head. → Here the Hebrew seems to be corrupt. Pietro d’Abano: “sibimet capiti nocumentum” = “a harm ⟨will happen⟩ to himself in the head.” §2.5 [1]1:

Eccentric circle or deferent. H: ‫ = גלגל המוצק‬circle of the center. → Meaning, eccentric circle. For the neologism ‫ = מוצק‬center, see Sela 2003, 113–116. [2]2: Both assertions. H:

‫ = דברי כולם‬the assertions of all of them.

[3]3:

The inhabited region. H: ‫ =בכל הישוב‬in all the settlement → See note on Introductorius, §2.5:11, s.v., “the habitable.” [4]3: Frequently and so to speak an infinite number of

‫ = קץ להם‬innumerable times.

times. H: ‫פעמים אין‬

726

part six

[5]5: Therefore. H:

‫ = כאשר‬when.

[6]5: In this way. H:

‫ = על כן‬therefore.

[7]6: Friendship. H:

‫ = אהבה‬love.

[8]6:

The smaller benefic or the smaller fortune. H: ‫ = כוכב טוב הקטן‬the small good planet. [9]6: For a similar cause. H:

‫ = על כן‬therefore.

[10]6: Larger benefic or greater fortune. H:

‫ = הטוב הגדול‬the great good.

[11]9:

Planets. H: ‫ = משרתים‬servants. → Meaning planets. See note on Introductorius, §2:5, s.v., “planets”. [12]9: Are eastern. H:

‫ = הוא מזרחי‬is eastern.

[13]9: They have more power. H: [14]10: Planet. H:

‫ = שרוב כחו‬most of its power is.

‫ = כוכב‬star. §2.6

[1]1: Gets stronger or prevails. H:

‫ = יתחזק‬will be strengthened.

[2]2:

Ptolemy. H: ‫ = תלמי‬Talmai. → This is the post-biblical and talmudic Hebrew equivalent of Ptolemy. [3]2: Light and brightness. H:

‫ = האור‬light.

[4]2: Darkness and obscurity. H:

‫ = חושך‬darkness.

[5]3:

From the lower in position. H: ‫ = מצדק זה המספר‬from Jupiter this number. [6]3:

And for this reason the houses of one are next with respect to ⟨the houses of⟩ the other. H: ‫ = על כן בית זה לזה שני‬therefore the former is the second from the latter

notes to secunda pars libri rationum

727

[7]3:

Namely, because Pisces is next to Aquarius, and Capricorn is next to Sagittarius. H: ‫ כי שביעי יהיה‬,‫ שהוא בית האויבים כבית השביעי‬,‫גם שנים עשר‬ .‫ = זה לזה‬and it is also the twelfth, which is the house of enemies, like the seventh house, since each is the seventh with respect to the other. [8]5:

The houses of Venus are the fifth from the houses of Saturn. H: ‫בית‬ ‫ = נוגה חמישי לבית שבתאי‬the house of Venus is the fifth with respect to the house of Saturn. [9]5:

The houses of Saturn are the fifth from the houses of Venus. H: ‫בית‬ ‫ = שבתאי חמישי לבית נוגה‬the house of Saturn is the fifth to the house of Venus. [10]6: Below. H: ‫ = למעלה‬above. → Cf. Pietro d’Abano: “superiores” = “higher”. [11]6:

As has been already mentioned. H: ‫ = כאשר הזכרתי‬as I have mentioned. [12]7: Scholars of [13]7: Powers. H:

astrology. H: ‫ = חכמי המזלות‬scholars of the signs.

‫ = כח‬power.

[14]7: That in the image of

Aries there are many stars. H: ‫שיש בצורת כוכבים‬ ‫ = רבים‬there is in the form of many stars. → Here the Hebrew seems to be corrupt and Bate’s translations seems to be more correct. §2.7 [1]1:

Houses of honor or exaltation. H: ‫ = בתי הכבוד‬houses of honor. → See note on Introductorius, §1.6:1, s.v., “honor or exaltation”. [2]1: King Ptolemy. H: ‫ = תלמי‬Talmai, the post-biblical and talmudic Hebrew

equivalent of Ptolemy. → Cf. Pietro d’Abano: “Ptolemeus”. [3]1: The age or of

the world. H: ‫ = העולם‬the world. → For an explanation of this doublet, see note on Introductorius, §2.4:34, s.v., “sign of the age or of the world.” See above, §2.2:1. [4]2: The leaves wither. H:

‫ = יחלו העלים לבלות‬the leaves begin to wither.

728

part six

[5]2: And men sicken. H:

‫ = ויחל האדם לחלות‬and man begins to sicken.

[6]2:

The soul becomes stunned or sluggish. H: ‫ = תשומם הנפש‬the soul is depressed. [7]2:

Its fall. H: ‫ = שפלותו‬its lowness. Meaning, its dejection. See note on Introductorius, §2.5:32, s.v., “fall.” [8]3: After its conjunction. H:

‫ = ואם התחברה‬if it was conjoined.

[9]3: And the whole sign is its house of [10]4: Scholars of

honor. → Also Pietro d’Abano omits.

the Indians. H: ‫ = חכמי הודו‬scholars of India.

[11]4: Complexion or nature. H:

‫ = תולדת‬nature.

[12]4:

There is a star that is something of the complexion or nature of Jupiter and Venus. H: ‫ כאלו הוא מתולדת צדק ונגה‬,‫ = יש כוכב ממוסך‬there is a mixed star, as if it were of the nature of Jupiter and Venus. [13]4:

Because in this degree the Moon is distant from the Sun. H: ‫והטעם‬ ‫ = שיהיה רחוק מהשמש‬and the reason is that is distant from the Sun.

[14]4:

As much as can be seen by means of the arc of vision. H: ‫כדי מעלות‬ ‫ = קשת המראה‬as much as the degrees of the arc of vision.

[15]5: Fall. H: ‫ = קלון‬shame. → Meaning, dejection. See note on Introductorius,

§2.5:32, s.v., “fall.” [16]5: Path of

darkness or burnt path. H: ‫ = דרך החושך‬path of darkness.

[17]5:

Planets. H: ‫ = משרתים‬servants. → Meaning planets. See note on Introductorius, §2:5, s.v., “planets”. [18]6: Because it is northern or raised towards the north. H: ‫כי הוא מזל צפוני‬

‫ = והטעם שהוא גבוה‬because it is a northern sign, meaning that it is high. [19]6: Northern winds. H: ‫ = רוחות דרום‬southern winds. → Cf. Pietro d’Abano:

“ventos septentrionales” = “northern winds.”

notes to secunda pars libri rationum [20]6: End of

729

one of the southern ⟨signs⟩. H: ‫ = סוף דרום‬end of the south.

[21]6: The southern part will be injured or harmed. H: ‫תתחזק הרוח הדרומית‬

= the southern wind will grow stronger. [22]6: Indians. H:

‫ = אנשי הודו‬the people of India.

[23]7: Western part. H: [24]7: Eastern part. H: [25]9: Scholars of

‫ = רוח מערבית‬western wind.

‫ = רוח מזרחית‬eastern wind.

the Indians. H: ‫ = חכמי הודו‬scholars of India.

[26]11:

The habitable. H: ‫ = הישוב‬the settlement → See note on Introductorius, §2.5:11, s.v., “the habitable.” [27]11: It begins to incline to the south. H:

‫ = הנה מרחבה דרומי‬its latitude is

southern. [28]12: Likewise, this is correct. H:

‫ = וככה משפט‬this is also the rule.

[29]12:

Planet. H: ‫ = משרת‬servant. → Meaning planet. See note on Introductorius, §2:5, s.v., “planets”. [30]13:

Planets. H: ‫ = משרתים‬servants. → Meaning planets. See note on Introductorius, §2:5, s.v., “planets”. [31]13: Supports life. H: [32]14: A quarter.

‫ = יועיל‬useful.

→ Also Pietro d’Abano omits.

[33]14: The significator. H:

‫ = הממונה‬the overseer.

[34]14: By the same number. H:

‫ = כמשפט הזה‬in accord with this rule. §2.8

[1]1: And its partners have three lords. H: ‫ = וחבריו מזלות האש שלשה‬and its

companions, the fiery signs, are three.

730

part six

[2]2: Namely, the Sun by day. H: ‫ = ובעל השלישות תחל השמש ביום‬the lord of

the triplicity, the Sun, is the first by day. [3]2:

They consider also Jupiter by night. H: ‫ = וצדק יחל בלילה‬Jupiter will begin by night. [4]3:

The lord of Aries. H: ‫ = א״ע״פ שהוא בעל מזל טלה‬even though it is the lord of the sign of Aries. [5]3: Support life. H:

‫ = יועיל‬will be useful.

[6]5:

The lady of the honor. H: ‫ = כי שור בעל כבוד הלבנה‬because Taurus is the lord of the honor of the Moon. [7]7:

The southern part. H: ‫ = רוח דרומית‬a southern wind. → Cf. Pietro d’Abano: “partem meridiei” = “the southern part.” [8]7:

Southern winds. H: ‫ = רוח דרומית‬southern wind. → Cf. Pietro d’Abano: “ventum meridiei” = “a southern wind.” [9]7: Because the earthy signs are southern. [10]8: Planet. H:

also Pietro d’Abano omits.

‫ = כוכב‬star.

[11]9: Planets. H:

‫ = כוכבים‬stars.

[12]10: For this reason they began from Saturn by day and from Mercury by

night. → Also Pietro d’Abano omits. [13]10:

Because it is cold. H: ‫ = בעבור היות תולדתו קרה‬because its nature is

cold. [14]11:

The power of the watery triplicity. H: ‫כח בעל השלישות הראשונה‬ ‫ = למזלות המים‬power of the lord of the first triplicity of the watery signs. → Cf. Pietro d’Abano: “fortitudinem triplicitatis aquee” = “the power of the triplicity of water”. [15]12:

To the Moon and Mars, whose house ⟨is⟩ Scorpio, and the Moon’s house ⟨is⟩ Cancer. H: ‫ = ובית הלבנה סרטן על כן היתה שותף עמהם‬and Cancer is the house of the Moon, and consequently it [the Moon] was made partner

notes to secunda pars libri rationum

731

with them [Venus and Mars]. → Cf. Pietro d’Abano: “atque Lune et iterum Marti, domus enim sua est Cancer, illius vero Scorpio” = “to the Moon and also Mars, because its house ⟨is⟩ Cancer, but Scorpio ⟨is the house⟩ of the other.” §2.9 [1]1:

Terms. H: ‫ = גבולים‬terms. → Meaning, the astrological planetary terms. See note on Introductorius, §2.1:43, s.v., “terms”. [2]1:

Scholars of the Persians and the Indians. H: ‫= חכמי פרס גם חכמי הודו‬ the scholars of Persia and also the scholars of India. [3]2:

Ptolemy. H: ‫ = תלמי‬Talmai. → This is the post-biblical and talmudic Hebrew equivalent of Ptolemy. [4]2: Ancient statements. H: [5]2: Scholars of

‫ = נוסחא קדמונית‬an ancient version.

the Egyptians. H: ‫ = חכמי מצרים‬scholars of Egypt.

[6]3:

Planet. H: ‫ = משרת‬servant. → Meaning planet. See note on Introductorius, §2:5, s.v., “planets”. [7]4: The faces. H: ‫הפנים‬. [8]4: In the order of

the circles. H: ‫ = בגלגל‬in the circle.

[9]5:

Found ⟨them⟩ to be true. H: ‫ = ועלה בידם‬it emerged in their hands. → Hebrew idiom meaning that they were successful. Here the Latin follows the Hebrew precisely. [10]7:

Duodenaria. H: ‫ = שנים עשר‬twelfths. → See note on Introductorius, § 1.12:2, s.v. “duodenariae.” [11]7: Judgments of [12]7:

the age. H: ‫ = משפטי העולם‬judgments of the world.

Or of the revolutions of the years of the world. → In this gloss Bate explains what the expression “judgments of the age” means. In the expression and its gloss Bate uses the doublet “age or world”. For an

732

part six

explanation of this doublet, see note on Introductorius, § 2.4:34, s.v., “sign of the age or of the world.” [13]8: And in this manner they divided the degrees among the twelve signs.

H: ‫ = כי חלקו מעלות המזל שהם שלשים על שנים עשר מזלות‬since they divided the thirty degrees of the sign by twelve. [14]9:

Power of the novenariae. H: ‫ = כח תשיעי‬the power of the ninth part. → See note on Introductorius, §1.12:2, s.v. “novenariae.” [15]9:

The nine power powers of nine signs. H: ‫ = כחות תשעה מזלות‬the powers of nine signs. [16]9: Heads and beginnings. H:

‫ = ראשים‬heads. → Meaning, beginnings.

[17]9:

Because nine is the highest of all the numbers. H: ‫בעבור היות סך כל‬ ‫ = החשבון תשעה‬because the total of the count is nine. §3.1

[1]2: A root and foundation. H: [2]2: As if

‫ = שורש‬root.

in the similitude. H: ‫ = כדמות‬as the image.

[3]4: Ascendant. H:

‫ = מעלה צומחת‬ascendant degree.

[4]5: In the east. H: ‫ = בפאת מזרח‬in the eastern side. [5]5: Similarly. H: ‫במספרו‬

‫ = ככה‬in its same number.

[6]5:

And this statement has been tested or tried. H: ‫ = וזה הדבר ברור‬and this thing is clear. [7]6: And this is called the upright circle, with respect to which, obviously,

the motion of the midheaven is like the degree of the angle of the Earth. H: ‫ = וכמוהו מעלות יתד הארץ‬and so are the degrees of the cardo of the Earth [the cardo of the lower midheaven]; Pietro d’Abano: “et sicut ipse est angulus gradus anguli terre” = “and the angle of the degree of the angle of the Earth is like that”.

notes to secunda pars libri rationum [8]8: Ptolemy. H:

733

‫ = תלמי‬Talmai.

[9]9: Women or wives. H:

‫ = נקבה‬a female.

[10]9: Partners or consorts. H:

‫ = שותפים‬partners.

[11]11: Angles. H: ‫ = יתדות‬pegs. → Meaning, cardines, i.e., the cusps of the first,

fourth, seventh and tenth houses of the horoscope. See note on Introductorius, §3.4:2, s.v., “angles or cardines.” [12]12:

Soon or immediately change and will become angles as well. H: ‫ = במהרה ישובו גם הם להווייתם‬they too will soon return to their basic existence. §3.2 [1]1: Friendship. H: [2]2: Drinking. H: [3]3: Friends. H:

‫ = אהבה‬love.

‫ = משתה‬feast.

‫ = אוהבים‬lovers.

[4]4: Ascendant. H:

‫ = מעלה צומחת‬ascendant degree.

[5]4: Wealth and possessions or worldly and good opportunities.

H: ‫הממון‬

= wealth. [6]5:

The angle of the seventh house. H: ‫ = = היתד השביעי‬the seventh peg. → Meaning, third cardo of the horoscope. See note on Introductorius, § 3.4:2, s.v., “angles or cardines.” Bate’s divergent translation is in fact a gloss correcting Ibn Ezra’s concept of “seventh peg”: since there are only four pegs or cardines, Bate explains that Ibn Ezra’s “seventh cardo” refers to the cardo that coincides with the beginning of the seventh house, which corresponds to the third cardo. [7]5: Cuts off

life. H: ‫ = יפסיק החיים‬will interrupt life.

734

part six

[8]6:

And in its power it does not form any aspect with the first house. H: ‫ = ואין לו קשר עם הבית הראשון‬and it has no link with the first house.

[9]6: Wealth or riches. H:

‫ = ממון‬wealth. §3.3

[1]1: Changes and turns. H:

‫ = יסור‬it will turn.

[2]2: Power and strength. H: [3]2: Friendship. H:

‫ = כח‬power.

‫ = אהבה‬love.

[4]2:

To seeking after and searching, and the traveler or the course of the soul ⟨resembles⟩ pursuing the sciences. H: ‫חפוש והלוך לנשמה ולתור בדעת‬ = searching and traveling by the soul and pursuing knowledge. [5]2:

Major or more honorable sciences. H: ‫ = החכמות הגדולות‬major sciences. [6]3: From place to place. H:

‫ = אל מקומות‬to places.

[7]4:

A man’s profession and art or work. H: ‫ = אומנות האדם‬the art/craft of a man. [8]6: Conjunction or connection to. H:

‫ = דבק‬joined to.

§4.1 [1]1: Planets. H: [2]1: Planet. H: [3]1:

‫ = הכוכב‬the star.

‫ = כוכב‬star.

In the eccentric circle. H: ‫ = בגלגל המוצק‬in the circle of the center. → Here Ibn Ezra uses the neologism ‫ = מוצק‬center, meaning literally “solid”, to denote the concept of eccentric circle. For this neologism, see Sela 2003, 113–116. Bate, though, uses “circulus ecentricus,” the common Latin technical term for the concept of eccentric circle.

notes to secunda pars libri rationum

735

[4]1:

Because his praise and honor are greater than those of one who goes on foot. H: ‫ = שיש לו שבח על הרגלים‬which has excellent legs. → This Hebrew expression is strange and my translation is tentative. Bate’s divergent translation of this locus is in fact a gloss on Ibn Ezra’s strange expression. [5]1: Strength. H:

‫ = אומץ‬courage.

[6]3: Power or strength. H:

‫ = כח‬power. §4.2

[1]1: Rays or light. H: [2]1: The light of

‫ = אורים‬lights.

the Sun or its rays. H: ‫ = אור השמש‬the light of the Sun.

[3]2: Rays. H: ‫ = אור‬light.

§4.3 [1]1: 32. H: 31. [2]1: Center. H:

‫ = נקודה אמצעית‬middle point.

[3]2: Star or planet. H: [4]2: Its center. H:

‫ = כוכב‬star.

‫ = עם הנקודה‬with the point.

[5]2:

Indeed it will be burned. H: ‫ = על כן אמרו שהוא נשרף‬for this reason they said that it is burned. [6]3: The remaining planets.

H: ‫ = כל המשרתים‬all the servants. → Meaning,

all the planets. [7]4: For the rest of [8]5: 8 degrees. H:

the planets. H: ‫ = למאדים‬for Mars.

‫ = עשר מעלות‬ten degrees.

736

part six

[9]8:

Is slowed down or slower. H: ‫ = במרוצה‬is running; Pietro d’Abano: “minuit” = “decreases”. [10]9: For example. H:

‫ = וטעם‬and the reason.

[11]9:

By the method of proportions. H: ‫ = על דרך סברא‬by way of a logical assumption. [12]10: Rest. H:

‫ = כל‬all. §4.4

[1]1: Northern. H:

‫ = שמאלי‬left hand. → Meaning, northern.

[2]1: Will defeat. H:

‫ = ינצח‬will be victorious over.

[3]1:

Our inhabited region. H: ‫ =הישוב‬the settlement → See note on Introductorius, §2.5:11, s.v., “the habitable.” [4]2: Greater force. H:

‫ = נצוח‬victory.

[5]2: Place of

apogee. H: ‫ = מקום גבהותו‬place of its height. → Meaning, place of its apogee. [6]2:

And is like those things that pertain to the soul. H: ‫והנה הוא כדמות‬ ‫ = נשמה‬so it resembles the soul.

[7]2:

And when it is at the opposite. H: ‫ = ובהיותו שפל‬and when it is low. → Meaning, when it is at perigee. [8]2:

And is like those things that pertain to the body. H: ‫ = והנו כמו גוף‬it is like a body. [9]2:

Every operation or action pertains to the soul. H: ‫והמעשה כלי לנשמה‬ = the action is a vessel for the soul. [10]2: And the body is its instrument. H: ‫ = כי הגוף הוא כלי‬because the body

is an instrument.

notes to secunda pars libri rationum

737

[11]2:

Therefore this overcoming or victory is like two ⟨victories⟩. H: ‫והנה‬ ‫ = זה בשני הנצוחים‬and so this is in two victories.

[12]3:

The eccentric circle. H: ‫ = גלגל המוצק‬the circle of the center. → Here Ibn Ezra uses the neologism ‫ = מוצק‬center, meaning literally “solid”, to denote the concept of eccentric circle. For this neologism, see Sela 2003, 113–116. Bate, though, uses “circulus ecentricus,” the common Latin technical term for the concept of eccentric circle. [13]3:

From apogee to its opposite. H: ‫ = מגבהות לשפלות‬from height to lowness. → Meaning, from apogee to perigee. §4.5 [1]1: Diameter. H: [2]1: Around. H: [3]2: A sign. H:

‫ = קו‬line.

‫ = אחר‬after.

‫ = הסימן‬the mark.

[4]3: Angles. H:

‫ = פאות‬sides.

[5]3: Because then the points will be as if

both are points on the line of the circle of the signs. H: ‫ = הנה נקודת גלגלם לא תהיה נקודת אפודת הגלגל‬then the point of their circles will not be a point of the vest of the circle. → The “vest of the circle” means the “ecliptic”. §4.6 [1]1: Its diameter. H:

‫ = האלכסון‬the diagonal.

[2]1: The diameter. H:

‫ = האלכסון‬the diagonal.

[3]2: The diameter. H:

‫ = האלכסון‬the diagonal.

[4]3:

If we draw a chord at the middle of the diameter, ⟨producing⟩ an arc of the circumference of 60°. H: ‫ שהוא‬,‫אם נעשה יתר בחצי חצי האלכסון‬ ‫ והקו הסובב יהיה קשת ששים מעלות‬,‫ = שלשים מעלות‬If we draw a chord at a quarter of the diagonal, which is 30 degrees, and the ⟨distance on the⟩ circumference is an arc of 60 degrees.

738 [5]4: The arc. H:

part six ‫ = קו‬line.

[6]5: At the center or middle. H: ‫ = בחצי‬at the half

of.

[7]6:

No chord of the circle is proportional to it. H: ‫אין בעגול יתרים וקשתות‬ ‫ = כאלה‬There are no chords and arcs like these in the circle. §4.7

[1]1:

The number that contains five. H: ‫ = החשבון שהוא חמישי‬the number that is the fifth. [2]1: A number that contains five. H:

‫ = מספר החמשה‬the number five.

[3]2: With regard to even and odd. → Meaning that if the first division is odd,

so is the fifth; and if even, so is the fifth. [4]3: ⟨The number⟩ that contains three. H: ‫השלישי‬ [5]4: From the fifth. H: [6]4: Friendship. H:

= the third.

‫ = החמישי‬the fifth.

‫ = אהבה‬love.

[7]4: From the third. H: ‫השלישי‬

= the third.

[8]5: The number that contains four. H: ‫ = והמספר הרביעי‬the fourth number. [9]8:

That the quartile aspect is according to the nature of the active quality, and this is the root. H: ,‫כי מבט רביעית הוא הפך בתולדת הפועלת‬ ‫ = שהוא העיקר‬because the aspect of quartile is the opposite with respect to the active nature, which is the essence. §4.8 [1]2: Ptolemy. H:

‫ = תלמי‬Talmai.

[2]2: In the beginning. H: ‫ = בראש‬in the head. → Meaning, in the beginning. [3]3: Scholars of

the Saracens. H: ‫ = חכמי ישמעאל‬scholars of Ishmael.

notes to secunda pars libri rationum [4]3: Angles. H:

739

‫ = יתדות‬pegs. → Meaning, cardines of the horoscope. §4.9

[1]1: This is ⟨recognized⟩ by the method of

the intellect. H: ‫ = דרך סברא‬way

of logical conjecture. [2]1:

By the aspect of another planet. H: ‫= אם כוכב יביט אליו באחד המבטים‬ if a star aspects it by one of the aspects. [3]1:

Because the lighter ⟨planet⟩ moves more quickly. H: ‫= בעבור רוץ הקל‬ because of the running of the light ⟨planet⟩. [4]3:

Method of the intellect and reason. H: ‫ = דרך סברא‬way of logical conjecture. [5]3: The light or the rays. H:

‫ = האורים‬the lights.

[6]4:

Being decreased in light. H: ‫ = מניעת האור‬obstruction of light. → Cf. Introductorius, §7.1:1: “abscisio luminis” = “cutting the light.” [7]5: Ascensions. H:

‫ = תעלה בעלות‬rises. §4.10

[1]4: The heart or in the heart. H:

‫ = הלב‬the heart. §4.11

[1]1:

The color of the houses. H: ‫ = עין הבתים‬the eye of the houses. → Hebraism meaning, the appearance, or color, of the houses. [2]1: This has been said about the colors they indicate. H: ‫הטעם על המראה‬

= the reason for the appearance. [3]2: To the Sun. H: [4]3: Angles. H:

‫ = זרוח השמש‬the sunrise.

‫ = יתדות‬pegs. → Meaning, cardines of the horoscope.

740

part six

[5]4: Deficient or diminished. H:

‫ = פחותים‬less. §4.12

[1]3:

Mars is like that in the sixth house. H: ‫ = ככה תולדת מאדים‬that is the nature of Mars. [2]4: Laws. H:

‫ = תורות‬religious systems.

[3]6: Baseness. H:

‫ = קלון‬shame. §5.1

[1]1: Minerals or metals. H: ‫ = מתכות‬metals. [2]1:

Living beings or animals. H: ‫ = בעלי חיים‬living creatures. → Meaning, animals. [3]2: Scholars of

the Greeks. H: ‫ = חכם יון‬a scholar of Greece.

[4]2: Because. H:

‫ = על כן‬therefore.

[5]2: Wisdom and the intellect. H: [6]2: Riches. H: ‫הטוב‬

‫ = החכמה‬wisdom.

= goodness.

[7]4: This is said because. H:

‫ = הטעם‬the reason is that.

[8]5:

The root is the foundation. H: ‫ = הוא עיקר הגוף‬it is the essence of the body. [9]5: The membrane that covers the brain or the net of

the brain. H: ‫הרשת‬

‫ = שהוא על המוח‬the net that is on the brain. [10]7: Rulers or governors. H:

‫ = מושלים‬rulers.

[11]7: Likewise, it is in charge of

to the males.

males. H: ‫ = ויהיה גם כן לזכרים‬it also belongs

notes to secunda pars libri rationum [12]8: Its. H:

741

‫ = ללבנה‬to the Moon.

[13]9: Small or least years. H: [14]9: Cycle or period. H:

‫ = השנים הקטנות‬the small years.

‫ = מחזור‬the cycle. → Pietro d’Abano omits.

[15]9:

Of their motions or convergences. H: ‫ = המולדות‬of lunar conjunctions. → Pietro d’Abano omits. [16]10: Together with the small or least ⟨years⟩. H: ‫ = עם חצי הקטנות‬with half

of the small ⟨years⟩. → Cf. Pietro d’Abano: “minoribus coniecti” = “together with the least ⟨years⟩.” [17]11: Reason or cause. H: [18]11: Scholars of [19]11: Tables of

‫ = טעם‬the reason.

the Indians. H: ‫ = חכמי הודו‬scholars of India.

the Indians. H: ‫ = לוחות הודו‬tables of India.

[20]11: Scholars of

astrology. H: ‫ = חכמי המזלות‬scholars of the signs.

[21]11: And the scholars of

astrology verified them experimentally. → In the Hebrew text this clause, without the direct object “eos” = “them,” belongs to the next sentence. [22]12: Power or strength. H:

‫ = כח‬power.

[23]12: Crooked or unequal hour. H:

‫ = שעה מעוותת‬crooked hour.

[24]12: Consequently, it happens that at the beginning of

the night it is the fifth from the Sun, and the one that begins after the Sun is the ruler and is in charge of the day or of the night. H: ‫ואחר שהדבר כך עלה להיות תחלת ליל‬ ‫ והמתחיל ְלַשֵמש הוא הפקיד על היום או על הלילה‬,‫ = חמישי לשמש‬accordingly the beginning of the night of the fifth day is assigned to the Sun, and ⟨the planet that⟩ begins to serve is the lord of the day or of the night. [25]13: Scholars of

the Persians. H: ‫ = חכמי פרס‬the scholars of Persia.

[26]13: The years of

al-fardār.

alfardar, that is, of the firdar. H: ‫ = שנות אלפרדאר‬years

742

part six

[27]13: Ptolemy. H:

‫ = תלמי‬Talmai.

[28]14: The nature of

the Sun. H: ‫ = תולדתו‬its nature.

[29]14:

Because the heat of life is with moisture. H: ‫כי תולדת החיים חום עם‬ ‫ = ליחה‬because the nature of life is heat with moisture.

[30]14: Light or brightness. H: [31]15: Ptolemy. H:

‫ = האור‬the light.

‫ = תלמי‬Talmai.

[32]15:

That its actions affect everything. H: ‫ = שמעשיו כל מעשה‬that all actions are its action. [33]15: Power or strength. H:

‫ = כח‬power.

[34]15: Region or country. H:

‫ = מדינה‬city.

[35]15: The sons of

men. H: ‫ = בני אדם‬the sons of a man. → Hebrew idiom for “human beings.” See Introductorius, §2.3:26, s.v., sons of men. [36]16: Ruler. H:

‫ = מושל‬ruler. §5.2

[1]1: Knowledge and intellect. H: [2]1: Dense or thick body. H: [3]2: Loquacity. H:

‫ = חכמה‬wisdom.

‫ = גוף עב‬thick body.

‫ = השיחות‬conversations.

[4]2: Discretion. H:

‫ = חכמה‬wisdom.

[5]4:

Neither is it true that the luminous is cold. H: ‫וידענו כי לא יתכן להיות‬ ‫ = כל אור רק שיוליד חום‬we know that no light is possible unless it generates heat. → Cf. Pietro d’Abano: “non est verum ut omne lucidum sit frigidum” = “it is not true that every luminous thing is cold.” [6]4: Power or strength. H:

‫ = כח‬power.

notes to secunda pars libri rationum [7]4: The little or weak heat. H:

743

‫ = החום המעט‬the small amount of heat.

[8]4: Liquefies everything solidified in the air. H: ‫יחל לפתח כל מקושר באויר‬

= begins to “loosen the ties” (Job 38:31) in the air. [9]4:

Multiplies or produces and increases moisture. H: ‫ = יוסיף ליחה‬will increase moisture. [10]5: Attributes. H: [11]5: Climbs. H:

‫ = תולדת‬nature.

‫ = יתחזק‬will be strengthened.

[12]6:

At the place of the apogee of the eccentric ⟨circle⟩. H: ‫במקום גבהות‬ ‫ = המוצק‬at the place of the height of the center. → Here “height” means “apogee” and “center” means eccentric circle. For this neologism, see Sela 2003, 113–116. Bate, though, uses “circulus ecentricus,” the common Latin technical term for the concept of eccentric circle. [13]6: Loosens the knot. H: ‫ = יתיר הקישור‬will loosen the knot. → Cf. Job 38.31:

‫מְשׁכוֹת ְכִּסיל ְתַּפֵתּ ַח‬ ֹ -‫ ַמֲﬠ ַדנּוֹת ִכּיָמה; אוֹ‬,‫ = ַהְתַקֵשּׁר‬Canst thou bind the chains of Kimah, or loose the bands of Kesil? [14]7:

Faculty of speech. H: ‫ = הריאה‬the lung; Pietro d’Abano: “loquela” = “faculty of speech.” [15]7:

And the air is inhaled and exhaled by means of it. H: ‫והוא יכניס הרוח‬ ‫ = ויוציא‬and it inhales and exhales the air. → Cf. Pietro d’Abano: “quia ventum impellit et extrahit” = “and it inhales and exhales the air.” [16]8: Seat. H:

‫ = העולם‬the world. → Cf. Pietro d’Abano: “sedem” = “seat.”

[17]9: The body of

a man. H: ‫ = לאור האדם‬the light of a man; Pietro d’Abano: “corpori hominis” = “the body of a man.” [18]9: Certain limit. H: [19]10:

‫ = זמן קצוץ‬certain time.

Like the eastern part or the east. H: ‫ = כמו מקרה שיתחדש‬like a new contingency. → Cf. Pietro d’Abano: “ut oriens que renovatur” = “like the east which is renewed.”

744

part six

[20]12: Method. H: [21]14: 40. H:

‫ = דרך‬way. → Meaning, method.

‫ = מ״ט וחצי‬49½. → Cf. Pietro d’Abano: 66.

[22]15:

From under the light or the rays of the Sun. H: ‫= מתחת אור השמש‬ from under the light of the Sun. [23]16: The years of

alfardar, that is, of the firdar. H: ‫ = שנות אלפרדאר‬years

al-fardār. [24]16: Half. H: ‫ = חצי ששית‬half of a sixth. → Cf. Pietro d’Abano: “medietatem”

= “the half.” [25]17: Of

the Sun. H: ‫ = וישמש‬it [the Moon] will serve. → Cf. Pietro d’Abano: “Solis” = “of the Sun.” The translators slipped because the verb ‫ וישמש‬contains the letters ‫“ שמש‬Sun,” i.e., they may have read ‫“ והשמש‬and the sun”. [26]18: Certain or definite form. H:

‫ = דמות‬image.

[27]21: The semblance or figure. H:

‫ = כדמות‬like the image.

[28]21: His body. H: ‫ = מראהו‬his appearance. [29]21:

He is of excessive speaking or speech. H: ‫ = מרבה דברים‬speaks too

much. §5.3 [1]2:

Nature of life corresponding to the vital nature. H: ‫= תולדת החיים‬ nature of life. [2]3: Which is strong. H:

‫ = ויש לו אור גדול‬and it has a strong light.

[3]3: Blackness or darkness. H: [4]4:

‫ = שחרות‬blackness.

At the apogee of the eccentric circle. H: ‫ = בגבהות הגלגל המוצק‬at the height of the circle of the center. → Here Ibn Ezra uses the neologism ‫ = מוצק‬center, meaning literally “solid”, to denote the concept of eccentric circle. For this neologism, see Sela 2003, 113–116. Bate, though, uses “circulus

notes to secunda pars libri rationum

745

ecentricus,” the common Latin technical term for the concept of eccentric circle. [5]4: Needs or is fitting. H:

‫ = יש צורך לו‬it is needed.

[6]6:

Because most of them come from cold. H: ‫ = מהקור‬due to the cold, → Cf. Pietro d’Abano: “quoniam plures a frigiditate contingunt” = “because most of them come from cold.” [7]6: Madness and insanity. H:

‫ = השטות‬madness; Cf. Rationes I, § 4.2:7.

[8]6: Phlegm, and moisture, or rheum. H: ‫ = הלחה‬the moisture. → In medie-

val Hebrew, the term can mean phlegm. Pietro d’Abano: “flegma” = “phlegm.” [9]6: Its face or feature. H: [10]7: Distant. H:‫ממנו‬

‫ = דמותו‬its image.

‫ = רחוק‬far from it.

[11]7: The reason why it indicates the ground is that it has the spleen, which

checks the power of the body; in addition, in its portion are the places related to the grave and situated far beneath the surface, from which a man is not easily extracted; and this is its nature because it is slower in its motion. H: ‫ בעבור שיש לו הטחול‬,‫וטעם הקבר בעבור כי הוא יורה על הקרקעות‬ ‫ וככה תולדתו כי הוא כבד‬,‫ והקבר מקום שלא יזוז אדם ממנו‬,‫והוא יעצור כח הגוף‬ ‫ = בתנועתו‬The reason ⟨it indicates⟩ the grave is that it indicates the ground, since it has the spleen, which checks the power of the body; and the grave is a place from which a man does not move; similarly with its nature, because its motion is sluggish. [12]7:

Likewise, it is obstinate. → Neither the Hebrew nor Pietro d’Abano bring this phrase. [13]7: It is deadly or lethal, because it is the opposite of

life. H: ‫ומלאך המוות‬

= and ⟨it indicates⟩ the angel of death. [14]8: Professions and arts. H: [15]8:

‫ = האומנות‬the craft.

Speed is appropriate and well-suited for any art or profession. H: ‫כל‬ ‫ = אומנות צריכה למהירות‬every crafts need rapidity.

746

part six

[16]8:

And this is Mars’s nature, so too preparation and suitability. H: ‫והנה‬ ‫ = תולדת מאדים לתקון‬and Mars’ nature tends to correction.

[17]8: And this is Venus’s nature in the same way, and prudence belongs to

Mercury. H: ‫ וככה כוכב חמה‬,‫ = ותולדת נגה לבינה‬and Venus’ nature ⟨tends⟩ to understanding, and similarly with Mercury. [18]9:

Sailors. H: ‫ = רב חובל או מלח‬a ship’s captain or sailor; Pietro d’Abano: “nauta” = “sailors.” [19]9:

Leatherworkers or those who prepare hides. H: ‫ = מעבדי עורות‬tan-

ners. [20]9: Its preparation. H: [21]9: Earth and dust. H:

‫ = עבודתם‬their work.

‫ = עפר‬dust.

[22]10:

Wisdom and truth. H: ‫ = חכמת האמת‬the science of truth; Pietro d’Abano: “scientias, veritatem” = “sciences, truth.” [23]10:

It stands in one way. H: ‫ = עומד על דרך אחת‬stands in one way. → Hebrew idiom meaning “it is stable.” [24]10: Changes completely. H: ‫ = משונה‬strange. → Cf. Pietro d’Abano: “muta-

bilis” = “changeable. Here Henry Bate and Pietro d’Abano seem to give the correct reading, and the Hebrew is a scribal error (‫“ = משתנה‬changes” for ‫“ = משונה‬strange”). [25]11:

The reason for the places of graves. H: ‫ = כטעם הקבר‬like the reason for the grave. [26]11:

From which going away or departure is not easy. H: ‫ולא יצא במהרה‬ = and he does not leave quickly. [27]11: Wooden yokes. H:

‫ = מכות בעצים‬blows on trees.

[28]11: Not quick, but slow in motion. H: [29]13: The great or greater. H:

‫ = איננו מהיר‬not quick.

‫ = הגדולות‬the great.

notes to secunda pars libri rationum [30]13:

747

Terms. H: ‫ = גבוליו‬its terms. → Meaning, its astrological planetary

terms. [31]13: The years or al-fardār. H: [32]14: Ptolemy. H:

‫ = שנות חלקו‬the years of its part.

‫ = תלמי‬Talmai.

[33]14: Senility or decrepitude. H: [34]15: Saturn’s taste. H: [35]16: Long or tall. H:

‫ = זקנה‬old age.

‫ = טעמו‬its taste.

‫ = ארוך קומה‬tall.

[36]17: Harmful and malefic. H:

‫ = מזיק‬harmful.

[37]18: Defeats and prevails. H:

‫ = ינצח‬will be victorious.

[38]19:

Greedy ones. H: ‫ = חמורים‬donkeys, → Cf. Pietro d’Abano: “cupidos” = “greedy ones.” Here Henry Bate and Pietro d’Abano seem to give a wrong divergent reading because of a scribal error (‫“ = חמד‬covet” for ‫= חמור‬ “donkey”). [39]19: Because it has dignity in Taurus. H: ‫ויש להם ממשלת הכבוד במזל שור‬

= and they [bulls] have the dignity of honor in Taurus. → Cf. Pietro d’Abano: “et est sibi potestas honoris in Tauro” = “because there is dignity of honor to them in Taurus.” [40]20: It is earthy. H:

‫ = ושהוא בעפר‬it is in the dust. §5.4

[1]2: The root of generation and indicates increase. H: ‫ = עיקר פריה ורביה‬the

essence of procreation and multiplication. → Hebrew idiom meaning procreation. See note on Introductorius, §2.2:4, s.v., “fertility and abundance.” Pietro d’Abano: “radix fructificationis et augmentationis” = “the root of fruitfulness and increase.”

748

part six

[2]3: The power of

retention in the body. H: ‫ = כח לעצירת הגוף‬the power to retain the body. → Cf. Pietro d’Abano: “fortitudo in retinendo corpus” = “the power in retaining the body.” [3]4: Mars ⟨indicates⟩ journeys. H: ‫ = מאדים על החיים‬Mar indicates life. → Cf.

Pietro d’Abano: “Mars significat viam” = “Mar indicates the journey.” Here Henry Bate’s and Pietro d’Abano’s divergent reading seems to be due to the substitution of “via” for “vita.” Note that Ibn Ezra’s ‫ = חיים‬vita. [4]5: Ptolemy. H: [5]5: Pain. H:

‫ = תלמי‬Talmai.

‫ = טורח‬effort. → Cf. Pietro d’Abano: “penam” = “the pain.”

[6]6: Knowledge or understanding. H: [7]6: Dominions and governances. H: [8]6: Favor and good fortune. H:

‫ = החכמות‬the sciences.

‫ = שררה‬rule; Cf. Rationes I, § 3.6:6.

‫ = חן‬grace.

[9]6:

Disgrace or shame and baseness. H: ‫ = מריבות וקלון‬quarrels and dishonor. [10]6: It is evenly temperate. H: ‫ = בעבור היות ממסכו ישר‬because its temper-

ament is straight. → Meaning, because its temperament is balanced. [11]7:

And therefore I will say nothing now. H: om. → Cf. Pietro d’Abano: “ideo hoc non dicam” = “therefore I will say nothing.” [12]7: The seat. H: ‫ = מקור‬source. [13]8:

Treasurer. H: ‫ = סוכן‬steward. → Cf. Pietro d’Abano: “thesaurarius” = “treasurer.” [14]8:

The lords of coins. H: ‫ = בעל מטבע‬lord of the coin. → Hebrew idiom meaning operator of a mint. [15]8:

The lords of coins or operators of the mint. H: ‫ = בעל מטבע‬operator of a mint. → See previous note.

notes to secunda pars libri rationum

749

[16]9:

Astrologer. H: ‫ = בעל המזלות‬expert in the signs. → Hebrew idiom meaning astrologer/astronomer. [17]9:

Latitude. H: ‫ = מרחק‬distance. → Cf. Pietro d’Abano: “latitudinem” = “latitude.” Here Henry Bate and Pietro d’Abano gloss on Ibn Ezra’s concept of “distance.” [18]10:

Because it is similar, and its nature is equal or just and temperate. H: ‫ = כי כן התולדת הישרה‬because such is the straight nature. → Meaning, because such is the balanced nature. Cf. Pietro d’Abano: “talis enim est natura equalis” = “because such is the temperate nature.” [19]12: With the small ⟨years⟩. H: ‫ = עם חצי הקטנות‬with half the small ⟨years⟩.

→ Cf. Pietro d’Abano: “cum parvis” = “with the small ⟨years⟩.” [20]13:

Because it is in charge of it. H: ‫ = בעבור היותו עליון‬because it is an upper ⟨planet⟩. → Cf. Pietro d’Abano: “quia est sub eo” = “because it is below it.” [21]13:

Because its nature is similar to it. H: ‫ = והוא זכר כי כן תולדתו‬it is masculine because that is its nature. → Cf. Pietro d’Abano: “talis enim est eius natura” = “because its nature is like that.” [22]14:

In the ascending half of the circle. H: ‫ = בחצי גלגל העולה‬in the ascending half of the circle. → Cf. Pietro d’Abano: “in medietate circuli ascendente” = “in the ascending half of the circle.” Cf. Rationes I § 3.4:7; Iudicia §13:6. [23]16: Figure or form. H:

‫ = צורה‬form.

[24]17:

Straightness and temperament of his nature. H: ‫= יושר תולדתו‬ straightness of his nature. → Meaning, the balance of its his nature. [25]18:

Loved by God. H: ‫ = אהוב לשמים‬loved by Heaven. → But note that “Heaven” is a frequent Hebrew substitute for the deity. Pietro d’Abano: “dilectus a Deo” = “loved by God.” [26]18: His desire for creatures is calm or pleased. H: ‫רוח הבריות נוחה הימנו‬

= men are pleased with him (Avot 3:10).

750

part six §5.5

[1]1: The image or appearance of

its color. H: ‫ = דמותו‬its form.

[2]3: Because it is right-handed; and the left kidney. H: ‫בעבור היותו עליון על‬

‫ כי הימין נכבד מהשמאל‬,‫ = נוגה‬because it is superior to Venus, since the right is more honorable than the left. → Pietro d’Abano: “et ren sinister” = “and the left kidney.” [3]4: Anger and fury. H:

‫ = הכעס‬anger.

[4]4: Dominance or baronage. H: ‫הגבורה‬

= the courage.

[5]5:

The science of surgery and of healing blows and wounds. H: ‫חכמת‬ ‫ = הרפואות והפצעים והחבורות‬science of remedies and wounds and bruises.

[6]5: Professions and arts. H:

‫ = האומנות‬the craft.

[7]5: Robbers and murderers who kill the living. H: ‫הליסטים שישחיתו החיים‬

= thieves who destroy life. [8]5:

Its nature is unequal and not straight. H: ‫ = אין תולדתו ישרה‬is nature is not straight. → Meaning, its nature is not balanced. [9]5: Fall. H: ‫ = קלון‬shame. → Meaning, dejection. See note on Introductorius,

§2.5:32, s.v., “fall.” [10]5: Profession or art. H:

‫ = האומנות‬the craft.

[11]5: Carving and extracting the blood. H: ‫ = קציצה והוצאת הדם‬butchering

and bloodletting. → Meaning, phlebotomy or bloodletting. [12]5: By the method of lessening. H: ‫ = בדרך חסרון‬by the way of subtraction. [13]6:

King Ptolemy. H: ‫ = תלמי המלך‬King Talmai. → “Talmai” is the postbiblical and talmudic Hebrew equivalent of Ptolemy. [14]6: The Moon 12.

→ also Pietro d’Abano omits.

notes to secunda pars libri rationum

751

[15]6: Mercury and Venus are numerically 16. H: ‫= וכוכב חמה ונגה בחשבון י״ו‬

Mercury and Venus are in the number 16. → Cf. Ibn Ezra’s Ṭeʿamim II, § 5.5:6, 230–231, and Ṭeʿamim I, §4.1:1, 68–69, and Bate’s Rationes I, § 4.1:2, and Rationes II §5.5:6. Pietro d’Abano: “Mercurius autem et Venus in numero .16” = “Mercury and Venus numerically 16.” [16]6:

In the Book of the Revolution by Abraham, 14. → This is part of Bate’s translation of the third version of Ibn Ezra’s Book of the World, and corresponds to MS Vatican City, Biblioteca Apostolica Vaticana, Pal. lat. 1407, fol. 55v. See Sela et al. (2020), Part I, §2:4, 245, 269. Note that in his two versions of the Book of Reasons Ibn Ezra ascribes to Mercury and Venus the number 16 (not 14). See Ṭeʿamim II, §5.5:6, 230–231, and Ṭeʿamim I, § 4.1:1, 68–69. Bate, in his Latin translation of these two books, follows suit and also ascribes to Mercury and Venus the number 16. See Rationes I, § 4.1:2, and Rationes II §5.5:6. But in the current gloss, which comes to correct the translation of Ṭeʿamim II, §5.5:6, 230–231, Bate ascribes to Mercury and Venus the number 14. Notably, also in MS Vatican City, Biblioteca Apostolica Vaticana, Pal. lat. 1407, fol. 55v, we read: “et Veneris et Mercurii sicut .14.” = “and ⟨the number⟩ of Venus and Mercury is 14.” This proves without a shadow of doubt that Bate took the first part of the Vatican manuscript to be one of the versions of Ibn Ezra’s Book of the World, and that he called this version Book of the revolution by Abraham. For other poofs that the first part of the Vatican manuscript incorporates a Latin translation of ʿOlam III, see above “General Introduction”, “The Latin Translation of Ibn Ezra’s Lost ʿOlam III and of the Two Kindian Treatises,” pp. 10–13. [17]6:

And Mars numerically 20. H: … ‫ = ומאדים בחשבון‬and Mars in the number (lacuna). → Corresponds to MS Vatican City, Biblioteca Apostolica Vaticana, Pal. lat. 1407, fol. 55v: “Martis 20” = “of Mars, 20.” [18]7: Are harmful and malefic. H:

‫ = יזיקו‬will harm.

[19]7:

But Jupiter removes the harm of Saturn. H: ‫ = ויסור נזק שבתאי‬and Saturn’s harm is removed. → Cf. Pietro d’Abano: “et Iupiter removebit Saturni infortunium” = “and Jupiter will remove Saturn’s misfortune.” [20]8: Strong. H:

‫ = חריף‬pungent.

[21]9: Diversity and change. H:

‫ = שנוי‬change.

752

part six

[22]12: Smaller or smallest years. H:

‫ = שנותיו הקטנות‬its small years.

[23]12:

With the smallest 15. H: ‫ = עם חצי הקטנות‬with half of the small ⟨years⟩. [24]12:

But the great ⟨years are 66⟩. H: om; Pietro d’Abano: “maiores .66.” = “the great years are 66.” [25]12: Scholars of

the Persians. H: ‫ = חכמי פרס‬the scholars of Persia. §5.6

[1]1: Lust. H: [2]1: Of

‫ = משגל‬sexual intercourse.

the upper planets. H: ‫ = כוכב עליון‬an upper star.

[3]1: Lust. H:

‫ = משגל‬sexual intercourse.

[4]1: Likewise the left kidney, which is like a spear or goad for lust. H: ‫והכלי‬

‫ = שיש בו כח רב למשגל‬and the instrument that has a strong power for sexual intercourse [i.e., the penis]. → Cf. Pietro d’Abano: “et ren qui est velut luxurie gadius” = “and the kidney, which is like a sword for lust.” [5]3:

Cleansing or purification and cleanliness. H: ‫ = הנקיות והטהרה‬cleanliness and purity. [6]3: Handsome or pleasing. H:

‫ = ויפה‬and beautiful.

[7]4: Corpulence and what has been fattened. H: ‫ = דשן ושמן‬the fertile and

fat. [8]4: Root and cause. H:

‫ = עיקר‬root.

[9]4: His cold nature. H:

‫ = תולדת הקור‬the nature of cold.

[10]4: Masters of

images. H: ‫ = בעלי הצורות‬masters of the forms.

[11]5: Neither harmful nor malefic. H:

‫ = אינם מזיקים‬they are not harmful.

notes to secunda pars libri rationum

753

§5.7 [1]2: Equal or straight or temperate. H: ‫ = ישר‬straight. → Meaning, balanced. [2]3:

Superior power of the soul. H: ‫ = הנשמה העליונה‬the superior soul. → Here Bate glosses the concept of superior soul and assigns power to it. Cf. Pietro d’Abano: “animam altissimam” = “the highest soul.” [3]3: As has been mentioned. H: [4]4: Time of

‫ = כאשר הזכרתי‬as I have mentioned.

puberty or sexual intercourse. H: ‫ = המשגל‬sexual intercourse.

[5]4:

Because such is natural to human beings. H: ‫= כי כן משפט האדם‬ because this is the rule with respect to man. [6]4: Receive. H:

‫ = לבקש‬seek.

[7]4: High praises and dignities. H: [8]6: The mind. H:

‫ = גדולה‬greatness.

‫ = החכמה‬wisdom.

[9]6: Harmful or malefic. H:

‫ = המזיקים‬the harmful.

[10]7: Worthless.

H: ‫ = דק‬thin. → Cf. Pietro d’Abano: “et eius est veretrum” = “the penis belongs to it.” [11]10: With the great ⟨years⟩. H: ‫ = עם חצי הגדולות‬with half

its great ⟨years⟩.

§5.8 [1]1:

Turns entirely to the northern part. H:‫מפני שהישוב כולו בפאת שמאל‬ = because the entire habitable ⟨part of the Earth⟩ [ecumene] is in the northern part. → Here the translator read the noun ‫ =( יישוב‬the habitable ⟨part of the Earth⟩) as the verb ‫ =( ָישוב‬will return) [2]2: Bad or harmful. H: [3]3: Scholars of

‫ = רע‬bad.

the Persians. H: ‫ = חכמי פרס‬the scholars of Persia.

754

part six §5.9

[1]1: Contempt and baseness. H:

‫ = החרפה והקלון‬disgrace and dishonor.

[2]5:

In my eyes. H: ‫ = בעיני‬in my eyes. → Hebrew idiom meaning: in my opinion. §6.1 [1]3: Ptolemy. H: [2]3: Angles. H: [3]3: Ruler. H:

‫ = תלמי‬Talmai.

‫ = יתדות‬pegs. → Meaning, cardines of the horoscope.

‫ = ממונה‬overseer.

[4]4: Equated. H: [5]4: Tables of

the Indians. H: ‫ = לוחות הודו‬tables of India.

[6]4: Ptolemy. H: [7]4: Tables of

‫ = תקנתי‬I corrected.

‫ = תלמי‬Talmai.

the Persians. H: ‫ = לוחות פרס‬tables of Persia.

[8]4: Angles. H:

‫ = יתדות‬pegs. → Meaning, cardines of the horoscope. §6.2

[1]1:

Rulers or commanders. H: ‫ = מושלים‬rulers; Pietro d’Abano: “principantes” = “rulers.” [2]1:

In the age or the world. H: ‫ = בעולם‬in the world. → For an explanation of this doublet, see note on Introductorius, § 2.4:34, s.v., “sign of the age or of the world.” See above, §2.2:1. [3]1:

As is written in the Book of the World. H: ‫ = ככתוב בספר העולם‬as is written in the Book of the World; Pietro d’Abano: “sicut scriptum est in libro mundi.” [4]1: It is similar to the native. H:

‫ = היא לנולד‬it belongs to the native.

notes to secunda pars libri rationum [5]1: Part of

fortune. H: ‫ = גורל הטוב‬good lot.

[6]1: Part of

fortune. H: ‫ = גורל הטוב‬good lot.

[7]2: Ptolemy. H:

755

‫ = תלמי‬Talmai.

[8]2:

Greater dignity. H: ‫ = כח רב‬great power. → Pietro d’Abano: “est ei ut gladius” = “it has like a sword.” Here Pietro d’Abano read the Hebrew as ‫כח‬ ‫רב‬, meaning “great power” as one word ‫כחרב‬, meaning “like a sword.” [9]3: Angle. H:

‫ = יתד‬peg. → Meaning, cardo of the horoscope.

[10]3: The

angle of the tenth house. H: ‫ = ביתד העשירי‬in the tenth cardo. → Pietro d’Abano: “in angulo decimo” = “in the tenth angle.” [11]4: Ascendant. H:

‫ = מעלה צומחת‬ascendant degree.

[12]4: It is not right. H: ‫ = לא יתכן‬it is not possible. → Pietro d’Abano: “non est

recte” = “it is not right.” [13]5:

Hisleg. H: ‫ = הילאג׳‬al-haylāj.

[14]5: Woman or wife. H: ‫ = אשה‬woman. → Note that ‫ אשה‬is ambiguous and

may also mean “wife.” Pietro d’Abano: “femina” = “woman.” [15]5:

Alkocoden. H: ‫ = כדכדאה‬kadkhudāh.

[16]5: Lord or husband. H: ‫ = בעל‬lord. → Note that ‫ בעל‬is ambiguous and may

also mean “husband.” Pietro d’Abano: “signatorem” = “signifier.” [17]6: Strength or power. H:

‫ = כח‬power.

[18]8: Power and strength. H:

‫ = כח‬power.

[19]8: There is always strength and power to the masculine. H: ‫כי לעולם הזכר‬

‫ = יש לו כח‬because the masculine always has power. [20]9:

Angle. H: ‫ = ביתד העשירי או השביעי‬in the tenth or seventh peg. → Meaning, fourth or third cardo, i.e., the cusp of the seventh or tenth house, of the horoscope.

756

part six

[21]9: Because then it is as if in ⟨its⟩ dignity. H: ‫ = כי יש לו כח רב‬because it has

a great power. → Pietro d’Abano: “quoniam inest ei ut dignitas” = “because there is in it like a dignity.” [22]10: Will take the part of

fortune. H: ‫ = יקרא הגורל הטוב‬it is called the lot of fortune. → Pietro d’Abano: “ideo acceperunt partem fortune” = “therefore they took the part of fortune”. Here Bate and Pietro d’Abano read ‫ =( יקח‬will take) instead of ‫ =( יקרא‬will call). [23]11:

As I shall explain in the Book of Nativities. This refers to the second version of Sefer ha-Moladot, which survives in a Latin anonymous translation entitled Liber Nativitatum. See, in this work, II i 4:14, 108–109: “Et radix est super ductibus et debes miscere .5. loca, et quando attingit aliquis eorum ad locum periculosum significabit super infirmitatem, et si fuerit significator erit ponderosa.” = “The root ⟨of this procedure⟩ is the directions, and you need to combine the five places ⟨of life⟩, and when one of them reaches a dangerous place it signifies an illness, and if it is a significator it is of great importance.” §6.3 [1]1: That is. H:

‫ = והטעם‬and the reason is.

[2]1: To the number of

seconds. H: ‫ = אל המעלה‬to the degree.

[3]2:

The circle. H: ‫ = הגלגל המקיף‬circumferential orb. → Pietro d’Abano: “circulus” = “circle.” [4]2: Thus at the end of the solar year, during those 5 hours and 49 minutes,

the horizon turns. H: ‫והנה בסוף שנת החמה באותן חמש שעות וארבעים ותשעה‬ ‫ סבב האופן המפריש‬,‫ = חלקים‬thus at the end of the solar year, during those 5 hours and 49 minutes, the horizon turns. → Pietro d’Abano: om. §6.4 [1]1:

Sign of the profection or house of the end. H: ‫ = בית הסוף‬house of the end. → Pietro d’Abano: “domus finis” = “house of the end.” [2]1: End and conclusion. H:

‫ = סוף‬end.

notes to secunda pars libri rationum

757

[3]3:

Likewise, one must not forget to take into consideration the house of the end. H: ‫ = גם ישתנה לבית הסוף‬this is also different from the terminal house. → Pietro d’Abano: “et iterum non obliviscaris respicere domum finis” = “also do not forget to observe the house of the end.” §6.5 [1]1: Angle. H:

‫ = יתד‬peg. → Meaning, cardo of the horoscope.

[2]1:

Longitude. H: ‫ = רחוק‬distant. → See note on Introductorius, § 6.7:2, s.v., “longitude.” [3]1: Fractions or minutes. H: [4]2: Planet. H: [5]2: Place of

‫ = חלקי שעה‬parts of an hour.

‫ = הכוכב‬the star.

the planet. H: ‫ = הכוכב‬the star.

[6]2:

And the degree of the beginning of the tenth house. H: ‫בין מעלות‬ ‫ = תחלת הבית העשירי עד המעלה הצומחת‬between the degrees of the beginning of the tenth house and the degree of the ascendant. → Pietro d’Abano: “et intra gradus principii decime domus” = “Between the degrees of the beginning of the tenth house.” [7]2:

Table of the direct circle. H: ‫ = לוח גלגל היושר‬table of the circle of straightness. → Meaning, table of sphaera recta. [8]2:

From the beginning of the angle. H: ‫ = מתחלת היושר‬from the beginning of straightness. → Meaning, from the beginning of ⟨sphaera⟩ recta. Pietro d’Abano: “a principio anguli” = “from the beginning of the angle.” [9]2:

6 months. H: ‫ = חודש‬a month. → Pietro d’Abano: “sex menses” = “six months.” [10]3: Planet. H:

‫ = הכוכב‬the star.

[11]3: Star or planet. H:

‫ = הכוכב‬the star.

758

part six

[12]3:

The hours of the degree of the ascendant. H: ‫מעלות המעלה הצומחת‬ = degrees of the degree of the ascendant. → Pietro d’Abano: “gradus a gradu ascendentis” = “degrees from the degree of the ascendant.” [13]3: To what is correct. H:

‫ = כמשפט‬according to the rule.

[14]4: According to what is correct. H:

‫ = כמשפט‬according to the rule.

[15]5: The hours of

the star or of the place of the aspect of the star. H: ‫שעות‬ ‫ = מקום הכוכב או מקום המבט‬the hours of the place of the star or of the place of the aspect. [16]5: To what is correct. H:

‫ = כמשפט‬according to the rule. §6.6

[1]1: Scholars of

the Persians. H: ‫ = חכמי פרס‬the scholars of Persia.

[2]1: I will refer to them in the Book of

Nativities. → This probably refers to the second version of Sefer ha-Moladot, which survives in a Latin anonymous translation entitled Liber Nativitatum. See, in this work, II ii 4:1–5, 120–121. Note, however, that the same topic is dealt with in the first version of Sefer ha-Moladot and in De nativitatibus, which is assigned to Ibn Ezra. §6.7 [1]1: Power and strength. H:

‫ = כח‬power.

[2]2: Crooked or unequal hour. H: [3]2:

‫ = שעה מעוותת‬crooked hour.

They assigned the first year to the lord of crooked or unequal hour at which the native was born. H: ‫נתנו לבעל השעה המעוותת מעלות שנולד‬ ‫ השנה הראשונה לשעה הראשונה‬,‫ = בה הילוד‬they assigned to the lord of the crooked hour the degrees at which the native was born, the first year to the first hour.

notes to secunda pars libri rationum

759

§6.8 [1]1: Terms. H:

‫ = גבולים‬terms. → Meaning, the astrological planetary terms.

[2]1: Scholars of

the Egyptians. H: ‫ = חכמי מצרים‬scholars of Egypt.

[3]3:

Lords of the triplicity. H: ‫ = בעלי המבטים‬lords of the aspects. → Pietro d’Abano: “domini triplicitatis” = “lords of the triplicity.” [4]3:

Have more dominion or are greater in dignity. H: ‫ = יותר שלמים‬are more complete. §6.9 [1]1: Ptolemy. H:

‫ = תלמי‬Talmai.

[2]1: Power or strength. H:

‫ = כח‬power.

[3]1:

The proofs about the triplicities are consistent with the facts. H: ‫ = יש כדמות ראיות על השלישות‬there is something like proofs about the triplicity. [4]2: Years

of nursing. H: ‫ = שנות הגמול‬years of weaning. → Pietro d’Abano: “annos nutritionis” = “years of nursing.” [5]2:

He speaks about women. H: ‫⟨ = דברי הנשים‬he is busy with⟩ affairs related to women. → Note that the Hebrew noun ‫“ דבר‬matter, affair, thing” can also mean “word” (i.e., Isa. 8:10), and the derived verb ‫ לדבר‬always means “to speak.” [6]2: He speaks about lordship. H: ‫ = דברי שררה‬affairs related to dominion. [7]2: As it is written. H:

‫ = שאמר הכתוב‬as Scripture says.

[8]2:

He shall serve no more. H: ‫ = לא יעבוד עוד‬he shall serve no more (Numbers 8:25). [9]2: Strength or power. H:

‫ = כח‬power.

760

part six

[10]3:

Their elongation. H: ‫ = היותם רחוקים‬they are distant. → See note on Introductorius, §1.10:1, s.v., “distance or elongation.” [11]4: For it is below in relation to us. H:

‫ = הוא השפל‬the lower one.

§7.1 [1]1:

Parts. H: ‫ = גורלות‬lots. → See notes on Introductorius, § 2:10, s.v., “lots or parts,” Introductorius, §9.1:1, s.v., “parts,” and Iudicia § 51:1, s.v., “parts.” [2]1:

King Ptolemy. H: ‫ = תלמי המלך‬King Talmai. → “Talmai” is the postbiblical and talmudic Hebrew equivalent of Ptolemy. [3]1: Longitude. H:

‫ = מרחק‬distance.

[4]1: Longitude. H:

‫ = מרחק‬distance.

[5]2: The reason for this matter … opposite of

the nature of the ascendant degree. → For this passage, see Moladot, III i 14:1, 118–119. [6]2: In the ascendant. H:

‫ = במזל העולה‬in the rising sign.

[7]3: Lots or parts. H: ‫ = גורלות‬lots. → See notes on

Introductorius, § 2:10, s.v., “lots or parts,”Introductorius, §9.1:1, s.v., “parts,” and Iudicia § 51:1, s.v., “parts.” Pietro d’Abano: “partes” = “parts.” [8]3: If

they are in a good house and in a good aspect with the place of the ruler. → In the Hebrew text this clause belongs with the next sentence. [9]4:

But if the part is not like that nor aspected by the chief of the place or the ruler. H: ‫ ולא יביט אליו השליט על‬,‫אם היה הגורל באחד הבתים הטובים‬ ‫ = מקומו‬If the lot is in one of the good houses, and the lord of its place does not aspect it. → Pietro d’Abano: “si fuerit pars in una domorum bonarum et non aspiciat eam significator loci ipsius” = “if the part [lot] is in one of the good houses, and the significator of this place does not aspect it.” [10]4:

The chief of the place or the ruler. H: ‫ = השליט על מקומו‬the ruler of its place.

notes to secunda pars libri rationum

761

[11]5:

Part of fortune. H: ‫ = הגורל הטוב‬good lot. → Pietro d’Abano: “partem fortune” = “part of fortune.” [12]5: The soul. H: ‫ = העצמות‬bones. → Pietro d’Abano: “animam” = “the soul.” [13]5:

Things hidden and secret for man. H: ‫ = דבר נסתר מבני אדם‬things hidden from human beings. [14]7:

Part of fortune. H: ‫ = הגורל הטוב‬good lot. → Pietro d’Abano: “partem fortune” = “part of fortune.” [15]7:

The signs of the body. H: ‫ = על אודות הגוף‬about the body. → Pietro d’Abano: “signa corporis” = “signs of the body.” [16]8: Nobler and superior soul. H:

‫ = הנשמה העליונה‬the superior soul.

[17]9: Part of

Fortune. H: ‫ = מזל הטוב‬the good sign.

[18]9: Part of

fortune. H: ‫ = החלק הטוב‬the good part.

[19]10: Part. H:

‫ = גורל‬lot.

[20]10: Parts. H:

‫ = חלקי‬the parts of. §7.2

[1]1: Now. H:

‫ = כי‬because; Pietro d’Abano: “quoniam” = “because.”

[2]2: Part of

wisdom. H: ‫ = גורל הדעת‬lot of knowledge.

[3]4: Possessions and riches. H:

‫ = ממון‬wealth.

[4]6:

Is overflowing with God’s will or approval. H: ‫= הפיקה רצון מהשם‬ obtains God’s favor (Prov. 8:35, 12:2, 18:22). [5]10:

And then it has a greater power than the Sun. H: ‫והנה יש לו כח מכח‬ ‫ = השמש‬so it has a power derived from the Sun’s power.

[6]11: Under the rays of

the Sun. H: ‫ = תחת אור השמש‬under the Sun’s light.

762 [7]13: Part of

part six the earth. H: ‫ = גורל הקרקע‬lot of the land.

[8]13: Since the Moon has a body. H:

‫ = בעבור שהלבנה גוף‬since the Moon is a body. → Pietro d’Abano: “quoniam Luna est corpus” = “since the Moon is a body”. [9]13: Earth. H:

‫ = העפר‬dust.

[10]14: Sons. H: ‫ = פריה ורביה‬procreation and multiplication. → Hebrew idiom

meaning procreation. See note on Introductorius, § 2.2:4, s.v., “fertility and abundance.” Pietro d’Abano: “pueros” = “sons.” [11]14:

Therefore a man’s masculinity will endure. H: ‫= ובכן יעמד זכר האדם‬ so, the memory of man will be perpetuated. → Pietro d’Abano: “et propter hoc erit masculum genus hominis” = “and for that reason will be the male lineage of man.” Here the confusion between “memory” (in the Hebrew text) and “masculinity” or “male” (in Bate’s and Pietro d’Abano’s translations) is due to the fact that ‫ זכר‬may have two different vocalizations: ‫= ֵזֶכר‬ “memory” and ‫“ = ָזָכר‬male.” That the second option seems to be the correct one is indicated by the fact that the next lot in the list refers to pars filiorum masculinorum = lot of male children. [12]17: A diurnal planet. H:

‫ = מכוכבי היום‬one of the diurnal stars.

[13]17: A nocturnal planet. H: [14]18: Longitude. H:

‫ = מכוכבי הלילה‬one of the nocturnal stars.

‫ = מרחק‬distance.

[15]21:

The part of incest or violent sexual intercourse, or of trickery and deceit. H: ‫ = גורל הזנות‬lot of prostitution. → Pietro d’Abano: “pars meretricii” = “lot of prostitution”. [16]22: Young women. H:

‫ = נקבה‬female.

[17]22: Young woman. H:

‫ = אשה‬wife/woman.

[18]22:

Lords of lords. H: ‫ = כמו בעלים בעלי שררה‬like husbands endowed with authority; Hebrew ‫ בעל‬means both “lord” and “husband.”

notes to secunda pars libri rationum

763

[19]23:

A banilus or ruler. H: ‫ = ממונה‬overseer. → A “banilus,” “bajulus,” or “ballivus” is a royal minister or governor; compare English “bailiff”. [20]25:

Part of traveling by boat or of a journey by water. H: ‫גורל על דרך‬ ‫ = המים‬lot of the journey by water.

[21]26:

Like fire. H: ‫ = כמו האם‬like the mother; but one Hebrew witness, Paris, BnF, MS héb. 1058: ‫ = כמו האש‬like fire; Pietro d’Abano: velut ignis = like fire. Here, while Bate and Pietro d’Abano read ‫ =( אש‬fire), the Hebrew text provides the correct version and reads ‫ =( אם‬mother). The difference between them is one letter. [22]27: Lot of

honor, exaltation and dignity. H: ‫ = גורל הכבוד‬lot of honor.

[23]27: Indians. H: [24]28: Part of

‫ = חכמי הודו‬scholars of India.

grace and acceptability. H: ‫ = גורל החן‬lot of grace.

[25]28: Good or benign. H: [26]28:

‫ = טוב‬good.

Therefore, in this way is the part. H: ‫ = והנה כן החן‬so beauty is like

that. [27]29: Merchandise. H:

‫ = על זה‬this.

[28]29: Profession or craft. H:

‫ = האומנות‬the craft.

[29]30: The part of

friends. H: ‫ = גורל האוהבים‬lot of lovers. → Pietro d’Abano: “pars amicorum” = “part of friends.” [30]30: Their friendship. H:

‫ = אהבתם‬their love. §8.1

[1]1:

The two last parts. H: om. → Pietro d’Abano: “De duabus partibus ultimis” = “on the two last parts.” [2]1: Edge. H:

‫ = מחלוקת‬division. → Pietro d’Abano: “habitationis” = “abode.”

764

part six

[3]1: Extremity or end of

the other. H: ‫ = סופו‬its end. §8.2

[1]2:

According to the method of the intellect. H: ‫ = על דרך סברא‬by way of logical assumption. → Pietro d’Abano: via intellectus = by way of the intellect. [2]4: Divide or separate. H:

‫ = תחסר‬subtract.

[3]4:

Running through and returning as in a circle. H: ‫= והם חוזרים חלילה‬ and they return again. → Hebrew idiom meaning to be repeated or to recur. [4]4: Ptolemy said. H: ‫ = אמרתי‬I said. → Cf. Pietro d’Abano: “dicit Ptolomeus”

= “Ptolemy says.” [5]5:

The crooked or unequal. H: ‫ = המעוותות‬the crooked. → Meaning, the seasonal hours. [6]5: Do not stand in one way. H: ‫ = אינם עומדות על דרך אחד‬do not stand in

one way. → Hebrew idiom meaning “are not stable.” [7]5: Of

the day. H: ‫ = מתחלת היום‬since the beginning of the day.

[8]6: The unequal. H:

‫ = המעוותות‬the crooked.

[9]8: The Christians. H: [10]8: Leap year. H: [11]8:

‫ = הערלים‬the uncircumcised.

‫ = השנה מעוברת‬an “extended” or “grown” year.

Non-leap year. H: ‫ = שנה פשוטה‬simple year. → Meaning a non-leap

year. [12]9: Will be only a simple revolution. H: ‫תהיה תקופת השנה ככל שנה פשוטה‬

= the revolution of the year will be as in any non-leap year. §8.3 [1]1: Scholars of

the Indians. H: ‫ = חכמי הודו‬scholars of India.

notes to secunda pars libri rationum

765

[2]2: For the sake of

the year of the Sun or the solar ⟨year⟩. H: ‫לשמש שלהם‬ = for the sake of their Sun. [3]2: Law of

the Jews. H: ‫ = תורת השם‬law of God.

[4]2:

Because the image of a cross is there. → See Nativitas, 1282–1282: secundum alium vero translatorem: nam quedam imago est ad similitudinem crucis = according to other translator: for there is certain image resembling a cross. Cf. Pietro d’Abano: “est enim in speciem crucis” = “but it is in the appearance of the cross.” [5]2:

Foreign rite or religion. H: ‫ = עבודה זרה‬foreign worship. → Meaning, paganism. [6]3: The year of the Sun. H: ‫ = השמש‬the Sun. → Pietro d’Abano: “annus Solis”

= “the year of the Sun.” §8.4 [1]1:

On the revolution of the weeks. H: om. → Pietro d’Abano: “de revolutionibus septimanarum” = “on the revolutions of the weeks.” [2]1: The lord of the hour has great power in the nativity. H: ‫בעל שעות המולד‬

‫ = יש לו כח גדול‬the lord of the hour of the nativity has great power. [3]1:

It has a revolution to it each year. H: ‫ = יקיפו אותו שנה שנה‬it revolves year by year. [4]1: Year in a year.

H: ‫ = שנה שנה‬year, year. → Hebrew idiom for each/every year which involves repeating the noun (e.g., Deut. 14:22, 15:20), whence the Latin “anno in annum.” §8.5 [1]1: Reason or cause. H: [2]1: House of

‫ = טעם‬the reason.

the end or sign of profection. H: ‫ = בית הסוף‬house of the end. → Pietro d’Abano: “domus finis” = “house of the end.”

766

part six

[3]2:

To any degree one minute less. H: ‫ = לכל יום מעלה אחת פחות חלק‬to each day one degree less one minute. → Pietro d’Abano: “anno quolibet unus minuta” = “to each year one minute.” [4]3: Ptolemy. H:

‫ = תלמי‬Talmai.

[5]3:

And this indeed because of the excess of the quarter. H: ‫וזה הטעם‬ ‫ שהוא נוסף‬,‫ = בעבור הרביעית‬and the reason is for the quarter that is added.

[6]4: It was said. H:

‫ = ואחרים אמרו‬others said.

[7]6:

Are of great power. H: ‫ = רחוקים‬are distant. → Cf. Pietro d’Abano: “sunt fortia” = “are powerful.” Here Bate and Pietro d’Abano offer the correct reading and the Hebrew reflects a scribal error. [8]6:

As has been said. H: ‫ = כאשר הזכרתי‬as I have mentioned. → Pietro d’Abano: “sicut dixi” = “as I said.” §8.6 [1]1: In the nativity. H: [2]1: Ascendant. H:

‫ = חזק במולד‬strong in the nativity.

‫ = מעלה צומחת‬ascendant degree.

[3]2: The prince or ruler. H:

‫ = השרש‬the root.

[4]3: Changeable degrees. H:

‫ = מעוותות‬crooked ⟨degrees⟩. §8.7

[1]1: Completion or end. H: [2]1: Secret advice. H:

‫ = סוף‬end.

‫ = סוד‬a secret.

[3]2: The year of

the Indians. H: ‫ = שנת הודו‬year of India. → Pietro d’Abano: “annus Indorum” = “the year of the Indians.” [4]2: From one point until the return to the same ⟨point⟩. H: ‫מנקודה בגלגל‬

‫ על כן אמרו הקדמונים שיש מעלות חשוכות ושיש מעלות נוגהות ויש בורות‬,‫המזלות‬

notes to secunda pars libri rationum

767

= from a point in the circle of the signs; hence the Ancients said that there are dark degrees, bright degrees, and pits. → Pietro d’Abano: “a puncto circuli signorum donec revertatur” = “from one point of the circle of the signs until it returns.” [5]3: Accordingly their scholars said that the first six degrees are dark, but

this must be corrected. H: om. → Pietro d’Abano: “ideo dixerunt eroum sapientes .6. gradus tenebrosos, et hoc indiget correctione” = “therefore, their scholars said six dark degrees, and this requires a correction.” [6]3:

There is said to be a “pit”. H: ‫ = והטעם‬the reason is that. → Pietro d’Abano: “et est ratio” = “and the reason is.” [7]3: Is in a straight line with them. H:

‫ = כנגדם‬is against them.

[8]5:

Scholars of the Saracens or Arabs. H: ‫ = חכמי ישמעאל‬scholars of Ishmael. [9]5:

The solar year according to Ptolemy, as well as the scholars of the Saracens or Arabs, and also of the Greeks. H: ‫ גם חכמי ישמעאל‬,‫ושנת תלמי‬ ‫ = ויון‬the year of Talmai [Ptolemy], and also of the scholars of Ishmael and Greece. → Pietro d’Abano: “annus autem Ptolomei et sapientium Sarracenorum et Grecorum” = “the year of Ptolemy and of the Saracen scholars and of the Greeks.” [10]5: Is from the point of intersection of the two uppermost circles. H: ‫היא‬

‫ כמו שתרצה לומר‬,‫מנקודת מחברת השני הכוכבים העליונים או הגלגלים הגבוהים‬ = is from the conjunction of the two upper stars or of the two uppermost circles, as you prefer to put it. → Pietro d’Abano: “a puncto coniunctionis 2 circulorum superiorum” = “from the point of intersection of the two uppermost circles.” [11]6: Exaltations or the houses of

honors. H: ‫ = בתי הכבוד‬houses of honor.

[12]6: Terms. H: ‫ = גבולים‬terms. → Meaning, the astrological planetary terms. [13]6: And 5 minutes, in these days. H: om. → Pietro d’Abano: om. Cf. above,

§ 8.7:4.

768

part six

[14]7:

The Pleiades. H: ‫ = כימה‬of Khima. → This is the biblical name for the Pleiades. Pietro d’Abano: Pleyadum. [15]7:

The Pleiades. H: ‫ = כימה‬of Khima. → This is the biblical name for the Pleiades. Pietro d’Abano: Pleyadum. [16]7:

Darkness of the Small Cloud. H: ‫ = עב הענן‬thick cloud. → Pietro d’Abano: “puteus Lune” = “well of the Moon.” [17]8: Natures or qualities. H:

‫ = תולדות‬natures.

[18]8:

Complexion of the nature. H: ‫ = ממוסכת עם מעשה‬mixed with the work. [19]9:

The star called Without the Spear or Unarmed. H: ‫הכוכב שהוא בלב‬ ‫ = הרומח‬the star that is in the Heart of the Spear. → Pietro d’Abano: “stella est dicta sine lancea” = “the star called without the spear.” Here Henry Bate and Pietro d’Abano offer the correct reading, and the Hebrew is a scribal error (‫“ = בלא‬without” for ‫“ = בלב‬in the heart”). The same star is referred to in Introductorius, §2.7:45. [20]10: Much elongated. H:

‫ = רחוקים‬distant.

[21]11:

The Ancients. H: ‫ = הקדמונים מחכמי הודו‬the Ancients among the Indian scholars. → Pietro d’Abano: “Antiqui” = “the Ancients.” [22]11: Agreed. H:

‫ = אמרו‬said. → Pietro d’Abano: “consenserunt” = “agreed.”

[23]11: Angles. H:

‫ = יתדות‬pegs. → Meaning, cardines of the horoscope.

PART SEVEN

LIBER INTRODUCTIONIS AD IUDICIA ASTROLOGIE LATIN TEXT AND ENGLISH TRANSLATION

37rb

Ysagoge magistri Abrahe Ducis seu Principisβ vocati Hebrayce Nati Hezkia.1 1 (1) Speraγ maior honorabilis, in qua totus est exercitus Dei gloriosi et sublimis,β celum celorum vocata2 est. (2) Ab illa quidem inferius spereγ sunt septem planetarum,γ duodecim {vero} signa in cingulo spere sunt, quam et Antiqui sapientes partiti sunt in .48. ymagines, quarum .21. septentrionales sunt a linea signorum, .15. {vero} meridionales. (3) Omnia {igitur}3 iudicia a signis dependent, que post ymagines nominantur stellarum propinquas locis suis.γ (4) Quorum partes in .360. distinxerunt divisiones, speramque sic partiti sunt,γ eo quod in hoc numero partes sunt multe, nec est numerus ipse minor tot partes habens perfectasγ ut ipse. (5) Item quia numerus iste propinquus est numero dierum anni solaris. (6) Et exeunt pro signo quolibet .30. gradus equales,γ sive parva fuerit figura ymaginisγ sive magna. (7) Principium {autem} signorum a signo est Arietis, videlicet,4 cum Sol est in linea coniunctionis circuli signorum et equalis circuli sive recti,β tunc enim equatur dies nocti in omnibus terre5 climatibus.γ (8) ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ et incipit Sol converti versus septentrionem, atque aproqinquari habitabiliγ que in septem est divisa,γ et enim non est habitatio in parte meridionali, propter calorem Solis cum est in opposito augis sueγ in parte meridionale, quia tunc est propinquus terre. (9) {Itaque,} cum ingreditur Sol principium Arietis,γ certa seu stabilisβ est revolutio seu anni principium,β nam et tunc renovatur seculum sive mundus.

2 (1) Incipiam {ergo} loquere de capitulis iudiciorum astrologie.γ (2) Signa mobilia seu tropicaβ sunt Aries, Cancer, Libra et Capricornus, cuius expositio est quia in hiis quatuor signis mutatur tempus, et hii sunt termini quatuor temporum anni.γ (3) Firma seu fixa vel stabiliaβ sunt Taurus, Leo, Scorpio et Aquarius, quia in hiis quatuor signis stat tempus secundum qualitates suas.γ (4) Signa duum corporum seu bicorporaβ,γ sunt Gemini, Virgo, Sagittarius et Pisces, quia cum est Sol in eis, hoc est in aliquo istorum quatuor, partem accipit de tempore preterito et partem de futuro, et est tempus ex utroque parte commixtum.γ (5) Sunt {quoque} signa septen37va trionalia a | principio Arietis usque ad finem Virginis; meridionalia {vero}

1Ysagoge magistri Abrahe Ducis seu Principis vocati Hebrayce Nati Hezkia] L; U De magna spera. 2vocata] U; L notata. 3igitur] L; U ergo. 4videlicet] L; U id est diebus. 5terre] U; L terra.

Introduction by Master Abraham the Duke or the Prince,β,1 called in Hebrew Bar Ḥiyya 1 (1) The greater and honorable sphere,γ,1 where the army of the glorious and sublime Godβ,2 is, is called the heaven of heavens. (2) Beneath it are the spheresγ of the seven planets,γ,3 {but} the twelve signs are in the girdle of the sphere,γ,4 which the Ancient scholars divided into 48 images [constellations], 21 of them northern of the line of the signs [the ecliptic] {but} 15 southern ⟨of it⟩. (3) {Therefore,} all the ⟨astrological⟩ judgments depend on the signs, which are named for the images of the stars close to their places.γ,5 (4) They separated their parts into 360 divisions, and they divided the sphere in the same manner,γ,6 because in this number there are many parts, and there is no smaller number which has so many complete partsγ,7 as it has. (5) Likewise, because this number is close to the number of days of the solar year. (6) So 30 equal degreesγ,8 result for each sign, whether the form of the imageγ,9 is small or large. (7) {But} the beginning of the signs is from the sign of Aries, namely, when the Sun is in the line of intersection of the circle of the signs and the equal or upright circleβ,10 [sphaera recta], and then day and night are equal in all the climates of the Earth.γ,11 (8) ⟨⟨Then⟩⟩ the Sun begins to incline towards the north, and to get closer to the habitableγ,12 ⟨part of the Earth⟩, which is divided into seven,γ,13 because there is no inhabited region in the southern part, on account of the Sun’s heat when it is opposite its apogeeγ,14 in the southern part, since then it is close to the Earth. (9) {Therefore,} when the Sun enters the beginning of Aries,γ,15 the certain or unchangingβ revolution or beginning of the yearβ takes place16 [beginning of the vernal season] , because then the world or ageβ,17 is renewed. 2 (1) {Therefore,} I will begin speaking about the chief points of the judgments of astrology.γ,1 (2) The changeable or tropical signsβ,2 are Aries, Cancer, Libra, and Capricorn, whose explanation [i.e., of the term changeable/tropical] is that in these four signs the weather changes, and these are the boundaries of the four seasons.γ,3 (3) The firm or fixed or stableβ,4 ⟨signs⟩ are Taurus, Leo, Scorpio, and Aquarius, because in these four signs the weather remains in its ⟨same⟩ characters.γ,5 (4) The signs of two bodies or bicorporalβ,γ,6 are Gemini, Virgo, Sagittarius, and Pisces, because when the Sun is in them, that is, in any of these four, it takes part of the past and part of the future weather, and the weather is mixed of each of the two parts.γ,7 (5) {In addition,} the northern signs are from the beginning of Aries to the end of Virgo, {and} the southern ⟨signs⟩ are from the begin-

772

part seven

a principio Libre usque ad finem Piscium. (6) {Item,} a principio Cancri usque ad finem Sagittarii, recta, quia Sol descendit, et a principio Capricorni usque ad finem Geminorum, obliqua,γ quia Sol in eis ascendit. (7) {Iterum} a principio Leonis usque ad finem Capricorni est pars circuli maiorγ que Solis est, et a principio Aquarii usque ad finem Cancri est medietas minor, que est Lune. (8) Ignea sunt Aries, Leo, Sagittarius; terrea Taurus, Virgo, Capricornus; aerea Gemini, Libra, Aquarius; et aquea Cancer, Scorpius, Pisces. (9) {Rursus,} masculina Aries, Gemini, Leo, Libra, Sagittarius, Aquarius; feminea Taurus, Cancer, Virgo, Scorpio, Capricornus, Pisces. (10) Orientalia: Aries, Leo, Sagittarius; meridionalia: Taurus, Virgo, Capricornus; occidentalia: Gemini, Libra, Aquarius; septentrionalia: Cancer, Scorpio, Pisces. (11) Magnam vocem habentia: Gemini, Virgo, Libra, ⟨⟨…⟩⟩, Aquarius; dimidiam vocem habentia: Aries, Taurus, Leo, Capricornus; muta {vero} sunt Cancer, Scorpio, Pisces. (12) Principantia:γ Aries, Leo, Sagittarius; subiecta:γ Taurus, Virgo, Capricornus; mediocria: Gemini, Libra, Aquarius; communia seu illa que sunt gentis terre:βθ Cancer, Scorpio, Pisces. (13) Solitaria: Leo, Aquarius; fortia seu violenta:β Leo, Virgo. (14) Que humane sunt figure:γ Gemini, Virgo ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ et prima medietas Sagittarii, atque Aquarius. (15) Membrorum precisorum: Taurus, Leo. (16) Signa orbationis:γ Aries, Taurus, Cancer, Scorpio, Capricornus, Pisces. (17) Luxuriosa:γ Aries, Taurus, Leo, Pisces. (18) Pulcra seu formosa:β Gemini, Virgo, Libra. (19) Mediocriter pulcra:γ Scorpio, Sagittarius, Pisces. (20) Signa medicorum seu cirurgicorum:β Taurus, Scorpio. (21) Calva: Cancer, Leo, Sagittarius. 3 (1) De domibus essentialibus.γ Domus Lune, Cancer; Solis, Leo;γ Saturni, Capricornus et Aquarius; Iovis: Sagittarius et Pisces; Martis: Aries et Scorpio; Veneris: Taurus et Libra; Mercurii, Gemini et Virgo. 4 (1) Domus honoris seu1 exaltationis:β Aries, Solis totum signum, Antiqui {autem} dixerunt .19 gradus Arietis; et casus eiusγ in .19.2 Libre secun37vb dum eorum dictaγ | et universaliter signum septimum a domo honoris.γ (2) Consimiliter quoque, domus septima a domo planeteγ est domus odii eius.γ (3) Taurus, domus honoris Lune, et dixerunt Antique in gradu tertio; casus {autem} eiusγ in gradu opposito;γ in .19. {igitur} gradu Libre usque ad finem tertii gradus Scorpionis vocatur locus combustionis seu via com-

1seu] L; U et. 2.19.] L; U .14.

liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

773

ning of Libra to the end of Pisces. (6) {Likewise,} from the beginning of Cancer to the end of Sagittarius, ⟨the signs are⟩ straight, because the Sun descends, and from the beginning of Capricorn to the end of Gemini, ⟨the signs are⟩ oblique,γ,8 because the Sun ascends in them. (7) {Also,} from the beginning of Leo to the end of Capricorn is the greater part of the circle,γ,9 which belongs to the Sun, and from the beginning of Aquarius to the end of Cancer is the smaller half, which belongs to the Moon. (8) The fiery ⟨signs⟩ are Aries, Leo, Sagittarius; the earthy ⟨signs are⟩ Taurus, Virgo, Capricorn; the airy ⟨signs are⟩ Gemini, Libra, Aquarius; and the watery ⟨signs are⟩ Cancer, Scorpio, Pisces. (9) {Furthermore,} the masculine ⟨signs are⟩ Aries, Gemini, Leo, Libra, Sagittarius, Aquarius; the feminine ⟨signs are⟩ Taurus, Cancer, Virgo, Scorpio, Capricorn, Pisces. (10) Eastern: Aries, Leo, Sagittarius; southern: Taurus, Virgo, Capricorn; western: Gemini, Libra, Aquarius; northern: Cancer, Scorpio, Pisces. (11) ⟨Signs⟩ having a strong voice: Gemini, Virgo, Libra, ⟨⟨Sagittarius⟩⟩,10 Aquarius; ⟨signs⟩ having half a voice: Aries, Taurus, Leo, Capricorn; {and} the mute ⟨signs⟩ are Cancer, Scorpio, Pisces. (12) Rulers:γ,11 Aries, Leo, Sagittarius; subjects:γ,12 Taurus, Virgo, Capricorn; intermediate: Gemini, Libra, Aquarius; common people or those who are people of the land:βθ,13 Cancer, Scorpio, Pisces. (13) Solitary: Leo, Aquarius; strong or violent:β,14 Leo, Virgo. (14) Having a human form:γ,15 Gemini, Virgo, ⟨⟨Libra⟩⟩,16 and the first half of Sagittarius and also Aquarius. (15) ⟨Signs⟩ of cut off members: Taurus and Leo. (16) Signs of defect:γ,17 Aries, Taurus, Cancer, Scorpio, Capricorn, Pisces. (17) Lustful:γ,18 Aries, Taurus, Leo, Pisces. (18) Handsome or beautiful:β,19 Gemini, Virgo, Libra. (19) Moderately beautiful:γ,20 Scorpio, Sagittarius, Pisces. (20) Signs of physicians or surgeons:β,21 Taurus, Scorpio. (21) Bald ⟨signs⟩: Cancer, Leo, Sagittarius. 3 (1) Of the essential houses.γ,1 The house of the Moon ⟨is⟩ Cancer; of the Sun, Leo;γ,2 ⟨the houses⟩ of Saturn, Capricorn and Aquarius; of Jupiter, Sagittarius and Pisces; of Mars, Aries and Scorpio; of Venus, Taurus and Libra; of Mercury, Gemini and Virgo.3 4 (1) Houses of honor or exaltation:β,1 Aries, the entire sign belongs to the Sun, {but} the Ancients said 19 degrees of Aries; and its fallγ,2 [dejection] at Libra 19 according to their statements,γ,3 and in general ⟨its dejection is⟩ the seventh sign from the house of honor.γ,4 (2) Similarly, the seventh house from a planet’sγ,5 house is its house of hateγ,6 [house of detriment]. (3) Taurus is the Moon’s house of honor, and the Ancients said at the third degree; {but} its fallγ,7 [dejection] is at the opposite degree;γ,8 {therefore,} ⟨the interval⟩ from Libra 19 degrees until the end of the third degree of

774

part seven

busta.β (4) Item dixerunt Antiqui quod Gemini domus honoris est Capitis Draconis, et honor Caude in Sagittario; Ptolomeus {vero} ridet eos et iu habet. (5) Cancer exaltatioγ Iovis, dixerunt1 Antiqui quod in gradu .15.; casus {vero} eiusγ in Capricorno. (6) Virgo domus honoris Mercurii, et dixerunt Antiqui in .15.; casusγ {vero} in Piscibus. (7) Libra, exaltatioγ Saturni, Aries {vero} casusγ eius; et2 dixerunt Antiqui quod hoc est in .21. gradu, ⟨⟨…⟩⟩. (8) Capricornus, domus honoris Martis, et casusγ eius in Cancro; secundum Antiquos {autem} in .28. gradu.3 (9) Pisces, exaltatio Veneris, et casusγ eius in Virgine; secundum Antiquos {autem} in .27. gradu. 5 ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ 6 (1) ⟨⟨…⟩⟩. Mercurii gaudiumγ in domo prima est, cuius principium est a gradu ascendentem in termino orientis seu in oriente,β et septima domus luctus eius, quocumque fuerit signa. (2) Gaudium Veneris in domo quinta, et domus undecima domus luctus eius. (3) Martis gaudium in domo sexta, et luctus eiusγ in duodecima. (4) Lune gaudium in tertia, et luctus eiusγ in nona. (5) Solis gaudium in nona, et luctus eiusγ in tertia. (6) Iovis gaudium in undecima, et luctus eiusγ in quinta. (7) Saturni {vero} gaudium in domo duodecima, et luctus eiusγ in sexta.

1dixerunt] L > quod. 2et] U; L om. 3gradu] L; U > Capricorni.

liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

775

Scorpio is called the place of burning or the burnt path;β,9 (4) Likewise, the Ancients said that Gemini is the house of honor of the Head of the Dragon, and the honor of the Tail ⟨is⟩ in Sagittarius; {but} Ptolemy laughs at them and he is right. (5) Cancer ⟨is⟩ Jupiter’s exaltation,γ,10 ⟨but⟩ the Ancients said that ⟨it is⟩ at 15 degrees; {and} its fallγ,11 is in Capricorn. (6) Virgo ⟨is⟩ Mercury’s house of honor, and the Ancients said at ⟨Virgo⟩ 15 degrees; {but} the fallγ ⟨is in⟩ Pisces. (7) Libra ⟨is⟩ Saturn’s exaltation,γ {and} Aries ⟨is⟩ its fall;γ and the Ancients said at ⟨Libra⟩ 21 degrees, ⟨⟨and that Aries is its house of shame⟩⟩. (8) Capricorn ⟨is⟩ Mars’s house of honor, and its fallγ ⟨is⟩ in Cancer; {but} according to the Ancients at ⟨Capricorn⟩ 28 degrees. (9) Pisces ⟨is⟩ Venus’s exaltation,γ and its fallγ ⟨is⟩ at Virgo; {but} according to the Ancients at ⟨Pisces⟩ 27 degrees. 5 ⟨⟨(1) In a nativity, always look at the ascendant sign ⟨and find out⟩ which planet is the lord of the place of its [the nativity’s] ascendant sign, which planet is the lord of the hour in which the native was born, and what place the ⟨planet’s⟩ house of dejection is in—is it in the ascendant sign or in ⟨the house of⟩ one of the planets?—and over which of the twelve houses this planet exerts lordship. (2) ⟨Now⟩ I give you an illustration: if the planet Mars is the lord of the ascendant sign, that is, of the house of life, and it [Mars] is the lord of the eighth ⟨house⟩, too, it will cause his [the native’s] death. Pass judgment according to whether it [Mars] is the planet that is the lord of the house or is burnt. (3) Always pass judgment according to the configuration of the first ⟨house⟩ of the planet with respect to its other house, because the indication of the other house ⟨of the planet⟩ forms one testimony ⟨with the indication of the first house⟩.⟩⟩ 6 (1) ⟨⟨Joy⟩⟩. The joy of Mercuryγ,1 is in the first house, whose beginning is from the ascendant degree at the end of the east or in the east,β,2 and the seventh ⟨is⟩ its house of mourning, whatever sign that may be. (2) The joy of Venus ⟨is⟩ in the fifth house, and the eleventh house ⟨is⟩ its house of mourning. (3) The joy of Mars in the sixth house, and its mourningγ,3 in the twelfth ⟨house⟩. (4) The joy of the Moon ⟨is⟩ in the third, and its mourningγ in the ninth. (5) The joy of the Sun ⟨is⟩ in the ninth, and its mourningγ in the third. (6) The joy of Jupiter ⟨is⟩ in the eleventh, and its mourningγ in the fifth. (7) {And} the joy of Saturn ⟨is⟩ in the twelfth house, and its mourningγ in the sixth.

776

part seven

7 (1) ⟨⟨…⟩⟩. Domini quidem triplicitatisγ signorum igneorum ⟨⟨…⟩⟩: Sol de die et post ipsum Iupiter; de nocte {vero} Iupiter et post ipsum Sol; particeps {quoque} cum hiis duobus Saturnus. (2) Domini triplicitatisγ signorum terreorum: de die Venus et post ipsam Luna; de nocte econtrario;γ et particeps eorum Mars. (3) Domini triplicitatisγ signorum aereorum, de die Saturnus et post ipsum Mercurius; de nocte {vero} econtrario; et particeps eorum Iupiter. (4) Domini {vero} triplicitatisγ signorum aqueorum; Venus de die et post ipsum Mars; de nocte {autem} econtrario;γ particeps {vero} ipsorum 38ra ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ Luna. | 8 (1) Tabula terminorum.γ Aries Taurus Gemini Cancer Leo Virgo Libra Scorpio Sagittarius Capricornus Aquarius Pisces

Iov. Ven. Mer. Mar. Iov. Mer. Sat. Mar. Iov. Mer. Mer. Ven.

6 8 6 7 6 7 6 7 12 7 7 12

Ven. Mer. Iov. Ven. Ven. Ven. Mer. Ven. Ven. Iov. Ven. Iov.

6 6 6 6 5 10 8 4 5 7 6 4

Mer. Iov. Ven. Mer. Sat. Iov. Iov. Mer. Mer. Ven. Iov. Mer.

8 8 5. 6 7 4 7 8 4 8 7 3

Mar. Sat. Mar. Iov. Mar. Mar. Ven. Iov. Sat. Sat. Mar. Mar.

5 5 7 7 6 7 7 5 5 4 5 9

Sat. Mar. Sat. Sat. Mer. Sat. Mar. Sat. Mar. Mar. Sat. Sat.

5 3 6 4 6 2 2 6 4 4 5 2

(2) Expositio: quidem1 huius hoc est ut quocumque signorum .12. ascendente, consideratur2 in cuius planete termino gradus ascendens3 comprehenditur, quia ille planeta dominus est termini gradus illius.γ Exemplum: .29. Aquarii ascendens, in suum terminum est Saturnus; similiter .23. Aquarii ascendente, dominus termini Mars. 9 (1) De faciebus. Domini facierum secundum omnes .10. gradus signi accipiuntur; et est initium a Marte.γ (2) Et processus secundum hunc ordinem, scilicet, ad Solem et Venerem, Mercurium Lunam, Saturnum et Iovem, ac iterum ad Martem redeundo,γ cuius expositio est ut in qua facie continetur gradus ascendens dominus faciei est dominus gadus ascendentis;

1quidem] L; U om. ascendente.

2consideratur] corrected; L considerantur; U om.

3ascendens] L; U

liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

777

7 (1) ⟨⟨The Triplicity⟩⟩. The lords of the triplicityγ,1 of the fiery signs ⟨⟨are three⟩⟩: the Sun by day and after it Jupiter; {but} Jupiter by night and the Sun after it; {and} Saturn is the partner2 with both of them. (2) The lords of the triplicityγ,3 of the earthy signs: Venus by day and the Moon after it; by night the opposite;γ,4 and their partner ⟨is⟩ Mars. (3) The lords of the triplicityγ,5 of the airy signs: Saturn by day and Mercury after it; {but} by night the opposite;γ,6 and their partner is Jupiter. (4) {Moreover,} the lords of the triplicityγ,7 of the watery signs: Venus by day and Mars after it; {but} by night the opposite;γ,8 {moreover} their partner ⟨⟨both by day and by night⟩⟩ ⟨is⟩ the Moon. 8 (1) Table of terms.γ,1 Aries Taurus Gemini Cancer Leo Virgo Libra Scorpio Sagittarius Capricorn Aquarius Pisces

Jup. Ven. Mer. Mar. Jup. Mer. Sat. Mar. Jup. Mer. Mer. Ven.

6 8 6 7 6 7 6 7 12 7 7 12

Ven. Mer. Jup. Ven. Ven. Ven. Mer. Ven. Ven. Jup. Ven. Jup.

6 6 6 6 5 10 8 4 5 7 6 4

Mer. Jup. Ven. Mer. Sat. Jup. Jup. Mer. Mer. Ven. Jup. Mer.

8 8 5. 6 7 4 7 8 4 8 7 3

Mar. Sat. Mar. Jup. Mar. Mar. Ven. Jup. Sat. Sat. Mar. Mar.

5 5 7 7 6 7 7 5 5 4 5 9

Sat. Mar. Sat. Sat. Mer. Sat. Mar. Sat. Mar. Mar. Sat. Sat.

5 3 6 4 6 2 2 6 4 4 5 2

(2) Explanation: for any ⟨native⟩ who has one of the twelve signs in the ascendant, observe the planet in whose term the ascendant degree is included, because this planet is the lord of the term in this degree.γ,2 Example: ascendant Aquarius 29 degrees, Saturn is in its term; similarly Aquarius 23 degrees in the ascendant, Mars is the lord of the term. 9 (1) On the faces [decans]. The lords of the faces are taken according to every 10 degrees of the sign; the beginning is from Mars.γ,1 (2) And the progress is in this order, namely, the Sun, Venus, Mercury, the Moon, Saturn, Jupiter, and again returning to Mars,γ,2 the explanation for this is that the lord of the face in which the ascendant degree is included is the lord of the degree of the ascendant; for example: if someone is born when the

778

part seven

verbi gratia .18. gradus signi Aquarii ascendente si quis natus fuerit, dominus faciei secunde per consequens ascendentis erit Mercurius. {{Tabula facierum Aries Taurus Gemini Cancer Leo Virgo Libra Scorpio Sagittarius Capricornus Aquarius Pisces

Mars Mercurius Iupiter Venus Saturnus Sol Luna Mars Mercurius Iupiter Venus Saturnus

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

Sol Luna Mars Mercurius Iupiter Venus Saturnus Sol Luna Mars Mercurius Iupiter

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

Venus Saturnus Sol Luna Mars Mercurius Iupiter Venus Saturnus Sol Luna Mars

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

In quodam libro scriptum inveni quod a terminis et faciebus ac ab aliis gradibus subtrahendi sunt .9. gradus in anno .921. secundum Iudeos.}} 38rb 10 (1) De novenariis.1 | Novenaria prima, que est usque ad tres gradus equa-

les et tertiam gradus, et Mars dominus eius, quoniam Aries est sua domus, in virtute Arietis est; et secunda in virtute Tauri, et sic usquequo ultima novenaria sit in virtute Sagittarii, similiter quoque si fuerit signum ascendens Leo vel Sagittarius. (2) Nam hoc est radixγ quod incipiendus est numerus primo a signo mobili seu tropico;β ⟨⟨…⟩⟩. (3) ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ in signis triplicitatis que unius sunt nature. (4) Si {vero} fuerit signum ascendens Taurus, erit novenaria prima Saturni, domini domus Capricorni, qui signum est mobile. (5) Item erit et idem dominus secunde, quia domus2 eius Aquarius est, similiter et tertie Iupiter, consimiliter quoque modo si fuerit ascendens signum Virginis aut Capricorni. (6) {Rursus} si fuerit signum ascendens Gemini, novena-

1De novenariis.] L; U om. 2domus] U; L dominus.

liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

779

ascendant is 18 degrees of the sign of Aquarius, consequently the lord of the second face of the ascendant will be Mercury. {{Table of faces3 Aries Taurus Gemini Cancer Leo Virgo Libra Scorpio Sagittarius Capricorn Aquarius Pisces

Mars Mercury Jupiter Venus Saturn Sun Moon Mars Mercury Jupiter Venus Saturn

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

Sun Moon Mars Mercury Jupiter Venus Saturn Sun Moon Mars Mercury Jupiter

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

Venus Saturn Sun Moon Mars Mercury Jupiter Venus Saturn Sun Moon Mars

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

In a certain book I found written that 9 degrees should be subtracted from the terms and faces and from the other degrees, in the year ⟨4⟩921 [i.e., 1160/61C.E.] according to the Jews. 10 (1) On the novenariae1 [ninth-parts]. The first novenaria, which extends to 3⅓ equal degrees, and Mars is its lord, because Aries is its house, is in the power of Aries; and the second is in in the power of Taurus, and so on until the last novenaria is in the power of Sagittarius, and the same applies if the ascendant sign is Leo or Sagittarius. (2) For the rootγ,2 is that the reckoning must begin first from the changeable or tropical sign;β,3 ⟨⟨if the ascendant sign is one of the signs ⟨of a triplicity⟩, find its nature, whether fiery, earthy, airy, or watery, and begin counting from its tropical sign, for in each triad ⟨of signs⟩ of the same nature, one of them is a tropical sign and you should begin counting from it.⟩⟩ (3) ⟨⟨Assign 3⅓ degrees to each sign, and the sign where the last novenaria ends is where the power of the lord of this sign will be⟩⟩ in the signs of the triplicity which are of the same nature. (4) {Moreover,} if this {ascendant} sign is Taurus, the first novenaria will be of Saturn, the lord of the house of Capricorn, which is a changeable sign. (5) Likewise, the same [Saturn] will be the lord of the second ⟨novenaria⟩, because its house is Aquarius, similarly Jupiter for the third ⟨novenaria⟩, and similarly if {the ascendant} is the sign of Virgo or Capricorn. (6) {In addition,} if the ascendant sign is Gemini, begin counting

780

part seven

rias numerare incipias a signo Libre, quod est signum mobile, et sic {etiam} si fuerit signum ascendens Libra vel Aquarius. (7) {Quod} si fuerit signum ascendens Cancer vel Scorpio aut Pisces, in quolibet horum incipias numerare novenarias a signo Cancri, quod est signum mobile in hac triplicitate.γ 38rb (1) Universaliter itaque considerandum est signum ascendens, sive sit igneum

sive terreum sive aereum sive aqueum, incipiendo semper novenariarum a signo mobili, in qualibet enim triplicitate est unum signum mobile, et ad quod signum ultima pervenit novenaria, virtus enim domini domus illius signi, quicumque sit planeta ille, et domini triplicitatis que unius est nature. (2) Item invenio quod in novenariis computandis, quod prima semper incipit a domino ascendentis, et secunda a domino signi sequentis, et sic de tertia, ac etiam de omnibus, ut perpenditur, quod dicit Avenezra, retrahendas esse a signo mobili. {{Tabula novenariarum Gradus Minuta

3 20

6 40

10 0

13 21

16 40

20 0

23 20

26 40

30 0

Aries, Leo, Sagittarius Taurus, Virgo, Capricornus Gemini, Libra, Aquarius Cancer, Scorpio, Pisces

Mer. Sat. Ven. Luna

Ven. Sat. Mer. Sol

Mar. Luna Luna Mer.

Luna Mer. Sat. Ven.

Sol Ven. Sat. Mar.

Mar. Mar. Iup. Iup.

Ven. Luna Mer. Sat.

Mer. Sol Ven. Sat.

Iup. Mer. Mar. Iup.}}

{{Aries: obscuri 3; lucidi 5; obscuri 8; lucidi 4. Taurus: obscuri 3; lucidi 4; putei 5; lucidi 3. Gemini: lucidi 4; obscuri 3; lucidi 5; putei 4. Cancer: lucidi 12; obscuri 2; putei 2; fumosi 2. Leo: obscuri 10; fumosi 10; putei 5; lucidi 5. 38va Virgo: obscuri 5; lucidi 3; putei 2; lucidi 6. Libra: lucidi 5; obscuri 5; lucidi 8; obscuri 3. Scorpio: obscuri 3; lucidi 5; putei 6; lucidi 6; Sagittarius: lucidi 9; obscuri 3; lucidi 7; fumosi 4. Capricornus: obscuri 7; clari 3; fumosi 5; lucidi 4. Aquarius: fumosi 4;1 lucidi 5; obscuri 4; lucidi 8.

14] L; U 9.

liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

781

the novenarias from Libra, which is a changeable sign, and {also} in that way if the ascendant sign is Libra or Aquarius. (7) {But} if the ascendant sign is Cancer or Scorpio or Pisces, in any of them begin counting the novenarias from the sign of Cancer, which is the changeable sign in this triplicity.γ,4 (1) In general, then, one must observe the ascendant sign, whether fiery or earthy or airy or watery, always beginning from the changeable sign of the novenariae, because in any triplicity there is one changeable sign, and the last novenaria extends to this sign, for the power belongs to the lord of this sign, whatever planet it may be, and it is the lord of the triplicity, which has a single nature. (2) Likewise, in the reckoning of the novenariae, I find that the first always begins from the lord of the ascendant, and the second from the lord of the next sign, and in this way regarding the third, and also regarding all, so that it results, as Ibn Ezra says, that they be brought back to a changeable sign. {{Table of novenariae degrees minutes

3 20

6 40

10 0

13 21

16 40

20 0

23 20

26 40

30 0

Aries, Leo, Sagittarius Taurus, Virgo, Capricorn Gemini, Libra, Aquarius Cancer, Scorpio, Pisces

Mer. Sat. Ven. Moon

Ven. Sat. Mer. Sun

Mar. Moon Moon Mer.

Moon Mer. Sat. Ven.

Sun Ven. Sat. Mar.

Mar. Mar. Jup. Jup.

Ven. Moon Mer. Sat.

Mer. Sun Ven. Sat.

Jup. Mer. Mar. Jup.}}

{{Aries: dark 3; bright 5; dark 8; bright 4. Taurus: dark 3; bright 4; pits 5; bright 3. Gemini: bright 4; dark 3; bright 5; pits 4. Cancer: bright 12; dark 2; pits 2; smoky 2. Leo: dark 10; smoky 10; pits 5; bright 5. Virgo: dark 5; bright 3; pits 2; bright 6. Libra: bright 5; dark 5; bright 8; dark 3. Scorpio: dark 3; bright 5; pits 6; bright 6. Sagittarius: bright 9; dark 3; bright 7; smoky 4. Capricorn: dark 7; shining 3; smoky 5; bright 4. Aquarius: smoky 4; bright 5; dark 4; bright 8.

782

part seven

Pisces: obscuri 7; clari 6; obscuri 6; clari 4. Aries: obscuri 4; lucidi 5; putei 1; vacui 18; pleni 12. Tauri: putei 5;1 lucidi 8; obscuri 2; vacui 10; pleni 29. Gemini: lucidi 5; obscuri 5; putei 3 vacui 12; pleni 18. Cancer: lucidi 8; putei 4; 0; 0; vacui 11; pleni 19. Leo: 0; 0; 0; 0; vacui 9; pleni 21. Virgo: fumosi 6; putei 5; obscuri 3; vacui 10; pleni 14.2 Libra: lucidi 6; putei 3; 0; 0; vacui 11;3 pleni 19. Scorpio: fumosi 2; putei 5; obscuri 3; vacui 14; pleni 16.4 Sagittarius: lucidi 7; ; ; ⟨obscuri⟩ 0; ; ; Capricornus: obscuri 3; putei 3; ⟨obscuri⟩ 5; ; ; Aquarius: putei 4; clari 5; ⟨obscuri⟩ 0; ; ; Pisces: putei 3; clari 2; ⟨obscuri⟩ 2; ; ;}} {{Gradus masculini et feminini Aries: ma. 8; fe. 1; ma. 6; fe. 7 ; ma. 8. Taurus: fe. 5 ; ma. 6 ; fe. 6 ; ma. 4 ; fe. 3;5 ma. 6. Gemini: fe6 5; ma. 11; fe. 6; ma. 4; fe. 4.7 Cancer: ma. 2; fe. 6; ma. 2; fe. 2 ; ma. 11 ; fe. 4 ; ma. 3. Leo: ma. 5; fe. 3; ma. 7; fe. 8; ma. 7.8 Virgo: fe. 8 ; ma. 4 ; fe. 8; ma. 10.9 Libra: ma. 5 ; fe. 10 ; ma. 5 ; fe. 7 ; ma. 3.10 Scorpio: ma. 4; fe. 10; ma. 3;11 fe. 8; ma. 5. Sagittarius: ma. 2 ; fe. 3 ; ma. 7;12 fe. 12. ma. 6 Capricornus: ma. 11 ; fe. 8 ; ma. 11.13 Aquarius: ma. 5 ; fe. 10 ; ma. 6 ; fe. 4 ; ma. 2 ; fe. 3.14 Pisces: ma. 10 ; fe. 10 ; ma. 3 ; fe. 5 ; ma. 2.}} {{Hic secuntur gradus puteales qui in signorum ymaginibus continentur.

15] L; U 4. 214] L; U 24. 311] L; U 12. 416] L; U 1. 53] L; U 4. 6fe] L; U ma. 74] L; U 3. 87] L; U 12. 9ma. 10] L; U > ⟨ma.⟩ 7. 10ma. 3] L; U > fe. 3. 113] L; U 5. 127] L; U 3. 1311] L; U 7. 14ma. 6; fe 4; ma. 2; fe. 3] L; U ma. 11; ma. 4; ma. 2.

liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

783

Pisces: dark 7; shining 6; dark 6; shining 4. Aries: dark 4; bright 5; pits 1; empty 18; full 12. Tauri: pits 5; bright 8; dark 2; empty 10; full 29. Gemini: bright 5; dark 5; pits 3 empty 12; full 18. Cancer: bright 8; pits 4; 0; 0; empty 11; full 19. Leo: 0; 0; 0; 0; empty 9; full 21. Virgo: smoky 6; pits 5; dark 3; empty 10; full 14. Libra: bright 6; pits 3; 0; 0; empty 11; full 19. Scorpio: smoky 2; pits 5; dark 3; empty 14; full 16. Sagittarius: bright 7; ; ; ⟨dark⟩ 0; ; ; Capricorn: dark 3; pits 3; ⟨dark⟩ 5; ; ; Aquarius: pits 4; shining 5; ⟨dark⟩ 0; ; ; Pisces: pits 3; shining 2; ⟨dark⟩ 2; ; ;}} {{Masculine and feminine degrees Aries: masc. 8; fe. 1; masc. 6; fem. 7 ; masc. 8. Taurus: fem. 5 ; masc. 6 ; fem. 6 ; masc. 4 ; fem. 3; masc. 6. Gemini: fem. 5; masc. 11; fem. 6; masc. 4; fem. 4. Cancer: masc. 2; fem. 6; masc. 2; fem. 2 ; masc. 11 ; fem. 4 ; masc. 3. Leo: masc. 5; fem. 3; masc. 7; fem. 8; masc. 7. Virgo: fem. 8 ; masc. 4 ; fem. 8; masc. 10. Libra: masc. 5 ; fem. 10 ; masc. 5 ; fem. 7 ; masc. 3. Scorpio: masc. 4; fem. 10; masc. 3; fem. 8; masc. 5. Sagittarius: masc. 2 ; fem. 3 ; masc. 7; fem. 12. masc. 6 Capricorn: masc. 11 ; fem. 8 ; masc. 11. Aquarius: masc. 5 ; fem. 10 ; masc. 6 ; fem. 4 ; masc. 2 ; fem. 3. Pisces: masc. 10 ; fem. 10 ; masc. 3 ; fem. 5 ; masc. 2.}} {{Here follow the degrees pertaining to the pits, which are contained in the images [constellations] of the signs.

784

part seven

Aries: 6, 11, 17, 19, 22, 29. Taurus: 5, 14, 18, 24, 25, 26. Gemini: 8, 13, 15, 17, 24, 30. Cancer: 13, 17, 23, 26, 29, 30. Leo: 6, 13, 15, 21, 23, 28.1 Virgo: 8, 12, 16, 21, 24. Libra: 1, 7, 20, 27, 30. Scorpio: 9, 10, 17, 22, 23, 26, 27. 38vb | Sagittarius: 7, 13, 15, 24, 27, 28, 30. Capricornus: 2, 7, 17, 22, 29. Aquarius: 1, 12, 17, 23, 29. Pisces: 4, 9, 24,2 27, 28.

Taurus: 1, 10, 7, 9. Cancer: 9, 15, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, Leo: 60, 60, 18, 11, 11, 28, 60.

Scorpio: 60, 60, 19, 29, 60, 60 Sagittarius: 7, 8, 18, 19, 19. Capricornus: 1, 7, 8, 18, 19. Aquarius: 10, 60, 60, 17, 19.

Et omnibus hiis puteis addendi sunt 8 gradus perfecti in anno Christi 1160, secundum Iudeos autem in anno 921, ad sciendum loca eorum hiis diebus.}} {{Tabula putei seu graduum putealium in signis. Aries: 1, 18, 29, 22, 29. Taurus: 5, 13, 24, 25, 0. Gemini: 2, 13, 17, 26, 23. Cancer: 13, 17, 23, 26, 0. Leo: 6, 22,3 23, 29, 24 Virgo: 2, 12, 16, 21, 0. Libra: 1, 7, 20, 30, 26. Scorpio: 9, 10, 22, 23, 0. Sagittarius: 7,4 6, 15, 24, 28. Capricornus: 2, 17, 28, 29, 0. Aquarius: 1, 12, 17, 23, 29. Pisces: 4, 9, 24, 29, 28.

De gradibus vacuis expositis. Qui natus fuerit ascendente gradu vacuo, aut aliquis planeta significator fuerit in gradu vacuo, pauper erit et vacuus aut servus magnatis et in scientia pauper. Si vero5 fuerit ascendens in gradu pleno aut aliquis planetarum erit magnus et potens, corpus habebit magnum et cor forte fortificatus erit, et longus. Hoc invenit in libro Iulii Firmici.6

Gradus azemenarum sive orbationum sunt stelle quedam nebulose; in Tauro quidem omnes hii .7. .9. 10. .11.; in Cancro .7. .11. 12. .13. .14. 15. 16.; in Leone .19. .28. 29.; in Scorpione .10. .19. .20.; in Aquario .11. .19. .20.

1Leo: 6, 13, 15, 21, 23, 28] L; in U this appears after the degrees of Pisces, and the last value is 26. 224] L; U 14. 322] L; U 12. 47] L; U 1. 5vero] L; U autem. 6Iulii Firmici] L; U om. After the tables L alone reads: Pisces Gemini Sagittarius benivola sunt aliqua.

liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie Aries: 6, 11, 17, 19, 22, 29. Taurus: 5, 14, 18, 24, 25, 26. Gemini: 8, 13, 15, 17, 24, 30. Cancer: 13, 17, 23, 26, 29, 30. Leo: 6, 13, 15, 21, 23, 28. Virgo: 8, 12, 16, 21, 24. Libra: 1, 7, 20, 27, 30. Scorpio: 9, 10, 17, 22, 23, 26, 27. Sagittarius: 7, 13, 15, 24, 27, 28, 30. Capricorn: 2, 7, 17, 22, 29. Aquarius: 1, 12, 17, 23, 29. Pisces: 4, 9, 24, 27, 28.

785

Taurus: 1, 10, 7, 9. Cancer: 9, 15, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, Leo: 60, 60, 18, 11, 11, 28, 60.

Scorpio: 60, 60, 19, 29, 60, 60 Sagittarius: 7, 8, 18, 19, 19. Capricorn: 1, 7, 8, 18, 19. Aquarius: 10, 60, 60, 17, 19.

Eight complete degrees should be added to all these pits in the year of Christ 1160, but according to the Jews in the year ⟨4⟩921 [i.e., 1160/61 C.E.], to know their positions in these days.}} {{Table of pits or of degrees pertaining to the pits in the signs. Aries: 1, 18, 29, 22, 29. Taurus: 5, 13, 24, 25, 0. Gemini: 2, 13, 17, 26, 23. Cancer: 13, 17, 23, 26, 0. Leo: 6, 22, 23, 29, 24 Virgo: 2, 12, 16, 21, 0. Libra: 1, 7, 20, 30, 26. Scorpio: 9, 10, 22, 23, 0. Sagittarius: 7, 6, 15, 24, 28. Capricorn: 2, 17, 28, 29, 0. Aquarius: 1, 12, 17, 23, 29. Pisces: 4, 9, 24, 29, 28.

The empty degrees explained. One born when the ascendant is an empty degree, or ⟨when⟩ some planet is the significator in an empty degree, will be poor and destitute,β,5 the slave of a nobleman, and lacking in knowledge.6 But if the ascendant is in a full degree, or one of the planets is great and powerful, he [the native] will have a large body, and a heart that is strongly strengthened, and ⟨will be⟩ tall. He found this in the book by Julius Firmicus.7

The degrees of the azemena or the defects8 are certain cloudy stars; In Taurus all these: 7, 9, 10, 11; in Cancer: 7, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16; in Leo: .19. .28. 29; in Scorpio: 10, 19, 20; in Aquarius: 11, 19, 20.

786

part seven

Pro hiis autem, id est, pro quolibet horum, subtrahendi sunt a locis in qua planetarum octo gradus hiis diebus, anno, inquam, Christi .1160., quia sunt gradus qui permanent1 tamquam descripti et conservati2 in ymaginibus que sunt in spera.}} (1) Translator inquit: notandum quod idem est id quod hic dicit actor de subtractione .8. graduum et quod prius dixit de additione eorumdem. (2) Gradus enim de quibus hic loquuntur in ymaginibus continentur octave spere, ut3 hic palam est, et Avenesre in Libro rationum expresse docet; propter quod si loca ipsorum4 in nona spera scire volumus,5 necesse est addere motum actave spere, et hoc est quod prius dixit. (3) Si vero, secundum tabulas pro39ra bationum que super nonam speram fundantur, scire voluerimus quanto | planeta6 quilibet in hoc aut7 in illo graduum est memoratorum, subtrahendus est motus octave spere a loco planete cuiuslibet, et hoc est quod hic intendit similiter et Avenerze in Libro Rationum. {{De gradibus augmentantibus fortunam.8 Gradus augmentantes fortunam sunt hii in Ariete, scilicet: .19.; in Tauro: .15.,9 .27.; in Geminis: .11., 17.; et hoc inveni in Cancro: .1., .3., .14., .15.; in Leone: .3., .2., .7., .19.; in Virgine: .3.,10 .13., .20., et .30.; et sic inveni in Libra: .3., .5., .21., .24.; in Scorpione: .7., .12., .18., .20.; in Sagittario: .13., .20.; in Capricorno: .12., .13., .14., .20., .24.; in Aquario: .7., .16., .17., .20.; in Piscibus: .13., .20.}} 11 (1) De duodenariis.11 Signum quodlibet .30 gradus continet equales, quilibet .12. partitis, exeunt duo gradus cum dimidio; usque ad hos igitur .2. gradus scilicet cum dimidio est virtus signi primi vel prime domus, et ab hinc usque ad quinque gradus est in virtute domus secunde; expositio autem huius est quod ad quodlibet .2. gradus cum dimidio unum computabimus signum, et incipiemus ab ascendente in suis gradibus numerare, et signum illud in quo terminabitur numerus graduum, erit ibi in virtute signi ascendentis.γ (2) Verbi gratia: fuit signum ascendens Gemini .14. scilicet gradus et .10. minuta, transierunt {ergo}12 .5. partes cum .12. gradibus et dimidio,γ que sunt .5. signa; incipimus {autem} numerare a Geminis, et

1permanent] L; U manent. 2conservati] L; U combusti. 3ut] L; U et. 4ipsorum] L; U ipsarum. 5volumus] U; L velimus. 6planeta] L; U plus. 7aut] U; L autem. 8De gradibus augmentantibus fortunam] L in margin; U in the previous paragraph, following immediately Libro Rationum. 9.15.] L; U .12. 10.3.] L; U om. 11De duodenariis] U; L in margin. 12ergo] L; U enim.

liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

787

But for them, that is, for any of them, eight degrees should be subtracted from the places of the planets in these days, I say, in the year of Christ 1160, because they are degrees that are still assigned to and contained in the images that are in the sphere.}} (1) The translator says: note that what the author9 says here about the subtraction of 8 degrees is the same as what he said above about their addition. (2) For the degrees referred to here are contained in the images of the eighth sphere, as is clear here, and Ibn Ezra explicitly teaches ⟨this⟩ in the Book of Reasons;10 therefore if we wish to know their places in the ninth sphere, it is necessary to add the motion of the eighth sphere, and this is what he said before. (3) But if we wish, according to the tables of the observations11 based on the ninth sphere, to know how much any planet is in this or that of the aforementioned degrees, one needs to subtract the motion of the eighth sphere from the place of any planet, and this is what he12 meant, and similarly Ibn Ezra in the Book of Reasons.13 {{On the degrees increasing good fortune. These are the degrees increasing good fortune in Aries, namely, 19; in Taurus 15, 27; in Gemini, 11, 17; and I found this in Cancer: 1, 3, 14, 15; in Leo: 3, 2, 7, 19; in Virgo: 3, 13, 20, and 30; and thus I found in Libra: 3, 5, 21, 24; in Scorpio: 7, 12, 18, 20; in Sagittarius: 13, 20; in Capricorn: 12, 13, 14, 20, .24.; in Aquarius: 7, 16, 17, 20; in Pisces: 13, 20.}} 11 (1) On the duodenariae1 [twelfth-parts]. Every sign contains 30 equal degrees, and when any of them is divided by 12, the result is 2½ degrees; so, up to 2½ degrees the power belongs to the first sign or the first house, and from there up to 5 degrees it is under the power of the second house; the explanation for this is that for each ⟨interval of⟩ 2½ degrees we count one sign, and we begin counting from the ascendant along its degrees, and that sign with which the number of degrees ends will be under the power of the ascendant sign there.γ,2 (2) For example: the ascendant sign is Gemini 14 degrees and 10 minutes, {therefore} 5 parts, with 12½ degreesγ,3 have passed, which are 5 signs; {but} we begin counting from Gemini,

788

part seven

pervenit signorum numerus usque ad Libram perfecte; et remansit nobis gradus unus et .2. tertie gradus, que sunt .100. minuta; hec {ergo} divisa per quinque, exeunt .20.; virtus itaque duodenarie est in .20. gradu Scorpionis. (3) Opus {autem} valde est hoc scire pro iudiciis ⟨⟨…⟩⟩, nativitatum, ac etiam interrogationum, (4) secundum sententiam sapientium experientie, prout in eorum libris scriptum reperitur.1 12 (1) Capitulum de domibus secundum regiones muta⟨bi⟩libus vel varia⟨bi⟩libus.γ,2 Quolibet hore momento diei ac {etiam} noctis partitus est signorum circulus super quatuor puncta. (2) Et est una pars a gradu ascendente, quicumque sit gradus, quodcumque signum in parteγ ascendat orientis, et hic angulusγ vocatur primus. (3) In opposito {autem} eius est domus septima, et est punctus seu angulus secundus.γ (4) Et in medio quidem celi, superius, est angulus tertius;γ inversus {vero} opposito sub 39rb terra est angulus quartus.γ (5) Sic | {ergo} dividitur spera in quatuor partes; sapientes {autem} iudiciorum astrologieγ quamlibet harum partium in .3. diviserunt, et sic duodecim colliguntur domus semper.γ (6) Domus {quoque} fortes sunt anguli seu cardines;β et quatuor alie, que succedentes vocantur angulorum,γ fortitudinem habent mediocrem, et hee sunt secunda, quinta, octava, undecima; residue {vero} .4. debiles, et cadentes vocantur, et sunt tertia, sexta, nona duodecima. (7) Melior {autem} angulorumγ est domus prima et decima, septima {quoque} melior est quarta; succedentium {vero} est melior undecima et quinta, item secunda melior est octava; et melior cadentium est nona et tertia, item duodecima melior est sexta. 13 (1) Initia quidem domorum secundum terrarum latitudines mutantur, quandoque enim initium domus decime secundum viam graduum ascensionumγ in domo erit nona secundum numerum graduum equalium;γ et si fuerit latitudo terre magna valde, erit initium domus illius secundum gradus ascensionumγ in domo octava. (2) Verbi gratia: in hoc loco, cuius latitudo est .50 gradus cum dimidio, sit ascendens signumγ ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ Cancri, erit in medio celi .24. gradus equales signi Aquarii, quod est signum octavus a Cancro, secundum astrolabiumγ {{ac etiam per armillas et alia instrumenta,}} videbit enim hoc ibi oculis suis homo sine suspicione et absque

1Here U is interrupted; L remains the only witness. divisiones] L in margin.

2Capitulum de domibus secundum

liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

789

and the count of the signs reaches Libra; and we have 1⅔ degrees, which are 100 minutes, left over; {therefore,} dividing this by 5, the result is 20; hence, the power of the duodenaria4 is at Scorpio 20 degrees. (3) {But} it is very important to know this for judgments ⟨⟨of the world⟩⟩, nativities, and also interrogations, (4) according to the opinion of the scholars of experience, as is found written in their books. 12 (1) Chapter on the houses that change or vary according to the regions.γ,1 At any moment of the day and {also} of the night the circle of the signs is divided by four points. (2) And one part [i.e., the first point] is from the ascendant degree, whatever degree this may be, whatever sign rises in the partγ,2 of the east; this ⟨point⟩ is called the first angleγ,3 [i.e., cardo of the horoscope] (3) {And} opposite it is the seventh house, and it is the second point or angle.γ,4 (4) The third angleγ,5 is at midheaven, above; {moreover,} the fourth angleγ,6 is upside down, opposite to it ⟨and⟩ below the Earth. (5) {Therefore,} in this manner, the sphere is divided into four parts; {and} the scholars of the judgments of astrologyγ,7 divided each of these parts into three, and in this manner they always totalγ,8 twelve houses. (6) The angles or cardinesβ,9 are {also} the strong houses; another four, which are called succedent to the angles,γ have intermediate power, and these are the second, fifth, eighth, and eleventh; {moreover,} the remaining four are weak, and are called cadent ⟨from the angles⟩, and these are the third, sixth, ninth, and twelfth. (7) {And} of the angles,γ the first and the tenth house is better ⟨than the others⟩; {also} the seventh is better than the fourth; but of the succedent, the eleventh and fifth is better ⟨than the others⟩, likewise the second is better than the eighth; {moreover,} of the cadent, the ninth and the third is better ⟨than the others⟩, and likewise the twelfth is better than the sixth. 13 (1) The beginnings of the houses change according to the latitudes of the countries, because sometimes the beginning of the tenth house according to the method of the degrees of the ascensionsγ,1 will be in the ninth house according to the number of equal degrees;γ,2 and if the latitude of the country is very high, the beginning of this house according to degrees of the ascensionsγ will be in the eighth house. (2) Example: in this place, whose latitude is 50.5 degrees, the ascendant signγ,3 is ⟨⟨the beginning of⟩⟩ Cancer, 24 equal degrees of Aquarius, which is the eighth sign from Cancer, will be at midheaven according to the astrolabeγ,4 {{and the armillary ⟨sphere⟩ and other instruments,}}5 because a person will see this with his eyes without suspicion and without doubt;β,6 {but} the opposite

790

part seven

dubio;β contrarium {autem} huius accidit si fuerit ascendens Capricornus quoniam decime domus principium tunc erit .5us. vel .6us gradus Scorpio, quod est .11a. signum a Capricorno. (3) Facies {ergo} sic: vide gradum signi ascendentis equalem, et da prime domui .30 gradus equales; et sic {reliquis} domibus omnibus. (4) Hec {ergo} partitio notata est equalitatis,γ et habet tertiam fortitudinis in iudiciis astrologie.γ (5) {Item} equaleris initia domorum omnium secundum viam graduum ascensionum,γ prout ostendi tibi in Libro tabularum, neque cures si exeat una domus parva et altera magna, aut si sunt in uno signo due domus; et dabis duas tertias fortitudinis planeteγ qui tunc in ea fuerit per gradus ascensionum.γ (6) Omnes {autem} astrorum sapientesγ a principio domus decime que exit secundum partitionem graduum ascensionum usque ad principium 39va domus quarte, | transeundo per ascendens, medietatem vocaverunt circuli ascendentem; et a principio domus quarte usque ad principium domus decime, per occasum transeundo, medietatem vocaverunt circuli descendentem. (7) Quartam {vero} que est a domo decimaγ secundum partitione ascensionumγ usque ad domum primam,γ masculina est et meridionalis; et quarta ei opposita, cuius principium est a capite domus quarte usque ad principium domus septime, est {etiam} masculina sed est septentrionalis. (8) Quarta {autem} est ab initio gradus ascendentis usque ad principium domus quarte, orientalis est et feminina; {sed} quarta huic opposita, cuius principium est a principio domus septime usque ad principium domus decime, similiter est feminina et est occidentalis. 14 (1) Nunc {ergo} loquor de domibus. Domus {itaque} prima estγ domus vite, et anime, et corporis, atque desiderii hominis, et nature ipsius, et cogitationum, ac ingenii, et prudentie seu intellectus,β atque figure faciei. (2) Domus secunda est domus substantie eius, ac diviciarum, atque auxiliatorum {{nati aut interrogantis,}} et illorum que ad eum spectant; vocata est {autem} hec domus bone fortune domus seu boni demonis,β illi namque supervenit hoc quod numquam in cor eius ascendit, de bono ac de malo, secundum naturam planeteγ qui {tunc} ibidem fuerit aut in eius nativitate. (3) Tertiam domus fratrum est, et propinquiorum, generorum, ac sororum,γ itinerum modicorum, et somniorum parvorum seu levium,β {similiter} et scientie legis et instructionum ad iudiciorum.γ (4) Quarta domus patrum

liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

791

of it happens if the ascendant sign is Capricorn, because then the beginning of the tenth house will be at the fifth or sixth degree of Scorpio, which is the eleventh sign from Capricorn.7 (3) {Therefore,} proceed as follows: observe the equal degree of ascendant sign, and assign 30 equal degrees to the first house; and likewise for all the {remaining} houses. (4) This division, {then,} is known as ⟨the division⟩ of equality,γ,8 and it has one-third of the power in the judgments of astrology.γ,9 (5) {Likewise} calculate the beginnings of all the houses according to the method of the degrees of the ascensions,γ as I showed you in the Book of the Tables, and do not worry if one house comes out small and another large, or if two houses are in one sign; and give two-thirds of the power to the planetγ,10 that is in it [the house] according to the degrees of the ascensions.γ (6) {But} all the scholars of the starsγ,11 called ⟨the interval⟩ from the beginning of the tenth house, which results from the division of the degrees of the ascensions,γ until the beginning of the fourth house, passing through the ascendant, the ascending half of the circle; and they called ⟨the interval⟩ from the beginning of the fourth house to the beginning of the tenth house, passing through the descendant, the descending half of the circle. (7) {Moreover,} the quadrant which is from the tenth houseγ,12 according to the division of the ascensionsγ to the first house,γ,13 is masculine and southern; and the opposite quadrant, whose beginning is from the head of the fourth house to the beginning of the seventh house, is {also} masculine but northern. (8) {And} the quadrant from the beginning of the degree of the ascendant to the beginning of the fourth house is eastern and feminine; {and} the opposite quadrant, whose beginning is from the beginning of the seventh house to the beginning of the tenth house, is also feminine but western. 14 (1) {Therefore,} I now discuss the houses. {Thus} the first house isγ,1 the house of a human being’s life, soul, and body, and desires, and his nature, thoughts, character, and prudence or intellect,β,2 and the form of the face. (2) The second house is the house of his wealth, possessions, and assistants {{of the native or the querent,}}3 and those who look at him; {but} this house is called the house of good fortune or of the good daemon,β,4 because something will happen to him which never came to his mind, good or bad, in accordance with the nature of the planetγ,5 which {at that time} is in that place [i.e., in the second house] or in his nativity. (3) The third is the house of brothers, kin, sons-in-law, sisters,γ,6 short journeys, short or trivial dreams,β,7 {similarly} the science of law and of instruction for judgments.γ,8 (4) The fourth is the house of fathers,

792

part seven

est, et avorum, antiquorum quoque ac domorum et thesaurorum,γ domus rerum occultarum seu absconditarum,β ac finis omnis rei, et sepulchrum ubi sepelietur. (5) Quinta domus filiorum, ac deliciarum, commestionis, et potationis, vestiturarum, et encenorum. (6) ⟨⟨…⟩⟩. 15 (1) Dicit Enoch in libro suo quod locus Lune in nativitate nati novem mensium aut circiter est ille qui erat ascendens in hora conceptionis, et econtrario, ascendens nunc {{sive in hora nativitatis}} eratβ locus Lune in conceptione. (2) {Igitur,} si fuerit Luna propinquo termino domus sexte, fuit mora sive statioβ in ventre .288.γ dierum, et si in principio domus septime fuit moraγ .259. dierum, ⟨⟨…⟩⟩, si {vero} fuerit Luna in gradu ascendente est moraγ .273. dierum, ⟨⟨…⟩⟩. (3) Non sustenteris {autem} super sermones 39vb mulierum, | quia conceptionis horam perfecto ignorant. (4) Et ego multis quidem vicibus expertus sum hoc, et veritas est {procul dubio} dummodo natus non sit .7. mensium, et ille qui sic natus fuerit non prolongabitur in diebus. (5) Item accidit licet raro quod natus undecima mensium vivit,γ sed ipse divaricatus seu diversusβ erit in operationibus suis ab hominibus secundum dispositionemγ stellarum. 16 (1) Antiqui dicunt quod virtus quam homo recipit a Saturno est retentio et coagulatio,γ et quod ipse servit in conceptione quasi per unum mensem, ut semen1 retineri faciat et coagulari.γ (2) Postea {vero} Iupiter .30. diebus; demum Mars quasi .30. diebus; et postea Sol {etiam} quasi .30. diebus, et tunc virtutem recipit anime;γ postmodum servit Venus .30. diebus vel circiter, et ipsam figuram decentius format;γ post ipsam {vero} Mecurius quasi .30. diebus; et servit Luna in mense septimo, unde si tunc natus in lucem prodierit, vivet seu vivere poterit.γ (3) Si {ergo} matri aut fetui evenerit accidens exeundi in octavo mense, cum revertetur officium sive serviciumβ ad Saturnum, morientur ambo. (4) In nono {autem} mense servit Iupiter, qui est planetaγ vite, qui {ergo} tunc natus fuerit, vivet. (5) Item Mars, cum in natura sua sit festinare seu properare ad extrahendum,β siquidem fortis fuerit in hora conceptionis, et exeat natus in mense sui offi-

1ut semen] L in margin.

liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

793

grandfathers, ancestors, ⟨his⟩ houses, treasures,γ,9 houses of hidden or secret things,β,10 the outcome of everything, and of the grave where he will be buried. (5) The fifth is the house of children, pleasures, food, drink, clothes, and gifts. (6) ⟨⟨The sixth house: the house of slaves, sheep, cattle, diseases, fractures, and falls.⟩⟩11 15 (1) Enoch says in his book that the position of the Moon in the nativity of those born after approximately nine months ⟨of pregnancy⟩ is the one which was the ascendant at the time of conception, and on the contrary the ascendant now or {{at the moment of birth}} wasβ,1 the place of the Moon at conception. (2) {Therefore,} if the Moon ⟨at the time of conception⟩ is close to the end of the sixth house, the time elapsed or standing stillβ,2 in the womb [period of pregnancy] is 288 days,γ,3 and if ⟨the Moon is⟩ at the beginning of the seventh house the time elapsedγ,4 is 259 days, ⟨⟨at the upper cardo, 266 ⟨days⟩,⟩⟩5 {but} if the Moon is at the ascendant degree the time elapsedγ is 273 days, ⟨⟨and at the lower cardo, 280 ⟨days⟩⟩⟩.6 (3) {But} do not trust women’s statements because they do not know the moment of conception accurately. (4) I have myself tested this empirically many times,7 and this is true {without doubt} provided that ⟨the baby⟩ is not born in the seventh month, because one born in this manner will not live long. (5) Likewise, it happens although rarely that one born in the eleventh month lives,γ,8 but he will be dissimilar and differentβ,9 in his deeds from human beings in accordance with the conditionγ,10 of the stars. 16 (1) The Ancients said that the power that a human being receives from Saturn is retention and solidification,γ,1 and that it serves in the conception for almost one month, in order that it will make the semen be retained and solidified.γ,2 (2) {But} afterwards Jupiter ⟨serves⟩ thirty days; then Mars about thirty days; afterwards the Sun {also} about thirty days, and then it [the fetus] receives the power of the soul;γ,3 afterwards Venus serves thirty days or approximately that, and it [Venus] forms the shape more fittingly;γ,4 {but} after that Mercury about thirty days; and the Moon serves in the seventh month, hence, if the native comes into the light then, he will live or be able to live.γ,5 (3) {Therefore} if an accident happens to the mother or to the fetus so that it [the fetus] comes out in the eighth month, when the task or serviceβ,6 returns to Saturn, both will die. (4) {But} Jupiter, which is the planetγ,7 of life, serves in the ninth month, and {consequently} if ⟨the baby⟩ is born then he will live. (5) Likewise Mars, since its nature is to hasten or speed up in order to extract,β,8 if it is strong at the moment of conception, and the native comes out in the month of its [Mars’s] ser-

794

part seven

cii, {{scilicet in .10.,}}1 vivet. (6) Oportetque in mense undecimo,γ cum revertitur officium ad Solem, quod natus satisγ vivat. 17 (1) Si {igitur} scire volueris secundum viam propinquam quanta debeat esse mora nati in utero,γ vide in hora nativitatis si fuerit Luna super terram, et vide tunc quod sunt gradus equales inter principium domus septime et locum Lune; accipias {ergo} pro quolibet .13. gradibus diem unum, et quod exiverit adde super 259. (2) Si {vero} Luna, si {vero} sub terra fuerit, vide quanta sit distantia seu longitudoβ inter ascendentemγ et locum Lune, et accipe pro quolibet .13. gradibus diem unum, quod {ergo} exivit adde super .273. dies. (3) Et quod collectum fuerit erit2 numerus dierum more seu stationis,β scitoque si remaneat aliqua dividendum seu non divisum,β tantum enim vero faciendum est. (4) Et equandumγ quod ⟨⟨…⟩⟩; gradus ascendente in hora conceptionis locum ponas Lune in hora nativitatis; et cumγ sciveris horam conceptionis vide quid sit locus Lune, quia hic erit 40ra ascendens in hora nativitatis; item vide gradum ascendentem in | hora conceptionis, hic enim est locus Lune in nativitate,γ sive super terram sive subtus, si⟨c⟩ {ergo} scire poteris moreγ quantitatem. 18 (1) Sexta domus egritudinum est, et peculii, gregum, et armentorum seu animalium aut pecorum, confractionis quoque, et casus;γ septima domus mulierum et comparticipantium atque adversariorum manifestorum ut in bellis et earum litibus.γ (2) Octava domus mortis, luctus, lamentationis,γ timoris ac hereditatis mortuorum. (3) Nona domus itinerum remotorum,γ scientie, prudentie, somnorum, fidei et servicii divini. (4) Decima domus regni, ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ famositatis seu exaltationis,β ac magisteriorum operis manualis seu artificiorumβ ac etiam matris. (5) Domus undecima, domus amicorum,γ ac eufortunii, et lucis, mercature, ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ ac pompositatis. (6) Duodecima domus equitaturarum hominis, ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ et inimicorum eius, scilicet invidentium, et detractorum atque captivitatum ut carceris et vinculorum.

1.10.] corrected; L .9. 2erit] corrected; L erunt.

liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

795

vice, {{namely, in the tenth ⟨month⟩,}}9 he will live. (6) It is necessary in the eleventh month,γ,10 when the service returns to the Sun, that the native live enough.γ,11 17 (1) {Therefore,} if you wish to know according to an approximate method how long the elapsed time of the native in the uterusγ,1 should be, observe whether the Moon was above the Earth at the time of birth, and observe then how many equal degrees are between the beginning of the seventh house and the position of the Moon; assign {therefore} one day to each ⟨interval of⟩ 13 degrees, and add what results to 259 days. (2) {But} if the Moon was {indeed} beneath the Earth, observe the distance or longitudeβ,2 between the ascendantγ,3 and the position of the Moon, and take one day for each ⟨interval of⟩ 13 degrees, and add what {consequently} came out to 273 days. (3) The result will be the number of days of the time elapsed or standing still,β,4 and know whether something remains that should be divided or cannot be dividedβ,5 ⟨into days⟩, because only this should be done. (4) ⟨Now,⟩ one must equateγ,6 [correct] ⟨⟨the hours⟩⟩; ⟨and⟩ put the ascendant degree at the moment of conception ⟨as⟩ the position of the Moon at the moment of birth; and whenγ,7 you know the moment of conception, observe the place of the Moon, because this will be the ascendant at the moment of birth; likewise, observe the ascendant degree at the time of conception, because this is the place of the Moon at birth,γ,8 whether above or beneath the Earth, and in this manner you will {consequently} be able to know the length of the time elapsedγ [the period of pregnancy]. 18 (1) The sixth is the house of diseases, cattle, flocks of sheep, herds of cattle or animals or domestic animals, also fractures and falls;γ,1 The seventh ⟨is⟩ the house of women and partners, and of visible adversaries, such as in wars and in quarrels.γ,2 (2) The eighth ⟨is⟩ the house of death, mourning, lamentation,γ,3 fear, and inheritance from the deceased. (3) The ninth ⟨is⟩ the house of distant journeys,γ,4 the sciences, prudence, dreams, faith, and divine service. (4) The tenth ⟨is⟩ the house of kingship, ⟨⟨greatness⟩⟩, renown or exaltation,β,5 and of professions or skills of manual craft,β,6 and also of the mother. (5) The eleventh house ⟨is⟩ the house of friends,γ,7 good fortune, light, merchandise, ⟨⟨profit⟩⟩, and splendor. (6) The twelfth ⟨is⟩ the house of mounts used by man, ⟨⟨those who are envious of him,⟩⟩ his enemies, namely of those who are envious of him, and backbiters, and of captivity such as prison and fetters.

796

part seven

19 (1) Dicit Ptolomeus rex quod secundum viam quam partiti sunt Antiqui signa, (2) dixerunt quod Arietis est caput et facies;γ Tauri {{guttur et}} collum; Geminorum brachia {{et ascelle}}; Cancri pectus {{et pulmo}}; Leonis cor stomachus et venter superior {{cum costis}}; Virginis venter, {{umbilicus,}} et intestina;γ Libre lumbi {{et vertebra}}; Scorpionis pudibunda; Sagittarii coxe;γ Capricorni genua;γ Aquarii tibie; Piscium pedes. (3) Et secundum hanc viam currunt ab ascendente.γ 20 (1) {Amplius} rememorati sunt Antique cuilibet planete dolores et passionesβ {{in unoquoque signo; et dicunt quod}} dolor Saturni in Ariete est in pectore, Iovis in ventre superiori, Martis in capite, Solis in posterioribus seu in ano,β Veneris in pedibus, Mercurii in tibiis, et Lune in coxis. (2) Nec oportet cuiuslibet planeteγ {{dolores}} in signo quolibet commemorare, sicut Antiqui fecerunt propter prolixitatem, sed dabo tibi viam compendiosam hoc totum includentem.β (3) Iam {itaque} ostensum est tibi quod Luna domum unam {etiam} habet tantum, et Sol unam; {similiter} quilibet {autem} planetarumγ quinque domos duas; scito {igitur} quod 40rb inventa est primo radix et | clavisβ respectu signi Arietis. (4) Et domus prima Saturni Capricornus est; considera {ergo} quantum est signum Arietis respectu Capricorni; et est quartum, sicut est habitudoγ Canceris ad Arietem; quoniam {igitur} Cancer super pectus significat, {ideo} dolor Saturni in Ariete pectus comprehendit. (5) Domus {autem} prima Iovis Sagittarius est, ad quam se habet Aries sicut Leo ad Arietem; quoniam ergo Leo super cor et ventrem superiorem significat, dicunt Iovis in Ariete dolores esse certa partem illam.1 (6) Quia {vero} prima domus Martis Aries, {ideo} dixerunt quod dolor eius ibi est in capite. (7) {Item} quia se habet Aries ad Leonem .9a. domus Solis, et sicut Sagittarius ad Arietem, dixerunt quod dolor eius est ibidem in ano.γ (8) Ac {vero} quia signum Arietis ad Taurum habet se , quia prima domus est Veneris ⟨⟨…⟩⟩, sicut Pisces ad Arietem, {ideo} dixerunt dolorem Veneris ibi esse in pedibus. (9) Similiter quia Aries undecimum est signum a Geminis, prima domo Mercurii, sicut Aquarius ab Ariete, dixerunt quod dolor Mercurii ibidem est in tibiis. (10) {Demum,} quia Aries decimum est a Cancro, qui est domus Lune, sicut Capricornus respectu Arietis, {ideo} dixerunt quod dolor Lune ibidem est in genibus. (11) Secundum hanc {ergo} viam sunt dolores planeteγ cuiuslibet in unoquoque

1illam] L in margin.

liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

797

19 (1) King Ptolemy says that, according to the method by which the Ancients divided the signs, (2) they said that the head and face belong to Aries;γ,1 the {{throat and}}2 neck to Taurus; the arms {{and armpits}}3 to Gemini; the chest {{and lung}}4 to Cancer; the heart and the upper intestine {{with the ribs}}5 to Leo; the abdomen, {{navel,}}6 and intestinesγ,7 to Virgo; the hips {{and vertebrae}}8 to Libra; the genitals to Scorpio; the thighsγ,9 to Sagittarius; the kneesγ,10 to Capricorn; the lower leg to Aquarius; the feet to Pisces. (3) They proceed according to this method from the ascendant.γ,11 20 (1) {Besides,} the Ancients recorded the pains or sufferingsβ,1 {{of each planet in any sign; they said that}}2 the pain of Saturn in Aries is in the chest; of Jupiter in the upper abdomen; of Mars in the head; of the Sun in the back or the anus;β,3 of Venus in the feet; Mercury in the lower legs; and of the Moon in the thighs. (2) There is no need to record {{the pains of}}4 every planetγ,5 in every sign, as the Ancients did at great length, but I shall offer you a method that is short and comprehensive.β,6 (3) {Accordingly,} I have already shown you that the Moon has {also} one house, and the Sun one; {but} {similarly} any of the five planetsγ,7 ⟨has⟩ two houses; {therefore,} know that the root or keyβ,8 is the one found first with respect to the sign of Aries. (4) Saturn’s first house is Capricorn; {therefore} observe how much ⟨distant⟩ is the sign of Aries with respect to Capricorn; ⟨answer:⟩ it is the fourth, like the relationshipγ,9 of Cancer to Aries; {therefore,} since Cancer indicates the chest, {hence} the pain of Saturn in Aries includes the chest. (5) {But} Jupiter’s first house is Sagittarius, to which Aries is related like Leo to Aries; therefore, since Leo indicates the heart and the upper abdomen, they said that the pains of Jupiter in Aries certainly are this part. (6) {Moreover,} since Aries is the first house of Mars, {hence} they said its pain there is in the head. (7) {Likewise,} since Aries to Leo has the relationship of ⟨being⟩ ninth ⟨with respect to⟩ the house of the Sun, like Sagittarius to Aries, they said that its [the Sun’s] pain in that place [Aries] is in the anus.γ,10 (8) {Moreover,} because the sign of Aries to Taurus, since it is the first house Venus ⟨⟨and is the twelfth sign ⟨with respect to Taurus⟩⟩⟩, has the ⟨same⟩ relationship as ⟨that of⟩ Pisces to Aries, {therefore} they said that the pain of Venus there ⟨in Aries⟩ is in the feet. (9) So too, because Aries is the eleventh sign from Gemini, Mercury’s first house, like Aquarius from Aries, they said that the pain of Mercury in that place ⟨in Aries⟩ is the lower legs. (10) {Finally,} since Aries is the tenth ⟨sign⟩ from Cancer, the Moon’s house, like Capricorn with respect to Aries, {therefore} they said that the pain of the Moon in that place [Aries] is the knees. (11) {Therefore,} the pains of any planetγ,11 in any

798

part seven

signo. (12) Detectumque tibi est secretum quod celaverunt Antiqui, nichil de hoc commemorantes in libris suis; sed tantum dicentes sic expertos se fore et taliter ad eorum manus rem pervenisse. 21 (1) Planetarum fortitudo.γ,1 Considera si planete locus,γ post eius equationem,γ remotus fuerit ab auge sua seu a longitudine longioriβ plus novem signis, tunc ascendit ad augem,γ et cum est in loco augis,γ,2 tunc est in fortitudine sua magna. (2) Deinde ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ {vero} descendere incipit ab auge seu altitudine sua,β ac tunc computabitur tamquam in fortitudine consistens altitudinis.γ (3) Cum {autem} distat per sex signa, tunc est in loco depressionis eius seu in opposito augis.β (4) Et a tribus signis usque ad 40va sex incipit descendere ad oppositum | augis,γ a sex {vero} usque ad novem incipit ascendere ab opposito augis.γ 22 (1) Dixerunt enim Antiqui3 quod cum est planetaγ in auge sua,γ tunc est bonus valde, et contrarium est in opposito auge.γ,4 Inquit5 translator: quoniam, ut scribitur secundo De generatione, latio Solis et stellarum in obliquo circulo vel in zodiacoβ,6 causa generationis est et corruptionis, hec autem latio secundum successionem signorum est ab occidente scilicet in oriens; prima vero7 latio supremi scilicet8 celi sive totius,9 que est econtrario ab oriente, inquam,10 in occidens permanentie, causa est11 et incorruptionis; idcirco rationabile est motum secundum signa quanto velociorem tanto fortiorem habere principatum super res corruptibiles; et econtrario, quanto tardiorem aut motui supremo similiorem tanto debiliorem12 super res corporales, que corruptibiles sunt, et per consequens fortiorem super res anime, que nature sunt permanentis ac divine aut ei similes seu proportionales. Ex hoc ergo13 sequitur quod retrogradatio planete super res anime maiorem habet dignitatem quam directionem14, econtrario autem de rebus corporalibus. Et hinc etiam patet intentio actoris15 in hac parte, in auge namque16 tardius movetur planeta secundum signa, in opposito autem velocius, et non est17 causa propinquitatis et elongationis a terra. Hoc etenim impossibile est secundum principia plana philosophie. 1Planetarum fortitudo] LV; Here begins MS V; V above the line: Per tanslatorem super Ysagoga Abrahe Duce Avenesre. De fortitudine planetarum. 2tunc ascendit ad augem et cum est in loco augis] L in margin. 3enim antiqui] V; L ergo aliqui. 4et contrarium est in opposito auge] V; L et huius oppositum cum est in opposito. 5inquit] L; V dicit enim. 6vel in zodiaco] V; L om. 7vero] L; V enim. 8scilicet] L; V om. 9totius] L; V tochius. 10totius] L; V om. 11est] V; L om. 12debiliorem] V; L debiliores. 13ergo] L; V om. 14directionem] V; L directio. 15actoris] L; V auctoris. 16namque] L; V enim. 17non est] V; L non.

liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

799

sign are according to this method. (12) I have disclosed a secret which the Ancients concealed, and they recorded nothing of it in their books; they only said that they have tested this and found it to be in such a manner. 21 (1) The power of the planets.γ,1 Observe: if the planet’s place,γ,2 after its equationγ,3 [correction], is more than 9 signs distant from its apogee or from its greatest longitude,β,4 then it [the planet] is rising to apogee,γ and when it is at apogeeγ then it is in its great power. (2) {But} then ⟨⟨for 3 signs⟩⟩ it begins to descend from its apogee or altitude,β,5 and then it will be calculated as if it stands in the power of its altitudeγ,6 [apogee]. (3) {But} when it is distant by 6 signs ⟨from apogee⟩, then it is at the place of its depression or at the opposite of the apogeeβ,7 [perigee]. (4) And from 3 signs up to six ⟨signs⟩ it begins to descend to the opposite of the apogeeγ,8 [the perigee], {but} from six ⟨signs⟩ up to 9 ⟨signs⟩ it begins to rise from the opposite of the apogee.γ 22 (1) The Ancients said that when a planetγ,1 is at its apogee,γ then it is very good, and the contrary at the opposite of the apogee.γ The translator says: since, as is written in the second ⟨book⟩ of On generation,2 the movement of the Sun and the stars in the oblique circle or in the zodiacβ,3 is the cause of generation and corruption, this movement in space is according to the succession of the signs from west to east; but the first movement, namely, of the upper heaven or of the whole, which on the contrary is from east, I say, to west, is the cause of incorruptibility; therefore, it is reasonable that the motion according to the signs, to the extent that it is quicker, has a stronger rule over corruptible things; and on the contrary, to the extent that it is slower or similar to the higher motion, it is weaker regarding bodily things, which are corruptible, and consequently is stronger regarding matters of the soul, which are of permanent or divine nature or similar or proportional to them [the matters of the soul]. From this, then, follows that the retrogradation of the planet has greater dignity of the soul than, on the contrary, guidance over bodily matters. And from this point emerges the purpose of the author4 in this part, because at apogee the planet is moving slower according to the signs, but quicker at the opposite ⟨of the apogee⟩ [perigee], and not because of the proximity and remoteness from the Earth. In fact, this is impossible according to the plain principles of philosophy.

800

part seven

(2) Ptolomeus {vero} rex ab eis dissentiens, dicit quod cum est in opposito augis tunc est terre propinquior, et ad visum oculiθ tunc apparet maior, datque virtutem suam {fortius} recipienti in terra. (3) Et hoc quidem expertus sum multis vicibus quibus non est finis,1 invenique sermones Antiquorum ac etiam sermones Ptolomei verificatos.γ (4) Nam si fueritγ planetaγ 40vb presul | nati,γ et sit eiγ fortitudo magna in quinque dignitatum locisγ secundum quod explanabo, sitque prepositus seu presulβ super animam, et sit in loco augis,γ significabit animam sublimem, fortem, ac sapientem multum,2 eo quod planetaγ propinquus est orbiγ signorum, et recipiet natus a planeta seu per manum planeteβθ virtutem sublimem et excellentem.β (5) Quia tamen remotus est a terra, non erit {nato} famositas seu nomen magnumβ in terra quod sit prudens aut sapiens;β si {vero} fuerit in depressione sua seu in loco opposito augis,β erit nomen et fama illiusβ sensu maior et sapientia.β (6) Si {autem} presul existens super substantiam3 et divitiasβ sit in auge,γ habebit divitias sine famositate seu absque eo quod sciatur,β si {vero} fuerit in loco depressione sue seu in opposito augis,β reputabitur locuplex et divitias habens magnas, sed non erit ita. 23 (1) {Preterea,} est planeteγ fortitudo cum est eius latitudo septentrionalis, et quanto maior eius fuerit latitudo huiusmodi4 tanto melius, eo quod habitatio nostra est in parte septentrionalis, si {vero} natus fuerit sub equali linea, melius erit si non fuerit planeteγ latitudo, necque septentrionalis necque meridionalis.5 (2) Et hoc est etiam illud quod iam dixi de fortitudine planete in loco augis circuli ecentrici,γ {sed} non habet trium fortitudinis respectu parvi circuli, secundum quod explanabo. 24 (1) Dixerunt Antiqui quod radiiγ Solis .15. gradus sunt ante se et retro similiter; radiiγ Lune .12. ante et retro; Saturni et Iovis .9. ante et retro; Martis .8. ante et retro; Veneris et Mercurii .7. ante et retro. 25 (1) Scito quod non coniungitur Sol alteri planetarumγ superiorum nisi cum est planetaγ superior in augeγ parvi circuli, (2) Cum {ergo} fuerit planeta superiorγ cum Sole in uno gradu, fueritque inter eos6 minus .16. minu-

1quibus non est finis] L; V om. 2multum] V; L > multum. 3substantiam] V; L existentiam. 4maior eius fuerit latitudo huiusmodi] L; V plus fuerit septentrionalis. 5necque septententrionalis necque meridionalis] L; V om. 6fueritque inter eos] L; V et.

liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

801

(2) {But} King Ptolemy disagrees with them, and says that when it is at the opposite of its apogee [at its perigee] it is closer to the Earth, and then it appears larger to the vision of the eyeθ,5 [sight], and gives its power to be received {more strongly} on Earth. (3) I have tried this innumerable times, and found that the statements of the Ancients and also the statements of Ptolemy are established as true.γ,6 (4) For if a planetγ,7 isγ,8 the ruler of the native,γ,9 and it hasγ,10 a great power in the five places of the dignities,γ,11 as I shall explain, and it is the chief or the rulerβ,12 of the soul, and it is in the place of apogee,γ it will indicate an exalted, strong, very wise soul, because the planetγ is close to the orbγ,13 of the signs, and the native will receive an exalted and excellent powerβ,14 from the planet or through the hands of the planet.βθ,15 (5) Yet because ⟨at apogee⟩ it [the planet] is far from the Earth, there will not be {to the native} fame or great reputationβ,16 on Earth that he is prudent or wise;β,17 {but} if it [the planet] is at its depression or in the place opposite the apogeeβ,18 [perigee], his [the native’s] reputation and fameβ,19 will exceed ⟨his⟩ intelligence and wisdom.β,20 (6) {But} if the one [the planet] that is the ruler of wealth and richesβ,21 is at apogee,γ he [the native] will have riches without fame or without its being known,β,22 {but} if it is at place of its depression or in the opposite of the apogee,β he will be considered wealthy and having many riches, but this will not be true. 23 (1) {In addition,} a planetγ,1 has power when its ⟨ecliptic⟩ latitude is northern, and the higher its latitude the better it is, because our habitable ⟨part of the Earth⟩ is in the northern part; {but} if one is born under the equal line [at the equator], it is better for him if the planetγ has no latitude, neither northern nor southern. (2) And that is also what I have said about the power of a planet at the place of apogee on the eccentric circle,γ,2 {but} it does not have one-third of power with respect to the small circle [the epicycle], as I shall explain. 24 (1) The Ancients said that the raysγ,1 of the Sun are 15 degrees before it and similarly behind ⟨it⟩; the raysγ of the Moon 12 degrees before and behind; of Saturn and Jupiter 9 degrees before and behind; of Mars 8 degrees before and behind; of Venus and Mercury 7 degrees before and behind. 25 (1) Know that the Sun is not conjoined to one of the upper planetsγ,1 except for when that upper planetγ is at the apogeeγ,2 of the small circle [the epicycle]. (2) {Therefore,} if the upper planetγ,3 is with Sun in one degree, and there is less than 16 minutes between them, namely before or

802

part seven

tis, ante Solem videlicet1 aut post, tunc computabitur planetaγ tamquam duplex esset, quia virtus eius duplicatur. (3) Si {autem} longitudoγ inter planetamγ et Solem ante vel post fuerit minor .6. gradus, tunc notabitur 41ra planetaγ combustus, et non est ei fortitudo. | (4) {Quod} si planetaγ superior coniunctionem Solis transierit plus sex gradibus quousque distet ab eo .90. gradibus erit planetaγ orientalis, et hoc ideoque ante Solem oritur et ascendit in oriente;2 et si fuerit inter planetam et Solem minus .15. gradus, tunc erit ei medietas fortitudinis sue, si planetaγ fuerit Saturnus aut Iupiter. (5) Sed si fuerit Mars, non revertetur ad ipsum medietas fortitudinis sue quousque dimidium distantie fuerit plus decem gradibus.γ (6) Cum {ergo} distantia tertiumγ superiorum a Sole fuerit .15. graduum equalium, tunc erit planetaγ in sua fortitudine magna usque ad triginta gradus equales. (7) ⟨⟨…⟩⟩. (8) Ego {autem} dico quod hoc totum est rectificatum et intelligendumβ respectu illorum qui sub equali morantur linea, sed hiis qui remoti sunt hinc3 non erit {planeta} in sua fortitudine tota cum est longitudoγ .15. gradus, si ascensionesγ signorum illis4 correspondentesγ fuerint breves, {etiam} si latitudo sit magna {verum} ita erit in signis quorum ascensiones longe sunt,γ et sunt signa recta. (9) {Igitur} a .30. gradus usque ad .60. est in magna sua fortitudine stans et perseverans,β {sed} non augescens seu augmentum recipiens; deinde usque ad .90. gradus est in fortitudine mediocre; hinc {vero} donec fiat retrogradus, incipit debilitari eius fortitudo, nam cum est in statione prima nullam habet fortitudinem, secundum Antiquos experimentatores.γ (10) Ptolomeus {autem} Rex dicit quod cum5 est planetaγ in statione sua prima, in sua est fortitudine tota, sed quando retrogradari6 incipit tunc debilitatur eius fortitudo,7 sed Antiquorum sermones recti sunt. (11) Et quicumque planetaγ retrogradatur nequaquam affirmabitur eius sermo, error enim et reprehensioβ,8 supervenient ei et renovantur super ipsumβ itaque cum est planeta in oppositione Solis, nulla est ei fortitudo, et aliquantulum assimilatur combusto; et {ideo} cum fuerit aliquantulum distans ab oppositione Solis, tunc minuetur de malo eius. (12) Cum {autem} fuerit in statione sua secunda, tunc speratur quod redibit ad ipsum eius fortitudo; et cum distabit a Sole .90. gradus et sicut usque ad .90. gradus primo vocatur orientalis,9 erit ei fortitudo mediocris, sic et nunc secundum .90. gradus usque Solem occidentalis vocatur, quamdiu {ergo} sic apropinquat ad coniungendum Soli, est ei malum et debilitasβ. 1videlicet] L; V om. 2et hoc ideoque ante Solem oritur et ascendit in oriente] L; V om. 3hinc] L; V om. 4illis] L; V om. 5cum] L; V quando. 6retrogradari] L; V debitiltari. 7debilitatur eius fortitudo] L; V retrogradari. 8reprehensio] V; L comprehensio. 9et sicut usque ad .90. gradus primo vocatur orientalis] L; V om.

liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

803

behind the Sun, the planetγ,4 will be considered as equivalent to two ⟨planets⟩, because its power is doubled. (3) {But} if the longitudeγ,5 [distance] between the planetγ,6 and the Sun, before or behind it, is less than 16 minutes, then the planetγ,7 will be designated burnt, and it has no power. (4) {But} if the upper planetγ passes the conjunction with the Sun by more than 6 degrees until [the planet] is 90 degrees distant from it [the Sun], the planetγ is eastern, and this because it [the planet] rises before the Sun ascends in the east; and if there is less than 15 degrees between the planet and the Sun, then it will have half of its power, if the planetγ is Saturn or Jupiter. (5) But if it is Mars, half of its power will not be returned to it as long as half of the distance exceeds 10 degrees.γ,8 (6) {Therefore,} when the distance from the Sun of the threeγ,9 upper ⟨planets⟩ is 15 equal degrees, then the planetγ will be in its great power until ⟨the distance from the Sun is⟩ 30 equal degrees. (7) ⟨⟨Any retrograde planet loses part of its years, either 2⁄5 of its years before it reaches opposition or 1⁄5 ⟨of its years⟩ if it has passed ⟨opposition⟩⟩⟩10 (8) {But} I say that all this is correct and intelligibleβ,11 with respect to those who dwell under the equal line [the equator], but for those who are distant from that place {the planet} will not be in its full power when the longitudeγ [distance] is 15 degrees, if the ascensionsγ of the signs corresponding to themγ,12 are short; {also} if the latitude is high it will be {indeed} like that in the signs whose ascensions are long,γ,13 and these are the straight signs. (9) {Therefore,} from 30 degrees to 60 degrees ⟨the planet⟩ stands and continuesβ,14 in its great power, {but} does not increase or does not receive an addition;β,15 then up to 90 degrees it is in ⟨its⟩ intermediate power; {but} from this place until it becomes retrograde its power starts to weaken, because when it is in the first station it has no power, according to the Ancient experimenters.γ,16 (10) {But} King Ptolemy says that when the planetγ is in the first station, it [the planet] is in its full power, but when it begins to be retrograde then its power is weakened, but the statements of the Ancients are correct. (11) Any retrograde planetγ will never fulfill his [i.e., Ptolemy’s] statement, and error and blameβ,17 will happen to him [the native] and be repeated for him,β,18 and accordingly when the planet is opposite the Sun, it has no power, and it is somewhat similar to a burnt ⟨planet⟩; and {for that reason} when it is somewhat distant from opposition to the Sun, then its misfortune will be decreased. (12) {But} when it [the planet] is in the second station, then it is expected that it will return to its power; and when it is 90 degrees distant from the Sun, just as up to 90 degrees is called above eastern, its power will be intermediate, just as up to 90 degrees after the Sun it is called western, and {therefore,} as long as it is coming closer to conjunction with the Sun, evil and weaknessβ,19 occur to him.

804

part seven

26 (1) Regula {autem} est quod omnis planete retrogradatio minuit de annis eius, nam ⟨…⟩ antequam transiverit oppositione Solis duas annorum quintas minuit, si vero transiverit quintam unam.γ In hoc autem est proportio consideranda. Fortitudo trium planetarumγ superiorum ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ maior1 est quando sunt orientales quam cum occidentales sunt.2 (2) Et econtrario est de tribus inferioribus Sole, nam retrogradi existentes sunt orientales,γ et {ideo} fortitudo eorum maiorγ est cum occidentales sunt quam orientales.3 (3) Mercurius {autem} a Sole non potest elongari, sive orientalis existens sive occidentalis, plus .28.γ gradibus equalibus, quorumque .30. continet signum. (4) Venus {quoque}, sive sit orientalis sive occidentalis a Sole, non potest elongari nisi minus .48. gradibus equalibus. 27 (1) Elongatioγ {vero} horum amborum diversificatur in quolibet signo propter circulum ecentricum.γ (2) Et hee sunt eorum tabule.γ,4 Elongatio Veneris et Mercurii a Sole5 Nomina signorum

Venus Venus Mercurius Mercurius orientalis occidentalis orientalis occidentalis

Aries Taurus Gemini Cancer Leo Virgo Libra Scorpio Sagittarius Capricornus Aquarius Pisces

.45. 14. .45. 17. .45. 34. .45. .56. .46. .26.,7 .46. 38. .46. .45. .46. .47. .46. .30. .46.8 .7. .45. .41. .45. 20.

.46.6 .22. .45. .31. .44. .49. .44. .25. .44. .31. .44. .55. .45. .41. .47. .30. .47. .13. .47. .34. .47. .34. .47. 7.

.22. .14. .22. .13. .20. .18. .18. .9. .16. .35. .16. .1. .17. .43. .21. .32. .26. .9. .28. .37. .28. .27. .26. 24.

.19. .36. .21. .7. .23. .44. .26. .16. .27. .37. .26. .16. .23. .31. .20. .55. .19. .28. .19. .14. .19. .11. .19. .4.

gradus minuta9

gradus minuta

gradus minuta

gradus minuta

1maior] L; V minor. 2quam cum occidentales sunt] L; V om. 3orientales et ideo fortitudo eorum maior est cum occidentales sunt quam orientales.] L; V inferiores orientales. 4Et hee sunt eorum tabule] L; V et haec patent in hac tabula. 5Elongatio Veneris et Mercurii a Sole] L; V om. 6.46.] L; V .48. 7.26.] L; V .24. 8.46.] L; V .47. 9gradus minuta] L; V om.

liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

805

26 (1) {But} the rule is that any retrogradation of a planet reduces its [the planet’s] years, because before it [the planet] passes the Sun’s opposition it will reduce 2⁄5 of its years, but if it passes ⟨the Sun’s opposition it will reduce⟩ 1⁄5 ⟨of its years⟩.γ,1 In this it is necessary to consider the proportion. The power of the three upper planetsγ,2 ⟨⟨above the Sun⟩⟩ is greater when they are oriental ⟨of the Sun⟩ than when they are occidental. (2) But the opposite applies to the three ⟨planets⟩ that are beneath the Sun, because they are oriental ⟨of the Sun⟩ when they are retrograde,γ,3 and {for that reason } their power is greaterγ,4 when they are occidental ⟨of the Sun⟩ than when they are oriental. (3) {But} Mercury cannot move away from the Sun, whether it is oriental or occidental ⟨of the Sun⟩, more than 28γ,5 equal degrees, and every sign covers 30 ⟨degrees⟩. (4) {Also} Venus, whether it is oriental or occidental ⟨of the Sun⟩, cannot move away ⟨from the Sun⟩ more than 48 equal degrees from the Sun. 27 (1) {But} the elongationγ,1 [distance] of these two [Venus and Mercury] ⟨from the Sun⟩ changes in any sign because of the eccentric circle.γ,2 (2) These are their tables.γ,3 Elongation of Venus and Mercury from the Sun Names of the signs

Venus oriental

Venus Mercury Mercury occidental oriental occidental

Aries Taurus Gemini Cancer Leo Virgo Libra Scorpio Sagittarius Capricorn Aquarius Pisces

.45. 14. .45. 17. .45. 34. .45. .56.7 .46. .26.10 .46. 38. .46. .45. .46. .47. .46. .30. .46. .7. .45. .41.16 .45. 20.

.46. .22. .45. .31. .44.6 .49. .44. .25. .44. .31. .44. .55. .45. .41. .47. .30.12 .47. .13. .47. .34.15 .47. .34. .47. 7.

.22.4 .14. .22. .13. .20. .18. .18. .9.8 .16. .35. .16. .1.11 .17. .43. .21. .32. .26. .9.14 .28. .37. .28. .27. .26. 24.

.19. .36. .21.5 .7. .23. .44. .26. .16.9 .27. .37. .26. .16. .23. .31. .20. .55.13 .19. .28. .19. .14. .19. .11. .19. .4.17

degrees minutes

degrees minutes

degrees minutes

degrees minutes

806

part seven

28 (1) Cursus {itaque} Veneris et Mercurii Solis adheretγ cursui. (2) Et Venus, cum est portio eius equataγ maior .4. signis et .17. gradibus, est occidentalis ac velox cursu suo plus cursu Solis; et postea est cursus eius 41va minor | cursu Solis quousque portio equataγ .7. signorum est ac .13. graduum; deinde sit cursu velox et sit orientalis. (3) Mercurius {autem} est velox cursu usque ad tertia signa et .22. gradus, et tunc est occidentalis; deinde sit tardius usque ad octo signa et octo gradus; et postea velox est et orientalis. 29 (1) Proprium {quoque} horum duorum inferiorum est et rectumβ quod cum fuerunt cum Sole minus .16. minutis magna est eis fortitudo; et usque ad sex gradus erunt combusti; post sex {vero} usque ad .15. sub radiisγ Solis sunt, {et} quando sunt occidentales fortes sunt, {sed} quando orientales non est in eis fortitudo.1 (2) Contrarium {vero} huius est in Saturno et Iove quando sunt sub radiisγ et sunt occidentales; Mars {autem}, cum distantia inter ipsum et Solem minor fuerit .18. gradus, fuerit occidentalis, fortitudinem non habet. (3) {Amplius}, accidit ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ inferioribus illud quod non accidit ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ superioribus horum, enim uterque Soli coniungitur cum est in auge parvi circuli, et eius portioγ nichil est in gradibus et minutis, estque tunc directus cursu. (4) Et mutatur motus eiusγ ab orientale in occidentalem, item coniungitur eidem in opposito augis seu in longitudine propioreβ,2 parvi circuli, cum videlicet portio est sex signorum. (5) Estque tunc retrogradus, et mutatur motus eius ab occidentali in orientalem; quandocumqueγ,3 {igitur} motus planeteγ inferiorisγ maior est motu Solis, tunc est ei fortitudo magna. (6) Et dixerunt astrorum sapientesγ quod fortitudo planeteγ superioris perfecta est cum orientalis est a Sole et occidentalis a Luna, econtrario {vero} de inferioribus. 30 (1) Lune {autem} fortitudo mutatur secundum quatuor lunationis quadras,γ nam a tempore quo Luna Soli coniungitur per motum equatum seu verumβ usque ad .90. gradus, est virtus Lune calida et humida; hinc {vero} usque ad .180. gradus, calida et sicca; deinceps usque ad .270. gradus, loco Lune elongato a Sole et hoc est per .90. gradus ante Solem, est quarta 41vb frigida et sicca; deinde usque ad novilunium, frigida e humida. | (2) Quemadmodum {autem} dictum estγ de hiis quartis, sed {etiam} est in reliquis

1sed quando orientales non est in eis fortitudo] L; V om. 3quandocumque] L; V quando.

2propiore] L; V longiori.

liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

807

28 (1) {Therefore,} the course of Venus and Mercury adjoinsγ,1 the Sun’s course. (2) Venus, when its equated portionγ,2 is more than 4 signs and 17 degrees, is occidental ⟨of the Sun⟩ and quicker in its course than the Sun’s course; afterwards its course is less than the Sun’s course until the equated portionγ is 7 signs and 13 degrees; then it is quick in ⟨its⟩ course and oriental ⟨of the Sun⟩. (3) {But} Mercury is quick in ⟨its⟩ course until 3 signs and 22 degrees, and then it is occidental ⟨of the Sun⟩; next it is slower until 8 signs and 8 degrees; afterwards it is quick and oriental ⟨of the Sun⟩. 29 (1) It is {also} proper and rightβ,1 for the two lower ⟨planets⟩ that when they are with the Sun less 16 minutes they have great power; and ⟨from there⟩ up to 6 degrees they will be burnt; {but} after 6 degrees up to 15 degrees they are under the raysγ,2 of the Sun; {and} when they are occidental ⟨of the Sun⟩ they are strong; {but} when they are oriental ⟨of the Sun⟩ they have no power. (2) {Moreover,} the opposite applies to Saturn and Jupiter when they are under the raysγ of the Sun and they are occidental ⟨of the Sun⟩; {but} Mars, when the distance between it and the Sun is less than 18 degrees, ⟨and⟩ it is occidental ⟨of the Sun⟩, has no power. (3) {Besides}, it happens to the ⟨⟨two⟩⟩ lower ⟨planets⟩ what does not happen to the ⟨⟨two⟩⟩ upper ⟨planets⟩, because each of them is conjoined to the Sun when it is at the apogee of its small circle, and its portionγ,3 has nothing of degrees and minutes, and then it is direct in ⟨its⟩ course. (4) And its motion changesγ,4 from east to west, likewise it is conjoined to it [the Sun] at the opposite of its apogee or at the closer longitudeβ,5 of the small circle, namely, when the portion is six signs. (5) Then it is retrograde, and its motion changes from west to east; {therefore,} wheneverγ,6 the motion of the inferiorγ,7 planetγ,8 is greater than the Sun’s motion, then it has great power. (6) The scholars of the starsγ,9 said that the power of an upper planetγ,10 is full when it is oriental of the Sun and occidental of the Moon, {but} the opposite applies to the lower ⟨planets⟩. 30 (1) {But} the power of the Moon changes according to the four quarters of the lunation,γ,1 because from the moment when the Moon is conjoined to the Sun by the equated or true motionβ,2 until 90 degrees, the power of the Moon is hot and moist; from this place to 180 degrees, hot and dry; {moreover,} after this to 270 degrees, when the Moon’s position is distant from the Sun and this is by 90 degrees ahead of the Sun, the quadrant is cold and dry; finally ⟨from there⟩ to the new Moon, cold and moist. (2) In the same way as has been saidγ,3 about the quadrants, {however,} it

808

part seven

quinqueγ planetis:γ ab hora namque coniunctionis planeteγ superioris cum Sole usque ad quartum aspectum in circulo,γ que est .90. gradus equales, est planetaγ calidus et humidus; deinde usque ad oppositum, calidus et siccus; postea frigidus et siccus; et postremo frigidus et humidus.1 (3) {Sane,} Venus et Mercurius, quando sunt cum Sole atque retrogradi usque portio equataγ est .9. signorum, calidi sunt et humidi; deinde usque ad .12., calidi et sicci; et deinceps usque ad .3., frigidi et sicci; et usque ad .6., frigidi et humidi. (4) Expertum {itaque} est quod mutatur natura planetarumγ secundum eorum habitudinemγ ad Solem. 31 (1) Describam {autem} nunc tibi tabulamγ ad sciendum quanto gradibus retrogradatur planeta quilibet, et quanto diebus erit retrogradus, secundum propinquitate. (2) {Item}2 que est maxima longitudo respectu quanto sunt dies retrogradationis maxime,γ quia est et mediocris et minima, et pervenit hac mutatio ex parte circuli ecentrici.γ (3) Post quilibet igitur planetarum descripti sunt gradus et minuta elongationis maxime et medie et minime.γ (4) Saturnus postquam coniunctus fuerit Soli pertransit .10. gradus postea sit retrogradus.γ (5) ⟨⟨…⟩⟩. Tabula retrogradationis planetarum longitudo maxima

Saturnus Iupiter Mars Venus Mercurius

longitudo media

longitudo minima

gradus minuta

dies

gradus dies minuta

gradus dies minuta

.7. .14. .9. .49. .19. .53.3 .16. .25.4 .7. .54.

.180. .123. .32. .43. .22.

.7. .16. .9. .43. 16. .18. .15. .16. .12. .17.

.7. .18. .9. .54. .11. .12. .14. .4. .15. .13.

.138. .118. .64. .39. .23.

.137. .118. .64. .39. .23.

1ab hora namque coniunctionis planete superioris cum Sole usque ad quartum aspectum in circulo, que est .90. gradus equales, est planeta calidus et humidus; deinde usque ad oppositum, calidus et siccus; postea frigidus et siccus; et postremo frigidus et humidus] L; V om. 2Item] L; V scilicet. 3.19. .53.] L; V .17. .52. 4.25.] L; V .35.

liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

809

{also} applies to the fiveγ,4 planets:γ because from the moment of an upper planet’sγ conjunction with the Sun to the quartile aspect in the circle,γ,5 which is 90 equal degrees, the planetγ is hot and moist; next ⟨from there⟩ until opposition ⟨to the Sun⟩, hot and dry; afterwards, cold and dry; and finally cold and moist. (3) {Certainly,} Venus and Mercury, when they are with the Sun and are retrograde, until the equated portionγ is 9 signs, are hot and moist; next ⟨from there⟩ to 12 signs, ⟨they are⟩ hot and dry; after this, ⟨from there⟩ to 3 ⟨signs⟩, cold and dry; and ⟨from there⟩ to 6 ⟨signs⟩, cold and moist. (4) {Thus,} it has been proved that the planets’γ nature changes in accordance with their relationshipγ,6 to the Sun. 31 (1) {But} now I will write down for you a tableγ,1 for knowing how many degrees each planet retrogresses, and approximately how many days it will be retrograde. (2) {Likewise,} ⟨for knowing⟩ which is the maximum longitude with respect to how many are the days of the maximum retrogradation,γ,2 because there is intermediate and minimum ⟨longitude⟩, and this variation comes from the eccentric circle.γ,3 (3) After each planet are recorded the degrees and minutes of the maximum, intermediate and minimum elongation.γ,4 (4) Saturn, after it conjoins the Sun, moves 10 degrees and afterwards retrogresses.γ,5 (5) ⟨⟨Maximum ⟨distance⟩: Scorpio, Sagittarius, Capricorn, at its apogee. Mean ⟨distance⟩: Leo, Virgo, Libra, Aquarius, Pisces, Aries, between apogee and perigee. Minimum ⟨distance⟩: Taurus, Gemini, Cancer, at perigee.⟩⟩6 Table of retrogradation of the planets maximum longitude

Saturn Jupiter Mars Venus Mercury

intermediate longitude

minimum longitude

degrees days minutes

degrees minutes

days

degrees days minutes

.7. .14. .9. .49. .19. .53. .16. .25. .7. .54.

.7. .16.8 .20. .9. .43.9 16. .18.12 .15. .16.14 .12. .17.18

.138. .118.10 .64.13 .41. .22.

.7. .18. .9. .54. .11. .12. .14. .4.15 .15. .13.19

.180.7 .123. .32.11 .43. .22.17

.137. .118. .64. .39.16 .23.

810

part seven

32 (1) De fortitudine coniunctione et oppositionis planetarum. Coniunctio.1 Si fuerit coniunctio planeteγ cum planetaγ et ambo fuerint in linea signorum, ita quod neuter eorum latitudinem habeat, tunc erit coniunc42ra tio perfecta, et eclipsabit inferior superiorem seu occultabit ab oculorum | visione.θβ (2) Non possunt {autem} superiores planete Solem eclipsare,γ similiter neque inferiores, quia semper est eis latitudo cum Soli coniunguntur. (3) Ad hec, quia parvum est corpus Veneris, est in una .22.γ parvum quantitatis terre; Sol {vero} grandis est multum, etenim tota terra pars una {{.160.}} partium quantitatis Solis, secundum probationes certas scientie geometrie. (4) {Sed} quia Venus propinqua est terre {ideo} videtur lumen eius multum; Mercurius {vero} est parvus valde; {sane vero} quando coniungitur Soli Venus in signo Piscium, habens totam latitudinem suam septentrionalem, tunc quidem videri potest Venus, cuius simile de nullo alio utique planetaγ contingit. 33 (1) Cumγ {igitur} coniunguntur planeteγ duo, vide quis eorum propinquior fuerit loco augis seu longitudini longioriβ parvi circuli, nam ille fortior erit seu potentiorβ ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ eo quod tunc erit in opposito augis seu longitudine propinquiori, et hoc quidem scire poteris per portionem equatam sive per elongationem secundum quam a Sole planeta elongatur.β (2) {Itaque} si fuerint inter augem et oppositum augis, vide cuius eorum portio equataγ minor fuerit in numero graduum, nam ille potentiorγ est eo cuius portio equataγ fuerit maior, et hoc quod quidem est quiaγ ille cuius longitudoγ a loco augis parva fuerit propinquior est augi et sit potentior. (3) Si {vero} fuerint inter longitudinem propinquiorem et longiorem,γ considera cuius portio maioris2 fuerit numeri, nam ille potentior est,γ quiaγ propinquior augi in una parte est eo cuius longitudoγ parva fuerit, cum sit hic inferior illo et in loco qui circa oppositum est augis,γ hic {igitur} est una fortitudo. (4) Iterum considera centrum equatum,γ et fac secundum viam portionis, potentioriγ namque dimidia est fortitudo. (5) Si {autem} unius latitudo septentrionalis fuerit alter {vero} in linea signorum, aut latitudinem habeat meridionalem, septentrionalis dimidiam habet fortitudinem in prepotentia.γ (6) Si {vero} fuerit alter in linea signorum et alter meridionalis, prepotentiaγ illius erit qui in linea fuerit orbis signorum. (7) Consi-

1Coniunctio] L; V De coniunctione. 2maioris] V; L maior.

liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

811

32 (1) On the power of the conjunction and of the opposition of the planets. The conjunction. If a conjunction of two planetsγ takes place and both are in the line of the signs [the ecliptic], so that neither of them has any latitude, the conjunction will be full and the lower ⟨planet⟩ eclipses or hides from the vision of the eyesθ,1,β,2 [sight] the upper. (2) {But} the upper planets cannot eclipseγ,3 the Sun, nor can the lower ⟨planets⟩, because they always have ⟨some⟩ latitude when they conjoin the Sun. (3) Furthermore, because the body of Venus is small, it is 22γ,4 smaller than the size of the Earth; {but} the Sun is very large, because the whole Earth is one {{160th}}5 of the size of the Sun, according to established proofs from the science of geometry. (4) {But} since Venus is close to the Earth, {therefore} its light is seen to a great degree; Mercury, {however,} is very small; {but certainly} when Venus is conjoined to the Sun in the sign of Pisces, when it has its full [i.e., maximum] northern latitude, then Venus can be seen, which is not the case for any other planet.γ 33 (1) {Therefore,} whenγ,1 two planetsγ are in conjunction, observe which of them is closer to the place of the apogee or to the greater longitudeβ,2 of the small circle [the epicycle], because this one will be stronger or more powerfulβ,3 ⟨⟨than the one that is at perigee⟩⟩, because then it will be in the opposite to the apogee or at the closest longitude, and you may know this by the equated portion or by the elongation according to which the planet moves away from the Sun.β,4 (2) {Therefore,} if they are between apogee and the opposite of apogee [perigee], observe which of them has the smaller equated portionγ,5 in number of degrees, because this one is more powerfulγ,6 than ⟨the one⟩ whose equated portionγ is greater, and this is becauseγ,7 the one whose longitudeγ [distance] from the place of apogee is small, is closer to the apogee and is more powerful. (3) {But} if they are between the closer and the farther longitude,γ,8 determine whose portion is of greater number, because this one is more powerful,γ,9 inasmuch asγ,10 ⟨this one⟩ is one part closer to the apogee than the one whose longitudeγ [distance] is small, because this one is below the other and at a place which is around the opposite of the apogee;γ,11 {therefore} this is one power. (4) Again, determine the equated center,γ,12 and proceed according to the method of the portion, because the more powerfulγ,13 has half a power. (5) {But} if the latitude of one of them is northern and the other is {indeed} in the line of the signs [the ecliptic], or it has southern latitude, the northern has half a power of greater power.γ,14 (6) {Moreover,} if one is in the line of the signs and the other is southern, the greater powerγ will belong to the one which is in the line of the orb of the signs. (7) Determine {also} which

812

part seven

dera {etiam} quis eorum est planetaγ superior, et da illi fortitudinem unam; deinde vide quis eorum prepotentiorγ est, et hoc quidem est in coniunctione. 42rb 34

(1) In oppositione {autem} semper vincit superior inferiorem, | nisi retrogradus fuerit superior aut sub radiisγ Solis. (2) Considera {igitur} in oppositione si neuter eorum latitudinem habuerit, quia tunc est in fortitudine firma,γ et est conflictus fortis.γ (3) Si {vero}1 fuerit alter in linea signorum alter {vero} in latitudine meridionali aut septentrionali, minuetur de fortitudine ⟨⟨…⟩⟩. (4) Ac {vero}2 si fuerit alter3 in latitudine septentrionali et alter in meridionali, fueritque latitudo equalis secundum numerum, {etiam} est hec fortitudo perfecta. (5) Quod is latitudo unius magna fuerit alterius {vero} parva, diminuetur de fortitudine secundum latitudinum proportionem.γ 35 (1) Nunc {autem} loquor de septem aspectibus super quos ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ iudiciorum sustentatur fundamentum. (2) De .7. aspectibus planetarum.γ,4 Aspectus primus est oppositus, cuius longitudoγ inter duos planetas,γ in quocumque fuerit loco linee signorum,γ est .180. graduum equalium, et non secundum gradus ascensionum;γ hic {autem} aspectus vocatus est aspectus inimicitie perfecte. (3) Aspectus {vero} quartus dimidie inimicitie, cuiusque longitudo seu distantiaβ .90. gradus est ante planetaγ vel retro; et ille qui est ante ipsum vocatur dexter,γ qui a retro sinister.γ (4) Cum {vero} distantia seu longitudoβ est .120 gradus et sunt quatuor signa que tertia sunt circuli inter duos planetas,γ ante et retro,γ tunc vocatus aspectus trinus; estque aspectus perfecte amicitie,γ {{et qui est ante, sicut prius, dexter, qui vero retro sinister}}. (5) {Itaque} cum est longitudoγ .60. graduum equalium,γ ante vel retro, {et sunt duo signa que sexta sunt circuli,} tunc vocatur aspectus sextilis; et ipse aspectus est dimidie amicitie.γ,5

1vero] L; V autem. 2Ac vero] L; V aut enim. 3alter] V; L om. 4De .7. aspectibus planetarum] L; V om. 5cuiusque longitudo seu distantia .90. gradus est ante planeta vel retro, et ille qui est ante ipsum vocatur dexter, qui a retro sinister. Cum vero distantia seu longitudo est .120 gradus et sunt quatuor signa que tertia sunt circuli inter duos planetas, ante et retro, tunc vocatus aspectus trinus, estque aspectus perfecte amicitie, et qui est ante sicut prius dexter qui vero retro sinister. Itaque cum est longitudo .60. graduum equalium, ante vel retro, et sunt duo signa que sexta sunt circuli, tunc vocatur aspectus sextilis, et ipse aspectus est dimidie amicitie.] L; V om.

liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

813

planetγ is higher in position, and assign one power to it; next observe which of them has greater power,γ,15 and that is in conjunction [i.e., all this applies when the planets are in conjunction]. 34 (1) {But} in opposition the upper ⟨planet⟩ is always victorious over the lower, except if the upper is retrograde or under the raysγ,1 of the Sun. (2) {Therefore} observe at opposition if neither of them has latitude, because then it is in strong power,γ,2 and this is a fierce conflict.γ,3 (3) {Moreover,} if one is in the line of the signs {but} the other at a southern or northern latitude, the power is decreased ⟨⟨according to the latitude⟩⟩. (4) {But} if one is at northern latitude and the other at southern ⟨latitude⟩, but the latitude is equal in number, this {too} is full power.γ,4 (5) But if the latitude of one is high and the other’s latitude is {indeed} low, it loses its power according to the proportion of the latitudes.γ,5 35 (1) {But} now I speak about the seven aspects, on which the foundation ⟨⟨of all⟩⟩ the ⟨astrological⟩ judgments rests. (2) On the seven aspects of the planets.γ,1 The first aspect is opposition, whose longitudeγ [distance] between two planets,γ in whatever place in the line of the signs,γ,2 is 180 equal degrees, and not according to the degrees of the ascensions;γ {but} this aspect is called the aspect of full enmity. (3) {Moreover,} the quartile aspect, whose longitude or distanceβ,3 is 90 degrees ahead of the planetγ or behind it, is of half enmity; if it is ahead of the planetγ it is called right quartile, and if behind ⟨the planet⟩ it is called left quartile; and the one which is ahead ⟨of the planet⟩ is called right,γ,4 ⟨and the one⟩ which is behind ⟨the planetγ is called⟩ left.γ,5 (4) {Moreover,} when the distance or longitudeβ is 120 degrees, and they comprise four signs, which are the third of the circle, between two planets,γ before and behind,γ,6 then the aspect is called trine; and it is an aspect of complete friendship,γ,7 {{and the one which is ahead, as above, ⟨is called⟩ right, and the one which is behind ⟨is called⟩ left}}. (5) {Therefore,} when the longitudeγ,8 [distance] is 60 equal degrees,γ,9 before or behind, {and these are two signs, which are the sixth ⟨part⟩ of the circle,} then the aspect is called sextile aspect; and this aspect is of half friendship.γ,10

814

part seven

36 (1) Circulus quidem {ergo} in duas partes equales non dividitur nisi per dyametrum circuli,γ {item} due sunt dyametri in circulo quolibet orthogonaliter se mutuo secantes,γ et equaliter per eas dividitur circulus in quatuor partes, secundum quas et aspectus accipitur quartus.γ (2) {Iterum}, cum in harum quartarum unam portionemγ feceris unius tercie ipsius, et in secunda similiter invenies duas portiones equales,γ fecerisque triangulum equilaterum dividentem circulum in tres partes equales cum 42va totum contineant hee | portiones, demonstrationibus enim perfectis probatum est equalia fore huiusmodi trianguli latera,γ necnon et arcus eorum equales. (3) {Rursum} bene scitum est {etiam} quod arcusγ medietatis dyametri est sexta pars quantitatis circuli. (4) In numero {itaque} duodenariorum poteris hoc experiri, .6. namque medietas eius est et est opposito, tertia {autem} .4., et quartam .3., sexta {vero} duo. 37 (1) Exemplum {itaque} in aspectibus hoc est:γ sit Iupiter in .5. gradus Cancri, et in quinto gradu Capricorni sit Luna, hic quidem aspectus est oppositus; si {vero} Luna foret in .26. gradu Sagittarii, iam incipiat esse sub fortitudine oppositi aspectus Iovis, quia lumen eius seu radiiβ sunt .9. gradus, et quanto propinquior fuerit oppositioni tanto perfectior erit aspectus. (2) Et si fuerit Luna in primo gradu Piscium, erit in aspectu trino cum Iove, et hic est dexter; si {vero} fuerit in gradu primo aut tercio Scorpionis, est {etiam} aspectus trinus sed sinister. (3) {Quod} si fuerit in quinto gradu Arietis, tunc est aspectus perfectus et est quartus dexter; si {vero} in Libra, est aspectus quartus sinister. (4) Si {autem} fuerit in Tauro, paucis gradibus minus scilicet .5., est in aspectu sextili dextro; si {vero} in Virgine, est in aspectu .6lis. sinister. (5) Cum transierit planetaγ gradus aspectus plus uno gradu, nullum firmabit opus ⟨⟨…⟩⟩, sed tunc erunt res in ore hominum sive sermoneβ male quidem aut bone secundum naturam planete,γ non exibunt aut in luce neque reales erunt.θ {{In quodam autem libro aspectus planete ad planetam qui ante se vocatur primus dexter et ad planetam qui retro est secundus sinister, et hoc rectum est et iustum.}} 38 (1) Sequitur de planetarum naturis, et primo de Sole.γ,1 (2) Sol preestγ metallis et vegetabilibus ac vite, anima {quoque} humana est ei alligata. (3) Et in scientia quidem iudiciorum astrologieγ est radix, nam si Iupiter et Saturnus, qui sunt ipso superiores, orientales fuerint et ascendentes

1Sequitur de planetarum naturis et primo de Sole] L; V De naturis planetarum.

liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

815

36 (1) {Therefore,} the circle is divided into two equal parts only by the diameter of the circle,γ,1 {likewise} in any circle there are two diameters that cut themselves mutually at a right angle,γ,2 and so too the circle is divided by them into four parts, by which the quartile aspect is received.γ,3 (2) {Again,} when you draw one portionγ,4 [the chord] at three-fourths of it [the diameter], and in the remaining ⟨part of the diameter⟩ you find two equal portionsγ,5 [two equal chords], you draw an equilateral triangle dividing the circle into three equal parts when these portions contain all ⟨the circle⟩, because it has been tested by complete demonstrations that the sides of the triangle ⟨drawn⟩ by this way will be equal,γ,6 just as their arcs are also equal. (3) {Besides,} it is {also} well known that the arcγ,7 of half of the diameter is one-sixth of the size of the circle. (4) {Therefore,} you can put this to the test with the number 12, for six, which is half of it, is opposition; {but} four is trine; three is quartile; two {indeed} is sextile. 37 (1) {Accordingly,} this is an example of the aspects:γ,1 Jupiter is at Cancer 5 degrees, and the Moon at Capricorn 5 degrees, and this is the opposition aspect; {but} if the Moon is at Sagittarius 26 degrees, it already began to be under the power of the opposition aspect of Jupiter, because its [Jupiter’s] light or raysβ,2 are 9 degrees, and the closer it [the Moon] gets to opposition, the more complete the aspect will be. (2) If the Moon is at Pisces 1 degree, it [the Moon] will be in trine aspect with Jupiter, and this is right ⟨trine⟩; {but} if it is at Scorpio 1 or 3 degrees, this {too} is trine aspect, but left ⟨trine⟩. (3) {But} if it [the Moon] is at Aries 5 degrees, then it is a complete aspect, and it is right quartile; {but} if it is at Libra ⟨5 degrees⟩, the aspect is left quartile. (4) {But} if it is in Taurus, a few degrees less than 5, it is in right sextile aspect ⟨with Jupiter⟩; {moreover,} if ⟨it is⟩ in Virgo, it is in a left sextile aspect. (5) When the planetγ passes the degrees of an aspect plus one degree, no effect ⟨⟨of the star⟩⟩ will be realized, but then there will be good or bad things in the mouth or words of human beingsβ,3 according to the planet’sγ nature, but they will not emerge into the light or be realθ,4 [they will not be realized and will not take place]. {{But in certain book, the aspect of a planet to a planet that is ahead is called “first right,” and to a planet that is behind “second left,” and this is correct and true.}}5 38 (1) ⟨A discussion⟩ about the nature of the planets follows, and first about the Sun.γ,1 (2) The Sun is in charge ofγ,2 metals, plants, and life, and the human soul is {also} associated with it. (3) It is the root of the science of the judgments of astrology,γ,3 because if Jupiter and Saturn, which are above it [the Sun], are oriental ⟨of the Sun⟩ and rising before the Sun

816

part seven

ante Solem in parte orientis, tunc fortis est horum natura;γ similiter et si se habebunt secundum iter Solis, ipsi in similitudine sua sunt et in fortitu42vb dine sua magna;γ hoc | est dictum quodγ,1 sint in nativitate diurna super terram et nato de nocte sub terra. (4) {{Et si fuerunt orientales a Sole in nativitate diurna sub terra, nato de nocte super terram, tunc est eorum fortitudo magna.}} (5) Inferiorum {autem} Sole fortitudo est ut sint occidentales a Sole et in nativitate diurnaγ sub terra; in nativitate {vero} nocturnaγ super terram. (6) Significat {autem} Sol super patrem in nativitate diurna,γ et super vitam nati, ac super anime sublimitatem, et super dominium et principatum,β ac famositatem; super oculum quidem dextrum in nativitate diurna,γ et nato de nocte super sinistro; {igitur} in parte Solis est cor, et participat {etiam} in ore ac latere dextro. (7) De metallis {autem}, eius est aurum; de vegetalibus, arbores magne fructifere; et habet partem in vinis seu vite;β atque in vita regum et principum magnorumβ in revolutione anni mundi; de equitaturis quidem hominis eius sunt equi; et fortitudo eius in parte orientali; de coloribus albus multum. (8) Forma {autem}2 hominis,β cui preest est Sol, et figura eius, est quod color faciei pulcher est, et facies lata seu ampla,β oculi grandes, et os amplum, incessus recte stature. (9) Et dominium eius seu potestasβ in diebus est prima die septimane,3 et de noctibus nocte diei .5e. (10) Preest {etiam} super natos de die .10. annos a principio; super natos {vero} de nocte, a .39. anno usque ad .49. (11) Ptolomeus {autem} rex dicit quod presulatumγ habet super omnes natos tam de nocte quam de die ab anno .22o. usque ad .41us. annum. (12) Anni quidem eius minores sunt .19., mediocres .39. cum dimidio, magni {vero} .120. (13) {Rursus,} in parte Solis sunt Christiani, {signo} namque Leonis fuerit coniunctio superiorum; {item} in parte eius sunt ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ {{templa, et monasteria seu curie congregationum ubi sunt orationes}},β adhuc et scole addiscendum. (14) {Iterum} dignitatem habentes seu potestatemγ super domum Solis de die super bonum significant ac malum quod nato accidet in prima dierum eius medietate vel ultima, secundum naturam planeteγ et fortitudinem eius, ac secundum modum aspicientium ipsum, et secundum domum 43ra in qua potestatem habet seu dominiumβ respectu signi | ascendentis, et secundum domum quam aspicit. (15) Significat {autem} Sol in nativitate mulieris super maritus eius.

1hoc est dictum quod] L; V id est. 2autem] L; V enim. 3Et dominium eius seu potestas in diebus est prima die septimane] L; V et dominium eius est in die dominica.

liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

817

in the eastern part, then their natureγ,4 is strong; similarly if they are in the path of the Sun, they bear a likeness to it [the Sun] and are in its [the Sun’s] great power;γ,5 that is said in the case thatγ,6 they are above the Earth for a diurnal birth and below the Earth for a person born by night. (4) {{If they are oriental of the Sun, in a diurnal birth below the Earth, and for one born by night above the Earth, then their power is great.}}7 (5) {But} the power of ⟨the planets⟩ below the Sun is when they are occidental of the Sun, and in a diurnal birthγ,8 below the Earth; in a nocturnal birth,γ,9 {however,} above the Earth. (6) {But} in a diurnal birthγ the Sun indicates the father, the native’s life, highness of the soul [pride], dominion and governance,β,10 reputation; the right eye in a diurnal birth,γ and the left eye for a person born by night; {therefore,} the heart is in the Sun’s portion, and it has {also} a share in the mouth and the right side ⟨of the body⟩. (7) {But} of metals, gold is in its portion; of plants, large fruitbearing trees; it has a portion of grapes and vine;β,11 and in the life of kings and great princesβ,12 at the revolution of the world-year;13 of mounts used by man, horses; its power is in the eastern part; of colors, intense white. (8) {But} a man’s form and his shape,β,14 of which the Sun is in charge, is that the color of the face is beautiful, the face broad and wide,β,15 the eyes large, the mouth wide, and he walks with an upright posture. (9) Its dominion or governmentβ,16 over the days is over the first day of the week, and regarding the nights, over the night of the fifth day. (10) It is {also} in charge of those born by day, during their first 10 years; {but} over those born by night, from their 39th to their 49th year. (11) {But} King Ptolemy says that it has rulershipγ,17 over all those born by day or by night, from the 22nd to the 41st year. (12) Its least years are 19, the intermediate ⟨years⟩ are 39½ years, {but} the great ⟨years⟩ are 120. (13) {Besides}, the Christians are in the Sun’s portion, because the conjunction of the upper ⟨planets⟩ [Saturn and Jupiter] took place in {the sign of} Leo; {likewise,} in its portion are ⟨⟨palaces and courtyards,⟩⟩ temples, monasteries or assembly halls of chapters where prayers are ⟨offered⟩,β,18 and besides schools for studying. (14) {In addition,} those having dignity or governmentγ,19 over the Sun’s house by day indicate good fortune or misfortune that will happen to the native in the first or last half of his days, according to the planet’sγ nature and its power, and according to the mode in which they [the planets] aspect it [the Sun], and according to the house in which it has government or dominionβ,20 with respect to the ascendant sign, and according to the house which it [the Sun] aspects. (15) {But} in a woman’s nativity the Sun indicates her husband.

818

part seven

39 (1) Luna preest in nocte, et eius virtus est augmentativa metallicorum et generativa,β omni tempore quo lumen eius magnam est. (2) Et apparet eius virtus1 in omnibus vegetalibus et in humidis omnibus, in cucurbitis, et in frigidis, ac fluminibus que propinque sunt mari magno; {item} in cerebellis capitum et in medullis ossium,θ et in eius virtute est natura corporis,γ {{et medulla et pulmo et latus sinistrum}}; et in eius parte est oculus sinister de die, dexter de nocte. (3) Significat {quoque} super omnem quod incipit homo facere, {{et super crises egritudinum, associatur quia Soli super vitam hominis}}, et est ei significatio super natum usque ad quatuor annos. (4) De arboribus {vero}, super parvas; {item} super {{conventiones}}; de metallis {autem} eius est argentum; de equitaturis hominum, {{carri reginarum et dominarum}}; et eius virtus2 et proprietasβ est occidentalis; de hominibus eius est populus.γ (5) Forma {autem} faciei eius rotunda,3 os parvum, et ille non est multum albus, et eius incessus festinus seu properans.β (6) Potestas {vero} ipsius in diebus septimane est die secunda, et de noctibus eius est nox sexta. (7) {Item} est ei dominium super natos de nocte novem annis, super natos {vero} de die a principio .32. anni usque ad finem .40. (8) Et anni eius minores sunt .25, mediocres .39., sed maiores .108. (9) Et significat super matrem et super sorores ac super uxorem nati; in eius parte sunt loca vacua que in domo.γ (10) Domini {autem} triplicitatis domus Luneγ de nocte super totum significant quod eveniet nato de bono vel de malo in diebus suis. {{Significat4 ursum in cuius manu lancia vel hasta erea; item arbores minutas et5 herbas virides; iucunditas6 et locutiones seu verborum habundantiam; lapides pretiosos; oris albedinem; genua; iterum operationes rei cuiuslibet ad bonum et ad malum;7 amplius super nuntios ducum et comitum, ac super ventos.}} 43rb 40

{{Saturnus significat8 super montes, argentum et aurum, | et arbores quorum fructus pingues; super homines et greges ovium et caprorum; et super opus omne; et peregrinantes de loco ad locum propter miseriam seu captivitates; item super caput et dentes; eius sunt montes etiam colles qui non inhabitantur nec sunt in eis arbores nec herbe; item omnis fructus dif-

1virtus] V; L om. 2virtus] V; L om. 3rotunda] V; L rotundum. 4Significat] LV; V in margin: glossa. 5Item arbores minutas et] L; V om. 6iucunditas] V; L hiucunditates. 7iterum operationes rei cuiuslibet ad bonum et ad malum] L; V om. 8significat] V; L om.

liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

819

39 (1) The Moon is in charge of the night, and it has an increasing and generative power over metals,β,1 all the time that its light is strong. (2) Its power is visible in every plant and in everything moist, in gourds, in frost, and in rivers that are near the great sea; {likewise} in the brain of the head and in the medulla of the bonesθ,2 [in the brain and in the bone marrow]; the nature of the body belongs to its power,γ,3 {{and the medulla, the lung and the left side}};4 the left eye is in its portion by day, the right one by night. (3) It {also} indicates everything that a person starts doing, {{and the crises of diseases, because it is associated with the Sun over human life,}}5 and gives an indication about the native until he is 4 years old. (4) {Moreover,} of trees, mall ones; {likewise,} {{gatherings}};6 {but} of metals, silver is in its portion; of mounts used by human beings, {{carriages for queens and ladies}},7 its power and qualityβ,8 is occidental; of human beings, commoners.γ,9 (5) {But} the form of his face is round, the mouth small, he is not very white [pale], and his pace is quick or swift.β,10 (6) {Moreover,} its government over the days of week, ⟨is over⟩ the second day; and over the nights, the sixth night. (7) {Likewise,} it has dominion11 for 9 years over those born by night; from the beginning of the 32nd year to the end of the 40th year, {however,} over those born by day. (8) Its least years are 25, the intermediate ⟨years⟩ 39, and great ⟨years⟩ 108. (9) It indicates the native’s mother, sister, and wife; in its portion are the empty places in the house.γ,12 (10) {But} the lords of the triplicity of the Moon’s houseγ,13 by night indicate everything that will happen to the native, for good or evil, during his days. {{It indicates a bear in whose hand there is a lance or spear made of bronze; likewise small trees and green plants; cheerfulness and conversations or loquacity; precious stones; whiteness of the mouth; the knees; also activities of anything towards good and bad fortune; also messengers of dukes and counts; and winds.}}14 40 {{Saturn indicates mountains, silver and gold, trees whose fruits are rich in fat; human beings and flocks of sheep and goats; any work; those who travel from place to place because of misery and imprisonments; likewise, the head and the teeth; in its portion are uninhabited mountains and hills without trees or plants; likewise any fruit that ishard to break ⟨open⟩; in its

820

part seven

ficile frangibilis; rursus in manu eius virge ferrea;1 item eius est medulla ossium mortuorum; domini consiliorum seu consiliatores; lepores, scorpiones, serpentes, vulpes; capilli et coria, musculi coxarum; timor mortis, res dura, pauperitas, miseria, arena, absconditum.}}2 (1) Saturnus planetaγ supremus est, omnesque planeteγ suam virtutem dant ei quando cum ipso coniunguntur aut cum aspiciunt eum.γ (2) In eius {autem} partem est plumbum, {{et omnis populus terre, et stannum,}} domus obscuritatum et honoris, ac omnis arbor cuius fructus malus,γ (3) et sapor acetosus; est {autem} ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ humidus cum fuerit in inferiori parte circuli sui ecentrici;γ frigidus vero et siccus cum fuerit in auge. (4) {Item} est planetaγ ingenii et deceptionis, ac multiplicationis cogitationum et doloris et timoris ac suspicionis.γ (5) Eius {itaque} est splen, et de partibus oculi quod nigrum est, et auris sinister.γ (6) {Item} in eius parte sunt pauperes, et senes seu decrepiti;β artifices aut eius sunt edificatores et naute, aut cerdones3 sive coriorum preparatores;θ,β {amplius} in eius parte sunt demones, et spiritus maligni, ac egritudines chronice seu diuturne,β atque orbationes seu mutilationes.β (7) {Item} ei est clavis seu proprietasβ tamquam mortem inducens per casum,γ aut proiectionem ab alto, ac per submersione in aqua.θ (8) {Iterum} in eius parte est febris quartana, et scabies sicca; significat {quoque} super hominem nigrum cuius oculi parvi et frons magna et qui in incessu suo deorsum respicit; et significat super coleram nigram.γ (9) {Rursus} in parte ipsius de scientiis est sapientia supremaγ et de radicibus; in parte quidem Solis est scientia legum;γ in 43va parte {vero} | Lune scientia de sermoneγ et omnis revelatio sive scientia propinqua et preparata seu prompta;β secundum fortitudinem {itaque} Saturni in nativitate poterit natus sufferre labores. (10) Estque dominium eius diebus septimane in die sabbati; et de noctibus eius est nox quarta. (11) Servit {autem} ipse post Lunam in natis de nocte undecim annis. (12) Secundum doctrina {autem} Ptolomei,γ in diebus senii. (13) Et anni eius minores sunt .30., mediocres .43., maiores {vero} {{.54.}}γ (14) De parte

1rursus in manu eius virge ferrea] L; V om. 2Saturnus significat super montes, argentum et aurum, et arbores quorum fructus pingues; super homines et greges ovium et caprorum; et super opus omne; et peregrinantes de loco ad locum propter miseriam seu captivitates; item super caput et dentes; eius sunt montes etiam colles qui non inhabitantur nec sunt in eis arbores nec herbe; item omnis fructus difficile frangibilis; rursus in manu eius virge ferrea; item eius est medulla ossium mortuorum; domini consiliorum seu consiliatores; lepores, scorpiones, serpentes, vulpes; capilli et coria, musculi coxarum; timor mortis, res dura, pauperitas, miseria, arena, absconditum] L; in V this complete addtion appears after §42:2. 3cerdones] V; L cardones.

liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

821

portion are iron rods; likewise, in its portions is the bone marrow of the dead; masters of counsel or counsellors; hares, scorpions, serpents, wolves; hairs and skins, hip muscles; fear of death, harsh things, poverty, misery, sand, hidden places.}}1 (1) Saturn. This is the uppermost planetγ and all the ⟨other⟩ planetsγ give their power to it when they conjoin it or aspect it. Saturn is the uppermost planet,γ and all the ⟨other⟩ planetsγ give their power to it when they conjoin it or when they aspect it.γ,2 (2) {But} lead is in its portion, {{and all the people of the land [i.e., the common folk], and tin,}}3 the houses of darkness and honor, and any tree whose fruit is unpleasant,γ,4 (3) and ⟨whose⟩ taste is sour; {moreover} it is ⟨⟨cold and⟩⟩ moist when it is at the lower part [at perigee] of its eccentric circle;γ,5 and cold and dry when at apogee. (4) {Likewise,} it is the planetγ of trickery and deception, of excessive thoughts and sorrow, fear, and suspicion.γ,6 (5) {Therefore,} in its portion is the spleen, and of the parts of the eye what is black, and the leftγ,7 ear. (6) {Likewise,} paupers and old or decrepit personsβ,8 are in its portion; the craftsmen in its portion are masons, sailors, either leatherworkers or preparers of skinsθ,9,β,10 [tanners]; {in addition,} in its part are demons, malign spirits, chronic or long-lasting diseases,β,11 and defects or injuries.β,12 (7) {Likewise,} its key or special quality isβ,13 as bringing death by fall,γ,14 or throwing from a high place, or by submerging in waterθ,15 [drowning]. (8) {In addition,} quartan fever and dry boils are in its portion; it {also} indicates a swarthy man, whose eyes are small, and his forehead broad, and who looks down when walking; and it indicates the black bile.γ,16(9) {Besides,} of the sciences, the supreme wisdomγ,17 and that of roots [essences] is in its portion; in the Sun’s portion is the science of lawsγ,18 [religions systems]; {moreover,} in the Moon’s portion is the science of speechγ,19 and any nearby, prepared or evident revelation or science;β,20 {therefore,} the native will be able to endure hard labors according to Saturn’s power in the nativity. (10) Its dominion over the days of the week is in the Sabbath day; and among the nights, the fourth night [the night of the fourth day] (11) {Moreover,} after the Moon, it serves 11 years for those born by night. (12) {But} according to Ptolemy’s doctrine,γ,21 in the days of old age. (13) Its least years are 30, the intermediate ⟨years⟩ 43, {and } the great ⟨years⟩

822

part seven

{autem} occidentali; et de equitaturis hominis eius sunt asini; et ipse est masculinus.γ 41 (1) Iupiter est planetaγ cuius corpus maius est corporibus omnium planetarumγ preter quam Solis. (2) Et significat super vitam, et bonum, ac1 divitias, iustitiam, liberalitatem atque bonitatum remunerationem;θ {item} significat super iudices ac2 legem addiscentes seu legum discipulos,γ et illos qui orant pro populo; de hominibus {autem} illos qui propinqui sunt senio, videlicet senes non decrepitos;β3 et in eius parte est stannum; et de arboribus pomi et mali granati; de equitaturis {vero} elephantes; et sapor eius dulcis est. (3) Et natura eius calida et humida, minuitur autem et augetur seu intenditur et remittiturβ secundum quartas circuli parvi ac {etiam} secundum quartas circuli ecentrici;γ {sane} Iupiter per seγ destruere seu meliorareγ potest operationes Saturni, sive per aspectum sive per coniunctionem, et non potest destruere Martis operationem, sed Venus resistit ei et obviatβ in operationibus suis. {{Significat aurum, et iudices, et scribas regum sapientium, et splenem, humilem omnem, avem mundam ac medullam ossium eorum, mercatores, pulmonem, et epar, veritatem, et vitam, et pacem, et bonum, ac pacificationem, magnam regnum, divitias, et honorem.}} (4) Significat {itaque} Iupiter super thesaurarios, et secundum eius fortitudinem erunt et nato divitie; {item} significat super omnem animam vegetativam; et in eius parte est auris sinister, et epar; et quod4 in ocu43vb lis | est,θ varium seu viride; etque fortitudo in partibus est5 in septentrione; et significat super ventos ac super habundantiam bladi. (5) Clavis {autem} et summaβ est quod est planetaγ veritatis, et ideo vocatus est6 in hebrayco Cedec, id est, iustus, nam et Saturnus etiam in Hebrayco vocatus est7 Sabtay,8 id est, quiescens, eo quod servit die Sabbati, id est, quietis,γ et iterum quia in nativitate fortis existens eius natura natum quidem facit inestantem semper et ociosum. (6) Rursus in parte Iovis de diebus septimane est quintus, et de noctibus, nox secunde diei. (7) Servit {quoque} post Saturnum, sive de die sive de nocte, .12. annis. (8) Et talis quidem est numerus annorum eius minorum, .12.,9 mediocrum {vero} .45., {sed} maiores est .78.γ 1ac] V; L ad. 2ac] V; L ad. 3videlicet senes non decrepites] L; V om. 4quod] V; L om. 5in partibus est] V; L om. 6vocatus est] L; V dicitur. 7vocatus est] L; V dicitur. 8nam et Saturnus etiam in Hebrayco vocatus est Sabtay] L; V et Saturnus dicitur in Hebrayco Sabtay. 9.12.] V; L om.

liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

823

{{54}}.γ,22 (14) {Moreover} ⟨it belongs⟩ to the western part; of mounts used by man, donkeys are in its portion; and it is masculine.γ,23 41 (1) Jupiter is the planetγ whose body is larger than the body of any other planetγ except for the Sun. (2) It indicates life, good fortune, wealth, justice, generosity and reward of goodness;θ,1 {likewise,} it indicates judges, those who learn the law [i.e., the religious system] or are students of the laws,γ,2 and those who pray on behalf of the people; {and} of human beings, those who are close to old age, that is, old men who are not decrepit;β,3 in its portion is tin; of trees, apple and pomegranate trees; {moreover,} of mounts, elephants; its taste is sweet. (3) Its nature is hot and moist, it is diminished and increased or strengthened and returns to a previous conditionβ,4 according to the quadrants of the small circle and {also} according to the quadrants of the eccentric circle;γ,5 {certainly} Jupiter by itselfγ,6 can destroy or improveγ,7 the effects of Saturn, either by means of aspect or by means of conjunction, and cannot destroy the effect of Mars, but Venus resists and hinders itβ,8 [Mars] in its effects. {{It indicates gold, and judges, and the scribes of wise kings, and the spleen, anything modest, beautiful birds and their bone marrow, traders, the lung, the liver, truth, life, peace, good fortune, making peace, great royal power, wealth, and honor.}}9 (4) {Therefore,} Jupiter indicates treasurers, and the native’s riches will be according to its power; {likewise,} it indicates all of10 the vegetative soul; the left ear is in its portion, and the liver; and what is in the eyesθ,11 [of the colors] the parti-colored or green; and ⟨its⟩ power in the parts ⟨of the Earth⟩ is in the north; it indicates winds and abundance of grain. (5) {But} the key and essenceβ,12 is that it is a planetγ of truth, therefore in Hebrew it is called Ṣedek, that is, just, because Saturn, too, is called in Hebrew Shabbetai, that is, being at rest, because it serves on the Sabbath day, that is, ⟨the day⟩ of rest,γ,13 and also because when its nature is powerful in the nativity it makes the native always inactive and idle.β,14 (6) In addition, of the days of the week, the fifth is in Jupiter’s portion, and of the nights, the night of the second day. (7) It serves {also} after Saturn, either by day or by night, for 12 years. (8) This is also the number of its least years, 12, {moreover,} of the intermediate ⟨years is⟩ 45, {but} the greater ⟨years⟩ 78.γ,15 (9) {But} some

824

part seven

(9) Dicunt {autem} quidem quod significat super fratrem patris, et forma quidem eius est alba et munda, statura recta, pulcher, aspectus sive color sive visioβ pulchrum, simplex seu purus et verecundus,β pacis amator et pacificus.γ (10) De egritudinibus {vero} eius sunt omnia ac crescentia corpori aut supercrescentia in corpore,β et forte vult actor dicere egritudines1 ex repletione, ideoque dicit Ptolomeusγ quod nemo recipere debere potionem evacuativam Luna Iovem aspiciente aut ei coniuncta, hoc {enim} est expertum. (11) {Demum} in parte mansionum eius sunt domus orationum.γ 42 (1) Mars quia rubens est; effusor quidem2 est3 sanguinis sicut4 magister carnificium, aut belli dominus seu5 belligerator,β qui si fuerit in honore suo. (2) Et ipse6 in domo odii sui aut casusγ significat flebotomatores, et sanguinis extractores cum instrumentis seu vasis extractionis ut sunt ventose et consilia7 similiter, et barbitonsores, et cirurgicos vulnerum ac lesionum.β,8 (3) Et universaliter, est planetaγ percussionum et egritudinum ad mortem properandum, et exitum seu terminum et finem.β (4) Significat {etiam} super falsitates et mendacia, ingenia et dolos malos; {item} in eius parte est ferrum; et de plantis seu arboribus,β omnis res amara, ac mortifice potiones.γ (5) Universaliter, {quoque} est planetaγ belligerationis; {quod} si 44ra commixtus fuerit ei Iupiter, | fueritque fortior Marte, bellabit bella celestia, id est,9 propter Deum, {{significat quidem hominem in cuius manu gladius evaginatus; significat omnem rem difficilem in mundo, omnem arborem spinas habentem, porcos silvestres seu aptos pedes et tibias, contentiones, invidiam, odium, opprobria, ferrum,10 ignem, aquam, et casum,}} {amplius} est planetaγ crudelitatis et iracundie. (6) Species eius rubea, facies oblonga, et oculi virides seu variati;β et ipse longus, magisterium eius carnificum operatio aut ferrariorum, et specialiter operationes eius sunt in igne ⟨⟨…⟩⟩. (7) In parte eius sunt latrones, furarii aut excussores;γ et habet

1vult actor dicere egritudines] L; V om. 2quidem] L; V quidam. 3est] L; V om. 4sicut] L; V ut. 5seu] L; V aut. 6et ipse] L; V sed. 7seu vasis extractionis ut sunt ventose et consilia] L; V om. 8ac lesionum] L; V om. 9bella celestia, id est] L; V om. 10ferrum] L; V om.

liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

825

say that it indicates the father’s brother, his form is white and pure, ⟨his⟩ stature straight, ⟨he is⟩ handsome, ⟨his⟩ appearance or color or sightβ,16 is beautiful, ⟨he is⟩ ingenuous or pure or modest,β,17 a lover of peace or peacemaker.γ,18 (10) {Moreover,} of diseases, in its portion are any growths of the body or excessive growths in the body,β,19 and perhaps the author meant diseases caused by repletion,20 therefore, Ptolemyγ,21 says that no one should receive a purgative potion when the Moon aspects Jupiter or conjoins it, {since} this has been demonstrated experimentally. (11) {Finally,} in its portion of the dwelling places are the houses of prayersγ,22 [i.e., the portion of the house allotted for prayers]. 42 (1) Mars ⟨is called so⟩ because it is red; it sheds blood like the chief of the executioners, or the lord of war or the warrior,β,1 if it [Mars] is in its honor [exaltation]. (2) And if it [Mars] is in the house of its hateγ,2 [the house of its detriment] or fallγ,3 [its dejection] it indicates phlebotomists, extractors of blood with instruments or vessels of extraction like cuppingglasses and similar treatments, and barbers, and surgeons of wounds and injuries.β,4 (3) In general, it is the planetγ of blows, and diseases moving rapidly towards death, departure, limit and end.β,5 (4) It {also} indicates falsehoods and lies, tricks, and bad frauds; {likewise,} iron is in its portion; of plants or trees,β,6 anything bitter; and deadly potions.γ,7 (5) In general, it is {also} the planetγ of waging war; {but} if Jupiter is mixed with it, it will be stronger than Mars, and will wage heavenly wars, that is, for the sake of God, {{it indicates a man in whose hand there is an unsheathed sword; it indicates any difficult thing, any tree with thorns, wild boars or attached feet and shanks, quarrels, envy, hate, disgraces, iron, fire, water and falling,}}8 {besides,} it is a planetγ of cruelty and anger. (6) His [the native’s] appearance is red, his face is elongated, ⟨his⟩ eyes are green or parti-colored;β,9 and he is tall; his craft is the work of butchers or blacksmiths; and especially, his labor is in fire, ⟨⟨like one who tends an oven and the like⟩⟩.10 (7) In its portion are thieves, robbers and persecutors;γ,11 it has a share in the

826

part seven

partem in1 pudibundus; significatque in nativitate mulieris, super maritum; in partibus {autem} capitis,2 super narem dextram; et in corpore, fel; de oculisθ, {vero} quod rubeum est eius est.3 (8) {Similiter,} in parte ipsius sunt canes; et de equitaturis hominis,4 muli; de partibus {autem} angulorum mundi,γ meridionalis; et significat super tonitrua et fulmina, et grandines fulguris cadentis;γ {rursus,} in parte eius est anima irascibilis.5 (9) Et est ei pars magna in omnibus artibus sive magisteriis,β tres namque sunt qui domini sunt magisteriorum: primus est Mercurius, quia significat super ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ scientiam et prudentiam, magisteria ac mercaturam;6 secundus quidem associatur ei, et7 est Venus ad preparandum scilicet et decorandum; tertius {vero} Mars est ad properandum et expediendum opus;γ et ipse quidem est planeta furoris.γ,8 (10) Servit {autem} in nativitate cuiuslibet hominis post Iovem septem annis. (11) Et est in parte eius de diebus septimane dies tertius; de noctibus {vero,} nox Sabbati. (12) Et virtus quidem eius seu fortitudoβ,9 nocturna est, quamvis ipse planetaγ sit masculinus. (13) Egritudines {vero} eius sunt causones et febres tertiane.γ (14) Anni eius minores .15., medii .40. cum dimidio, et maiores .66. (15) Significat {quoque} super fratres et propinquos et generos atque sororios; et pars mansionum eius locus coquine. 43 (1) Venus planetaγ luminosusγ est; et significat super ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ gaudium, et delicias, pastus et comestiones,β ac omnem modum concubitus; et in eius parte sunt pudibunda et genitalia;β et partem habet in capite narem sinistram; in corpore {vero} renunculum dextrum. {{Venus super aquam significat et arbores seu10 plantas aromaticas, silvestria, locustas, dominum vestimentorum, pinguem carne, cantus desiderantem, comestiones et potationes, generationem et multiplicationem, bestias 44rb et terre pulverizatorem, apothecarios, cautionum inventores, fortes | dominos horarum, cogitationum et sortilegiorum, manuum brachiorum et magisteriorum.}}

1in parte eius sunt latrones furarii aut excussores, et habet parte in] V; L Iterum. 2in partibus autem capitis] L; V om. 3de oculis vero quod rubeum est eius] L; V et rubedinem que in oculis est. 4de equitaturis hominis] L; V om. 5rursus in parte eius est anima irascibilis.] L; V et super animam irascibilem. 6quia significat super scientiam et prudentiam, magisteria ac mercaturam] V; L om. 7quidem associatur ei et] L; V om. 8furoris] U; L futuris. 9seu fortitudo] L; V om. 10seu] L; V om.

liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

827

genitals; in a woman’s nativity it indicates the husband; {but} of the parts of the head, the right nostril; of the body, the gall; {moreover} of the colorsθ,12 [lit., of the eyes], what is red is in its portion. (8) {Similarly,} dogs are in its portion; of mounts used by man, mules; {but} of the parts of the corners of the world,γ,13 the south; it indicates thunder, lightning, and hailstones of falling thunderbolt,γ,14 {in addition,} the irascible soul is in its portion. (9) It has a major share in all the arts and professions,β,15 for there are three lords of crafts: the first is Mercury, because it indicates ⟨⟨all⟩⟩ science and prudence, professions and trade; the second is associated with it [Mercury], and it is Venus, for preparing and ornamenting; {moreover,} the third is Mars, for hastening and hurrying up the work;γ,16 it certainly is the planet of madness.γ,17 (10) {But} it serves in the nativity of any human being for 7 years after Jupiter. (11) Of the days of the week, the third day is in its portion; {moreover,} of the nights, the night of the Sabbath. (12) Its power or strengthβ,18 is by night, even though it is a masculine planet.γ (13) {Moreover,} its diseases are burning feversγ,19 and tertian fevers. (14) Its least years are 15, the intermediate ⟨years⟩ 40½, and the great ⟨years⟩ 66. (15) It {also} indicates brothers, relatives, sons-in-law and brothers-in-law; its portion of the house is the place of the kitchen. 43 (1) Venus is a brightγ,1 planet;γ it indicates ⟨⟨any⟩⟩2 joy, pleasures, foods and feasts,β,3 and every kind of sexual intercourse; in its portion are the pudenda and genitals;β,4 in the head, it has a share in the left nostril; {moreover,} in the body, the right kidney. {{Venus indicates water, and trees or aromatic plants, woodlands, locusts, masters of garments [tailors], fat meat, one longing for singing, meals and drinking-parties, generation and multiplication [reproduction], beasts and one who reduces earth to dust, apothecaries, those who find guarantees, strong lords of hours, of thoughts and of divination, of hands and arms, and of professions.}}5

828

part seven

(2) Significat {quoque} super matrem, et sorores, et super sororem uxoris nati;γ et est planetaγ ostentationis et comptitudinis seu comitatisγ et amorositatis; forma eius pulchre visionis est seu aspectus aut pulchre coloris, figure pulchre,γ et non longe stature.1 (3) {Item} est planetaγ medicorum et apothecariorum;γ eius sunt egritudinum modi quidam;2 ac redimicula mulierum; et significat super ocium seu quietem;β in parte {vero} ipsius de metallis est es; et de equitaturis hominis, hircules seu basseβ atque cameli; {item} in parte eius est omnis cibum pinguis et incrassatus, et omnis maneries potus preter quam vinum; adhoc est meretrices ac saltatrices. (4) Natura {itaque} ipsius temperata est cum parte frigiditatis; et significat super omnem concupiscentiam; fortitudo eius3 quidem in parte est occidentali; et habet {etiam} parte in pluviis; pars {vero} ipsius in domo est locus leci hominis seu ubi dormit homo aut decumbit.β,4 (5) Servit {autem} octo annis post Solem nati de die. (6) Et in parte eius de diebus septimane est dies sexta, de noctibus {vero} nox diei tertie. (7) Et anni eius minores sunt octo, mediocres .48. cum dimidio,γ maiores {vero} .81. (8) Et significat super dies iuventutis seu adolescentie.β (9) Universaliter {autem} si Venus presul fuerit super quinque loca dominium seu dignitatis aut principatus quod est hilles,β erit natus gaudiosus in parte sua. 44 (1) Mercurius relucetγ in omnibus natis super scientiam et prudentiam seu intellectum,β {quidem} sermocinandi super scientiam, et rithmos faciendi ac scribendi cartas;β et est planetaγ scribarum regum, et arismeticorum, et geometricum, ac magisteriorum; si {autem} fuerit in loco malo, significat super pelliparios et sartoresβ atque textores. (2) Et natura eius mobilis est seu convertibilis,β nunc quidem calida, nunc frigida, nunc humida, nunc sicca, nunc masculina, nunc feminina, nunc bona, nunc {vero} mala, secundum planetarum ipsum aspicientium aut ei coniunctorum naturam. {{Dicit Pehon quod .7. sunt planete; quorum .2. sunt luminaria; .2. mali, Saturnus et Mars; .2. boni, Venus et Iupiter; Mercurius autem solus remanet; 44va idcirco ne solitarius permaneat sed convenientiam cum | aliis habeat, bonus est cum bonis, et malus cum malis.}}5

1stature] L; V om. 2quidam] L; V om. 3eius] V; L om. 4aut decumbit] L; V om. 5Dicit Perehon quod .7. sunt planete; quorum .2. sunt luminaria; .2. mali, Saturnus et Mars; .2. boni, Venus et Iupiter; Mercurius aut Sol remanet idicirco ne solitarius permaneat sed convenientiam cum aliis habeat, bonus est cum bonis, et malus cum malis.] L; V Dixit Pehon quod Mercurius flectit se ad omnes naturas cui coniungitur.

liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

829

(2) It {also} indicates the mother, sisters, the sister of the native’s wife;γ,6 it is the planetγ of exhibition, adornment or kindness,γ,7 and amorousness; his form is of handsome appearance or aspect, or beautiful color, beautiful form;γ,8 and he is not tall. (3) {Likewise,} it is the planetγ of physicians and apothecaries;γ,9 in its portion are certain modes of diseases; and women’s necklaces; it indicates leisure and tranquility;β,10 {moreover,} of the metals, in its portion is copper; of animals ridden by man, little or short goatsβ,11 and camels; {likewise,} every fat and fattened food; and every type of drink except for wine;γ,12 for this purpose, prostitutes and dancing-girls. (4) {Therefore,} its nature is temperate, with a part of cold; it indicates all lustful desire; its power is in the western part; it {also} has a share in rain; {moreover,} its portion of the house is the place of a man’s bed or where he sleeps or lies down.β,13 (5) {Moreover,} for one born by day it serves for 8 years, after the Sun. (6) Of the days of the week, the sixth day is in its portion; {moreover,} of the nights, the night of the third day. (7) Its least years are 8, the intermediate ⟨years⟩ 48½,γ,14 {moreover,} the great ⟨years⟩ 81. (8) It indicates the days of youth or adolescence.β,15 (9) {But} in general: if Venus is the ruler of the five places of dominion or dignity or governance, that is, the haylāj,β,16 the native will be happy with his portion. 44 (1) Mercury gives lightγ,1 to all natives about knowledge and prudence or intellect,β,2 {certainly} in order to speak about knowledge, make verses and write letters;β,3 it is the planetγ of the king’s scribes, arithmeticians, and geometricians; and of crafts; {but} if it is in a bad place, it indicates skinners, tailors,β,4 and weavers. (2) Its nature is changeable or mutable,β,5 sometimes hot, sometimes cold, sometimes moist, sometimes dry, sometimes masculine, sometimes feminine, sometimes good, {but} sometimes bad, according to the nature of the planetsγ aspecting or conjoining it. {{Pehon says that there are seven planets,γ of which two are luminaries; two are bad, Saturn and Mars; two are good, Venus and Jupiter; but Mercury remains alone; therefore, so that it [Mercury] will not remain solitary but will have some agreement with the others, it [Mercury] is good with the good ⟨planets⟩, and it is bad with bad ⟨planets⟩.}}6

830

part seven

(3) Inquit Ptolomeus: in omni nativitate1 qua ligatus erit Mercurius per aspectum cum signo ascendente, aut cum Luna, non permutabitur sensus nati seu ratioθ propter egritudine. (4) Et hec est clavisγ quod super animam hominis significat rationalem, sicut Luna super corporis complexionem, secundum habitudinem eiusγ et locum, ac respectum ad signum ascendens. (5) In eius {autem} natura, de metallis seu mineralibus,β,2 est argentum vivum; et in parte eius sunt greges {ovium scilicet caprorum,} et omnis arbor minuta; de capite {vero}, lingua; et in corpore, sinister renunculus; habetque parte in intestinus; fortitudo quidem eius in parte sinistra est sive septentrionali.β (6) Et forma eius minuta carne et facies longa; locus {vero} eius in domo3 est locus scriptorum aut via magisteriorum; preest {autem} servis ⟨⟨…⟩⟩; et est planetaγ pauperitatis; in eiusque parte sunt monetarii. (7) Ac {vero} anni servicii eius in omni nato sunt post Venerem .13. (8) Et de diebus septimane eius est dies quarta, et ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ nox prime diei. (9) Eius {autem} anni minores .20. sunt; medii .48.; et maiores .76. 45 (1) Loca dominii seu principatus aut hisleg:β,4 primus est locus Solis; secundus locus Lune; tertius locus coniunctionis eorum, que fuit ante nativitatem, siquidem fuerit nativitas ante plenilunium, quod est in medietate prima mensis,γ et si post, locus oppositionis; circa hoc {autem} est inter Antiquos dissensio, quidam nam dicunt quod accipiendus est locus luminaris supra terram existentis in hora oppositionis; quidam {vero} dicunt quod accipiendus est locus illius qui magis elevatus fuerit in hora nativitatis; quartus {igitur} locus est gradus signi ascendentis; et quintus est gradus partis fortune.γ (2) Hunc {autem} scies in nativitate sic5 ⟨⟨…⟩⟩: considera quanta est longitudo graduum et minutorum inter locum Solis et locum Lune, et adde numerum hunc super gradum ascendentem, ⟨⟨…⟩⟩, et ubi terminabitur numerus iste gradus ille vocatur pars fortune.γ (3) Sic {ergo} faciendum est, sive diurna fuerit nativitas sive nocturna, secundum sententiam Ptolomei; Antiqui {vero} dixerunt quia cum virtus Lune fortior sit 44vb virtute Solis in nativitate nocturna, | {ideo} de nocte accipienda estγ longitudoγ inter locum Lune et locum Solis, et numerum hunc addere super

1nativitate] L; V om. 2seu mineralibus] L; V om. 3in domo] L; V mansionum. 4loca dominii seu principatus aut hisleg] L; V .5. sunt loca hylech. 5Hunc autem scies in nativitate sic] L; V hac partem fortunam sic scies in nativitate.

liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

831

(3) Ptolemy said: In any nativity where Mercury is associated with the ascendant sign by an aspect, or with the Moon, the native will not go madθ,7 [lit. the native’s mind or reason will not change] on account of an illness. (4) And the keyγ,8 is that it indicates the human rational soul, as the Moon indicates the complexion of the body, according to its [Mercury’s] relationshipγ,9 and position, and with respect to the ascendant sign. (5) {But} in its nature, of the metals or minerals,β,10 is quicksilver; in its portion are flocks {of sheep and indeed of goats}, and every small tree; {moreover,} of the head, the tongue; of the body, the left kidney; and it has a share of the intestines; its power is in the left or northern part.β,11 (6) His [the native under Mercury’s sway] form is ⟨being⟩ thin of flesh and of a long face; {moreover,} its [Mercury’s] place in the house is place of the scribes or the way of the craftsmen; {moreover,} it is in charge of the slaves ⟨⟨and servants⟩⟩; it is the planetγ of poverty; moneyers are in its portion. (7) {Moreover,} the years of its service are 13 after Venus. (8) Of the days of the week, the fourth day is in its portion, ⟨⟨and of the nights,⟩⟩ the night of the first day. (9) {Moreover,} its least years are 20; the intermediate ⟨years⟩, 48; and the great ⟨years⟩, 76. 45 (1) Places of lordship or governance or haylāj:β,1 the first is the Sun’s position; the second is the Moon’s position; the third is the position of their conjunction, which took place before the birth, if the birth took place before the full Moon, that is, in the first half of the month,γ,2 and if ⟨the birth took place⟩ after ⟨the full Moon⟩, the place of ⟨their⟩ opposition; {but} about this there is a disagreement among the Ancients, for some of them said that one should take the position of the luminary that is above the Earth at the moment of opposition; {moreover,} some say that one should take the position ⟨of the luminary⟩ that is higher ⟨above the Earth⟩ at the moment of birth; {therefore,} the fourth place ⟨of dominion⟩ is the degree of the ascendant sign; and the fifth is the place of the part of fortuneγ,3 [lot of fortune]. (2) {But} you will know this [the part of fortune] in the nativity ⟨⟨by day⟩⟩ in this manner: observe how much is the longitude in degrees and minutes between the place of the Sun and the place of the Moon, and add this number to the ascendant degree ⟨⟨regardless of which sign it is in,⟩⟩; the degree where the sum concludes is designated the part of fortune.γ (3) {Therefore,} one should proceed in this manner, whether the nativity is diurnal or nocturnal, according to Ptolemy’s opinion; {but} the Ancients said that because the Moon’s power is greater than the Sun’s power in a nocturnal nativity, {therefore} by night the longitudeγ [distance] between the Moon’s place and the Sun’s place should be takenγ,4, and

832

part seven

gradum ascendentem, tunc enim invenietur gradus partis fortune.γ (4) Ego {autem} dico quod sermones Ptolomei veri sunt, quia gradus ascendentis a Sole dependet, et proportionem ad ipsum habent unam, conveniens est distantiam esse gradus partis fortuneγ a gradu ascendentis secundum longitudinemγ gradus Solis ad gradum Lune. 46 (1) Nunc {igitur} planetarumγ fortitudines explanabo. (2) Considera quam dignitatemγ quislibet habeat planetaγ in quinque locis dominii seu principatus sive hisleg,β similiter et in ipsomet loco planete.γ (3) Et dabis domino domus quinque fortitudines, domino exaltationis seu honorisβ quatuor fortitudines, domino triplicitatis tres, domino termini .2., et domino faciei unam. (4) Deinde considera in qua domo duodecim domorum sit planeta,γ et distingue domus per gradus ascensionumγ secundum quod dictum est; dabisque illi qui nunc in prima domo fuerit .12. fortitudines; et si in decima .11.; si in septima .10.; in quarta .9.; in undecima .8.; in quinta .7.; in secunda .6.; in nona .5.; in octava .4.;γ in tertia .3.; in duodecima .2., et in sexta unam. (5) Dicit Ptolomeus:γ si planetaγ distiterit a principio domus secundum divisionem ascensionumγ minus .5. gradibus, computabitur in fortitudine domus; Antiqui {autem} dixerunt quod fortitudinem in domo non habet quousque sit intra principium eius; sapientes {vero} Persarumγ,1 dixerunt quod quando est minus .5. gradibus fortitudinem habet in domo, a cuius scilicet principio tantum distat, sed non est perfecta fortitudo, unde cum distat a principio domus uno gradu minuitur a fortitudine domus2 quinta una; secundum hanc {ergo} viam sume proportiones, et non oportet prolongare. 47 (1) Incipiam {itaque} nunc loqui super iudiciis planetarum secundum quod experti sunt Antiqui, et non est inter eos contrarietas. (2) ⟨⟨…⟩⟩. Semper dabit planetaγ inferior superiori virtutem seu fortitudinem,β sive in coniunctione sive in aspectu, quicumque fuerit aspectus. (3) {Quod} si fuerit in aspectu duorum vel trium ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ planetarum,γ dabit virtutem propinquiori secundum gradum aspectus; et si ille fortitudinem seu vir45ra tutemβ receperit, presul erit seu | almubtaz,β nisi {etiam} dederit ipse vir-

1Persarum] V; L planetarum. 2uno gradu minuitur a fortitudine domus] L in margin.

liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

833

this number should be added to the ascendant degree, because then the degree of the part of fortune will be found.γ,5 (4) {But} I say that Ptolemy’s statements are correct, because the degree of the ascendant depends on the Sun, and they have the same proportion to each other, it is appropriate that the distance of the degree of the part of fortuneγ from the degree of the ascendant be as the longitudeγ [distance] from the degree of Sun to the degree of the Moon. 46 (1) {Therefore,} I will now explain the powers of the planets.γ (2) Observe which dignityγ,1 any planetγ has in the five places of dominion or governance or haylāj,β,2 similarly in the place of the planetγ itself. (3) And you will give five powers to the lord of the house, four powers to the lord of the exaltation or honor,β,3 three to the lord of the triplicity, two to the lord of the term, and one to the lord of the face. (4) Next observe in which of the twelve houses the planet is,γ,4 and divide the houses by the degrees of the ascensionsγ as mentioned; and you will give to the one that is now in the first house 12 powers; in the tenth ⟨house⟩, 11 ⟨powers⟩; in the seventh ⟨house⟩, 10 ⟨powers⟩; in the fourth, 9; in the eleventh, 8; in the fifth, 7; in the second, 6; in the ninth, 5; in the eighth, 4;γ,5 in the third, 4; in the twelfth, 2; and in the sixth, 1. (5) Ptolemyγ,6 says: if the planetγ stands less than five degrees away from the beginning of the house according to the division of the ascensions,γ it will be reckoned ⟨as if it were⟩ in the power of the house; {but} the Ancients said that it [the planet] does not have power in the house until it is in its [the house’s] beginning; {moreover,} the scholars of the Persiansγ,7 said that when it [the planet] is less than 5 degrees it has power in the house, namely, from whose beginning it is that distant, but the power is not full, therefore when it is one degree away from the beginning of the house one fifth of the power is diminished from the power of the house; {hence,} according to this method, take the proportions, and there is no need to dwell on this further. 47 (1) {Therefore,} I shall now begin to speak about the judgments of the planets as the Ancients demonstrated experimentally, and there is no disagreement among them. (2) ⟨⟨The judgments of the planets⟩⟩.1 A lower planetγ will always give power or strengthβ,2 to an upper one, whether in conjunction or in aspect, whichever aspect it may be. (3) {But} if it [the lower planet] is in the aspect of two or three ⟨⟨or more⟩⟩ planets,γ it [the lower planet] will give power to the closer according to the degrees of the aspect; and if it receives strength or power,β,3 it will be the ruler or almubtazz,β,4 unless it {too} gives power to a higher one [planet], whether

834

part seven

tutem superiori, sive per coniunctionem sive per aliquem aspectuum, quia si dederit virtutem superiori planeteγ tertio, hic erit presul seu almubtaz,β {{verbi gratia, Luna det virtutem Mercurio, et1 Mercurius Veneri, Venus est tertia et recipit virtutem, eritque presul seu almubtaz,}} iudicabis {ergo} secundum fortitudinem presulis per habitudinemγ eius ad gradum ascendentem ac {etiam} secundum habitudinemγ eius ad duo luminaria et dignitatem eiusγ in loco in quo est. (4) Donum {autem} virtutis seu fortitudinisβ est multis modis, nam si dederit planetaγ virtutem superiori {per aspectum} a domo planeteγ superioris aut ab exaltatione seu domo honoris,β aut quod recipiat eum superior amicitia perfecta,γ hoc est, quod sit in coniunctione aut in aspectu trino aut sextili, {{tunc erit presul corde perfecto}}; si {autem} fuerit in aspectu opposito aut quarto, recipiet etiam virtutem sed hoc erit cum reprehensione et sermonibus non veris.β (5) Si {vero} virtutem dans seu fortitudinemβ fuerit in domo odii superioris aut in casu eius,γ recipiet virtutem cum iracundia quasi reprehendens eum,γ {etiam} si essent ambo planeteγ in aspecto trino. (6) Dixerunt Antiquiγ quod virtus recipitur voluntarie seu in beneplacitoβ a domo triplicitatis superioris planeteγ ⟨⟨…⟩⟩; Ptolomeus {vero}2 dicit quod superior {vero}3 recipiet eum et erit prepositusγ non {tamen} corde perfecto, et sic in omni loco ubi superior dignitatemγ non habet in loco inferioris qui dat virtutem. (7) Si {autem} fuerit inferior in domo sua ⟨⟨…⟩⟩, que sit domus honoris seu exaltatioβ superioris, deditque illi virtutem, bonum estγ et non est eo melius. (8) Verbi gratia: Venus in Libra .10. gradus, et Saturnus in Geminis .12.; tunc quidem Venus est in domo sua et in exaltatione Saturni. (9) Contrarium {autem} huius est si fuerit {{inferior}} in domo odii,γ que sit casusγ superioris; ut Luna in signo Capricorni, {{qui casus est Iovis,}} et det virtutem Iovi in aspectu quarto; tunc quidem erit receptio absque omni beneplacito seu acceptabilitate,β et nullus est in ea valor. 48 (1) Et scito quod4 si fuerit inferior5 in angulo,γ dederitque virtutem 45rb superiori in | aliquo succedentium {{angulorum}}6 et recipiatur ab illo,

1et] V; L om. 2vero] L; V om. 3vero] L; V om. 4scito quod] L; V om. superior. 6angulorum] corrected; L angulos; V om.

5inferior] V; L

liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

835

in conjunction or in one of the aspects, because if it gives power to a third higher planetγ, this one will be the ruler or al-mubtazz,β {{for example: the Moon gives power to Mercury, and Mercury to Venus, Venus is the third and receives power, and will be the ruler or al-mubtazz,}}5 {therefore} you will judge according to the power of the ruler by means of the relationshipγ,6 to the ascendant sign and {also} according to its relationshipγ to the two luminaries and its dignityγ,7 in the place where it is. (4) {But} giving power or strengthβ is in many modes, for if a planetγ gives power to an upper one {by means of an aspect}8 whether from the house of the upper one or from the exaltation or house of honor,β,9 or if the upper one receives it [the lower planet] in complete friendliness,γ,10 meaning that it is11 in conjunction or in trine or sextile aspect, {{then it [the lower planet] will be the ruler wholeheartedly}};12 {but} if it [the lower planet] is in opposition or quartile aspect, it will also receive power but this will be with reproach and untruthful words.β,13 (5) {Moreover,} if the one giving power or strengthβ is in the house of hate [house of detriment] of the upper ⟨planet⟩ or in its fallγ,14 [dejection], it will receive power with anger as if constrained,γ,15 {also} if both planetsγ be in a trine aspect. (6) The Ancientsγ,16 said that the power is received voluntarily or agreeablyβ,17 from the house of the triplicity of the upper planetγ ⟨⟨or its term⟩⟩;18 {but} Ptolemy says that the upper one will {indeed} receive it and will be the chief,γ,19 {nevertheless} not wholeheartedly, and this applies to any place where the upper ⟨planet⟩ has no dignityγ,20 over the place of the lower ⟨planet⟩ that gives power. (7) {But} if the lower ⟨planet⟩ is in its house ⟨⟨or in its honor⟩⟩,21 which is the house of honor or exaltationβ of the upper ⟨planet⟩, and it [the lower planet] gave power to it [the upper planet], this is goodγ22 and nothing surpasses it. (8) Example: Venus is at Libra 10 degrees, and Saturn at Gemini 12 degrees; then Venus is in its house, and in Saturn’s exaltation. (9) {But} the opposite occurs if {{the lower ⟨planet⟩}}23 is in the house of hateγ,24 [i.e., house of detriment], which is the fallγ,25 [i.e., dejection] of the upper; as when the Moon is in the sign of Capricorn, {{which is the fall of Jupiter,}}26 and gives power to Jupiter in quartile aspect: then the reception ⟨of power⟩ will be without any approval or acceptability,β,27 and there is no worth in it. 48 (1) Know that if a lower ⟨planet⟩ is in an angleγ,1 [a cardo] and will give power to an upper ⟨planet⟩ in one of the succedent {{angles}}2 and is received by it [the upper planet], he [the native] will fall from his rank;

836

part seven

descendet de gradu suo; {item} si fuerit in angulo et superior, in gradu mediocri {{significat descensum}}. (2) Et si fuerit superior in domo cadente, tunc cadet1 ille a toto valore suo seu dignitate aut gradu;β contrarium {vero} huius erit si fuerit inferior in domo cadente, et dederit virtutem seu fortitudinemγ suam {{superiori}} in anguliγ existenti, quia tunc ascendet ad gradum altiorem. (3) Qualiter {autem} et hoc scire poteris ex natura planeteγ superioris, et secundum eius dominiumγ in domibus atque secundum eius habitudinemγ ad gradum ascendentis. (4) Exemplum:γ,2 si fuerit planetaγ superior recipiens Venus, et sit in uno angulorum,γ sitque dominaγ domus septime, {{quia3 Venus super mulieres4 significat secundum naturam suam et dominium seu dignitatem habet in septimana}}, iudicabimus quod ad altum ascendet gradum per mulieres.γ (5) Si {vero} recipiens fuerit Mars, qui planetaγ est bellicositatis, et ipse dominus septime sit domus,5 que super adversarios significat, ostendit quod eius exaltatio seu promotioβ erit ex eo quod victoriam habebit in conflictibus. (6) {Quod} si Iupiter, planetaγ divitiarum, similiter dominus fuerit septime, que super consortes significat sive participes,β {{iudicabimus quod augmentabitur valor eius et dignitas per divitias et honores quod per manus participum acquiret}}. (7) Si {autem} fuerit planetaγ presul seu dominusβ utriusque domus, {{ut Venus Tauri et Libre,}} considera locum planeteγ quam domum aspiciat, et hinc iudicabis; {quod} si utrumque aspexerit, accipe fortiorem. 49 (1) Totum {autem} quod dictum estγ de superiore virtutem recipiente, ita se habet dummodo non sit sub radiisγ Solis, in coniunctione neque retrogradus; si enim super alteram harum viarum fuerit, nichil recipiet de virtute sibi data sed reddet illi danti, quandoque ad bonum, quandoque ad malum, secundum quod fuerit locus dantis et habitudo respectu gradus ascendentis. (2) Siγ {autem} inferior virtutem dederit superiori, qui et alteri dederit {etiam} superiori, fueritque dominus domus quesite; si tertius quidem in 45va bono locoγ | fuerit ⟨⟨…⟩⟩, firmabitur res quesita per manum mediatoris. (3) Et scito quod signa firma seu stabiliaβ addunt ad rem stabiliendam, mobilia {vero} econtrario, quia domibus cadentibus assimilantur, et signa bicorpora domibus assimilantur angulisγ succedentibus; iterum fixa significant super {{horas}}, mobilia super dies, residua super menses. (4) {Rursus} est

1cadet] V; L cadit. 2exemplum] V; L verbi gratia, in margin. 3quia] L; V nam. 4mulieres] L; V feminas. 5dominus et septime sit domus] L; V sit dominus .7e. domus.

liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

837

{likewise,} if it [the lower planet] is in an upper angle,γ,3 {{it indicates a descent}}4 to an intermediate rank. (2) And if the upper ⟨planet⟩ is in a cadent house, then he [the native] will fall from all his strength, dignity or rank;β,5 {but} the opposite occurs if the lower ⟨planet⟩ is in a cadent place, and gives its power or strengthγ to {{an upper ⟨planet⟩}}6 that is in an angleγ [cardo], because then he [the native] will rise to a higher rank. (3) {But} you can know this and in what manner from the nature of the upper planet,γ and according to its dominionγ,7 over the houses, and according to its relationshipγ to the ascendant degree. (4) For example:γ,8 if Venus is the upper planetγ receiving ⟨power⟩, and it is in one of the anglesγ [cardines], and is the ladyγ,9 of the seventh house, {{because Venus indicates women according to its nature, and the dominion and dignity she has in the week}}10 we will judge that he will ascend to a high rank by means of women.γ,11 (5) {Moreover,} if the ⟨planet⟩ receiving ⟨power⟩ is Mars, which is the planetγ of bellicosity, and it is the lord of the seventh house, which indicates opponents, it shows that his rise or promotionβ,12 will be because he will be victorious in conflicts. (6) {But} if Jupiter, the planetγ of riches, is similarly the lord of the seventh house, which indicates fellows or partners,β,13 {{we will judge that his worth and dignity will increase by means of the riches and honors that he acquires by the hands [by means] of partners}}.14 (7) {But} if the planetγ is the ruler or lordβ,15 of two houses, {{as Venus of Taurus and Libra,}}16 observe the place of the planet,γ which house it aspects, and judge from here [on this basis]; {but} if it aspects both ⟨houses⟩, take the stronger. 49 (1) {But} everything that has been saidγ,1 about an upper ⟨planet⟩ receiving power is so, provided that it is not under the raysγ,2 of the Sun, in conjunction or retrograde; but if it is in any of these conditions, it will receive nothing of the power given to it but will return it to the giver, sometimes for good and sometimes for evil, according to the position of the giver and the relationship with respect to the degree of the ascendant. (2) {But} ifγ,3a lower ⟨planet⟩ gives power to ⟨a planet that is⟩ above it, which {also} gives ⟨power⟩ to another ⟨planet that is⟩ above it, and it is the lord of the house asked about; if the third one is in a good placeγ,4 ⟨⟨with respect to the ascendant degree⟩⟩,5 the thing asked about will be realized by the hands [by means] of an intermediary. (3) Know that the fixed or stable signsβ,6 make the thing more stable [add to its stabilizing], {but} the changeable ⟨signs⟩ the contrary, because they are like the cadent houses, and the bicorporal ⟨signs⟩ are like the succedent to the anglesγ [cardines]; in addition, the fixed ⟨signs⟩ indicate {{hours}},7 the changeable ⟨signs⟩ days, and the other

838

part seven

{{quidam}} habitudo seu dispositioβ qua vadit planetaγ inferior ad coniunctionem superioris, sub radiisγ existentis in coniunctione, {autem} inter ipsum et superiorem secundum viam aspectuum minus est .6. {{scilicet de gradibus signi magnis}}1 gradus; post planetamγ {autem} superiorem est alius planeta,γ inferior aut superior, et antequam primus inferior superiori coniungatur, retrogaditur planetaγ posterior destruens vel dissolvensβ coniunctionem planeteγ prioris {{aut aspectum eius}}; et hoc {quidem} significat super hominem qui hoc quod querens querit dissipabit. (5) {Item} accidit interdum quod retrogradus sit ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ planetaγ antequam perveniat ad2 coniunctionem superioris aut aspectus eius; et tunc quidem recogitabit interrogator et non faciet de se ipso quod quesivit. (6) Si {autem} planetaγ Sole inferior {{in domo nona}} fuerit, {{dederitque virtutem Soli in sua fortitudine existenti in domo decima,}} hoc bonum est quia exaltabitur ille magis uno gradu; {quod} si fuerit inferior in divisione domus undecime, et Sol in domo duodecima secundum partitione ascensionum,γ sermo erit econtrario. (7) Si {vero} Iupiter aut Venus combustus fuerit et signum ascendens {{Leo sit aut Aries}}, hoc est valde bonum; {sed} si una de domibus Veneris aut Iovis, hoc est malum. {{Quod si Mars aut Saturnus cum Sole fuerit signumque ascendens sit domus aliqua, tunc non est ei spes quia malum est valde.}} 50 (1) Dixerunt ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ Antiqui quod non est aliquis planetaγ malus qui ita nocivus esse possit ut Sol combusto, totum enim destruit opus planete,γ et Mars, ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ coniunctus Iovi, omnes eius operationes destruere non potest; ediverso quoque non est aspectus aliquis cuiusque planeteγ ita bonus ut aspectus Solis, quia significat super vitam. (2) Ptolomeus {autem} dicit quod aspectus quartus et oppositus Saturni ad Solem durior vel nocivior est 45vb seu destructiviorβ eius coniunctione | cum Sole; coniunctio {vero} Martis cum Sole nocivior seu destructiviorβ est aspectus eius quarto et opposito; coniunctio {autem} Saturni aut aspectus eius cum Luna, aucta lumine, alleviat in malo suo. (3) Et si fuerit Luna cursu tarda vadens, scilicet in die minus suo cursu medio,3 hoc est signum malum seu infortunium;β,4

1scilicet de gradibus signi magnis] L; V om. 2ad] V; L a. 3scilicet in die minus suo cursu medio] L; V om. 4signum malum seu infortunium] L; V infortunium magnum.

liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

839

⟨signs⟩ months. (4) {In addition,} there is {{a certain}}8 relationship or conditionβ,9in which a lower planetγ is advancing towards conjunction with an upper ⟨planet⟩, ⟨and is⟩ situated under the raysγ in conjunction, {but} between it [the lower planet] and the upper ⟨planet⟩ there are less than 6 degrees according to the method of the aspects, {{namely, regarding the great degrees of the sign}};10 {but} after the upper planetγ there is another planet,γ a lower or upper one, and before the first lower planetγ conjoins the higher ⟨one⟩, the latter planetγ retrogresses and destroys or dissolvesβ,11 the conjunction of the first planetγ {{or its aspect}};12 this {indeed} indicates, regarding some person, that he will ruin what the querent asked about. (5) {Likewise,} it sometimes happens that the ⟨⟨lower⟩⟩ planetγ retrogresses before it arrives at conjunction with the upper ⟨planet⟩ or an aspect with it; then the querent will think again and will himself do what he asked about. (6) If the planetγ which is below the Sun is {{in the ninth house}},13 {however,} {{and will give power to the Sun when it is in its power in the tenth house,}}14 this is good because he will rise to a higher rank; {but} if the lower ⟨planet⟩ is in the division of the eleventh house, and the Sun is in the twelfth house, according to the division of the ascensions,γ the opposite statement will apply (7) {Moreover,} If Jupiter or Venus is burnt and the ascendant sign is {{Leo or Aries}},15 this is very good; {but} if in one of the houses of Venus or Jupiter, this is bad. {{But if Mars or Saturn is with the Sun and the ascendant sign is any ⟨of their⟩ houses, then he has no hope because it is very bad.}}16 50 (1) ⟨⟨All⟩⟩1 the Ancients said that no bad planetγ can be as harmful as the Sun to a burnt ⟨planet⟩, because it destroys all the planet’sγ work; and Mars, ⟨⟨which indicates evil,⟩⟩2 when conjoined with Jupiter, is unable to nullify all its [Jupiter’s] actions; on the other hand, no aspect with any planetγ is so good as the aspect of the Sun, because it indicates life. (2) {But} Ptolemy says that the quartile and opposition aspects of Saturn to the Sun are harsher or more harmful or more destructiveβ,3 than its [Saturn’s] conjunction with the Sun; {moreover} the conjunction of Mars with the Sun is more harmful or more destructiveβ,4 than its quartile and opposition; {but} the conjunction of Saturn or its aspect with the Moon, when ⟨its⟩ light is waxing, mitigates its [Saturn’s] evil. (3) If the Moon is moving in a slow course, namely, less than its mean motion in a day, this is a bad sign or misfortune;β,5

840

part seven

{{si fuerit etiam Luna in medietate mensis secunda, id est, lumine diminuta;1 similiter quoque est de coniunctione cum Marte et cum est aucta lumine, et cursu velox, scilicet vadens in die plus motu medio,2 malum enim significat et infortunium,}} Et si fuerit tunc Luna in signo nature Martis, hoc est malum perfectum nisi fuerit in signo Arietis, quia recepta est ab ipso; si {vero} diminuta lumine in coniunctione fuerit cum Marte, alleviabitur eius malum; et consimiliter si tarda cursu fuerit et in signo frigido. (1) In testimoniis domus prime libro suo De nativitatibus, dicit actor iste quod combustio domini ascendentis non destruit testimonium in Ariete aut Leone, si combustus fuerit ibidem. (2) Item Messehallach dicit ita, in domo sexta, quod Sol nocet planetisγ per combustionem nisi recipiat eos in Ariete aut in Leone. (3) Videtur in Saturno, secundum quod explanat3 actor prius, quod cum planetaγ est in aspectu opposito Soli, non est ei virtus seu fortitudo,β quia aliquantulum assimilatur combusto. (4) Item in principio Libri interrogationum dicit quod in aspectu opposito planeteγ ad Solem est in combustione planetaγ et in retrogradatione. (5) Amplius elevatus supra Solem in septentrione vincet seu superabit, quia semper est Sol in linea signorum, prout explanatum est capitulo de coniunctione et oppositione. 51 (1) Nunc {autem} de partibusγ eritγ sermo.4 (2) Et incipiam a Sole cuius est pars fortune, que dicta est prius;γ significat {autem} super longitudinem vite hominis, et profectum in omnibus viis suis seu operationibus;β {item} significat super sanitatem corporis ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ secundum quod fuerint partem aspicientes; totum enim hoc {{expertum est et probatum}},β {quod} si aliquis dominorum loci partis aspexerit eam, quocumque aspectu, secundum fortitudinem seu virtutemβ aspicientium est iudicandum; quod is non aspexerit, non exibit in opus id quod signatum fuerit per 46ra illam, sive bonum sive malum, | preter quam in cogitationibus et sermonibus ac somnis. (3) Pars Lune est hoc: considera longitudinemγ inter locum Lune et locum Solis, et secundum hunc numerum numera a gradu ascendente, et hoc quidem vocatur pars celationis seu celati animi;β significat {autem} super animam hominis, et desideria nati, intellectum, calliditatem, instructionemγ ac timorem Dei. 1si fuerit etiam Luna in medietate mensis secunda, id est, lumine diminuta] L; V om. 2scilicet vadens in die plus motu medio] L; V om. 3explanat] V; L explanabit. 4nunc autem de partibus erit sermo] the complete section on the lots, § 51 through § 61, is absent from V.

liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

841

{{also if the Moon is in the second half of the month, that is, when its light is waning; the same applies to the conjunction with Mars and when the light is waxing, and in a quick course, that is, moving more than its mean motion in one day, because it indicates evil and misfortune;}}6 If the Moon is then in a sign of Mars’s nature, this is complete evil unless it is in the sign of Aries [i.e., in Mars’s house], because it is received by it [Mars]; {moreover,} if it [the Moon] is in conjunction with Mars when ⟨its⟩ light is waning, its [Mars’s] evil will be mitigated; and the same applies if it [the Moon] is slow in ⟨its⟩ course and in a cold sign. (1) In the testimonies of the first house in his Book of nativities, this author says that the burning of the lord of the ascendant does not destroy the testimony in Aries or Leo, if the burning is in that very place.7 (2) Likewise Māshāʾallāh says this, ⟨that⟩ in the sixth house, that the Sun harms the planetsγ by burning unless it [the Sun] receives them in Aries or in Leo. (3) Regarding Saturn, according to what the author8 explains before, it seems that when the planetγ is in opposition aspect to the Sun, it has no power or strength,β because it is somewhat like a burnt ⟨planet⟩.9 (4) Likewise at the beginning of the Book of interrogations he says that in a planet’sγ opposition aspect to the Sun, the planetγ is burning and retrograde.10 (5) Besides, ⟨a planet⟩ rising above the Sun in the north will be victorious or will prevail, because the Sun is always in the line of the signs, as has been explained in the chapter on conjunction and opposition.11 51 (1) {But} now there will beγ,1 an account of the partsγ,2 [lots]. (2) I shall begin from the Sun, to which the part of fortune belongs, as has been mentioned before;γ,3 It indicates, {however,} a man’s length of life and success in all his ways or undertakings;β,4 {likewise,} it indicates the health of the body ⟨⟨and the soul⟩⟩, depending on which ⟨planets⟩ are aspecting the part; all this {{has been tried and tested}},β,5 {but} if one of the lords over the place of the part aspects it, whichever aspect it may be, one must judge according to the strength or powerβ of the aspecting ⟨lords⟩; but if no ⟨planet⟩ aspects it, what is indicated by it [the part] will not come to be, whether for good or for evil, except in thoughts, words, and dreams. (3) The part of the Moon is this: observe the longitudeγ,6 [distance] between the place of the Moon and the place of the Sun, and according to this number count from the ascendant degree, and this is called the part of the hidden thing or the hidden soul;β,7 {but} it indicates a man’s soul, the native’s desires, intellect, and craftiness, and his edificationγ,8 and fear of God.

842

part seven

52 (1) Pars Saturni: a Saturno ac capitur in parte fortune, et proicitur numerusγ ab ascendente; significat {autem} super incarcerationes,1 et tribulationes atque captivitates; considera {ergo} si fuerit in aliquo angulorum, et secundum aspicientes {{erit eius fortitudo ser virtus}}.β (2) Pars Iovis: a Iove usque in parte celati animi seu secretorum,β et secundum hunc numerum ab ascendente numera; significat super indolem nati, et exprobationemγ ac divitias. (3) Pars Martis: a Marte in parte fortune, et secundum hunc humerum ab ascendente numera; significat {autem} super fortitudinem nati, et laborum sufferentiam, ac ingressus locorum periculosorum. (4) Pars Venus, a parte fortuneγ in parte secretorum,γ {{et secundum hunc numerum numera ab ascendente}};2 significat {autem} {{prudentiam secundum corpus seu corporis curam}}, et forme pulchritudinem seu formositatem,β et gaudium, ac delicias. (5) Pars Mercurii: a parte secretorumγ in parte fortune,γ et secundum hunc humerum numera ab ascendente; significat {autem} super diminutionem burse et divitiarum,βθ mala accidentia, et perditiones. 53 (1) Domorum {autem} partes nunc commemorabo. (2) Pro domo quidem prima: pars vite, a Iove in Saturnum, et secundum hunc numerum a gradu ascendentis numera. (3) Omnes {autem} partes has dictas similiter computabis ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ sive de die sive de nocte. (4) Pars nature hominis accipitur a loco Solis ad .15. gradus equales signi Leonis et additur numerus iste super locum Lune; vide {ergo} cuius planeteγ domo cadet hec pars; {item} accipe locum Lune usque ad .15. gradus Cancri, et adde numerum hunc super locum Solis; {tunc ergo} exibit hic pars in altera domo vel eiusdem illius planeteγ in cuius quidem domo exivit prima; {quod} si prima pars exiverit in altera domorum luminarium, erit altera pars in alterius domo 46rb luminaris; | aliter {autem} hoc res esse non potest quia similis est habitudo domorum planetarumγ ad domum Solis hinc sicut illic habitudo domus Lune ad domos planetarumγ secundas, et a medio quidem signi est equalis distantia utrobique; hee {autem} partes due super naturam significant nati secundum fortitudinem domini domus. 54 (1) Secunda: pars substantie seu divitiarum,β a loco domini domus secunde, que secundum gradus ascensionumγ exiverit, usque ad princi-

1incarcerationes] corrected; L incarnatores. 2et secundum hunc numerum numera ab ascendente] L this appears later in the same phrase on the lot of Venus.

liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

843

52 (1) The part of Saturn: is taken from Saturn to the part of fortune, and the number is cast outγ,1 from the ascendant; it indicates, {however,} imprisonments, afflictions, and captivities; {therefore,} observe if it is in one of the anglesγ [cardines], and {{its strength or power will be}}β,2 according to those aspecting ⟨it⟩. (2) The part of Jupiter: from Jupiter to the part of the hidden soul or of the secrets,β,3 and according to this number count from the ascendant; it indicates the innate character of the native, reproach,γ,4 and riches. (3) The part of Mars: from Mars to the part of fortune, and according to this number count from the ascendant; {moreover,} it indicates the native’s courage, endurance of hard work, and going into dangerous places. (4) The part of Venus: from the part of fortuneγ,5 to the part of secrets,γ,6 {{and according to this number count from the ascendant}};7 {moreover,} it indicates {{prudence about the body or care for the body}},8 handsomeness or beautyβ,9 of form, joy, and delights. (5) The part of Mercury: from the part of secretsγ to the part of fortune,γ and according to this number count from the ascendant; it indicates a decrease of the purse or richesβθ,10 [i.e., penury], bad incidents, and losses. 53 (1) {But} I shall also mention now the parts [lots] of the houses. (2) With regard to the first house: the part of life, from Jupiter to Saturn, and according to this number count from the ascendant. (3) {But} you will calculate all these aforementioned parts in like manner ⟨⟨on the native’s birthday⟩⟩, whether by day or by night. (4) The part of a man’s nature is taken from the place of the Sun to 15 equal degrees of the sign of Leo, and this number is added to the place of the Moon; {accordingly} observe in which planet’sγ house this part falls; {likewise,} take the place of the Moon up to 15 degrees of Cancer, and add this number to the place of the Sun; {accordingly,} this part will come out in the other house of the same planetγ in whose house the first ⟨part⟩ came out; {but} if the first part comes out in the house of one of the luminaries, the other part will come out in the house of the other luminary; {but} this thing cannot be otherwise, because the relationship of the planets’γ houses to the Sun’s house is the same as the relationship of the house of the Moon to the second houses of the planets,γ and from the middle of the sign the distance is the same on both sides; {moreover,} these two parts indicate the native’s nature, depending on the power of the lord of the house. 54 (1) The second ⟨house⟩: the part of wealth or riches,β,1 from the place of the lord of the second house, which will come out according to the degrees of the ascensions,γ up to the beginning of the same house, according to the

844

part seven

pium domus eiusdem, secundum distinctionem graduum ascensionum,γ et secundum hunc numerum a gradu ascendente numera; significat {autem} hoc pars super substantiam et divitias ac emptiones. 55 (1) Tertia: pars fratrum, a Saturno in Iovem, et secundum hunc numerum ad ascendente numera; Persarum {autem} sapientesγ dixerunt quod sors fratrum est a loco domini ascendentis in locum Martis, et secundum hunc numerum a gradu ascendente. 56 (1) Quarta: pars terre, a Saturno in Lunam, et secundum hunc numerum a gradu ascendente. (2) Pars patris nati de die, a Sole in Saturnum, et si fuerit Saturnus sub radiisγ Solis, accipe a Sole in Iovem, et secundum hunc numerum a gradu ascendente; nato {vero} de nocte, accipe a Saturno in Solem, et si fuerit Saturnus sub radiisγ Solis, accipe a Iove in Solem, et secundum hunc numerum a gradu ascendente. 57 (1) Quinta: sors filiorum, die et nocte a Iove in Saturnum, et secundum hunc numerum ab ascendente. (2) {{Pars conceptionis filiorum}},γ die et nocte a Marte in Iovem, et secundum hunc numerum ab ascendente. 58 (1) Sexta: {{sors inceptionis,}}γ,1 de die a Saturno in Martem, de nocte {vero} econtrario, et secundum hunc numerum ab ascendente. (2) Pars servorum, die et nocte a Mercurio in Lunam, et secundum hunc numerum ab ascendente numera. 59 (1) Septima: pars mulierum seu uxorum,β die et nocte a Saturno in Venerem, et secundum hunc numerum a gradu ascendente. (2) Pars contentionis et litis,β die et nocte a Marte ad2 principium domus septime, et secundum hunc numerum ab ascendente. 60 (1) Octava. parsγ mortis, a loco Lune usque ad principium domus actave secundum divisionem graduum ascensionum,γ et adde tantum super locum Saturni. (2) Pars planeteγ perimentis, a loco Lune in locum 46va Saturni, et secundum hunc | numerum adde super3 locum Mercurii.

1inceptionis] L in margin: egritudines. 2ad] corrected; L etiam. 3super] corrected; L se.

liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

845

division of the degrees of the ascensions,γ and according to this number count from the ascendant degree; {moreover,} this part indicates wealth, riches, and purchased properties. 55 (1) The third ⟨house⟩: the part of brothers, from Saturn to Jupiter, according to this number count from the ascendant; {but} the scholars of the Persiansγ,1 said that the lot2 of brothers is from the place of the lord of the ascendant to the place of Mars, and according to this number ⟨count⟩ from the ascendant. 56 (1) The fourth ⟨house⟩: the part of land, from Saturn to the Moon, and according to this number ⟨count⟩ from the ascendant. (2) The part of the father for one born by day: from the Sun to Saturn, and if Saturn is under the raysγ of the Sun, take from the Sun to Jupiter, and according to this number ⟨count⟩ from the ascendant; {but} for one born by night, take from Saturn to the Sun, and if Saturn is under the raysγ of the Sun, take from Jupiter to the Sun, and according to this number ⟨count⟩ from the ascendant. 57 (1) The fifth ⟨house⟩: the lot1 of sons, by day and by night, from Jupiter to Saturn, and according to this number ⟨count⟩ from the ascendant. (2) {{The part of the conception of sons}},γ,2 by day and by night from Mars to Jupiter, and according to this number ⟨count⟩ from the ascendant. 58 (1) The sixth ⟨house⟩: the {{lot of the beginning}},γ,1 by day from Saturn to Mars, {but} the opposite by night, and according to this number ⟨count⟩ from the ascendant. (2) The part of slaves, by day and by night, from Mercury to the Moon, and according to this number ⟨count⟩ from the ascendant. 59 (1) The seventh ⟨house⟩: the part of women or wives,β,1 by day and also by night, from Saturn to Venus, and according to this number ⟨count⟩ from the ascendant. (2) The part of dispute and quarrel,β,2 by day and by night from Mars to the beginning of the seventh house, and according to this number ⟨count⟩ from the ascendant. 60 (1) The eighth ⟨house⟩: the partγ,1 of death, from the place of the Moon to the beginning of the eighth house calculated according to the division of the degrees of the ascensions,γ and add this much to the place of Saturn. (2) The part of the destroying planet,γ,2 from the place of the Moon to the place of Saturn, and according to this number add to the place of Mercury.

846

part seven

61 (1) .9a.: pars scientie,γ a Saturno in Iovem, et hunc numerum adde super locum Mercurii.1 (2) Pars itineris per terram, a domino domus novene secundum divisionem graduum ascensionumγ,2 usque principium domus novene, et secundum hunc numerum ab ascendente. (3) {{Pars itineris per mare, a Saturno in .15. gradum signi Cancri, et secundum hunc numerum ab ascendente, de nocte {vero} econtrario; et sic inveniet expertum habeo.}} 62 (1) Decima: pars matris, de die a Venere in Lunam, de nocte {vero} econtrario, et secundum numerum ab ascendente. (2) Pars sublimationis,γ de die a Sole in .19. gradum Arietis, et secundum hunc numerum ab ascendente; de nocte {vero} a Luna in .3. gradum signi Tauri,γ et secundum numerum ab ascendente. 63 (1) .11a.: pars amatorum, die et nocte a Iove in Venerem, et secundum numerum ab ascendente.3 (2) Pars inventionis, die et nocte a Sole in Venerem, et secundum hunc numerum ab ascendente. 64 (1) .12a.: pars inimicorum, a Marte in Saturnum de nocte, de die {vero} econtrario, et secundum hunc numerum a gradu ascendente. (2) Pars bestiarum, a domino domus duodecime secundum divisionem graduum ascensionumγ ad principium domus illius, et secundum hunc numerum ab ascendente. (3) Partes {autem} hee commemorate experte sunt, et sapientes astrorumγ et alii quasdam commemoraverunt alias,γ sed quia in hiis concors4 non est eorum opinio, non recitavi illas. 65 (1) De directionibus.5 Sciendum {autem} quod dirigendi sunt quinque loca dominii seu presulatusβ secundum duas vias. (2) Una quidem est secundum gradus equales,γ unicuique scilicet gradui annum unum perfectum, {{hoc est de gradibus qui sunt inter locum quesitum et aspectum aut terminum aut domum,}} et secundum minuta gradusγ erunt dies anni. (3) Hoc {autem} est ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ de termino ad terminum, et commiscebis equidem, sive ad bonum sive ad malum, termini dominum cum domino signi. (4) Si {vero} fuerit ibidem radiusγ aspectus planeteγ alicuius, ille per se

1.9a. Pars scientie, a Saturno in Iovem, et hunc numerum adde super locum Mercurii.] L in margin. 2graduum ascensionum] L in margin. 3.11a. Pars amatorum, die et nocte a Iove in Venerem, et secundum numerum ab ascendente.] L in margin. 4concors] L in margin. 5De directionibus] L in margin; V De directione.

liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

847

61 (1) The ninth ⟨house⟩: the part of knowledge,γ,1 from Saturn to Jupiter, and add this number to the place of Mercury. (2) The part of a journey by land, from the lord of the ninth house according to the division of the degrees of the ascensions to the beginning of the ninth house, and according to this number ⟨count⟩ from the ascendant. (3) {{The part of a journey by sea, from Saturn to 15 degrees of the sign of Cancer, and according to this number ⟨count⟩ from the ascendant, {but} the opposite by night; and I have verified it experimentally that it will be found in this manner.}}2 62 (1) The tenth ⟨house⟩: the part of the mother, by day from Venus to the Moon, {but} the opposite by night, and according to this number ⟨count⟩ from the ascendant. (2) The part of the elevation,γ,1 by day from the Sun to Aries 19 degrees, and according to this number ⟨count⟩ from the ascendant; {but} by night from the Moon to three degrees of the sign of Taurus,γ,2 and according to this number ⟨count⟩ from the ascendant. 63 (1) The eleventh ⟨house⟩: the part of lovers, by day and by night, from Jupiter to Venus, and according to this number ⟨count⟩ from the ascendant. (2) The part of discovery, by day and by night, from the Sun to Venus, and according to this number ⟨count⟩ from the ascendant. 64 (1) The twelfth ⟨house⟩: the part of enemies, by night from Mars to Saturn, {but} the opposite by day, and according to this number ⟨count⟩ from the ascendant. (2) The part of beasts, from the lord of the twelfth house according to the division of the degrees of the ascensions,γ to the beginning of this house, and according to this number ⟨count⟩ from the ascendant. (3) {Moreover,} the aforementioned parts have been tested experimentally, and the scholars of the starsγ mentioned some others,γ,1 but since they did not agree about them, I have not given an account of them. 65 (1) On the directions. {But} one must know that the five places of lordship or rulership should be directedβ,1 according to two methods. (2) One is according to equal degrees,γ,2 namely, a whole year to each degree, {{this refers to degrees which are between the place sought and the aspect or the term or the house,}}3 and the days of the year will be according to minutes of the degree.γ,4 (3) {But} there is ⟨⟨direction⟩⟩5 from term to term, and you will certainly mix, for good or for evil, the lord of the term with the lord of the sign. (4) {Moreover,} if in that very place there is the rayγ,6 of the aspect of some planet,γ it is stronger alone, by itself,β,7 than the lord of the

848

part seven

solumβ fortior erit domino domus et domino termini secundi, et stabit seu perseverabitβ eius fortitudo usque ad finem radiorum planete,γ sive in coniunctione sive in aspectu, secundum numerum graduum luminis seu radiorum.β (5) Huic {autem} directioni tertiam dabis fortitudinis alia {vero} directionis via secundum gradus ascensionum.γ (6) Exemplum,1 ut si direc46vb tio, que secundum primam viam est, | egritudinem significet, non erit gravius, si {vero} secundum viam secundam, erit valde gravius; {item} si prima via super substantiam fuerit, non erit magna sicut esset per secundam. (7) Facies {autem} sic: si locus que dirigere volueris in gradu fuerit ascendente, diriges eum per gradus ascensionumγ signorum {{in tabula regionis}},γ pro quolibet gradu annum integrum, ad domos et terminos atque radiosγ planetarum,γ secundum viam aspectuum in partibusγ {{seu gradibus aspectuum secundum viam horarum,}} prout explanabo tibi, {{hoc est in aspectibus directionum}}. (8) Si {autem} locus quem dirigere volueris fuerit in ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ domo septima, diriges eum per gradum oppositum gradui ascendentis. (9) Si {vero} locus quesitus in ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ domo decima fuerit aut in principio domus quarte, dirige secundum gradus ascensionumγ circuli equalitatis sive spere recte,β {{eritque semper directio secundum viam secundam a principio angulorum ad domos et terminos ac radios quem ad modum in aspectibus directionum explanabo.}} (10) {Quod} si non fuerit in harum domorum iniciis, dirige2 per ascensionesγ mixtas. 66 (1) Et sic facies: siγ fuerit locus quesitus inter domum decimam et primam, gradus ascensionumγ domus decime secundum rectum circulumγ minue de gradibus ascensionumγ loci quesiti secundum speram rectam, et partire3 seu divideβ distantiam seu longitudinemβ per arcum hore torte seu inequalisβ loci quesiti, estimabis {enim} seu computabisβ ac si esset ibidem Sol; et scito quanta est longitudoγ horarum et partium hore certo numero.γ (2) Deinde dirige quesitum ad quam volueris locum in circulo recto,γ et scito longitudinemγ inter .2. loca seu ascensiones.β (3) Similiter facies et in tabula ascensionum regionis, scilicet et directionis,β,4 hoc est de .2. locis quesiti et de directionibus,γ {{minuesque locum quesitum,

1Exemplum] U; L exemplicam. directionis] L; V om.

2dirige] V; L dirigere.

3partire] L; V om.

4scilicet et

liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

849

house and the lord of the second term, and its power will stand or persistβ,8 until the end of the rays of the planet,γ whether in conjunction or in aspect, according to the number {of the degrees} of the light or the rays.β,9 (5) {But} you will give to this direction a third of the power {indeed} with respect to the other method of direction according to degrees of the ascensions.γ (6) Example: if the direction, which is according to the first method, indicates a disease, it will not be serious, {but} if ⟨the direction is⟩ by the second method, it will be very serious; {likewise,} if the signification of the first ⟨method⟩ is about wealth, it will not be as great as ⟨when the signification is given by⟩ the second ⟨method⟩. (7) {But} proceed as follows: If the place you wish to direct is the ascendant degree, direct it by degrees of the ascensionsγ of the signs {{in the table of the country}},γ,10 ⟨assigning⟩ a whole year for each degree, to the houses, the terms, and the raysγ of the planets,γ according to the method of the aspects in the partsγ,11 [parts of hours] {{or by degrees of the aspects according to the method of the hours,}}12 as I shall explain to you, {{that is, in the aspects of the directions}}.13 (8) {But} if the place you wish to direct is at the ⟨⟨beginning⟩⟩ of the seventh house, direct it by the degree that is opposite the ascendant degree. (9) {Moreover} if the required place is at ⟨⟨at the beginning of⟩⟩ the tenth house or at the beginning of the fourth house, direct ⟨it⟩ according to degrees of the ascensionsγ of the circle of equality or of the upright sphereβ,14 [sphaera recta], {{and the direction will always be according to the second method from the beginning of the angles to the houses, and terms, and rays, which I will explain to some extent in ⟨the section⟩ on the aspects of the directions}}.15 (10) {But} if it is not at the beginnings of these houses, direct by mixed ascensions.γ 66 (1) Proceed as follows: ifγ,1 the required place is between the tenth house and the first ⟨house⟩, subtract the degrees of the ascensionsγ of the tenth house according to the upright circleγ [at sphaera recta] from the degrees of the ascensionsγ of the place sought according to the upright circle, and part or divideβ,2 the distance or longitudeβ,3 [distance] by the arc of the crooked or unequal hourβ,4 of the place sought, {for} you will determine or computeβ,5 as if the Sun were in that very place; and know, in a precise number,γ,6 how much is the longitudeγ,7 [distance] in hours and parts of an hour. (2) Next direct what is sought to the place you wish on the upright circle,γ,8 and know the longitudeγ,9 [distance] between the two places or ascensions.β,10 (3) Proceed similarly ⟨using⟩ the table of ascensions of the country, namely, of the direction,β,11 that is, regarding the two places sought and the directions,γ,12 {{and subtract the sec-

850

part seven

secundum alterum quidem eorum, ab altero, et finem similiter seu terminumβ secundum rectum videlicet circulum ac secundum gradus ascensionum tabule regionis}}. (4) Et scito longitudinem seu distantiamβ,1 illorum inter se, sumesque sextam superflui quod invenies in longitudine,γ et 47ra quod fuerit seu exiveritβ multiplica per longitudinemγ | horarum et partium suarum, quodque pervenerit est equatio.γ (5) Reiteraris {igitur} et vide si longitudo graduumγ ascensionumγ recti circuliγ maior fuerit longitudine graduum ascensionumγ tabule regionis. (6) {Quia tunc} minues equationemγ a gradibus ascensionum circuli recti,γ et qui residui sunt gradus ipsi sunt equati,γ ad quodlibet scilicet gradum annus. (7) Si {autem} longitudo ascensionum gradus tabule regionisγ maior fuerit longitudinem que secundum rectum circulum,γ addas equationemγ super longitudinem circuli recti,γ et quod collectum fuerit erit gradus equati.γ 67 (1) Si {vero} fuerit locus quesitusγ inter gradum ascendentem et domum quartam, scito longitudinem graduum ascensionum quesiti in spera rectaγ ab ascensionibusγ initii domus quarte. (2) Et quod tunc fuerit partire seu divideβ {similiter} per archum hore torte gradus oppositi gradui quesiti, et quod exivit est longitudoγ horarum et partium suarum. (3) Deinde dirige in duabus tabulis {{hoc est per tabulas equalitatis seu recti circuli ac per tabulam regionis secundum quod dictum est supra}}. (4) Multiplicabisque sextam superflui per horas longitudinis,γ et hoc est equatio.γ (5) Hoc {igitur} adde et minue super ascensiones tabule recti circuli,γ quemadmodum in quarta prima fecisti. 68 (1) {Quod} si fuerit quesitus inter domus quartam et septimam, scito quanta est distantia quesiti a principio domus quarte in spera recta.γ (2) Et scias longitudinemγ horarum, et partium gradus oppositi quesito.γ (3) Postmodum dirige in spera recta,γ et similiter dirige gradum oppositum gradui quesiti in tabula regionis ad gradum oppositum gradui loci que

1seu distantiam] L; V om.

liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

851

ond place sought, according to each of the two ⟨methods⟩, from the other ⟨place sought⟩, and similarly the end or limitβ,13 ⟨of the direction⟩, namely according to the upright circle and according to the degrees of the ascensions of the table of the country}}.14 (4) Know the longitude or distanceβ between themselves, and take one-sixth of the excess that you find in the longitude,γ,15 and multiply what is ⟨there⟩ or resultsβ,16 by the longitudeγ,17 [distance] in hours and their parts, and what results is the equationγ,18 [the correction] (5) {Therefore}, repeat again and observe whether the longitude of the degreesγ,19 [the distance] of the ascensionsγ of the upright circleγ is greater than the longitude of the degrees of the ascensionsγ,20 [the distance] of the table of the country. (6) {Then} you will subtract the equationγ [correction] from the degrees of the ascensions of the upright circle,γ,21 and the remainder are the equated degreesγ,22 [corrected degrees], namely, a year ⟨corresponding⟩ to each degree. (7) {But} if the longitude of the ascensions of the degrees of the table of the countryγ,23 is greater than the longitude according to the upright circle,γ,24 add the equationγ [correction] to the longitude of the upright circle,γ and the result will be the equated degrees.γ 67 (1) {But} if the place soughtγ,1 is between the ascendant degree and the fourth house, know the longitude of the degrees of the ascensions of the ⟨place⟩ sought at the upright sphereγ,2 from the ascensionsγ of the beginning of the fourth house. (2) And {similarly} part or divideβ what is then there [the result] by the arc {of the degrees} of the crooked hour opposite the degree of the ⟨place⟩ sought, and what came out is the longitudeγ,3 [distance] of the hours and their parts [i.e., minutes]. (3) Next direct in two tables, {{that is, by the tables of equality or of the upright circle and the table of the country according to what was said above}}.4 (4) You will multiply one-sixth of the excess by the hours of the longitudeγ [distance], and this is the equationγ [correction]. (5) {Therefore,} add to or subtract this from the ascensions of the table of the upright circle,γ,5 as you did for the first quadrant. 68 (1) {But} if the ⟨place⟩ sought is between the fourth house and the seventh ⟨house⟩, know the distance of the required ⟨place⟩ from the beginning of the fourth house at the upright sphere.γ,1 (2) Know the longitudeγ,2 [distance] of the hours, and of the parts of the degree [i.e., minutes] opposite the ⟨place⟩ sought.γ,3 (3) Afterwards direct in the upright sphere,γ and similarly direct the degree opposite the degree of the ⟨place⟩ sought in the table of the country to the degree opposite the degree of the place you

852

part seven

volueris. (4) Et scito superfluum seu residuum,β et fac secundum quod rectum fuerit. 69 (1) Si {autem} fuerit quesitus inter septimam domum et decimam, scito longitudinemγ inter quesitum et decimam in spera recta,γ et partire per arcum hore torte gradus {{super terram existentis}},γ et serva illud. (2) Et postea dirige in recto circulo,γ ac in opposito gradus in tabula regionis, 47rb et fac postremo secundum quod rectum fuerit. | 70 (1) Hec {autem} est clavis et summaγ quod semper accipies1 longitudinem,γ ante vel retro, domuum decimam aut quartam in spera recta sive in circulo recto,β et divide per arcum hore gradus qui super terram fuerit, et siquidem2 sub terra, accipies oppositum hore gradus quod queris dirigendum. (2) In Libro {vero} de nativitatibus loquar de locis accidentiumγ et egritudinum, et hee quidem directiones ad omnia sunt astrorum iudiciaγ radix et fundamentum.β 71 (1) De aspectibus directionum seu hiis que secundum directiones.γ,3 Scito quod semper inter angulum et angulumγ sex sunt hore torte seu inequales,β absque additione aliqua sive crescentiaβ et4 diminutione. (2) Nam si accipias5 arcum hore torte gradus ascendentis et multiplicaveris eum per sex, collectum ex eo6 semper erit sicut gradus ascensionumγ in tabula recti circuliγ qui sunt inter principium domus decime et ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ gradus ascendente. (3) Et si acceperis arcum partis seu gradus hore torte quem inveneris in tabula regionis et in directoγ,7 principii domus decime et multiplicaveris eum per sex, semper erit collectum sicut numerus graduumγ ascensionumγ in tabula regionis, qui sunt inter principium domus decime et partem gradus ascendentis. (4) Iam {autem} te scire feci, quod a principio domus decime, secundum divisionem ascensionum,γ usque ad principium domus quarte est medietas circuli ascendentis;8 alterius {vero} medietatis iudicium adheret et alligatum est illi.γ (5) Quapropter signum longum, cuius scilicet ascensionesγ maiores sunt ascensionibusγ eius in recto circulo seu in linea equali, {{occidit secundum numerum signi brevis, cuius quidem ascensiones minores sunt ascensionibus

1accipies] U; L accipias. 2si quidem] L; V sic. 3de aspectibus directionum seu hiis que secundum directiones] V; L in margin. 4crescentia et] L; V om. 5accipias] L; V acceperis. 6ex eo] V; L deinde. 7in directo] V; L in directio. 8ascendentis] V; L ascendens.

liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

853

wish. (4) And know the excess or the remainder,β,4 and proceed according to what is right. 69 (1) {But} if the ⟨place⟩ sought is between the seventh house and the tenth ⟨house⟩, know the longitudeγ,1 [distance] between the ⟨place⟩ sought and the tenth ⟨house⟩ at the upright sphere,γ and divide by the arc of the crooked hour of the degree {{situated above the Earth}},γ,2 and save it [the result]. (2) Afterwards, direct in the upright circle,γ and opposite the degree in the table of the country, and finally proceed according to what is right. 70 (1) {But} the key and essenceγ,1 is that you will always take the longitudeγ,2 [distance], forward or backward, of the tenth or the fourth house in the upright sphere or in the upright circle,β,3 and divide it by the arc of the hour of the degree which is above the Earth, and if below the Earth, you will take the opposite of the hour of the degree which you wish to direct. (2) In the Book of Nativities, {indeed,} I will speak about the places of accidentsγ,4 and diseases;5 and these directions are the root and foundationβ,6 of all the judgments of the stars.γ,7 71 (1) On the aspects of the directions or on those ⟨aspects calculated⟩ according to directions.γ,1 Know that between an angle and an angleγ,2 there are always six crooked or unequal hours,β,3 without any addition or increaseβ,4 and decrease. (2) For if you take the arc of the crooked hour of the ascendant degree and multiply it by six, it will always add up to as much as the degrees of the ascensionsγ at the table of the upright circleγ which are between the beginning of the tenth house and ⟨⟨the ⟨first⟩ minute of⟩⟩ the ascendant degree. (3) And if you take the arc of the minute or degree of the crooked hour which you find in the table of the country and oppositeγ,5 the beginning of the tenth house and multiply it by six, the result will always be as much as the number of the degreesγ,6 of the ascensionsγ in the table of the country, which are between the beginning of the tenth house according to the division of the ascensions and the ⟨first⟩ minute of the ascendant degree. (4) {But} I have already let you know that from the beginning of the tenth house, according to the division by ascensions,γ to the beginning of the fourth house is half of the ascending circle; {moreover,} the judgment of the other half conforms to and is associated with itγ,7 [the first half]. (5) Therefore, a long sign, namely, one whose ascensionsγ are greater than its ascensionsγ at the upright circle or at the equal lineβ,8 [the equator], {{sets according to the number of the short signs whose ascensions are shorter than its ascensions at the upright

854

part seven

eius in circulo recto,}} contrarium {vero} huius est in signis brevibus. (6) Cum {ergo} scire volueris aspectus secundum viam rectam et expertam,β,1 fac aspectum sextilem sinistrum, similiter et aspectum quartum sinistrum, atque tertium etiam sinistrum. (7) Et hii {quidem} sufficient tibi: ad aspec47va tum enim oppositum | nichil additum est aut minuendum, et aspectus sextilis dexter anterior semper est in opposito tertium sinister; aspectus {etiam} quartus dexter oppositus est aspectui quarto sinistro, aspectus {quoque} trinus dexter oppositus est aspectui sextili sinistro. 72 (1) Sic {ergo} facies. Vide: si fuerit planetaγ inter domum decimam et gradum ascendentem, et vide quot2 horarum et partium hore fuerit longitudo planeteγ a principio domus decime. (2) Et scito numerum horarum integrarum seu perfectarum,β {necnon}3 et graduum ac minutorum arcum4 hore torte imperfecte, si {inquam} excrescunt.γ (3) Hoc {autem} scies ita:γ converte gradus longitudinis in minuta, et si fuerint ibi minuta addas ea minutis, totumque multiplica per .3600., et quod exivit divide per horam tortaγ loci planete,γ quam quidem reduces5 vel reductam habebis in minuta;β postea {vero} divides {etiam} illud per .60., et quod exiverunt partes sunt de .60. scilicet minuta hore torte seu inequales. 73 (1) Si {igitur} longitudoγ ad anguloγ minor fuerit duabus horis,γ scias quod aspectus sextilis erit inter domum decimam et gradum ascendentem. (2) Revertaris {igitur} et numera gradus equales qui fuerint inter principium domus decime et {{partem seu minutum}} ascendentis,γ glossa: loci planete, forsitam melior esset littera.6 et quidem gradus hii signatoris aut signator vocati sunt,β serva eos.7 (3) Scito {itaque} partes hore unius,γ,8 et secundum earum numerum horas multiplica, quodcumque exiverit seu inde proveneritβ adde super gradus initii domus decime secundum gradus equales, et consequens inveniesγ gradus aspectus. (4) Multiplicabis {enim} arcum horeγ per quatuor, et super hoc adde longitudinis horam,γ et partes si quas habuerit. (5) Accipiesque

1rectam et expertam] V; L expertam et probatam. 2quot] V; L quod. 3necnon] L; V om. 4arcum] V; L arcus. 5reduces] V; L reducet. 6glossa: loci planete, forsitam melior esset littera] L (underlined); V om. 7Here, between the end of § 73:2 and the beginning of § 73:3, V interrupts the text of Iudicia and begins the final addition of the glossator. V resumes § 73:3 at fol. 42ra, line 30, after the addition and before the addition of the translator. 8unius] L > loci planete scilicet; V om.

liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

855

circle,}}9 {but} the opposite applies to the short signs. (6) {Therefore,} when you wish to know the aspects according to a right and tested method,β,10 make the left sextile aspect, similarly the left quartile aspect, and also the left trine. (7) These will be {indeed} sufficient for you, because there is nothing to add or subtract for the opposition aspect, and the previous right sextile aspect is always opposite left trine; {also} the right quartile aspect is opposite the left quartile aspect, {also} the right trine aspect is opposite the left sextile aspect. 72 (1) {Therefore,} proceed as follows. Observe: if the planetγ,1 is between the tenth house and the ascendant degree, observe how much is the longitude of the planet’sγ hours and parts [minutes] of an hour from the beginning of the tenth house. (2) And know the number of whole or complete hoursβ,2, {and also} the arc of the degrees and minutes of the crooked incomplete hour, {I say,} if there is an excess of them.γ,3 (3) {Moreover,} you will know this as follows:γ,4 convert the degrees of the longitude into minutes, and if there are minutes there add them to the minutes, and multiply the whole ⟨number⟩ by 3,600, and divide what resulted by the crooked hourγ,5 of the place of the planet,γ,6 which you convert or have converted into minutes;β,7 {moreover,} afterwards you will {also} divide this by 60, and what results are sixtieth parts namely, crooked or unequal minutes of an hour.8 73 (1) {Therefore,} if the longitudeγ,1 [distance] from the angleγ [cardo] is less than two hours,γ,2 you know that the sextile aspect will be between the tenth house and the ascendant degree. (2) {Therefore,} repeat and count the equal degrees which are between the beginning of the tenth house and {{the ⟨first⟩ part of minute}}3 of the ascendant,γ,4 gloss: a better text is: of the place of the planet and these degrees are called the significator or the degrees of the significatorβ,5 and save them. (3) {Therefore} know the parts of one hour,γ,6 and multiply the hours according to their number, and add whatsoever results or comes forth from thereβ,7 to the degrees of the beginning of the tenth house according to equal degrees, and consequently you will findγ,8 the degree of the aspect. (4) {For} you will multiply the arc of the hourγ,9 by four, and add to it the hour of the longitude,γ,10 and the parts if it [the

856

part seven

de gradibus hore torte et imperfecteβ secundum proportionem graduum et minutorum excrescentium super horam tortam gradus loci planete,γ et sunt partes quas prius accepisti per equationem seu proportionemβ ad .60., 47vb secundum viam {itaque} proportionis et | equationisβ potes hoc extrahere. (6) Preterea terminum seu finem accipe .4. horarum,β a medio quidem celi, inquam, et considera longitudinemγ quam invenies inter illum terminum et gradus ascensionis qui fuerit in directo gradus aspectus in tabula regionis. (7) Si {ergo} se habuerit hoc reliquum secundum proportionem hore predicte, tunc scies quod recte operatus est. 74 (1) Si {vero} distantia seu longitudoβ a principio domus decime maior fuerit seu plusβ duabus horis, adde super numerum eius quatuor horas, similiter sed de collecto minue sex horas; quod residuum fuerit est longitudoγ a principio anguli primi seu prime domus.β Cum hac ergo longitudine negociandum est consimiliter per horas suas et partes seu minuta sua, et operandum proportionaliter longitudini premisse, que est inter inicium domus domus decime et gradus planete. (2) Si {autem} aspectum quartum volueris facere seu equare,β accipe a principio anguli primi seu domus primeβ proportionaliter longitudini planeteβ,1 a domo decima. (3) {Quod} si extrahere volueris {{aspectum trinum}},γ adde super aspectum quartum duas horas tortas. (4) Et vide si fuerit longitudoγ planeteγ a principio domus decime minus quatuor horas, {quia tunc} erit aspectus trinus inter domus primam et quartam. (5) Et secundum quod fuerit longitudo,γ accipies {{secundum viam proportionis}}γ donec invenies gradum aspectus {{per horas tortas superiores gradus scilicet in quo est planeta}}.γ 75 (1) Si {autem} fuerit planetaγ inter gradum ascendentem et quartam domum, vide longitudinem eius a principio ascendentis in gradibus ascensionumγ tabule regionis, et fac aspectus sinistros. (2) Si {vero} fuerit planetaγ inter quartam domum et septimam, estima2 seu computaβ,quod sit in gradu opposito et fac aspectus; postmodum accipe gradus3 oppositos aspectibus cum minutis suis. (3) {Rursus,} si fuerit planetaγ inter domum

1planete] V; L planeta. 2estima] L; V om. 3gradus] V; L gradum.

liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

857

hour] has any.11 (5) You will take from the crooked or imperfect hourβ,12 according to the proportion of the degrees and minutes that are in excess of the crooked hour of the place of the planet,γ and these are the parts that you received {before} by the proportion or equationβ,13 to 60, and you can obtain this {in this manner} according to the method of proportion and equation.β,14 (6) In addition, take the limit or end of the 4 hours,β,15 I say, from midheaven, and observe the longitudeγ [distance] you find between this limit and the degree of the ascendant which is opposite the degree of the aspect in the table of the region. (7) {Therefore,} if what remains is according to the proportion of the aforementioned hour, then you will know that it has been calculated correctly. 74 (1) {Moreover,} if the distance or longitudeβ from the beginning of the tenth house is greater or moreβ,1 than 2 hours, add 4 hours to its number, but similarly subtract 6 hours from the result; what remains is the longitudeγ [distance] from the beginning of the first angle or the first house.β,2 Therefore, when one comes to deal similarly with this longitude by its hours and its parts or minutes, one needs to calculate proportionally to the aforementioned longitude, which is between the beginning of the tenth house and the degree of the planet. (2) {But} if you wish to make or equateβ,3 the quartile aspect, take from the beginning of the first angle or the first houseβ,4 proportionally to the longitude of the planetβ,5 from the tenth house. (3) {But} if you wish to calculate the {{trine aspect}},γ,6 add 2 crooked7 hours to the quartile aspect. (4) Observe if the longitudeγ [distance] of the planetγ from the beginning8 of the tenth house is less than 4 hours, {because then}9 the trine aspect will be between the first house and the fourth. (5) According to what the longitudeγ [distance] is, you will take {{according to the way of proportion}}γ,10 until you will find the degree of the aspect {{by upper crooked hours, namely, where the planet is}}.γ,11 75 (1) {But} if the planetγ is between the ascendant degree and the fourth house, observe its distance from the beginning of the ascendant by degrees of the ascensionsγ in the table of the country, and make [calculate] the left aspects. (2) {Moreover,} if the planetγ is between the fourth house and the seventh ⟨house⟩, suppose or calculateβ,1 that it is the opposite degree and make [calculate] the aspects; afterwards take the degrees that are opposite the aspects with their minutes. (3) {In addition,} if the planetγ

858

part seven

septimam et decimam, accipe gradus oppositos aspectibus sinistris, (4) 48ra {videlicet quia} | post quam sciveris sinistros,γ accipias gradum oppositum

sextili aspectui sinistro, et invenies procul dubio tertium aspectum dextrum. (5) Et in opposito tertii aspectus sinistri semper est aspectus sextilis dexter, in opposito {vero} quarti aspectus sinistri est semper quartus aspectus dexter. (6) {Sane,} si fuerit planetaγ in principio anguliγ cuiucumsque, semper erunt sui duo aspectus quarti in principiis {.2.} angulorum.γ (7) Ac {vero} cum dirigere volueris quinque loca dominorum seu principatuumβ secundum gradus equales,γ diriges ea ad aspectus qui secundum equales gradusγ firmantur; cum {autem} diriges ea secundum viam ascensionum,γ sive in principiis angulorumγ sive in ascensionibus domorum succedentium aut aliarum,γ dirige ipsam ad consimiles aspectus seu eiusdem vie, plus enim habent fortitudinis quam aspectus secundum equales gradus existentes.γ (8) Porro, si directiones scire volueris secundum propinquitatem, accipe in tabula regionis ascensiones gradus quesiti, et vide quanta est diminutio inter ipsas et ascensiones spere recte, et partiaris eam; atque sic addes super ascensiones gradus quem dirigere volebas, et secundum quod fuerint gradus, sic et ille .2. et tria.γ (9) In equandis {autem} domibus sic facies: accipe arcum hore torte principii domus decime postquam quesiveris ipsum in gradibus equalibus, et duplica eum, addasque super ascensiones principii domus decime in recto circulo, et secundum quod gradus illuc pervenient, hoc est numerus graduum illorum, sic et ibi est principium domus undecime. Ad duodecimam vero domus habendam quantitas multiplica arcum hore super gradus qui sunt in directo domus decime.γ 76 (1) Secundum equationes {itaque} domorum,γ oportet esse inter principium domus undecime et decime duas horas tortas in tabula recti circuli,γ in tabula {vero} regionis quatuor horas. (2) Si {autem} acceperis tertiamque partemque graduum equaliumγ inter principium domus decime et gradum ascendentem, invenies secundum propinquitatem domum undecimam. (3) Similiter quoque facies ad querendam duodecimam. (4) Secundum hanc {ergo} viam accipiendum est principium domus

liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

859

is between the seventh house and the tenth, take the degrees that are opposite the left aspects, (4) {namely, because} after you know the lefthand ones,γ,2 take the opposite degree to the left sextile aspect, and you will find without doubt the right trine aspect. (5) And opposite the aspect of left trine is always the right sextile aspect, {but} opposite the aspect of left quartile is always the right quartile aspect.3 (6) {Certainly,} if the planetγ is at the beginning of any angleγ [cardo] {whatsoever}, its two quartiles will always be at the beginnings of the {two} ⟨adjacent⟩ angles.γ (7) {Moreover,} when you wish to direct the five places of dominion and governanceβ,4 in equal degrees,γ you will direct them to the aspects which are established according to equal degrees;γ {but} when you will direct them according to the method of ascensions,γ whether in the beginnings of the anglesγ or in the ascensions of the succedent houses or of the others,γ,5 direct it to similar aspects or by the same method, because they have more power than the aspects that existγ,6 according to equal degrees. (8) In addition, if you wish to know the directions approximately, take the ascensions of the degree sought in the table of the country, and observe how much is the decrease between them and the ascensions at the upright sphere, and divide it; and in this way you will add to the ascensions the degree which you wished to direct, and according to how many are the degrees, two ⟨times⟩ or three.γ,7 (9) {But} for the equation of the houses proceed as follows: take the arc of the crooked hour of the beginning of the tenth house after you have found it in equal degrees, and double it, and add it to the ascensions of the beginning to the tenth house at the upright circle, and according to how many degrees come out there, this is the number of its degrees, in this manner and in that place is the beginning of the eleventh house; to obtain the twelfth house multiply the magnitude of the arc by the degrees which are opposite the tenth house.γ,8 76 (1) {Therefore,} according to the equation of the houses,γ,1 it is proper that between the beginning of the eleventh house and the tenth there be two crooked hours in the table of the upright circle,γ,2 {but} in the table of the country four hours. (2) {But} if you take the third part of the equal degreesγ between the beginning of the tenth house and the degree of the ascendant, you will find approximately the eleventh house. (3) You will proceed similarly to find the twelfth house. (4) {Therefore,} according to this method one must receive the beginning of the second house, however

860

part seven

secunde, enim quod tu considerare debes arcum oppositum,γ et consimi48rb liter est de principio | tertie domus. (1) Hec Abraham Princeps. Glossator autem super verbis huius capituli de aspectibus, circa principium, ubi dicitur: “Vide: si fuerit planeta inter domum decimam et gradum ascendentem, et vide quod horarum et partium hore fuerit longitudo planete a principio domus decime etcetera,”1 sic ait:2 (2) Videtur michi quod sic dicere voluerit: significator partiendus est per sex, et quod exiverit per divisionem3 numerus seu quantitasβ est unus hore torte; hunc ergo numerum multiplicabis per numerum horarum longitudinis, et ei quod collectum fuerit adde .4., et invenies sextilem aspectum. (3) Hoc est dictum4 quod a loco ubi terminatur numerus multiplicatus et superadditus incipies computare gradus sextilis aspectus sinistri. (4) Et hoc quidem est quod arbitratus sum ita se habere, quia equale est illi5 quod dixit Albumasar de aspectu sinistro. (5) Quoniam igitur aspectus directionum Abrahe Principis et Avenerre michi occulti sunt et absconditi, ideo sermones Albumasar explanabo diffusius quia recti sunt in oculis meis.θ (6) Secundum suum autem operandi modum diriget ipse per duas tabulas, recti circuli scilicet ac regionis, et est quandoque magna diversitas inter ipsas. (7) Exemplum itaque tibi dabo. (8) Cum est ascendens gradus primus Sagittarii, est in medio celi principium domus decime .26. Virginis, secundum tabulam6 autem regionis sunt inter eos .93. gradus ascensionum, secundum tabulam vero recti circuli .62., et est longitudo seu differentiaβ inter hos duos numeros .31. gradus. (9) Iterum, primo gradu Aquarii ascendente, est principium domus decime .3. gradus Sagittarii, et sunt inter eos in tabula regionis .62. gradus fere, et consimiliter in tabula circuli directi. (10) Hinc igitur secundum ambas tabulas iudicavit. (11) Dicit ergo sic. (12). Aspectus quidem radios vocavit, et sunt hii .60. .90. .120. (13) Cum itaque numeros hos addideris super locum planete versus partem sinistram, hoc est, secundum successionem signorum, ipse vocat hos aspectus 48va sinistros ad partem scilicet ascensionis signorum. (14) Et ideo dicit | quod debent addi quia tunc erit in signis plus loco planete, ut a .26. Virginis ad

1vide si fuerit planeta inter domum decimam et gradum ascendentem et vide quod horarum et partium hore fuerit longitudo planete a principio domus decime etcetera] This quotes §72:1 above. 2sic ait] L; V om. From here V resumes, after interrupting in § 73:3. 3divisionem] V; L dimidionem. 4dictum] V; L dictu. 5illi] V; L above the line. 6tabulam] L; V tabulas.

liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

861

you need to observe the opposite arc,γ,3 and likewise regarding the beginning of the third house.4 (1) Abraham, the Prince, ⟨said⟩ these things. But the Glossator said as follows regarding the words of the chapter on the aspects, around the beginning, where it is said: “Observe: if the planet is between the tenth house and the ascendant degree, observe how much is the longitude of hours and minutes of the hour of the planet from the beginning of the tenth house, and so on.” (2) It seems to me that he wished to say as follows: it is necessary to divide the significator by six, and what results from the division is the number or quantityβ of one crooked hour; therefore, you will multiply this number by the number of hours of the longitude, and add four to the result, and you will find the sextile aspect. (3) This has been said so that from the place reached by the multiplied and added number you begin to calculate the degrees of the aspect of left sextile. (4) And I think that this is how it is, because it is the same as what Abū Maʿshar said about the left aspect.5 (5) Therefore, since the aspects of the directions put forward by Abraham the Prince and by Ibn Ezra are hidden and concealed from me,6 for that reason I will explain Abū Maʿshar’s statements at length because in my eyesθ they are right. (6) According to his method of operation he will direct it by two tables, namely, of the upright circle and of the country, and there is sometimes a great difference between them. (7) Thus, I will give you an example. (8) When the ascendant is the first degree of Sagittarius, ⟨and⟩ the beginning of the tenth house is in midheaven at 26 ⟨degrees⟩ of Virgo, according to the table of the country there are 93 degrees of the ascensions between them, but according to the table of the upright circle 62 ⟨degrees of the ascensions⟩, and the longitude or differenceβ between these two numbers is 31 degrees. (9) In addition, when the first degree of Aquarius ascends, the beginning of the tenth house is at Sagittarius 3 degrees, and there are 62 degrees between them in the table of the country, and similarly in the table of the direct circle. (10) Hence, he judged according to both tables. (11) He says as follows. (12) He called the aspects rays, and these are 60, 90, 120. (13) Thus, when you add these numbers to the place of the planet with respect to the left side, that is, according to the succession of the signs, he calls them left aspects, namely, with respect to the ascension of the signs. (14) Hence, he says that they need to be added because then there will be in the signs plus the place of the planet, as from Virgo 26 degrees to Libra or Scorpio. (15) About the right

862

part seven

Libram et Scorpionem. (15) In aspectibus vero dextris dicit quod minuendus est numerus supradictus a loco planete, puta, a .26. Virginis1 ad Leonem et Cancrum. (16) Dicit igitur quod per locum planete intrandum est in tabula2 recti circuli et considerandum in quo signo terminabuntur gradus supradicti, sive a dextris sive a sinistris, aspectus. (17) Deinde in tabula3 regionis intrandum est similiter et considerandum est in quo loco terminabuntur gradus aspectuum supradicti, a dextris aut a sinistris. (18) Si ergo equales fuerint gradus ambarum tabularum, puta, longitudo que est inter domum decimam et ascendens, ut dictum est supra, tunc invenies gradum aspectus absque additione et diminutione. (19) Si autem econtrario, id est, si diversi fuerint vel inequalesβ ita quod alteri plures sint alteris, vide superfluum seu excessumβ et dividatur per sex; et quod per divisionem exiverit multiplica per numerum horarum quibus planeta distat ab angulo; et collectum adde super locum ubi terminantur gradus aspectus ad partem sinistram, ad quam est appropinquatio sive successioβ aut retro ad partem dextram, a qua est elongatio. (20) Et in locum in quo terminabitur numerus graduum equalium, ibidem pervenient radii oppositorum per dyametrum firmabuntur. (21) Hoc est dictum: in opposito sextilis aspectus sinistrum, aspectum invenies trinum dextrum; et in opposito aspectus trinum sinistrum semper est sextilis dexter; item in opposito quarti aspectus sinistri semper est aspectus quartus dexter. (22) Exempli gratia:4 pro .2. equaliter ascendens vero Tauri, et decima domus .17. Capricorni; inter quos in tabula regionis sunt .57. gradus; in tabula vero recti circuli .110.; et est deferentia inter eos .53., quos divisi per sex; et exiverunt pro qualibet hora .8. gradus et .40. minuta. (23) Erat autem planeta in principio Aquarii distans a principio domus decime .13. gradus, qui valent 48vb horam et dimidiam | secundum locum planete, et5 multiplicetur .8. per .1. et dimidium et exibunt .12. et cum minutis, plus uno gradu qui sunt .13. gradus et plus. (24) Hii ergo super principium addantur6 Aquarii, et incipies aspectum sextilem a .14o. gradu Aquarii, et est illuc a sinistro. (25) Consimile quoque est dictum Avenezre seu Abrahe Principis, quod hic exposui. (26) Significator ad .10. gradus ascendit,7 dividatur per sex; et exit pro parte qualibet .18. longitudo autem planete unius hore cum dimidia, que ascendunt ad .27.; adde .27. super .27. Capricorni secundum gradus equales, et terminabuntur in .14. Aquarii, et hoc totum idem est cum priori.

1Virginis] L; V signis. 2tabula] L; V tabulam. 3tabula] L; V tabulam. 4Exempli gratia] L; V Exemplum. 5et] V; L om. 6addantur] corrected; LV addatur. 7ascendit] V; L ascendat.

liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

863

aspects he said that one must subtract the aforementioned number from the place of the planet, for example, from Virgo 26 degrees to Leo and Cancer. (16) Therefore he says that one needs to access the table of the upright circle with the place of the planet and observe in which sign the aforementioned degrees of the aspect end, whether from the right or the left. (17) Next, one needs to access the table of the country, and observe similarly in which place the aforementioned degrees of the aspects end, from the right or from the left. (18) Therefore, if the degrees are the same in both tables, for example, the longitude between the tenth house and the ascendant, as said above, then you will find the degree of the aspect without addition or diminution. (19) But in the opposite case, that is, if they are different or unequal β so that some of them are more than the others, observe what is superfluous or excessiveβ and divide it by six; multiply the result of the division by the number of hours the planet is distant from the angle; add the result to the place where the degrees of the aspect end on the left side, to which it is an approach or following after,β or backwards to the right side, from which is the elongation [i.e., distance]. (20) And in the place where the number of the equal degrees ends, the rays or the opposite ⟨aspects⟩ established by the diameter will reach there. (21) That is to say: opposite the left sextile aspect you will find the right trine aspect; and opposite the left trine aspect always is the right sextile; likewise, opposite the left quartile aspect always is the right quartile aspect. (22) For example: For an ascendant at Taurus 2 degrees, the tenth house is Capricorn 17 degrees; there are 57 degrees between them in the table of the country; but in the table of the upright circle 110 ⟨degrees⟩; the difference between them is 53 ⟨degrees⟩, which are divided by 6; and 8 degrees and 40 minutes resulted for each hour. (23) There was a planet at the beginning of Aquarius, 13 degrees distant from the beginning of the beginning of the tenth house, which are equivalent to one hour and a half according to the place of the planet, and if they are multiplied by 8½ the result is 12 ⟨degrees⟩ with minutes, plus one degree, which are 13 degrees and more. (24) So, these ⟨degrees⟩ are added to the beginning of Aquarius, and you will begin the left aspect from Aquarius 14 degrees, and that place is from the left. (25) Similar also is the statement of Ibn Ezra or Abraham the Prince, which I have put forward here. (26) The significator rises to 10 degrees, and it is divided by 6; a longitude of the planet of one hour and a half comes out for each part of 18, which add up to be 27 (18*1½=27); add 27 degrees to 27 degrees of Capricorn according to equal degrees, and they end at Aquarius 14 degrees, and all this is the same as the previous ⟨reckoning⟩

864

part seven

(27) De aspectibus direccionum. Visum est michi quod faciendi seu equandi sunt aspectus per ascensiones tabule regionis. (28) Exempli gratia: ascendens Virgo .11. gradus; Luna in Cancro .19. gradus in domo undecima; aspectus eius secundum gradus equales erit in .19. Virginis in domo prima; secundum ascensiones vero regionis erit in domo duodecima, cuius ratio est quia ascensiones loci Lune .79., et de .79. usque .141. sunt .60. gradus, et est in aspectu sextili in .3. gradu Virginis in domo duodecima. (29) Si planetas inveneris in principiis domorum, quecumque fuerint domus, scito quod eorum aspectus erunt in principiis domorum aliarum, aspectus enim sextilis .4. domorum est perfectarum, tam ante quam post; et aspectus quartus 6. domorum tam ante quam post; aspectus vero tertius .8. tam ante quam post1 a dextris et sinistris. (30) Dicit translator: quia sermones Abrache Ducis de planetarum aspectibus equandis in hac parte glossator iste obscuros aut insufficientes et imperfectos esse asserit, propter quod et sermonibus Albumasar magis adherendum esse decernit, eo quod illos in oculis suis clariores et planiores et2 rectiores forte iudicat. (31) Idcirco sciendum3 quod isti4 glosatori accidit ut naviganti, qui Caribdim5 vitare cupiens, in Scillam incidit. (32) Albumasar enim septimo sui Introductorii, capitulo septimo, in extrahendis stellarum aspectibus et radiis, Ptholomeum imitari preeligens, operandum esse dicit in hunc modum quod, accepta primum ab angulo seu a cardineβ distantia6 planete secundum inequalis hore partes, gradui planete responden49ra tes partita. (33) Superadditisque gradui planete pro sextili | quidem aspectus sinistro .60., sed7 pro quarto .90., pro trino autem .120. gradibus, et hiis in gradus ascensionum conversis, dupliciter directi circuli videlicet8 et regionis, distantie quidem qui fuerit inter hos accipiatur sexta pars. (34) Et secundum numerum horarum ac partium suarum que contineantur in distantia planete ab angulo primum9 accepta, multiplicetur addenda10 pro gradibus aspectus qui planete proprior fuerit ad sinistram sive secundum successionem signorum, gradibus inquam11 ascensionum ad gradus equales reductis.

1post] V; L retro. 2eo quod illos in oculis suis clariores et planiores et] L; V om. 3sciendum] L; V secundum. 4isti] L; V ipsi. 5Caribdim] V; L Caribdi. 6distantia] L; V om. 7sed] V; L > et. 8videlicet] L; V om. 9primum] L; V primo. 10addenda] L; V addendi. 11inquam] L; V om.

liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

865

(27) On the aspects of the directions. It seems to me that the aspects should be made or equated by the ascensions in the table of the country. (28) For example: the ascendant, Virgo 11 degrees; the Moon at Cancer 19 degrees in the eleventh house; its aspect according to equal degrees will be at 19 ⟨degrees⟩ of Virgo 19 in the first house; but according to the ascensions of the country it will be in the twelfth house, the reason for which is that the ascensions of the place of the Moon are 79, and from 79 to 141 there are 60 degrees, and it is in a sextile aspect at the twelfth house. (29) If you find planets at the beginnings of the houses, whatever the house may be, know that their aspects will be at the beginning of the other houses; for the sextile aspect is four whole houses both before or after; and the quartile aspect six house both before or after; but the trine aspect eight ⟨house⟩ both before or after, from the right or from the left. (30) The translator [i.e., Bate] says: because this glossator maintains that the statements of Abraham the Prince about the equation of the aspects of the planets in this part [i.e., in the last part of Iudicia] are obscure, insufficient, and imperfect, therefore he [the glossator] decided that it is more appropriate to adhere to Abū Maʿshar’s statements, because he judges that in his eyes they are clearer, plainer, and perhaps more correct. (31) Therefore, one need to know that to this glossator happened what ⟨happened⟩ to the navigator, who wishing to avoid Charybdis encountered Scylla. (32) Because Abū Maʿshar, in the seventh part of his Introduction, in the seventh chapter on calculating the aspects and rays of the stars, wishing to follow Ptolemy, says that one must operate in such a mode so that, after the distance of the planet has been taken first from the angle or from the cardoβ according to unequal hours, they are distributed corresponding to the degree of the planet. (33) Having added 60 ⟨degrees⟩ to the degree of the planet for the aspect of sextile, but 90 ⟨degrees⟩ for quartile, and 120 degrees for trine, and after these were converted into degrees of the ascensions, in the two ways, namely, of the direct circle and that of the country, the sixth part of the distance between them is taken. (34) And according to the number of hours and their parts which are contained in the distance of the planet from the angle taken first, what must be added is multiplied for the degrees of the aspect which is more suitable to the planet to the left or according to the succession of the signs, I say, by degrees of the ascensions that have been converted to equal degrees.

866

part seven

(35) Sane, dictum hoc duplex continere videtur inconveniens. (36) Primum quidem, quod est commune visum est esse dictis Abrache Ducis et Avenezre, videlicet quod partes horarum .6. inequalium inter duos cardines quoslibet seu angulosβ contente proportionalitatem servent equaliter partibus horarum planete que fuerint inter angulos, quod est impossibile secundum quod experienti palam est. (37) Secundum autem inconveniens, quod et multiplex est, soli accidit Albumasar. (38) Sequitur enim ex dicto suo quod si planeta sit in ipso1 gradu medii celi aut in alio2 cardine, radius aspectus eius quarti vel alterius cuiuslibet secundum successionem signorum scilicet in sinistram ad prefatum gradum ascensionum qui gradui planete propior fuerit perveniet absque cremento seu additioneβ qualibet. (39) Si vero planeta per unum gradum a dextris precedat angulum seu cardinem,β,3 et sic ac si spatio .6. horarum ab alio4 distet cardine precedente, oportebit radium aspectus dati totam dictarum ascensionum differentiam continere. (40) Et sic accidet quandoque gradum aspectus unius a gradu precedente porrectum,5 remotius extendi seu porrigiβ quam eiusdem aspectus6 gradum a sequente parte seu gradu porrectum.7 (41) Verbi gratia: posito quidem in ascendente .30mo. Geminorum gradu perfecto,8 secundum clima .7m. erit in medio celi .29us.9 fere gradus Aquarii. (42) Sic igitur idem gradus in quo planeta situetur, cui pro aspectum quarto .90. gradus addantur secundum ascensiones regionis, pervenietque gradus aspectus in gradibus equalibus ad .12m. gradum Cancri. (43) Secundum ascensiones vero circuli directi consimiliter perveniret ad .3m. gradum Geminorum in quo secundum Albumasar erit aspectus equatus precise nullo penitus addito 49rb neque diminuto, eo quod planete | gradus a gradu medii celi non distat, immo penitus idem est. (44) Quod si planeta per unum gradum ante medii celi cardine10 in .9a. domo scilicet in .28. seu .27. gradu Aquarii situetur, eodem remanente gradu qui ponitus est ascendente .30mo. Geminorum, .6. horis tortis id est inequalibusβ utique distabit a precedenti cardine gradus, videlicet occumbentis. (45) Quapropter si posito sic gradui planete, pro aspectu quarto .90. gradus addiciantur modo predicto secundum ascensiones duplices oportebit utique prefatam ascensionum differentiam totam additi gradui aspectus qui planete proprior fuerit, et perveniet aspectus11 hic ad undecimum fere gradum Cancri, similique modo seu via procedendo. (46) Si .30us. quidem12 Sagitta1ipso] L; V om. 2alio] L; V aliquo. 3seu cardinem] L; V om. 4alio] V; L illis. 5porrectum] L; V porrectionem. 6aspectus] L; V aspectum. 7porrectum] L; V rectum. 8perfecto] V; L perfecta. 9.29us.] L; V .27. 10cardine] L; V cardinem. 11aspectus] V; L om. 12quidem] L; V quia.

liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

867

(35) Certainly, it seems that what has been said is doubly absurd. (36) First, what seems to be common to the statements of Abraham the Prince and Ibn Ezra, namely, that the parts [i.e., minutes] of the six unequal hours enclosed between any two cardines or anglesβ are also proportional to the parts [minutes] of the hours of the planet which are between the angles, which is impossible according to what is evident to one who tests this experimentally. (37) The second absurdity, which has many parts, occurs only to Abū Maʿshar. (38) For it follows from what he says that if the planet is in the degree of midheaven or in another cardo, the ray of its aspect of quartile or any other ⟨aspect⟩ according to the succession of the signs, namely, leftwards, will come without any increase or additionβ to the aforementioned degree of the ascensions which is more suitable to the degree of the planet. (39) But if the planet precedes the angle or cardoβ by one degree from the right, and in this manner if it is distant from the preceding cardo by a space of six hours from the other ⟨cardo⟩, it will be necessary that the ray of the given aspect contain the full difference of the mentioned ascensions. (40) And this will happen when the degree of one aspect that is extended from the preceding degree is extended farther or stretched outβ more than the degree of the same aspect from the following part or stretched out from the degree. (41) For example: when the 30th whole degree of Gemini is placed in the ascendant, midheaven in the seventh climate will be approximately Aquarius 29 degrees. (42) So, in this manner, for the quartile aspect, 90 degrees according to the ascensions of the country are added to the degree in which the planet is situated, and the degree of the aspect in equal degrees will reach Cancer 12 degrees. (43) But likewise according to the ascensions of the direct circle it will reach Gemini 3 degrees, where, according to Abū Maʿshar, the aspect will be equated precisely with absolutely nothing being added or subtracted, because the degree of the planet is not removed from the degree of the midheaven, on the contrary it is absolutely the same. (44) But if the planet is situated one degree before midheaven, in the ninth house, namely, at Aquarius 28 degrees or 27 degrees, while it remains in the same degree in which the ascendant was placed, at Gemini 30 degrees, it will certainly be six crooked, that is, unequal hoursβ distant from the cardo of the preceding degree, namely, the setting one. (45) For that reason, if the degree of the planet is placed in this manner, 90 degrees are added for the quartile aspect by the aforementioned method according to double ascensions, it is certainly necessary that the aforementioned whole difference of the ascensions be added to the degree of the aspect which is more suitable for the planet, and the aspect will reach nearly the 11th degree of Cancer, proceeding in a similar mode or method. (46)

868

part seven

rii gradus perfectus in ascendente ponatur, gradu planete similiter in1 medio celi secundo gradu Scorpionis existente, perveniet aspectus ipsius quartus ad .15. gradus Capricorni; a precedente vero gradu prime, scilicet eiusdem Scorpionis, perveniet ipse quartus ad .27. fere gradum eiusdem Capricorni.2 (47) Rursus, predictis modis procedendo3 similiter ab ascendente .30mo. Geminorum gradu perfecto, perveniet aspectus quartus ad .11m. Virginis a gradu vero .30m. illum Geminorum ascendente; perveniet ad .29. Virginis aut fere4 ab ascendente quoque .30mo. gradu perfecto Sagittarii; predicto modo perveniet quartus aspectus ipsius ad .30m. Piscium; a gradu vero .30m. illum Sagittarii precedente perveniet ad .24. fere Tauri. (48) Palam enim hec5 omnia sunt ex opere tabularum, insuper et in aliis aspectibus, in trino scilicet ac sextili proporcionaliter hec eadem accidunt, et universaliter a dextris et sinistris. (49) Verum inconvenienter accidunt hec omnia tamquam impossibilia perfecto naturali proportionalitatis ordini. (50) Consequenter6 ordinatis aspectibus congruendi, quemadmodum enim stelle gradus a quo porrigitur aspectus precedit sequentem alium a quo similiter procedit radius, ita locus ad quem dirigitur aspectus precedentis regulariter antecedere debet locum aspectus et gradum sequenti gradui congruentem, cuius contrarium accidit in premissis. (51) Porro, licet in equandis planetarum 49va aspectibus documentis Abrache Ducis et Avenesre in Libro | Rationum huius non accidant inconvenientia, nichilominus insufficiencia sunt ut prelibatum est et obscura nec non et vacillantia circa radiorum inventionem seu aspectuum et presertim ea que documentis Abrache Ducis et7 Avenesre superaddit in Libro Rationum versus finem. (52) Ut igitur inconvenientia premissa vitando, gradus8 directionem radiorum seu aspectuum artificiosius et regularius9 ac brevius negociemur; primo, tamquam supponentes10 fundamentum, initia domorum accipiamus equata precise. (53) Deinde sumpta similiter11 uniuscuiusque domus tota quantitate reducta quidem ad gradus ascensionum in spera recta seu in circulo directo,β consideretur eodem modo quantitas distantie qua planeta remotus fuerit ab initio domus in qua locatur, et minuta qui12 redundantur ambe, primo quidem in minutis ordinando quantitatem domus totius, et secundo planete distan-

1in] L; V et. 2a precedente vero gradu prime scilicet eiusdem Scorpionis perveniet ipse quartus ad .27. fere gradum eiusdem Capricorni.] L; V om. 3procedendo] L; V procedente. 4aut fere] V; L om. 5hec] V; L hoc. 6Consequenter] L; V universaliter. 7et] V; L om. 8gradus] V; L circa. 9regularius] V; L regularis. 10supponentes] L; V suppositos. 11similiter] L; V om. 12qui] L; V om.

liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

869

If the 30th whole degree of Sagittarius is placed in the ascendant, when the degree of the planet at midheaven is at Scorpio 2 degrees, its quartile aspect will reach Capricorn 15 degrees; from the preceding first degree, namely, of the same Scorpio, the quartile itself will reach nearly the 27th degree of the same Capricorn. (47) In addition, proceeding similarly by the aforementioned methods from the ascendant at the whole 30th degree of Geminis, the aspect of quartile will reach Virgo 11 degrees from this 30th ascendant degree of Geminis; it will reach Virgo 29 degrees or approximately from the ascendant of also the 30th whole degree of Sagittarius; by the aforementioned method its quartile aspect will reach Pisces 30 degrees; but from this previous 30th degree of Sagittarius it will reach Taurus 24 degrees approximately; (48) Clearly, since all these emerge from the use of the tables, the same applies as well to the other aspects, namely trine, and sextile proportionally, and in general to the right and left ⟨aspects⟩. (49) Indeed, all these things, happen inconsistently in the same way as impossible in the perfect natural order of proportionality. (50) Consequently, these things being arranged to be suitable to the aspects, because just as the degree of the star, from which the aspect extends precedes the other following ⟨degree⟩, from which the ray proceeds as well, in the same way the place to which the aspect of the precedent is directed must go before (in accordance with the rule) the place of the aspect and the degree corresponding to the following degree, whose opposite happens in the aforementioned things. (51) In addition, although there are no inconsistencies in the equations of the aspects of the planets ⟨put forward⟩ in the texts by Abraham Princeps and by Ibn Ezra in his Book of Reasons, nevertheless they are insufficient, as has been mentioned above, and there are obscure things as well as uncertainties about finding the rays or the aspects, and particularly about things that Ibn Ezra, towards the end of the Book of Reasons, added to the texts of Abraham, the Prince. (52) Therefore, to avoid the aforementioned inconsistencies, we deal with the direction of the degree of the rays or aspects more skillfully, more in accordance with the rules, and shortly; and first, as if we were laying the foundation, we take the equated beginning of the houses with precision. (53) Next, having each house being similarly calculated and every quantity being converted into degrees of the ascensions of the upright sphere or the direct circle,β by the same method is calculated the quantity of the distance by which the planet is removed from the beginning of the house in which it is situated, and the minutes which are in excess for both, first arranging in minutes the quantity of all the house, and second the distance of the planet from the beginning of

870

part seven

tiam ab initio domus ipsius. (54) Postea vero1 consimiliter in tertio loco ponatur etiam in minutis tota quantitas domus ad quam diregitur aspectus trinus aut quartus aut sextilis; deinde per multiplicationem ducatur hoc tertium in secundum, et productum ex hoc dividatur per primum. (55) Exibit ergo quartum, quod addendum est initio domus ad quam aspectus porrigitur; et ubi terminatur hic numerus, ibidem gradus incidit aspectus quesiti. (56) Opus etenim hoc et ars ista super illud fundatur principium Abrahe Ducis et Avenesre, quod in principio cuiusque domus existens planeta radios aspectus porrigit ad principia2 domorum huius tertie, scilicet et quarte nec non et quinte, planetam sequentium secundum successionem signorum, et precedencium seu ad dextram illius existentium proportionaliter, autem intra domus huius, secundum quod intra domus interiora gradus planete fuerit collocatur. Explicit.3 Explicit Liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie. Deo gratias et laudes, cuius nomen magnum et per quem opera sunt numerata. Perfecta quidem est translatio libri huius in Urbe Veteri, a magistro Hynrico de Malinis dicto, anno Domini 1292 in crastino apostolorum Symonis et Iude etc.4

1vero] L; V om. 2principia] L; V pinicipium. 3Explicit] L; V om. 4Explicit Liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie. Deo gratias et laudes, cuius nomen magnum et per quem opera sunt numerata. Perfecta quidem est translatio libri huius in Urbe Veteri, a magistro Hynrico de Malinis dicto ⟨Bate⟩, anno Domini 1292 in crastino apostolorum Symonis et Iude etc] L; V: Explicit. Deo gratias. Perfecta translatio libri huius in Urbe Veteri, a magistro Hynrico de Malinis dicto Bate, anno Domini 1292 in crastino apostolorum Symonis et Iude; The explicit in V appears in fol. 42va, between the end of § 76:3 and the beginning of sentence 30 of the final gloss.

liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

871

the house itself. (54) But afterwards, in the third place is placed (similarly also in minutes) all the quantity of the house to which the trine aspect, or quartile, or sextile is directed; next, by multiplication, this third ⟨place⟩ is directed to the second ⟨place⟩, and the product of this is divided by the first ⟨place⟩. (55) Accordingly, a fourth ⟨place⟩ will come out, which must be added to the beginning of the house to which the aspect is stretched out; and where this number ends, in that place falls the degree of the required aspect. (56) And indeed this is the procedure and the art on which is grounded the principle of Abraham, the Duke, and Ibn Ezra, that a planet located at the beginning of any house stretches out the rays of the aspects to the beginnings of the third, namely, and fourth and also fifth ⟨house⟩, which come after the planet according to the succession of the signs, and precede it [the planet] or are located to its right proportionally, or ⟨is⟩ within its house, according to when the degree of the planet is located within the interior of the house. Thus ends. Here ends the Book of the Introduction to the Judgments of Astrology. Thanks and praises to God, whose name is great and through whom works are counted. The translation of this book was completed in Orvieto, by the aforementioned Master Henry of Malines, called ⟨Bate⟩, in the year of the Lord 1292, on the day after ⟨the feast of⟩ the Apostles Simon and Jude, etc.

PART EIGHT

NOTES TO LIBER INTRODUCTIONIS AD IUDICIA ASTROLOGIE

notes to liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

875

Title [ 1] :

The Duke or the Prince. → this doublet denotes ha-Naśi, the Prince, which is the appellation by which Abraham Bar Ḥiyya was known within Jewish society: Abraham ha-Naśiʾ, i.e., Abraham the Prince. Formerly, haNaśi was the name of the head of the Sanhedrin in talmudical times. Note that in Rationes II, §2.4:5 Bate uses the same doublet without any connection to Abraham Bar Ḥiyya. §1 [1]1: Sphere. H:

‫ = הגלגל‬circle.

[2]1:

Glorious and sublime God. H: ‫ = השם הנכבד‬the Glorious Name. → I.e., the Lord, Deut 28:58. [3]2:

Planets. H: ‫ = משרתים‬servants. → Meaning planets. See note on Introductorius §2:5, s.v., “planets”. [4]2:

Girdle of the sphere. H: ‫ = אפודת הגלגל‬girdle of the circle. → This reading occurs in only two of the manuscripts checked. [5]3:

Close to their places. H: ‫= קרובים אל מקום מחלוקת כל אחד מהמזלות‬ close to the place of the division of each of the signs. → Bate’s divergent translation summarizes and glosses Ibn Ezra’s phrase “close to the place of the division of each of the signs.” [6]4:

They separated their parts in 360 divisions, and they divided the sphere in the same manner. H: ‫ = כי חלקו הגלגל על ש״ס מעלות‬for they divided the circle into 360 degrees. → Bate’s divergent translation glosses Ibn Ezra’s phrase “for they divided the circle into 360 degrees.” [7]4:

Which has so many complete parts. H: ‫ = שיתחלק לשלמים‬which is divisible by as many integers. [8]6: Equal degrees. H: [9]6: Form of

‫ = מעלות ישרות‬straight degrees.

the image. H: ‫ = הצורה‬the form.

876

part eight

[10]7: The equal or upright circle. H:

‫ = גלגל המישור‬the plane circle.

[11]7:

In all the climates of the Earth. H: ‫ = בכל הארצות‬in all the countries. → Bate’s divergent translation expands Ibn Ezra’s locution “in all the countries.” [12]8:

The habitable. H: ‫ = הישוב‬the settlement. → Meaning the ecumene. See note on Introductorius §2.5:11, s.v. “the habitable.” [13]8:

Which is divided into seven. H: ‫ = שהם שבע גבולות‬which are seven terms/territories. → Meaning the ecumene. See note on Introductorius § 2.5: 11, s.v. “the habitable.” [14]8:

Its apogee. H: ‫ = גבהותה‬its height. → Meaning its apogee. See note on Introductorius §2.3:35, s.v. “place of the apogee.” [15]9: When the Sun enters the beginning of

Aries. H: .‫ = והיא בתחלת טלה‬it

is at the beginning of Aries. [16]9: The certain or unchanging revolution or beginning of

the year takes

place. H: ‫ = היא תקופת האמת‬this is the true revolution. [17]9:

World or age. H: ‫ = העולם‬the world. → For an explanation of this doublet, see note on Introductorius §2.4:34, s.v., “sign of the age or of the world.” §2 [1]1: Chief

points of the judgments of astrology. H: ‫= ראשית משפטי המזלות‬ the beginning of the judgments of the signs. [2]2: Changeable or tropical signs. H:

‫ = המתהפכים‬reversing direction.

[3]2: The

boundaries of the four seasons. H: ‫ = ארבע תקופות השנה‬the four revolutions of the year. → Bate’s divergent translation explains Ibn Ezra’s concept of “revolutions of the year.” [4]3:

Firm or fixed or stable. H: ‫ = הנאמנים‬the steady, faithful. → Meaning, enduring.

notes to liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

877

[5]3:

Because in these four signs the weather remains in its ⟨same⟩ characters. H: ‫ שבהם עומדים העתים במתכונתם‬:‫ = פירוש‬explanation: in them the seasons maintain their patterns. → Bate’s divergent translation glosses on Ibn Ezra’s expression “in them the seasons maintain their pattern.” [6]4: Of

two bodies or bicorporal. H: ‫ = בעלי שתי גופות‬having two bodies.

[7]4:

Because when the Sun is in them, that is, in any of these four, it takes part of the past and part of the future weather, and the weather is mixed of each of the two parts. H: ,‫ כי אלה יש להם שתי כחות‬:‫פירוש‬ ‫ מעט מזה ומעט מזה‬,‫= מכח ענין עת שהיה לפניהם ומכח ענין העת שאחריהם‬ explanation: because these ⟨signs⟩ have two powers, one power derives from the circumstances of the previous season and the other power from the circumstances of the subsequent season, a little from the former and a little from the latter. → Bate’s divergent translation explains Ibn Ezra’s long expression. [8]6: Oblique. H:

‫ = מעוותים‬crooked.

[9]7: The greater part of

the circle. H: ‫ = חצי חלק הגלגל הגדול‬the half part of

the great circle. [10]11:

Sagittarius. → This reading is also omitted in three out of the seven manuscripts used for the Hebrew edition: Munich, Bayerische Staatsbibliothek, Cod. Hebr. 202, 15th century; Cambridge, University Library, Add. 1517, 14th/15th century; Vatican, Biblioteca Apostolica Vaticana, ebr. 477, dated 1545. [11]12: Rulers. H:

‫ = המתגאים המושלים‬the haughty rulers.

[12]12: Subjects. H:

‫ = השפלים‬the lower in status.

[13]12: Common people or those who are people of

the land. H: ‫= עמי הארץ‬ people of the land. → Hebrew idiom meaning common people; see 2 Chron. 23:20 et passim. [14]13: Strong or violent. H:

‫ = החזקים‬the strong.

[15]14: Having a human form. H:

‫ = צורת האדם‬the form of a man.

878

part eight

[16]14:

Libra. → This reading is also omitted in three out of the seven manuscripts used for the Hebrew edition; see above, note 10. [17]16: Signs of

defect. H: ‫ = בעלי המומין‬having blemishes, deformities.

[18]17: Lustful. H:

‫ = בעלי המשגל‬those who have sexual intercourse.

[19]18: Handsome or beautiful. H: [20]19: Moderately beautiful. H: [21]20: Signs of

‫ = היפים‬the beautiful ones.

‫ = חצי יופי‬half beauty.

physicians or surgeons. H: ‫ = הרופאים‬the physicians. §3

[1]1: Of

the essential houses. H: ‫ = הבתים‬the houses.

[2]1: The house of

the Moon ⟨is⟩ Cancer; of the Sun, Leo. H: ,‫בתי הלבנה אחד‬ ‫ והוא אריה‬,‫ = והוא סרטן; בית השמש אחד‬the Moon has one house, Cancer; the Sun has one house, Leo. [3]1:

⟨The houses⟩ of Saturn, Capricorn and Aquarius; of Jupiter, Sagittarius and Pisces; of Mars, Aries and Scorpio; of Venus, Taurus and Libra; of Mercury, Gemini and Virgo. → In the Hebrew source text the order of the planets is reversed: the first is Mercury and the last one is Saturn. §4 [1]1:

Houses of honor or exaltation. H: ‫ = בתי הכבוד‬houses of the honor. → See note on Introductorius §1.6:1, s.v., “honor or exaltation.” [2]1: Fall. H: ‫ = בית קלון‬house of

shame. → See note on Introductorius § 2.4:36, s.v., “fall or shame.” Here Bate employs the common Latin technical term for the concept of “dejection.” [3]1:

And its fall at Libra 19° according to their statements. H: ‫ובית קלון‬ ‫ ועל דעת הקדמונים מעלת י״ט‬,‫ = השמש מאזנים‬the Sun’s house of shame is Libra, and in the opinion of the Ancients it is 19°.

notes to liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

879

[4]1:

And in general ⟨its dejection is⟩ the seventh sign from the house of honor. H: .‫ = ממזל השביעי לכבודו‬from the seventh sign after its honor. [5]2: Planet’s. H: ‫ = כוכב‬star. → Note that to denote “planet” Ibn Ezra usually

uses ‫משרת‬, lit. servant, but here he uses ‫כוכב‬, which may mean “planet” but also “fixed star.” [6]2: Its house of

hate. H: ‫ = בית מלחמתו‬its house of war.

[7]3: Its fall. H: ‫ = הקלון‬the shame. → See note on

Introductorius § 2.4:36, s.v., “fall or shame.” Here Bate employs the common Latin technical term for the concept of “dejection.” [8]3: At the opposite degree. H:

‫ = במעלת ג׳ מעקרב‬at Scorpio 3°.

[9]3:

The place of burning or the burnt path. H: ‫ = מקום השריפה‬the place of burning. → Cf. Rationes I §2.16:5. [10]5:

Exaltation. H: ‫ = בית כבוד‬house of honor. → Here Bate employs the common Latin technical term for the concept of “exaltation.” [11]5: Its fall. H: ‫ = הקלון‬the shame. → See note on Introductorius § 2.4:36, s.v.,

“fall or shame.” Here Bate employs the common Latin technical term for the concept of “dejection.” §6 [1]1: The joy of

Mercury. H: ‫ = כוכב חמה ישמח‬Mercury will rejoice.

[2]1: At the end of

the east or in the east. H: ‫ = בקצה המזרח‬at the end of the

east. [3]3: Its mourning. H:

‫ = בית אבלו‬its house of mourning. §7

[1]1:

The lords of the triplicity. H: ‫ = פקידי השלישות‬those in charge of the triplicity.

880 [2]1: Partner. H:

part eight ‫השותף‬.

[3]2:

The lords of the triplicity. H: ‫ = פקידי השלישות‬those in charge of the triplicity. [4]2: The opposite. H:

‫ = הלבנה ואחריה נגה‬the Moon followed by Venus.

[5]3:

The lords of the triplicity. H: ‫ = פקידי השלישות‬those in charge of the triplicity. [6]3: The opposite. H:

‫ = כוכב ואחריו שבתאי‬Mercury followed by Saturn.

[7]4:

The lords of the triplicity. H: ‫ = פקידי השלישות‬those in charge of the triplicity. [8]4: The opposite. H:

‫ = מאדים ואחריו נגה‬Mars followed by Venus. §8

[1]1:

Table of terms. H: ‫ = הגבולים‬the terms → Meaning the astrological planetary terms. The following table of terms appears in the Hebrew source in a non-tabulated form. [2]2:

Observe the planet in whose term the ascendant degree is included, because this planet is the lord of the term in this degree. H: ‫הסתכל כמה‬ ‫ וכפי אותם המעלות הסתכל איזה משרת יהיה בסוף המעלות שישלים‬,‫מעלות יש לו‬ ‫ = בו חשבון מעלת הצומחת; אותו יהיה בעל הגבול‬observe how many degrees it has, and according to these degrees observe the planet corresponding to the end of the degrees where the count is completed in the ascendant degree; this one will be the lord of the term. §9 [1]1:

On the faces. The lords of the faces are taken according to every 10 degrees of the signs; the beginning is from Mars. → This sentence corresponds to §9:2 in the Hebrew text and appears there after a list of the lords of the faces of Cancer through Pisces, as follows: :‫שרי הפנים; פירוש‬ ‫ לכל י׳‬,‫ אותו יהיה בעל הפנים‬,‫ובאותו מזל הצומח שישלים בו מעלת שר הפנים‬ .‫ ויחל מאדים‬,‫ = מעלות ממזל שר הפנים‬The lords of the decans; explanation: in

notes to liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

881

the sign of the ascendant in which the degree of the lord of the face ends, this one will be the lord of the face, a lord of the face to each 10 degrees of the sign, beginning with Mars. [2]2: And the progress is in this order, namely, the Sun, Venus, Mercury, the

Moon, Saturn, Jupiter, and again returning to Mars. → This sentence corresponds to §9:4 in the Hebrew text, and appears there after a list of the lords of the faces of Aries through Gemini as follows: ‫וככה שאר המזלות על דרך‬ ‫ כי ממאדים תחל ובו תשלים‬,‫ הוא הסימן מחנכ״ל ש״צ‬,‫ = שצ״ם חנכ״ל‬The same applies to the remaining signs, according to the order S⟨aturn⟩, J⟨upiter⟩, M⟨ars⟩, S⟨un⟩, V⟨enus⟩, M⟨ercury⟩, M⟨oon⟩, the mnemonic to follow is M-SV-M-M-S-J, because you begin and end with Mars. [3]2:

Table of faces. → The items of the following table appear in Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot, §9:1–3, in non-tabulated form and split into three illogical parts. For an explanation, see above, p. 56. §10 [1]1:

Novenariae. H: ‫ = תשיעיות‬ninth-parts. → See note on Introductorius, § 1.12:2, s.v. “novenaria.” [2]2:

The root. H: ‫ = העקר‬the essence. → See note on Introductorius § 3.4:8, s.v., “roots.” [3]2: Changeable or tropical. H: ‫ = מתהפך‬reversing direction. → See note on

Introductorius §2.1:4, s.v., “changeable or tropical.” [4]7: Which is the changeable sign in this triplicity. H: ,‫שהוא ראש השלישית‬

‫ = המתהפך‬which is the head of the triplicity, the ⟨sign⟩ reversing direction. [5]2:

Poor and destitute. → Note (1) that the use of the doublet “pauper et vacuus” = “poor and destitute” implies that Bate was translating here a Hebrew text; and (2) that the same “vacuus” used here to denote “desitute,” or “empty of money,” is used above to denote the “empty degrees.” [6]2:

Lacking in knowledge. → This translates “in scientia pauper” lit. “poor in knowledge.” Note that “pauper” here is the same Latin word used above to denote “poor and destitute.”

882

part eight

[7]2:

→ Matheseos, ed. Kroll and Skutsch (1897), IV:22, p. 266. In this gloss Bate refers to the author of Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot, who, according to him, is Abraham Bar Ḥiyya, the Prince. [8]2:

Azemena or the defects. → See note on Introductorius § 9.9:2, s.v. “defects or axemena.” [9]1: → This refers to the author of

Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot, who, according to Bate, is Abraham Bar Ḥiyya, the Prince. [10]2: → See

Rationes I, §2.12:14; cf. Rationes II, § 8.7:4.

[11]3: Tables of the observations. → Arabic: az Zīj al-Mumtaḥan. See “General

Introduction”, note 48. [12]3:

→ This refers to the author of Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot, who, according to Bate, is Abraham Bar Ḥiyya, the Prince. [13]3: → See

Rationes I, §2.12:14; cf. Rationes II, § 8.7:4. §11

[1]1: On the duodenaria. H: ‫ = השנים עשר‬the twelve → See note on Introduc-

torius §1.12:2, s.v. “duodenariae.” [2]1:

And when any of them is divided by 12, the result is 2½ degrees; so, up to 2½ degrees the power belongs to the first sign or the first house, and from there up to 5 degrees it is under the power of the second house; the explanation for this is that for each ⟨interval of⟩ 2½ degrees we count one sign, and we begin counting from the ascendant along its degrees, and that sign with which the number of degrees ends will be under the power of the ascendant sign there. → In the Hebrew the order of the two clauses of this sentences is inverted; H: ‫ ותחל לספור‬,‫ונחשוב לכל ב׳ מעלות וחצי מזל אחד‬ ‫ שם יהיה כח מזל‬,‫ ובאותו המזל שישלים חשבון מעלותיו‬.‫ממזל הצומח במעלותיו‬ ‫ ומשם עד ה׳ בכח הבית השני‬,‫ והנה עד ב׳ מעלות וחצי בכח המזל הראשון‬.‫הצומח‬ .‫ = לו‬we assign to each ⟨interval of⟩ 2½ degrees one sign, and begin counting from the ascendant sign along its degrees, and the power of the ascendant sign is in the degrees of the sign where the count is completed; so, up to 2½° is under the power of the first sign, and from there up to 5° is under the power of the second sign.

notes to liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie [3]2: With 12½ degrees. H: [4]2: Duodenaria. H:

883

‫ = לשנים העשר‬to 12.

‫ = השנים עשר‬the twelve §12

[1]1:

Chapter on the houses that change or vary according to the regions. H: ‫ = מחלקות הבתים‬divisions of the houses. [2]2: In the part. H:

‫ = בקצה‬at the end/extremity.

[3]2:

Angle. H: ‫ = היתד‬the peg. → Meaning, cardo. i.e., the cusp of the first, fourth, seventh and tenth house, of the horoscope. See note on Introductorius §3.4:2, s.v., “angles or cardines.” [4]3: Opposite it is the seventh house, and it is the second point or angle. H:

‫ נקודה אחרת והיא נקראת היתד‬,‫ כמספר החלקים והמעלה‬,‫ בבית השביעי‬,‫וכנגדו‬ .‫ = השלישי‬opposed to it, in the seventh house, in the number of minutes and degrees, there is another point that is called the third peg. [5]4: The

third angle. H: ‫ = נקודה אחרת והיא הנקודה הרביעית‬another point, the fourth point. [6]4:

The fourth angle. H: ‫ = נקודה והיא הנקראת השנית‬a point called the second. [7]5:

Scholars of the judgments of astrology. H: ‫= חכמי משפטי המזלות‬ scholars of the judgments of the signs. [8]5: Always total. H: ‫ = עלו‬came out. [9]6: Angles or cardines. H: ‫ = היתדות‬the pegs. → Meaning, cardines, i.e., the

cusps of the first, fourth, seventh and tenth house of the horoscope. §13 [1]1:

Degrees of the ascensions. H: ‫ = המצעדים‬the steps, processions. → Meaning, ascensions. See note on Introductorius § 2.1:5, s.v., “ascensions.”

884

part eight

[2]1:

Equal degrees. H: ‫ = מעלות היושר‬degrees of straightness. → Meaning, calculated in equatorial degrees. [3]2: The ascendant sign is. H: ‫ = והנה אם היה המזל הצומח‬so, if the ascendant

sign is. [4]2:

Astrolabe. H: ‫ = כלי הנחושת‬copper instrument. → E, (which contains an incomplete alternative Latin translation of Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot), 5r, offers the following reading for this locus: “in vase cupreo, id est, in astrolabio” = “in the copper instrument, that is, in the astrolabe.” [5]2:

And the armillary ⟨sphere⟩ and other instruments. H: om. → The anonymous alternative translation of Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot in E, 5r, offers a paraphrase of this gloss: “vel instrumentis?, id est, in orologio per aquam composito” = “or instruments, that is, in the water-clock.” [6]2: Without suspicion and without doubt. H: ‫ = אין בו ספק‬without doubt. [7]2:

Because then the beginning of the tenth house will be at the fifth or sixth degree of Scorpio, which is the eleventh sign from Capricorn. → This gloss has no counterpart in E. [8]4: Is known as ⟨the division⟩ of

equality. H: ‫ = יקרא חלוק המישור‬is called

the division of the plane. [9]4: Judgments of [10]5: Planet. H:

astrology. H: ‫ = משפטי המזלות‬judgments of the signs.

‫ = כוכב‬star. → See above, note 5.

[11]6: Scholars of

the stars. H: ‫ = חכמי המזלות‬scholars of the signs.

[12]7: The tenth house.

H: ‫ = מתחלת הבית העשירי‬from the beginning of the

tenth house. [13]7:

The first house. H: ‫ = תחלת הבית הראשון‬the beginning of the first house.

notes to liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

885

§14 [1]1: Is. H:

‫ = יקרא‬is called.

[2]1:

Prudence or intellect. H: ‫ = בינתו‬his intelligence. → See note on Introductorius §4.6:2, s.v., “prudence or intellect.” [3]2:

→ This addition also occurs in E, 5v: “nati et interrogantis” = “of the native and the querent.” [4]2:

The house of good fortune or of the good daemon. H: ‫= בית מארב‬ house of ambush. → Bate’s peculiar translation glosses Ibn Ezra’s “house of ambush.” Cf. E, 5v: “domus insidiationis” = “house of ambush.” [5]2: Planet. H:

‫ = הכוכב הטוב‬the good star.

[6]3: Sisters. H: ‫ = גיסיו‬brothers-in-laws. [7]3: Short or trivial dreams. H:

‫ = החלום הקטון‬small dream.

[8]3: The science of

law and of instruction for judgments. H: ‫חכמת התורות‬ ‫ = והמשפטים‬the science of religious systems and laws.

[9]4: Treasures. H: [10]4: Houses of

‫ = וגנזיו ואוצרותיו‬his coffers and treasures.

hidden or secret things. H: ‫ = כל מטמון‬any buried treasure.

[11]6: The sixth house: the house of slaves, sheep, cattle, diseases, fractures,

and falls. → This text appears in the Latin translation at § 18:1. For the Hebrew text see there. This phrase also appears in E, 6r, in the text that corresponds to Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot §18:1. §15 [1]1: Now or at the moment of

birth was. H: ‫ = עתה הוא‬now is. → Cf. in E, 5v: “in nativitate” = “in the nativity (which is also the time of birth).” [2]2: Delay or station. H:

‫ = העמידה‬the standing still. → Cf. below, § 17:3.

886

part eight

[3]2:

288 days. H: ‫ = רפ״ז ימים‬287 days. → This divergent reading (288 days) occurs also in three of the seven manuscripts used for the Hebrew edition (see above, note 10), as well as in E, 5v. [4]2: Time elapsed. H: ‫המעמד‬

= the stay.

[5]2: At the upper cardo 266 ⟨days⟩. H: ‫ = וביתד הרום רס״ו‬at the upper cardo

266 ⟨days⟩ → This is also omitted in three of the seven manuscripts used for the Hebrew edition (see above, note 10), as well as in E, 5v. [6]2:

And at the lower cardo 280 ⟨days⟩. H: ‫ = וביתד התהום ר״ף‬and at the lower cardo 280 ⟨days⟩. → This is also omitted in three of the seven manuscripts used for the Hebrew edition (see above, note 10), as well as in E, 5v. [7]4:

I have myself tested this empirically many times. → In his long commentary on Ex. 2:2, Ibn Ezra refers reports the length of pregnancies and this correspondence of the moon’s position and says that he too has tested it five times; see Sela 2019 (c), 92–83. [8]5: It happens although rarely that one born in the eleventh month lives.

H: ‫ = גם יש מעט המעט שיהיה הנולד בחדש עשתי עשרה; גם הוא יחיה‬There are also a very few cases when a baby is born in the eleventh month; he will live. [9]5: Dissimilar and different. H: [10]5: Condition. H:

‫ = משונה‬strange.

‫ = מערכת‬configuration. §16

[1]1: Solidification. H: [2]1: Solidified. H:

‫ = עכוב‬holding back/delay.

‫ = להקפיאו‬to congeal it.

[3]2: Then it receives the power of the soul. H: om. → Note, however, that the

reading H: ‫“ = ואז יקבל כח הנשמה‬then it will receive the power of the soul,” appears in only one of the seven manuscripts used for the Hebrew edition (Munich, Bayerische Staatsbibliothek, Cod. Hebr. 202, 15th century) as well

notes to liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

887

as in E, 6r: “et tunc recipit virtutem anime” = “and then it receives the power of the soul.” [4]2:

It forms the shape more fittingly. H: ‫ = והוא יפה התמונה‬and it has a beautiful image. [5]2:

Hence, if the native comes into the light then, he will live or be able to live. H: ‫ = והנה אם יצא הנולד יחיה‬if the native comes out, he will live. → Bate’s divergent translation glosses Ibn Ezra’s phrase “if the native comes out, he will live.” [6]3: Task or service. H: [7]4: Planet. H:

‫ = שימוש‬service.

‫ = כוכב‬star. → See above, note 5.

[8]5: Likewise Mars since it corresponds to its nature to hasten or speed up

in order to extract. H: ‫ = גם מאדים בתולדתו למהר ולהוציא‬Also Mars’s nature is to speed up and extract. [9]5: Namely, in the tenth.

→ This gloss appears in the margin of E, 6r.

[10]6: It is necessary in the eleventh month. H:

‫ואם עמד לחודש עשתי עשרה‬

= If it stays until the eleventh month. [11]6: Enough. H:

‫ = הרבה‬a lot. §17

[1]1:

Elapsed time of the native in the uterus. H: ‫ = המעמד הנולד בבטן‬the native’s stay in the belly. [2]2: Distance or longitude. H: [3]2: Ascendant. H: [4]3: Number of

‫ = מרחק‬distance.

‫ = המעלה הצומחת‬the ascendant degree.

days of the delay or standing still. H: ‫ = ימי המעמד‬the days of standing still. → Cf. above, §15:2.

888

part eight

[5]3:

Remains something that should be divided or cannot be divided. H: ‫ = ישאר שלא יתחלק‬something will remain that is not divisible.

[6]4: Equate. H:

‫ = לתקן‬correct.

[7]4: And when. H: ‫ = ואם‬and if. [8]4: Because this is the place of the Moon at birth. H: ‫אנה תהיה ברגע המולד‬

= where it will be at the moment of birth. → Bate’s divergent translation glosses Ibn Ezra’s phrase “where it will be at the moment of birth.” §18 [1]1:

The sixth is the house of diseases, cattle, flocks of sheep, herds of cattle or animals or domestic animals, also fractures and falls. H: ‫הבית‬ ‫ והתחלואים והשבר והנפילה‬,‫ והבקר‬,‫ ומקנה הצאן‬,‫ בית העבדים‬:‫ = השישי‬The sixth house: the house of slaves, sheep, cattle, diseases, fractures, and falls. → The description of this house appears in the Hebrew source at § 14:6. In E, 6r; it also appears in the locus that corresponds to Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot §18:1 (not §14:6), as in Bate’s translation. [2]1:

Visible adversaries, such as in wars and in quarrels. H: ‫ובית אנשי‬ ‫ = מלחמתו העומדים כנגדו‬the house of his enemies who fight against him.

[3]2: Mourning, lamentation. H: [4]3: Distant journeys. H:

‫ = והדאגה והעצבון‬worry and sadness.

‫ = הדרכים הארוכים‬long journeys.

[5]4: Renown or exaltation. H:

‫ = שם‬renown.

[6]4:

Professions or skills of manual craft. H: ‫ = אומנות מעשה היד‬manual craftsmanship. [7]5: Friends. H:

‫ = האוהבים‬the lovers. §19

[1]2:

According to the method by which the Ancients divided the signs, they said that the head and face belong to Aries. H: ‫חלק המזל הצומח על דרך‬

notes to liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

889

‫ טלה הראש‬:‫ אמר‬.‫ = שחלקו חכמי המזלות‬divide the ascendant sign according to the method by which the scholars of the signs divided; he said: Aries the head. → Bate’s divergent translation glosses Ibn Ezra’s reference to the distribution of the limbs among the signs. [2]2: Throat. → This addition appears also in E, 6v: “guttur” = “throat.” [3]2: Armpits. → This addition appears also in in E, 6v: “ascellas” = “armpits.” [4]2: Lung. → This addition appears also in E, 6v: “pulmonem” = “the lung.” [5]2: The ribs. [6]2: Navel.

→ This addition appears also in E, 6v: “costas” = “the ribs.”

→ This addition appears also in E, 6v: “umbilicum” = “navel.”

[7]2: Intestines. H:

‫ = השריר‬the muscle.

[8]2:

Vertebrae. → This addition appears also in E, 6v: “iuncturas” = “vertebrae.” [9]2: The thighs. H:

‫ = האחור‬the back.

[10]2: The knees. H:

‫ = הירכים‬the thighs.

[11]3: They proceed according to this method from the ascendant. H: ‫ועל זה‬

‫ = הדרך חלק המזל הצומח‬divide the ascendant sign according to this method. §20 [1]1: The pains or sufferings. H:

‫ = מכאוב‬pain.

[2]1:

Of each planet in any sign; they said that. → This addition also occurs in E, 6v: “cuiuslibet planete in quolibet signo, et dixerunt quod” = “of each planet in any sign, and they said that.” [3]1: The back or the anus. H:

‫ = אחור‬back.

[4]2: The pains. → This addition also occurs in E, 6v: “dolorem” = “the pain.”

890 [5]2: Planet. H:

part eight ‫ = כוכב‬star. → See above, note 5.

[6]2: A method that is short and comprehensive. H: ‫ = דרך כוללת לדעת זה‬a

comprehensive method to know this. → Bate’s divergent translation glosses Ibn Ezra’s phrase “a comprehensive method.” [7]3: Planets. H:

‫ = משרתים‬servants. → Meaning, planets.

[8]3:

The root or key. H: ‫ = ביתו הראשון‬its first house. → Bate’s divergent translation glosses Ibn Ezra’s concept of “first house,” which according to Bate, is “the root or key.” [9]4: Like the relationship. H: [10]7: The anus. H: [11]11: Planet. H:

‫ = כערך‬as the proportion.

‫ = באחור‬in the back.

‫ = כוכב‬star. → See above, note 5. §21

[1]1:

The power of the planets. H: ‫ = המשרתים‬the servants. → Meaning, planets. See note on Introductorius §2:5, s.v., “planets.” [2]1: Planet’s place. H: ‫ = המשרת‬the servant. → Meaning planet. See note on

Introductorius §2:5, s.v., “planets.” [3]1:

After its equation. H: ‫ = אחר שתקנת מקומו‬after you have corrected its position. [4]1: From its apogee or from its greatest longitude. H: ‫ = ממקום גבהותו‬from

the place of its height. → Meaning, from the place of its apogee. [5]2:

Apogee or altitude. H: ‫ = הגבהות‬the height. → Meaning, the apogee. See note on Introductorius §2.3:35, s.v. “place of the apogee.” [6]2:

It will be calculated as if it stands in the power of its altitude. H: ‫רק‬ ‫ = בכח הגבהות יחשב‬it will be reckoned only in the power of its height. → This divergent reading occurs only in three of the seven manuscripts used for the Hebrew edition; see above, note 10.

notes to liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

891

[7]3:

At the place of its depression or at the opposite of the apogee. H: ‫ = במקום שפלותו‬at the place of its lowness. → Meaning, at the place of its perigee. See note on Introductorius §2.3:35, s.v. “depression or opposite of the apogee.” [8]4:

To the opposite of the apogee. H: ‫ = אל השפלות‬to the lowness. → Meaning, to the perigee. §22 [1]1: Planet. H:

‫ = כוכב‬star. → See above, note 5.

[2]1: → See Aristotle,

De generatione et corruptione, II:10–11.

[3]1: In the oblique circle or in the zodiac. → Note that in this gloss Bate uses

a duplet even when not translating [4]1: → This refers to the author of

Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot, who, according to Bate, is Abraham Bar Ḥiyya, the Prince. [5]2:

Vision of the eyes. H: ‫ = מראה העין‬seeing of the eye. → This is a literal translation of a Hebrew idiom meaning “sight.” See below, § 32:1. [6]3: Are established as true. H: [7]4: Planet. H: [8]4: Is. H:

‫ = נכונים‬correct.

‫ = משרת‬servant.

‫ = שהוא‬which is.

[9]4: Ruler of

the native. H: ‫ = פקיד על הנולד‬the one in charge of the native.

[10]4: And it has. H: [11]4: Places of [12]4: Chief

‫ = שיש לו‬which has.

the dignities. H: ‫ = מקומות הממשלה‬places of dominion.

or the ruler. H: ‫ = פקיד‬the one in charge.

[13]4: Orb. H:

‫ = גלגל‬circle.

892

part eight

[14]4: Sublime and excellent power. H:

‫ = כח עליון‬upper power.

[15]4: From the planet or through the hands of

the planet. H: ‫על ידי המשרת‬ = through the hands of the servant. → Hebrew idiom meaning “by means of the planet.” [16]5: Fame or great reputation. H: [17]5: Prudent or wise. H:

‫ = שם גדול‬great renown.

‫ = חכם‬wise.

[18]5:

At its depression or in the place opposite of the apogee. H: ‫במקום‬ ‫ = שפלותו‬in its place of lowness. → Meaning, in the place of its perigee.

[19]5: His reputation and fame. H:

‫ = שמו‬his renown.

[20]5: Intelligence and wisdom. H:

‫ = חכמתו‬his wisdom.

[21]6:

The one that is the ruler of wealth and riches. H: ‫= הפקיד על הממון‬ the one in charge of wealth. [22]6:

Without fame or because this is not known. H: ‫ = ולא יהיה נודע‬and this will not be known. §23 [1]1: Planet. H:

‫ = משרת‬servant.

[2]2:

The place of apogee on the eccentric circle. H: ‫במקום הגבהות כנגד‬ ‫ = גלגל המוצק‬the place of the height against the circle of the center. → Meaning, the place of the apogee against the eccentric circle. Here Ibn Ezra uses the neologism ‫ = מוצק‬center, literally “solid,” to denote the eccentric circle. For this neologism, see Sela 2003, 113–116. Bate, though, uses “circulus ecentricus,” the common Latin technical term for the eccentric circle. §24 [1]1:

The rays. H: ‫ = ניצוץ‬the spark. → Note that to denote the same astrological concept, instead of “spark,” Ibn Ezra frequently uses ‫אור‬, “light.” Cf. Introductorius, §2:11, s.v. “projections of the rays of the planets.”

notes to liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

893

§25 [1]1: Planets. H:

‫ = משרתים‬servants.

[2]1: Apogee. H: ‫ = גבהות‬height. → Meaning apogee. See note on

Introducto-

rius §2.3:35, s.v. “place of the apogee.” [3]2:

The upper planet. H: ‫ = הכוכב העליון מהשמש‬the planet that is above the Sun. [4]2: Planet. H:

‫ = כוכב‬star. → See above, note 5.

[5]3: Longitude. H:

‫ = המרחק‬the distance.

[6]3: Planet. H:

‫ = משרת‬servant.

[7]3: Planet. H:

‫ = כוכב‬star. → See above, note 5.

[8]5:

10 degrees. This divergent reading occurs in three of the seven manuscripts used for the Hebrew edition; see above, note 10; other manuscripts read here 18°. [9]6:

Three. → This divergent reading occurs in three of the seven manuscripts used for the Hebrew edition. See above, note 10. Other manuscripts read here “two.” [10]7:

Any retrograde planet loses part of its years, either 2⁄5 of its years before it reaches opposition or 1⁄5 ⟨of its years⟩ if it has passed ⟨opposition⟩. H: ‫ אם בראשונה שלא עבר‬,‫וכל כוכב שהוא חוזר אחורנית יחסר משנותיו‬ ‫ ואם עבר חמישית‬,‫עוד הנכח שתי חמישיות השנים‬. → Bate’s translation of this passage occurs at the locus that corresponds to § 26:11 (not § 25:7) in the Hebrew edition of Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot. [11]8: Correct and intelligible. H:

‫ = נכון‬correct.

[12]8: Corresponding to them. H:

‫ = שהתחברו בו‬which are attached to it.

[13]8: If the latitude is high it will be like that in the signs whose ascensions

are long. H: ‫ = כי המרחב רב יהיה בכח במזלות שהם ארוכי המצעדים‬because the high latitude is under the power of the long ascensions.

894

part eight

[14]9: Stands and continues. H:

‫ = עומד‬stands.

[15]9:

Does not increase or does not receive an addition. H: ‫= איננו מוסיף‬ does not add. [16]9: According to the Ancient experimenters. H: ‫= לפי דעת הקדמונים שנסו‬

according to the opinion of the Ancients, who verified ⟨this⟩ by experience. [17]11: Error and blame. H:

‫ = שבושים‬mix-ups.

[18]11:

Will happen to him and will be repeated for him. H: ‫ = יבואו לו‬will befall him. [19]12: Evil and weakness. H:

‫ = רע‬evil. §26

[1]1:

Is that any retrogradation of a planet reduces its [the planet’s] years, because before it will pass the Sun’s opposition it will reduce 2⁄5 of its years, but if it will pass ⟨the Sun’s opposition it will reduce⟩ 1⁄5 ⟨of its years⟩. → In the Hebrew text this belongs to the locus that corresponds to §25:7. See the Hebrew text above at §25:7. Also in E, 8r, this sentence occurs at the locus that corresponds to §26:1, and not to § 25:7, as in the Hebrew text. [2]1: Planets. H:

‫ = כוכבים‬stars. → See above, note 5.

[3]2:

Because they are oriental ⟨of the Sun⟩ when they are retrograde. H: ‫ = כי בהיות אחד מהם מזרחי מהשמש אז הוא הולך אליה‬because when any of them is oriental of the Sun it [the planet] is moving closer to it [the Sun]. → Bate’s divergent translation glosses Ibn Ezra’s reference to the planet that is oriental of the Sun when it is moving closer to it. [4]2: Greater. H:

‫ = רב ועצום‬greater and mightier (Ex. 1:8).

[5]3: More than 28. H: ‫ = רק פחות מכ״ח‬except for less than 28. → This reading

is supported by 5 Hebrew manuscripts; other Hebrew manuscripts read: “29.”

notes to liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

895

§27 [1]1: Elongation. H:

‫ = מרחק‬distance.

[2]1:

Because of the eccentric circle. H: ‫ = בעבור כח גלגל המוצק‬because of the power of the circle of the center. → Meaning, because of the power of the eccentric circle. Here Ibn Ezra uses the neologism ‫ = מוצק‬center, meaning literally “solid,” to denote the eccentric circle. Bate, though, uses “circulus ecentricus,” the common Latin technical term for the eccentric circle. [3]2: These are their tables. H: ‫ואלה הלוחות לדעת סוף המרחק נגה וכוכב מזרח‬

‫ = ומערב‬these tables are to know the end of the distance of Venus and Mercury, east and west. [4]2: .22.. H: .24. [5]2: .21.. H: .26. [6]2: .44.. H: .45. [7]2: .56.. H: .27. [8]2: .9.. H: .27. [9]2: .16.. H: .17. [10]2: .26.. H: .27. [11]2: .1.. H: .8. [12]2: .47. .30.. H: .46. .6. [13]2: .55.. H: .28. [14]2: .9.. H: .26. [15]2: .34.. H: .31.

896

part eight

[16]2: .41.. H: .31. [17]2: .4.. H: .40.

§28 [1]1: Adjoins. H: ‫תלוי‬

= depends.

[2]2: Its equated portion. H:

‫ = מנתו המתוקנת‬its corrected portion. §29

[1]1: Proper and right. H: [2]1: Under the rays. H: [3]3: Portion. H:

‫ = והמשפט‬and the rule.

‫ = תחת ניצוץ‬under the spark.

‫ = מנתו מתוקנת‬its corrected portion.

[4]4:

And its motion changes. H: ‫ = ותחל להתחלף תנועתו‬and its motion begins to change. [5]4:

At the opposite of its apogee or at the closer longitude. H: ‫= בשפלות‬ at the lowness. → Meaning, at perigee. [6]5: Whenever. H: ‫זמן‬

‫ = וכל‬as long as.

[7]5:

Inferior. → this reading is supported by only two of the seven manuscripts used for the Hebrew edition: Cambridge, University Library, Add. 1517; Vatican, Biblioteca Apostolica Vaticana, ebr. 477, dated 1545. [8]5: Planet. H:

‫ = כוכב‬star. → See above, note 5.

[9]6: Scholars of [10]6: Planet. H:

the stars. H: ‫ = חכמי המזלות‬scholars of the signs.

‫ = כוכב‬star. → See above, note 5.

notes to liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

897

§30 [1]1: Quarters of

the lunation. H: ‫ = תקופות החדש‬revolutions of the month. → Bate’s divergent translation explains Ibn Ezra’s concept of “revolutions of the month.” [2]1: Equated or true motion. H: ‫ = מהלך המתוקן‬corrected motion. [3]2: Has been said. H: [4]2: Five. H:

‫ = אמרתי‬I said.

‫ = הששה‬six.

[5]2:

Quartile aspect in the circle. H: ‫ = במבט רביעית הגלגל‬in an aspect of a quarter of the circle. → This reading is supported by three of the seven manuscripts used for the Hebrew edition; see above, note 10. [6]4: Relationship. H:

‫ = מערכת‬configuration. §31

[1]1: Table. H:

‫ = לוח נכבד‬important table.

[2]2: ⟨For knowing⟩ which is the maximum longitude with respect to how

many are the days of the maximum retrogradation. H: ‫והנה נקרא המרחק‬ ‫ והטעם שהם ימי שובו אחורנית רבים‬,‫ = הגדול‬so, it is called the great distance, and the reason is that the days of its retrogradation are many. [3]2: Comes from the eccentric circle. H: ‫ = יצא מפאת גלגל המוצק‬will come

out from the side of the circle of the center. → Meaning, will come out from the side of the eccentric circle. Here Ibn Ezra uses the neologism ‫ = מוצק‬center, meaning literally “solid,” to denote the eccentric circle. Bate, though, uses “circulus ecentricus,” the common Latin technical term for the eccentric circle. [4]3:

After each planet are recorded the degrees and minutes of the maximum, intermediate and minimum elongation. → This corresponds to § 31:5 in the Hebrew text.

898

part eight

[5]4:

Saturn, after it conjoins the Sun, moves 10° and afterwards retrogresses.. → This corresponds to §31:3 in the Hebrew text. [6]5:

Maximum ⟨distance⟩: Scorpio, Sagittarius, Capricorn, at its apogee. Mean ⟨distance⟩: Leo, Virgo, Libra, Aquarius, Pisces, Aries, between apogee and perigee. Minimum ⟨distance⟩: Taurus, Gemini, Cancer, at perigee. This corresponds to §31:4 in the Hebrew text. [7]5: .180.. H: .147. [8]5: .7. .16.. H: .7. .16. .20. [9]5: .9. .43.. H: .9. .12. .16. [10]5: .118.. H: .121. [11]5: .32.. H: .80. [12]5: 16. .18.. H: 16. .18. .44. [13]5: .64.. H: .73. [14]5: .15. .16.. H: .15. .17. .34. [15]5: .14. .4.. H: .14. .38. [16]5: .39.. H: .40. [17]5: .22.. H: .21. [18]5: .12. .17.. H: .12. .17. .10. [19]5: .13.. H: .12.

§32 [1]1:

Vision of the eyes. H: ‫ = מראה העין‬seeing of the eye. → This is a literal translation of a Hebrew idiom meaning “sight.” See above, § 22:2.

notes to liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

899

[2]1:

Eclipses or hides from the vision of the eyes. H: ‫= יסתיר למראה העין‬ will hide from sight. [3]2: Eclipse. H:

‫ = להסתיר‬to hide.

[4]3:

22. → this reading occurs in three of the seven manuscripts used for the Hebrew edition (see above, note 10), as well as in E, 9v. Other Hebrew manuscripts have: 24. [5]3: 160th. → This reading occurs also in E, 9v. All the Hebrew manuscripts

have: 166th. §33 [1]1: When. H:

‫ = אם‬if.

[2]1: To the place of

the apogee or to the greater longitude. H: ‫למקום גבהות‬ = to the place of height. → Meaning apogee. [3]1: Stronger or more powerful. H:

‫ = רודה ומושל‬governs and rules.

[4]1:

By the equated portion or by the elongation according to which the planet moves away from the Sun. H: ‫ = מהמנה המתוקנת‬by the corrected portion. → Bate’s divergent translation glosses Ibn Ezra’s concept of “corrected portion.” [5]2: Equated portion. H: [6]2: More powerful. H:

‫ = מנתו המתוקנת‬its corrected portion.

‫ = הרודה‬the ruler.

[7]2: And this is because. H:

‫ = פירוש‬explanation.

[8]3:

The closer and the farther longitude. H: ‫ = השפלות והגבהות‬the lowness and the height. → Meaning, the perigee the apogee. Bate’s divergent translation explains Ibn Ezra’s concepts of “apogee” and “perigee.” [9]3: More powerful. H: [10]3: Inasmuch as. H:

‫ = הרודה‬the ruler.

‫ = פירוש‬explanation.

900

part eight

[11]3:

Because this one is below the other and at a place which is around the opposite of the apogee. H: ‫ = שהוא בשפלות‬which is at the lowness. → Meaning, which is at the perigee. Bate’s divergent translation glosses Ibn Ezra’s concept of “perigee.” [12]4: Equated center. H: ‫ = מוצק מתוקן‬the corrected center. → Here Ibn Ezra

uses the neologism ‫ = מוצק‬center, meaning literally “solid,” to denote the center. [13]4: The more powerful. H: [14]5: Of

‫ = הרודה‬the ruler.

greater power. H: ‫ = בממשלה‬in dominion.

[15]7: Has greater power. H:

‫ = מושל‬ruler. §34

[1]1: Under the rays. H:

‫ = תחת ניצוץ‬under the spark.

[2]2: It is in strong power. H: ‫ = הוא נכח באמת‬it is a true opposition. → Bate’s

divergent translation glosses Ibn Ezra’s concept of “true opposition.” [3]2: Fierce conflict. H:

‫ = מלחמה חזקה‬strong war.

[4]4: Full power. H: ‫ = נכח שלם‬full opposition. → Bate’s divergent translation

again glosses Ibn Ezra’s concept of “opposition.” [5]5: According to the proportion of

the latitudes. H: ‫ = כפי המרחב‬accord-

ing to the latitude. §35 [1]2: On the seven aspects of [2]2: Line of

the planets. H: ‫ = המבטים‬the aspects.

the signs. H: ‫ = גלגל המזלות‬circle of the signs.

[3]3: Longitude or distance. H: [4]3: Right. H:

‫ = המרחק‬the distance.

‫ = מבט רביעית ימני‬aspect of right quartile.

notes to liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie [5]3: Left. H: ‫ = מבט רביעית שמאלי‬aspect of

901

left quartile.

[6]4:

Before and behind. H: ‫ = לפני המשרת או אחריו‬before the servant (planet) or behind it. [7]4: Complete friendship. H: [8]5: When the longitude. H: [9]5: Equal degrees. H: [10]5: Friendship. H:

‫ = אהבה גמורה‬total love.

‫ = אם המרחק‬if the distance.

‫ = מעלות ישרות‬straight degrees.

‫ = אהבה‬love. §36

[1]1: The circle is only divided into two equal parts by the diameter of

the circle. H: ‫= והעגול לא יתחלק בחלקים שוים כי אם על חצי שהוא אלכסון העגול‬ the circle is not divided into equal part except in half, which is the diameter of the circle. [2]1:

Likewise in any circle there are two diameters that cut themselves mutually at a right angle. H: ‫ = ובעבור ששנים אלכסונים לכל עגול‬because any circle has two diameters. → Bate’s divergent translation glosses Ibn Ezra’s concept that any circle has two diameters. [3]1: By which the quartile aspect is received. H: ‫ = וזהו מבט רביעית‬and this

the quartile aspect. [4]2: Portion. H:

‫ = יתר‬a chord.

[5]2:

And in the remaining ⟨part of the diameter⟩ you find two equal portions. H: ‫ = ותוציא השנים יתרים‬and you obtain the two chords. [6]2:

Because it has been tested by complete demonstrations that the sides of the triangle ⟨drawn⟩ by this way will be equal. H: ‫כי אחר היות‬ ‫ שוים בראיות גמורות‬,‫ והטעם קוי הצורה המשולשת‬,‫ = כל יתר‬because since all the chords, meaning the sides of the triangle, are equal by incontrovertible proofs. [7]3: The arc. H:

‫ = יתר‬the chord.

902

part eight §37

[1]1: This is an example of [2]1: Its light or rays. H:

the aspects. H: ‫ = דמיון‬example.

‫ = ניצוצו‬its spark.

[3]5: In the mouth or words of human beings. H: ‫ = דברים‬things. → The same

Hebrew root underlies the noun ‫“ דבר‬thing” and the verb ‫“ לדבר‬to speak.” Thus Bate’s double translation takes the ambiguous Hebrew ‫ דברים‬in both senses; Cf. in E, 10v: “in ore” = “in the mouth.” [4]5: They will not emerge into the light or be real. H: ‫לא יצאו לאור ולא יהיו‬

= they will not emerge to the light and they will not be. → Here Bate literally translates a Hebrew idiom meaning “they will not be realized and will not take place.” [5]5:

But in certain book, the aspect of a planet to a planet that is ahead is called “first right,” and to a planet that is behind “second left,” and this is correct and true. → This addition occurs in E, 10v: “Est enim unus liber qui notat aspectum significatoris ad significatorem illum qui est ante primum dextrum, et ad significatorem qui est post illum secundum sinistrum, et rectum est.” = “There is one book which designates the aspect of the significator to that significator which is ahead “first right,” and to the significator which is behind second left, and this is right.” §38 [1]1: ⟨A discussion⟩ about the nature of

the planets follows, and first about the Sun. H: ‫ = ועתה אחל לדבר על תולדת המשרתים‬Now I will begin discussing the nature of the planets. [2]2: Is in charge of. H: [3]3: Astrology. H:

‫ = מושלת על‬rules over.

‫ = המזלות‬the signs.

[4]3:

Their nature. H: ‫ = כחם‬their power. → Bate’s divergent translation glosses Ibn Ezra’s concept of “nature.” [5]3: Are in its great power. H:

‫ = יש להם כח רב‬they have great power.

notes to liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie [6]3: That is said in the case that. H:

903

‫ = הפירוש‬the explanation.

[7]4:

If they are oriental of the Sun in a diurnal birth below the Earth, and for one born by night above the Earth, then their strength is great. → This divergent reading also occurs in E, 10v: “Et si fuerint Soli orientales ipsi erunt nato de die sub terra, er nato de nocte super terram, et tunc erit eorum fortitudo magna” = “If they are oriental of the Sun in a diurnal birth below the Earth, and for one born by night above the Earth, then their power is strong.” By contrast the Hebrew source text reads: ‫ אם היה מזרחי‬,‫ומאדים‬ .‫ אז הוא כחו גדול‬,‫לשמש והוא בנולד ביום תחת הארץ ובנולד בלילה למעלה מהארץ‬ = As for Mars, its power is strong when it is oriental of the Sun and below the Earth for a person born by day or above the Earth for a person born by night. [8]5: A diurnal birth. H:

‫ = בנולד ביום‬for a person born by day.

[9]5: In a nocturnal birth. H:

‫ = בנולד בלילה‬for a person born by night.

[10]6: Dominion and governance. H: [11]7: Grapes and vine. H:

‫ = שררה‬dominion.

‫ = ענבים‬grapes.

[12]7:

In the life of kings and great princes. H: ‫ המלכים‬,‫ = ומהחיים‬of living creatures, kings. [13]7: The revolution of

the world-year. H: ‫תקופת שנת העולם‬.

[14]8:

A man’s form and his shape. H: ‫ = צורת האדם‬the form of a human being. [15]8: The face broad and wide. H:

‫ = פניו רחבות‬his face broad.

[16]9: Its dominion or government. H: [17]11: Rulership. H: [18]13:

‫ = ממשלתו‬its dominion.

‫ = ממשלה‬dominion.

Temples, monasteries or assembly halls of chapters where prayers are ⟨offered⟩. H: ‫ = בתי כנסיות‬synagogues. → Bate’s divergent translation glosses, actually Christianizes, Ibn Ezra’s concept of “synagogues.”

904

part eight

[19]14:

Those having dignity or government. H: ‫ = המושלים על פקידות‬the rulers over the lordship. [20]14: Government or dominion. H:

‫ = ממשלה‬dominion.

§39 [1]1: It has an increasing and generative power over metals. H: ‫וכחה להוסיף‬

‫ = במתכות ולהיותם זכים‬and has power to increase the purity of metals. → Bate’s divergent translation glosses Ibn Ezra’s idea of the Moon’s power over metals. [2]2:

In the brain of the head and in the medulla of the bones. H: ‫במוח‬ ‫ = הראש גם מוח העצמות‬in the brain of the head also in the brain of the bones. → Meaning, in the brain and in the bone marrow. Here Bate translates literally Ibn Ezra’s expression, which distinguishes between ‫= מוח הראש‬ “the brain of the head,” i.e., the brain, and ‫“ = מוח העצמות‬the brain of the bones,” i.e., the bone marrow. [3]2:

The nature of the body belongs to its power. H: ‫ובכחה תולדת הגוף‬. → This reading is supported by three of the seven manuscripts used for the Hebrew edition. See above, note 10. [4]2:

The medulla, the lung and left side. → This divergent reading also occurs in E, 11r: “et medullam, et pulmonem et latus sinistrum” = “the medulla, the lung and the left side.” By contrast the Hebrew source text reads: ‫ = והמוח השמאלי‬and the left brain. [5]3:

And the crises of the diseases, because it is associated to the Sun over human life. → This addition also occurs in E, 10v: “et super terminos infirmitatum et ipsa associatur cum Sole in vita hominis” = “and the terms of the diseases, and it is associated with the Sun regarding human life.” [6]4:

Gatherings. → This divergent reading also occurs in E, 11r: “conventiones” = “gatherings.” By contrast the Hebrew source text reads: ‫והתאנים‬ = and figs. [7]4: Carriages for queens and ladies. → This divergent reading also occurs in

E, 11r: “carrum reginarum et dominarum” = “carriage for queens and ladies.” → By contrast the Hebrew source text reads: ‫ = העגלה‬the wagon.

notes to liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie [8]4: Power and quality. H:

905

‫ = כח‬power.

[9]4:

Commoners. H: ‫ = עמי הארץ‬peoples of the land. → Hebrew idiom meaning common people; see 2Chron. 23:20 et passim. See above, § 2:12, note 13, s.v. “common people or those who are people of the land,” and Introductorius §2.4:33, s.v. “peasants or rustics.” Here Bate translates the Hebrew idiom appropriately, but E, 11r has the literal translation “gentes terre” = “peoples of the land.” [10]5: Quick or swift. H: [11]7: Dominion. H:

‫ = מהיר‬quick.

‫ = ממשלה‬dominion.

[12]9: The empty places in the house.

H: ‫ = פתחי הבתים‬the doorways of the

houses. [13]10: The lords of the triplicity of the Moon’s house. H: ‫המושלים על פקידות‬

‫ = שלישות בית הלבנה‬the rulers over the rulership of the triplicity of the Moon’s house. [14]10: It indicates a bear … and winds. → This phrase has no counterpart in

the Hebrew text nor in E. §40 [1]10: Saturn indicates … hidden places. → This addition has no counterpart

in the Hebrew text nor in E. [2]1: When they aspect it. H: ‫ = על דרך המבטים‬by the method of

the aspects.

[3]2:

And all the people of the land, and tin. → This addition occurs in E, 11v: “et omnes gentes terre et stannnum” = “and all the people of the land (Hebrew: ‫)עם הארץ‬, and tin.” [4]2:

Unpleasant. H: ‫ = נבאש‬foul-smelling. → Cf. E, 11v: “malus” = “unpleas-

ant.” [5]3:

At the lower part of its eccentric circle. H: ‫ = בשפלות גלגל המוצק‬at the lowness of the circle of the center. → Meaning, at the lowness of the

906

part eight

eccentric circle. Here Ibn Ezra uses the neologism ‫ = מוצק‬center, meaning literally “solid,” to denote the eccentric circle. Bate, though, uses “circulus ecentricus,” the common Latin technical term for the eccentric circle. [6]4: Suspicion. H: [7]5: The left. H:

‫ = מורא‬fear.

‫ = הימנית‬the right.

[8]6: Old or decrepit persons. H:

‫ = הזקנים‬the elderly.

[9]6:

Preparers of skins. H: ‫ = מעבד עורות‬preparer of skins. → Meaning, tanner. [10]6:

Leatherworkers or preparers of skins. H: ‫ = מעבד עורות‬preparer of skins. → In the second component of this doublet, Bate brings the literal translation of the Hebrew, and in the first component, he offers his Latin translation of the literal translation. [11]6:

Chronic or long-lasting diseases. H: ‫ = התחלואים הארוכים‬long diseases. [12]6: Defects or injuries. H:

‫ = המומים‬the blemishes, deformities.

[13]7: Its key or special quality is. H:

‫ = הכלל‬the rule.

[14]7:

As bringing death by fall. H: ‫ = כמו מלאך המות להמית תחת מפולת‬like the angel of death, killing in an avalanche. → Bate’s divergent translation glosses the idea of “the angel of death killing in an.” [15]7: Submerging in water. H: ‫ = להטביע במים‬submerging in water. → Mean-

ing, drowning. [16]8: And it indicates the black bile. H: ‫ = בעל מרה שחורה‬and he is melan-

cholic. [17]9:

The supreme wisdom. H: ‫ = דעת עליון‬knowledge of the supreme. → This expression denotes in all likelihood theology and metaphysics. [18]9: Science of

laws. H: ‫ = התורות‬laws/statutes. → This term has a religious connotation. Cf. Rationes II, §3.3:3.

notes to liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie [19]9: Science of

907

speech. H: ‫ = השיחות‬the conversations.

[20]9: Nearby, prepared or evident revelation or science. H: ‫כל קבלה קרובה‬

= any nearby tradition. [21]12: Ptolemy’s doctrine. H:

‫ = דעת תלמי‬Ptolemy’s opinion.

[22]13: 54. H: 57. → Bate’s divergent reading agrees with E, 11v: 54. [23]14: Masculine. H:

‫ = כוכב זכר‬a masculine star. §41

[1]2: Reward of

goodness. a literal rendering of the Hebrew idiom H: ‫גמילות‬ ‫ = חסדים‬charity.

[2]2: Those who learn the laws or are students of

the laws. H: ‫מלמדי התורות‬

= teachers of religions. [3]2: Of human beings, those who are close to old age, that is, old men who

are not decrepit. H: ‫ = ומשנות בני האדם הקרובות לזקנה‬of the years of human beings, those approaching old age. [4]3:

It is diminished and increased or strengthened and returns to a previous condition. H: ‫ = יחסר או יוסיף על תולדתו‬its nature is increased or diminished. → Bate’s divergent translation glosses Ibn Ezra’s idea of the planet’s nature being increased or diminished. [5]3:

Eccentric circle. H: ‫ = גלגל המוצק‬circle of the center. → Meaning, eccentric circle. Here Ibn Ezra uses the neologism ‫ = מוצק‬center, meaning literally “solid,” to denote the eccentric circle. Bate, though, uses “circulus ecentricus,” the common Latin technical term for the eccentric circle. [6]3: Jupiter in itself. H: [7]3:

‫ = הוא לבדו‬it alone.

Destroy or improve. H: ‫ = לבטל‬cancel out. → Bate’s divergent translation glosses Ibn Ezra’s concept of “cancelling out.” Cf. E, 12r: “impedire” = “hinder.”

908

part eight

[8]3:

Resists and hinders it. H: ‫ = יבטל‬will cancel out. → Bate’s divergent translation again glosses Ibn Ezra’s concept of “cancelling out.” [9]3:

It indicates gold … and honor. → This addition has no counterpart in the Hebrew manuscripts nor in E. [10]4:

All of. H: ‫ = כל‬all. → Among the Hebrew manuscripts, this reading is supported only by MS Munich, Bayerische Staatsbibliothek, Cod. Hebr. 202. → The same reading occurs in E, 12r. [11]4: And what is in the eyes. H: ‫ = מהעינים‬of

the eyes. → Hebraism meaning “colors,” but Bate did not understand his source text to mean “color.” [12]5: The key and essence. H:

‫ = והכלל‬and the rule. → See below, § 70:1.

[13]5:

Therefore in Hebrew it is called Ṣedek, that is, just, because Saturn, too, is called in Hebrew Shabbetai, that is, being at rest, because it serves on the Sabbath day, that is, ⟨the day⟩ of rest. H: ,‫על כן נקרא שמו צדק‬ ‫ = כי שבתאי נקרא כן בעבור שישמש יום שבת‬therefore it is called ṣedek, and Saturn is called so because it serves on the Sabbath day. → Bate’s divergent translation glosses Ibn Ezra’s explanation of the Hebrew names of Jupiter and Saturn. Cf. E, 11r: “propter hoc vocatur iustus, quia Saturnus vocatur Saturnus, scilicet, quia deservit Sabbato” = “therefore it is called just, because Saturn is called Saturn, namely, because it serves in the Sabbath.” [14]5: And also because when its nature is powerful in the nativity it makes

the native always inactive and idle. H: ‫ועוד כי בתולדת המתגבר על מולדו‬ ‫ והוא יהיה בטל‬,‫ = לשבות תמיד‬also because it belongs to the nature that overpowers [i.e. rules] his nativity to be always at rest, and he will be idle. → Bate’s divergent translation glosses how Saturn’s nature influences the native. [15]8:

78. This divergent reading occurs only in one of the Hebrew manuscripts, Cambridge, University Library, Add. 1517, fol. 42b, and in E, 12r. Other MSS read: 79. [16]9:

Appearance or color or sight. H: ‫ = מראה עיניו‬the appearance of his eyes. → Hebraism meaning “colors.” [17]9: Ingenuous or pure or modest. H:

‫ = בישן‬shy.

notes to liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie [18]9: Peacemaker. H:

909

‫ = רודף שלום‬a seeker of peace.

[19]10: Any growths of

the body or excessive growths in the body. H: ‫כל דבר‬ ‫ = שנוסף בגוף‬anything that is added to the body.

[20]10: And perhaps the author meant diseases caused by repletion. → This

phrase does not appear in E. [21]10:

Ptolemy. → This divergent reading occurs only in one of the Hebrew manuscripts, Cambridge, University Library, Add. 1517, fol. 42b, and in E, 12r: “Ptholomeus.” Other Hebrew MSS read: ‫ = תלמי המלך‬King Ptolemy. [22]11:

In its portion of the dwelling places are the houses of prayers. H: ‫ = וחלקו מהבית מקום התפילה‬its portion of the house is the place of worship. §42

[1]1: The lord of

war or the warrior. H: ‫ = ינצח מלחמה‬victorious in war.

[2]2: The house of its hate. H: ‫ = בבית מלחמתו‬in its house of

war. → Meaning,

in the house of its detriment. [3]2: Fall. H:

‫ = בקלונו‬in its shame. → Meaning, in its dejection.

[4]2: Surgeons of wounds and injuries. H: ‫ = הרופאים החבורות‬the physicians

of the wounds. [5]3: Departure, limit and end. H: [6]4: Of

‫ = יציאות‬departures.

plants or trees. H: ‫ = מהאילנים‬of the trees.

[7]4: Deadly potions. H:

‫ = סם המות‬drug of death.

[8]5:

It indicates a man … water and falling. → This addition has no counterpart in the Hebrew manuscripts nor in E. [9]6: Green or parti-colored. H:

‫ = ירוקים‬green.

910

part eight

[10]6: Like one who tends an oven and the like. H: ‫שַמש הפורני והדומה לו‬ ַ ‫=כ‬

like one who tends an oven and the like. → This is also absent from E. [11]7: Robbers and persecutors. H:

‫ = הגנבים והלסטים‬thieves and robbers.

[12]7:

Of the colors. H: ‫ = מהעינים‬of the eyes. → Hebraism meaning, of the colors. [13]8: Of

the parts of the corners of the world. H: ‫ = ומן הפאות‬of the sides.

[14]8:

Hailstones of falling thunderbolt. H: ‫ = אבן האש הנופלת‬falling firestone. [15]9: Arts and professions. H:

‫ = אומנות‬art.

[16]9: Hastening and hurrying up the work. H: ‫בעבור המהירות ולסבול העמל‬

= because of the speed and the endurance of work. [17]9: It certainly is the planet of madness. H: ‫ = והוא כוכב השגעון‬it is the star

of madness. → This reading occurs only in three of the seven manuscripts used for the Hebrew edition. See above, note 10, as well as E, 12v: “et ipse est stella ferositatis” = “and it is the star of ferocity.” [18]12: Its power or strength. H: [19]13: Burning fevers. H:

‫ = וכחו‬its power.

‫ = שחפת‬tuberculosis. → Cf. E12v: “calefactiones” =

“heatings.” §43 [1]1: Bright. H: ‫ = מאיר מאד‬very bright. [2]1: Any. H:

‫כל‬. → This reading corresponds to E, 12v: “omnem” = “all.”

[3]1: Foods and feast. H:

‫ = משתה‬feast.

[4]1: The pudenda and genitals. H:

‫ = הערוה‬the genitals.

notes to liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

911

[5]1: Venus indicates … and of

professions. → This addition has no counterpart in the Hebrew manuscripts or in E. [6]2:

Sisters, the sister of the native’s wife. H: ‫ = האחיות הקטנות‬younger sisters. [7]2:

Exhibition, adornment or kindness. H: ‫ = הניגון והחשק‬music and desire. [8]2:

His form is of handsome appearance or aspect, or beautiful color, beautiful form. H: ‫ = צורתו יפה מראה ויפה תאר‬its form is of beautiful appearance and beautiful shape. [9]3: Apothecaries. H:

‫ = סוחרי הבשמים‬spice merchants.

[10]3: Leisure and tranquility. H: [11]3: Little or short goats. H:

‫ = מנוחה‬rest.

‫ = הכר‬fattened sheep.

[12]3: Drink except for wine. H:

‫ = שכר‬liquor.

[13]4:

The place of a man’s bed or where he sleeps or lies down. H: ‫מקום‬ ‫ = מטת האדם‬the place of man’s bed.

[14]7: 48½. H: 45½. [15]8: Youth or adolescence. H:

‫ = בחרות‬adolescence.

[16]9:

Ruler of the five places of dominion, or dignity, or governance, that is, the haylāj. H: ‫ = פקיד על חמשה מקומות השררה‬the one in charge of the five places of dominion. §44 [1]1: Gives light. H: [2]1:

‫ = יורה‬indicates. → Cf. E, 13r: “clarificat” = “clarifies.”

Knowledge and prudence or intellect. H: ‫ = החכמה והתבונה‬wisdom and intellect. → This divergent reading, without the doublet, is supported by three out of the seven manuscripts used for the Hebrew edition. See above, note 10.

912

part eight

[3]1:

In order to speak about knowledge, make verses and write letters. H: ‫ ולכתוב אגרות‬,‫ ולעשות חרוזים‬,‫ = ודיקות לשון‬precision in the use of language, composing rhymes and writing epistles. [4]1: Skinners, tailors. H:

‫ = כל חייט ותופר‬any tailor and sempster.

[5]2: Changeable or mutable. H:

‫ = מתהפכת‬changeable.

[6]2: Pehon says … bad ⟨planets⟩. → This addition has no counterpart in the

Hebrew manuscripts or in E. [7]3:

The native’s mind or reason will not change. H: ‫= לא תסור דעת הנולד‬ the native’s mind will not go away. [8]4: The key. H:

‫ = הכלל‬the rule.

[9]4: Its relationship. H:

‫ = ערכו‬its proportion.

[10]5: Metals or minerals. H:

‫ = המתכות‬the metals.

[11]5:

In the left or northern part. H: ‫ = בפאה השמאלית‬in the left-hand corner. §45 [1]1: Places of

lordship or governance or haylāj. H: ‫ = מקומות השררה‬places

of dominion. [2]1:

If the birth took place before the full Moon, that is, in the first half of the month. H: ‫ = אם נולד בחצי החדש לפני היות הלבנה מלאה אור‬if he was born at the middle of the month, before the Moon is full. → Bate’s divergent translation glosses Ibn Ezra’s concept of “middle of the month.” [3]1: Part of

fortune. H: ‫ = מנת החן‬the portion of grace.

[4]3: Should be taken. H: [5]3: Part of

of grace.

‫ = תקח‬you should take.

fortune will be found. H: ‫ = תמצא מנת החן‬you will find the part

notes to liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

913

§46 [1]2: Dignity. H:

‫ = ממשלה‬dominion.

[2]2:

Places of dominion or governance or haylāj. H: ‫= מקומות השררה‬ places of dominion. [3]3: Exaltation or honor. H: [4]4: The planet is. H:

‫ = הכבוד‬the honor.

‫ = הם המשרתים‬are the servants. → Meaning, planets.

[5]4:

In the ninth, 5; in the eighth, 4. H: ‫ ד׳‬,‫ ה׳; ואם בתשיעי‬,‫ = ואם בשמיני‬in the eighth, five; in the ninth, four. [6]5:

Ptolemy. H: ‫ = תלמי המלך‬King Ptolemy. → Among the Hebrew manuscripts, this divergent reading corresponds only to Cambridge, University Library, Add. 1517, fol. 43r. and to E, 13v. [7]5: Scholars of

the Persians. H: ‫ = חכמי פרס‬scholars of Persia. §47

[1]2:

Judgments of the planets. H: ‫משפטי המשרתים‬. → Among the Hebrew manuscripts, this title is also absent from Cambridge, University Library, Add. 1517, and from E. [2]2: Power or strength. H:

‫ = הכח‬the power.

[3]3: Strength or power. H:

‫ = הכח‬the power.

[4]3: The ruler or al-mubtazz. H: [5]3:

‫ = הפקיד‬the one in charge of.

For example: the Moon gives power to Mercury, and Mercury to Venus, Venus is the third and receives power, and will be the ruler or almubtazz. → This phrase does not occur in any of the Hebrew manuscripts, but it does appears in E, 14r: “exemplum: Luna dat fortitudinem Mercurio, et Mercurius Veneri, Venus est dominus recipiens fortitudinem, scilicet ipse est propositus” = “example: the Moon gives power to Mercury, and Mercury to Venus, Venus is the lord receiving power, namely, it is the one is charge.”

914

part eight

[6]3: Relationship. H: [7]3: Its dignity. H: [8]4: By means of

‫ = ערך‬proportion.

‫ = וממשלתו‬and its dominion.

an aspect. H: om. → Cf. E, 14r: “aspiciendo ipsum” = “when

it aspects it.” [9]4: Exaltation or house of

honor. H: ‫ = בית כבוד‬house of honor.

[10]4:

In complete friendliness. H: ‫ = באהבה גמורה‬love. → Cf. E, 14r: “in amore perfecto” = “in complete love.” [11]4:

Meaning that it is. H: ‫ = אם‬if. → Cf. E, 14r: “hoc est quod” = “meaning that it is.” [12]4: Then it will be the ruler wholeheartedly. H: om. → This phrase, which

is absent from the Hebrew manuscripts, occurs in E, 14r: “tunc erit superior prepositus in corde integro” = “then the superior ⟨planet⟩ will be the ruler wholeheartedly.” [13]4:

Reproach and untruthful words. H: ‫ = בתוכחות ודברים‬with reproofs and arguments. [14]5: In the house of hate of the upper ⟨planet⟩ or in its fall. H: ‫בבית מלחמת‬

‫ = הגבוה או בבית קלונו‬in the house of war of the superior ⟨planet⟩ or in the house of its shame. [15]5: As if

constrained. H: ‫ = כאלו הוא מוכרח‬as if under duress.

[16]6:

Ancients. H: ‫ = הראשונים‬the first ones. → Cf. E, 14r: “Antiqui” = “Ancients.” [17]6: Voluntarily or agreeably. H: [18]6: Or its term. H: [19]6: Chief. H:

‫ = ברצון‬willingly.

‫ ;או מגבולו‬this is also absent from E.

‫ = פקיד‬the one in charge of.

[20]6: Dignity. H:

‫ = ממשלה‬dominion.

notes to liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

915

[21]7: Or in its honor. H: ‫ = או בכבודו‬or in its honor; this passage is also absent

form E. [22]7: This is good. H:

‫ = זו טובה על טובה‬this adds good to good.

[23]9: The lower planet.

→ This also occurs in E, 14r.

[24]9: In the house of hate. H: ‫ = בבית מלחמתו‬in its house of war. → Meaning,

its house of detriment. See above, §4:2 and §42:2, s.v., “house of hate.” [25]9: Fall. H:

‫ = בית קלון‬house of shame. → Meaning, house of dejection.

[26]9: Which

is the fall of Jupiter. → This is absent from the Hebrew manuscripts but occurs in E, 14r: “quod est domus vilitatis Iovis” = “which is Jupiter’s house of baseness.” [27]9: Without any approval or acceptability. H:

‫ = בלי רצון‬reluctantly.

§48 [1]1: In an angle. H: ‫ = ביתד‬in a peg. → Meaning, in a cardo of

the horoscope.

[2]1:

Angles. H: om. → Cf. E, 14v: angulorum = of the angles. → Meaning, of the cardines of the horoscope. [3]1:

If it is in an upper angle. H: ‫ = אם היתד גבוה‬if the peg is upper. → Meaning, if the cardo of the horoscope is above, i.e., the fourth cardo. [4]1:

It indicates a descent. → This phrase does not occur in the Hebrew manuscripts but appears in E, 14v: “descendet” = “descends.” [5]2: His strength, dignity or rank. H:

‫ = מעלתו‬his rank.

[6]2: An upper ⟨planet⟩. H: om. → This does not occur in the Hebrew manu-

scripts but appears in E, 14v: “superiori” = “to the upper one.” [7]3: Its dominion. H:

‫ = ממשלתו‬its dominion.

[8]4: For example. H: ‫לך משל‬

‫ = ואתן‬I will give you an example.

916

part eight

[9]4: Lady. H: ‫ = בעל‬lord. [10]4:

Because Venus indicates women according to her nature, and the dominion and dignity she has in the week. H: ‫בעבור כי נוגה יורה על הנשים‬ ‫ = בתולדתו וממשלתו בבית השביעי‬because Venus indicates women by its nature and its dominion is over the seventh house. → This reading, including the divergent reference to Venus’s dominion in the week, is supported by E, 14v: “eo quod significat Venus super mulieres de sua natura et ipse habet potestatem in septima domo” = “because Venus indicates women by its nature and it exerts dominion over the seventh house.” But the same reading, without the reference to Venus’s dominion in the week, is supported by two Hebrew manuscripts (Munich, Bayerische Staatsbibliothek, Cod. Hebr. 202, and Cambridge, University Library, Add. 1517). [11]4: By means of

women. H: ‫ = בעבור אשתו‬on account of his wife, woman. → Cf. E, 14v: “per uxorem suam” = “by his wife.” [12]5: His rise or promotion. H: [13]6: Fellows or partners. H:

‫ = מעלתו‬his rank.

‫ = שותפים‬partners.

[14]6:

We will judge that his worth and dignity will increase by means of the riches and honors that he will acquire by the hands of partners. H: om. → this addition occurs in E, 14v: “iudicabimus quod augmentabitur valor eius per divicias et honores quos lucrabitur per manus sociorum” = “we will judge that his worth will increase by means of the riches and honors which he will acquire by the hands [by means] of partners.” [15]7: Ruler or lord. H:

‫ = מושל‬rules.

[16]7: As Venus of Taurus and Libra. H: om. → This addition also occurs in E,

14v: “sicut Venus in Tauro et in Libra” = “as Venus in Taurus and in Libra.” §49 [1]1: That has been said. H: [2]1: Under the rays. H:

‫ = מה שאמרתי‬that I have said.

‫ = תחת ניצוץ‬under the spark.

notes to liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie [3]2: If. H:

917

‫ = ויש‬and there is.

[4]2: Good place. H:

‫ = מבט טוב‬good aspect.

[5]2:

With respect to the ascendant degree. H: ‫כנגד המעלה הצומחת‬. → Cf. in E, 14v: “respectu gradus ascendentis” = “with respect to the ascendant degree.” [6]3: Fixed or stable signs. H:

‫ = מזלות עומדים‬stationary signs.

[7]3:

Hours. H: ‫ = שנים‬years. → This divergent reading also occurs in E, 14v: “horas” = “hours.” [8]4: Certain. H: om. → This divergent reading also occurs in E, 15r: “quidam”

= “certain.” [9]4: Relationship or condition. H:

‫ = מערכת‬configuration.

[10]4: Namely, regarding the great degrees of

the sign. H: om. → This divergent reading also appears in E, 14v: “magnis scilicet zodiaci sive equalibus” = “namely regarding the great or equal ⟨degrees⟩ of the zodiac.” [11]4: Destroys or dissolves. H:

‫ = יבטל‬will nullify.

[12]4:

Or its aspect. H: om. → This divergent reading also appears in E, 14v: “vel aspectum” = “or the aspect.” [13]6:

In the ninth house. H: ‫ = בחלק הבית העשירי‬in the part of the tenth house. → This divergent reading also occurs in E, 15r: “in divisione domus .9.” = “in the division of the ninth house.” [14]6: And will give strength to the Sun when it is in its power in the tenth

house. H: om. → This divergent reading also appears in E, 15r: “et ipse det fortitudinem Soli qui est in fortitudine domus .10e” = “and it gives power to the Sun, which is in the power of the tenth house.” [15]7: Leo or Aries. → This divergent reading is supported by E, 15r, as well as

by three of the seven manuscripts used for the Hebrew edition (see above, note 10).

918

part eight

[16]7: But if Mars or Saturn is with the Sun and the ascendant sign is any ⟨of

their⟩ houses, then he has no hope because it is very bad. H: om. → This divergent reading also appears in E, 15r: “et si Mars aut Saturnus est cum Sole et signum ascendens est domos alique ipsorum, non est sibi spes quia hoc est multum malum” = “and if Mars or Saturn is with the Sun and the ascendant sign is any of the houses, he has no hope because it is very bad.” §50 [1]1:

All. H: ‫ → ;כל‬Among the Hebrew manuscripts, this is omitted only in Cambridge, University Library, Add. 1517. It is also omitted in E, 15v. [2]1:

Which indicates evil. H: ‫שיורה על רע‬. → These words are also omitted in E, 15v: “qui significat super malum” = “which indicate evil.,” as well as in Cambridge, University Library, Add. 1517. [3]2:

Harsher or more harmful or more destructive. H: ‫ = קשים מאד‬very harsh. [4]2: More harmful or more destructive. H:

‫ = רע‬worse.

[5]3:

Bad sign or misfortune. H: ‫ = רעה חולה‬a sick evil. → a Hebrew idiom meaning a sore evil. [6]3:

Also if the Moon is in the second half of the month, that is, when its light is waning; the same applies to the conjunction with Mars and when the light is waxing, and in a quick course, that is, moving more than its mean motion in one day, because it indicates evil and misfortune. H: om. → This divergent reading also occurs in E, 15v: “Et similiter si fuerit Luna in medietate mensis secunda; similiter si in coniunctione fuerint Luna et Mars, et ipsa crescens lumine et velox cursu, vel quod ibit plus secundum cursum qua sit medius cursus, hoc est mala fortuna” = “and likewise if the Moon is in the second half of the month; similarly if the Moon and Mars are in conjunction, and it [the Moon] is increasing in light, and quick in ⟨its⟩ course, or moves more than the mean motion, this is misfortune.” [7]1:

In the testimonies of the first house in his Book of nativities, this author says that the burning of the lord of the ascendant does not destroy the testimony in Aries or Leo, if the burning is in that very place. → This

notes to liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

919

refers to the second version of Ibn Ezra’s Sefer ha-Moladot, conserved in a Latin translation. Bate assigns this book, here and elsewhere, to Abraham Bar Ḥiyya. See Liber nativitatum I x 6:2, 100–101: “Et stella bona item in signo ascendente testimonium ad bonum, et si sit combusta vel retrograda testimonium suum falsum est nisi fuerit combusta in Ariete vel Leone.” = “Also, a benefic star in the ascendant sign is an auspicious testimony, and if it is burnt or retrograde this is an untruthful testimony unless it is burnt in Aries or Leo.” [8]3: → This refers to the author of

Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot according to Bate, that is, Abraham Bar Ḥiyya, the Prince. [9]3:

It seems regarding Saturn, according to what the author explains previously, that when the planet is in opposition aspect to the Sun it has no strength or power, because it is somewhat like a burnt ⟨planet⟩. → This refers to, and copies almost literally, Iudicia §25:11. [10]4:

Likewise at the beginning of the Book of interrogations he says that in a planet’s opposition aspect to the Sun, the planet is burning and retrograde. → This refers to the third version of Ibn Ezra’s Book of Interrogations, which Bate assigns here to Abraham Bar Ḥiyya, the Prince. This is so far Bate’s only reference to this book, whose Hebrew original is almost completely lost but is conserved in a Latin translation. See Liber interrogationum II I 3:5, 178–179: “Et ita significabunt verba combustionis stelle a Sole et retrogradatio planete ab opposito Solis” = “and in this way they will indicate the things related to the burning of the planet by the Sun and by the retrogradation of a planet from opposition to the Sun.” [11]5:

Besides, one rising above the Sun in the north will be victorious or will prevail, because the Sun is always in the line of the signs, as has been explained in the chapter on conjunction and opposition. → This refers to Iudicia §33:5. §51 [1]1: There will be. H: [2]1:

‫ = אדבר‬I will discuss.

The parts. H: ‫ = המנות‬the portions. → To denote the concept of the astrological lots, Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot employs the Hebrew word ‫מנה‬

920

part eight

(plural: ‫)מנות‬, which is a literal translation of one of the meanings of ‫سهم‬, i.e., “portion” (another meaning of the Arabic word is “arrow”), the standard technical term used in Arabic astrological literature for the concept of astrological lot. See notes on Introductorius § 2:10, s.v. “lots or parts,” and Introductorius §9.1:1, s.v. “parts.” Cf. E, 15v: “partes” = “lots.” [3]2: To which the part of

fortune belongs, as has been mentioned before. H: ‫ = מנת השמש היא מנת החן הנזכרת‬the portion of the Sun, which is the aforementioned portion of grace. [4]2: His ways or undertakings. H:

‫ = דרכיו‬his ways.

[5]2:

Has been tried and tested. H: ‫ = היה נכון‬was correct. → This divergent reading also occurs in E, 15v: “probatum” = “has been tested.” [6]3: Longitude. H:

‫ = המרחק‬the distance.

[7]3: Part of

the hidden thing or the hidden soul. H: ‫ = מנת התעלומה‬part of the hidden thing. [8]3: Edification. H:

‫ = קנאתו‬his zeal. §52

[1]1: And the number is cast out. H:

‫ = ומספר הזה‬and this number.

[2]1:

Its power or strength will be. H: om. → This divergent reading also occurs in E, 15v: “erit fortitudo sua” = “its power will be.” [3]2: Part of

the hidden soul or of the secrets. H: ‫ = מנת התעלומה‬portion of the hidden thing. [4]2:

Reproach. H: ‫ = הצלחתו‬his success. → Cf. E, 15v: “probitatem” = “moral integrity.” [5]4: Lot of

fortune. H: ‫ = מנת החן‬the portion of grace.

[6]4: Part of

secrets. H: ‫ = מנת התעלומה‬portion of the hidden thing.

notes to liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

921

[7]4:

And according to this number count from the ascendant. H: om. → This divergent reading also appears in E, 15v: “computando a gradu ascendente sicut decentem est” = “counting from the ascendant degree as is suitable.” [8]4: Prudence about the body or care for the body. H: om. → This divergent

reading also appears in E, 14r: “super subtilitatem corporis” = “on acuteness of the body.” [9]4: Handsomeness or beauty. H:

‫ = יופי‬beauty.

[10]5: Decrease of the purse or riches. H: ‫ = חסרון כיס‬deficiency of the wallet.

→ Hebrew idiom meaning lack of money. §54 [1]1: Part of

wealth or riches. H: ‫ = מנת הממון‬part of wealth. §55

[1]1: Scholars of [2]1: Lot. H:

the Persians. H: ‫ = חכמי פרס‬scholars of Persia.

‫גורל‬. §57

[1]1: Lot. H:

‫גורל‬.

[2]2:

Part of the conception of sons. H: ‫ = מנת הבנים הזכרים‬the portion of male children. → This divergent reading corresponds to E, 16v: “pars conceptionis infantium” = “lot of the conception of infants.” §58 [1]1:

Lot of the beginning. H: ‫ = גורל התחלואים‬lot of diseases. → This divergent reading corresponds to E, 16v: “sors principii” = “lot of the beginning.”

922

part eight §59

[1]1: Part of

women or wives. H: ‫ = מנת הנשים‬part of women.

[2]2: Part of

dispute and quarrel. H: ‫ = מנת המריבה‬part of quarrel. §60

[1]1:

Part. H: ‫ = גורל‬lot. → This is no mistranslation, but the choice of one of 2 synonyms, which happens to have an English cognate translation. [2]2: Planet. H:

‫ = הכוכב‬the star. → See above, note 5. §61

[1]1: Knowledge. H:

‫ = חכמה‬wisdom.

[2]3:

The part of journey by sea, from Saturn to 15 degrees of the sign of Cancer, and according to this number ⟨count⟩ from the ascendant, the opposite by night; and I have verified it by experience that it will be found in this manner. H: om. → This divergent reading also appears in E, 17r: “pars itineris marini de die scilicet a Saturno usque .15. gradu signi Cancri; computa hoc a gradu ascendentis, et in nocte econtrario; et ita inveni ego” = The “lot of journey by sea, namely, from Saturn to 15 degrees of the sign of Cancer; calculate this from the ascendant degree, the opposite by night; and I found ⟨this⟩ in this manner.” §62 [1]2: Elevation. H: [2]2:

‫ = כבוד‬honor.

To three degrees of the sign of Taurus. H: ‫= על ג׳ מעלות וממזל שור‬ to three degrees of the sign of Taurus; → This reading is supported only by MS Munich, Bayerische Staatsbibliothek, Cod. Hebr. 202. Corresponds to E, 14r: “ad .3m. gradum signi Tauri” = “to the third degree of the sign of Taurus.”

notes to liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

923

§64 [1]3: Some others. H:

‫ = אחרות רבות‬many others. §65

[1]1: One must know that the five places of

lordship or rulership should be directed. H: ‫ = צריך אתה לנהג החמשה מקומות השררה‬You should direct the five places of dominion. [2]2: Equal degrees. H:

‫ = מעלות ישרות‬straight degrees.

[3]2: This

refers to degrees which are between the required place and the aspect or the term or the house. H: om. → This divergent reading also appears in E, 17r: “explanat gradus qui sunt inter quesitum, sclilict, planetam, et aspectum vel terminum vel domum” = “meaning degrees which are between the thing sought, namely, planet, and the aspect or the term or the house.” [4]2: Minutes of

the degree. H: ‫ = חלקי המעלה‬the parts of the degree.

[5]3: Direction. H: [6]4: Ray. H:

‫ = הניהוג‬the direction. → This is also omitted in E.

‫ = ניצוץ‬spark.

[7]4: Alone, by itself. H: [8]4: Will stand. H:

‫ = לבדו‬alone.

‫ = יעמד‬will stand.

[9]4: The light or the rays. H:

‫ = הניצוץ‬the spark.

[10]7:

In the table of the country. H: ‫ = הארץ‬the country. → This divergent reading corresponds to E, 17r: “in tabula terre” = “in the table of the country.” [11]7: In the parts. H:

‫ = בחלקי השעות‬in parts of hours.

[12]7: Or by degrees of the aspects according to the method of the hours. H:

om. → This divergent reading also appears in E, 17r: “in parte vero aspectuum super viam horarum” = “in the part of the aspects by the method of the hours.”

924

part eight

[13]7:

That is, in the aspects of the directions. H: om. → This divergent reading also appears in E, 17r: “explanat in aspectibus ductuum” = “meaning, in aspects of the directions.” [14]9:

Of the circle of equality or of the upright sphere. H: ‫= גלגל המישור‬ circle of the plane. [15]9:

And the direction will always be according to the second method from the beginning of the angles to the houses, and terms, and rays, which I will explain to some extent in ⟨the section⟩ on the aspects of the directions. H: om. → This divergent reading also appears in E, 18v: “duc semper in ascensiones circuli directi ductus vie secunde a principio cavillarum ad domus, ad terminos, ad radios, quemadomon explanabo in aspectibus ductuum” = “always direct in ascensions of the direct circle the direction by the second method, from the beginning of the pegs to the house, to the terms, to the rays, as I will explain to some extent in ⟨the section⟩ on the aspects of the directions.” §66 [1]1: If. H:

‫ = הסתכל אם‬observe if.

[2]1: Part or divide. H:

‫ = חלק‬divide.

[3]1: Distance or longitude. H:

‫ = מרחק‬distance.

[4]1: Crooked or unequal hour. H:

‫ = שעה מעוותת‬crooked hour.

[5]1:

For you will determine or compute. H: ‫ = שתחשב‬which you will compute. [6]1: A precise number. H: [7]1: Longitude. H:

‫ = בחשבון אמת‬in a true calculation.

‫ = המרחק‬the distance.

[8]2:

On the upright circle. H: ‫ = במצעדי גלגל המישור‬by the ascensions of the circle of the plane. [9]2: Longitude. H:

‫ = המרחק‬the distance.

notes to liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

925

[10]2: Places or ascensions. H: ‫ = מצעדים‬steps. [11]3:

The table of ascensions of the country, namely, of the direction. H: ‫ = לוח הארץ‬table of the country.

[12]3: That is, regarding the two places sought and the directions. H: ‫מן שני‬

‫ והנהוג ותחלת המבוקש ומדרך השלמת גלגל בדרך המצעדים‬,‫= מצעדים מבוקש‬ from the two ascensions of the thing sought, the direction and the beginning of the thing sought, and by the method of completing the circle by the method of the ascensions. [13]3: The end or limit.

→ Cf. §73:6 and §42:3.

[14]3:

And subtract the second requested place according to each of the two ⟨methods⟩ from the other ⟨requested place⟩, and similarly the end or extremity ⟨of the direction⟩, namely according to the straight circle and according to the degrees of the ascensions of the table of the country. H: om. → This divergent reading also occurs in E, 17v: “et minues ascensiones quesiti ab ascensionibus alterius, et de via finis circuli in via ascensionum” = “and subtract the ascensions of the ⟨thing⟩ sought from the ascensions of the other, by the method of the end of the circle to the method of the ascensions.” [15]4: The longitude. H:

‫ = בין שני המרחקים‬between the two distances.

[16]4: What is ⟨there⟩ or results. H: [17]4: Longitude. H:

‫ =המרחק‬the distance.

[18]4: The equation. H: [19]5: Longitude of

‫ = ההוה‬what is.

‫ = התיקון‬the correction.

the degrees. H: ‫ = מרחק‬the distance.

[20]5:

The longitude of the degrees of the ascensions. H: ‫ = מרחק‬the distance. [21]6:

The degrees of the ascensions of the upright circle. H: ‫מרחק גלגל‬ ‫ = המישור‬the distance of the circle of the plane.

[22]6: Equated degrees. H:

‫ = מעלות מתוקנות‬corrected degrees.

926

part eight

[23]7: Longitude of

the ascensions of the degrees of the table of the country. H: ‫ = מרחק לוח הארץ‬the distance ⟨in⟩ the table of the country. [24]7: Longitude according to the upright circle. H: ‫ = מרחק המישור‬distance

on the plane. §67 [1]1: Place sought. H: ‫ = המבוקש‬the thing sought. → Bate’s divergent transla-

tion glosses “thing sought.” [2]1: The

longitude of the degrees of the ascensions of the ⟨place⟩ sought at the upright sphere. H: ‫ = כמה מרחק מצעדי המבוקש במישור‬how much is the distance of the ⟨thing⟩ sought in the plane. [3]2: Longitude. H:

‫ = המרחק‬the distance.

[4]3: That is, by the table of

equality or of the straight circle and the table of the country according to what was said above.. → This divergent reading also occurs in E, 17v: “explanat per tablam circuli directi et circuli terre sicut explanatus supra” = “meaning, by the table of the straight circle and of the circle of the country, as explained above.” This divergent reading occurs in only one Hebrew manuscript, Oxford, Bodleian Library, Opp. 707 [Neubauer 2025], fol. 63r: ‫= ר״ל לוח המישור ולוח הארץ ועשה כמו שאמרתי לך‬ meaning, by the table of the plane and the table of the country, and proceed as I have told you. [5]5:

The ascensions of the table of the upright circle. H: ‫לוח מצעדי גלגל‬ ‫ = המישור‬the table of the ascensions of the circle of the plane. §68

[1]1:

At upright sphere. H: ‫ = במישור‬at the plane. → Meaning, at sphaera recta. [2]2: Longitude. H:

‫ =המרחק‬the distance.

[3]2:

And of the parts of the degree opposite the ⟨place⟩ sought. H: ‫שעת‬ ‫ = נכח מעלת המבוקש‬of the hour opposed to the degree of the thing sought.

[4]4: Excess or the remainder. H:

‫ = היתרון‬the remainder.

notes to liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

927

§69 [1]1: Longitude. H:

‫ = המרחק‬the distance.

[2]1:

Situated above the Earth. H: ‫ = של מעלת המבוקש‬of the degree of the thing sought. → This divergent reading corresponds to E, 18r: “desuper terram” = “above the Earth.” §70 [1]1: Key and essence. H: [2]1: Longitude. H:

‫ = הכלל‬the rule. → See above, § 41:5.

‫ =המרחק‬the distance.

[3]1:

Of the tenth or the fourth house in the upright sphere or in the upright circle. H: ‫ = מן הבית העשירי או הרביעי במישור‬from the tenth or the fourth at the plane. → Bate’s divergent translation explains the meaning of “distance between the tenth and fourth house at sphaera recta.” [4]2: Accidents. H:

‫ = הסכנה‬danger.

[5]2:

In the Book of Nativities I will speak about the places of accidents and diseases. → This refers to the second version of Ibn Ezra’s Sefer haMoladot, preserved in a Latin translation. Bate assigns this book, here and elsewhere, to Abraham Bar Ḥiyya. See Liber nativitatum II i 4:14, 108–109: Et radix est super ductibus et debes miscere .5. loca, et quando attingit aliquis eorum ad locum periculosum significabit super infirmitatem, et si fuerit significator erit ponderosa = The root ⟨of this procedure⟩ is the directions, and you need to combine the five places ⟨of life⟩, and when one of them reaches a dangerous place it indicates diseases, and if it is a significator it is of great importance. [6]2: The root and foundation. H: [7]2: Judgments of

‫ = עקר‬root.

the stars. H: ‫ = משפטי המזלות‬judgments of the signs. §71

[1]1:

On the aspects of the directions or on those ⟨aspects calculated⟩ according to directions. H: ‫ = מבטי הנהוגים‬the aspects of the directions.

928

part eight

[2]1:

Between an angle and an angle. H: ‫ = בין יתד אל יתד קרוב אליו‬between a peg and the peg that is close to it. → Meaning, between the cardo of the horoscope and the cardo of the horoscope that is close to it. [3]1: Crooked or unequal hours. H: [4]1: Any addition or increase. H: [5]3: Opposite. H: [6]3: Of

‫ = שעות מעוותות‬crooked hours.

‫ = תוספת‬addition.

‫ = כנגד‬against.

the degrees. H: ‫ = קשת‬arc.

[7]4: Conforms to and is associated with it. H: ‫ = תלוי בו ותשוב אליו‬depends

on it and returns to it. [8]5: The straight circle or at the equal line. H:

‫ = המישור‬the plane.

[9]5:

Sets according to the number of the short sign, whose ascensions are shorter than its ascensions at the straight circle. H: om. → This divergent reading also appears in E, 18a–18v: “sicut computatio signi curti, cuius ascensiones minores sunt ascensionibus circuli signorum” = “as the reckoning of the short signs, whose ascensions are smaller than the ascensions of the circle of the signs.” [10]6: According to a right and tested method. H:

‫ = בדרך נכונה‬by a correct

method. §72 [1]1: Planet. H:

‫ = הכוכב‬the star. → See above, note 5.

[2]2: Whole or complete hours. H:

‫ = השעות השלמות‬whole hours.

[3]2: The arc of

the degrees and minutes of the crooked incomplete hour, I say, if there is an excess of them. H: ‫ואם נשארו מעלות וראשונים דע ערכם‬ .‫ = אל קשת שעה מעוותת‬and if there is a remainder of degrees and minutes, know their proportion to the arc of the crooked hour. [4]3: You will know this as follows. H:

‫ = וככה תעשה‬proceed as follows.

notes to liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie [5]3: Crooked hour. H: [6]3: Planet. H:

929

‫ = קשת שעה מעוותת‬the arc of the crooked hour.

‫ = הכוכב האחר‬the other star.

[7]3:

Which you convert or have converted into minutes. H: ‫שתשיבנה‬ ‫ = ראשונים‬after you have converted it to minutes.

[8]3: Namely, crooked or unequal minutes of

an hour. H: om; E: om.

§73 [1]1: Longitude. H:

‫ =המרחק‬the distance.

[2]1: Hours. H: ‫ = שעות מעוותות‬crooked hours. → Bate’s reading corresponds

to E, 18v: “horis” = “hours.” [3]2: The ⟨first⟩ part of minute. H: om. → This divergent reading corresponds

to E, 18v: “partem” = “part.” [4]2: Of

the ascendant. H: ‫ = המעלה הצומחת‬the ascendant degree.

[5]2:

And these degrees are called the significator or the degrees of the significator. H: ‫ = והם נקראים מעלות המנה‬and they are called the degrees of the portion. → Bate’s divergent translation glosses Ibn Ezra’s term “degrees of the portion.” Cf. E, 14r: “et ipsi vocantur gradus distantie” = “and they are called degrees of the distance.” [6]3:

Therefore know the parts of one hour. H: ‫ושוב ודע המספר במעלות‬ ‫ = ישרות שהם בחלוק שעה אחת‬and now find out again the number of equal degrees which are in the division of one hour. [7]3:

Whatsoever results or comes forth from there. H: ‫ = והעולה‬and what emerges. [8]3: And consequently you will find. H: ‫ = אז תמצא בקירוב‬the you will find

approximately. [9]4: The arc of the hour. H: ‫ = קשת השעה המעוותת שתמצא במעלת המבט‬the

arc of the crooked hour that you find at the degree of the aspect.

930

part eight

[10]4: The hour of the longitude. H: ‫ = שעות המרחק‬the hours of the distance. [11]4: And the parts if

it has any. H: om; E: om.

[12]5: Crooked or imperfect hour. H:

‫ = השעה המעוותת‬the crooked hour.

[13]5: By the proportion or equation. H:

‫ = מערך‬from the proportion.

[14]5:

According to the method of proportion and equation. H: ‫מדרך‬ ‫ = הערכים‬by the method of proportions.

[15]6:

The limit or end of the 4 hours. H: ‫ = הנשאר לסוף שש שעות‬the remainder to the end of 6 hours. → Cf. E, 18v: “de fine .6. horarum” = “from the end of 6 hours.” §74 [1]1: Is greater or more. H:

‫ = יותר‬more.

[2]1: The first angle or the first house. H: [3]2: To make or equate. H:

‫ = היתד הראשון‬the first peg.

‫ = לעשות‬to make.

[4]2: First angle or the first house. H: ‫ = היתד הראשון‬the first peg. → Meaning,

the first of the four cardines of the horoscope. [5]2:

Proportionally to the longitude of the planet. H: ‫כמספר מרחק הכוכב‬ = as the number of distance of the planet. [6]3: Trine

aspect. H: ‫ = מבט שלישית השמאלי‬left trine aspect. → This divergent reading corresponds to E, 19r: “aspectum .3m.” = “trine aspect.” [7]3: Crooked. H:

om; E: om.

[8]4: From the beginning. H: [9]4:

om; E: om.

Because then. H: om. → This divergent reading corresponds to E, 19r; “tunc” = “then.”

notes to liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie

931

[10]5: According to the way of proportion. H: ‫ = בדרך קירוב‬by way of approx-

imation. → This divergent reading corresponds to E, 19r: “in via appropinquationis” = “by way of approximation.” [11]5:

By upper crooked hours, namely, where the planet is. H: ‫באמת כנגד‬ ‫ = שעות המעוותות‬truly against the crooked hours. → This divergent reading corresponds to E, 19r: “edirecto horarum certarum superiorum, quia stella est ibi” = “opposite the true superior hours, because the star is there.” §75 [1]2: Suppose or calculate. H: [2]4: The left hand ones. H:

‫ = חשוב‬calculate.

‫ = המבטים השמאליים‬the left-hand aspects.

[3]5: And opposite the aspect of left trine is always the right sextile aspect,

but opposite the aspect of left quartile is always the right quartile aspect. The two clauses of this sentence are inverted in the Hebrew. [4]7:

Places of dominion and governance. H: ‫ = מקומות השררה‬places of dominion. [5]7:

In the ascensions of the succedent houses or of the others. H: ‫ = במצעדים המורכבים‬in the mixed ascensions. → Bate’s divergent translation glosses Ibn Ezra’s term “mixed ascensions.” [6]7: That exist. H: [7]8:

‫ = מלמעלה‬from above.

In addition, if you wish to know the directions approximately, take the ascensions of the degree sought in the table of the country, and observe how much is the decrease between them and the ascensions at the upright sphere, and divide it; and in this way you will add to the ascensions the degree which you wished to direct, and according to how many are the degrees, two ⟨times⟩ or three. → this phrase in the Hebrew text corresponds to the last paragraph at §77:1–2: ‫אם תרצה לדעת הנהוגים‬ ‫ וככה תוסיף על‬,‫ וראה כמה יחסר בינו לבין הגלגל‬,‫ קח מצעדי המבוקש‬,‫בקירוב‬ .‫ אם תרצה לחלק‬,‫ וכמו המעלות ככה הם שניים‬.‫מצעדי מעלות אותו שנהגת אליו‬ = If you wish to know the directions approximately, take the ascensions of the ⟨place⟩ sought, and observe how much is lacking between it and the

932

part eight

circle, and likewise add to the ascensions of the degrees ⟨of the place⟩ for which you performed the direction. The seconds are like the degrees, if you wish to divide. → In E, 19r, this addition occurs in the same place as in Bate’s translation. [8]9: For the equation of

the houses proceed as follows: take the arc of the crooked hour of the beginning of the tenth house after you have found it in equal degrees, and double it, and add it to the ascensions of the beginning to the tenth house at the upright circle, and according to how many degrees come out there, this is the number of its degrees, in this manner and in that place is the beginning of the eleventh house; to obtain the twelfth house multiply the magnitude of the arc by the degrees which are opposite the tenth house. → This phrase corresponds in the Hebrew text to the Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot §76:5–10, 554–555. In E, 19r–19v, this addition occurs at the same place as in Bate’s translation. §76 [1]1: Thus, according to the equation of

the houses. H: ‫ = תקון הבתים‬correc-

tion of the houses (as a subtitle). [2]1: In the table of

the upright circle. H: ‫ = בגלגל המישור‬at the circle of the

plane. [3]4:

Observe the opposite arc. H: ‫ = לשמור קשת השעה של הנכח‬to save the arc of the opposite hour. [4]4:

The beginning of the third house. → the Hebrew text continues with §76:5–10, and then §77, but Bate’s translation is interrupted here. [5]4:

See Abū Maʿshar’s Great Introduction, ed. Burnett and Yamamoto (2019), VII, 7.6a–7.7, 796–700. [6]5:

→ This refers to the “glossator,” that is, the author of the gloss inserted by Bate at the end of Iudicia.

PART NINE

LIBER DE MUNDO VEL SECULO LATIN TEXT AND ENGLISH TRANSLATION

Incipit Liber Avenesre de Mundo vel Seculo 24ra (1) Tractatus Avenesre de Planetarum Coniunctionibus et Annorum

Revolutionibus Mundanorum translationem aggressuri, in vestibulo quidem sermonis obstupuimus, ignorantes quo animo principi astrologorum, Albumasar, deferre neglexerit, quin saltem tanti verba philosophi, in partem interpretatus fuisset meliorem. (2) Indiscretionis namque visum est hoc fore ut hic dicere sit ausus, quod acquiescendum non est dictis Albumasar in Libro Coniunctionum, eo quod iudicet secundum motus medios; qui se gloriatur illius discipulum qui significationibus coniunctionum in triplicitatibus iudicia commiscet expresse coniunctionum mediarum, prout apparet ex verbis Abrahe Principis in .5. particula Libri Redemptionis Israel, quem quidem Abraham iste cognominatus Avenesre magistrum suum profitetur, ut patet in Libris Nativitatum, et Rationum, plerisque locis. (3) Adhuc quamquam ponat Albumasar tempora coniunctionum mediarum et mutationum triplicitatum, ut sic verarum loca et tempora convenientius investigentur, prout expostulat doctrine ordo ac inventionis. (4) Non tamen ex hoc concludi potest virtute sillogistica quod actor intellexerit coniunctionum iudicia ad medios motus fore referenda nisi rabiem actori imponere quis conetur. (5) Insuper ipsemet Avenesre visus est numerum ponere coniunctionum secundum cursus medios, quemadmodum Albumasar. (6) Non enim mutationes triplicitatum semper fiunt in .240. annis aut .260. secundum veros motus, sed aliquando citius, aliquando tardius, sicut apparere potest experienti. (7) Qua igitur ratione famosum Albumasar et seipsum potest reprehendere Avenesre? (8) At vero pertractatione dignum videtur necnon et discussione hoc quod idem Avenesre sub assertione Ptolomei confirmare nititur, videlicet quod non fuit Ptholomeo possibile neque precedentibus ipsum neque sequentibus ut in hora introitus Solis in Arietem gradum ascendentis invenirent propter considerationum incertitudinem, tum ex errore preparationis instrumentorum provenientem, tum ex diverso quantitatis anni iudicio ob discordantes magistrorum probationum observationes. (9) Hiis itaque de causis,

This begins Ibn Ezra’s Book of the World or of the Age1 (1) When we started working on the translation of Ibn Ezra’s Treatise on the conjunctions of the planets and the revolutions of the years of the world, we were indeed shocked at the opening of the text, as we did not understand why ⟨Ibn Ezra⟩ failed to pay respect to the prince of the astrologers, Abū Maʿshar, so that, at least ⟨regarding⟩ the words of such a great philosopher, he [i.e., Abū Maʿshar] would be in part better interpreted. (2) Because it seems to be a want of judgment to say what he [i.e., Ibn Ezra] dared to say here, that one must not agree with what Abū Maʿshar says in ⟨his⟩ Book on Conjunctions, since he makes his judgments according to the mean motions;2 ⟨but⟩ he [i.e., Ibn Ezra] himself boasts of being the disciple of someone who explicitly mixes the judgments of the mean conjunctions with the significations of the conjunctions in the triplicities, as is evident from the words in the fifth element of the Book on the redemption of Israel by Abraham, the Prince,3 whom this Abraham named Ibn Ezra acknowledges as his master, as is evident in the Books of Nativities, and of Reasons, in many places.4 (3) Besides, even though Abū Maʿshar establishes the times of the mean conjunctions and changes of the triplicities, ⟨he does so⟩ in order that the places and times of the true ⟨conjunctions and changes⟩ may be more suitably investigated, according to what the order of the doctrine and discovery requires. (4) Nevertheless one cannot conclude therefrom with syllogistic force that the author [i.e., Ibn Ezra] thought that judgments of the conjunctions should be related to the mean motions, unless one would try to impute some madness to the author. (5) Moreover, Ibn Ezra himself noticeably establishes the number of the conjunctions according to the mean motions, just as Abū Maʿshar ⟨did⟩. (6) For the changes of the triplicities do not always happen after 240 or 260 years according to the true motions, but sometimes faster, sometimes slower, as is clear from experience. (7) Therefore, how could Ibn Ezra criticize both the famous Abū Maʿshar and himself? (8) But moreover, what seems to deserve detailed study and discussion is what the same Ibn Ezra attempts to establish as an assertion of Ptolemy, namely, that it was not possible, either for Ptolemy or for his predecessors and his successors, to find the degree of the ascendant at the hour of the Sun’s entry into Aries because of the uncertainty resulting both from an error in the preparation of the instruments and from the different judgment of the length of the year because of the inconsistent observations of the masters

936

part nine

probare nititur auctoritate Ptholomei intercedente quod non est possibile in anni revolutione gradum ascendentis inveniri. (10) Quocirca concludit ulterius sustentandum esse super gradum ascendentis in hora coniunctionis aut preventionis luminarium, utra earum immediate precedat ingressum Solis in Arietem. (11) Hoc enim documentum ait esse Ptholomei, atque anni principium quod absque variatione convenienter potest certificari, et secundum ipsum iudicia propalari. (12) Sed non videntur hec dicta sufficientiam omnino continere. (13) Primum enim quod hic admiratione dignum apparet est illud quod radicem dicti sui super illud fundavit de quo in Libro Rationum, prima particula, capitulo primo, idem Avenesre loquens de Quadripartito Ptholomei ex quo tractus est ille sermo pretactus, sic inquit: “Et ego Abraham compilator dico quod hunc librum non compilavit Ptholomeus, nam in eo sunt multi sermones frivoli secundum scientie contraponderationem et experientie.” (14) Item in Libro Nativitatum, capitulo domus quinte: “Et ego premunio te quod non sustenteris aliquatenus super sermones illius libri, non enim est in ipso valor aliquis.” (15) Item, in Libro Rationum, capitulo secundo, “unam itaque generalitatem tibi dico, quod omnes sermones quos invenies a Ptholomeo ubi de circulis loquitur veri sunt, et non ab ipso alii magis; iudicia vero sua scientie non conveniunt.” (16) Constat autem quod in Almagesti non invenitur illud dictum, sed eius contrarium. (17) Igitur, si usquam inveniri debeat, hoc esse deberet in Quadripartito, capitulo quidem .11o. secundi libri, ubi tractatur de initio anni. (18) Illud autem quod ibi scriptum est de hac materia, est huiusmodi secundum unam translationem: “Quia ergo nil magis conveniens nil naturali rationi propinquius hac observatione deprehendi potest, hiis quatuor punctis anni principia relinquuntur; nos itaque quid singulis accidat anni temporibus prescire volentes, in eisdem principiis Solis et Lune conventum aut oppositionem, utrum scilicet istorum Solis ingressum in illius quarte principium preveniat considerare oportet; si itaque eorundem conventum aut oppositionem comitetur eclipsis, efficacior erit significatio; quod si antequam Sol Arietis principium ingredia-

liber de mundo vel seculo

937

of the observations.5 (9) Therefore, for these reasons, he attempts to test with the supporting authority of Ptolemy that it is impossible to find the degree of the ascendant at the revolution of the year. (10) Consequently, he concludes further that one must rely upon the degree of the ascendant at the time of the conjunction or opposition of the luminaries, whichever of them immediately precedes the Sun’s entry into Aries. (11) Because, he says, this is the teaching of Ptolemy, and this is the beginning of the year which can be suitably authenticated without dispute, and according to which judgments can be made known. (12) But what has been said does not at all seem to contain sufficiency. (13) Because, the first thing here that seems to be a great wonder, is what he [i.e., Ibn Ezra] laid the root of his assertion about this on. In the Book of Reasons, in the first section, first chapter, [where] the same Ibn Ezra, speaking about Ptolemy’s ⟨Book⟩ of Four Parts (Ptolemy’s Tetrabiblos), from which the aforementioned statement was taken, says as follows: “But I, Abraham, the author, say that Ptolemy did not compose this book, because there are many false statements in it against the assessment of science and experience.”6 (14) Likewise, in the Book on Nativities, in the chapter on the fifth house: “I warn you that you should not rely in any way upon the statements of this book, because there is no value in it.”7 (15) Likewise, in the second chapter of the Book of Reasons: “Accordingly, I say to you a general rule, that all the statements that you will find in Ptolemy where he speaks about the circles [i.e., the orbs] are true, and no one surpasses him; but his judgments do not befit his science.”8 (16) It is evident, however, that this assertion is not found in the Almagest, but rather its opposite. (17) Therefore, if it should be found anywhere, this should be in the ⟨Book⟩ of Four Parts, in the 11th chapter of the second book, where the beginning of the year is addressed. (18) But what is written there on this topic, is of this kind according to one translation: “Accordingly, because nothing can be found more appropriate or closer to natural reason than this observation, the beginnings of these four points of the year remain; therefore, when we want to know beforehand what will happen in each season of the year, one must consider the conjunction or opposition of the Sun and the Moon at these beginnings, namely, which of them [the conjunction or opposition of the Sun and the Moon] precedes the Sun’s entry into the beginning of that quarter; accordingly, if an eclipse accompanies their conjunction or opposition, the signification will be more effective; but if this takes place in full (i.e., not at the start) spring and with vernal quality before the Sun enters the beginning

938

part nine

tur contingat in totum ver et vernali qualitate, significatio illa dilatabitur in Cancro estatem, in Libra autumpnum, sed in Capricorno hyemem totam occupabit; temporum namque alternatio et generalis eorum proprietas omnisque eorum status, causam a Sole specialiter assumunt.” (19) Alia quidem translatio sic habet: “Et quod magis conveniens naturalique rationi propius in observatione rerum anni deprehendimus, est istorum quatuor principiorum observatio, necnon coniunctionum et preventionum Solis et Lune, que predicta tempora precedentes prope ipsa fuerint, maxime autem in quibus fuerint eclipses; ita ut per principium quod ex Solis existentia in Ariete deprehenditur vernalem qualitatem cognoscimus, et per initium ex eiusdem existentia in Cancro deprehendimus qualitatem estivalem, per principium autem quod ex ipsius in Libram ingressu cognoscitur qualitatem autumpnalem; initium vero quod per eiusdem introitum in Capricornum accipitur hyemalem qualitatem demonstrat; propterea quod temporum generales qualitates et eorum omnes modi non sunt nisi per Solem.” (20) Tertia vero translatio, que scilicet immediate de Greco interpretata, hec tenet: “Convenientius autem mihi videtur et magis naturale ad annuales considerationes quatuor principiis uti, observando propinquissime sibi prius factas coniugationes Solis et Lune coniunctionales aut pleniluniares, et harum maxime rursum eclipticas, ut a principio quidem quod est penes Arietem ver quale sit, consideremus, ab eo autem quod est penes Cancrum estatem; ab eo vero quod est penes Chelas autumpnum, ab eo autem quod est penes Capricornum hyemem; universales quidem enim temporum qualitates et consistentias Sol facit.” (21) Ex hiis ergo, nisi littere violentia fiat, non potest elici illud dictum Avenesre, verum hoc potius quod ad sciendum anni dispositionem et partium eius, non solum sufficit cognitionem habere de introitu Solis in punctum vernalis equinoctii et in reliqua tropica. (22) Sed, cum hiis, convenientius est observare coniugationes Solis et Lune, coniunctionales et pleniluniares, secundum etiam quod vult Albumasar in primo Coniunctionum, differentia prima, et in octavo etiam, differentia prima, in qua dicit quod ad sciendum qualitatem rerum comprehendentium “genus,” ut pestes, necesse est habere duo

liber de mundo vel seculo

939

of Aries, this signification will be prolonged in Cancer during the summer, in Libra during the autumn, but in Capricorn it will occupy the whole winter; because the alternation of the seasons, their general quality, and all their conditions, are caused specially by the Sun.”9 (19) Another translation is as follows: “What we perceive as more appropriate and nearer to natural reason in the observation of things related to the year, is the observation of these four beginnings, and also of the conjunctions and oppositions of the Sun and the Moon, which precede the aforementioned seasons and are close to them, but particularly those in which eclipses take place; so that through the beginning that is perceived by the Sun’s being in Aries we know the vernal quality, and through the beginning of its being in Cancer we perceive the summery quality, through the beginning of its entry in Libra is known the autumnal quality; moreover the beginning that is taken through its entry into Capricorn shows the wintry quality; therefore, the general qualities of the seasons and their conditions exist only through the Sun.”10 (20) Moreover, a third translation, namely, which is translated directly from the Greek, is as follows: “But it seems to me more appropriate and more natural, to employ the four beginnings for investigations related to the year, observing the conjugations of the Sun and the Moon at conjunction or at full Moon which most closely precede them, and again among them particularly those which are affected by eclipses, so that from the beginning with respect to Aries we may determine what the spring will be like, but from that with respect to Cancer ⟨we may determine what⟩ the summer ⟨will be like⟩; moreover, from that with respect to the Claws [Libra], ⟨we may determine what⟩ the autumn ⟨will be like⟩, but from that with respect to Capricorn ⟨we may determine what⟩ the winter ⟨will be like⟩; because the Sun creates the universal qualities and states of the seasons.”11 (21) Accordingly, from these ⟨things⟩, unless the text is coerced [i.e., the text is manipulated], Ibn Ezra’s assertion cannot be deduced, but rather, that in order to know the condition of the year and of its parts, it is not sufficient to have knowledge only about the Sun’s entry into the point of the vernal equinox and the remaining turning points. (22) But, together with these, it is more appropriate to observe the conjugations of the Sun and Moon when they conjoin and at full Moon, also according to what Abū Maʿshar means in the first ⟨book⟩ of conjunctions, first difference, and also in the eighth ⟨book⟩, first difference, where he says that in order to know the quality of general conditions which include a “genus” [i.e., a class containing

940

part nine

ascendentia, coniunctionis scilicet aut oppositionis, que precedit introitum Solis in punctum mobile vernale et cum hoc revolutionis in qua ingreditur Sol ipsum punctum mobile vernale. (23) Humiditas autem anni seu ariditas ex dispositionibus coniunctionum seu preventionum luminarium perpendi debet, secundum quod etiam attestantur reliqui sapientes, et rationabiliter quidem cum aure mutatio particularis motum Solis et Lune sibi invicem comparatum precipue comitetur. (24) Reliqua vero magis permansiva mundi accidentia permanentiorem causam necessario habent imitari. (25) Et hanc quidem rationabilem viam nititur Albumasar in suis iudiciis observare. (26) Insuper et Abraham Princeps quem Avenesre magistrum suum profitetur in .5°. Redemptionis Israel loquens de mutatione regnorum, de preliis, de fame et siccitate, levitate et gravitate bladi, sic ait: “et hoc totum sciemus per revolutionem coniunctionis Saturni et Iovis, id est, Sole intrante in Arietem, etc.” (27) Sed redeamus ad probationem qua dictum quod Ptholomeo imponit, probare conatur Avenesre. (28) Dicamus ergo quod magistri probationum, diversi diversis usi considerationibus, nunc motum ponentes tardiorem debito, nunc velociorem, sic quidem circueundo, tandem per proportionalem differentie divisionem ipsam potuerunt veritatem investigare aut quod veritati tam propinquum sit ut errorem qui obesse possit excludat. (29) Hic enim modus procedendi in rebus tam sublimibus humane concessus parvitati, quo mediante nobis relinquitur facultas non incongrue veritatem finaliter indagare, quemadmodum perpendere possumus in exemplis. (30) Ptholomeus enim velociores motus posuit quam Abrachus; motus tamen Ptholomei a debita velocitate defecerunt. (31) Albategni vero motum posuit nimis velocem, propinquiorem tamen veritati ex parte quam Ptholomeus. (32) Alzophi quidem et Abraham Avenesre motus posuerunt, aliquantulum tardiores Albategni ac deficientes paululum a velocitate debita. (33) Denique nostris temporibus, observationes Ptholomei Albategni necnon et

liber de mundo vel seculo

941

subordinate kinds of varieties], such as pestilences, it is necessary to have two ascendants, namely that of the conjunction or opposition, which precedes the Sun’s entry into in the vernal turning point, and together with this that of the revolution in which the Sun enters that vernal turning point.12 (23) But the humidity or dryness of the year must be assessed according to the conditions of the conjunctions or oppositions of the luminaries, according to what also the other scholars attest, and reasonably the motion of the Sun and of the Moon, compared with respect to one another, is especially associated with a particular change of the air. (24) Moreover, the other more lasting accidents necessarily follow from a more permanent cause. (25) This is the rational path that Abū Maʿshar tries to keep to in his judgments. (26) Moreover, Abraham, the Prince, whom Ibn Ezra admits is his teacher, in the fifth chapter ⟨of the Book⟩ of the Redemption of Israel, when he speaks about change of reigns, battles, famine, drought, low and high ⟨prices⟩ of grain, says as follows: “All this we shall know through the revolution of the conjunction of Saturn and Jupiter, that is, when the Sun enters Aries”.13 (27) But let us return to the test by which Ibn Ezra attempts to test the statement that he imposed upon Ptolemy. (28) Therefore, let us say that the masters of the observations, each using diverse observations, positing sometimes a motion slower than required, ⟨positing⟩ sometimes ⟨a motion⟩ quicker ⟨than required⟩, thereby expressing themselves in a roundabout way, through a proportional division of the differences, could investigate the truth or what is so close ⟨to the truth⟩ that it excludes an error that may do harm. (29) For this is the way of proceeding in things so sublime ⟨that are⟩ granted to human smallness, thanks to which we have been left with the ability to finally investigate the truth in a not-unsuitable way, as we can judge from the ⟨ following⟩ examples. (30) For Ptolemy posited motions that are quicker than ⟨those of ⟩ Hipparchus; nevertheless Ptolemy’s motions fall short of the required velocity. (31) Moreover, al-Battānī posited a motion that is too quick, yet closer in part to the truth than ⟨that of ⟩ Ptolemy. (32) Indeed, al-Ṣūfī and Abraham Ibn Ezra posited motions that are a little slower than those of alBattānī, and falling short by a small amount from the required velocity. (33) Finally, in our times, accommodating appropriately enough the observations of Ptolemy and al-Battānī and also our own, we posited a motion of almost

942

part nine

nostras satis convenienter salvantes, motum posuimus proportionis fere medie inter Albategni et Avenesre, ut sic ad medium in quo consistit veritas propinquius pertingamus. (34) Et quamvis ad ipsum indivisibile veritatis non veniamus, dummodo prope accedamus, nostre debet sufficere possibilitati. (35) Ait enim Albumasar in primo Introductorii quod “punctorum seu gradus etiam integri error et raro nec multum impedit.” (36) Unde in primo Quadripartiti: “estimo autem de ipsa pronosticatione, etsi non ex toto sit sine errore, tamen quod possibile est de ipsa maximo studio dignum videtur.” (37) Verum error qui ex instrumentis consurgere dicitur per artificiositatem hominis ingeniosi satis caveri potest necnon et per frequentiam considerationum. (38) Demum vero propter ultimam Avenesre conclusionem, minus sufficienter subillatam, advertendum est quod non est possibile scire horam coniunctionis seu oppositionis Lune cum Sole nisi presciatur motus Lune. (39) Dicit autem Ptholomeus, tertia dictione Almagesti, capitulo primo, quod “non est possibile scire aliquid eorum que contingunt in Luna ante scientiam Solis et eorum que in ipso contingunt.” (40) Unde in omnibus eclipsium considerationibus tam Ptholomeus quam Ieber et Albategni, cum ceteris magistris probationum, ad accipiendum vera eclipsium loca et tempora, necesse habuerunt motum Solis verificatum presupponere, secundum quod in demonstrationibus ipsorum perpendi potest manifeste. (41) Et hoc etiam cuilibet palam esse potest etiam parum consideranti. (42) Etenim non est vera Lune coniunctio aut oppositio cum Sole nisi cum Luna fuerit in eodem puncto cum Sole vel in eius opposito. (43) Quod si locum Solis verum ignoremus, quomodo sciri potest, quando sibi Luna secundum veritatem coniungi debeat aut opponi. (44) Sane licet secundum ordinem inquisitionis demonstrative, necessarium sit hoc ita se habere, si tamen non fit ad unguem seu precise, de inventis sit cura motibus, aut forsan conveniens desit inventio aut inventionis fiducia sufficientis. (45) Error inde proveniens citius seipsum prodit, manifestando in coniunctionibus luminarium et oppositionibus propter velocem Lune motum, quam error contingens circa introitum Solis in Arietem propter motum tardiorem. (46) Manifestior itaque perceptibilitas transitus Lune per puncta coniunctio-

liber de mundo vel seculo

943

mean proportion between al-Battānī and Ibn Ezra, in order that in this manner we arrive closer to the middle, where the truth is. (34) And although we did not reach what cannot be divided from the truth, as long as we come close to it should be sufficient to our abilities. (35) For Abū Maʿshar says in the first ⟨chapter⟩ of ⟨his⟩ Introduction that “an error of a number of minutes or occasionally even a whole degree does not hinder much.”14 (36) Hence, in the first ⟨book⟩ of the ⟨Book⟩ of Four Parts ⟨it is said⟩: “But, I think about the prognostication itself, although it is not entirely without error, nevertheless it seems about ⟨the prognostication⟩ itself that it is worthy of the greatest zeal.”15 (37) Indeed, an error that is said to originate from the instruments can be avoided sufficiently through the skillfulness of an ingenious man and through the frequency of the observations. (38) But finally, because of Ibn Ezra’s last conclusion, introduced less satisfactorily, one must realize that it is not possible to know the hour of the conjunction or opposition of the Moon with the Sun unless one knows beforehand the motion of the Moon. (39) But Ptolemy says in the third section of the Almagest, in the first chapter, that “it is not possible to know any of the things that happen to the Moon before knowing the Sun and any of the things that happen it.”16 (40) Hence, in all the observations of eclipses, Ptolemy, Jābir ⟨ibn Aflaḥ⟩ and al-Battānī, as well as other masters of the observations for obtaining the true places and times of eclipses, took it as necessary to presuppose that the motion of the Sun is verified, according to what can be judged clearly in their demonstrations. (41) This can also become evident to anyone who considers it even a little. (42) In fact, there is no true conjunction or opposition of the Moon with the Sun unless the Moon is at the same point as the Sun or in opposition to it. (43) But, if we do not know the true place of the Sun, how can ⟨it⟩ be known, in truth, when the Moon must be in conjunction or opposition. (44) Certainly, although according to the order of a demonstrative investigation it is necessary to consider this in this manner, if nevertheless this is not done perfectly or precisely, there should be concern about the motions that have been found, or perhaps an adequate finding or confidence in the the competence of the finding may be lacking. (45) An error that arises from this shows itself more quickly when it is revealed in the conjunctions and oppositions of the luminaries because of the swift motion of the Moon than an error that happens with the Sun’s entry into Aries because of its slower motion. (46) Accordingly, the more obvious visibility of the Moon’s transit through the points of

944

part nine

nis et oppositionis eius cum Sole, movit Avenesre ut illud tempus poneret pro radice. (47) Adhuc et amoris inclinatio quam habuit ad sectam suam Iudaicam, que annum initiat a coniunctione Lune, ad idem potuit cooperari forsan. (48) Verum propter rationes supratactas, non sufficere debet hoc astronomo perspicaci, qui rationabiliori vie magis inniti debet quam inhertis ingenii et pigritantis estimationi grosse. (49) Idcirco tutius est rationique magis consentaneum sapientibus quoque ceteris magis concordius sententie principis astrologorum Albumasar confidentius adherere. (50) Postquam enim de motibus celestium aliquam certitudinem scientificam, antequam artificiose secundum astrologica iudicandum sit iudicia, presupponere debeamus, necessarium est de Sole primum subicere fundamentum. (51) Quapropter etiam Abraham ipse in tractatu suo De motibus et opere tabularum super Pisas scientiam de motu Solis ante scientiam que de Luna preordinavit. (52) Ut igitur ad omne dicatur, connaturale est magis et convenientius scientie complemento atque perfectioni eius ampliori non solum ad coniunctionem luminarium seu oppositionem eorum aspicere pro statu et esse mundi cognoscendo, verum etiam omni cautela mediante introitum Solis in Arietem et, si necesse fuerit, in reliqua puncta tropica artificiosius considerare, cum in coniunctione magnorum mundi accidentium non modica radix sit, secundum quod patet ex dictis sapientium. (53) Nunc autem tempus est ut ad id quod intendimus accedamus, non pretermittentes que ab Avenesre rationabiliter dicta sunt et bene. (54) Sermones igitur eius prout melius poterimus interpretemur. 1 (1) Si tu inveneris librum Albumasar De coniunctionibus planetarum,γ non acquiescas ei nec audias ipsum, sustentatus enim est super coniunctiones planetarumγ secundum medium cursum vel equalem.β (2) Non est {autem} sapiens aliquis qui huic consentiat, verum namque est planetis esse coniunctiones secundum orbem signorum.γ (3) Adhuc, neque sustenteris super coniunctiones planetarum secundum tabulas sapientium Indorum, veraces enim non sunt, neque tanto, neque quanto. (4) Rei {autem} veritasγ est sustentari super tabulas sapientium experientie seu magistrorum probationumβ secundum tempus quodlibet.γ

liber de mundo vel seculo

945

conjunction and opposition with the Sun led Ibn Ezra to posit this time as the root. (47) Besides, the inclination of the love he had for his Jewish sect, which begins the year at the conjunction of the Moon, could perhaps have contributed to that. (48) But, for the aforementioned reasons, this should not be sufficient for an astute astronomer, who has to rely more on the more rational way than on the rough estimation of a simple and indolent mind. (49) Therefore, it is safer and more in agreement with reason, and also more in agreement with the other scholars, to adhere faithfully to the opinion of the prince of astrologers, Abū Maʿshar. (50) Because, when we need to presuppose some scientific certitude regarding the celestial motions, before we need to expertly pronouncing a judgment according to astrology, it is necessary to lay first the foundation about the Sun. (51) Therefore, even Abraham himself, in his treatise On the motions and the use of [astronomical] tables for Pisa, placed knowledge of the motion of the Sun before knowledge of ⟨the motion of ⟩ the Moon. (52) Therefore, as may be said for everything, it is more connatural and more suitable to the completeness of science and its further perfection to look not only at the conjunction of the luminaries or their opposition in order to know the state and being of the world, but to consider also skillfully, with all precaution, the Sun’s entry into Aries and, if necessary, the other tropical points, because there is no small root of the great events of the world in the conjunction, as is clear from the statements of the scholars. (53) But now it is time to turn to what we intend to do, without failing to mention what has been reasonably and well said by Ibn Ezra. (54) Therefore, let us translate his statements, as well as we can. 1 (1) If you find Abū Maʿshar’s Book on the conjunctions of the planets,γ,1 you would neither agree with it nor trust it, because he relies on the conjunctions of the planetsγ,2 according to the mean or equal motion.β,3 (2) {But} there is no scholar who agrees with him, because the truth is that the conjunctions of the planets are with respect to the orb of the signs.γ,4 (3) In addition, you should not trust the conjunctions of the planets according to the tables of the scholars of the Indians, because they are wholly untrue. (4) {But} the truth of the matterγ,5 is to rely on the tables of the scholars of experience or of the masters of the observations,β,6 according to any time.γ,7

946

part nine

2 (1) Coniunctiones {vero} sunt .120., (2) quarum quidem numerum elicere poterimus hoc modo: scitum est quod omnis numerus qui componitur ab uno numero cum alio, quemcumque volueris,γ extrahi potest per eius multiplicationem super medietatem propriam et super medietatem unius.γ (3) Exempli gratia, nos volumus scire quantus est numerus qui aggregatur ex uno usque ad .20. (4) Nos multiplicabimus .20. super medietatem suam, quod est .10., et super medietatem unius, et aggregabiturγ numerus .210. 3 (1) {Nunc} {ergo} incipiamus expeririγ quantus est numerus coniunctionum binarium, hoc est ut si coniungantur per se due stelle.γ (2) Scitur {autem} quod planeteγ sunt .7., sic {enim} erunt Saturno cum ceteris planetis coniunctiones sex. (3) Multiplicentur {ergo} .6. per eius medietatem et per medietatem unius, et eruntγ .21.; hic est {ergo} numerus duplicium coniunctionum. 4 (1) {Quod si} scire voluerimus quot sunt coniunctiones ternarie, (2) si posuerimusγ Iovem cum Saturno, et adhuc cum uno planetarum aliorum .5.,γ numerus ascendet usque ad .5.,γ (3) quem multiplica per .3., que sunt medietas numeri et medietas unius, et aggregabiturγ .15.; hee sunt {ergo} coniunctiones Saturni. (4) Tunc eruntγ coniunctiones Iovis .4., que multiplices per .2. et dimidium, et aggregabiturγ .10. (5) Et coniunctiones Martis .3., que multiplices per .2., et eruntγ .6. (6) Coniunctiones {vero} Solis .2., que multiplices per unum cum dimidio, et exibunt .3. (7) Coniunctio {autem} Veneris cum inferioribus est una. (8) Et sunt omnes insimul .35.; hic est {ergo} numerus coniunctionum ternariarum. 5 (1) {Si autem} scire voluerimus seu extrahereβ coniunctiones quaternarias, (2) incipiamus a Saturno, Iove {quidem}, et Marte cum ipso, (3) et quia oportet quod .3. coniungantur cum illo, erit principium coniunctionis .4., (4) que multiplices per .2. cum dimidio et eruntγ .10. (5) Postea erunt coniunctiones ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ Iovis cum aliis, et erunt primo .3., (6) multiplicentur per .2., et exibunt .6., et sunt .16. (7) Deinde incipiet Saturnus cum Marte, et erunt due, (8) multiplicentur per unum et dimidium, et erunt .3. (9) Post hec erit una coniunctio ⟨⟨…⟩⟩. (10) ⟨⟨…⟩⟩. (11) ⟨⟨…⟩⟩. (12) ⟨⟨…⟩⟩. (13) ⟨⟨…⟩⟩.

liber de mundo vel seculo

947

2 (1) There are {indeed} 120 conjunctions ⟨of the seven planets⟩, (2) whose number we can deduce in this manner: it is known that every number that is composed of one number with another, any one you wish,γ,1 may be calculated by the multiplication of itself by half of itself plus one-half.γ,2 (3) As an example, we want to know how much is the number which is accumulated from 1 to 20. (4) We multiply 20 by half its value, which is 10, plus one-half, and the number 210 will be accumulated.γ,3 3 (1) {Accordingly,} we begin {now} to testγ,1 how much is the number of double conjunctions, that is, if 2 stars are conjoined by themselves.γ,2 (2) {But} it is known that there are 7 planets,γ,3 {so} in this manner there will be 6 conjunctions of Saturn with the other planets. (3) {Therefore,} 6 is multiplied by half its value plus one-half, and there will beγ,4 21; {accordingly,} this is the number of double conjunctions. 4 (1) {And if} we want to know the ⟨number of⟩ triple conjunctions, (2) if we putγ,1 Jupiter with Saturn, and in addition with one of other 5 planets,γ,2 the number will go up to 5,γ,3 (3) which you should multiply by 3, which is half its value plus one-half, and 15 will be accumulatedγ,4 [i.e., 5*(5/2+1/2)]; {accordingly,} these are Saturn’s conjunctions. (4) Then, there will beγ,5 4 conjunctions of Jupiter, which you multiply by 2 plus onehalf, and 10 will be accumulatedγ,6 [i.e., 4*(4/2+ 1/2)]. (5) The conjunctions of Mars are three, which you multiply by 2, and there will beγ,7 be 6 [i.e., 3*(3/2+1/2)]. (6) {Moreover,} the conjunctions of the Sun are two, which you multiply by 1 plus one-half, and 3 is the result [i.e., 2*(2/2 + 1/2)]. (7) {But} there is one conjunction of Venus with the planets beneath it. (8) They are together 35 [i.e., 5+15+10+6+3+1]; {accordingly,} this is the number of triple conjunctions. 5 (1) {And if} we wish to know or calculateβ,1 the quadruple conjunctions, (2) we begin from Saturn, {also} Jupiter, and Mars with it, (3) and since it is necessary that 3 be conjoined with it, the beginning of the conjunction will be 4, (4) which you should multiply by 2½, and there will beγ,2 10 [i.e., 4*(4/2+1/2)]. (5) Afterwards there will be the conjunctions ⟨⟨of Saturn and⟩⟩ and Jupiter with the others, and there will be first three ⟨conjunctions⟩, (6) which are multiplied by 2 and the result is 6 [i.e., 3*(3/2 + 1/2)], and they are 16 [i.e., 10+6]. (7) Next Saturn begins with Mars, and there will be 2 ⟨conjunctions⟩, (8) ⟨which⟩ are multiplied by 1½, and there will be 3 [i.e., 2*(2/2+1/2)]. (9) Then there will be one conjunction, ⟨⟨and ⟨the partial sum for⟩ Saturn is 20 conjunctions [i.e., 10+6+3 + 1]⟩⟩. (10) ⟨⟨Now we have

948

part nine

(14) ⟨⟨…⟩⟩. (15) ⟨⟨…⟩⟩. (16) ⟨⟨…⟩⟩. (17) ⟨⟨…⟩⟩. (18) ⟨⟨…⟩⟩, erunt .4. coniunctiones. (19) Adhuc et coniunctio Solis cum inferioribus.γ (20) Et erunt per totum .35. coniunctiones quaternarie. 6 (1) Quod si extrahere voluerisγ coniunctiones quinarias, (2) nos inveniemus Saturno .15., Iovi .5., Marti .1. (3) Tunc erunt coniunctiones quinarie .21. (4) Coniunctiones {vero} senarie: Saturno sunt .6., Iovi una, et sunt .7. (5) Coniunctio {autem} septenaria non est nisi una. (6) {Tunc} {ergo} erunt omnes coniunctiones .120.γ (7) Et quarumlibet impar numerus qui per .7. dispartitur. Inquit translator: hic est itaque sermo Avenesre secundum quod iacet in Ebraico, sed visum est nobis aut truncatam fuisse litteram in exemplari aut salvis bene dictis eius doctrinam nimis confusam tradidisse et minus artificiosam. 7 (1) Coniunctio {autem} magna est Iovis cum Saturno in signo Arietis, quod est quia sunt stelle graves seu tarde.β (2) Et non significant super particularia,γ immo super communia.γ (3) Et quia signum Arietis est primum inter signa,γ idcirco vocatur hec “coniunctio magna.” (4) Et evenit circa .1000. annos, nam talis est eorum motus. 8 (1) Quod, postquam coniuncti fuerint in signo Arietis, coniunguntur {iterum} post .20. annos in signoγ triplicitatis Arietis, quod est signum Sagittarii, et ipsum est nonum a loco coniunctionis sue prime. (2) Et post .20. alios annos, coniunguntur {iterum} in signoγ eiusdem triplicitatis alio, quod est signum Leonis, quod est nonum a Sagittario. (3) Et post .60. annos a coniunctione prima, coniungunt se denuo in signo Arietis, in quo

liber de mundo vel seculo

949

Jupiter with three ⟨conjunctions⟩.⟩⟩ (11) ⟨⟨We multiply that by 2 and the result is 6 [i.e., 3*(3/2+1/2)].⟩⟩ (12) ⟨⟨Then come two ⟨conjunctions⟩.⟩⟩ (13) ⟨⟨We multiply that by 1½ and the result is 3 [i.e., 2*(2/2 + 1/2)].⟩⟩ (14) ⟨⟨Then comes one conjunction.⟩⟩ (15) ⟨⟨⟨The partial sum of⟩ Jupiter’s conjunctions is 10 [i.e., 6+3+1].⟩⟩ (16) ⟨⟨Then we have Mars with two ⟨conjunctions⟩.⟩⟩ (17) ⟨⟨We multiply that by 1½ and the result is 3 [i.e., 2*(2/2 + 1/2)].⟩⟩ (18) ⟨⟨Then comes one conjunction,⟩⟩ and there will be four conjunctions. (19) In addition, there is the conjunction of the Sun with the planets beneath it.γ,3 (20) And there will be altogether 35 quadruple conjunctions [i.e., 20+10+3+1+1]. 6 (1) And if you wishγ,1 to calculate the quintuple conjunctions, (2) we will find 15 for Saturn, 5 for Jupiter, and 1 for Mars. (3) Then there will be 21 quintuple conjunctions. (4) {Moreover,} the sextuple conjunctions are 6 for Saturn, 1 for Jupiter, and they are 7. (5) {But} there is only 1 septuple conjunction. (6) {Therefore,} all the conjunctions will then be 120γ,2 [i.e., 21 (2 planets) + 35 (3 planets) + 35 (4 planets) + 21 (5 planets) + 7 (6 planets) + 1 (7 planets)]. (7) And whichever of them3 is an odd number which is divisible by seven. The translator [Bate] says: This is therefore Ibn Ezra’s account according to what is stated in the Hebrew ⟨text⟩, but it seems to me that either the writing has been cut off in the ⟨manuscript⟩ copy or, while the words are sound and well, its sense has been transmitted in an exceedingly confused manner and with little skill. 7 (1) {And} the great conjunction is ⟨that⟩ of Saturn and Jupiter in Aries, and this is because they are heavy or slow planets.β,1 (2) They do not indicate particular things,γ,2 but on the contrary general things.γ,3 (3) Because Aries is the first among the signs,γ,4 hence it is called the “great conjunction.” (4) It happens approximately every thousand years, because their motion is like that. 8 (1) For, after they have conjoined in Aries, they conjoin {again} in the signγ,1 of the triplicity of Aries, which is the sign of Sagittarius, and it is the ninth ⟨sign⟩ from the place of their first conjunction. (2) After another twenty years, they conjoin {again} in the other signγ,2 of the same triplicity, which is the sign of Leo, which is the ninth ⟨sign⟩ from Sagittarius. (3) Sixty years after the first conjunction, they conjoin anew in the sign of Aries, in

950

part nine

inceperunt primo, nam ipse est nonus a Leone. (4) Ipsi {tamen} non se coniungunt in eodem gradu primo, sed circa quartam partem signi plus. 9 (1) Sicque faciunt usque ad finem .240. annorum aut .260., et coniungunt se in signis unius triplicitatisγ .12. vicibus aut .13. (2) Deinde exeunt a signis igneis ad signa terrea, que sibi continuantur. (3) Quando {autem} incipiunt hinc exire, tunc vocatur hec “coniunctio media.” (4) Et sic vadunt a triplicitate ad triplicitatem usque in finem .12. vicium vel .13. (5) Consequenter {vero} exeunt ad triplicitatem aeream, et deinde ad signa aquea, secundum modumγ quem dixi. (6) Et infra .1000. annosγ aut circiter, revertuntur ut coniungantur in Ariete. 10 (1) Coniunctio {vero} ipsorum de .20. in .20. annos in signisγ triplicitatis, quecumque sit, illa vocata est “coniunctio minor.” (2) Coniunctio {autem} magna significat super prophetam qui debet exsurgere ut faciat elevari gentem aliquam,γ si quidem coniunctioγ fuerit in nona domo, aut in tertia, respectu signi ascendentis in revolutione anni coniunctionis, nam hee due domus signa significant et mirabilia. 11 (1) Opinati sunt {autem} multi fore possibile sapienti ut signum inveniat ascendens in hora coniunctionis ⟨⟨…⟩⟩. (2) Et hoc quidem esse non potest propter duas causas.γ (3) Quarum una est quia locus Iovis et Saturni non est idem aut unius modiβ in omnibus tabulis sapientium experientie seu magistrorum probationum,β etiam si discordiam obmitteremus que inter Indosγ versatur et sapientes considerationum,γ que quidem nunc est fere .9. gradus. (4) Secunda causa est,γ dato quod verificatus esset nobis motus Saturniγ per motum equalem, adhuc et motus Iovisγ esset verusγ etiam per quascumque Indorum tabulas,γ non possemus {tamen} horam coniunctionis invenireγ propter tarditatemγ motus eorum duorum planetarum.γ (5) {Quinimmo,} si diem in qua coniungi deberentγ invenire possemus, hoc esset res magna. 12 (1) Adhuc {autem} superaddam ad explanandum magis. (2) Dicit quidem Ptholomeus: sapientes nostri temporisγ se iactant posse gradum ascendentem invenire ubicumqueγ in hora revolutionis anni, que est hora

liber de mundo vel seculo

951

which they first began, because it [Aries] is ⟨the⟩ ninth ⟨sign⟩ from Leo. (4) {Nevertheless,} they do not conjoin in the same first degree ⟨of Aries⟩ but approximately a quarter of the sign further on. 9 (1) They proceed in this manner until the end of 240 or 260 years, and they conjoin in the signs of one triplicityγ,1 12 or 13 times. (2) Next they depart from the fiery signs into the earthy signs, which are next to them. (3) {Indeed,} when they begin to depart form there [the fiery triplicity], it is then called the “middle conjunction.” (4) In this fashion they advance from triplicity to triplicity until the end of 12 or 13 times. (5) {Moreover,} they subsequently depart into the airy triplicity, and then to the watery signs, according to the modeγ,2 that I have mentioned. (6) And after less than or approximatelyγ,3 a thousand years, they again conjoin in Aries. 10 (1) {Moreover,} their conjunction every 20 years in the signsγ,1 of the triplicity, whichever it may be, is called the “small conjunction.” (2) A great conjunction, {however,} indicates a prophet who must arise in order to make some nation ascend,γ,2 if the conjunctionγ,3 is in the ninth house, or in the third, with respect to the sign of the ascendant at the revolution of the year of the conjunction, because these two houses indicate signs and wonders. 11 (1) Many think, {on the other hand,} that it is possible for a scholar to find the sign of the ascendant at the hour of the conjunction ⟨⟨of the upper planets⟩⟩. (2) But this cannot be, for two reasons.γ,1 (3) One of them is that the location of Saturn and Jupiter is not the same or in one mannerβ,2 in all the tables of the scholars of experience or of the masters of the observations,β,3 even if we ignore the disagreement that exists between the Indiansγ,4 and the scholars who rely on observations,γ,5 which is now of approximately 9 degrees. (4) The second reason is that,γ,6 supposing that Saturn’s motionγ,7 is proved to us to be its equal motion, and in addition ⟨supposing that⟩ Jupiter’s motionγ,8 is trueγ,9 even by any of the tables of the Indians,γ,10 we would {nevertheless} not be able to findγ,11 the moment of the conjunction because of the slownessγ,12 of these two planets’ motion.γ,13 (5) {Moreover,} if we can find the day on which they must conjoin,γ,14 this is a great thing. 12 (1) {But} besides I will add more to explain ⟨this⟩. (2) Ptolemy says: The scholars of our timeγ,1 boast that they can find the degree of the ascendant in any placeγ,2 at the moment of the revolution of the year, which

952

part nine

introitus Solis in signum Arietis. (3) Et ego dico quod non est mihi hoc possibile scire; {amplius} neque sciverunt hoc predecessores mei, neque post me venturi. 13 (1) Dicit Abraham, magister noster: et ego quidem exponam dictum Ptholomei.γ (2) Scito quod non est possibile homini scire quantitatem anni a principio quousque revertatur ad punctum sectionis duorum circulorum,γ qui sunt circulus signorum et circulus equalitatis. (3) Instrumenta quidem facta ad sciendum elevationem Solisγ in meredie, si essent bene composita et precise,β possent distingui per minuta et secunda.γ (4) Et iam diximus alias de magistris probationum,γ quod tria fecerunt instrumenta que distinxerunt per minuta, adhuc et acceperunt in eis secunda decem. (5) Quando {tamen} per hec acceperunt altitudinem Solis in meredie, erat inter eos differentia quasi duorum minutorum, et hoc quidem venit ex errore artificii. (6) Si {ergo} diceremus quod acciperetur umbra super terram, esset utique possibile errorem ibi accidere, tum ex parte terre si non esset plana, tum ex parte columpne, si non esset recta, tum ex parte situationis sue. (7) Et postquam res ita se habet, necesse habuerunt omnes astrorum sapientesγ facere considerationes tempore post tempus.γ (8) Dicit enim Abracan quod annus solaris est .365. ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ dierum et quarte unius et minus, nec scivit quantum erat illud minus. (9) Venit {autem} Ptholomeus post ipsum, et consideravitγ diem revolutionis anni et horam secundum viam propinquam, ⟨⟨…⟩⟩. Et hoc modo fecerunt reliqui magistri probationum, unus post alium, erantque semper uniuscuiusque considerationes a considerationibus reliquorum differentiam importantes. 14 (1) Sane concordati sunt in hoc omnes quod non est possibile hominem scire quando ingrediatur Sol in signum cuiusque regionisγ nisi sciatur quanta est latitudo loci, hoc est declinatioγ eius ab equali linea. (2) Ad quam quidem sciendam considerant ipsi quanta est elevatio Solisγ in meridie ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ in termino septentrionali, qui est principium Cancri. (3) {Consimiliter} quoque faciunt ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ in termino meridionali, qui est caput Capricorni. (4) Et postquam hoc sciverunt, possunt scire quanta est loci latitudo in gradibus et minutis, si quidem in manibus ipsorum esset arcus declinationis verus.γ (5) Nam aliqui sequentesγ dixerunt ipsum fore .24. graduum perfectorum. (6) Et Ptholomeus dicit quod est .23. graduum, et plus quam .45.

liber de mundo vel seculo

953

is the moment of the Sun’s entry into the sign of Aries. (3) But I say that it is not possible for me to know this; {besides,} neither did those who preceded me know this, nor those who will come after me. 13 (1) Abraham, our master, says: I will explain Ptolemy’s assertionγ,1 to you. (2) Know that is it impossible for a human being to know the length of the year from the beginning until it turns back to the point of intersection of the two circles,γ,2 which are the circle of the signs and the circle of equality [the equator]. (3) The instruments made to know the Sun’s elevationγ,3 at noon, if they are well done and accurate,γ,4 can be divided by minutes and seconds.γ,5 (4) We have already said other things about the masters of the observations,γ,6 that they made three instruments that were graduated in minutes, and besides they made out ten seconds on them. (5) {Nevertheless,} when they observed the Sun’s altitude at noon with them, there was a discrepancy between them of almost two minutes, and this comes from the inaccuracy of the craft. (6) {Accordingly,} if we say that a shadow on the Earth was observed, there may be an error there, either because of the Earth, if is not flat, or because of the stake, if it is not straight, or because of its position. (7) That being so, all the scholars of the starsγ,7 had to make observations, time after time.γ,8 (8) For Hipparchus says that the year of the Sun is 365 ⟨⟨whole⟩⟩ days plus a quarter of a day less ⟨a fraction⟩, and he did not know how much less. (9) {But} after him came Ptolemy, and he observedγ,9 the day and the minute of the revolution of the year according to an approximate method; ⟨⟨he proceeded as follows⟩⟩. The other masters of the observations,10 one after the other, proceeded in this manner, and there were always large differences between the observations of each of them and the observations of the others. 14 (1) Certainly, all agree that it is not possible for a man to know when the Sun enters the sign of any regionγ,1 unless the latitude of the place, that is, its declinationγ,2 with respect to the equal line [the equator], is known. (2) To know this they observe the Sun’s elevationγ,3 at noon ⟨⟨when it is⟩⟩ at the farthest point of the north, which is the beginning of Cancer. (3) {Similarly} they also do ⟨⟨this when it [the Sun] is⟩⟩ at the farthest point of the south, which is the beginning of Capricorn. (4) After they knew that, they can know how much is the latitude of the place in degrees and minutes, if the true arc of declination is indeed in their hands.γ,4 (5) For some followersγ,5 said that it will be 24 whole degrees. (6) Ptolemy says that it is 23 degrees,γ,6 and more than 45 minutes and less than 51. (7) And

954

part nine

minutorum et minus quam .51. (7) Nec potuit Ptholomeus huius scire veritatem. (8) Abracam {autem} dixit quod est .11. partium de .83. in toto circulo, et hoc est .23. et .51. (9) Sapientes {vero} Sarracenorum magis ingeniati suntγ quam illi omnes, concordat {enim} ipsorum scientia quod arcus declinationis est .23. .35., preter Yahagi filium Evi Manassour et Abraham Arzachel, qui magis ingeniati sunt quam omnes illi, dixerunt arcum declinationis esse .23. .33. (10) Postquam {ergo} scitur latitudo terre in gradibus et minutis,γ tunc accipitur elevatio Solisγ in meredie circa introitum eius in signum Arietis, et per hoc habetur illius scientia. 15 (1) Verbi gratia, si nos essemus in loco cuius latitudo esset .42. graduum et .30. minutorum. (2) Tunc esse deberet elevatioγ capitis Arietis, hoc est, elevatio Solis cum ingreditur caput Arietis,γ .47. graduum .30. minutorum. (3) Accipiamus {autem} elevationem Solisγ in meredie antequam intret Sol Arietem, et sit .47. .20. (4) {Iterum} accipiamus altitudinem Solisγ in meredie sequente, et est conveniens ut sit .47. .44., (5) cuius causa est quia declinatio Solis in una die, cum est circa principium signi Arietis,γ est .24. minutorum fere; {tunc} {igitur} pertinebit unicuique hore, tam noctis quam diei, minutum unum. (6) Iam {autem} diximus quod in die precedenti fuit altitudo Solisγ .47. .20., (7) et remanent .10. minuta ad perficiendum Arietis elevationemγ in loco nostro. (8) Tunc {ergo} scimus quod per .10. horas post merediem intrabit Sol principium Arietis,γ et hoc est post .4. horas noctis. 16 (1) Cum {autem} fuerit tempus prolongatum inter principium anni quod per considerationes invenit unus sapientium astronomieγ et inter id quod consideravit alius sequens illum, aggregabuntur secunda excrescentia que non potest homo per observationes precise distinguere, et ascendent ad minuta quousque diem perficiant; {tunc} {ergo} dividet sapiens posterior quantitatem temporis que fuit inter ipsum et priorem antiquum;β et sic extrahet motum Solis equalem. (2) Quod si prior aliquantulum erraverit, inveniretur error ille a posteriore, hic enim se sustentat super illum, nam aliud facere non potest.

liber de mundo vel seculo

955

Ptolemy could not know the truth of this. (8) {But} Hipparchus said that it is 11 parts of 83 [11⁄83] of the full circle, and this is 23 ⟨degrees⟩ and 51 ⟨minutes⟩. (9) {But} the scholars of the Saracensγ,7 were more cleverγ,8 than all these, {for} their science agrees that the arc of declination is 23 ⟨degrees⟩ and 35 ⟨minutes⟩, except Yaḥyā ben Abī Manṣūr and Abraham al-Zarqāl, who were even more cleverγ,9 than all these, and said that it is 23 ⟨degrees⟩ and 33 ⟨minutes⟩. (10) {Accordingly,} after the latitude of the country is known in degrees and minutes,γ,10 then the Sun’s elevationγ,11 at noon is taken around its entry into the sign of Aries, and it will be known from that. 15 (1) For example, if we are at a place whose latitude is 42 degrees and 30 minutes. (2) Then, the elevationγ at the head of Aries, that is, the Sun’s elevation when it enters the head of Aries,γ,1 should be 47 degrees and 30 minutes. (3) {But} we take the Sun’s elevationγ,2 at noon before the Sun enters Aries, and it is 47 ⟨degrees⟩ 20 ⟨minutes⟩. (4) {Again,} we take the Sun’s altitudeγ,3 at the following noon, and it is proper that it be 47 ⟨degrees⟩ 44 ⟨minutes⟩, (5) whose reason is that the Sun’s declination in one day, when it is around the beginning of Aries,γ,4 is approximately 24 minutes; {therefore} {at that time} one minute ⟨of arc⟩ corresponds to each hour, of the night as well as of the day. (6) {But} we have already said that the Sun’s altitudeγ,5 the previous day was 47 ⟨degrees⟩ 20 ⟨minutes⟩, (7) and 10 minutes remain to complete the altitude of Ariesγ,6 at our place. (8) {Therefore,} we know then that the Sun will enter the beginning of Ariesγ,7 10 hours after noon, and this is after four hours of the night [which formally begins at 6PM]. 16 (1) {But} when there is a long time between the beginning of the year which one of the scholars of astronomyγ,1 found by observations and that which was observed by another ⟨scholar⟩ who came after him, extra seconds that no one can discern by means of precise observations will be accumulated, and add up to minutes until they complete the day; {consequently} the later scholar will {then} divide the quantity of time which was between him [i.e., his observation] and the earlier ancientβ,2 ⟨scholar⟩; and in this manner he will extract the equal motion of the Sun. (2) So if the earlier ⟨scholar⟩ erred slightly, this error would be found in the later ⟨scholar⟩ [in the value of the later scholar], since here he relies on him [his predecessor], because he can do nothing else [he has no alternative].

956

part nine

17 (1) Et hoc modo invenit Ptholomeus, secundum proportionem sui temporis ad tempus Abracam, quod annus Solis defecit a .4a. superexcrescente una parte .300. partium in die, et fuit tempus inter ipsosγ .280. annis. (2) Dicit {autem} Ptholomeus quod aux Solis fuitγ in sexto gradu Geminorum; et sic fuit et erit semper, ut ipse dicit. (3) Post ipsum {vero} fuerunt consideratoresγ multi, non minores ipso in scientia, et invenerunt, in .720. annis qui fuerunt inter ipsos et Ptholomeum, .4. gradus in motu equali plus Ptholomeo. (4) Propter quod, tabule Ptholomei non valent hiis diebus. (5) Stupendum {autem} est de viro excellente,γ qui tabulas composuit secundum motum equalem Albategni, et dicit quod sunt tabule Ptholomei. (6) Preterea invenerunt consideratoresγ isti in suo tempore augem Solisγ super .22. gradus Geminorum. (7) Et {iterum} dixit Ptholomeus quod motus stellarum que sunt in orbe superiori est unius gradus in .100. annis; hii {vero} motum illum invenerunt in quibuslibet .100. annis unius gradus et dimidii. (8) {Nunc} {autem} sunt aliqui dicentes quod pretacta diminutio, que est a quarta diei in quolibet anno, est pars una de .106. in die; et sunt aliqui qui dicunt quod est pars una de .110. (9) Verificatio {autem} huius reiγ secundum nostrum tempus est una pars de .131. (10) Et nos quidem sustentati sumus super locum Solis secundum quod fuit tempore Azolphi, numquam enim percepimus quod aliquis sibi similis fuit consideratorγ in astronomicarum inventione numerationumγ ⟨⟨…⟩⟩. (11) Cui etiam concordatus est in hoc Abraham Arzachel,γ in cuius tempore non fuit sapiens qualis ipse. (12) Et hic in suo tempore consideravit locum Solis, concordatusque est cum hoc quod dixerat Azolphi. 18 (1) Probatum est {igitur} quod non est possibile hominem scire signum ascendens in revolutione anni. (2) Propter quod, dicit Ptholomeus, et sapientes Indorum, Egiptiorum, et Persarum, necnon et Doronius, quod semper aspiciendum est ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ ad coniunctionem luminarium vel oppositionem, queγ fuit ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ antequam Sol intraret signum Arietis, hoc enim satis convenienter certificareγ possumus, ita quod non erit ibi errorγ in quocumque loco voluerimus, et per hoc poterimus scire omnia seculi iudicia. (3) Quod quidem verum estγ {ideo}, quia duo luminaria significant super mundum magis quam planeteγ omnes, ipsa namque prepotentia sunt, et Antiqui omnes hoc concedunt.

liber de mundo vel seculo

957

17 (1) By this way, Ptolemy found, according to the proportion of his time with respect to the time of Hipparchus, that the year of the Sun is short one part of 300 parts of a day of the excess of a quarter ⟨of a day⟩; and the interval between themγ,1 was 280 years. (2) {But} Ptolemy says that the Sun’s apogeeγ,2 was at the sixth degree of Gemini; and so it was and so it would be forever, so he says. (3) {Moreover,} after him came many observers,γ,3 not inferior to him in science, and they found, in the 720 years which elapsed between them and Ptolemy, 4 more degrees in the equal motion than Ptolemy ⟨had⟩. (4) Therefore, Ptolemy’s tables are of no use in these days [i.e., today]. (5) {But} one must be astonished at that distinguished man,γ,4 who composed tables according to the equal motion of al-Battānī, and says that they are Ptolemy’s tables.5 (6) Besides, these observersγ found that the Sun’s apogeeγ,6 in their time was at 22 degrees of Gemini. (7) {Again,} Ptolemy said that the motion of the stars of the uppermost orb is one degree in one hundred years; {but} they found that this motion is one and a half degrees in any ⟨interval of⟩ one hundred years. (8) {But} there are {now} some ⟨observers⟩ saying that the aforementioned deficiency from one quarter of a day in any year, is one part in 106 parts of a day; and there are some ⟨observers⟩ who say that it is one part in 110 parts ⟨of a day⟩. (9) {But} the proof of this thingγ,7 according to our time is one part in 131 parts ⟨of a day⟩. (10) And we have relied on the place of the Sun according to what it was at the time of al-Ṣūfī, because we have never heard that there was an observerγ like him in reckoning of astronomical calculations,γ,8 ⟨⟨and he admitted this⟩⟩. (11) Ibrāhim alZarqāl, in whose time there was no scholar like him, agreed with him [al-Ṣūfī] regarding this.γ,9 (12) He [Ibrāhim al-Zarqāl] observed the Sun’s place in his time, and it was in agreement with what al-Ṣūfī said. 18 (1) {Accordingly,} it has been tested that it is not possible for a human being to know the sign of the ascendant at the revolution of the year. (2) Therefore, Ptolemy says, and the scholars of the Indians, Egyptians, and Persians, and also Dorotheus, that one must always observe the ⟨⟨moment of the⟩⟩ luminaries’ conjunction or opposition, whichγ,1 occurs ⟨⟨first⟩⟩ before the Sun enters the sign of Aries, for we can establishγ,2 this fairly accurately, so that there will not be an errorγ,3 in that matter in any place we wish, and through this we can know all the judgments of the world. (3) {Therefore,} this is true,γ,4 because the two luminaries indicate about the world more than all the planetsγ,5 ⟨do⟩, since they are the rulers; and all the Ancients concur in this.

958

part nine

19 (1) Dicit {igitur} Ptholomeus: considera si eclipseturγ Sol aut Luna, hinc {enim} poteris scire omnia accidentia que in illo evenient anno. (2) Ipse {vero} non se sustentat nisi super signum ascendens in hora coniunctionis luminarium, si fuerit eclipsatusγ Sol, aut super signum ascendens in hora oppositionis eorum, si quidem Luna fuerit eclipsata,γ quemadmodum posterius explanabo. 20 (1) Aspicias {itaque} in coniunctione magna ad signum ascendens in hora coniunctionis luminarium aut oppositionis eorum, utra earum fuerit ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ ante introitum Solis in signum Arietis. (2) {Item} aspice ascendensγ in hora coniunctionis luminarium aut oppositionis eorum antequam intret Sol principium quarte anniγ in qua erit illa coniunctio magna. (3) Rursus, aspice signum ascendens in hora coniunctionis luminarium aut oppositionis eorum, utra fuerit ante coniunctionem magnam illam, in mense scilicet in quo erit coniunctio. (4) Quod si fuerit coniunctio in signo Arietis, non erit necesse nisi unum ascendens extrahi solum.γ (5) Si {autem} in aliis quartis fuerit, aliquando necessarium erit adhuc unum trahi ascendens, et aliquando adhuc duo.γ (6) Et hoc ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ quidem si non fuerit coniunctio in primo signo quarte.γ 21 (1) In tempore {vero} coniunctionis aspiciendum est ad dispositionem Saturni et Iovis. (2) Et respice quis eorum propinquior fuerit loco sue augis aut eius opposito in circulo magnoγ cuius centrum a centro terre remotum est. (3) {Item} aspice quis eorum propinquior fuerit augiγ brevis circuli, qui est epiciclus; {adhuc} et utrum ambo fuerint directi in motu suo aut retrogradi; {amplius} et cuius latitudo septentrionalis vel meridiana, et quanta sit illa; {rursum} considera cui ipsorum sit dignitasγ in domo. (4) Et si inveneris quod Saturnus fuerit propinquior augi sueγ quam Iupiter; aut latitudo eius septentrionalis et Iovis meridiana; vel in ecliptica sit linea;γ aut sit latitudo Saturni septentrionalis magis quam que Iovis, etiam septentrionalis; aut Saturnus in ecliptica,γ ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ Iovis quidem meridiana; aut ambo quidem meridionales sint, latitudo {tamen} Saturni minor quam Iovis; insuper Saturnus sit in loco in quo dignitatemγ habuerit; tunc significat quod gens antiqua, locum inhabitans quemcumque, devicta non erit, neque de loco suo extracta.γ (5) Et propter naturam Saturni multiplicabuntur per mundum odia, rancores, turbationes,γ fames et infirmitatum species. (6) Quod

liber de mundo vel seculo

959

19 (1) {Therefore,} Ptolemy says: observe whether the Sun or the Moon is eclipsed,γ,1 {because} from this you can know all the events that will take place that year. (2) {Moreover,} he did not rely except on the ascendant sign at the moment of the luminaries’ conjunction, if the Sun is eclipsed,γ or on the ascendant sign at the moment of their opposition, if the Moon is eclipsed,γ as I shall explain later. 20 (1) {Therefore,} in a great conjunction, observe the ascendant sign at the moment of the luminaries’ conjunction or their opposition, whichever of them occurs ⟨⟨right⟩⟩ before the Sun’s entry into the sign of Aries. (2) {Likewise,} observe the ascendantγ,1 at the moment of the luminaries’ conjunction or their opposition before the Sun enters the beginning of the quarter of the yearγ,2 in which the great conjunction will occur. (3) In addition, observe the ascendant sign at the moment of the luminaries’ conjunction or of their opposition, whichever takes place before this great conjunction, namely, in the month in which the conjunction will take place. (4) But if the conjunction takes place in the sign of Aries, there is no need to extract except for only one ascendant.γ,3 (5) {But} if it takes place in the other quarters, sometimes it will be necessary to obtain another ascendant, and sometimes two ⟨more⟩.γ,4 (6) This ⟨⟨will happen⟩⟩ if the conjunction does not take place in the first sign of the quarter.γ,5 21 (1) {Moreover,} at the time of the conjunction one must observe the condition of Saturn and Jupiter. (2) Find out which of them is closer to its apogee or its opposite [perigee] on the great circleγ,1 whose center is distant from the center of the Earth. (3) {Likewise} observe which of them is closer to the apogeeγ,2 of the small circle, which is the epicycle; {in addition} whether both are direct in their motion or retrograde; {besides} the latitude of which of them is southern or northern, and how much [the latitude] it is; {besides,} observe which of them has dignityγ,3 in the house. (4) If you find that Saturn is closer to its apogeeγ than Jupiter ⟨is⟩; or that its latitude is northern and Jupiter’s southern; or that it is on the ecliptic line;γ,4 or Saturn’s northern latitude is greater than Jupiter’s, ⟨which is⟩ also northern; or that Saturn is on the eclipticγ,5 and ⟨⟨the latitude⟩⟩ of Jupiter is southern; or that both are southern {but} Saturn’s latitude is less than Jupiter’s; in addition, Saturn is in a place where it has dignity;γ,6 then it [Saturn] indicates that an ancient nation, whatever place it inhabits, will not be defeated, and will not be carried away from its place.γ,7 (5) Because of Saturn’s nature, hate, resentment, unrest,γ,8 famine and types of illnesses will be multiplied across the world. (6) But if Jupiter has all the powers we

960

part nine

si omnes hee fortitudines quas Saturno dedimus fuerint Iovi, tunc significabit hoc quod novum quodlibet fortificabitur super gentem antiquam, et mutabitur regnum de gente ad gentem. 22 (1) Secundum aspectum Martis erit effusio sanguinis. (2) Quod si orientalis fuerit cadent interfecti in habundantia,θ et si occidentalis erit metus et tribulatioγ maior quam occisio. (3) Quod si Venus ipsum aspexerit, quocumque aspectu, minuet eius malum. (4) {Porro} attendeγ semper ad diem coniunctionis, qualis scilicet sit aspectus stellarum ad illos, hoc est enim radixγ magna. (5) Nam si aspexerit Mars opposito aspectu aut quarto, tunc convertetur mundus in bellorum copiam. (6) Et si Venus, multiplicabitur coitus et lasciviaγ simul cum saturitate sine bellis (7) {Quod} si Luna in bono aspectuγ fuerit, tota gensγ erit in gaudio; erit {autem} res econtrario si ipsa cum altero maleficorum.γ 23 (1) Dicunt {autem} Persarum sapientesγ quod semper advertendum est ad partes firidarie,γ que quidem revertuntur secundum circulationemθ in quibuslibet .75. annis. (2) Est {autem} huius earum initium: Sol quidem servit primo .10. annis; et ipse servit solus per septimam sue firidarie seu partis;β in aliis {vero} septimis sue partis participant secum alii planeteγ secundum ordinem: Sol, Venus, Mercurius, Luna, Saturnus, Iupiter, Mars.γ (3) Deinde serviet Luna .9. annis, et erit solaγ per septimam sue partis, et in residuo participabunt sibi reliqui. (4) Deinde Caput Draconis .3. annis. (5) Deinde Iupiter .12. (6) Deinde Mercurius .13. (7) Et postea Saturnus .11. (8) Deinde Cauda .2. annis. (9) Deinde Mars .7. annis. (10) Deinde {autem} Venus .8. annis. (11) Rationem quidem horum annorumγ ignoro, sed rationem huius ordinisγ bene scio,γ propter quod scilicet hoc se habent modo: nam ipsi inceperunt has partes dispensare secundum computationem a signo Arietis, ille enim planeta cuius exaltatioγ prior fuerit, prius servit. (12) Ratio {itaque} annorum Veneris et Iovis nota est, nam tantus est suorum annorum numerus minorum; in termino {quidem} huius annorum numeri ad pristinum revertuntur fere gradum. 24 (1) {Igitur} si nosse volueris in hoc anno, qui est a creatione mundi secundum Iudeos .⟨4⟩908., ab incarnatione vero Domini .1147., quis utique sit prepotens sive almutazβ secundum Persarum computationem, scito

liber de mundo vel seculo

961

have given to Saturn, then it will indicate that some new ⟨nation⟩ will be stronger than an ancient nation, and that royal authority will pass from one nation to another. 22 (1) Bloodshed will be in accordance with Mars’s aspect. (2) But if it is oriental many will fall slain,θ,1 and if it is occidental, the dread and sufferingγ,2 will be greater than the slaughter. (3) But if Venus aspects it [Mars], in any aspect whatsoever, it [Venus] will decrease its [Mars’s] evil. (4) {Besides,} always pay attentionγ,3 to the day of the conjunction, namely, ⟨pay attention to⟩ which is the stars’ aspect to them [i.e., to Saturn and Jupiter], because this is a great root. (5) For if Mars aspects from an opposition aspect or quartile, then the world will be turned upside down by a multitude of wars. (6) And if Venus, sexual intercourse and wantonnessγ,4 will increase, together with abundance without wars. (7) {But} if the Moon is in a good aspect,γ,5 the entire nationγ,6 will rejoice; the opposite will happen, {however,} if it is with any of the malefics.γ,7 23 (1) {But} the scholars of the Persiansγ,1 say that one must always pay attention to the parts of al-fardār,γ,2 which come back according to the circular movementθ,3 every 75 years. (2) {But} whose beginning is of this ⟨manner⟩: the Sun serves first for 10 years; and it [the Sun] serves alone for one-seventh of its al-fardār or part;β,4 {moreover,} in the other sevenths of its part the other planetsγ,5 share with it according to the sequence: Sun, Venus, Mercury, Moon, Saturn, Jupiter, Mars.γ,6 (3) Next the Moon serves for nine years, and it will be aloneγ,7 for one-seventh of its part, and in the remainder the others will share with it. (4) Next, the Head of the Dragon for three years. (5) Next, Jupiter for 12 ⟨years⟩. (6) Next, Mercury for 13 ⟨years⟩. (7) Afterwards, Saturn for 11 ⟨years⟩. (8) Next, the Tail ⟨of the Dragon⟩ for two years. (9) Next, Mars for seven years. (10) {And} next, Venus for eight years. (11) I do not know the reason for their years,γ,8 but I well knowγ,9 the reason for this order,γ,10 namely, why they are arranged in this way: because they began to distribute these parts according to the count from the sign of Aries, for the planet whose exaltationγ,11 comes first, serves first. (12) {Accordingly,} the reason for the years of Venus and Jupiter is known, because of such size is the number of their least years; {indeed} at the end of this number of years they return approximately to their original degree. 24 (1) {Therefore,} If you wish to know in this year, which is ⟨4⟩908 from the creation of the world according to the Jews, in truth 1147 from the incarnation of the Lord, which ⟨planet⟩ is very powerful or al-mubtazzβ,1 according

962

part nine

quod de parte quidem Martis est annus quartus. (2) Quilibet {autem} est solusγ in septima sue partis, et participant secum in reliquis septimis reliqui planete. (3) {Porro} si loquens aliquis dicatγ quod ob hoc esse deberent quilibet .75. anni similes precedentibus, cum planeteγ et ipsorum participatores sunt uniformes, responsio hec est. (4) Scito quod hoc esse non potest secundum viam proportionisγ quod inveniatur unum ascendens cum habitudine proportionali ad ipsum, et fit proportio unius ad alterum uniformis seu equalis in perpetuum,γ etiam si mundus semper duraret. (5) Et hanc quidem rem perpendereγ potes, Saturnus enim multas habet diversitates,γ {tum} ex parte Solis, {tum} ex parte planetarum,γ {item} et ex parte stellarum superiorum, que moventur in quibuslibet .70. annis per unum gradum; quocirca proportionem non habebit utique quam prius habuit ad superiorum unam usqueγ ad .25000. annos. (6) Et non est quidem necesse in hoc sermonem protelare, etenim rememoratus est actor Libri Creationis: due lapides duas domos edificant, et .3. edificant .6., et .4. quidem edificant domos. 24., et infra et de .10. inantea exi et cogita hoc quod os loqui non posset nec auris percipere. (7) Quapropter esse non potest nativitas hominis que assimiletur nativitati alterius tamquam sibi. (8) Non enim est orbis stans secundum unum modum,γ nec umquam erit punctus hore quin renovetur proportio que non fuit sicut illa neque erit,γ et sapientes quidem arismeticiγ hoc noverunt. (1) Dicit translator: Quamquam multiplicatio numeri possit crescere in infinitum, revolutiones tamen corporum celestium finite sunt secundum speciem necessario, quemadmodum in alia parte philosophie demonstrari habet cum certitudine. (2) Quapropter necessarium est consimiles interdum redire constellationes, licet incomprehensibile sit a nobis tempus huiusmodi revolutionum propter intervallorum immensitatem. Et hoc forsan est quod hic innuit actor iste. (3) Non est autem opinandum quod propter multiplicem diversitatem motuum corporum celestium, possibile sit ipsos in revolutionibus quibuslibet non convenire seu communicare, quemadmodum est de lineis incommunicantibus, quas in decimo Elementorum, Euclides vocat irrationales sive surdas,β propter impotentiam communicandi. (4) “Omnia namque coordinata sunt,” ut testatur Philosophus .12°. Metaphysice. (5) Super quo dicit Com-

liber de mundo vel seculo

963

to the reckoning of the Persians, know that it is the fourth year of the part [i.e., al-fardār] of Mars. (2) {But} each one [planet] is aloneγ,2 for one seventh of its part [i.e., al-fardār], and the other planets participate with it in the remaining sevenths. (3) {Further,} if some speaker saysγ,3 that consequently every ⟨cycle of⟩ seventy-five years must be the same as the previous ones because the planetsγ,4 and their partners are uniform, the answer is this: (4) Know that it is impossible according to the method of proportionγ,5 for one ascendant to be found with a proportional relationship to it [the ascendant], and that the proportion of one to the other should be uniform or equal in perpetuity,γ,6 even if the world lasts forever. (5) You will be able to understandγ,7 this thing, because Saturn has many diversities,γ,8 {at one time} with respect to the Sun, {at another time} with respect to the planets,γ,9 and {likewise} with respect to the upper stars, which move one degree every 70 years; therefore it will certainly not have the proportion which it had with respect to one of the upper ⟨stars⟩ until afterγ,10 25,000 years. (6) There is no need to prolong this statement, because the author of the Book of Creation mentioned: “two stones build two houses, three build six ⟨houses⟩, four build 24 houses, and so on, and 10 on go and think what the mouth cannot utter nor the ear hear.” (7) Therefore, it is not possible for the nativity of one human to be the same as the nativity of another like him. (8) For the circle does not stay [i.e., remain] in one way,γ,11 and there will never be a point of time but that a proportion is renewed whose like has not been and will not be,γ,12 and the wise arithmeticiansγ,13 knew that. (1) The translator says: Although the multiplication of a number can increase to infinity, yet the revolutions of the celestial bodies are necessarily finite in species, as has been demonstrated with certitude in another part of philosophy. (2) Therefore, it is necessary that similar configurations of the stars sometimes return, even though the ⟨interval of the⟩ time of such revolutions is incomprehensible to us because of the enormity of these intervals. This is perhaps what this author hinted at. (3) One must not think, however, that, because of the manifold diversity of the motions of the celestial bodies, it is possible that they do not come together or have a relationship ⟨with one another⟩, in the same way as incommensurable lines, which, in the tenth ⟨book⟩ of the Elements, Euclid calls irrationals or surds,β because of their inability to have a relationship ⟨with one another⟩. (4) “For all things are coordinated,” as the Philosopher testifies in the twelfth book of the Metaphysics.14 (5) The Commentator

964

part nine

mentator quod “omnes actiones corporum celestium in communicatione eorum ad invicem in constitutione mundi sunt sicut actio liberorum in constitutione domus.” (6) Palam autem est etiam modicum consideranti circa hoc quod, si inter aliqua debet esse ordo sive communicatio, excellentius esse debet in divinis. (7) Quare absurdum esset opinari motus corporum superiorum irrationales esse sive surdos. (8) Et hoc est quod Pitagoras et alii Antiqui per musicam mundanam innuere voluerunt. (9) De qua similiter Plato in Thymeo et alii necnon, et Calchidius cum aliis philosophis infinitis. (10) Sed redeamus ad textum. 25 (1) Dicit quidem Messehalla: Si tu cognoveris signum terre,γ tu debes aspicere in revolutione anni coniunctionis qualiter aspiciant stelle signum illud, et qualiter est domino signi;γ et secundum quod videris sic iudicabis. (2) Nam si Mars aut Saturnus fuerit in aspectu quarto vel opposito ad signum terre,γ et non fuerit stella beneficaγ signum aspiciens, fueritque dominus signi combustus a Sole, aut fuerit in aliquo angulorumγ signi, una cum Saturno aut Marte, aut in aspectu quarto vel opposito cum ipsis, hoc significat super malum quod evenire debet illi terre,γ et maius malum si fuerit maleficusγ in ipso terre signo.γ (3) Quod si inveneris dominum signi terreγ in domo octava respectu signi terre,γ vel in duodecima vel in sexta, tunc morientur illi de terra illa et cadent in manus inimicorum suorum.θ (4) Si {autem} fuerit stella beneficaγ in signo ascendente cum una stella malefica,γ considera cui illarum sit fortitudo maior ex parte ascensus in orbe suo,γ {item} ex parte cinguli signorum,γ quemadmodum explanavi. (5) Et secundum quod videris, sic iudica. 26 (1) Ac {vero} scias quod Venus aufert nocumentum Martis per coniunctionem vel aspectum ita quod non apparebit nocumentum Martis preterquam in cogitationibus et verbis. (2) Et non est Veneris possibilitasγ auferre Saturni nocumentum; sed Iupiter sive in coniunctione sive in aspectu aufert nocumentum Saturni. (3) Hoc {autem} quod diximus sic est, dummodo non sit Venus aut Iupiter sub radiisγ Solis, nam si sic essent non valerent.γ (4) Dicit {quoque} Ptholomeus: non potest auferre Iupiter nocumentum Martis, quamvis sit altior, cum non sit Iovi cum Marte proportio conveniens quemadmodum est Veneri.

liber de mundo vel seculo

965

says about this that “all the actions of celestial bodies in their relations with one another are in the establishment of the world like the action of freemen in the establishment of a house.”15 (6) {But} it is evident even to someone considering these matters a little, that if there must be order or relationship between some things, this must be more excellent in divine things. (7) For which reason it is absurd to think that the motions of the superior bodies are irrational, or surd. (8) This is what Pythagoras and other Ancients wanted to suggest through the music of the world. (9) And similarly, on this matter, Plato in the Timaeus and also others, and Calcidius together with innumerable other philosophers.16 (10) But let us return to the text. 25 (1) Māshāʾallāh says: If you know the sign of the country,γ,1 you must look at the revolution of the year of the conjunction how the stars aspect this sign, and how it [i.e., the sign of the country] is to the lord of the sign;γ,2 and you will judge according to what you observe. (2) Because if Mars or Saturn is in quartile aspect or opposition to the sign of the country,γ,3 and no benefic starγ,4 is aspecting the sign, and the lord of the sign is burnt by the Sun, or if it is in one of the anglesγ,5 of the sign, and it is with Saturn or Mars, or in quartile aspect or opposition with them, this indicates the evil that must befall this country,γ,6 and worse if the maleficγ,7 is in the same sign of the country.γ,8 (3) But if you find the lord of the sign of the countryγ in the eighth house with respect to the sign of the country,γ or in the twelfth ⟨house⟩ or in the sixth ⟨house⟩, then those ⟨inhabitants⟩ of the country will die and fall into the hand of their foes.θ,9 (4) {But} if a benefic starγ,10 is in the ascendant sign together with a malefic star,γ,11 observe which of them has more power on account of its rise on its orbγ,12 {likewise} on account of the girdle of the signs,γ,13 as I have explained. (5) Judge according to what you observe. 26 (1) {Moreover,} know that Venus removes Mars’ harm by conjunction or aspect so that Mars’ harm will not be apparent except in thoughts and words. (2) Venus does not have the abilityγ,1 to remove Saturn’s harm; but Jupiter, either in conjunction or in aspect, removes Saturn’s harm. (3) {But} what we have said is in this way provided that Venus or Jupiter is not under the raysγ,2 of the Sun, because if they are in this way they will not have power.γ,3 (4) Ptolemy {also} says: Jupiter cannot remove Mars’ harm, even though it [Jupiter] is higher ⟨than Mars⟩, because the proportion of Jupiter to Mars is not as suitable as ⟨that of Jupiter⟩ to Venus.

966

part nine

27 (1) Caveas {autem} tibi ne obliviscaris aspicere ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ ad coniunctionem Martis cum Saturno in signo Cancri, quod est signum mundi. 28 (1) {Et consimiliter} debes respicere ad terram quamlibetγ qualiter disponantur stelle respectu sui signi. 29 (1) Ptholomeus quidem dicit: si acciderit eclipsisγ in anno quovis, considerare debemus ad horam eclipsis,γ et iuxta signum ascendens sic iudicandum est. (2) Et si eclipsatusγ fuerit Sol totus, tunc erit iudicium perfectum, et secundum eclipsationemγ eius sic de iudicio dare debemus. (3) Et hoc est verum,γ nam eclipsisγ hora est hora coniunctionis duorum luminarium veraciter, et non est ita de horis aliarum coniunctionum. (4) Iudicabimus {autem} hoc modo: nos considerare debemus ad locum coniunctionis. (5) Si fuerit in aliquo signorumγ que sunt secundum figuram hominis, et sint stelle beneficeγ aspicientes Solem et Lunam in coniunctione ipsorum, ⟨⟨…⟩⟩, hoc inquam significat sanitatem in corporibus filiorum hominum,θ et pacem, et transquillitatem inter eos. (6) {Quod} si fuerunt malificeγ cum luminaribus aut aspicientes ipsa, tunc erit res econtrario, egritudines scilicet et interfectiones magne erunt per mundum. (7) Si {vero} fuerit coniunctio in signis aqueis et aspiciant ipsam infortune,γ erit malum omni illi cuius natura est aquea, necnon et illis qui vadunt per mare.γ (8) Hoc {quoque} modo iudicare debes super greges minutarum {scilicet} bestiarum,γ si fuerit in Ariete; sed in Tauro super armentaγ magnarum, videlicet; in Leone {vero} super silvestres bestias. 30 (1) Dicit Ptholomeus: Si volueris scire tempus in quo apparebit perfectio rei seu status eiusβ et declinabit statim et minuetur,γ nos aspicere debemus ad locum eclipsisγ Solis et Lune, et videbimus in qua domorum sit de ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ domibus que sunt super terram. (2) Nam si fuerit in principio domus prime, erit illud in principio anni; et si fuerit in signo occumbente, erit illud in fine anni; et si in principio domus decime, erit in anni medio. (3) Et ut ad omne dicatur:γ tu dare debes cuilibet domui menses duos, et incipiendum est a gradu ascendente, sursum in retro. (4) Hec enim est intentioγ Ptholomei, sapientes {vero} antiquiores necnon et poste-

liber de mundo vel seculo

967

27 (1) {But} take care that you do not forget to observe ⟨⟨every 30 years⟩⟩ the conjunction of Saturn and Mars in the sign of Cancer, which is the sign of the world. 28 (1) {Similarly,} you must observe for whatever countryγ,1 how the stars are arranged with respect to its sign [the sign of the country]. 29 (1) Ptolemy says: if in some year an eclipseγ,1 takes place, we must observe the moment of the eclipse,γ,2 and the judgment should be pronounced in this way according to the ascendant sign. (2) If the Sun is totally eclipsed,γ then the judgment will be complete, and we must judge in this way according to its eclipse.γ (3) This is true,γ,3 because the moment of the eclipseγ is the moment of the true conjunction of the two luminaries, and this is not so for the moments of the other conjunctions. (4) {But} we will judge in this mode: we need to observe the place of the conjunction. (5) If it takes place in one of the signsγ,4 which are according to the form of a human being, and there are benefic starsγ aspecting the Sun and the Moon when they are in their conjunction, ⟨⟨and in a sign with a human form,⟩⟩ this, I say, indicates health in the bodies of the sons of menθ,5 [i.e., human beings], and peace, and tranquility among them. (6) {But} if maleficsγ,6 are with the luminaries or aspect them, then there will be the opposite, namely, diseases and great slaughter throughout the world. (7) {Moreover,} if the conjunction takes place in the watery signs and unfortunate ⟨stars⟩ aspect it,γ,7 evil will befall anyone whose nature is watery, and also those who travel by seaγ,8 [i.e., seafarers]. (8) You {also} need to judge in this mode, {namely,} regarding flocks of little beasts,γ,9 if it is in Aries; but in Taurus regarding herds of cattle,10 namely, of great ⟨animals⟩; {moreover,} in Leo regarding wild beasts. 30 (1) Ptolemy says: If you wish to know the time when the completion of the matter or its conditionβ,1 will appear, and ⟨then⟩ it will immediately decline and be reduced,γ,2 we need to observe the place of the solar or lunar eclipse,γ,3 and we will see in which of the ⟨⟨six⟩⟩ houses that are above the Earth it took place. (2) Because if it is at the beginning of the first house, this will be at the beginning of the year; and if it is at the setting sign, this will be at the end of the year; and if at the beginning of the tenth house, it will be in the middle of the year. (3) As may be said for everything:γ,4 you must assign two months to each house, and beginning from the degree of the ascendant, upwards backwards.5 (4) This is the meaningγ,6 of Ptolemy, {but} the earlier as well as the later scholarsγ,7 do not agree with

968

part nine

rioresγ cum ipso non consentiunt, in eclipsiγ enim Solis accipere debemus ad quamlibet horam equalemγ unum annum integrum, et secundum partes hore de anno proportionaliter accipere debemus; hoc {enim} modo se habebit res que significata fuerit a principio quidem usque ad finem secundum horarum esse, sive bene seu econtrario. (5) Magnitudo {vero} reiγ manifestabitur in termino medio,γ qui est hora coniunctionis vere, illius quidem que per tabulas accepta est, non illius que accepta fuerit secundum coniunctionem visibilem.γ (6) In eclipsi {vero} Lune dandum est cuilibet ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ hore mens unus, et mens quidem mea cum hiis consentit. 31 (1) Scito {itaque} quod Mercurius, si fuerit in domo alterius maleficorumγ et cum maleficis,γ propinquiusqueγ fuerit coniunctioni in hora eclipsisγ Solis aut aspexerit ab oppositoγ in hora eclipsisγ Lune, non est ita maleficusγ ut est ipse. (2) Stelle quidem benivoleγ in aspectu opposito in eclipsiγ Lune magis valentγ quam coniunctio in hora eclipsisγ Solis; infortuniaγ {vero} in oppositione magis ledunt quam in coniunctione, quia in coniunctione combusti sunt a Sole. 32 (1) Dicit Doronius Rex se invenisse in Libro secretorum Enoch quod precepitγ semper considerandum esse, in revolutione anni coniunctionis Saturni et Iovis, in coniunctione inquam magna sive media sive minori, ad loca planetarumγ in principio introitus Solis in Arietem, et respiciatur in quo signo cadit fortitudo duodenarie gradus planete malefici seu benefici.γ (2) Verbi gratia, invenimus Saturnum in Tauro super .14. gradus. (3) Dabimus {autem} quibuslibet duobus gradibus cum dimidio unum signum. (4) Et aggregabuntur in manu nostraθ .5. signa, et remanet adhuc nobis unus gradus et dimidius. (5) Dabimus {autem} cuiliber gradui .12. gradus, et exibit numerus usque ad .18. gradus Libre. (6) Cum {ergo} Saturnus sit maleficus,γ significabit quod malum accidet terre cuilibetγ cuius signum erit .18us. Libre, et dehinc supra, si enim esset terraγ de minoribus gradibus, non eveniret ei dampnum. (7) Et scito quod fortitudo duodenarie maiorγ est in coniunctione magna quam in media, et in media maior quam in minori, et in minori maior quam in revolutione cuiuslibet anni. (8) Si {autem} fuerit fortitudo duodenarie planete benivoli,γ eveniet terreγ bonum.

liber de mundo vel seculo

969

him, for in a solar eclipseγ we must take a whole year for every equal hour,γ,8 and we must take proportionally from the year according to the parts of the hour; {because} in this mode the indicated thing will take place from the beginning until its end according to the ⟨elapsed⟩ hours, whether for good or on the contrary. (5) {Moreover,} the greatness of the matterγ,9 will be made manifest at the middle wayγ,10 ⟨of the eclipse⟩, which is the moment of the true conjunction ⟨of the luminaries⟩, of the one taken from the ⟨astronomical⟩ tables, not of the one taken according to the visible conjunction.γ,11 (6) {Moreover,} regarding a lunar eclipse one must assign a month to every ⟨⟨equal⟩⟩ hour, and my opinion agrees with them. 31 (1) {Therefore,} know that Mercury, if it is in the house of one of the maleficsγ,1 and together with the malefics,γ and it [Mercury] is closerγ,2 to the conjunction at the moment of a solar eclipse,γ or aspects from oppositionγ,3 at the moment of a lunar eclipse,γ none is as maleficγ as it [Mercury] is. (2) The benevolent starsγ,4 ⟨that are⟩ in opposition aspect at a lunar eclipseγ have more powerγ,5 than a conjunction at the moment of a solar eclipse;γ {but} unfortunateγ,6 ⟨stars⟩ harm more in opposition than in conjunction, because in conjunction they are burnt by the Sun. 32 (1) King Dorotheus says that he found in the Book of Secrets by Enoch that he taughtγ,1 that one should always observe, at the revolution of the year of a Saturn-Jupiter conjunction, I say, at a great conjunction, or a middle, or a small ⟨conjunction⟩, the place of the planetsγ at the beginning of the Sun’s entry into in Aries, and ⟨that⟩ it should be observed in which sign the power of the duodenaria2 [twelfth] of the degree of a malefic or benefic planetγ,3 falls. (2) For example, we find Saturn at Taurus 14 degrees. (3) {And} we give one sign to every two and a half degrees. (4) And there will be summed in our handθ,4 five signs, and in addition one and a half degrees remain for us. (5) {But} we give to each degree ⟨of the remainder⟩ 12 degrees, and the number come out to Libra 18 degrees. (6) {Consequently,} because Saturn is malefic,γ,5 it will indicate that evil will befall any countryγ,6 whose sign is Libra 18 degrees, and from this place above ⟨in number of degrees⟩, because if the ⟨sign of the⟩ countryγ is of fewer degrees, no harm will happen to it. (7) Know that the power of the duodenaria [twelfth] is greaterγ,7 in a great conjunction than in a middle one, and in a middle ⟨conjunction⟩ greater than in a small ⟨one⟩, and in a small ⟨conjunction⟩ greater than at the revolution of any year. (8) {But} if the power of the duodenaria [twelfth] belongs to a benefic planet,γ8 good will come to the country.γ

970

part nine

33 (1) Quod si coniungantur due fortitudines, malefici quidem planete et benefici,γ in signo terre cuiusvis,γ considera quis eorum est fortior, et eius {utique} fortitudo se magis ostendet quam alterius. (2) Qui {autem} horum sub radiisγ Solis fuerit, nichil habet fortitudinis; {item} qui in domo cadente fuerit respectu signi terre,γ consimiliter fortitudinem non habebit. (3) Amplius neque ille qui fuerit in domo sui casusγ aut sui detrimenti,γ aut si sit retrogradus; rursus considerare debes in quolibet anno, et precipue in anno coniunctionis, nam quidquid ille signaverit, fortius est. 34 (1) Si inquam dominum signi terreγ in septima domo inveneris, significat hoc quod bella erunt super terram illam, et eo magis si Mars aspiciat. (2) Quod si de planetisγ superioribus fuerit dominus signi, non debes malum iudicare super terram illam, sed iudicabis quod cadet in angustiam et distractionemγ et non magis. (3) {Nisi} retrogradus fuerit, tunc {enim} debilitaretur eius fortitudo, et eo peius si fuerit sub radiisγ combustionis. (4) Si {autem} fuerit dominus domus septime in ascendente signo, iudica quod ipsi inimicos vincent, et eo magis si de inferioribus fuerit planetis.γ (5) Si {vero} fuerit connexio inter dominum signi terreγ et inter dominum domus septime ab ipso, respice si sint in coniunctione aut si inter ipsos sit aspectus. (6) Et considera quis eorum sit fortior secundum quod rememoratus sum in Libro electionum, et sic iudica. (7) Debes {autem} iudicare secundum aspectus, si enim inter eos fuerit aspectus inimicitie, qui est aspectus quartus, vel oppositus, renovabuntur bella inter illos, et si aspectus amicitie,γ erit inter eos pax. 35 (1) {Quod} si alter maleficorum fuerit in uno angulorum signi terre,γ erit hoc mala significatio terre,γ consimiliter {quoque} iudicare debes. (2) Si fuerit in signo ascendente, significat {enim} hoc malum hominibus terreγ in corporibus suis. (3) {Quod} si fuerit in domo decima, significat malum evenire regi suo. (4) Et si in septima, significat hoc malum quod eveniet incolis terre illius,γ necnon et debellantibus ipsam seu impugnantibus.β (5) Et si in quarta, significat hoc destructionem ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ agrorum et vinearum. (6) {Quod} si fuerit stella beneficaγ in uno angulorum,γ iudica ad bonum. (7) Si {autem} fuerit in angulisγ beneficus et maleficus,γ considera quis eorum fortior fuerit, et fortitudo sua se manifestabit magis.

liber de mundo vel seculo

971

33 (1) If two powers are joined, to a malefic and a benefic planet,γ,1 in the sign of any country,γ,2 observe which of them is stronger, and {indeed} its power will be shown more than ⟨the power⟩ of the other. (2) {But} the one of them which is under the raysγ,3 of the Sun has no power; {likewise,} the one which is in a cadent house with respect to the sign of a countryγ has similarly no power. (3) Further, not even one which is in the house of its fallγ,4 [dejection] or its detriment,γ,5 or if it is retrograde ⟨has power⟩; in addition, you must observe in any year, and particularly in the year of a conjunction, because whatever it indicates will be stronger. 34 (1) If, I say, you find the lord of the sign of the countryγ in the seventh house, it indicates that there will be wars against this country, particularly if Mars aspects ⟨it⟩. (2) But if the lord of the sign ⟨of the country⟩ is one of the upper planets,γ,1 do not judge evil about this country, but judge only that it will fall in distress and distraction,γ,2 and nothing more. (3) {Except if} it is retrograde, {because} then its power will be weakened, and this is particularly bad if it is under the raysγ,3 of burning. (4) {But} if the lord of the seventh house is in the ascendant sign, judge that they [the inhabitants of the country] will be victorious over their enemies, particularly if it [the lord of the seventh house] is one of the lower planets.γ,4 (5) {Moreover,} if there is a connection between the lord of the sign of the countryγ and the lord of the seventh house from it, observe whether they are in conjunction or whether there is an aspect between them. (6) Also determine which of them is the stronger, as I mentioned in the Book of Elections, and judge in this way.5 (7) {But} you must judge according to the aspects, because if they are in an aspect of enmity, which is the quartile aspect, or opposition, there will be new wars between them; and if in an aspect of friendship,γ,6 there will be peace between them. 35 (1) {But} if one of the malefics is in one of the angles of the sign of the country,1 this is a bad signification for the country,γ and you must {also} judge similarly. (2) If it is in the ascendant sign, it indicates evil {indeed} for the people of the countryγ in their bodies. (3) {But} if it is in the tenth house, it indicates evil that will happen to its king. (4) If it is in the seventh ⟨house⟩, it indicates evil that will happen to the inhabitants of this country,γ,2 and also to those fighting or attacking it.β,3 (5) If in the fourth ⟨house,⟩ it indicates destruction of ⟨⟨its⟩⟩ fields and vineyards. (6) {But} if a benefic starγ,4 is in one of the angles,γ,5 judge for good. (7) {But} if there is a benefic and a maleficγ,6 ⟨planet⟩ in the angles, observe which of them is stronger, and its power will be more manifest.

972

part nine

36 (1) Dicitγ quidem Enoch antiquus, id est Hermes, quod Saturnus significat super senes et agricolas; et Iupiter super iudices et religiosos; Mars {vero} super principes et homines bellicosos; Sol {autem} super reges; et Venus super mulieres ⟨⟨…⟩⟩; Mercurius super sapientes et scribas et iuvenes; {demum} Luna super communitatem humanam.γ (2) Secundum {autem} quod fuerint in revolutione anni fortes aut debiles, sic erit de illo super quod significatio erit. 37 (1) Ait {quoque} Enoch Egiptius quod stella Iovis cum signo Arietis significat super terram Adainγ et Persiam; Saturnus cum Libra significat super terram Edom sive Ydumeorum,β id est Christianorum; Mercurius cum Capricorno super terram Indorum;γ Venus cum Scorpione super terram Arabum;γ Mars cum Leone super terram Bargan; Sol cum Aquario super terram Canaan ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ et Egiptum; et Luna cum Virgine super terram Corasten.γ (2) Secundum {igitur} stelle dispositionem et eius fortitudinem, ac secundum dispositionem signi in revolutione anni, sic erunt dispositiones terre cuiuslibet.γ 38 (1) Signa quidem terrarum non cognoscimus nisi pauca. (2) Baudas,γ signum eius .21. gradus Cancri. (3) Egiptus, signum eius .5us. gradus Tauri. (4) Almaharia,γ signum eius .3us. Leonis. (5) Zavila, .15. gradus Virginis. (6) Tunizium .4us. Virginis. (7) Panormi, primus gradus Leonis. (8) Roma, .15. Leonis. (9) Pise, .3us. Aquarii. (10) Brindisium,γ Pisces. (11) ⟨⟨…⟩⟩. (12) Cesaraugusta,γ .6us. Arietis. (13) Almarie,γ .20us. Libre. (14) Valencia, .6us. Scorpionis. (15) Corduba, .22. Geminorum. (16) Hyspalisγ .7us. Piscium. (17) Granata,γ .10us. Cancri. (18) Ulsania,γ .7us. Tauri. (19) Vicinia Dexalen,γ .6us. Capricorni. (20) Bourgieγ ⟨⟨…⟩⟩. (21) Et Vicinie de Meska,γ Taurus ⟨⟨…⟩⟩. (22) Gabiz,γ .2us. Piscium. (23) Alcaroan,γ .15. Cancri. (24) Hoc {igitur} modo inveniuntur hec scripta in libris.γ 39 (1) Considerandum est in qualibet coniunctione, sive magna sive media sive minori, ad locum Martis; quod si fuerit cum Saturno vel Iove in anni revolutione, aut in aspectu opposito vel in quarto cum ipsis, tunc renovabuntur bella per mundum, (2) Et hoc erit quando perveniet signum coniunctionis ad locum Martis. (3) Dabo tibi exemplum: ponamus quod in revolutione anni sit Iupiter in .10. gradu Tauri, et Saturnus in .13., Mars {vero}

liber de mundo vel seculo

973

36 (1) Enoch, the Ancient, that is, Hermes, saysγ,1 that Saturn indicates about the elderly and farmers; Jupiter about judges and clerics; {moreover,} Mars about princes and warriors; {but} the Sun about kings; Venus about women ⟨⟨and eunuchs⟩⟩; Mercury about scholars, scribes, and young people; {finally} the Moon about the human community.γ,2 (2) {But} according to whether they will be strong or weak at the revolution of the year, the signification about it will be that way. 37 (1) Enoch the Egyptian {also} says that the star Jupiter with the sign of Aries indicates the land of Adainγ,1 and Persia; Saturn with Libra indicates the land of Edom or of the Idumeans,β,2 that is, the Christians; Mercury with Capricorn, the land of the Indians;γ,3 Venus with Scorpio, the land of the Arabs;γ,4 Mars with Leo, the land of Bargan; the Sun with Aquarius, the land of Canaan, ⟨⟨Greece⟩⟩, and Egypt; and the Moon with Virgo, the land of Corasten.γ,5 (2) {Therefore,} according to the condition of the star and its power, and according to the condition of the sign at the revolution of the year, the conditions of any countryγ,6 will be this way. 38 (1) We know only a few signs of the countries.γ,1 (2) Baudas,γ,2 its sign is Cancer 21 degrees. (3) Egypt, its sign is Taurus 5 degrees. (4) Almaharia,γ,3 its sign is Leo 3 degrees. (5) Zavila, Virgo 15 degrees. (6) Tunis, Virgo 4 degrees. (7) Palermo, first degree of Leo. (8) Rome, Leo 15 degrees. (9) Pisa, Aquarius 3 degrees. (10) Brindisi,γ,4 Pisces. (11) ⟨⟨Narbonne, Aquarius⟩⟩. (12) Cesaraugustaγ,5 [i.e., Saragossa], Aries 6 degrees. (13) Almarie,γ,6 Libra 20 degrees. (14) Valencia, Scorpio 6 degrees. (15) Cordoba, Gemini 22 degrees. (16) Hispalisγ,7 [i.e., Seville], Pisces 7 degrees. (17) Granataγ,8 [i.e., Granada], Cancer 10 degrees. (18) Ulsaniaγ,9 [i.e., Lucena], Taurus 7 degrees. (19) The areas around Dexalen,γ,10 Capricorn 6 degrees. (20) Bourjieγ,11 [i.e., Béjaïa], ⟨⟨Gemini 7 degrees⟩⟩. (21) The area of Meska,γ,12 Taurus ⟨⟨10 degrees⟩⟩. (22) Gabesγ,13 [i.e., Gabès], Pisces 2 degrees. (23) Alcaroanγ,14 [i.e., Kairouan], Cancer 15 degrees. (24) These were {accordingly} written in booksγ,15 in this manner. 39 (1) One must observe in any conjunction, whether great, middle, or small, the place of Mars; for if it [Mars] is with Saturn or Jupiter at the revolution of the year, or in opposition aspect or quartile to them, then new wars will break out throughout the world. (2) This will occur when the sign of the conjunction reaches the place of Mars. (3) I will give you an example: let us suppose that at the revolution of the year Jupiter is at Taurus 10 degrees, and Saturn at ⟨Taurus⟩ 13 degrees, {moreover,} Mars at Aries 26

974

part nine

in Ariete super .26. gradus, et coniunctio sit super .14. Tauri; (4) Demus {ergo} cuilibet signo annum unum, et tunc in anno .12o. perveniet signum ad locum Martis. (5) Iam {autem} diximus quod fuit super .26. Arietis; tunc {ergo} principium anni incipit in .14o. Arietis. (6) {Modo} queramus que est proportio .12. ad .30., et sunt due quinte. (7) Post {igitur} duas quintas anni .12i. coniunctionis Saturni et Iovis minoris erit occisio magna in terraγ qualibet cuius signum .26. Arietis, aut unus angulorumγ eius. (8) {Consimiliter} quoque debemus aspicere in revolutione anni ad sciendumγ loca planetarum, qualiter videlicet ipsi aspiciant signum Arietis, quod est signum profectionis.γ (9) Et hoc modo iudicabimus si fuerunt boni aut mali. 40 (1) Omnes quidem sapientes astrorumγ dicunt quod signa ignea et aerea significant caristiam frumenti, et malum quod eveniet et famen que debet esseγ per mundum, et eo magis in signis terrarum que se coniungunt ibi. (2) Signa {vero} terrea et aquea significant saturitatem magnam, habundantiamβ atque vilificationem seu parvipensionem.β (3) {Eodem modo} debes aspicere in revolutione cuiuslibet anni si sint ambo, Saturnus scilicet et Iupiter, in signis caris,γ ipsi {enim} significabunt super caristiam, et econtrario si sint in aliis. 41 (1) Messehalla ait: semper considerandum esse in principio anni ad locum Lune in hora qua separatur a coniunctione Solis seu oppositione, utra earum fuerit ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ ante introitum Solis in Arietem. (2) Et si ipsa se coniungat cum stella malefica,γ aut malum cum ipsa aspectum habeat, hoc significat malum in mundo; et si bonum, significabit hoc super bonum. (3) Saturnus {vero} significat infirmitates et rancores pro nichilo evenientes,γ turbationes,γ locorum destructiones, et navium submersiones. (4) Iupiter {vero} significat pacem, et bladi copiam, transquillitatem, {quoque} et confidentiam.γ (5) Mars {autem} super bella, et pugnas,γ et motus de loco ad locum. (6) Ac Venus significat quod augmentari debent per mundum concupiscentie et delectationes, magisque in quolibet loco in quo dominium habuerit, aut fuerit signum in quo est Venus signum loci illius.γ (7) Mercurius {vero} significat super inquisitionem scientie, et officiaγ scribarum et sapientium ac {etiam} mercatorum.

liber de mundo vel seculo

975

degrees, and that the conjunction ⟨of Saturn and Jupiter⟩ occurs at Taurus 14 degrees. (4) {Therefore,} we assign one year to each sign, and then in the twelfth year the sign reaches the place of Mars. (5) {But} we already said that it was at Aries 26 degrees; {therefore,} the beginning of the year then occurs at Aries 14 degrees. (6) {Now} we try to find which is the proportion of 12 to 30, and it is two fifths. (7) {Therefore,} after two fifths of the twelfth year after the small conjunction of Saturn and Jupiter there will be a great slaughter in every countryγ whose sign is Aries 26 ⟨degrees⟩, or one of its angles.γ,1 (8) {Similarly,} we must also observe at the revolution of the year to knowγ,2 the place of the planets,γ,3 namely, how they aspect the sign of Aries, which is the sign of profection.γ,4 (9) We will judge in this manner if they are good or bad ⟨planets⟩. 40 (1) All the scholars of the starsγ,1 say that the fiery and airy signs indicate a high price of wheat, and evil that will happen, and famine that must beγ,2 across the world, and particularly in the signs of the countries where they [Saturn and Jupiter] conjoin. (2) {Moreover,} the earthy and watery signs indicate great satiety, abundance,β,3 and lowering of price or reducing payment.β,4 (3) {In the same manner,} you must observe at the revolution of any year whether both, namely, Saturn and Jupiter, are in the costlyγ,5 signs, {because} they will indicate high prices, and the opposite if they are in the other ⟨signs⟩. 41 (1) Māshāʾallāh says: one must always observe at the beginning of the year the place of the Moon at the moment it separates from conjunction with the Sun or from opposition ⟨with it⟩, whichever happens ⟨⟨first⟩⟩ before the Sun’s entry into Aries. (2) If it [the Moon] conjoins a malefic star,γ,1 or forms a bad aspect with it [the malefic star], this indicates evil in the world; but if a good ⟨aspect⟩, this will indicate good. (3) {Moreover,} Saturn indicates diseases, and resentment coming from nothing,γ,2 unrest,γ,3 destructions of places, and sinking of ships. (4) {Moreover,} Jupiter indicates peace, abundant grain, tranquility, and {also} confidence.γ,4 (5) {But} Mars ⟨indicates⟩ wars, battles,γ,5 and movement from place to place. (6) And Venus indicates that desires and delights will increase in the world, particularly in any place over which it [Venus] has dominion, or ⟨when⟩ the sign in which Venus is found is the sign of this place.γ,6 (7) {Moreover,} Mercury indicates the quest for wisdom, and the professions ofγ,7 scribes, scholars, and {also} merchants.

976

part nine

42 (1) {Item,} inquit Messehalla: nos considerare debemus ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ in qualibet coniunctione, sive magna sive media sive minori, adhuc et in revolutione cuiuslibet anni, ad signum ascendens in hora coniunctionis luminarium seu oppositionis, que fuerit in quolibet loco,γ antequam ingrediatur Sol signum Arietis, hoc enim est radixγ magna. (2) Et debes aspicere ad dominumγ signi ascendentis in hora coniunctionis vel oppositionis, et almutazγ quidem est ille qui dignitatemγ habet in loco, dummodo ipsum aspiciat. (3) Quod si invenerimus almutaz vel dominumβ in anguloγ primo vel in .10o., significat hoc magnam frumenti caristiam seu bladiβ in terra illa,γ et eo gravius si fuerit auctus in cursu suo, id est,γ quod vadat plus motu suo medio,γ si namque motu suo medioγ minus moveatur, aut si fuerit retrogradus, minuetur caristia de die in diem. (4) Idem quoque est iudicum si dederit vim sive fortitudinem suamβ planete,γ qui in uno dictorum fuerit angulorum.γ (5) {Quod} si in uno reliquorum fuerit angulorum,γ res erit mediocris, et consimiliter in angulorum succedentibus; in cadentibus {vero} vilis erit. (6) Si {autem} fuerit almutaz combustus a Sole, eveniet blado detrimentum seu impedimentum.β (7) Et si fuerit in uno angulorum,γ tunc erit detrimentum maius; in cadentibus {vero} erit parvum. (8) Hoc {igitur} modo facias quolibet anno necnon et quolibet mense. 43 (1) Messehalla quidem asserit:γ locum coniunctionis significare super oleum olive, sic enim expertus est ipse. (2) Et tu quidem aspicere debes ad almutazγ loci coniunctionis, et secundum quod videris sic iudica, quemadmodum iudicasti secundum almutazγ super bladum. (3) Et scito quod si fuerit almutazγ in domo exaltationis sue,γ erit res carior, minus {autem} si fuerit in domo sua. (4) {Quod} si sit in domo sui casus,γ erit vilificatio maxima, si {autem} in domo sui detrimenti, erit vilificatio non {tamen} tanta qualis prior. 44 (1) Dicit Iacob Alkindi in Libro Revolutionum:γ aspice, priusquam Sol intret signum ⟨⟨…⟩⟩, coniunctionem luminarium vel oppositionem, utra earum fuerit ante. (2) Et si ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ fuerit signum ascendens de signis pluvie,γ hoc significat super pluviam que descendet in illa coniunctione vel oppositione, et eo magis si locus coniunctionis vel oppositionis fuerit in uno angulorumγ ascendentis in illo tempore, secundum latitudinem regionisγ

liber de mundo vel seculo

977

42 (1) {Likewise,} Māshāʾallāh says: in any conjunction, whether great or middle or small, and also at the revolution of any year, we must ⟨⟨always⟩⟩ observe the ascendant sign at the moment of the conjunction or opposition of the luminaries, which happens in any placeγ,1 before the Sun enters the sign of Aries, because this is a great root.γ,2 (2) You must observe the lordγ,3 of the ascendant sign at the moment of the conjunction or opposition, and al-mubtazzγ,4 is the one which has dignityγ,5 in the place, provided that it [al-mubtazz] aspects it [the sign of the ascendant]. (3) But if we find al-mubtazz or the lordβ,6 in the first angleγ,7 or the tenth, this indicates a very high price for wheat or grainβ,8 in this country,γ,9 and it is even more serious if it [the lord] is increasing in its motion, that is,γ,10 it advances more than its mean motion,γ,11 because if it moves less than its mean motion,γ or is retrograde, the high prices will decrease from day to day. (4) The same judgment applies if it [the lord] gives its power or strengthβ,12 to a planetγ,13 that is in one of the aforementioned angles.γ (5) {But} if it [the lord] is in one of the other angles,γ the matter will be intermediate, and similarly in the succedent to the angles; {moreover,} in the cadent ⟨from the angles⟩ it will be cheap. (6) If al-mubtazzγ,14 is burnt by the Sun, {however,} damage or harmβ,15 will happen to the grain. (7) If it [al-mubtazz] is in one of the angles,γ the damage will be greater, {but} in the cadent ⟨from the angles⟩, ⟨the damage⟩ will be small. (8) {Therefore,} proceed in this manner every year and also every month. 43 (1) Māshāʾallāh asserts:γ,1 the place of the conjunction indicates about olive oil, because he verified this experimentally. (2) And you must observe al-mubtazzγ,2 of the place of the conjunction, and judge according to what you see, just as you judged about grain according to al-mubtazz.γ (3) Know that if al-mubtazzγ is in the house of its exaltation,γ,3 the thing will be more expensive, {but} less so if it is in its house. (4) {But} if it is in the house of its fallγ,4 [dejection], the lowering of price will be the greatest; if in the house of its detriment,5 {however,} there will be lowering of price, {however} not as much as in the previous case. 44 (1) Yaʿqub al-Kindī says in the Book of the Revolutions:γ,1 observe, before the Sun enters the sign ⟨⟨of Aries⟩⟩, the conjunction of the luminaries or opposition, which of them occurs before ⟨then⟩. (2) If ⟨⟨you find that⟩⟩ the sign of the ascendant is ⟨one⟩ of the signs of rain,γ,2 this indicates rain that will fall at this conjunction or opposition, particularly if the place of the conjunction or opposition is in one of the anglesγ of the ascendant at this time, according to the latitude of the regionγ,3 for which

978

part nine

ad quam luminaria equaveris.γ (3) {Quod} si locus coniunctionis vel oppositionis fuerit in una domorum cadentium, iudica quod non descendet pluvia in toto mense illo, neque in maiori parte illius anni. (4) Si {autem} signum ascendens fuerit de signis aqueis et dominus signi ipsum aspiciat, hoc est significatioγ perfecta super descensionem pluvie; et si fuerit almutazγ in ascendente, tunc erit magis et magis. (5) Si {vero} fuerit almutazγ cum luminaribus, tunc erit pluvia usque ad habundantiam. (6) {Quod} si volueris scire diem in qua descendet pluvia, tu debes considerare diem in qua perveniet Luna ad gradum ascendentem, tunc {enim} descendet pluvia. 45 (1) Et ego Abraham dico quod verum estγ si fuerit signum ascendens unus angulorumγ signi terre,γ vel si aspiciat ipsum, quocumque aspectu, nam si non esset ita, consisterent quidem nubes et non descenderet pluvia. (2) {Adhuc} inquit Alplaton in Libro suo De pluviis; hoc expertum esse. 46 (1) Scito quod planeteγ retrogradi significant super pluviam, et eo magis inferiores qui sunt sub Sole, et eo magis si fuerint, sive inferiores sive superiores, in signis femininis. (2) {Et iterum} est testimonium magis clarum si signum fuerit de frigidis, sive terreis sive aqueis. (3) Signum {vero} Aquarii significat super aquas propter stellas que Effusor appellantur ⟨⟨…⟩⟩. (4) Adhuc et signum Leonis significat super aquas propter figuram navis que existit ibi. 47 (1) Aventaratγ {autem} ait: semper dominus septime domus planete superiorisγ est sibi clavis, id est, portarum apertio. (2) Claves {itaque} Saturni sunt luminaria, domus enim ipsius sunt in opposito domorum luminarium;γ quocirca si coniungatur Luna aut dederit vim suam Saturno, in quacumque coniunctione aut oppositione fuerit cum Sole, scito quod in illo mense descendet pluvia. (3) Poteris {quoque} scire diem in qua descendet, computabis enim gradus equalesγ qui fuerunt inter locum coniunctionis aut oppositionis et locum aspectus Saturni precise completi seu perfecti;β et quando perficietur numerus illorum dierum, secundum quem dabis cuilibet gradui diem unum, tunc descendet pluvia. (4) Et magis est testimonium clarum si contingat quod sit Luna in illo die super unam suarum clavium.

liber de mundo vel seculo

979

you equateγ,4 [correct] the luminaries. (3) {But} if the place of conjunction or opposition happens to be in one of the cadent houses, judge that rain will not fall during the entire month, nor in the greater part of this year. (4) {But} if the ascendant sign is one of the watery signs and the lord of the sign aspects it [the ascendant], this is a complete significationγ,5 about rainfall and if al-mubtazzγ,6 is in the ascendant, then there will more and more. (5) {Moreover,} if al-mubtazzγ is with the luminaries, then there will be abundant rain. (6) {But} if you wish to know the day when rain will fall, you must observe the day when the Moon reaches the degree of the ascendant, {because} rain will fall then. 45 (1) And I, Abraham, say that this is trueγ,1 if the ascendant sign is in one of the anglesγ of the sign of the country,γ or if it [the sign of the ascendant] aspects it [the sign of the country], by whatever aspect, because if it is not in such a way, the clouds will remain unchanged and rain will not fall. (2) {Thus far} says Plato in his Book on Rain; this has been verified experimentally. 46 (1) Know that the retrograde planetsγ,1 indicate rain, particularly the lower ones that are beneath the Sun, and even more so if they, either lower or upper, are in feminine signs. (2) {In addition,} the testimony is even clearer if the sign is one of the cold ones, either of the earthy or of the watery ⟨signs⟩. (3) {Moreover,} the sign of Aquarius indicates water on account of the stars called Flow of Water ⟨⟨which are there⟩⟩. (4) Besides, the sign of Leo indicates water because of the form of a ship that is there. 47 (1) {But} Aventaratγ,1 [i.e., Ibn Ṣariq] says: the lord of the seventh house of an upper planetγ,2 is always its key, that is, the opening of the doors.3 (2) {Accordingly,} the keys of Saturn are the luminaries, because its [Saturn’s] houses [Capricorn, Aquarius] are opposite the houses of the luminariesγ,4 [Cancer, Leo]; therefore, if the Moon conjoins or gives its power to Saturn, in any conjunction or opposition that it has with the Sun, know that it will rain during that month. (3) You will {also} know the day when ⟨rain⟩ will come down, because you will calculate the equal degreesγ,5 that are between the place of the conjunction or opposition ⟨of Moon and Sun⟩ and precisely the place of the complete or entire aspectγ,6 of Saturn; and when the number of these days is completed, according to which you assign one day to each degree, rain will come down then. (4) The testimony ⟨that it will rain⟩ is clearer if it happens that the Moon is in one of its keys on this day.

980

part nine

48 (1) Ecce .12. claves Lune. (2) Una est hora coniunctionis sue cum Sole, minuto quidem cum minuto. (3) Secunda quod sit remota a Sole, in gradibus equalibus,γ per .12. gradus. (4) .3a. quod distet .45. gradibus, quod est .8a. pars circuli. (5) .4a. ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ .90. gradibus, quod est .4a. pars circuli. (6) .5a., ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ .135.⟨⟨…⟩⟩, qui sunt tres quarte. (7) .6a., ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ .168. ⟨⟨…⟩⟩, et universaliter quod sit inter ipsam et oppositionem Solis .12. gradibus. (8) .7a., oppositio Solis. (9) .8a., ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ .192., ⟨⟨…⟩⟩. (10) .9a., ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ .225. gradus, ⟨⟨…⟩⟩. (11) .10a., ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ .270. gradus, ⟨⟨…⟩⟩. (12) Undecima, ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ .315. gradus, ⟨⟨…⟩⟩. (13) .12a., ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ .348. gradus, ⟨⟨…⟩⟩. (14) Has {igitur} claves experti sunt Antiqui necnon et posteriores. 49 (1) Semper {autem} considerare debes si fuerit planetaγ retrogradus in prima domo, hoc enim significabit super pluviam, (2) fortitudo namque planeteγ qui est in domo prima computata est ut fortitudo domini domus. 50 (1) Dominus quidem septime domus Iovis est Mercurius, qui ambo significant super ventos. (2) Et tu debes respicere in quolibet mense si dominus signi ascendentis est Iupiter vel Mercurius et aspiciat unus alium, adhuc et magis si fuerint in amicitia seu parilitate alicuius signi ascendentis,γ tunc {enim} significarent ventos multos qui se renovarent in mundo. (3) ⟨⟨…⟩⟩. 51 (1) ⟨⟨…⟩⟩, et cum hoc toto si essent in aliquo angulorumγ ascendentis, tunc significarent super pluviam cum fulgure et coruscatione ⟨⟨…⟩⟩, et magis si esset inter eos aspectus quartus aut inimicitia. (2) Quod si alter eorum foret in signo terreo, tunc significaret super grandinem tempestuosum.γ

liber de mundo vel seculo

981

48 (1) These are the 12 keys of the Moon. (2) One is the moment of its conjunction with the Sun, one minute with one minute [i.e., when one minute of the position of the Moon is with one minute of the position of the Sun]. (3) The second is when it [the Moon] is 12 degrees distant from the Sun, in equal degrees.γ,1 (4) The third is that it is distant 45 degrees, which is the eighth part of a circle. (5) The fourth, ⟨⟨is that it is distant⟩⟩ 90 degrees, which is the fourth part of a circle. (6) The fifth, ⟨⟨is that it is distant⟩⟩ 135 ⟨⟨degrees⟩⟩, which is three-quarters ⟨⟨of a circle⟩⟩. (7) The sixth ⟨⟨is that it is distant⟩⟩ 168 ⟨⟨degrees⟩⟩; in general, that there are 12 degrees between it and opposition to the Sun. (8) The seventh, opposition to the Sun. (9) The eighth, ⟨⟨is that it is distant⟩⟩ 192 ⟨⟨degrees, meaning that it is 12 degrees from opposition to the Sun⟩⟩. (10) The ninth, ⟨⟨is that it is distant⟩⟩ 225 degrees ⟨⟨meaning that its distance from the Sun is five-eighths of a circle⟩⟩. (11) The tenth, ⟨⟨is that it is distant⟩⟩ 270 degrees ⟨⟨meaning that its distance from the Sun is a quarter of a circle⟩⟩. (12) The eleventh, ⟨⟨is that it is distant⟩⟩ 315 degrees ⟨⟨meaning that it is half of a quarter of a circle from the Sun, or one eighth⟩⟩. (13) The twelfth, ⟨⟨is that it is distant⟩⟩ 348 degrees ⟨⟨meaning that it is 12 degrees ahead of the Sun⟩⟩. (14) The Ancients as well as the later ⟨Scholars⟩ verified {accordingly} these keys experimentally. 49 (1) {But} you must always observe if a retrograde planetγ,1 is in the first house, because this indicates rain, (2) since the power of a planetγ which is in the first house is accounted as the power of the lord of the house. 50 (1) Mercury is the lord of the seventh house of Jupiter,1 and both indicate winds. (2) Every month you must observe whether Jupiter or Mercury is lord of the ascendant sign and ⟨whether⟩ they aspect each other, and besides especially if they are in friendliness or in equality with any sign of the ascendant,γ,2 {because} then they indicate many winds which are renewed in the world. (3) ⟨⟨This is true if they are in one of the angles of the signs of the city or if they aspect the sign.⟩⟩ 51 (1) ⟨⟨If Venus or Mars is the lord of the ascendant and they aspect each other⟩⟩, particularly if they are in one of the anglesγ of the ascendant, then they indicate rain with thunder, lightning ⟨⟨and thunder⟩⟩, even more so if there is a quartile aspect or enmity between them. (2) But if one of them is in an earthy sign, then it indicates a hailstorm.γ,1

982

part nine

52 (1) Debes {autem} semper aspicere ad Saturnum in revolutione.γ (2) Nam si fuerit in aliquo signorum terreorum, et non fuerit planeta benivolusγ aspiciens ipsum, et fuerit Luna in aspectu quarto aut opposito cum ipso, tunc significabit ipse super terremotum magnum in quolibet loco,γ in cuius signo fuerit Saturnus, aut in aliquo angulorum signi terre.γ 53 (1) Semper {quoque} considerandum est ad Martem in anni principio. (2) Nam si orientalis fuerit a Sole et habuerit potestatemγ super signum ascendens in revolutione anni, quecumque potestasγ fuerit, sitque in uno angulorumγ ascendentis, tunc significabit super bella et effusionem sanguinis, et eo fortius si sit in signo quod sit secundum hominis figurationem. (3) {Quod} si fuerit in aliquo signorum igneorum, significabit quod ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ erit in regione.γ (4) Et si dominus signi patrie seu regionisβ aspexerit signum, aut aspiciat signum bonum ⟨⟨…⟩⟩, tunc erunt salviγ homines regionis illius, et si non, non. (5) Si {autem} fuerit occidentalis a Sole, et fuerit in signo figure humane, significabit super bella; sed timor seu suspicioβ maior erit quam sanguinis effusio. (6) Signa {vero} terrea significant super confractiones.γ (7) {Quod} si fuerit in principio anni in domo cadente aut retrogradus, terra quiescet a bellis. 54 (1) Semper {autem} debes aspicere ad ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ Lunam, ipsa namque significat super omnem hominem. (2) Si {ergo} fuerit in principio anni cum planeta beneficoγ aut in aspectu bono, hoc significat super sanitatem corporum. (3) {Quod} si fuerit cum Saturno, aut in aspectu quarto vel opposito cum ipso, et fuerit Saturnus in aliquo signorum ⟨in⟩commoditatum corporalium,γ que sunt Aries, Taurus, Cancer, Scorpio, Capricornus, Pisces, hoc quidem significabit super infirmitates graves, ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ et tusses. 55 (1) Et si fuerit Saturnus in aliquo signorum aqueorum, erit malum grande euntibus per mare, et eo fortius si fuerit in signo Cancri. (2) Et universaliter nocumentum inferet ipse illis qui vadunt per aquas, augebunturque aque fluminum et destruent semina ⟨⟨…⟩⟩. (3) Si acciderit pluvia magna que nocere debeatγ et Mars fuerit in signis aqueis, hoc significat super grandinem tempestuosum dissipantem.γ (4) {Quod} si Saturnus vel Mars fuerit in Virgine vel Capricorno, aut in signis aereis, hoc significat super malum quod eveniet mundo per locustas aut brucosγ in locis utique dispositis ad hoc ut sint in eis.γ (5) Si {vero} Mars vel Saturnus fuerit in signo figurationis humane, hoc significat super turbationes et rixas et conflictus.γ (6) {Quod} si fuerint orientales, tunc se manifestabit magis illud quod signi

liber de mundo vel seculo

983

52 (1) {But} you must always observe Saturn at the revolution.γ,1 (2) Because if it is in one of the earthy signs, and no benevolent planetγ,2 aspects it, and the Moon is in quartile aspect or opposition with it, then it will indicate a great earthquake in any placeγ,3 in whose sign Saturn is, or in one of the angles of the sign of the country.γ,4 53 (1) One must {also} always observe Mars at the beginning of the year. (2) Because if it [Mars] is oriental of the Sun and has powerγ,1 over the ascendant sign at the revolution of the year, regardless of the type of power,γ,2 and it is in one of the anglesγ of the ascendant, then it will indicate wars and bloodshed, and even more so if it is in a sign which is in the shape of a human being. (3) {But} if it [Mars] is in one of the fiery signs, it will indicate that ⟨⟨a fire⟩⟩ will be in the region.γ,3 (4) If the lord of the sign of the country or the regionβ,4 aspects the sign, or it aspects a good sign ⟨⟨instead of it⟩⟩, then the people of this regionγ,5 will be safe;γ,6 but if not, not. (5) {But} if it [Mars] is occidental of the Sun, and it is in a sign of a human form, it will indicate wars; but the fear or the mistrustβ,7 will be greater than the bloodshed. (6) {Moreover,} the earthy signs indicate ⟨house⟩ breakings.γ,8 (7) {But} if it [Mars] is in a cadent house at the beginning of the year, or retrograde, the land will rest from wars. 54 (1) {But} you must always observe the ⟨⟨place of the⟩⟩ Moon, because it gives an indication about every human being. (2) {Therefore,} if at the beginning of the year it is with a benefic planet,γ1 or in a good aspect ⟨to it⟩, it indicates health of the bodies. (3) {But} if it is with Saturn, or in opposition aspect or quartile with it, and if Saturn is in one of the signs of bodily ailments,γ,2 which are Aries, Taurus, Cancer, Scorpio, Capricorn, and Pisces, this will indicate grave diseases, ⟨⟨various fevers⟩⟩ and coughing. 55 (1) If Saturn is in one of the watery signs, there will be a great evil for travelers by sea, and even more so if it is in the sign of Cancer. (2) In general, it will cause harm to those who travel by water, and the rivers will overflow their banks and destroy the seeds. (3) If a great rain comes which must be harmfulγ,1 and Mars is in the watery signs, this indicates a destructive hailstorm.γ,2 (4) {But} if Saturn or Mars is in Virgo or Capricorn, or in the airy signs, this indicates evil which will come to the world by means of locusts or caterpillarsγ,3 in places certainly disposed for this that they be in them.γ,4 (5) {Moreover,} if Mars or Saturn is in a sign of a human figure, this indicates unrest, quarrels, and conflicts.γ,5 (6) {But} if they are oriental, then what they indicate will be more evident; if one aspects the

984

part nine

ficaverint; si {autem} aspexerit alter alterum aspectu quarto vel opposito, et Venus aut Iupiter non coaspexerint, tunc significabit hoc super magnum malum ⟨⟨…⟩⟩. 56 (1) Dicit Enoch Primus quod Iupiterγ cum Cancro significat super terram Alatrat,γ id est, Eraclie. (2) Et iam rememoratus est Evenmassar quod signum Alatratγ est in termino Iovis in signo Cancri, qui est in .21. gradu signi. (3) Res {quoque} experta est quod omnis planeta impediensγ qui fuerit in hoc gradu, aut ipsum aspexerit aspectu opposito vel quarto in principio revolutionis anni, impediet locum rememoratum. (4) Et econtrario si sit ibi planeta benivolusγ aut aspexerit ipsum. (5) Et iam experti sunt hanc rem vicibus quibus non est finis. (6) Saturnus {vero} cum Libra Rome preest,γ que est regnum Edom sive Ydumeorum,β id est Christianorum. (7) Et Mercurius cum signo Capricorni hominibus Indie, ⟨⟨…⟩⟩, (8) unde dicit Avenmassar eo quod Mercurius super animas eorum significat, ob id sapientes sunt valde; et quia Capricornus super corpora ipsorum significat, ideo non sunt albi. (9) Venus {autem} cum Scorpione terre preest Sarracenorum,γ ⟨⟨…⟩⟩. (10) Propter quod dicit Avenmassar quod anno quolibet in quo erit signum Scorpionis in aspectu stelle impedientisγ morietur rex Cumanorum seu Arabum,β et ille qui regnaverit super regnum Ysmaelitarum,γ id est, Sarracenorum. (11) Et rememoratus est de hoc se expertum fore in exemplis multis.γ (12) Mars cum Leone terre Bargam. (13) Et Sol cum Aquario terre Israel, et Grecorum, ac Egipti. (14) Luna {vero} cum Virgine preest terre Alsin et Corasten. (15) Hoc {autem} est dictum quod ille planetaγ est almutazγ super illos; et de signis, signum rememoratum; {unde,} secundum quod fuerint ambo in revolutione anni, {adhuc} magis in revolutione anni coniunctionis, sic iudicare debes de bono vel malo. 57 (1) Cognito quidem anno caristie, inquit Messehalla, pone locum coniunctionis magne, adhuc et medie, necnon et minoris, pro radice.γ (2) Et quocumque anno pervenerit signum profectionisγ ad locum Martis vel Saturni, si fuerit fortior Iove, secundum quod dixi supra, hoc quidem significabit annum caristie in qualibet regioneγ ad cuius signum perveniet signum profectionis.γ (3) Et est dictumγ domus finis seu signi profectionisβ {quod} tu cuilibet anno dabis signum unum, et debes inchoare a signo

liber de mundo vel seculo

985

other in quartile aspect or opposition, {however,} and Venus and Jupiter do not aspect, then this will indicate a great evil ⟨⟨and you can find out the place where it will occur⟩⟩. 56 (1) Enoch the First says that Jupiterγ,1 with Cancer indicates the land called Alatrat,γ,2 that is, Eraclie. (2) Abū Maʿshar already mentioned that the sign of Alatratγ,3 is in the sign of Cancer in the term of Jupiter, which is at 21 degrees of the sign. (3) It has {also} been verified experimentally that any obstructing planetγ,4 which is in this degree, or which aspects it in opposition aspect or quartile at the beginning of the revolution of the year, will obstructγ,5 the aforementioned place. (4) The contrary happens if a benevolent planetγ,6 is there or it [the planet] aspects it [the degree]. (5) They have already verified this experimentally endless times. (6) {Moreover,} Saturn with Libra is in charge of Rome,γ,7 which is the kingdom of Edom or of the Idumeans,β,8 that is, the Christians. (7) Mercury with the sign of Capricorn ⟨is assigned⟩ to the people of India, ⟨⟨who are called al-Hind⟩⟩, (8) hence Abū Maʿshar says that Mercury indicates their souls, and for this reason they are very wise; and since Capricorn indicates their bodies, therefore they are not white. (9) {But} Venus with Scorpio is in charge of the land of the Saracens,γ,9 ⟨⟨where Mecca is⟩⟩. (10) Therefore Abū Maʿshar says that in any year that the sign of Scorpio is in aspect with an obstructingγ,10 star, the king of the Cumans or Arabsβ,11 will die, and the one who reigns over the kingdom of the Ishmaelites,γ,12 that is, the Saracens. (11) He mentioned that he tested this in many instances.γ,13 (12) Mars with Leo ⟨governs⟩ the land of Bargam. (13) The Sun with Aquarius ⟨governs⟩ the land of Israel, of the Greeks, and of Egypt. (14) {Moreover,} the Moon with Virgo is in charge of the land of al-Sin [i.e., China] and Corasten [i.e., Khorasan]. (15) {But} this is said because this planetγ,14 is al-mubtazzγ,15 over them; and of the signs, the aforementioned sign; {hence,} according to how both are at the revolution of the year, and {besides} even more so at the revolution of the year of the conjunction ⟨of Saturn and Jupiter⟩, you must judge in this manner about good or evil. 57 (1) To know a year of drought, Māshāʾallāh says, put the place of the great conjunction, or of the middle and also of the small, as a root.γ,1 (2) Any year that the sign of profectionγ,2 reaches the place of Mars or of Saturn, if it is stronger than Jupiter, as I mentioned above, this will indicate a year of drought in any regionγ,3 whose sign the sign of profectionγ reaches. (3) And it is calledγ,4 the terminal house or sign of profectionβ,5 {because} you will assign one sign to each year, and you must begin from the sign of the

986

part nine

coniunctionis, ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ usque ad .30. gradus; idem {autem} et si sit hic numerus in uno signo aut in duobus, et est radix quod tu computare debes secundum gradus equales.γ (4) Quocumque {vero} anno perveniret ad Venerem vel Mercurium, si quidem fuerit in commixtione bona, aut ad Iovem, si fuerit fortis et vincat Saturnum in principio coniunctionis, hoc significat super saturitatem seu habundantiam,β et eo meliusγ in qualibet regione cuius signum est unus angulorumγ signi profectionis.γ 58 (1) Dicit Andruzagarγ Israelita: semper considerare debemus ad coniunctionem magnam, que est coniunctio Saturni et Iovis, et dare cuilibet gradui equali unum annum, (2) et incipere a loco coniunctionis, neque curemus quo tempore anni sit hoc. (3) Et post .360. annos, numeri secundum gradus circuli, revertemur ad considerandum ut prius. 59 (1) Avenmaassar {autem} dicit quod nunc sumus in .7o. gradu Libre, nam iuxta scientiam sapientium Indorum, ipsi dant cuilibet gradui .1000. annos. 60 (1) Inquit Iacob Alkindi: respice ad coniunctionem luminarium vel oppositionem, utra earum fuerit ante introitum Solis in Arietem, neque cures de sermone illorum qui dicunt quod aspiciendum est semper quando ingreditur Sol in principium .20i. gradus Scorpionis, tunc enim incipiunt aque fontium augmentari. (2) Et si Venus orientalis fuerit in principio anni, erit medietas anni prima melior ultima, quod si occidentalis fuerit, erit econtrario. (3) {Unde,} illud quod dixi tibi verum est, videlicet, quod si fuerit aliquis de planetis beneficis aspiciens locum coniunctionis vel oppositionis, aut fuerit alicui ipsorum dignitas magna in loco,γ et non sit stella impediens,γ hoc est signum boni anni, eoque melius si fuerit planeta beneficusγ in aliquo angulorumγ signi ascendentis, quod inquam est ascendens in hora coniunctionis vel oppositionis, secundum longitudinem cuiusque regionis,γ ac secundum equationesγ domorum que quidem sunt anguli,γ quiγ mutantur pro latitudine cuiuslibet regionis.γ (4) {Quod} si res fuerit econtrario, ut scilicet aspiciant malefici,γ aut fuerint in aliquo angulorumγ ascendentis, et non fuerit aspiciens planeta ⟨⟨…⟩⟩, tunc quidem erit annus malus. (5) Si {autem} aspiciant boni {simul} et mali,γ respice quis eorum maiorem habebit fortitudinem, nam hic almutazγ erit. (6) {Etiam} scito

liber de mundo vel seculo

987

conjunction, ⟨⟨from the degree of the conjunction⟩⟩ up to 30 degrees; {but} it is the same if this number ⟨of degrees⟩ is in one sign or in two, and the root is that you must calculate according to equal degrees.γ,6 (4) {Moreover,} in any year that it [the sign of profection] reaches Venus or Mercury, if it is in a good mixture, or ⟨reaches⟩ Jupiter, if it [Jupiter] is strong and is victorious over Saturn at the beginning of the conjunction, this indicates satiety or abundance,β,7 and even betterγ,8 in any regionγ whose sign is in one of the anglesγ of the sign of profection.γ 58 (1) Andruzagar,γ,1 the Israelite, says: we must always observe the great conjunction, which is the conjunction of Saturn and Jupiter, and assign one year to each equal degree, (2) and start from the place of the conjunction, and we should pay no attention to the time of the year when it takes place. (3) After 360 years, the number according to the degrees of the circle, we will return to observe as before. 59 (1) {But} Abū Maʿshar says that now we are at Libra 7 degrees, because according to the knowledgeγ,1 of the scholars of the Indians, they assign one thousand years to each degree. 60 (1) Yaʿqub al-Kindī says: observe the conjunction or opposition of the luminaries, which of them took place before the Sun’s entry into Aries, and do not pay attention to the statement of those who say that one must always observe when the Sun enters the beginning of the 20th degree of Scorpio, because then the waters of the wells begin to increase. (2) And if Venus is oriental at the beginning of the year, the first half of the year will be better than the last ⟨one⟩, but if it was occidental, the opposite will be. (3) {Hence,} what I said is true, namely, that if one of the benefic planetsγ1 aspects the place of the conjunction or opposition, or one of them has a great dignity in this place,γ,2 and there is no obstructingγ,3 star, this is a sign of a good year, and even better if a benefic planetγ is in one of the anglesγ of the ascendant sign, which, I say, is the ascendant at the moment of conjunction or opposition, according to the longitude of any region,γ and according to the equationsγ,4 [i.e., corrections] of the houses that are the angles,γ whichγ,5 change according to the latitude of any region.γ (4) {But} if the contrary happens, namely, that maleficγ ⟨planets⟩ are aspecting, or they are in one of the anglesγ of the ascendant, and there is no ⟨⟨benefic⟩⟩ planet aspecting, then there will be a bad year. (5) {But} if good {together with} badγ,6 ⟨planets⟩ are aspecting, observe which of them has more power, because this is al-mubtazz.γ,7 (6) {Also} know that if the

988

part nine

quod si planeta superior orientalis fuerit, et alius de superioribus occidentalis, maior erit fortitudo orientali. (7) {Quod} si de inferioribus fuerint, res erit econtrario, illorum namque fortitudo est in parte occidentali;γ ille {autem} qui sub radiis fuerit splendorisγ Solis, nihil habebit fortitudinis, neque tanto neque quanto, et consimiliter retrogradus. 61 (1) Avenmaassar {autem} dicit se expertum esse multis vicibus quod si Mars fuerit in anni principio in una domorum Saturni, significat hoc super caristiam. (2) Et si fuerit in una domorum propriarum, significat hoc super habundantiam pluviarum; in reliquis {vero} locis mediocriter. (3) Et huius quidem dicti rationem ignoro, conatusque sum experiri ipsum nec ascendit in manus nostras. (4) Quapropter ad memoriam hoc tibi reduxi, ut si inveneris librum eius non sustenteris super ipsum. (5) Non est {autem} locutus in rebus pluvie nisi super isto. 62 (1) Sapientes quidem Indorumγ aiunt quod mansiones Lune sunt .28., et cedunt cuilibet signo mansiones due et tertia unius mansionis. (2) Erit {autem} hoc a principio Arietis, cuius quidem initium iuxta sapientes ymaginum .8. gradus ante cornua Arietis, que sunt hoc tempore super .22. gradus Arietis,γ qui est a linea equalitatis,γ et hoc quidem secundum divisionem intellectualem et non secundum ymagines seu secundum alia, ymago enim Arietis parva est, et minor unius signi quarta. (3) {Quod} si scire desideras mansiones Lune, subtrahas a loco Lune equato secundum viam tabularum Albategni .8. gradus, tunc {enim} velle tuum invenies. (4) Et de Ariete, qui est ymago, usque ad .13. gradus et .51. minuta, est mansio prima, que vocatur alnatay. (5) Et iam divisi tibi omnes mansiones in figuris suis seu ymaginibus,β et earum nomina secundum ydioma dekezar, id est Cumanorum seu Arabum, necnon et explanationem.γ 63 (1) Dicunt {igitur} sapientes Indorumγ quod .10. mansiones sunt humide, et significant super pluviam. (2) Et ecce nomina earum secundum ydioma arabicum:γ aldebaran, aldaraa, algabaa, alsarphi, algafar, alkalif, alxula, albada, alpraga, almochar. (3) Dicunt {autem} quod quando consideratur Lunaγ in principio mensis, si fuerit in aliqua mansionum pluviosarum aspiciatque ipsam planeta retrogradus, et {eo fortius} si fuerit ipsa in signo femino, et adhuc magis si fuerit ipsa in aliquo signorum aqueorum,

liber de mundo vel seculo

989

upper planet is oriental, and another of the upper planets is occidental, the power of the oriental ⟨planet⟩ is greater. (7) {But} if this applies to the lower ⟨planets⟩, the opposite will take place, because their power is in the western part;γ,8 one that is under the rays of the brightnessγ,9 of the Sun, {however,} has nothing of power, nothing at all, and the same applies to a retrograde ⟨planet⟩. 61 (1) {But} Abū Maʿshar says that he verified experimentally many times that if Mars is in one of Saturn’s houses at the beginning of the year it indicates drought. (2) If it is in one of its own houses, it indicates abundance of rains; {moreover,} in the other places, moderate. (3) I do not know the meaning of this assertion, and I have tried to verify it experimentally but it did not ascend in our hands1 [i.e., I did not succeed] (4) This is why I have mentioned this to you, so that if you will find his book, you will not trust it. (5) {But} he said nothing else about rain.2 62 (1) The scholars of the Indiansγ,1 say that the mansions of the Moon are 28, and they assign to each sign two mansions and a third of a mansion. (2) {But} this will be from the beginning of Aries, whose beginning, according to the scholars of the images, is 8 degrees before the horns of Aries, which at this time are at 22 degrees of Aries,γ,2 which is from the line of equalityγ,3 [the equator], and this according to a mental division and not according to the images ⟨of the constellations⟩ or according to other ⟨asterisms⟩, because the image of Aries is small, less than a quarter of the sign. (3) {But} if you wish to know the mansions of the Moon, subtract 8 degrees from the place of the Moon as equatedγ,4 [i.e., corrected] according to the method of the tables of al-Battānī, {because} then you will find your desire. (4) And from Aries, which is the image, up to 13 degrees and 51 minutes, is the first mansion, which is called al-naṭḥ. (5) I already divided for you all the mansions in their forms or images,β,5 and their names in the language of Kedar,6 that is of the Cumans or the Arabs, and also an explanation.γ,7 63 (1) {Accordingly,} the scholars of the Indiansγ,1 say that 10 mansions are moist and indicate rain. (2) These are their names in the Arabic language:γ,2 al-dabarʾan, al-dirʿa, al-jabha, al-ṣarfha, al-gafʾar, al-ikhlil, alshawla, al-balda, al-fargh al-mukhar. (3) {But} they say that when the Moon is observedγ,3 at the beginning of the month, if it is in one of the mansions of rain and a retrograde planet aspects it, and {even stronger} if it is in a feminine sign, and {besides} even more so if it is in one of the watery signs, then

990

part nine

tunc significat ipsa super pluviam. (4) Et hoc quidem debes considerare quolibet mense in principio eius, et magis in principio mensis qui est ante introitum Solis in signum Arietis, {item} in signum Cancri, adhuc in signum Libre, {amplius} in signum Capricorni. (5) Et universaliter,γ in quodlibet signum tropicum,γ hoc est quia tempus mutaturγ quando Sol illuc ingreditur. (6) Nam a principio Arietis usque ad caput Cancri est tempus calidum et humidum. (7) Deinde mutaturγ tempus et convertitur humiditas in siccitatem, et erit tempus a principio Cancri usque in finem Virginis calidum et siccum. (8) Deinde mutatur tempus et convertitur ad removendum calorem et succedet frigus loco caloris, eritque tempus frigidum et siccum, una naturamque se tenet sicut erat. (9) Et quando ingreditur Sol Capricornum, transmutabitur siccitas et remanebit frigiditas sicut erat, eritque tempus frigidum et humidum; et hoc modo semper. (10) Mansiones {vero} sicce sunt albatin, ⟨⟨…⟩⟩, altaraf, alkalabafaaz, alkibie, alpargal magdaan. (11) Relique {autem} mansiones sunt temperate. 64 (1) Secundum {igitur} universitalitatis modumγ loquar tibi: tu semper considerare debes ad .120. coniunctiones, que sunt coniunctiones planetarum et luminarium.γ (2) Et postquam sciveris iuxta Librum initii sapientie complexionem stelle seu planete cuiuslibet,β sic iudicare debes. 65 (1) Et rem omnem super quam significaverit stella, si quidem fortis fuerit ex parte Solis, ac ex parte gradus ascendentis, et ex parte dignitatis sueγ in loco suo, cognosces,γ inquam, omnem rem secundum quod super ipsam significabitur. (2) Et econtrario si fuerit in domo casus,γ aut in domo sui detrimenti,γ ac magis et magis si fuerit combusta a Sole vel retrograda. (3) Et secundum aspectus bonarum stellarum et malarum, sic iudicare debes. 66 (1) Amplius expertus sum multis vicibus, quod Sol significat super Nazarenos, id est Christianos, et Saturnus super Philistinos, et Mars super Kesarigim, id est Cumanos; ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ id est Sarracenos. (2) Secundum {igitur} horum fortitudinemγ in anni principio, sic iudicabis. 67 (1) Iam {quoque} dixi tibi quod Saturnus super veteres significat et super servos; Iupiter {vero} super divitiarum dominosθ et super iudices; Mars {autem} super homines bellicosos; et Sol super reges; Venus super

liber de mundo vel seculo

991

it indicates rain. (4) You must observe this every month at its beginning, and even more so at the beginning of the month which is before the Sun’s entry into the sign of Aries, {likewise} into the sign of Cancer, and {besides} into the sign of Libra, {yet more} into the sign of Capricorn. (5) In general,γ,4 into any tropical sign,γ,5 this is, because the weather changesγ,6 when the Sun enters that place. (6) Because from the beginning of Aries until the beginning of Cancer the season is hot and moist. (7) Next the season changesγ,7 and moistness turns into dryness, and the season from the beginning of Cancer to the end of Virgo will be hot and dry. (8) Next the season changes and is turned to remove the heat, and cold follows instead of heat, and the season will be cold and dry, and one nature maintains itself as it was. (9) And when the Sun enters Capricorn, the dryness will change and the cold will remain as it was, and the season will be cold and moist; and always this way. (10) {Moreover,} the dry mansions are al-buṭayn, ⟨⟨al-hanʿaha⟩⟩, al-ṭarf, al-qalb, saʿd al-akhbyiha, al-fargh al-muqaddam. (11) {But} the rest of the mansions are temperate. 64 (1) {Accordingly,} I will speak to you according to a general method:γ,1 you must always observe the 120 conjunctions, which are the conjunctions of the planets and the luminaries.γ,2 (2) And after you know, according to the Book of the Beginning of Wisdom, the mixture of any planet or star,β,3 you must judge in this manner. 65 (1) Everything that the star will indicate, if it is powerful from the part of the Sun, and from the part of the ascendant degree, and from the part of its dignityγ,1 in its location, I say, you will know,γ,2 everything that will be indicated by this planet. (2) The contrary applies if it [the planet] is in the house of [its] fallγ,3 [dejection], or in the house of its detriment,γ,4, and even more so if it is burnt by the Sun or is retrograde. (3) According to the aspects of the good and bad stars, you must judge in this manner. 66 (1) Besides, I have verified many times experimentally that the Sun indicates the Nazarenes,1 that is, the Christians; Saturn the Philistines; Mars the Kesarigim,2 that is, the Cumans; ⟨⟨Venus, the Ishmaelites,⟩⟩ that is the Saracens. (2) {Therefore,} according to their powerγ,3 at the beginning of the year, you will judge this way. 67 (1) {Also,} I have already said to you that Saturn indicates about the elderly and about slaves; {moreover,} Jupiter about the owners of richesθ,1 [i.e., the rich] and about judges; {but} Mars about warriors; the Sun about

992

part nine

mulieres et eunuchos; Mercurius super minores et super sapientes et scribas; Luna {vero} super totum hominem. 68 (1) Omni {ergo} anno quo Lunam invenies in aspectu opposito cum Sole aut in aspectu quarto, hoc quidem significat rebellionemγ super regem in omni regione ubi Luna fuerit, id est in cuius signo Luna fuerit. 69 (1) {Demum} inquit Alendrugazar: considera dominum signi ascendentis in principio revolutionis anni, hoc est, illum qui habuerit dignitatemγ in ascendente gradu. (2) Quod si fuerint .2. almutazγ vel .3., accipe aspicientem et super illum sustenteris. (3) Si {autem} plures aspexerint, accipe qui plures habuerit dignitatesγ in gradu ascendente. 70 (1) Et fac quemadmodum in nativitate facis. (2) Quod si fuerit almutazγ in signo ascendente, hoc significat super gaudium et sanitatem corporum hominibus loci; si {autem} ibidem combustus fuerit, significat super egritudines et mortalitatem ⟨⟨…⟩⟩. (3) Et si in domo .2a. fuerit, sitque in bono loco, hoc significat super lucrum hominibus loci; {quod} si combustus fuerit a Sole, significat quod eorum princepsγ ipsos dampnificabit in loco suo.γ (4) Et si in .3a., multiplicabuntur peregrinationes.γ (5) Si {vero} in .4a., multiplicabuntur semina; {quod} si fuerit impeditus,γ econtrario iudicabis. (6) {Denique} si in .5a., multiplicabuntur pueri seu infantes;β si {autem} malorumγ aliquis ibidem fuerit, morientur infantes parvi. (7) Secundum {igitur} hanc viam iudicare poteris in reliquis domibus. (8) Ad aspectus {autem} semper intendas ⟨⟨…⟩⟩.

liber de mundo vel seculo

993

kings; Venus about women and eunuchs; Mercury about the younger ones, scholars, and scribes; {moreover,} the Moon about every man. 68 (1) {Therefore,} every year in which you find the Moon in an opposition aspect to the Sun or in quartile aspect, this indicates a rebellionγ,1 against the king in every regionγ where the Moon is, that is, in whose sign the Moon is. 69 (1) {Finally,} al-Andruzagar says: observe the lord of the ascendant sign at the beginning of the revolution of the year, that is, the one which has dignityγ,1 in the ascendant degree. (2) But if there are two or three al-mubtazz,γ,2 take the aspecting one, and rely on it. (3) {But} if many ⟨planets⟩ are in aspect, take the one that has more dignitiesγ,3 in the ascendant degree. 70 (1) Proceed as you do in the nativity. (2) For if al-mubtazz,γ,1 is in the ascendant sign, this indicates joy and health of the bodies for the people of the place; {but} if it is burnt in that place, it indicates diseases, death, ⟨⟨and pestilence⟩⟩. (3) If it is in the second house and it is in a good place, it indicates profit for the people of the place; {but} if it is burnt by the Sun it indicates that their princeγ,2 will harm them in their place.γ,3 (4) If it is in the third ⟨house⟩, journeys to foreign placesγ,4 will increase. (5) {Moreover,} if ⟨it is⟩ in the fourth ⟨house⟩, the seeds will increase; {but} if it [the lord] is impeded,γ,5 judge the opposite. (6) {Finally,} if ⟨it is⟩ in the fifth ⟨house⟩, boys or infantsβ,6 will increase; {but} if one of the bad onesγ,7 is in that place, infants will die. (7) {Therefore,} according to this method, you can judge regarding the remaining houses. (8) {But} always pay attention to the aspects, ⟨⟨because they are the basis of all judgments⟩⟩.

994

part nine

Explicit Liber de mundo vel seculo, completus die Lune post festum Beati Luce hora diei quasi 10, anno Domini 1281, inceptus in Leodio, perfectus in Machlinia, translatus a magistro Henrico Bate de Hebreo in Latinum.1

1Explicit Liber de mundo vel seculo, completus die Lune post festum Beati Luce hora diei quasi 10, anno Domini 1281, inceptus in Leodio, perfectus in Machlinia, translatus a magistro Henrico Bate de Hebreo in Latinum] Oxford Digby 212, fol. 52v. Paris, BnF, n.a.l. 3091, fol. 113rb: Explicit Liber Avenesre de mundo translatus de Hebreo in Latinum a magistro Henrico Bate anno Domini .1281; the same explicit occurs in Wien ÖNB, Cod. 5309, fol. 264r; Basel, UB, F.II.10, s. fol. 90rb; Venice, ed. Petrus Liechtenstein, 1507, sig. LXXXVra. Paris, BnF, n.a.l. 3091, fol. 113rb: Explicit Liber Avenesre de mundo translatus de Hebreo in Latinum a magistro Henrico Bate anno Domini .1281. Limoges, BM, 9 (28), fol. 143v: Explicit Liber Avenesre de mundo vel seculo translatus a magistro Henrico Bate de Hebraico in Latinum; the same explicit occurs in Paris, BnF, lat. 7336, 109r. Paris, BnF, lat. 10269, fol. 99rb: Explicit Liber de mundo vel seculo translatus a magistro Henrico Bate de Hebreo in Latinum anno ex libro Abrahe Avenesre Hebrei. Zurich, Zentralbibl., B.244 (769), fol. 87ra: Explicit Liber de mundo vel seculo translatus a magistro Henrico Bate de Hebreo ex Hebrei; the same explicit occurs in Oxford, BL, Canon. Misc. 190, fol. 72r. Ghent, UB, 2 (417/152), fol. 54r: Explicit Liber de mundo vel seculo. Berlin, SBPK, lat. F. 54 (964), fol. 176vb: Explicit Abraham Avenezre de revolutionibus. London, BL, Sloane 312, fol. 96v: Explicit Liber de mundo vel seculo completus translatus a magistro Henrico Bate de Hebrew in Latinum.

liber de mundo vel seculo

995

Here ends the Book of the World or the Age, completed on the Monday after the Feast of Saint Luke, at about the tenth hour, in the year of the Lord 1281, started in Liège, completed in Mechelen, translated by Master Henry Bate from Hebrew into Latin.

PART TEN

NOTES TO LIBER DE MUNDO VEL SECULO

notes to liber de mundo vel seculo

999

Bate’s Prologue [ 1] :

Book of the World or of the Age. → For an explanation of this doublet, see note on Introductorius, §2.4:34, s.v., “sign of the age or of the world.” [2]2:

→ See Book of Religions and Dynasties, ed. Yamamoto and Burnett (2000), I, §1.1:16–18, pp. 11–19, and esp. §1.1:16, pp. 11–13; see below, § 1:1. [3]2: → This corresponds to the fifth part of Abraham Bar Ḥiyya’s Megillat ha-

megalleh. For the Hebrew text behind this quote, see Megillat ha-megalleh, ed. Poznanski (1924), p. 116, lines 1–9. [4]2: → See

Moladot, I 1:1, 84–85; Rationes I, §3.6:1; § 4.1:1; § 10.1:1 and notes.

[5]8: Masters of

the observations. → see “General Introduction”, note 48.

[6]13: → See Ṭeʿamim [7]14: → See

I, §1.5:5, 34–35; cf. Rationes I, § 1.5:5.

Moladot, III v 4:3, 144–145.

[8]15: → See Ṭeʿamim

I, §2.18:1–2, 58–59; cf. Rationes I, § 2.18:1–2.

[9]18:

→ This corresponds to an anonymous translation of Ptolemy’s Tetrabiblos, which circulated in Paris around 1250–1260 and was used by Roger Bacon and by the author of the Speculum astronomiae. See Ptolemy Quadripartitum, Madrid, BN, MS 10053, fol. 101ra, II:12 (De ingressu anni inveniendo), transcribed in Ptolemaeus Arabus et Latinus A.2.4 at https://ptole maeus.badw.de/ms/243/351/transcription/2#II.10 around note 783. Cf. Tetrabiblos, ed. Robbins (1980), II:10, pp. 197–199. [10]19:

→ This corresponds to Plato of Tivoli’s translation of the Tetrabiblos. See Ptolemy, Quadripartitum, ed. Erhard Ratdolt (Venice, 1484), c5va. [11]20:

→ This corresponds to a Latin translation made directly from the Greek by William of Moerbeke between 1266 and 1269, from whom Bate had received a copy. Apart from Bate, no other medieval author ever quoted this translation. See Tetrabiblos, ed. Vuillemin-Diem and Steel (2015), II.11, 688–693.

1000

part ten

[12]22: → This corresponds to Book of

Religions and Dynasties, ed. Yamamoto and Burnett (2000), I 1:19–20 (Latin, Vol. II, p. 13; Arabic, Vol. I, p. 19); VIII 1:9 (Latin, Vol. II, pp. 296–297; Arabic, Vol. I, p. 479). [13]26:

→ For the Hebrew text behind this quote, see Megillat ha-megalleh, ed. Poznanski (1924), 117, lines 16–19. [14]35:

→ This corresponds to Hermann of Carinthia’s Latin translation of Abū Maʿshar’s Great Introduction. See Kitāb al-mudkhal al-kabīr (1996), Vol. III, I:4, lines 647–648. [15]36: → Corresponds to Tetrabiblos, ed. Robbins (1980), I:3, 31: “But, I think,

just as with prognostication, even if it be not entirely infallible, at least its possibilities have appeared worthy of the highest regard.” [16]39:

→ Corresponds to Almagest, ed. Toomer, (1984), III:1, 131: “Furthermore, we find that the subject of the sun’s motion must take first place amongst these [sun and moon], since without that it would, again, be impossible to give a complete discussion of the moon’s theory from start to finish.” §1 [1]1:

Planets. H: ‫ = משרתים‬servants. → Meaning planets. See note on Introductorius, §2:5, s.v., “planets.” [2]1: Planets. H:

‫ = משרתים‬servants. → Meaning planets.

[3]1: The mean or equal motion. H: ‫ = מהלך השווה‬equal motion. → See above,

prologue, 2. [4]2:

Orb of the signs. H: ‫ = גלגל המזלות‬circle of the signs. → Cf. note on Introductorius, §7.3:8, s.v., “orb of the signs.” [5]4: The truth of [6]4:

the matter. H: ‫ = הנכון‬the correct thing.

The scholars of experience or of the masters of the observations. H: ‫ = חכמי הנסיון‬the scholars of experience. → This is a name for Arabo-

notes to liber de mundo vel seculo

1001

phone astronomers who composed astronomical tables; Arabic: az Zīj alMumtaḥan. See “General Introduction”, note 48. [7]4: According to any time. H:

‫ = בכל דור ודור‬in any generation. §2

[1]2: Of one number with another, any one you wish. H: ‫מאחד עד איזה מספר‬

‫ = שתרצה‬from one to any number you wish. [2]2: May be calculated by the multiplication of

itself by half of itself plus one-half.. H: ‫ = תוכל להוציאו מן ערכו אל חצי ואל חצי אחד‬you can calculate it by multiplying this number by half its value plus one-half. → Ibn Ezra offers the following formula for finding the various combinations of the planets: Σ[1 … n] = n*(n/2+1/2). For an explanation, see Sela 2010, 103. [3]4: Will be accumulated. H:

‫ = יעלה‬will come out. §3

[1]1: To test. H:

‫ = לדעת‬to know.

[2]1: That

is, if 2 stars are conjoined by themselves. H: ‫והטעם שיתחברו שני‬ ‫כוכבים לבדם‬. = meaning that only two planets will be conjoined.

[3]2: Planets. H:

‫ = משרתים‬servants. → Meaning planets.

[4]3: There will be. H:

‫ = יעלה‬will come out. §4

[1]2: If

we put. H: ‫ = והנה החלונו ושמנו‬so, we begin and put.

[2]2: And in addition with one of

other 5 planets. H: ‫ועמהם אחד מן האחרים‬ ‫ = החמישה‬and with them one of the other five.

[3]2: The number will go up to 5. H: ‫ = ויעלה המספר חמשה‬the number 5 will

come up.

1002

part ten

[4]3: Will be accumulated. H: [5]4:

‫ = עלה‬came out.

Then there will. H: ‫ = והנה ראוי להיות‬so, it is proper that there should

be. [6]4: Will be accumulated. H: ‫ = עלו‬came out. [7]5: There will be. H:

‫ = יעלה‬will come out. §5

[1]1: To know or calculate. H: [2]4: There will be. H:

‫ = להוציא‬to extract.

‫ = יעלה‬will come out.

[3]19:

In addition, there is the conjunction of the Sun with the planets beneath it. H: ‫ = ומחברות חמה עם השפלים ממנה אחת‬the conjunctions of the Sun with the planets beneath it are one. §6 [1]1: And if

you wish. H: ‫ = רצינו‬we wish.

[2]6:

All the conjunctions will be then 120. H: ‫עלה המספר מאה ועשרים‬ ‫ = מחברות‬the number of 120 conjunctions resulted.

[3]7: And whichever of

them. H: ‫ = וכל המחברות‬all the conjunctions. §7

[1]1: Heavy or slow planets. H: [2]2: Particular things. H: [3]2: General things. H:

‫ = כוכבים כבדים‬heavy stars/planets.

‫ = הפרטים‬the individuals.

‫ = הכלל‬what is general.

[4]3: First among the signs. H:

‫ = תחלת המזלות‬the beginning of the signs.

notes to liber de mundo vel seculo

1003

§8 [1]1: In the sign. H: [2]2: Sign. H:

‫ = בבית‬in the house.

‫ = בית‬house. §9

[1]1:

In the signs of one triplicity. H: ‫ = בבתי השלישות‬in the houses of the triplicity. [2]5: Mode. H:

‫ = משפט‬rule.

[3]6: After less than or approximately. H:

‫ = בקרוב‬approximately.

§10 [1]1: In the signs. H:

‫ = בבתי‬in the houses.

[2]2: Who must arise in order to make some nation ascend. H: ‫שיקום להקים‬

‫ = אומה‬who will arise to establish a nation. [3]2: Conjunction. H:

‫ = מקום המחברת‬the place of the conjunction. §11

[1]2: Reasons. H:

‫ = דברים‬things.

[2]3: Is not the same or in one manner. H:

‫ = שוה‬the same.

[3]3:

In all the tables of the scholars of experience or of the masters of the observations. H: ‫ אפילו בלוחות חכמי הנסיון‬,‫ = בכל הלוחות‬in all the tables, even in the tables of the scholars of experience. → See “General Introduction”, note 48. [4]3: Indians. H:

‫ = חכמי הודו‬the scholars of India.

1004

part ten

[5]3:

The scholars who rely on observations. H: ‫ = חכמי הנסיון‬the scholars who rely on experience. [6]4: The second reason is that. H:

‫ = מדרך אחרת‬by another method.

[7]4: Saturn’s motion. H:

‫ = מקום שבתאי‬Saturn’s place.

[8]4: Jupiter’s motion. H:

‫ = מקום צדק‬Jupiter’s place.

[9]4: True. H:

‫ = אמת ונכון‬true and correct.

[10]4:

Even by any of the tables of the Indians. H: ‫באיזה לוח שיהיה מלוחות‬ ‫ = הנסיון‬by any table of the tables of experience.

[11]4: Find. H:

‫ = להוציא‬to extract.

[12]4: Slowness. H: [13]4: Planets. H:

‫ = כובד‬heaviness.

‫ = כוכבים‬stars.

[14]5: They must conjoin. H:

‫ = שיתחברו‬they will conjoin. §12

[1]2: The scholars of our time. H: ‫ = חכמי דורנו‬the scholars of our generation. [2]2: In any place. H:

‫ = בכל מדינה ומדינה‬in each and every city. §13

[1]1: Ptolemy’s assertion. H: [2]2:

‫ = טעם בטלמיוס‬Ptolemy’s meaning.

The length of the year from the beginning until it turns back to the point of intersection of the two circles. H: ‫ וטעם‬,‫כמה שנת החמה באמת‬ ‫השנה שוב השמש אל נקודת מחברת שני הגלגלים הגדולים ששם תחלת צפון‬. = how much truly is the solar year, and the meaning of the year is when the Sun returns to the point of intersection of the two great circles where the north begins.

notes to liber de mundo vel seculo

1005

[3]3:

Sun’s elevation. H: ‫ = גבהות השמש‬height of the Sun. → Cf. Introductorius, §2.5:32, s.v., “apogee,” et passim, where ‫ גבהות‬means “apogee.” The elevation is the vertical angular distance between a celestial body (Sun, Moon) and the observer’s local horizon. [4]3: Well done and accurate. H:

‫ = מדוקדקים היטב‬are very meticulous.

[5]3: Can be divided by minutes and seconds. H: ‫יוכלו להוציא בהם הראשונים‬

‫ולא השניים‬. = they can extract the minutes but not the seconds using them. [6]4: We

have already said other things about the masters of the observations. H: ‫ = וכבר אמרו בני שאכר‬The Banū Shākir already said. → See “General Introduction”, note 48. [7]7: Scholars of

the stars. H: ‫ = חכמי המזלות‬the scholars of the signs.

[8]7: Time after time. H: ‫דור‬ [9]9: Observed. H: [10]9: Masters of

‫ = דור אחר‬generation after generation.

‫ = דקדק‬was meticulous.

the observations. → see “General Introduction”, note 48. §14

[1]1: When the Sun enters the sign of

any region. H: ‫מתי תכנס במזל טלה בכל‬ ‫ = מדינה ומדינה‬when it enters Aries in each and every city.

[2]1: Its declination. H:

‫ = מרחבו‬its latitude.

[3]2:

Sun’s elevation. H: ‫ = רוב גבהות השמש‬maximum height of the Sun. → See above §13:3, s.v., Sun’s elevation. [4]4: If

the true arc of declination is indeed in their hands. H: ‫אם היא קשת‬ ‫ = נטיית השמש נכונה‬if the Sun’s arc of declination is correct.

[5]5: Some followers. H: [6]6: 23 degrees. H:

‫ = חכמי הודו‬scholars of India.

‫ = יותר מכ״ג מעלות‬more than 23 degrees.

1006 [7]9: Scholars of

part ten the Saracens. H: ‫ = חכמי ישמעאל‬Ishmaelite scholars.

[8]9: More clever. H:

‫ = דקדקו יותר‬were more meticulous.

[9]9: More clever. H:

‫ = דקדקו יותר‬were more meticulous.

[10]10: Minutes. H:

‫ = שברים‬fractions.

[11]10:

Sun’s elevation. H: ‫ = גבהות השמש‬height of the Sun. → See above §13:3, s.v., Sun’s elevation. §15 [1]2: That is, the Sun’s elevation when it enters the head of

Aries. H: ‫והטעם‬ ‫ = שתכנס השמש במזל טלה‬meaning that the Sun will enter the sign of Aries.

[2]3: Sun’s elevation. H: ‫ = גבהות השמש‬height of

the Sun. → See above § 13:3,

s.v., Sun’s elevation. [3]4: Sun’s elevation. H: ‫ = גבהות השמש‬height of

the Sun. → See above § 13:3,

s.v., Sun’s elevation. [4]5: When it is around the beginning of

Aries. H: ‫ = כשהיא במזל טלה‬when

it is in the sign of Aries. [5]6: Sun’s altitude. H:

‫ = גבהות השמש‬height of the Sun. → See above § 13:3,

s.v., Sun’s elevation. [6]7: The altitude of

Aries. H: ‫ = גבהות טלה‬the height of Aries. → See above §13:3, s.v., Sun’s elevation. [7]8: The beginning of

Aries. H: ‫ = במזל טלה‬in the sign of Aries. §16

[1]1:

One of the scholars of astronomy. H: ‫ = אחד מחכמי המזלות‬one of the scholars of the signs. [2]1: Earlier ancient. H:

‫ = הקדמון‬the ancient.

notes to liber de mundo vel seculo

1007

§17 [1]1: Between them. H:

‫ = בינו ובין אברכז‬between him and Hipparchus.

[2]2: Sun’s apogee. H: ‫ = מקום גבהות השמש‬the place of the height of the Sun.

→ Cf. above §13:3, s.v., Sun’s elevation. [3]3: Observers. H:

‫ = מדקדקים‬those who are meticulous.

[4]5: Distinguished man. H:

‫ = אדם גדול‬great man.

[5]5:

→ This is a reference to Abraham Bar Ḥiyya, who generally followed al-Battāni’s astronomical tables, although he ostensibly tried to correlate his tables with Ptolemy’s. See Millás Vallicrosa 1949, 247–248; Ḥeshbon, ed. Millás Vallicrosa (1959), p. 109. [6]6: Sun’s apogee. H: ‫ = מקום גבהות השמש‬the place of the height of the Sun.

→ Cf. above §13:3, s.v., Sun’s elevation. [7]9: But the proof

of this thing. H: ‫ = והנכון‬what is correct.

[8]10:

In the reckoning of astronomical calculations. H: ‫= בחשבון המזלות‬ in the reckoning of the signs. [9]11:

Ibrāhim al-Zarqāl agreed with him regarding this. H: ‫ובא אחריו‬ ‫ = אברהים אל זרקאל‬Ibrāhim al-Zarqāl followed him. §18

[1]2: Which. H:

‫ = ההוה מהם‬whichever of them.

[2]2: Establish. H: [3]2: Error. H:

‫ = לדקדק‬to be meticulous.

‫ = קירוב‬approximation.

[4]3: This is true. H: [5]3: Planets. H:

‫ = וזה נכון‬this is correct.

‫ = משרתים‬servants. → Meaning planets.

1008

part ten §19

[1]1: Eclipsed. H:

‫ = נקדרה‬is darkened. → Meaning eclipsed. §20

[1]2: The ascendant. H:

‫ = המזל הצומח‬the ascendant sign

[2]2:

Beginning of the quarter of the year. H: ‫ = תחלת רביעית הגלגל‬the beginning of the quadrant of the circle. [3]4: Except for only one ascendant. H: ‫ = מזל צומח אחר רק אחד לבדו‬another

ascendant sign, but one alone. [4]5:

Sometimes it will be necessary to obtain another ascendant, and sometimes two ⟨more⟩. H: ‫ גם יש‬,‫פעמים יש להוציא מזל אחר עם הראשון‬ ‫פעמים שיש צורך להוציא שנים‬. = sometimes it is necessary to extract another sign together with the first, and sometimes it is also necessary to extract two. [5]6: Quarter. H:

‫ = מרביעית הגלגל‬of the quarter of the circle. §21

[1]2: Its apogee or its opposite in the great circle. H: ‫ממקום גבהותו או ממקום‬

‫ = שפלותו כנגד גלגלם הגדול‬from the place of its height or from the place of its lowness (its apogee or perigee) on their great circle. → Cf. Iudicia, § 33:3, s.v., “the closer and the farther longitude.” [2]3: To

apogee. H: ‫ = אל מקום גבהות‬to a place of height. → Cf. above § 13:3, s.v., Sun’s elevation. [3]3: Dignity. H:

‫ = שלטון‬dominion.

[4]4: On the ecliptic line. H: ‫ = בחשב האפודה‬in the girdle of

the vest. → See

below §25:4, s.v., “girdle of the signs.” [5]4: On the ecliptic. H: [6]4: Dignity. H:

‫ = בחשב האפודה‬in the girdle of the vest.

‫ = שלטון‬dominion.

notes to liber de mundo vel seculo

1009

[7]4:

Will not be carried away from its place. H: ‫ = לא יסע ממקומו‬will not move from its place. [8]5:

Resentment, unrest. H: ‫ = וקנאה ואיבה ותחרות‬jealousy, enmity, contention. §22 [1]2:

Many will fall slain. H: ‫יפלו חללים הרבה‬. → Hebrew idiom meaning “many victims will fall.” [2]2: Suffering. H:

‫ = טלטול‬wandering.

[3]4: Pay attention. H:

‫ = הסתכל‬observe.

[4]6: Wantonness. H:

‫ = זנות‬prostitution.

[5]7: Good aspect. H:

‫ = מקום טוב‬good place.

[6]7: The entire nation. H: [7]7: Malefics. H:

‫ = כל האדם‬every man.

‫ = המזיקים‬the harmful ones. §23

[1]1: Scholars of

the Persians. H: ‫ = חכמי פרס‬scholars of Persia.

[2]1:

Pay attention to the parts of al-fardār. H: ‫הסתכל אל החלק הנקרא אל‬ ‫ = פרדאר‬observe the part, which is called al-fardār.

[3]1:

Come back according to the circular movement. H: ‫= חוזרים חלילה‬ “come around again” → Hebrew idiom. [4]2:

It [the Sun] serves alone for one-seventh of its firidarie or part. H: ‫ = תתבודד היא לשמש בשביעית חלקה‬it will seclude itself to serve for oneseventh of its part. [5]2: The other planets. H:

‫ = הכוכבים‬the stars.

1010

part ten

[6]2: According to the sequence Sun, Venus, Mercury, Moon, Saturn, Jupi-

ter, Mars. H: ‫ = כאשר הם במערכת ח׳נ׳כ׳ל׳ ש׳צ׳ם‬when they are in the configuration S[un], V[enus], M[ercury], M[oon], S[aturn], J[upiter], M[ars]. [7]3: It will be alone. H:

‫ = תתבודד‬it will seclude itself.

[8]11: Their years. H:

‫ = מספר אלה השנים‬the number of their years.

[9]11: I well know. H:

‫ = אדע‬I will know.

[10]11: Order. H:

‫ = מערכת‬configuration.

[11]11:

Exaltation. H: ‫ = כבוד‬honor. → See note on Introductorius, § 1.6:1, s.v., “honor or exaltation.” §24 [1]1: Very powerful or al-mubtazz. H: [2]2: Is alone. H: [3]3: If

‫ = הממונה‬overseer.

‫ = מתבודד‬secludes itself.

some speaker says. H: ‫ = אם טען טוען‬if an arguer argues.

[4]3: Planets. H:

‫ = משרתים‬servants. → Meaning planets.

[5]4: Proportion. H:

‫ = החשבון‬the reckoning.

[6]4:

Ascendant should be found with a proportional relationship to it, and the proportion of one to the other should perpetually be uniform or equal in perpetuity. H: ‫שימצא מזל צומח וערך הככבים אליו וערך זה אל זה שוה‬ ‫ = לעולם‬that an ascendant sign should be found and the proportion of the stars to it, and the proportion of one to the other is always the same. [7]5: Understand. H: [8]5: Diversities. H: [9]5: Planets. H:

‫ = להתבונן‬observe.

‫ = תמונות‬pictures.

‫ = משרתים‬servants. → Meaning planets.

notes to liber de mundo vel seculo [10]5: Until after. H:

1011

‫ = אחר‬after.

[11]8: For the circle does not stay in one way. H: ‫כי אין הגלגל עומד על מתכונת‬

‫ = אחת‬for the circle never remains in the same pattern. [12]8:

And there will never be a point of time but that a proportion is renewed whose like has not been and will not be. H: ‫רק כל רגע תתחדש‬ ‫ = מתכונת שלא היתה כמוה ולא תהיה‬but every moment there emerges a new pattern, whose like has never existed and never will. [13]8: Wise arithmeticians. H:

‫ = חכמי המספר‬the scholars of number.

[14]4: → Met. XII 9, 1075a18–19 [15]5: → Averroes, In Met. XII c.52, 338B–C. [16]9:

→ Cf. Plato, Timaeus 36E–37A; Calcidius, In Tim. c.95 (ed. p. 147,26– 148,9); Simplicius, In De Caelo II 9 (p. 469,1–32) ; Bate, Speculum XXII, c.23 (p. 367,106–198). §25 [1]1: Sign of

the country. H: ‫ = מזל המדינה‬sign of the city.

[2]1: How it is to the lord of

the sign. H: ‫ = ואיך בעל המזל‬how the lord of the

sign is. [3]2: To the sign of

the country. H: ‫ = אל המדינה‬to the city.

[4]2: Benefic star. H:

‫ = כוכב טוב‬good star.

[5]2: Angles. H: ‫ = יתידות‬pegs. → Meaning, cardines, i.e., the cusps of

the first, fourth, seventh and tenth house of the horoscope. See note on Introductorius, §3.4:2, s.v., “angles or cardines.” [6]2: The

evil that must befall this country. H: ‫ = רעה גדולה שתבא למדינה‬a great evil that will befall the city. [7]2: The malefic. H:

‫ = המזיק‬the harmful.

1012 [8]2: Sign of

part ten the country. H: ‫ = מזל המדינה‬sign of the city.

[9]3:

Fall into the hand of their foes. H: ‫ = יפלו ביד אויביהם‬will fall by the hand of their foes. → Hebrew idiom; Bate assigned the wrong sense to -‫ב‬. [10]4: Benefic star. H:

‫ = כוכב טוב‬good star.

[11]4: Malefic star. H:

‫ = כוכב מזיק‬harming star.

[12]4: Its orb. H:

‫ = גלגלו‬its circle.

[13]4:

Girdle of the signs. H: ‫ = חשב האפודה‬girdle of the vest. → Meaning ecliptic; see above §21:4, s.v., “in the ecliptic line.” §26 [1]2: The ability. H:

‫ = כח‬power.

[2]3: Under the rays. H:

‫ = תחת אור‬under the light.

[3]3: They will not have power. H:

‫ = לא יועילו‬will not be useful. §28

[1]1: Whatever country. H:

‫ = כל מדינה ומדינה‬every city and city. §29

[1]1: Eclipse. H:

‫ = קדרות השמש‬darkening of the Sun.

[2]1: The eclipse. H:

‫ = הקדרות‬the darkening.

[3]3: This is true. H:

‫ = ונכון הדבר‬and the thing is correct.

[4]5: The signs. H: [5]5: The

‫ = הבתים‬the houses.

sons of men. H: ‫ = בני אדם‬the sons of a man. → Hebrew idiom for “human beings.” See Introductorius, §2.3:26, s.v., sons of men.

notes to liber de mundo vel seculo [6]6: Malefics. H:

1013

‫ = המזיקים‬the harmful ones.

[7]7: Unfortunate ⟨stars⟩ aspect it. H: ‫ = מזיקים מביטים אליהם‬harmful ⟨stars⟩

aspect them. [8]7: Those who travel by sea. H:

‫ = פרשי ימים‬riders across the seas.

[9]8:

Flocks of little beasts. H: ‫ = בהמה דקה‬small cattle. → Meaning, sheep and goats. [10]8: Herds of

cattle. H: ‫ = גסה‬large cattle. → Meaning, bovines. §30

[1]1:

The matter or its condition. H: ‫ = הדבר שיורה עליו‬the thing that indicates it. [2]1:

If you wish to know the time when the completion of the matter or its condition will appear, and ⟨then⟩ it will immediately decline and be reduced. H: ‫אם רצינו לדעת הזמן שיראה בו רוב הדבר שיורה עליו וישוב מיד הלוך‬ ‫ = וחסור‬: If we wish to know the time in which most of what it indicates is seen and immediately returns and diminishes. [3]1: The eclipse. H:

‫ = קדרות‬darkening.

[4]3: As may be said for everything. H: [5]3: Upwards backwards. H: [6]4: Meaning. H:

‫ = וזה הכלל‬and this is the rule.

‫ = למעלה אחורנית‬upwards backwards.

‫ = דעת‬opinion.

[7]4:

The earlier as well as the later scholars. H: ‫החכמים הקדמונים וגם‬ ‫ = האחרונים‬the Ancient scholars and also the later ones.

[8]4: Equal hour. H: [9]5: Greatness of

‫ = שעה ישרה‬straight hour.

the matter. H: ‫ = הדבר הרב‬the greatest thing.

[10]5: Middle way. H:

‫ = בזמן האמצעי‬at the middle time.

1014

part ten

[11]5:

Visible conjunction. H: ‫ = מחברת העין‬the conjunction of the eye. → Meaning, the conjunction seen by the eye. §31 [1]1: Malefics. H: [2]1: Closer. H:

‫ = המזיקים‬the harmful ones.

‫ = קרוב‬close.

[3]1: From opposition. H:

‫ = אל הנכח‬to the opposition.

[4]2: Benevolent stars. H:

‫ = הכוכבים הטובים‬the good stars.

[5]2: Have more power. H: [6]2: Unfortunate. H:

‫ = יועילו‬are useful.

‫ = המזיקים‬the harmful ones. §32

[1]1: Taught. H:

‫ = צוה‬ordered.

[2]1:

Duodenaria. H: ‫ = שנים העשר‬the twelve. → See note on Introductorius, §1.12:2, s.v. “duodenaria.” [3]1: Of

the degree of a malefic or benefic planet. H: ‫מן הכוכב המזיק או הטוב‬ = from the harmful or good star. [4]4:

There will be summed in our hand. H: ‫ = עלו בידינו‬came up in our hands. → Hebrew idiom meaning: the result is. [5]6: Malefic. H:

‫ = מזיק‬harmful.

[6]6: Any country. H: [7]7: Greater. H:

‫ = כל מדינה‬any city.

‫ = יותר חזק‬stronger.

[8]8: To a benefic planet. H:

‫ = לכוכב טוב‬to a good star.

notes to liber de mundo vel seculo

1015

§33 [1]1:

To a malefic and a benefic planet. H: ‫ = למזיק ולכוכב טוב‬to a harmful and to a good star. [2]1: In the sign of

any country. H: ‫ = במזל מדינה‬in the sign of the city.

[3]2: Under the rays. H:

‫ = תחת אור‬under the light.

[4]3:

House of its fall. H: ‫ = בית קלונו‬house of its shame. → See note on Introductorius, §2.4:31, s.v., “fall or shame.” [5]3:

Its detriment. H: ‫ = שנאתו‬its hate. → See note on Introductorius, § 2.5:32, s.v., “hate.” §34 [1]2: Planets. H:

‫ = כוכבים‬stars.

[2]2:

Distress and distraction. H: ‫ = במצור ובמצוק‬siege and distress [Deut. 28:53, 55]. [3]3: Under the rays. H: [4]4: Planets. H:

‫ = תחת אור‬under the light.

‫ = כוכבים‬stars.

[5]6: → All three versions of

Ibn Ezra’s Sefer ha-Mivḥarim (Book of Elections) deal with choosing the best time to start a war (among other topics) in the chapter allocated to the seventh horoscopic house, which indicates strife and war. [6]7: Friendship. H:

‫ = אהבה‬love. §35

[1]1: Angles of

the sign of the country. H: ‫ = יתדות המדינה‬pegs of the city. → Meaning cardines of the horoscope of the foundation of the city. [2]4:

city.

The inhabitants of this country. H: ‫ = אנשי המדינה‬the people of the

1016

part ten

[3]4: Those fighting or attacking it.

H: ‫ = נלחמים עליה‬those fighting against

it. [4]6: Benefic star. H:

‫ = כוכב טוב‬good star.

[5]6:

Angles. H: ‫ = יתידות‬pegs. → Meaning, cardines of the horoscope. See note on Introductorius, §3.4:2, s.v., “angles or cardines.” [6]7: A benefic and a malefic. H: ‫ = מזיקים וטובים‬harmful and good ⟨planets⟩.

§36 [1]1: Says. H:

‫ = וכלל אמר‬stated a rule.

[2]1: The human community. H:

‫ = כל האדם‬every person. §37

[1]1: Adain. H:

‫ = עראק‬Iraq.

[2]1: The land of Edom or of the Idumeans. H: ‫ = ארץ אדום‬the land of [3]1: The Indians. H: [4]1: The Arabs. H: [5]1: Corasten. H:

‫ = הודו‬India.

‫ = אל ערב‬Arabia.

‫ = כורסאן‬Khorasan.

[6]2: Conditions of

any country. H: ‫ = דברי כל אחד ואחד‬the affairs of every-

one. §38 [1]1: Countries. H: [2]2: Baudas. H:

Edom.

‫ = מדינות‬cities.

‫ = בגדאד‬Baghdad.

[3]4: Almaharia. H:

‫ = אל מהדיאה‬Al Mahdiyya.

notes to liber de mundo vel seculo [4]10: Brindisi. H:

‫ = בדרש‬Bedarsh.

[5]12: Cesaraugusta. H:

‫ = סרגוסה‬Zaragoza.

[6]13: Almarie. H:

‫ = אל מריה‬Al maria.

[7]16: Hispalis. H:

‫ = שבליה‬Sevillia.

[8]17: Granata. H:

‫ = גרנדא‬Granada.

[9]18: Ulsania. H:

‫ = אולסינא‬Ulsina.

[10]19: The areas around Dexalen. H:

‫ = מדינת סלאם‬Madinat Salʾam.

[11]20: Bourjie. H:

‫ = בוזיה‬Buzieh.

[12]21: The area of

Meska. H: ‫ = מדינת וושקא‬Madinat Washqa.

[13]22: Gabes. H:

1017

‫ = קביץ‬Qabiz.

[14]23: Alcaroan. H: [15]24: In books. H:

‫ = אל קרואן‬Al Karuan.

‫ = בספר‬in a book. §39

[1]7:

Angles. H: ‫ = יתידות‬pegs. → Meaning, cardines of the horoscope. See note on Introductorius, §3.4:2, s.v., “angles or cardines.” [2]8: To know. H: [3]8: Planets. H: [4]8: Sign of

‫ = לראות‬to see.

‫ = כוכבים‬stars.

profection. H: ‫ = בית הסוף‬house of the end. §40

[1]1: Scholars of

the stars. H: ‫ = חכמי המזלות‬scholars of the signs.

[2]1: That must be. H:

‫ = שיהיה‬that will be.

1018

part ten

[3]2: Great satiety, abundance. H: [4]2: Lowering of [5]3: Costly. H:

‫ = שובע גדול‬great plenty.

price or reducing payment. H: ‫ = זול‬cheapness.

‫ = יקרים‬expensive. §41

[1]2: Malefic star. H:

‫ = כוכב מזיק‬harmful star.

[2]3:

Resentment coming from nothing. H: ‫ = שנאת חנם‬hatred without cause. [3]3: Unrest. H:

‫ = קטטות‬quarrels.

[4]4: Confidence. H: [5]5: Battles. H:

‫ = בטחון‬security.

‫ = מכות‬blows.

[6]6: The sign of

this place. H: ‫ = מזל המדינה‬the sign of the city.

[7]7: Professions of. H:

‫ = הצלחת‬the success of. §42

[1]1: Any place. H:

‫ = מדינה ומדינה‬each and every city.

[2]1: Root. H:

‫ = עיקר‬principle. → But the original sense of ‫ עיקר‬is root.

[3]2: Lord. H:

‫ = הממונה‬the overseer.

[4]2:

Al-mubtazz. H: ‫ = הממונה‬the overseer.

[5]2: Dignity. H: [6]3: [7]3:

‫ = שלטון‬dominion.

Al-mubtazz or the lord. H: ‫ = הממונה‬the overseer.

Angle. H: ‫ = יתד‬peg. → Meaning, cardo of the horoscope. See note on Introductorius, §3.4:2, s.v., “angles or cardines.”.

notes to liber de mundo vel seculo [8]3: Wheat or grain. H: [9]3: This country. H: [10]3: That is,. H:

‫ = חטה‬wheat.

‫ = באותה המדינה‬in this city.

‫ = והטעם‬and the reason.

[11]3: Its mean motion. H:

‫ = מהלכו השוה‬its equal motion.

[12]4: Its power or strength. H: [13]4: Planet. H: [14]6:

1019

‫ = הכח‬the power.

‫ = כוכב‬star.

Al-mubtazz. H: ‫ = הממונה‬the overseer.

[15]6: Damage or harm. H:

‫ = נזק‬harm. §43

[1]1: Asserts. H: ‫ = אמר‬says. [2]2:

Al-mubtazz. H: ‫ = הממונה‬the overseer.

[3]3: Its exaltation. H: ‫כבודו‬ [4]4: Its fall. H:

= its honor.

‫ = קלונו‬its shame.

[5]4: Its detriment. H:

‫ = שנאתו‬its hate. §44

[1]1: The Book of

the Revolutions. H: ‫ = בספר התקופה שלו‬in his Book of the

Revolution. [2]2: Signs of

rain. H: ‫ = מזלות המים‬signs of water.

[3]2: The region. H: [4]2: Equate. H:

‫ = המדינה‬the city.

‫ = מתקן‬correct.

1020

part ten

[5]4: Signification. H: [6]4:

‫ = עדות‬testimony.

Al-mubtazz. H: ‫ = הממונה‬the overseer. §45

[1]1: Is true. H:

‫ = הוא נכון‬is correct. §46

[1]1: Planets. H:

‫ = כוכבים‬stars. §47

[1]1: Aventarat. H: [2]1: Of

‫ = אבן צארק‬Ibn Ṣariq.

an upper planet. H: ‫ = מן הכוכב העליון‬from the upper star.

[3]1:

→ For this gloss, Bate drew on Al-Qabīṣī. See Introduction, ed. Burnett et al. (2004), Latin translation, IV:22, 346–347: “Et ex hoc apertio portarum. Dicitur enim cum iungitur planeta inferior planete superiori et fuerint cum hoc domus eorum opposite.” The term “opening of the doors” is mentioned explicitly in ʿOlam II, §36:1–2, 178–179, but there is no evidence that Bate knew ʿOlam II. “Opening of the doors” does not occur in ʿOlam I. This procedure for forecasting rain is also mentioned in similar terms in Tractatus pluviarum, ed. Burnett (2008), 240; and Al-Kindī, ed, Bos and Burnett (2000), Apertio Portarum, 13–15, 386. [4]2:

Because its houses are opposite the houses of the luminaries. H: ‫כי‬ ‫ = בתיהם לנכח בתיו‬because their houses are opposite its houses.

[5]3: Equal degrees. H:

‫ = המעלות הישרות‬the straight degrees.

[6]3: Complete or entire aspect. H:

‫ = מבט שלם‬complete aspect. §48

[1]3: In equal degrees. H:

‫ = במעלות ישרות‬in straight degrees.

notes to liber de mundo vel seculo

1021

§49 [1]1: Planets. H:

‫ = כוכב‬star. §50

[1]1:

→ This means that Mercury’s two planetary houses, Gemini and Virgo, are seventh counting clockwise from Jupiter’s two planetary houses, Sagittarius and Pisces. [2]2:

And besides especially if they are in friendliness or in equality with any sign of the ascendant. H: ‫ = ואף כי אם היו ביתדות מאחד מזלות הצומח‬and particularly if they are in the pegs of one of the signs of the ascendant. §51 [1]2: A hailstorm. H:

‫ = ברד‬hail. §52

[1]1: At the revolution. H:

‫ = בתקופות‬at the revolutions.

[2]2: Benevolent planet. H: [3]2: Place. H:

‫ = כוכב טוב‬good star.

‫ = מדינה‬city.

[4]2:

Angles of the sign of the country. H: ‫ = יתדות מזל המדינה‬pegs. → Meaning cardines of the horoscope of the sign of the city. §53 [1]2: Power. H:

‫ = שלטון‬dominion.

[2]2: Power. H:

‫ = שלטון‬dominion.

[3]3: In the region. H: [4]4: Sign of

‫ = במדינה‬in the city.

the country or the region. H: ‫ = מזל המדינה‬sign of the city.

1022

part ten

[5]4: This region. H:

‫ = המדינה‬the city.

[6]4: Will be safe. H:

‫ =ינצלו‬will be rescued.

[7]5: The fear or the mistrust. H: ‫הפחדים‬ [8]6: Breakings. H:

= the fears.

‫ = הריסות‬destructions. §54

[1]2: Benefic planet. H: [2]3: Signs of

‫ = כוכב טוב‬good star.

bodily ailments. H: ‫ = מזלות המומים‬signs of deformities. §55

[1]3: Must be harmful. H:

‫ = שיזיק‬which will harm.

[2]3:

Destructive hailstorm. H: ‫ = אבני הברד המשחיתים‬destructive hailstones. [3]4: Caterpillars. H:

‫ = ְצָלַצל‬locust.

[4]4: In places certainly disposed for this that they be in them. H: ‫במקומות‬

‫ = שהם מוכנים להיותם שם‬in places that are prepared for them [the pests] to be. [5]5: Conflicts. H:

‫ = מלחמות‬wars. §56

[1]1: Jupiter. H:

‫ = כוכב צדק‬the star Jupiter.

[2]1: Alatrat. H:

‫ = אל עראק‬Al-Iraq.

[3]2: Alatrat. H:

‫ = אל עראק‬Al-Iraq.

[4]3: Obstructing planet. H:

‫ = כוכב מזיק‬harmful planet.

notes to liber de mundo vel seculo [5]3: Will obstruct. H:

‫ = יזיק‬will harm.

[6]4: Benevolent planet. H: [7]6: Is in charge of

1023

‫ = כוכב טוב‬good star.

Rome. H: ‫ = לארץ רומה‬to the land of Rome.

[8]6:

Kingdom of Edom or of the Idumeans. H: ‫ = מלכות אדום‬kingdom of Edom. → ʾEdom = Idumea, in medieval Hebrew, is a code name for Rome. Cf. Introductorius, §2.7:13: “the land of Edom {{or of the Christians}},” et passim. [9]9: Is in charge of

the land of the Saracens. H: ‫ = לארץ אל חגאז‬to the land

of Ḥejaz. [10]10: Obstructing. H:

‫ = מזיק‬harming.

[11]10: Cumans or Arabs. H: [12]10: The kingdom of

‫ = קדרים‬Kedarians. → Meaning Ishmaelites.

the Ishmaelites. H: ‫ = מלכות ישמעאל‬the kingdom of

Ishmael. [13]11: He mentioned that he tested this in many instances. H: ‫והזכיר מאשר‬

‫ = נסה דמיונות רבים‬he mentioned many examples of what he tested. [14]15: This is said because this planet. H: ‫ = וטעם זה כי אותו הכוכב‬the reason

is that this star. [15]15:

Al-mubtazz. H: ‫ = הממונה‬the overseer. §57

[1]1: Root. H: [2]2: Sign of

‫ = עיקר‬principle.

profection. H: ‫ = בית הסוף‬house of the end.

[3]2: Region. H:

‫ = מדינה‬city.

[4]3: And it is called. H:

‫ =וטעם‬the meaning of.

1024

part ten

[5]3: Terminal house or sign of

profection because. H: ‫ = בית הסוף‬house of

the end. [6]3: Equal degrees. H:

‫ = מעלות ישרות‬straight degrees.

[7]4: Satiety or abundance. H: [8]4: Even better. H:

‫ = שובע‬satiety.

‫ = ואף כי‬and particularly. §58

[1]1: Andruzagar. H:

‫ = אל אנדרוזגר‬Al-Andruzagar. §59

[1]1: Knowledge. H:

‫ = דעת‬opinion. §60

[1]3: The benefic planets. H:

‫ = הכוכבים הטובים‬the good stars.

[2]3: Or one of

them has a great dignity in this place. H: ‫אז יהיה לאחד מהם‬ ‫ = שלטון רב במקום‬then one of them will have great dominion in the place.

[3]3: Obstructing. H: [4]3: Equations. H: [5]3: Which. H:

‫ = מזיק‬harming.

‫ = תקון‬correction.

‫ = כי‬because.

[6]5: Bad. H: ‫ = מזיקים‬harmful ones. [7]5:

Al-mubtazz. H: ‫ = השליט‬the ruler.

[8]7: In the western part. H: [9]7: Under the rays of

‫ = בפאת מערב‬in the side (or edge) of the west.

the brightness. H: ‫ = תחת אור‬under the light.

notes to liber de mundo vel seculo

1025

§61 [1]3:

It did not ascend in our hands. H: ‫ולא עלה בידי‬. → Hebrew idiom meaning: I did not succeed. [2]5:

Abū Maʿshar said … nothing else about rain. → Under scrutiny, it emerges that this is a verbatim quotation from Abū Maʿshar’s On the Great Conjunctions. See Book of Religions and Dynasties, ed. Yamamoto and Burnett (2000), I, §8.1:13, 482–483: “As for rain, if Mars is in the houses of Saturn at the revolution of the world-year, it indicates the lack of rain. If it is in ⟨one of⟩ its own houses, it indicates its abundance. If it is in ⟨one of⟩ the houses of the other planets, it indicates its middling amount.” §62 [1]1: Scholars of [2]2: Of

the Indians. H: ‫ = חכמי הודו‬scholars of India.

Aries. H: ‫ = מתחלת טלה‬from the beginning of Aries.

[3]2: From the line of [4]3: Equated. H:

equality. H: ‫ = קו הצדק‬the line of justice.

‫ = מתוקן‬corrected.

[5]5: Forms or images. H:

‫ = צורות‬forms.

[6]5:

Language of Kedar. H: ‫ = לשון קדר‬the language of Kedar. → Meaning, Arabic. [7]5: And also an explanation. H:

‫ = ופירושם‬and their explanation. §63

[1]1: Scholars of

the Indians. H: ‫ = חכמי הודו‬scholars of India.

[2]2: Arabic language. H: ‫ = לשון קדר‬the language of [3]3: The Moon is observed.

becomes visible.

Kedar, meaning Arabic.

H: ‫ = בהראות אור הלבנה‬when the Moon’s light

1026

part ten

[4]5: In general. H:

‫ = והכלל‬the rule.

[5]5: Tropical sign. H:

‫ = המזלות המתהפכים‬the signs reversing direction.

[6]5: This is because the

weather changes. H: ‫ = והטעם שיתהפך הזמן‬meaning that the weather is reversed [7]7: Changes. H:

‫ = יתהפך‬will be reversed. §64

[1]1: According to a general method. H:

‫ = כלל‬a rule.

[2]1:

The planets and the luminaries. H: ‫הכוכבים המשרתים עם המאורות‬ = the servant stars with the luminaries. → Meaning, the planets with the luminaries. [3]2: Planet or star. H:

‫ = כוכב‬star. §65

[1]1: Its dignity. H:

‫ = שלטונו‬its dominion.

[2]1: You will know. H:

‫ = יתיקר‬will become more expensive.

[3]2: In the house of

[its] fall. H: ‫ = בבית קלונו‬in its house of shame.

[4]2: In the house of

its detriment. H: ‫ = בבית שנאתו‬in its house of hate. §66

[1]1: Nazarenes. H: [2]1: The

‫ = הנוצרים‬the Nazarenes. → Meaning the Christians.

Kesarigim. H: ‫ = קדרים‬Kedarim. → Meaning Qedarites.

[3]2: Their power. H:

‫ = כחו‬its power.

notes to liber de mundo vel seculo

1027

§67 [1]1:

The owners of riches. H: ‫ = בעלי העושר‬owners of wealth. → Hebrew idiom for rich people. §68 [1]1: Rebellion. H:

‫ = קשר‬conspiracy. §69

[1]1: Has dignity. H: [2]2:

‫ = שליט‬ruler.

Al-mubtazz. H: ‫ = שליט‬ruler.

[3]3: Has more dignities. H:

‫ = יש לו יותר שלטון‬has more dominion. §70

[1]2:

Al-mubtazz. H: ‫ = שליט‬ruler.

[2]3: Their prince. H:

‫ = שלטונם‬their government.

[3]3: In their place. H: ‫ = בממונם‬in their wealth. [4]4: Journeys to foreign places. H: [5]5: Is impeded. H:

‫ = עוברי דרכים‬wayfarers.

‫ = מושחת‬corrupted.

[6]6: Boys or infants. H: [7]6: The bad ones. H:

‫ = בניהם‬their sons.

‫ = המזיקים‬the harmful.

PART ELEVEN

LIBER ABRAHE AVENESRE DE LUMINARIBUS LATIN TEXT AND ENGLISH TRANSLATION

1030 30va

part eleven Incipit Liber Abrahe Avenesdre de luminaribus1

1 (1) Dominum Deum meum simpliciter oro,γ quamdiu in me est anima mea, ut in cor meum lumen suum immittat et veritatem; multum enim est delectabileγ lumen eius ac bonum2 oculis anime ad videndum; et nox sicut dies illuminabitur nec occultabunt ipsum nubes; et enim3 non est sicut lumen Solis qui de die obumbratur, id est,4 obnubilatur,γ neque sicut Luna de nocte, quia non diminuitur sicut diminutio luminis5 illius. (2) Hoc {autem} lumen maius exseparavit a se Deus et dedit luminari magno ut preesset diei, et a lumine maioris luminaris exseparavit ipse minus et dedit luminari minori ut preesset nocti; celorum etiam exercitus ac stelle luminose,γ scilicet planete, presunt una cum minori luminari. (3) Duarum quidem igitur luminarium virtus stellarum virtute maior est, eo quod Sol 30vb terre6 | propinquus est, in spera namque .2a. est secundum veritatis viam, {item} est magnus valde; ac {vero} Luna propinquior est ⟨⟨…⟩⟩; {item} et lumen eius ipsummet lumen7 Solis. (4) Quoniam {ergo} celorum exercitus, id est, stelle fixe, in supremo gradu sunt, idcirco non mutatur seu diversificatur earum cursus,β neque separatur una ab altera, latitudines enim earum semper sunt eedem.γ (5) Sed non est ita in stellis luminosis, scilicet planetis,γ eorum namque cursus variatur secundum signorum cingulum,γ interdum {enim} sunt in linea signorum interdum extra lineam, quandoque altera elongantur ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ quandoque propinquantur, aliquando directe vadunt ante se aliquando retrocedunt, ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ interdum a sinistris sunt interdum a dextris,γ quandoque coniunguntur ad invicem et quandoque separantur. (6) Hoc {autem} totum est ideo quia in gradu sunt inferiori vel superiori.γ,8 (7) Luna {vero} sola per se est in gradu inferiori magis respectu medii sive centri,β et ob hoc multos habet motus, mutatur enim et variaturβ in longitudine et latitudine, et insuper accidit ei accidens quod alteris non accidit planetis, lumen enim eius crescit et decrescit, et quandoque deficit item eclipsatur in umbra terre (8) Non {autem} eo modo quo sit eclipsis Solis, nam Sol ipsemet in se non eclipsatur, sed ab oculis aspicientium occultat seu velat ipsumβ Luna. (9) Ac {vero} sub Luna quidem existentes, plante9 quedam10 sive homines, sive alia universaliter animalia quecumque, que quasi planete quidam sunt seu astra quedam erratica,

1Incipit Liber Abrahe Avenesdre de luminaribus] M; L Tractatus Abraham Avenare de luminaribus seu diebus creticis. Incipit (in margin); U Incipit Abraham Avanare. 2bonum] L; M donum. 3enim] L; M tamen. 4id est] L; M ideo. 5luminis] L; M om. 6terre] L; M stelle. 7lumen] L; M ex lumine. 8inferiori vel superiori] LU; M inferiori. 9plante] corrected; LMU planete. 10quedam] corrected; LM quidam; U quidem.

liber abrahe avenesre de luminaribus

1031

Here begins the Book of the Luminaries by Abraham Ibn Ezra 1 (1) I pray straightforwardly to God, my Lord,γ,1 as long as my breath is in me, that He send forth His light and His truth to my heart; for His light is very delightful,γ,2 and a good thing for the eyes of the soul to behold; night as also day is illuminated and the clouds do not hide it; it is not like the Sun’s light that by day is darkened, that is, beclouded,γ,3 nor like the Moon by night, because it does not wane like the waning of its light. (2) {But} God emanated this great light from Himself and gave it to the greater luminary to be in charge of the day, and from the light of the greater luminary He emanated to a lesser degree and gave it to the lesser luminary so that it might rule by night; also the host of heaven and the luminous stars,4 namely the planets, rule with the lesser luminary. (3) Therefore the power of the two luminaries is greater than the power of the stars, because the Sun is close to the Earth and it is in the second sphere according to the truthful method; {likewise,} it is very large; {moreover} the Moon is even closer ⟨⟨to the Earth⟩⟩;{likewise} its light is the Sun’s own light. (4) {Therefore,} because the host of heaven, that is, the fixed stars, are in the highest level, their course does not change or vary,β,5 and they do not move away from one other, because their latitudes are always the same.γ,6 (5) But this is not soγ,7 regarding the luminous stars, namely, the planets,γ,8 because their course changes with respect to the girdle of the signs,γ,9 {because} sometimes they are in the line of the signs and sometimes outside the line, at other time they move away ⟨⟨from the Earth⟩⟩ and at times they move closer ⟨to it⟩, at times they advance directly in front of them [i.e., the signs] and at times they go back, ⟨⟨sometimes in the line of the signs⟩⟩ sometimes from the left-hand side [i.e., from the northern side of the ecliptic] and sometimes from the right-hand sideγ,10 [i.e., from the southern side of the ecliptic], at times they conjoin among themselves and at times they move apart. (6) {But} all of this is because they are in the lower or upper level.γ,11(7) {Moreover,} only the Moon is in the lower level more with respect to the middle or the center,β,12 because of that it has many motions, for it changes and variesβ,13 in latitude and longitude, and in addition there happens to it what does not happen the other planets,γ,14 for its light waxes and wanes, and at times it disappears and is eclipsed by the Earth’s shadow. (8) The Sun’s eclipse, {however,} is not in this manner, because the Sun itself is not eclipsed, but the Moon conceals or covers itβ,15 from the eyes of observers. (9) {Moreover,} those existing under the Moon, certain plants or human beings, or other living creatures in general whatsoever, which are like certain planets or erratic stars, change and

1032

part eleven

mutantur multipliciter et variantur,β et numquam1 in eodem statu permanent ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ in seipsis, neque in cogitationibus eorum nec in operibus vel operationibus suis2 nec in earum manieribus,γ propter mutationes motuum illorum planetarum.γ (10) Et hii quidem sunt in gradu infimo quo inferior non est alter. (11) Quoniam {itaque} Luna in lumine suo nascenti assimilatur, cuius virtus primo crescit postea diminuitur, idcirco significat super omnem rem generalem et super principium cogitationum et operationum ac nativitatum. 2 (1) Virtus {vero} in operatione Solisγ est quod causat seu nasci faciatβ caliditatem et frigiditatem, estatem et hyemem, atque diem ac noctem. (2) Cum {autem} est in domo sui honoris sive in exaltatione sua,β que est signum Arietis, quia in hoc signo nostris regionibusγ incipit apropinquare, tunc germinant arbores seu fructus emittunt,β et ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ hylarescunt animalia, ac ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ egritudines curantur. (3) Cum {vero} est in casu suo,γ que est Libra, tunc pallescunt folia, et arescunt seu marcescunt,β atque flaccent3 et aggravantur hominesβ et ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ egritudines augmentantur. (4) Iterum aliud experimentum ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ est quod in pluribus egrotantibus alleviantur egritudines a media nocte usque ad meridiem, eo quod tunc Sol est in parte celi ascendente,γ econtrario {autem} cum est in descendente. (5) ⟨⟨…⟩⟩. 3 (1) Rursus Lune sunt plures operationes experimentate,γ in mari, et in fluminibus, ac {etiam} in vegetabilibus horum enim humiditas magna est, ut4 ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ cucurbitarum, et medullarum ossium humanorum ac omnium viventium;β {quoque} semen Luna lumine diminuta seminatum non crescit ut deberet. (2) Piscatores etiam hiis concordant in operationibus suis;γ astrorum quidem {igitur} sapientesγ experti sunt res multas in suis virtutibus, quemadmodum in eorum libris scriptum reperitur. (3) {Similiter} et mediciγ inquisiverunt ad sciendum causam terminationis egritudinum sive crisis,β quare videlicet est in die .7a., aut .14a., aut .20a. seu .21a., aut .27a. seu .28a. (4) Et non potuerunt eamγ invenire nisi secundum viam Lune, si quidem perseveraverit egritudo usque ad unum mensem lunaremγ et postmodum recedat, {quod} si non recesserit respiciunt ad Solem, que Lune superior est, secundum quod explanabo. (5) Non acquiescat {autem} cor tuum insipientibus sermonibus,γ dicendum hoc esse propter im-

1numquam] LU; M tamquam. 2vel operationibus suis] LU; M om. 3flaccent] corrected; L fanctent; MU flactent. 4ut] LU; M et.

liber abrahe avenesre de luminaribus

1033

varyβ,16 in many ways, and do not remain themselves in the same condition ⟨⟨for a moment⟩⟩, and so too their thoughts, their deeds, and their modesγ,17 ⟨of behavior⟩, because of the variation in the motions of the planets.γ,18 (10) Certainly they are in the lowest level, than which nothing is lower. (11) {Therefore,} Because the Moon, in its light, is similar to a newborn, whose power grows and then decreases, for that reason it [the Moon] indicates every general thing and the beginning of thoughts, acts, and births. 2 (1) {Moreover,} the power in the Sun’s actionγ,1 is what causes or brings into existenceβ,2 cold and heat, summer and winter, day and night. (2) {On the other hand,} when it [the Sun] is in the house of its honor or in its exaltation,β,3 which is the sign of Aries, because in this sign it begins to be closer to our regions,γ,4 then trees begin to bud or to put forth fruit,β,5 ⟨⟨all⟩⟩ living creatures rejoice, and ⟨⟨all⟩⟩ the sick recover. (3) {But} when it [the Sun] is in its fall γ,6 [i.e., in its dejection], which is Libra, the leaves fade and become dry or wither,β,7 and human beings droop and languish,β,8 and ⟨⟨all⟩⟩ diseases increase. (4) In addition, another thing that has been tested experimentally ⟨⟨and is well known⟩⟩ is that the diseases of most patients are lighter from midnight to noon, because the Sun is then in the ascending region of heaven,γ,9 {but} the opposite occurs when it is in the descending ⟨region of heaven⟩. (5) ⟨⟨Also those who “watch the winds” (Eccl. 11:4) recognize, as they verified experimentally, when the Sun returns to a certain position in the zodiac⟩⟩.10 3 (1) In addition, the Moon has many effects verified experimentally,γ,1 on the sea, and on streams, and {also} on plants with great moistness, such as ⟨⟨melons⟩⟩, gourds, and the marrow of the bones of human beings and of all living creatures;β,2 {also} any seed sown when the Moon is waning will not grow as it should. (2) Also fishermen agree about these things regarding their work;γ,3 {therefore} the scholars of the starsγ,4 verified experimentally many things about their [the luminaries’] powers, as is found written in their books. (3) {Similarly}, the physiciansγ,5 sought to know the cause of the imposition of the boundary of diseases or the crisis,β,6 namely, why it takes place on the seventh, fourteenth, twentieth or twentyfirst, or twenty-seventh or twenty-eighth day ⟨after the onset of the disease⟩. (4) They could find itγ,7 [the cause] only according to a method that involves the Moon, if the disease lasts for up to one lunar monthγ,8 and goes away; {but} if it does not go away they look at the Sun, which is above the Moon, as I shall explain. (5) Your heart, {however,} should not agree with foolish statements,γ,9 saying that this is because a number is odd and even,γ,10 for

1034

part eleven

parem numerum et parem,γ dies enim .14a. par est, et similiter .20a., item in die .4a. potest esse crisis.γ (6) {Verum} radix et causa crisis diei septimeβ est quia Luna tunc est in aspectu .4o. ad locum principi egritudinis, id est, in quo fuerit,1 et die .14a. in aspectu opposito, .20a. {vero} seu .21a. in aspectu .4o. secundo, {sed} .27a. vel .28a.2 revertitur Luna ad locum in quo fuerit. (7) Est {autem} diei .4o. similitudo quidam ad diem creticam,γ eo quod medietatem continet aspectus, secundum viam clavium Lune; similiter in .11a. et .17a. et .24a. 4 (1) Et scito quod motus Lune diversificatur propter distantiam centri circuli eiusγ a centro terre, adhuc et propter motum epicicli seu parvi circuli.β (2) Et hinc est quod in aliquo die movetur Luna .15. gradibus, in alio {autem} minus .12.; cum {ergo} Luna velox cursu fuerit perveniet3 ad aspectum .4m. post .6. dies a principio egritudinis cum horis paucis. (3) Et veritas quidem est computare ab hora decubitus egri super lectum eius usque ad consimilem horam diei sequentis, in crastino, diem unam sive primam diem.β (4) Et a mane diei dominiciγ usque ad mane alterius diei dominiciγ .7. sunt dies perfecti. (5) {Quod} si Luna tarda fuerit, non perveniet ad .4m. usque ad .7. dies perfectos et dimidium fere; et erit hoc secundum computationem hominum nona die, tunc enim perveniet Luna ad .4m. eius aspectum; propter hoc quod dixerunt multi quod dies .9a. dies creticaγ est. (6) Si {autem} fuerit ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ in cursu mediocri, perveniet ad .4m. ante .7. dies perfectos per .5. horas fere; conveniensγ {autem} est oppositum aspectum esse die .14.; si {tamen} velox fuerit cursuγ eveniet ipsam esse die .13.,4 sed hoc raro accidit. (7) Similiter, quoque modo, propter motum mediocrem, convenietγ diem crisisγ esse die .20a. aut .21a.; et consimilis {etiam} ratio est de die .27. aut .28., Luna namque circuli suum perficit in .27. diebus et horis .8. secundum eius motum mediocrem. (8) Dies enim .5a. interdum dies crisisγ est, cum in aspectu sextili Luna fuerit ad locum primum in quo fuerit in principio ⟨⟨…⟩⟩; {item} .11a. die quandoque erit ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ Luna in aspectu tertio, si fuerit in cursu tarda; {consimiliter} et die .9a., si sit velox. (9) Et ego ostendam tibi viam ad quam advertere poteris si crisis eritγ aut non erit in diebus memoratis.

1id est, in quo fuerit] L; M om. 2vel .28a.] L in margin; M aut .28. 3perveniet] M; LU pervenit. 4si tamen velox fuerit cursu eveniet ipsam esse die .13.] MU; L om.

liber abrahe avenesre de luminaribus

1035

the fourteenth ⟨day⟩ is even-numbered, and similarly the twentieth ⟨day⟩, and also on the fourth day and there may be a crisis.γ,11 (6) {Indeed,} the root or cause of the crisis of the seventh dayβ,12 is because then the Moon is in quartile aspect to ⟨its⟩ place at the onset of the disease, that is, in which it took place, and on the fourteenth day in the opposition aspect, {moreover} on the twentieth or the twentieth-first ⟨day⟩ in the second quartile aspect, {but} on the twenty-seventh or twenty-eighth ⟨day⟩ the Moon returns to the place where it was. (7) {But} there is some similarity of the fourth day to a critical day,γ,13 because it contains half of an aspect according to the method of the keys of the Moon; similarly regarding the eleventh, seventeenth, and twenty-fourth ⟨days⟩. 4 (1) Know that the Moon’s motion varies because of the distance of the center of its circleγ,1 from the center of the Earth, and also because of the motion of the epicycle or small circle.β,2 (2) For this reason, one day the Moon moves 15 degrees, {but} another ⟨day⟩ it moves less than 12 degrees; {therefore,} if the Moon is quick in ⟨its⟩ course it will reach quartile aspect after six days and a few hours from the onset of the disease. (3) The truth is to count, the next day, one day or the first dayβ,3 from the time that the patient lay down on his sickbed until the same time of the following day. (4) And there are seven full days from the morning of the Lord’s dayγ,4 [Sunday morning] to the morning of the other Lord’s day.γ (5) {But} if the Moon is slow, it will not reach quartile until seven full days and approximately half a day; according to the reckoning of human beings this will be the ninth day, and then the Moon will reach its quartile aspect; this is why many have said that the ninth day is a critical day.γ,5 (6) {But} if ⟨⟨the Moon⟩⟩ is in ⟨its⟩ mean motion, it will reach quartile approximately five hours before seven full days; it is fitting,γ,6 {however,} that the opposition aspect be on the 14th day; {nevertheless} if it [the Moon] is quick in ⟨its⟩ courseγ,7 it [opposition] will take place the 13th day, but this occurs only in rare cases. (7) Similarly, by the same pattern, because of the mean motion, it is fittingγ,8 that the day of crisis,γ,9 take place on the 20th or 21st day; and {also} a similar reason applies to the 27th or 28th day, because the Moon, according to its mean motion, completes its circle in 27 days and 8 hours. (8) Sometimes the fifth day is a day of crisis,γ,10 when the Moon is in sextile aspect with the first position where it was at the onset ⟨⟨of the disease⟩⟩; {likewise} on the 11th day when the Moon will be ⟨⟨sometimes⟩⟩ in trine aspect, if it is slow in ⟨its⟩ course; {similarly} on the ninth day, if it is quick. (9) I shall show you a way you can turn to ⟨to know⟩ whether a crisis will take placeγ,11 on the aforementioned days, or not.

1036

part eleven

5 (1) Si {vero} querens querat aliquis numquid crisimγ ullam habet febricitans febre tertiana aut quartana. (2) Responsio: naturam egritudinis Luna non tollit, sed1 auget vel minuit secundum fortitudinem illius. 6 (1) Et si dicat adhuc: cum dependent crisesγ a motu Lune, et a planetarumγ aspectibus, atque a stellis spere superioris,γ qualiter est hoc quodγ duo in eadem hora egrotari incipient et crisisγ unius non erit sic crisisγ alterius. (2) Reponsio: scias quod virtus operantis mutatur sive diversificaturβ propter diversificationem virtutis recipientis, Sol enim pannunculum seu telamβ albificat et faciem nigrificat illam lavantis. (3) Unde, si alter egrotantium sit puer, cuius natura calida est et humida, alter {vero} iuvenis seu adolescensβ vel senex, ideo diversificantur eorum crises.γ (4) {Item,} adhuc comparantur anni tempora seu dies,γ,2 nam si in tempore veris hoc fuerit, plus nocebit puero quam seni. (5) Adhuc, si in principio egritudinis fuerit Luna cum Marte, cuius natura calida est et sicca secundum receptionem virtutis sue, fueritque unius egritudo ex caliditate, tunc aggravabitur seu fortificabitur illius egritudo,β et ex frigiditatem, non {tamen} nocebit ⟨⟨…⟩⟩. 7 (1) Si {autem} recuperet et dicat {iterum} quod egrorum virtusque anni sunt equales, similiter et egritudines equales ex caliditate;γ responsio:γ diversitas inter illos est propter complexiones corporum suorum, alter enim eorum calidus ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ est alter frigidus. (2) Et si adhuc dicat virtusque complexionemβ esse unam totaliter; responsio: hoc quidem esse non potest quin unius complexioγ ab ea que alteri propter additionem aut diminutionem aliqua sit diversa. (3) Et enim scitum est quod quamvis .9. sunt complexiones in universali, particulariter {tamen} impossibile est duos homines inveniri in complexionibus equales et in comestionibus et operationibus ceteris atque cogitationibus eorum. (4) {Amplius} et si consideramus posse dici complexionesγ eorum equales esse, nihilominus esse non potest egritudinis causa in uno quale in altero, penitus superveniuntγ enim res varie de die in diem. 8 (1) Insuper, scitum est in astrorum scientiaγ quod omnis egritudo adveniens homini Luna in loco Saturni existente aut Martis aut Mercurii, commixti malisγ in egri nativitate, gravis erit illi3 et periculosa.β (2) Et

1sed] U; LM si. 2dies] M; L diebus. 3illi] M om.

liber abrahe avenesre de luminaribus

1037

5 (1) {But} if a questioner asks whether a person who suffers a tertian or quartan fever experiences a crisis.γ,1 (2) The answer: the Moon does not remove the disease’s nature, but only augments or diminishes ⟨the disease⟩ according to its power. 6 (1) If he says further: since the crisesγ,1 depend on the Moon’s motion, and on the aspects of the planets,2 and on the stars of the upper sphere,γ,3 how is it thatγ,4 two begin to be illγ,5 at the same time and the crisisγ,6 of one will not be as the crisisγ,7 of the other? (2) Answer: Know that the power of the agent changes or variesβ because of the variation in the power of the receiver, for the Sun whitens cloth or a garmentβ,8 but blackens the face of the person who launders it. (3) Hence, if one of the patients is a boy, whose nature is hot and moist, {but} the other is a youth or adolescent,β,9 or an old man, for that reason their crises are different.γ,10 (4) {Likewise,} the seasons or the days of the year are also relevant,γ,11 for if this happens in the season of summer, it will be more detrimental to a youth than to an old person. (5) In addition, if at the onset of the illness the Moon is with Mars, whose nature is hot and dry according to the reception of its power, and the disease of one ⟨of the patients⟩ is from heat, then his illness will be aggravated or intensified,β,12 and if from cold, it will {nevertheless} not harm ⟨⟨him in this manner⟩⟩. 7 (1) {But} if he replies and says {again} that the power of the diseases and of the year are the same, and similarly the diseases are the same by means of heat;γ,1 the answer:γ,2 the difference between them is because of the complexion of their bodies, since one of them is hot ⟨⟨in his nature⟩⟩ and the other is cold. (2) If he also says that the power and the complexionβ,3 are one in every respect; the answer: it is not possible that the complexionγ,4 of one of them is not different from that of the other because of some increase or decrease. (3) For it is known that although there are nine complexions in general, {nevertheless} in the details it is impossible to find two persons who are equal in their complexionsγ,5 and in their nutrition, actions, and thoughts. (4) {Further}, even if we suppose that their complexions are the same, nevertheless the cause of one disease cannot be the same as the cause of another disease, because completely different things occurγ,6 day after day. 8 (1) In addition, it is known in the science of the starsγ,1 that any disease a man comes down with when the Moon is in the place of Saturn, Mars, or Mercury, when they are mixed with bad ⟨planets⟩γ,2 in the patient’s

1038

part eleven

quemadmodum est iudicium locorum sic et aspectuum iudicium respectu iudicii primi,γ econtrario {autem} si in loco Iovis aut Veneris sit Luna. (3) Ac {vero} possibile est quod Iupiter ledat seu noceatβ aut Venus, siquidem in domibus sint malis domino nativitatis, scilicet, illi cuius est nativitas,1 ut est .6a. domus et .8a. atque .12a. (4) {Item} possibile est Lunam habere dominiumγ in nativitate unius, in alterius {vero} nativitate nullam fortitudinem, eo quod erat sub radiis Solisγ,, aut signum ascendentis in nativitate erat Leo vel Sagittarius aut Aquarius, aut Luna erat cum Saturno, ipso {inquam} existente duce vel presule seu almutazβ super nativitatem alterius egrorum; et non nocebit verum sicut et alteri. (5) Et hii {quidem} sermones mensura non habent.γ (6) Rursus possibile est Lunam esse in malo aspectu cum Saturno in nativitate unius, et in alterius {vero} nativitate non sic, et Saturnus uni nocebit et non alteri. 9 (1) {Sed} forte dicet dicens:γ si verus est sermo tuus, crisim cum certitudineγ non scies si nativitatem ignoras. (2) Responsio: scito quod iudicia scientie astrorumγ secundum duos modos sunt. (3) Unus namque2 via communitatis est seu universalitatis,β secundum quod Venus significat super mulieres et Mercurius super sapientes;γ secunda {vero} est via particularium,γ secundum quod dominus .7e. domus super mulieres significat, et dominus .9e. domus super sapientiam. (4) Particulare non destruit universale. (5) Nam si Venerem invenimus in loco malo, licet dominus .7e. domus si sit3 in bono loco, eveniet illi dampnum sive nocumentumβ ex parte mulierum, quamvis aliquid modicum illi eveniet bonum quandoque per mulieres (6) Et in electionibus eodem modo. (7) Secundam autem viam universalitatis prepotens est Luna superγ principium omnis egritudinis. (8) {Attamen} verum est quod si nativitatem sciremus egri, ad sciendum particularia tunc erit res perfectior ac magis exquisita.β,4 (9) Et iam quidem curantur egriγ secundum universalitatis viam,γ conveniens enim esset, secundum veritatem, quod sciret medicusγ pulsus egri quale erat cum sanus esset et urina eius similiter ac modos eius.

1scilicet, illi cuius est nativitas] M om. 2namque] LU; M om. 3super mulieres significat, et dominus .9e. domus super sapientiam. Particulare non destruit universale. Nam si Venerem invenimus in loco malo, licet dominus .7e. domus si sit] M om. 4tunc erit res perfectior ac magis exquisita] M; L perfectior tunc erit res perfectiorum etiam magis exquisita explicita; U perfectior tamen erit res perfectiorum ac magis exquisita explicita.

liber abrahe avenesre de luminaribus

1039

nativity, it [the disease] will be serious and dangerous for him.β,3 (2) In the same way as the judgment of places so is the judgment of the aspects with respect to the first judgment,γ,4 {but} the opposite if the Moon is in the place of Jupiter or Venus. (3) {Moreover,} it is possible that Jupiter or Venus hurts or harms,β,5 if they are in bad houses for the lord of the nativity, that is, to the one to whose nativity it is, such as the sixth house, and the eighth, and twelfth. (4) {Likewise}, it is possible that the Moon has dominionγ,6 over the nativity of one ⟨of the patients⟩, {but} it has no power over the nativity of the other, because it [the Moon] was under the rays of the Sun,γ,7 or ⟨because⟩ the ascendant sign in the nativity was Leo, Sagittarius or Aquarius, or ⟨because⟩ the Moon was with Saturn, {I say,} when ⟨Saturn⟩ itself is the commander, or the ruler, or al-mubtazzβ,8 over the nativity of the other of the patients; ⟨in this case⟩ it [Saturn] will certainly not harm ⟨him⟩ like the other. (5) {Indeed,} these statements have no measure.γ,9 (6) {Besides,} it is possible that the Moon is in a bad aspect with Saturn in the nativity of one ⟨of the patients⟩, {but} not in the nativity of the other, and Saturn harms one but not the other. 9 (1) {But} perhaps the speaker says:γ,1 if your statement is true, you will not know the crisis with certaintyγ,2 if you have no knowledge of the nativity. (2) Answer: know that the judgments of the science of the starsγ,3 are according to two modes. (3) Because one is the method of generality or universality,β,4 according to which Venus indicates women and Mercury scholars;γ,5 {but} the second is the method of particulars,γ,6 according to which the lord of the seventh house indicates women and the lord of the ninth house indicates wisdom. (4) The particular does not destroy the universal. (5) For if we find Venus in a bad place, even though the lord of the seventh house is in a good place, harm or injuryβ,7 will befall him on account of women, even though he may at one time enjoy some moderate benefit from women. (6) And the same way ⟨applies to⟩ elections. (7) But according to the method of universality the Moon is very powerful overγ,8 the onset of any disease. (8) {But} it is true that if we knew the patient’s nativity, so as to know the particulars, then the matter will be more complete and more excellent.β,9. (9) Certainly, patients are curedγ,10 according to the method of universality,γ,11 since it is fitting, in truth, that a physicianγ,12 know the patient’s pulse when he was healthy, and his urine, and his habits.

1040

part eleven

10 (1) Si fuerit Luna super quartum a loco eius in principio egritudinis, aut in eis opposito, in domo quidem sua aut exaltatione,γ hoc dimidium est signum bonum, etiam siγ nulli stelle coniungatur seu planete,β nec aspiciat aliqua. (2) Consimiliter est de Solis manerieγ si prolongetur egritudo; econtrario {autem} est si fuerit ipse1 in casu suo aut in opposito domus sue;γ consimiliter quoque est de Luna.γ,2 11 (1) Si fuerit Luna in principio egritudinis absque aspectu planete et in die crisisγ similiter, neque bonum signum est neque malum,γ sed debemus inquerere ad sciendum dispositionem egri a signo ascendente in hora egritudinis principii, scilicet eius. (2) Et si fuerit Luna in principio eius sine aspectu aliquo, in die crisisγ {vero} aspiciat ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ stella bona vel mala,3 renovabitur super egrum res bona vel mala secundum naturam stelle que in cor non ascendebat sive que ignorabatur prius.βθ (3) Si Luna fuerit in principio egritudinis super aspectum planete, aut in coniunctione cum illo, et in die crisisγ ita not fuerit, accidet egro accidens tale quod non erit crisisγ ei in die scito sive noto.β (4) Et si in eius principio et quando ipsa fuerit in aspectu loci eius, habuerit aspectum planete, tunc iudicabis iudicium veritatis bonum aut malum secundum quod erit aspectus, prout explanabimus. 12 (1) Si fuerit Luna in uno angulorumγ signi ascendentis in principio egritudinis, significabit super certitudinemγ vel de bono vel de malo; si {autem} in succedentibusγ sit non colligatis ascendenti,γ hoc est signum malum; et si in aliis, signum bonum est; si {vero} in cadentibus testimonium Lune per se stabile non est sive firmumβ,4 nisi cum domino ascendentis.γ 13 (1) Si eclipsataγ fuerit Luna in umbra terre cum est in .4o. loci eius in principio egritudinis aut in oppositio, hoc est signum malum secundum eclipsisγ esse seu condiciones. (2) Consimiliter quoque est de manerie Solisγ quando eclipsatur, nam propter eclipsim eius prolongabitur egritudo vel infirmitas.β,5 14 (1) Si fuerit Luna in principio egritudinis in aspectu planete sub radiis Soliis constituti,γ non iudices nisi ac si nullus esset aspectus, et consimiliter in diebus crisis,γ,6 (2) {nisi} Saturnus aut Iupiter orientales essent, id est,γ

1ipse] M; LU ipsa. 2Luna] M; LU Sole. 3stella bona vel mala] M (this version preferred because corresponds to the Hebrew); LU stellam bonam vel malam. 4sive firmum] LU; M om. 5vel infirmitas] U; L infirmitatis; M om. 6crisis] MU; L in margin.

liber abrahe avenesre de luminaribus

1041

10 (1) If the Moon is in quartile from its position at the onset of the disease, or in its opposition, in its house or exaltation,γ,1 this is half a good sign; also ifγ,2 it [the Moon] is not conjoined to any planet or star,β,3 and does not aspect any ⟨of them⟩. (2) The same applies to the disposition of the Sunγ,4 if the disease persists, {but} the opposite applies if it [the Sun] is in its fall [dejection] or opposed to its house;γ,5 the same applies to the Moon.γ,6 11 (1) If the Moon at the onset of the disease is without the aspect of a planet, and likewise on the day of crisis,γ,1 ⟨this is⟩ neither a good nor a bad sign,γ,2 but we must seek knowledge about the patient’s condition from the ascendant sign at the time of the onset of the disease, that is, his ⟨disease⟩. (2) If the Moon at its onset [of the disease] is without any aspect, {but} a good or bad star aspects ⟨⟨it⟩⟩ on the day of the crisis,γ something good or bad that did not rise in the heart [i.e., no one imagined] or was not known beforeβθ,3 will be renewed for the patient, according to the star’s nature. (3) If the Moon at the onset of the disease is under the aspect of a planet or in conjunction with it, but on the day of crisisγ it is not so, an accident will happen to the patient so that the crisisγ will not take place for him on the known or recognizedβ,4 day. (4) If at its [the disease’s] onset and when it [the Moon] is in the aspect of its place, it [the Moon] will have the aspect of a planet, then you will make a good or bad judgment according to how the aspect is, as we will explain. 12 (1) If the Moon is in one of the anglesγ,1 [i.e., cardines] of the ascendant sign at the onset of the disease, it will indicate certaintyγ2 whether about good or evil; {but} if it is in the succedentγ,3 ⟨houses⟩ that are not connected to the ascendant,γ,4 this is a bad sign; and if in the other ⟨succedent houses⟩, this is a good sign; {but} if in the cadent ⟨houses⟩ the testimony of the Moon by itself is not stable or firm,β,5 unless ⟨the Moon is⟩ with the lord of the ascendant.γ,6 13 (1) If the Moon is eclipsedγ,1 in the Earth’s shadow when it is in quartile of its place at the onset of the disease or in opposition ⟨to this place⟩, this is a bad sign according to the nature or the conditions of the eclipse.γ,2 (2) The same applies to the disposition of the Sunγ,3 when it is eclipsed, because its eclipse will prolong the illness or sickness.β,4 14 (1) If the Moon at the onset of the disease is aspected by a planet placed under the ray of the Sun,γ,1 do not judge unless there is no aspect, and similarly regarding the days of crisis,γ (2) {unless} Saturn or Jupiter are

1042

part eleven

quod ante Solem orientur, et inter eos sunt gradus .6. aut plus, dimidium {enim} testimonium habent ipsi. (3) Si {autem} inter Martem et Solem minus fuerit .10. gradibus et ipse orientalis, ⟨⟨…⟩⟩, testimonium eius malum est,γ ultra {vero} hoc usque ad .15.1 gradus, dimidium est vel erit2 testimonium. (4) Mars {autem} et3 Saturnus et Iupiter post .15.4 gradus, testimonium eorum5 firmumγ est si sint orientales. (5) {Quod} si .3. hii occidentales fuerint, et ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ occidant post occasum Solis, et inter hunc et illos .15. gradus sint, testimonium eorum malum est.γ (6) De Venere {autem} et Mercurio, considera: si sint orientales minus .15. gradibus, testimonium eorum malum est.γ (7) Et si Venus sit occidentalis, inter ipsam quodem et Solem .10. gradus, dimidium est hoc testimonium; si latitudo eius septentrionalis sit, testimonium eius est stabile.γ (8) Mercurius {vero} ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ si inter ipsum et Solem .12. gradus sint, testimonium eius mediocre est; et si latitudo eius septentrionalis fuerit, testimonium eius firmumγ est. 15 (1) Considerare debes {etiam} quando perveniet Luna ad gradum quod in longitudineγ similis est gradui loci sui. (2) In longitudine,γ videlicet,γ linee que est a coniunctione duorum circulorum a punctis, scilicet equinoctialibus,6 aut etiam linee que est a termino meridiei et a termino septentrionali, a punctis, scilicet solsticialibus et equinoctialibus, sicut .10. gradus Piscium cum .20. Arietum, et caput Virginis seu principium eiusβ cum fine Arietis, et .6tus. Capricorni cum .24. Geminorum, vel gradus qui assimilantur in diversitate dierum cum noctibus suis,γ sicut .20us. Sagitarii cum .10. Cancri. (3) Et si Luna in aspectu bono sit vel malo quando fuerit in gradibus sibi assimilantibus,γ secundum viam preditam, tunc renovabitur super egrum res que in cor medici non ascendebat sive quam non suspicabatur.βθ 16 (1) Cumγ signum ascendens in principio egritudinis fuerit principium 32rb Arietis vel Libre, et Luna fuerit in aliquo | angulorum,γ crisesγ erunt firme vel certeβ sine suspicione quando Luna perveniet ad quartum vel ad oppositum aspectum. (2) Si {vero} signum ascendens multum distet ab hiis, ut est finis meridiei vel septentrionis, id est, signa solsticiis propinqua, non erunt crisesγ certe.γ (3) {Preterquam} in omni loco cuius latitudo parva est sed oppositio, erit recta tempore determinato ac etiam termino7 debito,γ dum8

1.15.] LU; M .21. 2vel erit] LU; M om. 3et] M; LU cum. 4.15.] LU; M .21. 5eorum] U; L eorum eius; M eius. 6a punctis scilicet equinoctialibus] LU; M om. 7termino] ML; U tempore. 8dum] LU; M om.

liber abrahe avenesre de luminaribus

1043

oriental, that is,γ,2 that they rise before the Sun, and there is 6 degrees or more between them, {because} they have half a testimony. (3) {But} if there is less than 10 degrees between Mars and the Sun and it [Mars] is oriental, ⟨⟨meaning that it will rise before the Sun,⟩⟩3 its testimony is bad;γ,4 {but} beyond that [10 degrees] up to 15 degrees, it is or will be half a testimony. (4) {But} Mars, Saturn, and Jupiter past 15 degrees ⟨from the Sun⟩, their testimony is firmγ,5 if they are oriental. (5) {But} if these three [Saturn, Jupiter, Mars] are occidental, ⟨⟨meaning that⟩⟩ they set after the setting of the Sun, and there is 15 degrees between them and the Sun, their testimony is bad.γ,6 (6) {But} regarding Venus and Mercury, observe: if they are oriental and they are less than 15 degrees ⟨from the Sun⟩, their testimony is bad.γ,7 (7) If Venus is occidental, and there is 10 degrees between it and the Sun, this is half a testimony; but if its ⟨ecliptic⟩ latitude is northern, the testimony is stable.γ,8 (8) {Moreover,} if Mercury ⟨⟨is occidental⟩⟩ and there is 12 degrees between it and the Sun, its testimony is intermediate, and if its ⟨ecliptic⟩ latitude is northern, its testimony is firm.γ,9 15 (1) You must {also} observe when the Moon reaches the degree that is similar in longitudeγ,1 [i.e., in distance] to the degree of its place. (2) In longitude,γ,2 [i.e., in distance], that is to say,γ3 ⟨distant⟩ from the line that is at the intersection of the two circles, that is to say, from the equinoctial points, or also from the line that is from the extremity of the south and of the extreme north, that is to say, from the solstitial and equinoctial points, such as Pisces 10 degrees with Aries 20 degrees, and the head of Virgo or its beginningβ,4 with the end of Aries, and Capricorn 6 degrees with Gemini 24 degrees, or degrees that are similar by the difference of their days and their nights,γ,5 such as Sagittarius 20 degrees with Cancer 10 degrees. (3) Now if the Moon is in a good or bad aspect when it is at the degrees that are similar to themselves,γ,6 according to the aforementioned method, then the patient will experience something that did not rise in the physician’s heart [i.e., it was not imagined by the physician] or was not suspected.βθ,7 16 (1) Whenγ,1 the ascendant sign at the onset of the disease is the beginning of Aries or Libra, and the Moon is in one of the angles2 [i.e., cardines], the crisesγ will without doubt be firm or certainβ,3 when the Moon reaches the quartile or the opposition aspect. (2) {But} if the ascendant sign is very distant from them, such as the end of the south or of the north, that is, the signs that are close to the solstices, the crisesγ will not be certain.γ,4 (3) {Besides,} in any place whose latitude is low except for opposition, it [the crisis] will be straight [i.e., correct] at a defined time and also at the

1044

part eleven

ad locum suum revertetur.γ (4) Super hoc ait Tholomeusγ,1 quod aspectus .4us., si fuerit in signis brevibus quando ascendunt in loco cuius latitudo magna, est2 aspectus .6lis., et verum dicit, et ius habet;βθ,3 si {vero} fuerit in signis longis, id est longarum ascensionum,4 .4us. sicut tertius. (5) Et econtrario, nam .6lis. aspectus in signis longis scilicet longarum ascensionum erunt sicut .4ti., et .4ti. sicut tertium ⟨⟨…⟩⟩. 17 (1) Si Luna fuerit in principio egritudinis in signo mobili, significat velocitatem in rebus egri, vel in bono vel in malo; in firmis {vero} seu fixisβ prolongabit egritudinem; {sed} in bicorporeis, de egritudine in egritudinem mutabitur seu transibit.β,5 18 (1) Si causa quidem egritudinis fuerit ex habundantia vel repletioneβ in corpore et lumen Lune in augmento, hoc est grave; si {vero} lumen eius diminuatur, hoc valde bonumγ est. (2) {Quod} si causa egritudinis ex inanitione sit et Luna lumine diminuta, grave est, si augmentata lumine bonum est.γ 19 (1) Si fuerit Luna in principio egritudinis in signo qualitatis peccantis in corpore que causat egritudinem, hoc malum est.γ (2) Si {vero} fuerit in signo nature contrarie egritudini, bonum est.γ (3) Totum {autem} quod tibi rememoratus sum verum est, si non sit aspectus in ipsis, enim6 radix consistit iudiciorum, sed coniunctiones fortioresγ sunt illis omnibus. 20 (1) In coniunctione,γ si neque Lune neque stelle etiam cui coniungitur fuerit latitudo, tunc erit testimonium Lune stabile et firmum,β et si earum latitudo est parva, deficiet aliquid de fortitudine testimonii. (2) Si {autem} earum latitudo magna fuerit, et ambe ab una parte, ac7 latitudo equalis, testimonium suum perfectum est; si {vero} equalis non sit, deficiet a testimonio. (3) Consimiliter quoque si parva fuerit latitudo et ille a duabus 32va partibus diversis, {scilicet} defectus erit in earum | testimonio secundum quod fuerit latitudo unius cuiusque illarum; si {vero} fuerit latitudo magna, testimonium Lune malumγ est, et non confidas in eo.

1Tholomeus] LU; M Ptholomeus. 2est] LU; M erit. 3et ius habet] LU; M om. 4et verum dicit, et ius habet si vero fuerit in signis longis id est longarum ascensionum] LU; M si vero fuerit in signis longis erit aspectus quartus sicut trinus. 5sed in bicorporeis de egritudine in egritudinem mutabitur seu transibit] M om. 6enim] LU; M tamen. 7ac] M; LU aut.

liber abrahe avenesre de luminaribus

1045

destined boundary,γ,5 until it [the Moon] returns to its place.γ,6 (4) Concerning this, Ptolemyγ,7 says that quartile aspect, if it takes place in the short signs when they rise in a place whose latitude is high, is ⟨like⟩ sextile aspect, and he says the truth and he is right;βθ,8 {but} if it takes place in the long signs, that is of long ascensions, quartile is like trine. (5) The opposite ⟨is also true⟩, for sextile aspects in long signs, namely of long ascensions, will be like quartile, and quartile like trine ⟨⟨in the short signs⟩⟩. 17 (1) If at the onset of the disease the Moon is in a changeable sign, it indicates swiftness in the patient’s conditions, for good or for evil; {moreover,} ⟨if the Moon is⟩ in the firm or fixed ⟨signs⟩,β,1 ⟨it⟩ will prolong the disease; {but} in the bicorporal ⟨signs⟩, ⟨he will⟩ move or pass,2 from one disease into ⟨another⟩ disease. 18 (1) If the cause of the disease is an excess or repletionβ,1 in the body and the Moon’s light is waxing, this is dangerous; {but} if its light is waning, this is very good.γ,2 (2) {But} if the cause of the disease is emptiness3 and the Moon’s light is waning, this is dangerous, and if the light is waxing, ⟨this⟩ is good.γ,4 19 If the Moon at the onset of the disease is in a sign whose nature harms the body and causes the disease, this is bad.γ,1 (2) {Moreover} if it is in a sign whose nature is the opposite of the disease, this is good.γ,2 (3) {But} everything I have mentioned is true if there is no aspect in them, because it is the root of the judgments, but the conjunctions are strongerγ,3 than all of them. 20 (1) In a conjunction,γ,1 if the Moon has no latitude, nor the star with which it conjoins, then the Moon’s testimony will be stable or firm,β,2 but if their latitude is low, some of the power of the testimony will be lacking. (2) {But} if their latitude is high, and both ⟨are⟩ on one side ⟨of the ecliptic⟩, and the latitude is the same, its testimony is complete; {but} if ⟨the latitude⟩ is not the same, the testimony will be less. (3) Similarly, if the ⟨ecliptic⟩ latitude is low and they are on two different sides ⟨with respect to the ecliptic⟩, {of course,} there will be a decrease in their testimony according to the latitude of each of them; {but} if the latitude is high, the Moon’s testimony is bad,γ,3 and you should not rely on it.

1046

part eleven

21 (1) In oppositioneγ quidem, si Luna et stella in eadem parte fuerit, et earum latitudo aut latitudo unius earum magna, satis deficiet de testimonio Lune, in bono vel in malo, secundum quod fuerit latitudo. (2) Si {vero} in duabus partibus fuerint, et latitudo unius sicut alterius, testimonium Lune firmum est;γ si {autem} latitudo non sit equalis, deficiet de testimonio Lune secundum {equalitatis} defectum. 22 (1) De quarto aspecto.1 Scito quod secundum viam sapientium astrologieγ stella que in aliquo angulormγ est, in aspectu .4o. est cum duobus aliis, aspectus {autem} oppositus est cum aliquo .3o. (2) Et verum est hoc totum siquidem in anguliγ principio fuerit, aut secundum eius distantiam ab anguloγ erit et aspectus eius distantia ab alio angulo.γ (3) {Item,} si fuerit in principio domus .2e., in aspectu .4o. est cum principio {{domus undecime}};γ et consimiliter iudicium est de sexta et tertia. (4) Necessarium est {ergo} nobis scire signum ascendentis in principio egritudinis; ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ hoc ad veritatem nos diriget una cum significatione Lune, secundum quod rememoratus sum. 23 (1) ⟨⟨…⟩⟩. Coniunctio Lune cum Sole hoc est signum malum valde, sed est peius si inter Luna et Solem minus .6. gradibus sit, et Luna Solem nondum attingit. (2) {Quod} si fuerit coniunctio in capite signi Arietis vel Leonis, diminuetur de malo aliquantulum; si {autem} fuerunt gradus .12. ⟨⟨…⟩⟩, non est malum perfectum. (3) {Quod} si signum in quo fuerint de signis longis seu longarum ascensionumβ sit, egerqueγ remotus fuerit satis ab equale linea, diminuetur malum; et si ambe sint in signis brevibus, hoc est malum perfectum. (4) Si {vero} egressa fuerit de sub termino combustionis,2 qui est .6. gradibus, fueritque Luna et Sol in signis brevibus, ac {etiam} eger in loco satis magne latitudinis, dimidium est testimonium malum et adhuc minus dimidio; si {autem} fuerit inter eos arcus apparitionis fere, neque bonum est hoc neque malum. (5) Si {vero} Luna fuerit in coniunctione cum Sole et cum eis stelle seu planeteβ mali, secundum mentem antiquorum hoc est 32vb malum perfectum; | et cum bonis {autem}, minuetur de malo. (6) Secundum meam {autem} opinionem mali non addunt in malo et boni non minuunt illud in hac quidem dispositione, quia non est eis fortitudo, ac {vero} si

1De quarto aspecto] L (in margin). MU om. 2combustionis] L in margin.

liber abrahe avenesre de luminaribus

1047

21 (1) In opposition,γ,1 if the Moon and the star are on the same side ⟨of the ecliptic⟩, and their latitude or the latitude of one of them ⟨is⟩ high, the Moon’s testimony will be much less, for good or for evil, according to the latitude. (2) {But} if they are on two sides ⟨of the ecliptic⟩, and the latitude of one is like the latitude of the other, the Moon’s testimony is firm;γ,2 if the latitude is not the same, {however,} the Moon’s testimony will be diminished according to the lack {of equality} ⟨of the latitudes⟩. 22 (1) On the quartile aspect. Know that, according to the method of the scholars of astrologyγ,1 a star that is in one of the anglesγ [cardines] is in aspect of quartile with two other ⟨angles⟩, {but} in aspect of opposition with some third ⟨angle⟩. (2) This is true if it [the planet] is at the beginning of the angle,γ or its distance from the angleγ is the distance of its aspect from the other angle.γ (3) {Likewise,} if it [the planet] is at the beginning of the second house, it is in an aspect of quartile to the beginning of the {{eleventh house}};γ,2 and similarly is the judgment about sextile and trine. (4) {Therefore} it is necessary for us to know the sign of the ascendant at the onset of the disease; ⟨⟨because⟩⟩ that will direct us to the truth together with the signification of the Moon, as I have mentioned. 23 (1) ⟨⟨Chapter of the conjunctions⟩⟩. The Moon’s conjunction with the Sun is a very bad sign, and it is even worse if there is less than 6 degrees between the Moon and the Sun, and the Moon does not yet reach the Sun. (2) {But} if the conjunction takes place in the head of Aries or Leo, the evil will be diminished slightly; {however} if there are 12 degrees ⟨⟨between them⟩⟩, the evil is not complete. (3) {But} if they are in one of the long signs or ⟨signs⟩ of long ascensions,β,1 and the patientγ,2 is very far from the equal line [the equator], the evil will be diminished, but if both [the Moon and the Sun] are in short signs, this is complete evil. (4) {Moreover,} if the Moon has left the boundary of burning, which is six degrees, and the Moon and the Sun are in short signs, and {also} the patient is in a place with a very high latitude, this is half of an evil testimony or even less than half; {but} if there is approximately the arc of vision between them, this is neither good nor evil. (5) {Moreover,} If the Moon is in conjunction with the Sun and bad stars or planetsβ,3 are with them, according to the opinion of the Ancients this is complete evil; {but} with good ⟨planets⟩, the evil will be diminished. (6) In my opinion, {however,} the bad ⟨planets⟩ do not increase the evil and the good ⟨planets⟩ do not reduce that in this condition, because they

1048

part eleven

⟨⟨…⟩⟩ {{ad Solem crisis revertetur}};γ,1,2 et hic cum malis stellis esset, ipse quidem nocerent, et si cum bonis, bene facient utique seu benefacient.β 24 (1) Coniunctio Lune cum Saturno malum significat ac egritudinem prolongari. (2) {Quod} si Saturnus in moto suo tardus fuerit augmentabitur malum; si {autem} velox, diminuetur de malo. (3) Et si retrogradus fuerit et ante Solis oppositum, postquam curatus erit reciduum3 patietur; {{si {vero} retrogradus fuerit et post oppositionem Solis}},γ minuetur de malo. (4) {{Quod si Luna velox cursu fuerit hoc est signum malum, prolixitatem enim significat et finem in malum}};γ si vero tarda fuerit cursu, minuetur de malo.γ (5) Si {autem} Luna cum Saturno fuerit, aucta lumine, modicum nocebit Saturnus; et si lumine diminuta, hoc malum est super malum. (6) Si fuerit quidem Saturnus orientalis a Sole, ⟨⟨…⟩⟩, et egritudo sit ex frigiditate, minuetur de malo super quo significat, et si fuerit egritudo ex caliditate, augebitur malum super malum. (7) Si {vero} Saturnus occidentalis a Sole et egritudo ex caliditate, minuetur de malo; si {autem} ex frigiditate, augebitur malum super malum. (8) {Preterea} si fuerit Saturnus in longitudine longioriγ vel prope4 a duabus partibusγ et egritudo fuerit ex retentione seu restrictione,β augebitur malum super malum; si {vero} in abscide inferioriγ scilicet longitudine breviori seu in oppositio augis, aut prope a duabus partibus, minuetur de malo eius; si {autem} in loco inferiori fuerit et egritudo ex solutione ventris, addetur malum super malum, si {vero} in augeγ aut prope a duabus partibus, minuetur de malo eius. (9) Dixerunt {quoque} plures quod coniunctio5 Lune cum stella retrograda super vomitum significat. (10) Sed si Luna in una domorum Saturni fuerit, minuetur de malo ⟨⟨…⟩⟩, nisi de tussi fuerit egritudo. (11) Et consimiliter in signo Libre si coniunctio fuerit, minuetur malum nisi fuerit post .21. gradum ipsius. (12) {Item} dixerunt multi quod si Luna coniungetur Saturno in domo triplicitatis eius aut in loco termini sui, minuetur de malo. (13) Sed hoc non est verum, non enim est triplicitatibus neque terminis fortitudo huius modi. (14) Iam {autem} rememoratus sum prius quod natura signi addit aut minuit, et singula sunt consideranda. (15) {Insuper} multi dixerunt quod Saturnus senibus nocet plus quam iuvenibus, et secundum meam opinionem res est econtrario.

1ac vero si ad Solem crisis revertetur] This reading occurs only in MS Paris, BnF 1055, fol. 50ra. 2crisis revertetur] M crises revertentur. 3reciduum] M; LU residuum. 4prope] M; LU om. 5coniunctio] M; LU om.

liber abrahe avenesre de luminaribus

1049

have no power, {unless} ⟨⟨the planets are in their terms and⟩⟩ {{the crisis returns to the Sun}};γ,4 and when it is in this place with bad stars, they will do harm; and ⟨if it is⟩ with good ⟨planets⟩ they will certainly do good or be beneficial.β,5 24 (1) The Moon’s conjunction with Saturn indicates evil and that the disease is prolonged. (2) {But} if Saturn is slow in its motion, the evil will be increased; if it is quick ⟨in its motion⟩, {however,} the evil will be diminished. (3) If it [Saturn] is retrograde and before opposition with the Sun, after ⟨the patient⟩ is cured he will fall ill again; {but} {{if it [Saturn] is retrograde and after opposition with the Sun}},γ,1 the evil will be diminished. (4) {{But if the Moon is quick in ⟨its⟩ motion, this is a bad sign, for it indicates length ⟨of the disease⟩ and a bad end}};γ,2 if it is slow in ⟨its⟩ motion, {however,} the evil will be diminished.γ,3 (5) {But} If the Moon is with Saturn, when ⟨its⟩ light is waxing, Saturn will harm moderately; but when ⟨its⟩ light is waning, evil will follow evil. (6) If Saturn is oriental of the Sun, ⟨⟨and the meaning is that it rises before the Sun,⟩⟩4 and the disease is caused by cold, the evil that it indicates will be diminished; but if the disease is caused by heat, evil will be added to evil. (7) {Moreover,} if Saturn is occidental of the Sun and the disease is caused by heat, the evil will be diminished; {but} if it is caused by cold, evil will be added to evil. (8) {In addition,} if Saturn is at the farther longitudeγ,5 [the apogee] or close ⟨to it⟩ on both sidesγ,6 and the disease is caused by constipation or holding back,β,7 evil will be added to evil; {moreover,} if it is at the lower apsisγ,8 [perigee], that is, at the shorter longitude or at the opposite of the apogee, or close ⟨to it⟩ on both sides, its evil will be diminished; {but} if it is at the lower place [perigee] and the disease is caused by diarrhea, evil will be added to evil; {moreover,} if it is at apogeeγ,9 or close ⟨to it⟩ on both sides, its evil will be diminished. (9) Many {also} said that a conjunction of the Moon with a retrograde star indicates vomiting. (10) But if the Moon is in one of Saturn’s houses, the evil will be diminished ⟨⟨somewhat⟩⟩, unless the disease involves coughing. (11) And similarly if it [the Moon] is in conjunction in the sign of Libra— the evil will be diminished unless it is more than 21 degrees from it [Libra]. (12) {Also} many said that if the Moon is in conjunction with Saturn in its triplicity or in its term, the evil will be diminished. (13) But this is not true, because the triplicities and the terms do not have power of such a kind. (14) I have already mentioned previously, {however,} that the sign’s nature adds or diminishes, and each one must be taken into consideration. (15) {In addition}, many said that Saturn causes more harm to the elderly than to the young, but in my opinion it is the opposite.

1050

part eleven

25 (1) Aspectus .3us. cum Saturno non nocet nisi cum ambo sunt in signis brevibus. (2) Sed aspectus .4us. gravis est cum ambo fuerint in signis brevibus. (3) Aspectus {vero} .6lis. est fere bonus nisi cum fuerint ambo illi in signis longis. (4) {{Et tu quidem scire debes}} quod radix coniunctionis non est ut sint radii Saturni cum radiis Luneγ quemadmodum dixerunt plures, sed postquamγ corpus Lune radiis coniungitur Saturni;γ {quod} si Lune latitudo fuerit aut Saturno, accipe gradus cum quilibet celum mediabunt,γ,1 secundum quod rememoratus sum in Libro tabularum. 26 (1) Et si fuerit Luna cum Iove, hoc est signum bonum, et adhuc melius si non sit dominus male domus respectu signi ascendentis in principio egritudinis; et si coniunctio fuerit in domo Iovis aut in domo Lune, hoc est bonum super bonum. (2) Et si in Capricorno fuerit, minuetur de bono. (3) {Item} si Iupiter retrogradus fuerit, minuetur de bono dummodo transivit oppositionem Solis; si {vero} non transivit, non remanebit de bonitate signiγ nisi parum. (4) {Quod} si fuerit egritudo ex frigiditate, plus valet Iupiter quam si esset ex caliditate. (5) Et consimiliter si in auge esset sui parvi circuli vel ecentrici,γ secundum quod rememoratus sum in Saturno. (6) Magis {autem} se ostendit fortitudo Iovis in egre qui medietatem etatis sue vite transivit quam in illis qui paucorum sunt annorum. (7) {Sane,} Iovis aspectus oppositus etγ .4us. boni sunt omnes, nisi quod in eis est egro laboris aliquantulum et lassitudinis seu difficultatis;β trino {autem} eius aspectu aut .6li. nullus superior est in bonitate. 27 (1) Si Luna fuerit cum Marte, hoc est signum malum. (2) Sed si ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ lumine diminuta fuerit, minuetur de malo; et econtrario si fuerit ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ aucta lumine, quia tunc dolor super dolorem addetur. (3) Et si fuerit Mars post oppositionem Solis, minuetur de malo. (4) Si {vero} fuerit in ea parte 33rb qua Sol est respectu ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ parvi circuli, | id est, ante oppositum, hoc est signum malum. (5) {Item,} Mars in loco augis circuli ecentrici,γ aut prope ⟨⟨…⟩⟩, egritudine quidem existente ex siccitate, hoc est mali2 augmentum; si {autem} res econtrario fuerit, de malo minuerit. (6) Si {vero} fuerit in loco infimoγ et egritudo ex humiditate,γ malum super malum addetur; et si ex siccitate fuerit, de malo minuetur. (7) Aspectus {autem} trinus et .6lis. est ut rememoratus sum in Saturno; similiter quoque modo si fuerit Luna in domo Martis aut in eius exaltatione,γ minuetur de malo eius.

1mediabunt] corrected; LMU mediaverunt. 2mali] U malum.

liber abrahe avenesre de luminaribus

1051

25 (1) The aspect of trine with Saturn does not harm unless both ⟨planets⟩ are in short signs. (2) The aspect of quartile is dangerous whenγ,1 both ⟨planets⟩ are in short signs. (3) {Moreover,} the aspect of sextile is almost good unless both ⟨planets⟩ are in long signs. (4) {{You must know that}}2 the rootγ,3 of the conjunction is not that Saturn’s rays are with the Moon’s rays,γ,4 as many said, but afterγ,5 the Moon’s body is joined to Saturn’s rays;γ,6 {but} if the Moon or Saturn has ⟨some ecliptic⟩ latitude, take the degrees when either of them is situated at midheaven,γ,7 as I have mentioned in the Book of Tables. 26 (1) If the Moon is with Jupiter, this is a good sign, and it is even better if no lord of a bad house is facing the ascendant sign at the onset of the disease; but if the conjunction takes place in Jupiter’s house or in the Moon’s house, this is good added to good. (2) If it takes place in Capricorn, the good will be diminished. (3) {Likewise,} if Jupiter is retrograde, the good will be diminished provided that it has passed opposition to the Sun; {but} if it has not passed, only a little will remain from the goodness of the sign.γ,1 (4) {But} if the disease is caused by cold, Jupiter is more beneficial than if ⟨the disease⟩ is caused by heat. (5) Similarly, if it is at the apogee of its small or eccentric circle,γ,2 as I have mentioned regarding Saturn. (6) {But} Jupiter’s power will be more manifest in a patient who has passed the middle of the period of time of his life than in those who are of fewer years. (7) {Certainly,} the opposition andγ,3 quartile aspects of Jupiter are all of them good, except that there is some toil and weariness or troubleβ,4 for the patient in them; {but} nothing is greater in goodness than trine and sextile. 27 (1) If the Moon is with Mars, this is a bad sign. (2) But if ⟨⟨the Moon⟩⟩ is diminished in light, the evil will be diminished; and the opposite if ⟨⟨the Moon⟩⟩ is increased in light, because then pain will be added to pain. (3) If Mars is after opposition to the Sun, the evil will be diminished. (4) {Moreover,} if it is on the same side as the Sun with respect to ⟨⟨its⟩⟩ small circle, that is, before opposition, this is a bad sign. (5) {Likewise,} Mars at the place of apogee on the eccentric circle,γ,1 or close ⟨⟨to it⟩⟩, when the disease is caused by dryness, this is an increase of evil; {but} in the opposite case, the evil will be diminished. (6) {Moreover,} if it [Mars] is at the lowest placeγ,2 [the perigee] and the disease is by moistness,3 evil will be added to evil; but if it [the disease] is caused by dryness,γ,4 the evil will be diminished. (7) {But} the trine and sextile aspect is as I have mentioned regarding Saturn; and the same applies if the Moon is in Mars’ house or in its [Mars’] exaltation,γ,5 its evil will be diminished.

1052

part eleven

28 (1) {Sed} si fuerit Luna cum Venere, hoc est signum bonum secundum viam Iovis. (2) Et si eger iuvenis fuerit aut mulier, melius est hoc quam si senex.γ (3) {Item} si fuerit egritudo ex caliditate, magis valebit Venus quam Iupiter; si {vero} ex frigiditate, magis valebit Iupiter quam Venus. (4) Cum est occidentalis et apparet,γ augetur in ipsa caliditas, et econtrario postquam cum Sole est in uno gradu et sit retrograda; et cum retrograda fuerit iudicandum est secundum viam Iovis,γ et consimiliter omnes ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ aspectus. (5) {Ceterum,} si egritudo est propter amorem,γ magis valebit ei Iupiter;γ et si egritudinis occasio est propter servicium Dei et cogitationes futuri seculi, magis ei valebit Veneris coniunctio quam Iovis. 29 (1) Si {autem} Luna fuerit cum Mercurio, non existente sub radiisγ Solis, aut inter ambos illos sit plus {{.12. gradibus}}γ et ipse occidentalis,γ considera: si in domo sit1 bone stelle seu planete,β significat hoc super dimidium bonum, in domo {vero} stelle male, significat super dimidium malum; {quod} si in propia domo fuerit, significabit super modicum bonum; si {vero} fuerit in domo opposita suarum domorum alteri, significabit mali modicum; ⟨⟨…⟩⟩; aspectus {autem} eius .4us. minus mali significat quam oppositus; et .6lis. modicum significat boni; sed .3us. boni magis seu plus.β (2) Debes {autem} considerare commixtiones eius: si in commixtione fuerit mala, sive in aspectu aut coniunctione, cum Saturno aut cum Marte, nihil ita malum est ut malum Mercurii, tunc enim deteriorabitur egerγ et perveniet ad periculum. (3) Si {vero} in coniunctione vel commixtioneβ bona fuerit cum Venere vel cum Ione, hoc est bonum et omnes aspectus eius boni. (4) {Item} quod si in coniunctione aut in aspectu cum domo in qua fue33va rit congregentur | ea que bona sint,γ,2 hoc est bonum perfectum,γ,3 ⟨⟨…⟩⟩. (5) {Quod} si commixtio bona sit domus aut stelle mala, diminuetur a bono fere tertia parte, coniunctio enim et aspectus fortiores sint; et econtrario si in coniunctioneγ mala fuerit ac in domo stelle bone. 30 (1) {Rursus} si fuerit Luna in coniunctione cum Saturno et Iove, considera quis eorum vincat, {{secundum quod tibi explanabo}},4 nam ille qui circa locum augis fuerit seu in longitudine longioriβ circuli sui ecentrici aut propeγ vincet illum qui circa longitudinem5 fuerit propiorem

1sit] M; LU sunt; 2aut in aspectu cum domo inquam fuerit congregabitur ea que bona sint] M om. 3hoc est bonum perfectum] M; LU hoc est malum perfectum. 4explanabo] M; L exemplabo; U exemplificabo. 5longitudinem] M; LU longitudines.

liber abrahe avenesre de luminaribus

1053

28 (1) {But} if the Moon is with Venus, this is a good sign according to the manner of Jupiter. (2) if the patient is a youth or a woman, this is better than an old man.γ,1 (3) {Likewise,} if the disease is caused by heat, Venus will be more beneficial than Jupiter, {but} if ⟨it is caused⟩ by cold, Jupiter will be more beneficial than Venus. (4) When it [Venus] is occidental and appears,γ,2 heat increases in it [the disease], and the opposite after it [Venus] is with the Sun in the same degree and is retrograde; when it [Venus] is retrograde one must judge according to the manner of Jupiter,γ,3 and similarly all ⟨⟨its⟩⟩ aspects. (5) {Otherwise,} if the disease is because of love,γ,4 Jupiter will be more beneficial to him;γ,5 and if the cause of the disease is because of divine service and reflections about the afterlife, Venus will be more beneficial than Jupiter. 29 (1) {But} if the Moon is with Mercury, when it [Mercury] is not under the raysγ,1 of the Sun, or there are more than {{12 degrees}}γ,2 between both of them [the Moon and Mercury] and it [Mercury] is occidental,γ,3 observe: if it [Mercury] is in the house of a good star or planet,β,4 it indicates half good ⟨fortune⟩, {but} if in the house of a bad star, it indicates half evil; {moreover,} if it is in its own house, it will indicate moderate good ⟨fortune⟩; {but} if it is in the house opposite its other houses, this will indicate moderate evil; ⟨⟨and the aspect of opposition, some slight evil⟩⟩; {but} its [Mercury’s] aspect of quartile indicates less evil than opposition; and sextile indicates moderate good ⟨fortune⟩; but trine ⟨indicates⟩ greater or more good.β,5 (2) {But} you must observe its [Mercury’s] mixtures: if it is in a bad mixture, whether in aspect or in conjunction, with Saturn or Mars, there is no evil like Mercury’s evil, because then the patient will grow worseγ,6 and be in danger. (3) {Moreover,} if it [Mercury] is in a good conjunction or mixtureβ,7 with Venus or Jupiter, this is good and all its aspects are good. (4) {Likewise} if good ⟨stars⟩ are gathered in conjunction or in aspect with the house in which it [Mercury] is,γ,8 this is complete good,γ,9 ⟨⟨but the opposite holds in the opposite case⟩⟩. (5) {But} if the mixture is good but the house of the star is bad, the good ⟨fortune⟩ will be diminished by approximately a third, because the conjunction and the aspect are stronger ⟨than the house⟩; and the opposite applies if it is in a bad conjunctionγ,10 and in the house of a good star. 30 (1) {In addition,} if the Moon is in conjunction with Saturn and Jupiter, observe which of them is victorious, {{according to what I will explain to you}},1 for the one that is near the place of the apogee or at the farther longitudeβ,2 [the apogee] of its eccentric circle or close ⟨to it⟩γ,3 will be

1054

part eleven

seu in opposito augis,β ⟨⟨…⟩⟩. (2) Hoc {autem} scire poteris per centrum equatum,γ nam si fuerit a signis .9. usque in finem, et similiter usque ad .90. gradus, in parte est longitudinis longioris, a .90a. vero1 gradibus seu tribus signis usque ad .9. seu usque ad gradus .270., in parte longitudinis est propioris, item ille qui propinquus fuerit longitudini longiori parvi circuli seu epicicli, prevalebit illi qui propinquus est longitudini propiori.γ (3) Et hoc quidem scire poteris per argumentum seu portionem equatam, que si fuerit a gradibus .270. usque ad finem signorum et usque ad .90. gradus, in parte longitudinis est longioris, econtrario autem in parte longitudinis propioris.γ (4) {Item,} si unus latitudinem habuerit septentrionalem,γ alius {vero} sit in linea mediaγ ⟨⟨…⟩⟩, septentrionalis prevalebit;γ {quod} si ambo septentrionalesγ fuerint, ille qui maiorem habebit latitudinem prevalebit;γ si {autem} unus fuerit in linea signorum et latitudo alterius meridiana, ille qui in linea erit prevalebit;γ si {vero} fuerint ambo meridiani, minoris dominus latitudinis illi prevalebit qui maioris.γ,2 (5) Adhuc considerare debes quod ille qui in domo sua fuerit, in exaltatione,γ triplicitate, in termino, aut facie, illi prevalebitγ qui minor erit in dignitate.γ (6) {Quod} si de rebus hiis aliqua fuerit uni, et alteri consimiliter de eisdem, considera quod illi qui ex parte circuli ecentriciγ prevalebitγ des .4. fortitudines; et illi que ex parte circuli parvi prevalebit .3. fortitudines; et illi qui ⟨ex⟩ parte latitudinem prevalebit .2.; illi {vero} qui prevalebit ex parte dignitatisγ fortitudinem des unam. (7) Si {autem} congregentur hii .4. modi prevalendi,γ perfecta erit prevalencia.γ (8) {Igitur} si prevale33vb bitγ Saturnus quando cum ipso et cum Iove est Luna, morietur | eger. (9) Verumptamen, propter Iovem minus erit aliquantulum egro in egritudine sua, et non agravabitur nimis super ipsum, nihilominus timebit sibi.γ (10) Si {vero} prevalebitγ Iupiter, evadet eger,γ sed hoc erit post grande periculum et cogitationes moriendi ac timorem mortis.

1gradus in parte est longitudinis longioris a .90a. vero] M om. 2maioris] U minoris.

liber abrahe avenesre de luminaribus

1055

victorious over the one that is near the closer longitude [the perigee] or in opposition to the apogee,β,4 ⟨⟨and the one that is close to the apogee on its epicycle is victorious over the one that is close to its perigee ⟨on its epicycle⟩⟩⟩. (2) {But} you can know this by the equated [corrected] center,γ,5 for if it is from 9 signs up to the end ⟨of the signs⟩, and likewise up to 90 degrees, it is on the side of the farther longitude [the apogee], but from 90 degrees, or three signs, up to 9 ⟨signs⟩, or up to 270 degrees, it is in the part of the closer longitude [the perigee], also the one which is close to the farther longitude [the apogee] of the small circle or epicycle, will be more powerful than the one which is close to the nearest longitude [the perigee].γ,6 (3) And this you can know by the argument or the equated portion, for if it is from 270 degrees up to the end of the signs, and up to 90°, it is on the side of the farther longitude [the apogee], and the opposite applies to the side of the nearest longitude [the perigee].γ,7 (4) {Likewise,} if one has ⟨some⟩ northern ⟨ecliptic⟩ latitude,γ,8 {but} the other is in the middle lineγ,9 [the ecliptic] ⟨⟨or it has southern latitude⟩⟩, the northern will be more powerful;γ,10 {but} if both are northern,γ,11 the one at the higher latitude will be more powerful;γ {but} if one is in the line of the signs and the latitude of the other is southern, the one that is in the line ⟨of the signs⟩ will be more powerful;γ {moreover,} if both are southern, the one at the lower latitude will be more powerful than the one at the higher ⟨latitude⟩.γ,12 (5) Besides, you should also observe that the ⟨planet⟩ that is in its house, in exaltation,γ,13 triplicity, term, or face [decan], will be more powerfulγ than the inferior in dignity.γ,14 (6) {But} if any of these things [i.e., house, exaltation, triplicity, term, decan] is ⟨assigned⟩ to one ⟨of the planets⟩, and similarly ⟨any⟩ of the same ⟨dignities is assigned⟩ to another ⟨planet⟩, bear in mind that you would ascribe four powers to the one which will be more powerfulγ on account of the eccentric circle;γ,15 and three powers to the one ⟨which will be more powerful⟩ on account of the small circle; and two powers to the one ⟨which will be more powerful⟩ on account of the latitude; {moreover,} you would assign one power to the one ⟨which will be more powerful⟩ on account of the dignity.γ (7) {But} if these four types of predominanceγ,16 are joined in one ⟨planet⟩, the predominance will be complete.γ,17 (8) {Therefore,} if Saturn is more powerfulγ when the Moon and Jupiter are with it, the patient will die. (9) However, because of Jupiter, the patient will not suffer so much from the disease, which will not weigh so heavily upon him, but nevertheless he will be afraid.γ,18 (10) {Moreover,} if Jupiter is more powerfulγ ⟨than Saturn⟩, the patient will escapeγ,19 ⟨death⟩, but this will be only after a great danger, thoughts of death and fears of death.

1056

part eleven

31 (1) Si {autem} Luna fuerit in oppositione Saturni et Iovis, valebit quidem,γ sed nihilominus non evadetγ nisi ita sit quod Saturnus retrogradus sit et Iupiter directus. (2) Si {vero} sit Iupiter in aspectu .4o., iudicare debes secundum fortitudinem alterius eorum. (3) Et si in trino sint aspectu, evadet eger,γ si {vero} in .6lis., de malo quidem minuetur sed ille non evadet.γ (4) ⟨⟨…⟩⟩.1 32 (1) Si {autem} Luna cum Saturno et Marte fuerit, hoc minus est dimidio signo malo, eo quod alter alterius opera destruit2 aut disturbat.β (2) {Quod} si aspexerit eos Iupiter aut Venus, evadetγ eger quicumque sit aspectus. (3) Si {autem} fuerit Luna cum Saturno et Mars aut Mercurius in aspectu opposito vel .4o., hoc malum est egro,γ et aspectus bonorum planetarum nihil valet. In generalitate tamen, Lune boni sunt omnes aspectus Solis preter quam aspectus oppositus ab Aquario aut Libra, tunc enim minuetur a bono. (4) Idem quoque iudicium estγ si fuerit Luna cum Marte aut Mercurio etγ Saturnus in aspectu opposito ⟨⟨…⟩⟩, et si fuerit ipsaγ in aspectu .4o., secundum viam memoratam,γ hoc est dimidium malum; aspectus {vero} tertius et .6lis. nec benignabitur nec malignabitur, id est neque bonum faciet neque malum. (5) {Quod} si fuerit Luna in coniunctione cum Saturno et Sol in eorum oppositio, hoc est dimidium signum bonum; et si in aspectu fuerint .4o., hoc fere signum bonum seu propinquum signo bono;β aspectus {autem} trinus aut .6lis. bonum est signum perfectum. (6) Et si fuerit Luna cum Saturno, Sol {autem} in aspectu opposito et Mars in .4o. aspectu, hoc neque bonum neque malum, et consimiliter si fuerit Sol cum Marte. (7) {Quod} si fuerit Luna cum Marte et Sol in aspectu opposito, hoc est signum malum; et in aspectu .4o. est dimidium signum malum; aspectus {autem} trinus et sextilis neque benignabitur neque malignabitur. (8) Si fuerit Luna quidem cum Marte, magis valebunt3 aspectus Veneris quam Iovis; si {vero} Luna fuerit cum Saturno, magis valebunt4 aspectus Iovis quam Veneris.

1Only MS Paris, BnF, heb. 1055, does not include this missing reading. deseruit. 3valebunt] M; LU valebit. 4valebunt] M; LU valebit.

2destruit] M; LU

liber abrahe avenesre de luminaribus

1057

31 (1) {But} if the Moon is in opposition to Saturn and Jupiter, this will be beneficial,γ,1 but nevertheless he will not escapeγ,2 ⟨death⟩ unless Saturn is retrograde and Jupiter is direct ⟨in its motion⟩. (2) {Moreover,} if Jupiter is in quartile, you must judge according to the power of each of them. (3) If they are in an aspect of trine, the patient will escapeγ,3 ⟨death⟩, {but} if in sextile, it will decrease the evil but he will not escapeγ ⟨death⟩. (4) ⟨⟨All of Sun’s aspects with the Moon are fortunate, but if it [the Sun] is in opposition in Aquarius or Libra, the good fortune will be diminished, and a conjunction ⟨of the Sun and the Moon⟩ is the worst of all the conjunctions⟩⟩. 32 (1) {But} if the Moon is with Saturn and Mars, this is less than half of a bad sign, because one destroys or hindersβ,1 the work of the other. (2) {But} if Jupiter or Venus aspects them [the Moon or Saturn], in any aspect, the patient will escapeγ ⟨death⟩. (3) {But} if the Moon is in opposition to or quartile with Saturn, Mars, or Mercury, this is bad for the patient,γ,2 and the aspect of the good planets is not beneficial. In general nevertheless, all the aspects of the Sun are good for the Moon except for the opposition aspect from Aquarius or Libra, for then the good ⟨ fortune⟩ will be diminished. (4) The judgment is also the sameγ,3 if the Moon is with Mars or Mercury andγ,4 Saturn is in opposition, ⟨⟨or if the Moon is with Mercury when Mars and Saturn are in opposition⟩⟩, but if it [the Moon] isγ,5 in quartile, according to the aforementioned way,γ,6 this is a half of a bad ⟨sign⟩; {but} the aspect of trine and sextile will neither be beneficial nor detrimental, that is, it will neither make good nor bad. (5) {But} if the Moon is in conjunction with Saturn, and the Sun is in opposition to them, this is half of a good sign; if they are in a quartile aspect, this is approximately a good sign or close to a good sign;β,7 {but} an aspect of trine or sextile is a complete good sign. (6) If the Moon is with Saturn, {but} the Sun is in an aspect of opposition and Mars is in an aspect of quartile, it is neither good nor bad, and the same applies if the Sun is with Mars. (7) {But} if the Moon is with Mars and the Sun is in an opposition aspect, this is a bad sign; and in an aspect of quartile this is half of a bad sign; {but} the trine or sextile aspect will be neither beneficial nor detrimental. (8) If the Moon is with Mars, Venus’s aspects will be more beneficial than Jupiter’s; {but} if the Moon is with Saturn, Jupiter’s aspects are more beneficial than Venus’s.

1058

part eleven

34ra 33

(1) {Amplius} si in principio egritudinis fuerit Luna | in coniunctione cum aliqua stellarum fixarumγ primi quidem honoris vel secundi, que latitudinem modicam habebat, etiam significat super bonum aut super malum secundum complexionem stelle; verbi gratia stella que vocatur alhaazel1 sine lanceaγ bonum significat, (2) et quod sensus egri pacatus erit et ratio non perturbata,β eo quod stelleγ complexio de Venere et de Mercurio est. (3) Sciendum {autem} quodγ {{stelle signorum}}γ altissime sunt et supreme,β nec est conveniens ipsas complexionatas esse ab inferioribus; sed ratio tales dicuntur quia virtutem operationum Veneris et Mercurii aut aliorum existet super terram.γ (4) Si {autem} Luna latitudinem meridianam habuit, magis manifestabitur {{operatio}}γ illius stelle; si {vero} septentrionalis fuerit eius latitudo, operatio illius occulta erit et fere non apparebit. (5) {Universaliter autem} idem iudicium est de reliquis, ut de Corde Leonis et de Corde Scorpionis et de Corde Piscis,2 sed stelle ille quibus magna est latitudo, sicut Aquila Cadens, totum quidquid significavit bonum est aut malum.γ (6) Locutus sum quidem de coniunctionibus ac de aspectibus et consimiliter est.

34 (1) Considerandum in die crisisγ et hora, quemadmodum rememoratus sum, quando perveniet Luna ad gradum a quo distabat in principio egritudinis .90. gradibus, vel ante vel retro, aut .180., ⟨⟨…⟩⟩.3 (2) Et ego tibi dabo viam generalem:γ siquidem fuerit Luna in principio egritudinis in aspectu alicuius planeteγ aut coniuncta cum ipso, ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ quando perveniet ad locum sui aspectus .4ti. aut oppositi, (3) si eadem stella seu planeta ipsam aspiciat aut coniugatur cum ipsa, sicut in principio super aspectum erat,γ erit via crisis certa et firma,β vel in bono vel in malo, secundum naturam stelle et non4 innovabitur super egrum5 res que benefaciat ei vel malefaciat. (4) Preterquam secundum unam viam, videlicet, si vero non est ita quod illi stelle coniugantur per aspectum in die crisis sed aspiciat alia stella, siquidem coniugatur Luna cum ista,γ tunc innovabitur super egrum de bono vel de malo res que in cor non ascendebat, ⟨⟨…⟩⟩6 (5) Si {autem} fuerit aspectus aut coniunctio cum aliqua de stellis supremis seu fixis,β non innovabitur res ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ extra id quod generale est seu universale,β eo quod non mutatur 34rb motus | stelle fixeγ in anno nisi minus uno minuto, qua propter et nihilominus in paucis diebus. 1alhaazel] LU; M alpha azel. 2de Corde Leonis et de Corde Scorpionis et de Corde Piscis] LU; M de Corde Scorpionis et de Corde Piscis et de Corde Leonis. 3Only MS Paris, BnF, heb. 1055, fol. 51rb, does not include the Hebrew counterpart of this phrase. 4non] U ideo. 5super egrum] U in egro. 6Only MS Paris, BnF, heb. 1055 does not include the Hebrew counterpart of this missing phrase.

liber abrahe avenesre de luminaribus

1059

33 (1) {Further,} if at the onset of the disease the Moon is in conjunction with one of the fixed starsγ,1 of the first or second honor [magnitude] that has a small ⟨ecliptic⟩ latitude, this too indicates good or bad ⟨fortune⟩, depending on the star’s complexion; for example, the star called Al-ʿazal Without the Spearγ,2 indicates good, (2) and that the patient’s mind will be calm and ⟨his⟩ reason will not be troubled,γ,3 because the mixture of this starγ,4 is of ⟨the nature of⟩ Venus and Mercury. (3) {But} Know that {{the stars of the signs}}γ,5 are the highest and furthest,β,6 and that it is not meet that they be tempered by the lower ⟨stars⟩ [the planets]; but the reason they are said to be of such a kind is because a power of the effects of Venus and Mercury or of the others exists above the Earth.γ,7 (4) {But} if the Moon had a southern latitude, the {{effect}}γ,8 of the star will be more manifest; {moreover,} if its latitude is northern, its effect will be hidden and will be almost imperceptible. (5) {But in general,} the same judgment applies to all the other ⟨stars⟩, such as the Heart of the Lion, the Heart of the Scorpion and the Heart of the Fish;9 but as for stars at a high latitude, such as the Falling Eagle, everything whatsoever indicated ⟨by the star⟩, is for good or for bad.γ,10 (6) What I said about conjunction applies also to the aspects. 34 (1) One must look at the day and hour of the crisis,γ,1 as I have mentioned, when the Moon will return to the degree whose distance from the position where the Moon was at the onset of the disease is 90 degrees, either forward or backward, or 180 degrees, ⟨⟨all this ⟨measured⟩ in equal degrees⟩⟩. (2) I will give you a general way:γ,2 if the Moon at the onset of the disease is aspected by one of the planetsγ,3 or was in conjunction with it, ⟨⟨observe⟩⟩4 when the Moon will arrive at the place of its aspect of quartile or opposition, (3) if the same planet or star aspects ⟨again⟩ her [the Moon] or is in conjunction with her, as it was in aspect at the onsetγ,5 ⟨of the disease⟩, the way of the crisis is certain and firm,β,6 for good or for evil, according to the star’s nature,7 and nothing will change for the patient that does good or evil to him. (4) Besides, according to one method, that is, if it is not in this manner so that stars conjoin it by aspect on the day of crisis but another star forms an aspect, if the Moon is conjoined with it,γ,8 then something will change for the patient, for good or for evil, that did not rise into the heart,θ,9 ⟨⟨depending on the planet’s nature⟩⟩. (5) {But} if the aspect or the conjunction is with one of the upper or fixed stars,β,10 nothing will change ⟨⟨for the patient⟩⟩ except for what is general or universal,β,11 because in one year the motion of the fixed starsγ,12 changes by only less than a minute, and even less in a few days.

1060

part eleven

35 (1) {Denique,} si permaneat egritudo quousque revertatur Solγ,1 ad locum suum, nec habeat crisemγ neque in bonum neque in malum perfectum, considerare debes ad locum Solis in principio egritudinis, et considera omnes aspicientes ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ et de planetis et de supremis, id est, fixis.2 (2) Consimiliter quoque et in aspectibus quartis ⟨⟨…⟩⟩,3 {item} quando perveniet ad gradus proportionales in circulo,γ id est, ad illos qui distant ab equalitatis linea aut a terminis septentrionis4 et meridie in tali proportione quod equales sunt partes horarum diurnarum unius partibus horarum nocturnarum alterius,γ secundum quod explanatum estγ in Libro initii sapientie, illi namque5 fortitudinem habent magnam. (3) {Postremo autem} est regula generale quod omnia capitula que rememorati sumus pro Luna illa eadem sunt pro Sole. (4) Et si elapsus est unus annus, considera ⟨⟨…⟩⟩ secundum annum in omnibus aspectibus ac terminis seu6 crisibus.β (5) Et si tu sciveris gradum signi ascendentis in principio egritudinis, scito revolutionem anni secundi sive sequentis,7 addendo .87. gradus ⟨⟨…⟩⟩, et considera qualiter aspiciant stelle signum primum ac etiam secundum, et quamquam sit in hoc radix Sol, nihilominus hec duo addunt aliquid et minuunt. (6) Sic {ergo} facere debes de anno in annum. Explicit Liber de luminaribus. Pulcherrimas laudes habeat ille qui omnes creat creaturas. Perfectus 4 die iunii, anno Domini 1292, die Mercurii, Sole occidente in Urbe Veteri, translatus in Latinum a magistro Henrico de Malinis, dicto Bate, pro reverendo patre domino A,8 presule Aversano.9

1Sol] LU; M > Sol aut similiter revertatur Luna. 2id est fixis] LU; M tribus aut translatio habet et planetis et de superioribus fixis. 3Also MS Paris, BnF, heb. 1055 does not include the Hebrew counterpart of this missing phrase in the Latin text. 4septentrionis] M; LU septentrionalibus. 5namque] LM; U enim. 6seu] M; U ac; L om. 7anni secundi sive sequentis] Only MS Paris, BnF, heb. 1055, fol. 52ra, includes the Hebrew counterpart of this reading. 8A] L and Glasgow UL 461, fol. 114r; L “N”. 9Explicit Liber de luminaribus. Pulcherrimas laudes habeat ille qui omnes creat creaturas. Perfectus 4 die iunii, anno Domini 1292, die Mercurii, Sole occidente in Urbe Veteri, translatus in Latinum a magistro Henrico de Malinis, dicto Bate, pro reverendo patre domino A, presule Aversano] M; L Explicit liber de luminaribus; MS Glasgow, UL, Hunterian Museum 461, fol. 114r: Explicit Liber de luminaribus. Translatus in Urbe Veteri a magistro Henrico de Malinis dicto Bate, pro reverendo patre domino N presule Aversano [??] anno Domini 1292. Scriptus per Jo(anem) de Moorbeke, anno .1412o. .26a. die Augusti, quare omnium creaturarum creator laudetur; U om.

liber abrahe avenesre de luminaribus

1061

35 (1) {Finally,} if the disease lingers until the Sunγ,1 returns to its position ⟨at the onset of the disease⟩, and a crisisγ,2 does not take place, neither for good nor for complete evil, you must observe the position of the Sun at the onset of the disease, and ⟨you must⟩ observe, among the planets and the upper ⟨stars⟩, that is, the fixed ⟨stars⟩, all those aspecting ⟨⟨and conjoining it [the Sun]⟩⟩. (2) This applies also to the aspects of quartile ⟨⟨and opposition⟩⟩, {likewise} when it [the Sun] reaches the proportional degrees in the circle,γ,3 that is, those ⟨degrees⟩ whose distance from the line of equality [equator] or from the extremes of the north or of the south are in such a proportion that the parts of the diurnal hours of one ⟨degree⟩ are equal to the parts of the nocturnal hours of the other ⟨degree⟩,γ,4 as was explainedγ,5 in the Book of the Beginning of Wisdom, because they have a great power. (3) {But finally,} the general rule is that all the chapters we mentioned regarding the Moon apply to the Sun as well. (4) If a year has passed, ⟨⟨at the beginning⟩⟩ of the second year observe all the aspects and all the boundaries or crises.β,6 (5) If you knew the degree of the ascendant sign at the onset of the disease, know the revolution of the second or next year, adding 87 degrees ⟨⟨15 minutes⟩⟩ to the ascendant degree, and observe how the stars aspect the first sign, also the second ⟨sign⟩, and, although the Sun is the root, nevertheless these two [how the stars aspect the first sign and also the second sign] increase and decrease in some degree. (6) {Therefore,} you must proceed in this manner every year. Here ends the Book of the Luminaries. Glorious praises to Him who created all creatures. Completed on June 4, in the year 1292 of the Lord, on Tuesday, when the Sun was setting in Orvieto, translated into Latin by Master Henry of Malines, called Bate, on behalf of the reverend father Lord A⟨dam⟩, bishop of Aversa.

PART TWELVE

NOTES TO LIBER ABRAHE AVENESRE DE LUMINARIBUS

notes to liber abrahe avenesre de luminaribus

1065

§1 [1]1:

I pray straightforwardly to God, my Lord. H: ‫מפיל אני תחנתי לפני אלהי‬ ‫ = אבי‬I present my supplication to the God of my father.

[2]1: Very delightful. H:

‫ = מתוק‬sweet.

[3]1: Is darkened, that is, beclouded. H: [4]2: Luminous stars. H:

‫ = שיכה יומם‬that smites by day.

‫ = כוכבי אור‬stars of light.

[5]4:

Their course does not change or vary. H: ‫ = לא תשתנה הליכתם‬their path will not change. [6]4: The same. H:

‫ = עומד על דרך אחד‬stands in one way.

[7]5: This is not so. H:

‫ = ואין כן משפט‬the rule is not like that.

[8]5:

The planets. H: ‫ = המשרתים‬the servants. → Meaning the planets. See note on Introductorius, §2:5, s.v., “planets”. [9]5: Girdle of

the signs. H: ‫ = גלגל המזלות‬circle of the signs.

[10]5:

At times from the left-hand side and at times from the right-hand side. H: ‫ = ופעם בשמאל ופעם בימין‬sometimes in the left (meaning in the north) and sometimes in the right (meaning in the south). [11]6: In the lower or upper level level. H: ‫ = במדרגה התיכונה‬in the interme-

diate level. [12]7: The middle or the center. H: [13]7: Changes and varies. H: [14]7: Planets. H:

‫ = התיכונה‬the intermediate.

‫ = ישתנה‬will change.

‫ = המשרתים‬the servants. → Meaning the planets.

[15]8: Conceals or covers it. H: [16]9: Change and vary. H:

‫ = הסתירתהו‬concealed it.

‫ = ישתנו‬will change.

1066

part twelve

[17]9: Their kinds. H: [18]9: Planets. H:

‫ = ענייניהם‬affairs.

‫ = המשרתים‬the servants. → Meaning the planets. §2

[1]1:

But the power in the Sun’s action. H: ‫= והנה מעשה השמש כמעשה כל‬ Now the Sun’s action is like the action of everything. [2]1:

Is what causes or brings into existence. H: ‫ = כי הוא המוליד‬because it generates. [3]2:

In the house of its honor or in its exaltation. H: ‫ = בבית גבהותה‬in the house of its height. → Meaning, in the house of its apogee; see note on Introductorius, §1.6:1, s.v., “honor or exaltation.” Cf. Pietro d’Abano: “in domo sui honoris” = “in the hours of its honor.” [4]2:

Our regions. H: ‫ = הישוב‬inhabited part of the Earth. → Meaning, the ecumene. [5]2: Trees begin to bud or to put forth fruit. H: ‫ = יציצו כל העצים‬all the trees

begin to bud. [6]3:

In its fall. H: ‫ = בתחלת דרום‬at the beginning of the south. → Bate’s divergent translation glosses Ibn Ezra’s term “beginning of the south” with respect to the Sun. Cf. Pietro d’Abano: “in principio meridie” = “at the beginning of the south.” See note on Introductorius, § 2.4:36, s.v. “fall or shame.” Here Bate offers the common Latin technical term for the concept of “dejection.” [7]3:

Leaves fade and become dry or wither. H: ‫ = יבלו העלים‬leaves will wither. [8]3:

And human beings droop and languish. H: ‫ = ידאגו כל החיים‬all living creature will be troubled. [9]4:

In the ascending region of heaven. H: ‫ = בחצי הגלגל העולה‬in the ascending half of the circle.

notes to liber abrahe avenesre de luminaribus

1067

[10]5:

Also those who “watch the winds” recognize, as they verified experimentally, when the Sun returns to a certain position in the zodiac. H: ‫גם‬ ‫ בשוב השמש אל מקום ידוע כנגד גלגל המזלות‬,‫ כאשר נסו‬,‫שומרי הרוחות יכירו‬ = Also those who “watch the winds” (Eccl. 11:4) recognize, as they verified by experience, when the Sun returns to a certain position in the circle of the signs. → Pietro d’Abano: “et iterum qui considerant in ventis cognoscunt in hiis que sunt experti redditum Solis ad locum cognitum circa circulum signorum” = “and besides those who observe the winds recognize, as they verified by experience, when the Sun returns to a known position in the circle of the signs.” §3 [1]1: Verified experimentally. H:

‫ = נראים‬visible.

[2]1:

Bones of human beings and of all living creatures. H: ‫= עצמות החיים‬ bones of living beings. [3]2:

Agree about these things regarding their work. H: ‫= יורו כפי מלאכתם‬ will indicate according to their craft. [4]2: Scholars of

the stars. H: ‫ = בעלי המזלות‬the experts in the signs.

[5]3: Physicians. H:

‫ = וחכמי הרפואות הגדולים‬the great physicians.

[6]3:

The imposition of the boundary of diseases or the crisis. H: ‫= גבול‬ term. → Meaning, crisis. [7]4: Could find it. H: ‫למה‬

‫ = לא מצאו‬the did not find why.

[8]4: Lunar month. H: ‫ = חדש ימים‬one month. → Bate’s divergent translation

explains what the term “one month” means in this context. [9]5:

Foolish statements. H: ‫ = דברי המהבילים‬the statements of stupid peo-

ple. [10]5:

A number is odd and even. H: ‫ = הזוגות‬the even. → Here Bate’s divergent translation corresponds to Pietro d’Abano’s De luminaribus: “par et impar” = “the even and odd.”

1068

part twelve

[11]5: Crisis. H:

‫ = גבול‬term. → Meaning, crisis.

[12]6:

The root or cause of the crisis of the seventh day. H: ‫ושורש הגבול‬ ‫ = בהיות הלבנה‬the root of the term (crisis) is when the Moon.

[13]7:

There is some similarity of the fourth day to a critical day. H: ‫והיה‬ ‫ = היום הרביעי כדמות יום גבול‬the fourth day is as a likeness of the day of the term (crisis). §4 [1]1:

Because of the distance of the center of its circle. H: ‫בעבור היות מוצק‬ ‫ = גלגלה‬because the center of its circle is distant. → For the neologism ‫מוצק‬ = center, see Sela 2003, 113–116. [2]1: Epicycle or small circle. H:

‫ = הגלגל הקטן‬the small circle.

[3]3: One day or the first day. H:

‫ = יום אחד‬one day.

[4]4:

Lord’s day. H: ‫ = יום ראשון‬the first day. → Meaning, the Hebrew for Sunday. [5]5: Critical day. H:

‫ = יום גבול‬day of term. → Meaning, day of crisis.

[6]6: It is fitting,. H:

‫ = והנה יתכן‬so it is possible.

[7]6: Quick in ⟨its⟩ course. H: [8]7: It is fitting. H: [9]7: Day of

‫ = יתכן‬it is possible that.

crisis. H: ‫ = גבול‬term. → Meaning, day of crisis.

[10]8: Day of [11]9:

‫ = מהירה מאד‬very quick.

crisis. H: ‫ = גבול‬term. → Meaning, day of crisis.

You can turn to ⟨to know⟩ whether a crisis will take place. H: ‫שתוכל‬ ‫ = להבין אם יהיה גבול לחולה‬so that you can understand whether the patient will have a term (crisis).

notes to liber abrahe avenesre de luminaribus

1069

§5 [1]1: Crisis. H:

‫ = גבול‬term. → Meaning, crisis. §6

[1]1: Since the crises. H:

‫ = אם הגבולים‬if the terms. → Meaning, if the crises.

[2]1:

Planets. H: ‫ = הכוכבים המשרתים‬the servants stars. → Meaning, the planets. [3]1: Upper sphere. H:

‫ = הגלגל העליון‬the upper circle.

[4]1: How is it that. H:

‫ = הנה‬so.

[5]1: Begin to be ill. H:

‫ = יחלו‬will be ill.

[6]1: Crisis. H:

‫ = גבול‬term. → Meaning, crisis.

[7]1: Crisis. H:

‫ = גבול‬term. → Meaning, crisis.

[8]2: Cloth or a garment. H:

‫ = הבגד‬the garment.

[9]3: Youth or adolescent. H:

‫ = נער‬a youth.

[10]3:

Their crises are different. H: ‫ = ישתנה הגבול‬the term (crisis) will be different. [11]4: The days of

the year are also relevant. H: ‫ = ועוד שהימים יוסיפו‬also the

days will add. [12]5: His illness will be aggravated or intensified. H: ‫ = יחזק חליו‬his disease

will intensify. §7 [1]1: The power of

the diseases and of the year are the same, and similarly the diseases are the same by means of heat. H: ‫שני החוליים תהיינה שוות‬ ‫ = וחליים מחום‬the two diseases are the same and their disease is from heat.

1070

part twelve

[2]1: The answer. H:

‫ = יש להשיב כי‬one should answer that.

[3]2: Power and the complexion. H:

‫ = תולדת שניהם‬the nature of both.

[4]2:

Complexion. H: ‫ = תולדת‬the nature. → Bate’s divergent translation glosses Ibn Ezra’s term “nature”. [5]3: Complexions. H: ‫ = תולדתם‬their nature. → Bate’s divergent translation

glosses Ibn Ezra’s term “nature”. [6]4: Occur. H: ‫ = יתקבצו‬gather together.

§8 [1]1: Science of

the stars. H: ‫ = חכמת המזלות‬the science of the signs.

[2]1: When they are mixed with bad ⟨planets⟩. H: ‫ = אם היה בממסך רע‬if

this happened in a bad mixture. → Bate’s divergent translation glosses Ibn Ezra’s concept of being in a bad mixture. [3]1:

It will be serious and dangerous for him. H: ‫ = יקשה עליו החולי‬his disease will be aggravated. [4]2: With

respect to the first judgment. H: ‫ = בראשונה‬first. → Bate’s divergent translation explains Ibn Ezra’s term “first”. [5]3: Hurts or harms. H: [6]4: Dominion. H:

‫ = יזיק‬will harm.

‫ = פקידות‬rulership.

[7]4:

It was under the rays of the Sun. H: ‫ = היותה תחת השמש‬it is under the Sun. → Bate’s divergent translation glosses Ibn Ezra’s concept of “being under the Sun.” [8]4:

The commander, or the ruler, or al-mubtazz. H: ‫ = הפקיד הממונה‬the overseer. [9]5: These statements have no measure. H: ‫ = אלה דברים אין להם שיעור‬these

things have no measure.

notes to liber abrahe avenesre de luminaribus

1071

§9 [1]1: Perhaps the speaker says. H:

‫ = ואם טען טוען‬if someone argues.

[2]1: The crisis with certainty. H:

‫ = הגבולים באמת‬the terms (crises) truly.

[3]2: Science of

the stars. H: ‫ = חכמת המזלות‬the science of the signs.

[4]3: Method of

generality or universality. H: ‫ = דרך כלל‬method of general-

ity. [5]3: Scholars. H:

‫ = החכמה‬wisdom.

[6]3: The method of

particulars. H: ‫ = דרך פרט‬the method of the individual.

[7]5: Harm or injury. H:

‫ = נזק‬harm.

[8]7: But according to the second method of

universality the Moon is very powerful over. H: ‫ = הלבנה תורה בדרך כלל על‬the Moon will indicate by the general method about. → Bate’s divergent translation explains Ibn Ezra’s concept of “a planet working according to the general method” as when the planet is “very powerful regarding certain indication.” [9]8: The matter will be more complete and more excellent. H: ‫אז יהיה יותר‬

‫ = נכון‬then it will be more correct. [10]9: Patients are cured. H: [11]9: Method of

‫ = ירפאו הרופאים‬the physicians will cure.

universality. H: ‫ = דרך כלל‬the general method.

[12]9: A physician. H:

‫ = הרופאים‬the physicians. §10

[1]1: Exaltation. H: ‫כבודה‬ [2]1: Also if. H:

‫ = בבית‬in its house of honor.

‫ = א״ע״פ‬even though.

1072

part twelve

[3]1: Planet or star. H:

‫ = כוכב‬star.

[4]2: The disposition of

the Sun. H: ‫ = דרך השמש‬the way of the Sun.

[5]2:

If it is in its fall or opposed to its house. H: ‫אם היו בבית שפלותם או‬ ‫ = הבתים שהם נכח ביתם‬if they are in the house of their lowness [dejection] or in the houses opposite their houses. [6]2:

The same applies to the Moon. H: om. → Here Pietro d’Abano and Pierre de Limoges agree with Bate against the omission in the Hebrew. Pietro d’Abano: “et simililter de Luna” = “likewise regarding the Moon.” Pierre de Limoges: “Et similis modus est de sole” = “likewise regarding the Sun.” §11 [1]1: Day of

crisis. H: ‫ = גבול‬term. → Meaning, crisis.

[2]1: Neither a good nor a bad sign. H: ‫ = לא תורה לא על טוב ולא על רע‬it will

indicate neither good nor bad. [3]2:

Did not rise in the heart or was not known before. H: ‫שלא עלה‬ ‫ = על לב‬did not ascend to the heart. → Hebrew idiom for “imagine” or “realize”. [4]3: Known or recognized. H:

‫ = נודע‬known. §12

[1]1:

Angles. H: ‫ = היתדות‬the pegs. → Meaning, cardines, i.e., the cusps of the first, fourth, seventh and tenth house of the horoscope. See note on Introductorius, §3.4:2, s.v., “angles or cardines.” [2]1: Certainty. H: [3]1:

‫ = אמת‬truth.

Succedent. H: ‫ = סמוכים אל היתד‬succedent to the peg. → Meaning, succedent to some cardo.

notes to liber abrahe avenesre de luminaribus [4]1: Ascendant. H:

1073

‫ = המזל הצומח‬the ascendant sign.

[5]1: Testimony of the Moon by itself is not stable or firm. H: ‫אין עדות הלבנה‬

‫ = קיימת לבדה‬the testimony of the Moon is not valid by itself. [6]1: Ascendant. H:

‫ = המזל הצומח‬the ascendant sign. §13

[1]1: Is eclipsed. H: [2]1: Eclipse. H:

‫ = נקדרה‬is darkened.

‫ = הקדרות‬the darkening. → Meaning, eclipse.

[3]2: The disposition of

the Sun. H: ‫ = דרך השמש‬the way of the Sun.

[4]2:

When it is eclipsed, because its eclipse will prolong the illness or sickness. H: ‫ = אם יאריך החולי‬if the illness persists. → Bate’s divergent translation explains why the illness persists. §14 [1]1:

Placed under the ray of the Sun. H: ‫ = שהוא תחת אור השמש‬which is under the light of the Sun. [2]2: That is. H:

‫ = והטעם‬and the reason.

[3]3:

Meaning that it will rise before the Sun. H: ‫והטעם שיעלה קודם עלות‬ ‫השמש‬. → Pietro d’Abano: om.

[4]3: Is bad. H: [5]4: Firm. H:

‫ = פסולה‬invalid.

‫ = קיימת‬valid.

[6]5: Is bad. H:

‫ = פסולה‬invalid.

[7]6: Is bad. H:

‫ = פסולה‬invalid.

1074

part twelve

[8]7: Stable. H: [9]8: Firm. H:

‫ = קיימת‬valid.

‫ = קיימת‬valid. §15

[1]1: In longitude. H:

‫ = במרחק‬in distance.

[2]2: In longitude. H:

‫ = במרחק‬in distance.

[3]2: That is to say. H:

‫ = וטעם‬and the reason.

[4]2: The head or its beginning. H:

‫ = ראש‬head/beginning.

[5]2:

Degrees that are similar by the difference of their days and their nights. H: ‫ = מעלה שהיא דומה בהתחלף היום והלילה‬a degree that is similar when day and night are interchanged. [6]3:

The degrees that are similar to themselves. H: ‫ = המעלה הדומה‬the similar degree. [7]3:

Did not rise in the physician’s heart or was not suspected. H: ‫לא עלה‬ ‫ = על לב הרופא‬did not ascend to the physician’s heart. → Hebrew idiom for “imagine” or “realize”. §16 [1]1: When. H:

‫ = אם‬if.

[2]1:

Angles. H: ‫ = היתדות‬the pegs. → Meaning, cardines of the horoscope. See note on Introductorius, §3.4:2, s.v., “angles or cardines.” [3]1: Firm or certain. H: [4]2: Certain. H: [5]3:

‫ = נאמנים‬enduring.

‫ = נאמנים‬enduring.

At a defined time and also at the destined boundary. H: ‫ישר לעולם‬ = always straight. → Bate’s divergent translation glosses Ibn Ezra’s phrase “always straight”.

notes to liber abrahe avenesre de luminaribus

1075

[6]3: Until it will return to its place. H: ‫ = גם גבול שובו אל מקומו‬also the term

(crisis) when it returns to its place. [7]4: Ptolemy. H: ‫ = תלמי המלך‬King Talmai. → Talmai is the post-biblical and

talmudic Hebrew equivalent of Ptolemy. [8]4: And he says the truth and he is right. H: ‫ = והדין עמו‬he has logic on his

side. → Meaning, he is right. §17 [1]1: Firm or fix ⟨signs⟩. H: ‫ = מזל נאמן‬steadfast sign. [2]1: Move or pass. H:

‫ = יצא‬will leave. §18

[1]1: Excess or repletion. H: [2]1: Very good. H:

‫ = יותר טוב‬better.

[3]2: Emptiness. H: [4]2: Is good. H:

‫ = תוספת‬increase.

‫ = חסרון‬deficit.

‫ = יותר טוב‬better. §19

[1]2: Whose

nature harms the body and causes the disease, this is bad. H: ‫ הדבר קשה‬,‫ = שהוא כתולדת שהתגברה על הגוף שהולידה החולי‬which is like the nature that prevailed over the body and generated the disease, this is dangerous. [2]2: Good. H:

‫ = סימן טוב‬a good sign.

[3]3: The conjunctions are stronger.

greater.

H: ‫ = המחברת גדולה‬the conjunction is

1076

part twelve §20

[1]1: In a conjunction. H: [2]1: Stable or firm. H: [3]3: Bad. H:

‫“ = המחברת‬Conjunction”. → Meant as a subtitle.

‫ = קיימת‬is valid.

‫ = פסולה‬invalid. §21

[1]1: In opposition. H: [2]2: Is firm. H:

‫“ = הנכח‬Opposition”. → Meant as a subtitle.

‫ = קיימת‬is valid. §22

[1]1: Scholars of

astrology. H: ‫ = חכמי המזלות‬scholars of the signs.

[2]3: Eleventh house. H: ‫ = הבית הששי ושנים עשר‬the sixth and twelfth house.

→ Here Bate agrees with Pietro d’Abano and Pierre de Limoges against the Hebrew. Pietro d’Abano: “11.” Pierre de Limoges: “11e.” §23 [1]3: Long signs or ⟨signs⟩ of

long ascensions. H: ‫ = המזלות הארוכים‬the long

signs. [2]3: The patient. H:

‫ = מקום החולה‬the place of the patient.

[3]5: Stars or planets. H:

‫ = כוכבים‬stars.

[4]6: The crisis returns to the Sun. H: ‫ = והשמש איננו בגבולו‬and the Sun is not

in its term. → Here Bate agrees with Pietro d’Abano and Pierre de Limoges against the Hebrew. Pietro d’Abano: “sed si crises revertantur ad Solem” = “but if the crises return to the Sun.” Pierre de Limoges: “si termini crisium reverteretur ad Solem” = “if the boundary of the crises return to the Sun.” [5]6:

They will certainly do good or be beneficial. H: ‫ = ייטיבו‬they will do good.

notes to liber abrahe avenesre de luminaribus

1077

§24 [1]3:

But if it is retrograde and after opposition with the Sun. H: ‫ואם אחר‬ ‫ = השמש‬if after the Sun. → Here Bate agrees with Pietro d’Abano and Pierre de Limoges against the Hebrew. Pietro d’Abano: “quod si retrogradatus post Solis oppositionem” = “but if it is retrograde after opposition with the Sun.” Pierre de Limoges: “Et si est retrogradus et ante oppositione Solis” = “and if it is retrograde and before opposition with the Sun.” [2]4:

But if the Moon is quick in ⟨its⟩ motion, this is a bad sign, for it indicates length ⟨of the disease⟩ and a bad end. H: ,‫ואם הלבנה ממתנת בהליכתה‬ .‫ כי יורה על אורך והסוף לרע‬,‫ = הנה סימן רע‬If the Moon is moving slowly, this is a bad sign because it indicates a long ⟨disease⟩ and a bad end. → Here Bate agrees with Pietro d’Abano and Pierre de Limoges against the Hebrew. Pietro d’Abano: “Luna quoque si fuerit cursu velox, hec est significatio mala, significat enim longitudinem et finem in malum” = “Also the Moon, if it is quick in ⟨its⟩ course, this is a bad signification, because it indicates length ⟨of the disease⟩ and a bad end.” Pierre de Limoges: “Et si Luna est velox cursu hoc est signum malum quia ipsa signat prolongationem morbi et finem in malo.” = “And if the Moon is quick in ⟨its⟩ course, this is a bad signification, because it indicates length of the disease and a bad end.” [3]4:

But if the Moon is quick in ⟨its⟩ motion, this is a bad sign, for it indicates length ⟨of the disease⟩ and a bad end; if it is slow in ⟨its⟩ motion, however, the evil will be diminished. H: ‫ הנה‬,‫ואם הלבנה ממתנת בהליכתה‬ .‫ יחסר מהרע‬,‫ ואם ממהרת בהליכתה‬,‫ כי יורה על אורך והסוף לרע‬,‫ = סימן רע‬If the Moon is moving slowly, this is a bad sign because it indicates a long ⟨disease⟩ and a bad end, but if it is moving rapidly, evil will be diminished. → At least the first part of Bate’s divergent reading agrees with Pietro d’Abano: “Luna quoque si fuerit cursu velox, hec est significatio mala, significat enim longitudinem et finem in malum” = “also the Moon, if it is quick in ⟨its⟩ course, this is a bad signification, because it indicates length ⟨of the disease⟩ and a bad end.” [4]6: And the meaning is that it rises before the Sun. H: ‫והטעם שיעלה קודם‬

‫השמש‬. → Pietro d’Abano: om. [5]8:

At the farther longitude. H: ‫ = במקום גבהותו‬in the place of its height. → Meaning, in the place of its apogee.

1078

part twelve

[6]8: On both sides. H: ‫ = משאר הפאות‬from the other sides. → Among all the

Hebrew manuscripts examined, this divergent reading occurs only in Paris, BnF, héb. 1055. [7]8: By constipation or holding back. H: [8]8: At the lower apsis. H: [9]8: At apogee. H:

‫ = עצור‬constipation.

‫ = במקום השפל‬at the lower place.

‫ = במקום גבוה‬at high place. §25

[1]2: When. H:

‫ = רק אם‬only if.

[2]4:

You must know that. H: om. → Here Bate agrees with Pietro d’Abano and Pierre de Limoges against the omission in the Hebrew. Pietro d’Abano: “scire quoque debes quod” = “you must also know that.” Pierre de Limoges: “Et sciendum quod” = “one must also know that.” Among all the Hebrew manuscripts examined, this reading occurs only in Paris, BnF, héb. 1055. [3]4: Root. H:

‫ = עקר‬essence.

[4]4: Saturn’s rays are with the Moon’s rays. H: ‫יהיה אור שבתי עם אור הלבנה‬

= Saturn’s light will be with the Moon’s light. [5]4: But after. H:

‫ = רק עד‬only until.

[6]4: Saturn’s rays. H:

‫ = אור שבתי‬Saturn’s light.

[7]4: Take the degrees when either of them is situated at midheaven. H: ‫קח‬

‫ = המעלות שיהיו עמהם בחצי השמים‬take the degrees that will be with them at midheaven. §26 [1]3: The goodness of [2]5: If

the sign. H: ‫ = הסימן הטוב‬the good sign.

it is at the apogee of its small or eccentric circle. H: ‫אם היה חם כנגד‬ ‫ = גלגלו הקטן‬if it is hot against its little circle.

notes to liber abrahe avenesre de luminaribus [3]7: And. H:

1079

‫ = או‬or.

[4]7: Weariness or trouble. H:

‫ = עמל‬effort. §27

[1]5: Mars at the place of apogee on the eccentric circle. H: ‫אם מאדים במקום‬

‫ = גבהותו מגלגל המוצק‬if Mars is in the place of its height (at its apogee) with respect to the circle of the center. [2]6:

At the lowest place. H: ‫ = במקום השפל‬at the low place. → Meaning, at perigee. [3]6: The disease is by moistness.

H: ‫ = החולי יש בו לחלוח‬there is moistness

in the disease. [4]6: But if

it is caused by dryness. H: ‫ = ואם יש בו יבשת‬and if it [the disease] has dryness. [5]7: Its exaltation. H:

‫ = בבית כבודו‬in its house of honor. §28

[1]2:

Old man. H: ‫ = הזקן הבא בימים‬old man advanced in years. → Biblical idiom, Gen. 24:1 et passim. [2]4: And appears. H: ‫ = והטעם שישקע אחר שקוע השמש‬meaning that it sets

after sunset. [3]4: One must judge according to the manner of Jupiter. H: ‫משפטו כמשפט‬

‫ = צדק‬its judgment is like the judgment of Jupiter. [4]5: Love. H: [5]5:

‫ = חשק‬desire.

Jupiter will be more beneficial to him. H: ‫יותר יועיל כוכב צדק מכוכב‬ ‫ = נגה‬Jupiter will be more beneficial than Venus.

1080

part twelve §29

[1]1: Under the rays. H:

‫ = תחת אור‬under the light.

[2]1:

12 degrees. H: ‫ = עשר מעלות‬10 degrees. → Here Bate agrees with Pietro d’Abano and Pierre de Limoges against the Hebrew. Pietro d’Abano: “12 gradus” = “12 degrees.” Pierre de Limoges: “12 gradus” = “12 degrees.” Among all the Hebrew manuscripts examined, this divergent reading occurs only in Paris, BnF, héb. 1055. [3]1: And it is occidental. H: ‫ = והוא שוקע אחר שקוע השמש‬and it [Mercury]

sets after sunset. → Bate’s divergent translation glosses Ibn Ezra’s phrase “it [Mercury] sets after sunset”. [4]1: Star or planet. H:

‫ = כוכב‬star.

[5]1: Greater or more good. H:

‫ = יותר טוב‬is better.

[6]2:

The patient will grow worse. H: ‫ = יסיר דעת החולה‬the patient will go mad. [7]3: Conjunction or mixture. H:

‫ = ממסך‬mixture.

[8]4:

If good ⟨stars⟩ are gathered in conjunction or in aspect with the house in which it is. H: ,‫ואם נתחבר ממסך מחברת או מבט עם הבית שהוא שם‬ ‫ = שיהיה הכל טוב‬if it comes together in the mixture of conjunction or an aspect with the house where it is, that everything will be good. [9]4: This is complete good. H:

‫ = הנו סימן גדול‬this is a great sign.

[10]5: Conjunction. H: ‫ = ממסך‬mixture. → Bate’s divergent translation glosses

Ibn Ezra’s concept of “mixture”. §30 [1]1: According to what I will explain to you. H: om.→ Here Bate agrees with

Pietro d’Abano and Pierre de Limoges against the omission in the Hebrew. Pietro d’Abano: “sicut tibi exponam” = “as I will explain to you.” Pierre de

notes to liber abrahe avenesre de luminaribus

1081

Limoges: “sicut docebo te” = “as I will inform you.” Among all the Hebrew manuscripts examined, this addition occurs only in Paris, BnF, héb. 1055. [2]1:

For the one that is near the place of the apogee or at the farther longitude. H: ‫ = כי ההווה קרוב ממקום גבהותו‬for the one which is close to the place of its height (its apogee). [3]1: Of

its eccentric circle or close ⟨to it⟩. H: ‫ = בגלגל המוצק קרוב‬is close to the circle of the center. [4]1: Will be victorious over the one that is near the closer longitude or in

opposition to the apogee. H: ‫כי ההווה קרוב ממקום גבהותו בגלגל המוצק ינצח‬ ‫ = ההווה קרוב ממקום שפלותו‬for the one which is close to the place of its height (its apogee) in the circle of the center will be victorious over the one which is close to the place of its lowness (its perigee). [5]2:

By the equated center. H: ‫ = ממנת הכוכב המתוקנת‬by the corrected portion of the star. → Cf. Pietro d’Abano: “per portionem equatam” = “by the equated portion.” [6]2:

From 9 signs up to the end ⟨of the signs⟩, and likewise up to 90 degrees, it is on the side of the farther longitude, but from 90 degrees, or three signs, up to 9 ⟨signs⟩, or up to 270 degrees, it is in the part of the closer longitude, also the one which is close to the farther longitude of the small circle or epicycle, will be more powerful than the one which is close to the nearest longitude. H: ‫שאם היתה ממאתים ושבעים מעלות עד‬ ‫ והפך הדבר בשפלותו‬,‫ הנו בגבהותו‬,‫ עד תשעים מעלות‬,‫ = סוף המזלות‬for if it is between 270° and the end of the signs, and as far as 90°, it is at its height (apogee), and the opposite at its lowness (perigee). [7]3: And this you can know by the argument or the equated portion, for if

it is from 270° up to the end of the signs, and up to 90°, it is in the side of the farther longitude, and the opposite applies to the side of the nearest longitude. H: ‫ שאם היה בין מקום הכוכב המתוקן‬,‫והנצוח הראשון תוכל לדעתו‬ ,‫ הינו בפאת גבהותו‬,‫ לפניו או לאחריו‬,‫ובין מקום גבהות המוצק פחות מצ׳ מעלות‬ .‫ הנו בפאת שפלותו‬,‫ = ואם יותר מזה‬You may recognize the first victory: if there is less than 90°, either forward or backward, between the corrected position of the planet and the place of the height of the point, it is on the side of its height (its apogee), and if it is more than that, it is in the side of its lowness (its perigee).

1082

part twelve

[8]4: Northern latitude. H: ‫ = רוחב בפאת שמאל‬northern latitude. [9]4:

The middle line. H: ‫ = בקו גלגל המזלות או רחבו דרומי‬in the line of the circle of the signs or its latitude is southern. [10]4: The northern will be more powerful. H: ‫ = ינצח השמאלי‬the one on the

left will be victorious. [11]4: Northern. H:

‫ = שמאליים‬left ones. → Meaning northern.

[12]4: The one at the lower latitude will be more powerful than the one at

the higher ⟨latitude⟩. → Among all the Hebrew manuscripts examined, this divergent reading occurs only in Paris, BnF, héb. 1055. [13]5: In exaltation. H: [14]5: In dignity. H:

‫ = בבית כבודו‬in its house of honor.

‫ = בפקידות‬in rulership.

[15]6: Eccentric circle. H: [16]7: Predominance. H:

‫ = גלגל המוצק‬circle of the center.

‫ = נצוחים‬victories.

[17]7: The predominance will be complete. H: ‫ = יהיה הנצוח גמור‬the victory

will be total. [18]9:

But nevertheless he will be afraid. H: ‫ = ולא ידאג‬and he will not be afraid. [19]10: The patient will escape ⟨death⟩. H:

‫ = יחיה‬he will live.

§31 [1]1: If

the Moon is in opposition to Saturn and Jupiter, this will be beneficial. H: ‫ יועיל מעט‬,‫ = ואם הלבנה עם מחברת שבתי וצדק ונגה‬If the Moon is in conjunction with Saturn, Jupiter, and Venus, it is slightly beneficial. [2]1:

He will not escape. H: ‫⟨ = לא יציל‬the triple conjunction⟩ will not save ⟨him⟩. [3]3: The patient will escape. H:

‫ = יציל‬it will save ⟨him⟩.

notes to liber abrahe avenesre de luminaribus

1083

§32 [1]1: Destroys or hinders. H:

‫ = יבטל‬will cancel.

[2]3: This is bad for the patient. H: ‫ = זו רעה חולה‬this is a sick evil. → a Hebrew

idiom meaning a sore evil. [3]4:

The judgment is also the same. H: ‫ = וככה תדין‬Judge in this manner. → Among all the Hebrew manuscripts examined, this divergent reading occurs only in Paris, BnF, héb. 1055. [4]4: And. H: [5]4: If

‫ = או‬or.

it is. H: ‫ = אם הם‬if they are.

[6]4: According to the aforementioned way. H: ‫ = על הדרך שהזכרתי‬accord-

ing to the way that I mentioned. [7]5:

Approximately a good sign or close to a good sign. H: ‫קרוב מסימן טוב‬ = almost a good sign. §33 [1]1:

Fixed stars. H: ‫ = הכוכבים העליונים‬the upper stars. → Bate’s divergent translation instantiates Ibn Ezra’s vague term “upper stars”. [2]1:

Al-ʿazal Without the Spear. H: ‫ = הגבור שהוא בלא רומח‬the Warrior without a Spear. → This refers to α Virginis, Arabic: al-simāk al-ʾaʿzal “the star on the left hand called ‘Spica.’” The same star is mentioned in Introductorius, §2.7:45: “de stellis fixis, est ibi Suppodiatus Inhermis, qui vocatur Samach Alaazel” = “of the fixed stars ⟨we find⟩ there the Unarmed one who is Leaning ⟨on a spear⟩, which is called ⟨as-⟩simāk al-ʾaʿzal.” Pietro d’Abano’s De luminaribus reads: “stella dicta alchimech inermis” = “the star called Unarmed Alchimech.” [3]2: The patient’s mind will be calm and ⟨his⟩ reason will not be troubled.

H: ‫ = דעת החולה תהיה מיושבת עליו‬the patient’s mind will be calm. [4]2: Star. H:

‫ = זה הכוכב העליון‬this upper star.

1084

part twelve

[5]3:

The stars of the signs. H: ‫ = הכוכבים שהם בגלגל השמיני‬the stars that are in eighth sphere. → Here Bate agrees with Pietro d’Abano and Pierre de Limoges against the Hebrew. Pietro d’Abano: “stellas signorum” = “the stars of the signs.” Pierre de Limoges: “stelle signorum” = “the stars of the signs”. [6]3: Highest and furthest. H:

‫ = גבוהים‬high.

[7]3: But the reason they are said to be of

such a kind is because a power of the effects of Venus and Mercury or of the others exists above the Earth. H: .‫ = רק הטעם שיולידו בארץ ויעשו מעשה נגה וכוכב חמה בהתחברם‬but the meaning is that they generate and exert the effect of Venus and Mercury when they conjoin. [8]4:

Effect. H: ‫ = כח‬power. → Here Bate agrees with Pietro d’Abano and Pierre de Limoges against the Hebrew. Pietro d’Abano: “operatio” = “effect.” Pierre de Limoges: “opus” = “work.” Among all the Hebrew manuscripts examined, this divergent reading occurs only in Paris, BnF, héb. 1055. [9]5:

The Heart of the Fish. → this reading occurs only in Paris, BnF, héb. 1055. Pietro d’Abano’s De luminaribus reads: “Corde Piscis” = “the Heart of the Fish.” [10]5:

Is for good or for bad ⟨fortune⟩. H: ‫= יתעלם כל אשר יורו מטוב ועד רע‬ everything indicated by them, for better or worse, will vanish. §34 [1]1: Day of crisis. H: ‫ = יום הגבול‬day of [2]2: A general way. H: [3]2: The planets. H:

the term. → Meaning, day of the crisis.

‫ = כלל‬rule.

‫ = המשרתים‬the servants. → Meaning the planets.

[4]2:

Observe. → Only Paris, BnF, héb. 1055, does not include the Hebrew counterpart of this omission. [5]3: As it was in aspect at the onset. H: ‫ = אם היתה בתחלה על מבטו‬if

Moon] was at the beginning in aspect ⟨with a planet⟩.

it [the

notes to liber abrahe avenesre de luminaribus

1085

[6]3: The way of

the crisis is certain and firm. H: ‫ = יהיה משפט הגבול נכון‬the judgment of the term (crisis) is correct. [7]3: According to the planet’s nature. → Only Paris, BnF, héb. 1055, fol. 51rb,

includes the Hebrew counterpart of this reading. [8]4:

Besides, according to one method, that is, if it is not in this manner so that stars conjoin it by aspect in the day of crisis but another star forms an aspect, if the Moon is conjoined with it. H: ‫ואם לא היה אותו הכוכב‬ ‫ אם לא יהיה ביום הגבול מביט אליה או‬,‫שהתחברה הלבנה עמו או הביט אליה‬ ‫ ויתחבר כוכב אחר או יתחבר עם הלבנה ברגע הגבול‬,‫ = מתחבר עמה‬But if the planet that was in conjunction with the Moon or that aspected it does not aspect it [the Moon] or conjoin it on the day of the term (crisis), and another planet conjoins it [the Moon] at the moment of the boundary. [9]4: Did not rise into the heart.

H: ‫ = שלא עלה על לב‬that did not ascend to the heart. → Hebrew idiom for “imagine” or “realize”. [10]5:

With one of the upper or fixed stars. H: ‫ = עם אחד העליונים‬with one of the upper ⟨stars⟩. [11]5: Except for what is general or universal. H:

‫ = מחוץ כלל‬out of the rule.

[12]5:

Fixed stars. H: ‫ = הכוכב העליון‬the upper star. → Bate’s divergent translation instantiates Ibn Ezra’s vague term “upper star”. §35 [1]1: The Sun.

H: ‫ = הלבנה‬the Moon. → Pietro d’Abano’s De luminaribus, too, reads “Sun” here, but all the Hebrew manuscripts I checked have “Moon.” [2]1: Crisis. H:

‫ = גבול‬term. → Meaning, crisis.

[3]2:

Proportional degrees in the circle. H: ‫= המעלות שהם דומות בגלגל‬ degrees that are similar in the circle. [4]2: That is, those ⟨degrees⟩ whose distance from the line of

equality [the equator] or from the extremes of the north or of the south are in such a proportion that the parts of the diurnal hours of one ⟨degree⟩ are equal

1086

part twelve

to the parts of the nocturnal hours of the other ⟨degree⟩. H: ‫והטעם שהם‬ ‫ או מעלה שידמו זמני שעתה ביום‬,‫רחוקות מהקו השוה או צפון או דרום מרחק שוה‬ ‫ = כזמני שעה האחרת בלילה‬and the reason is that they are distant the same distance from the equal line or from the north or the south, or a degree whose times of the hour by day are as the times of the hour by night of the other ⟨degree⟩. [5]2: Was explained. H:

‫ = ככתוב‬as written.

[6]4: Boundaries or crises. H:

‫ = גבולים‬terms. → Meaning, crises.

PLATES

plates

plate 1

1089

MS Leipzig, Universitätsbibliothek, 1466, fol. 2r. The first folio of Liber Abrahe Avenerre introductorius ad astronomiam.

1090

plate 2

plates

MS Leipzig, Universitätsbibliothek, 1466, fol. 60v. The first folio of Liber causarum seu rationum.

plates

plate 3

1091

MS Leipzig, Universitätsbibliothek, 1466, fol. 49v. The first folio of Secunda pars libri rationum.

1092

plate 4

plates

MS Leipzig, Universitätsbibliothek, 1466, fol. 37r. The first folio of Liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie.

plates

plate 5

MS Leipzig, Universitätsbibliothek, 1466, fol. 24r. The first folio of Liber de mundo vel seculo.

1093

1094

plate 6

plates

MS Leipzig, Universitätsbibliothek, 1466, fol. 30v. The first folio of Liber Abrahe Avenesre de luminaribus.

PART THIRTEEN

APPENDICES

APPENDIX 1

ABRAHAM IBN EZRA’S ASTROLOGICAL CORPUS Thanks to recent discoveries, today we know of twenty treatises by Abraham Ibn Ezra, covering the main genres of Greek and Arabic astrological literature, as follows: – Introductions to astrology, conveying basic elements of the worldview that underlies astrology and explaining technical concepts of the various branches of astrology: (1) The complete version of Sefer Reshit Ḥokhmah (Book of the beginning of wisdom; henceforth Reshit Ḥokhmah), and (2) Sefer Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot (Book of the judgments of the zodiacal signs; henceforth Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot). These two works were edited in the fifth volume of this series. See, respectively, Reshit Ḥokhmah, ed. Sela (2017), 48–271; and Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot, ed. Sela (2017), 488–555. These editions are used for all quotations from or references to the Hebrew text and English translation of Reshit Ḥokhmah and Mishpeṭei haMazzalot, in the format: (i) Reshit Ḥokhmah, §9.1:6, 234–235 = Reshit Ḥokhmah, ed. Sela (2017), chapter 9, section 1, passage 6, on pp. 234–235; (ii) Mishpeṭei haMazzalot, §38:7, 522–523 = Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot, ed. Sela (2017), section 38, passage 7 on pp. 522–523. (3) The lost second version of Reshit Ḥokhmah, a fragment of which was recently discovered and has been published in a separate study and edition. See Reshit Ḥokhmah II, ed. Sela (2010). – Treatises explaining the astrological reasons behind the concepts employed in both versions of Reshit Ḥokhmah: (4–5) The two versions of Sefer ha-Teʿamim (Book of reasons; referred to as Ṭeʿamim I and Ṭeʿamim II). The critical editions of the Hebrew texts of these two commentaries, accompanied by an English translation and commentary, were published in the first volume of this series. See Ṭeʿamim I, ed. Sela (2007), 28–107; and Ṭeʿamim II, ed. Sela (2007), 182–257. These editions are used for all quotations from or references to the Hebrew text and English translation of Ṭeʿamim I and Ṭeʿamim II, in the format: (i) Ṭeʿamim I, § 3.2:1, 70–71 = Ṭeʿamim I, ed. Sela (2007), chapter 3, section 2, passage 1 on pp. 70–71; (ii) Ṭeʿamim II, §4.3:1, 208–209 = Ṭeʿamim II, ed. Sela (2007), chapter 4, section 3, passage 1, on pp. 208–209. – Nativities, which posit that the destiny of the newborn is determined by the configuration of the celestial bodies at the instant of birth and may be learned from the natal horoscopic chart: (6) The first version of Sefer ha-Moladot (Book of nativities; henceforth Moladot). This is the only extant Hebrew text on nativities by Ibn Ezra. The critical edition of the complete Hebrew text of Moladot, accompanied by an English translation and commentary, was published in volume four of this series. See

1098

appendix 1

Moladot, ed. Sela (2013), 84–203. This edition is used for all quotations from or references to the four parts of the Hebrew text and English translation of Moladot, in the following formats: (i) The preface: Moladot, I 9: 4, 88–89 = Moladot, ed. Sela (2013), part I, section 9, sentence 4, on pp. 88–89; (ii) The chapters on the twelve horoscopic houses: Moladot, III vi 8:4, 152–153 = Moladot, ed. Sela (2013), part III (the twelve horoscopic houses) chapter 6 (addressing the sixth horoscopic house), section 8, sentence 4, on pp. 152–153. (7) The second version of Sefer ha-Moladot, whose Hebrew original is lost but which survives in a Latin translation entitled Liber nativitatum (henceforth Nativitates). The critical edition of the Latin text of Nativitates, accompanied by an English translation and commentary, was published in volume six of this series. See Nativitates, ed. Sela (2019), 80–159. This edition is used for all quotations from or references to Nativitates, in the following format: Nativitates, I i 2:6–7, 82–83 = Nativitates, ed. Sela (2019), part I (introduction), chapter i, section 2, sentence 6–7, on pp. 82–83. (8) Liber Abraham Iudei de nativitatibus (henceforth De nativitatibus), a Latin treatise on nativities commonly assigned to Ibn Ezra. The critical edition of De nativitatibus, accompanied by an English translation and commentary, was published in volume six of this series. See De nativitatibus, ed. Sela (2019), 250– 351. This edition is used for all quotations from or references to the two parts of De nativitatibus, in the following format: De nativitatibus, II vi § 6:4, 314–315 = De nativitatibus, ed. Sela (2019), part II (the twelve horoscopic houses), section vi (addressing the sixth horoscopic house), section 6, sentence 4, on pp. 314–315. – Continuous horoscopy in nativities, which postulates that a new horoscopic chart should be cast on every anniversary or “revolution of the year”—when the Sun arrives at the same point in the zodiac where it was at the time of the native’s birth—or even at the beginning of every month, week, day, or hour, and that this new chart should be compared with the natal chart. In addition, certain periods of life are allocated to governing planets in a fixed sequence; these period-governors in turn share their authority with other planets by granting them subperiods: (9) The recently discovered Sefer ha-Tequfah (Book of the revolution; referred to as Tequfah). The critical edition of the Hebrew text of Tequfah, accompanied by an English translation and commentary, was published in the fourth volume of this series. See Tequfah, ed. Sela (2013), 372–389. In addition, the fourth part of Moladot, a veritable treatise within a treatise entitled Tequfot ha-Shanim (Revolutions of the years), constitutes a separate work on continuous horoscopy in nativities that bears striking resemblances to Tequfah. – Elections, on choosing the most auspicious moment for performing specific actions. This time is determined by finding or choosing a convenient ascendant among several possible astral configurations and then casting and analyzing the corresponding horoscope: (10) The first version of Sefer ha-Mivḥarim (Book of elections; referred to as Mivḥarim I). The critical edition of the Hebrew text, accompanied by an English translation and commentary, was published in the third volume of this series. See Mivḥarim I, ed. Sela (2011), 46–89. This edition is used for all quotations

abraham ibn ezra’s astrological corpus

1099

from or references to Mivḥarim I, in the following format: Mivḥarim I, § 5.4:2, 66–67 = Mivḥarim I, ed. Sela (2011), chapter 5 (addressing the fifth horoscopic house), section 4, sentence 2, on pp. 66–67. (11) The second version of Sefer ha-Mivḥarim (henceforth Mivḥarim II). The critical edition of the Hebrew text, accompanied by an English translation and commentary, was published in the third volume of this series. See Mivḥarim II, ed. Sela (2011), 142–177. This edition is used for all quotations from or references to Mivḥarim II, in the following format: Mivḥarim II, § 1.5:2, 152–153 = Mivḥarim II, ed. Sela (2011), chapter 1 (addressing the first horoscopic house), section 5, sentence 2, on pp. 164–165. (12) The lost third version of Sefer ha-Mivḥarim (henceforth Mivḥarim III), of which a complete Latin translation, entitled Liber electionum, survives today. The critical edition of Liber electionum, accompanied by an English translation and commentary, was published in the seventh volume of this series. See Electiones, ed. Sela (2020), 91–131. This edition is used for all quotations from or references to Liber electionum, in the following format: Liber electionum, II vi 1:5, 106–107 = Electiones, ed. Sela (2020), part II (the twelve horoscopic houses), section vi (addressing the sixth horoscopic house), section 1, sentence 5, on pp. 106–107. A fragment of the Hebrew of Mivḥarim III survives in the parchment bifolium 368.2 in the Archivio di Stato, Modena. The text of this fragment was published, along with a translation, in Sela 2020, 484–496. – Interrogations, designed to allow astrologers to reply to questions relating to daily life by casting and analyzing a horoscope for the time when the querent poses his question to the astrologer: (13) The first version of Sefer ha-Sheʾelot (Book of interrogations; referred to as Sheʾelot I). The critical edition of the Hebrew text, accompanied by English translation and commentary of Sheʾelot I, was published in the third volume of this series. See Sheʾelot I, ed. Sela (2011), 240–297. (14) The second version of Sefer ha-Sheʾelot (henceforth Sheʾelot II). The critical edition of the Hebrew text, accompanied by English translation and commentary of Sheʾelot II, was published in the third volume of this series. See Sheʾelot II, ed. Sela (2011), 348–397. (15) The lost third version of Sefer ha-Sheʾelot (henceforth Sheʾelot III), which survives in a complete Latin translation, entitled Liber interrogationum. The critical edition of Liber interrogationum, accompanied by an English translation and commentary, was published in the seventh volume of this series. See Sela 2020, 173–223. A fragment of the Hebrew of Sheʾelot III survives in the parchment bifolium 368.2 in the Archivio di Stato, Modena. The text of this fragment was published, along with a translation, in Sela 2020, 484–496. – World astrology, concerned with the reconstruction, interpretation, and prognostication of political, historical, and religious events, on the one hand, and with weather forecasting, on the other, by means of a set of doctrines such as the interpretation of solar and lunar eclipses, the analysis of horoscopes cast in years of Saturn-Jupiter conjunctions, and the use of a great variety of periods, indicators, and cycles: (16–17) The two versions of Sefer ha-ʿOlam (Book of the world; referred to as ʿOlam I and ʿOlam II). The critical editions of the Hebrew texts, accompanied by

1100

appendix 1

English translations and commentaries, were published in the second volume of this series. See ʿOlam I, ed. Sela (2010), 52–97; and ʿOlam II, ed. Sela (2010), 156– 191. This edition is used for all the quotations from or references to the Hebrew text of ʿOlam I and ʿOlam II, in the format: (a) ʿOlam I, § 45:1, 82–83 = ʿOlam I, ed. Sela (2010), section 45, sentence 1, on pp. 82–83; (b) ʿOlam II, § 28:3, 174–175 = ʿOlam II, ed. Sela (2010), section 2, sentence 1, on pp. 174–175. (18) The lost third version of Sefer ha-ʿOlam (henceforth ʿOlam III). For an edition of this Latin translation, accompanied by an English translation and an introductory study, see Sela et al. (2020), 193–305. – Medical astrology, based on the Greek theory of the critical days, according to which the course of acute diseases is determined by “crises” or “critical days,” when marked changes in the symptoms of a disease take place and it tends to reach a climax, whether good or bad. The Moon’s position with respect to its position at the onset of the disease was thought to be connected to the time and character of these “critical days”: (19) Sefer ha-Meʾorot (Book of the luminaries, henceforth Meʾorot). The critical edition of Meʾorot, accompanied by an English translation and commentary, was published in the third volume of this series. See Meʾorot, ed. Sela (2011), 452–483. This edition is used for all quotations from or references to the Hebrew text and English translation of Sefer ha-Meʾorot, in the format: Meʾorot, § 25:4, 472–473 = Meʾorot, ed. Sela (2011), section 25, passage 4 on pp. 472–473. (20) The lost second version of Sefer ha-Meʾorot. Two quotations from this work survive in Ṣafenat Paʿneaḥ, a supercommentary on Ibn Ezra’s commentary on the Pentateuch composed by Joseph ben Eliezer Bonfils at the end of the fourteenth century. The two quotations are cited and translated in Sela 2011, 536.

APPENDIX 2

MS LEIPZIG, UNIVERSITÄTSBIBLIOTHEK, 1466 Leipzig, Universitätsbibliothek, 1466 (henceforth L), is a parchment manuscript written around 1300 or in the first quarter of the 14th century, and, according to paleographic evidence, in Northern France. For a description of this manuscript and its contents, see http://www.manuscripta-mediaevalia.de/dokumente/html/ obj31580031. L merits special attention among all the manuscripts with copies of Bate’s translations of Ibn Ezra’s astrological writings for several reasons: (i)

L is the only manuscript that incorporates all six of Bate’s translations of Ibn Ezra’s astrological writings: Introductorius (fols. 2ra–23va); De mundo (fols. 24ra–30va); De luminaribus (fols. 30va–34rb); Iudicia (37rb–49va); Rationes II (49vb–60vb); Rationes I (60vb–73va). (ii) All six translations in L are complete. (iii) For Rationes I, Rationes II, and Iudicia, L has the only complete version. (iv) At least for Introductorius, L is the earliest copy. (v) The other five items in L are astrological or medical texts that were well known and used by Bate in his Nativitas: Guillelmus Anglicus’ De urina non visa (fols. 34rb–37ra); Albohaly’s De nativitatibus (fols. 73va–76vb), Albumasar in Sadan (fols. 76vb–83ra), Zael’s Introductorium ad astrologiam (fols. 84ra–118ra), and Hermes’ Centiloquium (fols. 118ra–119va). For Bate’s use of these texts in Nativitas, see Steel et al. 2018, 273–274, 280–281, 285–286. In addition, L displays Hebrew material in Hebrew script, as follows. In Chapter 4 of Reshit Ḥokhmah Ibn Ezra addresses the astrological features of the planets and presents the Hebrew letters assigned to each of the seven planets. In the Latin translation, Bate transliterates these Hebrew letters into Latin script. In L, Bate’s translation of the fourth chapter of Reshit Ḥokhmah occupies folios 12vb–15ra. Opposite the Latin transliteration of the Hebrew letters in the body text, the margin of L reports the Hebrew letters themselves, with a second transliteration of the name of the Hebrew letters in Latin script and above them. Not only are the two Latin transliterations written in different hands, but the Latin transliterations are different. The last folio of L (120v) contains substantial Hebrew material, not connected to any of the texts in L. All the Hebrew material and the corresponding Latin transliterations on folio 120v of L, on the one hand, and on folios 12vb–15ra of L, on the other, were written by the same hand, which, regarding the Latin transliterations, is not the same as the one which copied all the Latin texts in L. Some of the components in this folio appear right-to-left, as befits an Hebrew text, but others appear left-to-right, as appropriate for a Latin text, even though they incorporate Hebrew material. The components of folio 120v of L are as follows:

1102

appendix 2

In the upper right corner of the first line, L has the Hebrew word ‫זיהיז‬, transliterated above the line as “Sehusen.” This seems to refer to “Seehausen,” a town near Magdeburg, a city that is also mentioned on this folio, as we shall see. (ii) In the upper left corner of the first line, L has the Hebrew word ‫חזק‬, transliterated above the line as “hazzac.” This seems to be a sort of greeting: “be strong.” (iii) Preceded by the Latin rubric “Alphabetum Ebraicum,” L displays in three lines the 27 glyphs of the Hebrew alphabet—the 22 letters plus the five final forms. Each of the Hebrew letters is transliterated in Latin script above the line. If we assume that the list was written as expected from top to bottom, then the Hebrew letters are presented left to right (against the logical right-to-left direction of Hebrew script) and in inverse order, meaning that the first letter in the list is the last in the Hebrew alphabet, and the last letter in the list is the first in the Hebrew alphabet. However, if the list was written from bottom to top, then the Hebrew letters are presented in the logical right-to-left direction of Hebrew script and in the correct order, meaning that the first letter in the list is the first in the Hebrew alphabet, and the last letter in the list is the last in the Hebrew alphabet. (iv) In the next line, after the Hebrew alphabet, L displays seven niqqud (vocalization) glyphs—the dots and diacritical signs used to represent vowels or distinguish alternative pronunciations of Hebrew letters. The name of each type of niqqud is transliterated in Latin script above the line; the seven types of dots or of diacritical signs are repeated in the right margin. (v) Four Hebrew names are written right-to-left in the last line: ,‫ יצחק‬,‫אברהם‬ ‫ אפרים‬,‫יעקב‬, and are transliterated above the line as “Abram,” “Yzgac,” “Jacob,” “Epraym.” The first three are the biblical patriarchs Abraham, Isaac and Jacob. The fourth is Joseph’s younger son, whom Jacob blessed before Joseph’s elder son, thereby elevating Ephraim into the most prominent of the ten tribes that constituted the kingdom of Israel. (vi) In the lower left corner of the last line is the name ‫מיידבורגא‬, transliterated in Latin script above the line as “Magdeburgh.” This is the German city of Magdeburg. (i)

In summary, L was copied in Northern France around 1300, that is, shortly after Bate completed five of his translations in 1292. L is the only collection of all six translations, and also contains five astrological or medical texts well known and used by Bate in his Nativitas. This shows not only that the scholar who produced L was enthusiastic about Ibn Ezra’s astrological writings, about Bate’s translations of Ibn Ezra (not that of Pietro d’Abano or Arnoul de Quincampoix), and about other texts known and used by Bate, but also suggests that he was one of Bate’s admirers, belonged to Bate’s intellectual circle, and had access to Bate’s library. We do not know whether the aforementioned Hebrew material was included in L on the initiative of the same scholar who made L or by some later owner of this manuscript. That Magdeburg and Seehausen are mentioned indicates that the Hebrew material was inserted into L in Germany, in the Magdeburg area. Be that as it may, the very fact that a manuscript devoted mainly to translations of Ibn Ezra’s Hebrew astrological writings includes Hebrew material shows that the

ms leipzig, universitätsbibliothek, 1466

1103

long-deceased Ibn Ezra was able to stimulate his Latin readers to have not only an interest in his astrology but also a curiosity about the Hebrew language and Jewish history.

APPENDIX 3

MS LIMOGES, BIBLIOTHÈQUE MUNICIPALE, 9 (28) MS Limoges, Bibliothèque municipale, 9 (28), is a paper manuscript of 294 folios copied in the 14th century. For information about the contents of this codex, see: Manuscrits de la Bibliothèque Municipale de Limoges, Limoges 1886, vol IX 2, 455– 456; David Juste, “MS Limoges, Bibliothèque Municipale, 9 (28),” in Ptolemaeus Arabus et Latinus. Manuscripts, URL = http://ptolemaeus.badw.de/ms/213. This manuscript merits special attention for two reasons. First, because, besides a work by Henry Bate himself, it contains four of his six complete Latin translations of Ibn Ezra’s astrological writings, which makes it the most complete collection of Bate’s translations after MS Leipzig, UB, 1466. Second, because this codex, which once belonged to the church of Sainte-Valérie in Limoges and is now owned by the Bibliothèque municipale of Limoges, evinces strong links to Pierre de Limoges, a thirteenth-century scholar well connected to Henry Bate and part of Ibn Ezra’s thirteenth-century renaissance in Latin Europe. See Sela 2019 (b), 9–57. This is illustrated by the following collection of Latin astrological writings found in Limoges BM 9 (28). (1) (2) (3)

(5)

(6)

An almost complete copy of Rationes II (fols 1r–23v). It lacks a fragment at the end of the translation, from §8.6:2 to § 8.7:11. This was used as the copy text for the edition of Rationes II in this volume. An almost complete copy of Rationes I (fols 24r–44r). It lacks a fragment at the beginning of the translation, from §1.1:1 to § 1.4:2. This was used as the copy text for the edition of Rationes I in this volume. Cosme Alexandrini philosophi et scolastici Liber Introductorius ad astrologiam (Introduction to astrology by Cosmas of Alexandria, philosopher and scholar), on folios 44v–51v. This is a medieval translation of a lost Greek treatise that can be attributed to the School of Alexandria in the late sixth century. For Bate’s use of this text in Nativitas, see Steel 2020 (b), 321–396. Henri Bate, De diebus creticis periodorumque causis (On the critical days and the causes of the periods), on folios 51v–65v. This work by Bate, alike Ibn Ezra’s Meʾorot, is concerned exclusively with the critical days when there are marked changes in the symptoms of a disease, and incorporates a number of references to Ibn Ezra’s astrological treatises. See above, pp. 18–19. Among the works cited or referred to in De diebus creticis periodorumque causis are Rationes I; Rationes II; Sadan’s (Abū Saʿīd Shādhān ibn Bahr, Abū Maʿshar’s disciple) Excerpta de secretis Albumasar; and Hermes’s Centiloquium. All these works are in Limoges BM 9 (28). Guillelmus Anglicus, De urina non visa (On the unseen urine), on folios 71v– 75v. In this work, completed in Marseilles in 1220, the author demonstrates the superiority of astrology over urine analysis: relying on an examination of the sky, and not of the sick person’s urine, Guillelmus Anglicus provides a

ms limoges, bibliothèque municipale, 9 (28)

1105

correct diagnosis as well as a right prognosis concerning one of his patients. See Moulinier-Brogi 2016, 411–420. Henry Bate was well acquainted with De urina non visa. For Bate’s use of this text in Nativitas, see Steel 2020 (b), 280. De urina non visa was part of Liber magnus iudiciorum (Great book of judgments), an anthology of astrological texts commissioned by Peter of Limoges after 1262. See Juste 2015, 100–101. (7) De terminatione morborum (On the imposition of the boundary of the diseases), an alternative Latin translation of Ibn Ezra’s Meʾorot (fols 75v–79v). This translation is closely associated with Pierre de Limoges for a number of reasons. An earlier copy of De terminatione morborum appears in Paris, BnF, MS lat. 7320, 13th century. In this manuscript, De terminatione morborum is part of Liber magnus iudiciorum (Great book of judgments) a huge anthology of astrological texts, commissioned by Peter of Limoges after 1262. The margins of the Liber magnus are full of Peter of Limoges’s autograph glosses; De terminatione morborum is copied in the margins of BnF lat. 7320 in the four margins from the beginning of fol. 44r through line 11 on fol. 46r, in Peter of Limoges’s minuscule and tight handwriting. It encircles the main text of sections of the Astronomia Ypocratis, a popular pseudo-Hippocratic medicoastrological treatise. In Liber magnus iudiciorum, the copy of Astronomia Ypocratis is preceded by a copy of Guillelmus Anglicus’s De urina non visa, which is the text that precedes De terminatione morborum in Limoges BM 9 (28), fols. 71v–75v. See Sela 2019 (b), 13–20, 28–36. (8) Principium sapientie (Beginning of wisdom), Pietro d’Abano’s Latin translation of Ibn Ezra’s Reshit Ḥokhmah, fols. 84v–115v. The incipit and explicit of Principium sapientie include valuable information about Pietro’s entire translation project. It turns out that Hagin le Juif’s Commencement is the source text of Pietro d’Abano’s Principium sapientie, as it is of Henry Bate’s Introductorius. See Sela 2019 (d), 19–35. (9) Sadan, Excerpta de secretis Albumasar (Excerpts of Abū Maʿshar’s secrets), on folios 115v–124v. This refers to Mudhākarāt Abī Maʿshar fī asrār ʿilm alnujūm (Sayings of Abū Maʿshar on the secrets of astrology), a collection of astrological precepts and anecdotes in the form of a dialogue between the astrologer Abū Maʿshar and his pupil Abū Saʿīd Shādhān ibn Bahr. It was translated into Greek and into Latin. At least fragments of this work were already known to Latin scholars in the twelfth century. See Thorndike 1954, 22–32; Pingree 1970; Albumasar in Sadan, ed. Vescovini (1998), 273–330; Burnett 2003, 59–67. This work was well known to Henry Bate. See Nativitas, ed. Steel et al. (2018), 285. (10) Roger of Hereford, Liber de tribus generalibus iudiciis astronomie (Book of the three general judgments of astronomy), on folios 124v–128v. For this work, see Thorndike 1923–1958, II, 185–186. The copy of this work in Paris, BnF, MS lat. 7434, 13th century, fols. 76r–79r, has glosses in Pierre de Limoges’s handwriting. See Juste 2015, 156. This work was well known to Henry Bate. For his use of this text in Nativitas, see Steel 2020 (b), 280. (11) ‘Iacobus Alkindi de militia seculi. Scientia astrorum dividitur in duo, in demonstrationes que sunt certe …’ (fols. 128v–135v). (12) De mundo vel seculo, Henry Bate’s Latin translation of ʿOlam I (fols, 135v– 143v). This copy was used to check the edition of De mundo.

1106

appendix 3

(13) Ptolemy, Quadripartitum (fols 144r–269r). This version, which includes the extensive commentary by Haly Abenrudian (ʿAlī ibn Riḍwān, 988–1061), was translated from the Arabic, via a Spanish intermediary, by Aegidius de Tebaldis of Parma at the court of Alfonso X in Toledo after 1257 (perhaps between 1271 and 1275). See David Juste, “Ptolemy, Quadripartitum (tr. Aegidius de Tebaldis),” in Ptolemaeus Arabus et Latinus. Works, URL = http:// ptolemaeus.badw.de/work/47. Henry Bate and Pierre de Limoges are the earliest attested users of Aegidius’s translations. See Juste 2018 (b), 70. However, there is no solid proof that they were aware of Aegidius de Tebaldis’s translation of Ptolemy’s Quadripartitum. (14) Pseudo-Ptolemy, Centiloquium (fols. 272r–289r). This translation, made from Arabic and including the commentary of Abū Jaʿfar Aḥmad ibn Yūsuf ibn Ibrāhīm ibn al-Dāya, was completed on March 18, 1136. The translator is generally believed to be Plato of Tivoli. See David Juste, “Pseudo-Ptolemy, Centiloquium (tr. Plato of Tivoli),” in Ptolemaeus Arabus et Latinus. Works, URL = http://ptolemaeus.badw.de/work/41. Henry Bate was aware of this translation (see Juste 2018 (b), 67), which is part of Liber magnus iudiciorum (Great book of judgments), the anthology of astrological texts commissioned by Peter of Limoges after 1262. See Juste 2015, 100–101. (15) Hermes, Centiloquium (fols. 289v–291v). This work is known to have been translated into Latin from Arabic sources by Stephen of Messina, who addressed his text to Manfred, king of Sicily from 1258 to 1266. Henry Bate was well acquainted with this translation. For Bate’s use of this text in Nativitas, see Steel 2020 (b), 280–281. Thus Limoges BM 9 (28) was probably a copy of a collection of texts that originally belonged to Pierre de Limoges, who, for his part, drew on Henry Bate’s extensive personal library of astrological writings, or vice versa.

English

accident/obstruction

active power

actors

air

airy nature

airy sign

No

1

2

3

4

5

6

singum aereum

de natura aeris

aer

hystriones

virtus activa

accidens

Latin

signes de l’air

de la nature de l’air

air

les seigneurs de tretout ceus qui aiment agabois

la nature qui oevre en voie ounie

l’accident

Commencement ‫§ המקרה‬7.1:1; §7.23:1

References in Introductorius

‫§ מזלות האוויר‬2.7:1; §2.11:1

‫§ מתולדת הרוח‬2.3:1; §3.4:7

‫§ אויר‬1.8:2; §2.3:12,18; §2.7:21; §2.11:4; §3.3:2

‫§ בעלי כל אומנות מביאה‬2.6:29 ‫לידי שחוק‬

‫§ התולדת הפועלת בדרך‬3.2:6 ‫שווה‬

Reshit ḥokhmah

TECHNICAL TERMS IN INTRODUCTORIUS AND THEIR COUNTERPARTS IN COMMENCEMENT AND RESHIT ḤOKHMAH

APPENDIX 4

alienation

angle

angles

apogee

apogee of the eccentric aux circuli ecentrici circle

appearance of the colors

appetitive soul

application

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

applicatio

anima concupiscibilis

colores

aux

anguli

angulus

alienatio

firdaria

al-fardār

7

Latin

English

No

aprochement

l’ame desirrant

la vision des couleurs

degré haut du cercle encentricle qui n’est mie fait au centre de la terre

auge

chevillies

angle

ataisement

phardarri

Commencement

References in Introductorius

‫חבור‬/‫§ קירוב‬7.1:1, §7.2:1–4; §7.2:2,3; §7.19:4,5; §8.2:5 et passim

‫§ נפש מתאווה‬4.5:2

‫§ מראה עיניים‬2.2:11; §2.4:10;

‫§ גבה הגלגל המוצק שאינו‬1.10:3 ‫במוצק הארץ‬

‫גבהות‬/‫§ מקום גבהות‬1.10:3; §2.3:35; §2.5:32; §2.6:30; §2.7:34 et passim

‫§ יתדות‬3.4:2,3,5,7; §5.3:5; §7.17:1; §7.20:6 et passim

‫§ פאה‬2.4:8; §4.2:30; §4.6:23

‫§ שומם‬7.1:1; §7.9:1

‫§ אל פרדאר‬4.1:36; §4.2:34; §4.3:31; §4.4:27 et passim

Reshit ḥokhmah

1108 appendix 4

English

arithmeticians

ascendant degree

ascendant sign

ascending half of the sphere

ascensions

aspect

aspect (planetary condition)

aspect of complete enmity (opposition)

aspect of complete friendship (trine)

aspect of half enmity (quartile)

No

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

aspectus dimidie inimicitie

aspectus perfecte amicitie

aspectus perfecte inimicitie

aspectus

aspectus

ascensiones

medietas spere ascendens

ascendens signu

gradus ascendens

arismetici

Latin

regart demie haine

regart amour parfaite

regart haine parfaite

regart

regart

ascensions

la moitié de l’orbe montant

le signe germinant

gré le germinant

seigneurs de comte

Commencement

References in Introductorius

‫§ מבט חצי איבה‬3.1:8

‫§ מבט אהבה גמורה‬3.1:8; §7.14:1

‫§ מבט איבה גמורה‬3.1:8

‫§ מבט‬7.1:1; §7.5:1–2

‫§ מבט‬1.9:7; §3.1:2,3,4,7,9; §3.2:6 et passim

‫§ מצעדים‬2.1:5; §2.3:3; §2.4:3; §2.5:3; §2.6:3; §2.7:3

‫§ חצי הגלגל העולה‬3.3:8

‫מזל עולה‬/‫§ מזל צומח‬3.4:7; §8.2:3 et passim

‫§ מעלה צומחת‬2.13:1; §3.3:2,5,6,8 et passim

‫§ בעלי חשבון‬2.3:26; §2.6:29; §2.7:22; §4.6:5

Reshit ḥokhmah

technical terms in introductorius 1109

aspect of the rays

aspects of the degrees

aspects of the planets

aspects of the stars in the nativity

astrologers

autumn

bad planets

benevolence

benevolent signs

benevolent star/planet stella benevola

bicorporal

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

bicorpor

benevola signa

benevolentia

mali planete

antumpnus

astrologi

aspectus astrorum in nativitate

aspectus planetarum

aspectus graduum

aspectus radiorum

aspectus dimidie amicitie

aspect of half friendship (sextile)

26

Latin

English

No

il a .2. cors

bone estoile

signes bons

volunté

mauvais estoiles

wains

astronomiens

regard des estoiles en sa nativité

regart des planetes

regars des degrés

regart de la clarté

regart demie parfaite

Commencement

References in Introductorius

‫§ יש לו שני גופות‬2.9:2; §8.4:21

‫§ כוכב טוב‬4.1:23; §4.2:22; §4.3:19; §4.5:1 et passim

‫§ מזלות טובים‬2.2:4

‫§ נדיבות‬7.1:1; §7.30:1

‫§ כוכבים רעים‬1.9:2,3,6,7 et passim

‫§ חורף‬3.3:4

‫§ בעלי מזלות‬2.3:26

‫§ מבט הכוכבים במולד‬2.8:24

‫§ מבטי המשרתים‬2:8

‫§ מבטי המעלות‬2:4; §3.1:1

‫§ מבט אור‬10.1:3,10; §10.3:4.

‫§ מבט חצי אהבה‬3.1:8; §7.14:1

Reshit ḥokhmah

1110 appendix 4

English

black bile

blood

bodily conjunction

body

body

boundary of burning

bright degrees

bright star

brightness

burning hot

No

38

39

40

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

cors

cors

conjunction de l’empressement

sanc

la cole noire

Commencement

calidus adurens

claritas

stella lucida

gradus lucidi

chaut ardant

clarté

estoile esclarcissans

les grés les esclarcissans

terminus combustionis termine de l’arson

corpus

corpus

coniunctio corporalis

sanguis

cholera nigra

Latin

References in Introductorius

‫§ חום שורף‬2.5:4,5

‫§ אור‬1.6:1

‫§ כוכב מאיר‬2.2:47; §2.7:47; §2.14:10

‫§ מעלות מאירות‬1.12:1; §2.1:37; §2.2:41; §2.3:41; §2.4:42; §5.1:38 et passim

‫§ גבול השריפה‬6.6:6; §6.7:6,7; §7.4:8

‫§ גויה‬1:2

‫§ גוף‬2.1:30, 31, 34, 36; §2.2:17, 21, 23, 24, 30, 32 et passim

‫§ מחברת הדבק‬5.1:7; §8.4:11; §6.5:3;

‫§ דם‬2.1:13; §2.3:9,32; §2.7:10; §2.11:9 et passim

‫§ מרה שחורה‬2.2:10; §2.6:8,28; §2.10:7; §2.11:30; §3.3:4

Reshit ḥokhmah

technical terms in introductorius 1111

English

burnt

burnt by the Sun

burnt path

cadent houses

calculation

cardines

celestial sphere

center

changeable (signs)

circle

circle of the apogee

No

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

circulus augis

circulus

mobile

centrum

spera celestis

cardines

computus

domus cadentes

via combusta

combustus a Sole

combustus

Latin

cercle de sa hautece

cercle/roe

trestournans

centre

l’espere

chevillies

conte

mesons cheans

la voie de l’arson

arses du soleil

ars

Commencement ‫§ נשרף‬6.6:2,3,5; §6.7:2; §7.20:5; §8.3:12,13 et passim

References in Introductorius

‫§ גלגל הגבהות‬5.3:2; §6.1:4

‫עיגול‬/‫§ גלגל‬3:1; §2.1:10; §3.1:1,5; §3.3:1§6.1:3,6,7 et passim

‫§ מזלות מתהפכים‬2.1:4; 2.4:2; 2.7:2; 2.10:2; §8.4:8; §8.4:21

‫§ מוצק‬3:1

‫§ הגלגל‬2:2

‫§ יתדות‬3.4:2,5; §5.3:5

‫§ חשבון‬2.6:19

‫§ בתים נופלים‬3.4:4,5,6,7; §5.4:9,12; §7.8:1; §7.20:6 et passim

‫§ דרך השריפה‬5.8:10

‫§ נשרף מהשמש‬5.4:3

Reshit ḥokhmah

1112 appendix 4

English

circle of the planet

circle of the planet which is similar to the circle of the signs

circle of the signs

circle of the sphere

circle opposite to the apogee

climate

cold (adj.)

cold (noun)

collection

collectives

No

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

cercle de l’estoile

Commencement

communia

collectio

frigiditas/frigidum

frigidus

clima

circulus oppositi augis

spera orbis

circulus signorum

les communes

amassement

froidure

frois

climat

cercle de sa basseté

orbe

cercle des signes

circulus planete circulo cercle de l’estoile qui signorum similis resamble au cercle des signes

circulus planete

Latin §1.10:4

References in Introductorius

‫§ כללים‬3:4; §10.2:2

‫§ קבוץ‬7.1:1; §7.11:1

‫§ קור‬2.2:5; §2.4:4,9; §2.12:4; §4.1:25,29

‫§ קר‬1.8:2; §1.9:1; §2.2:6,10; §2.6:8 et passim

‫§ גבול‬2.1:17; §2.2:13; §2.3:3,13; §2.4:13; §2.5:11 et passim

‫§ גלגל השפלות‬5.3:2; §6.1:6; §6.2:5

‫§ גלגל‬3.3:6

‫§ גלגל המזלות‬3:1; §1.10:4; §1.12:2; §2.15:1; §9.25:2; §10.1:6;

‫§ גלגל הדומה לגלגל‬1.10:4 ‫המזלות‬

Reshit ḥokhmah

technical terms in introductorius 1113

English

colors

comedians

compassion

conjunct/conjoined

conjunction

conjunction

conjunction by opposition

copper

customs of heavens

cutting the light

No

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

abscisio luminis

consuete celorum

cuprum

coniunctio contraria

coniunctio

coniunctio

coniunctus

compassio

ioculatores

colores

Latin

le detaillement de clarté

coustumes des cieus

coivre

conjunctions encontre

conjoingnement

conjunction

empressee

souvantume

les seigneurs de gieu

couleurs

Commencement

References in Introductorius

‫§ כריתות האור‬7.1:1; §7.25:1

‫§ חקות השמים‬1:2,3

‫§ נחושת‬2.1:16,25; §2.4:17; §2.11:17; §4.3:8

‫§ מחברת נכח‬7.7:4

‫§ חיבור‬7.1:1; §7.3:2; §7.4:10

‫§ מחברת‬2:8; §1:9,7; §5.1:2,7; §5.5:5; §5.8:5; §6.5:4 et passim

‫דבק‬/‫§ מדובק‬6.6:2; §6.7:6; §6.8:2; §7.4:9; §8.4:10; §8.7:21,27

‫§ נועם‬7.1:1; §7.26:1

‫§ בעלי השחוק‬4.5:5

‫עין מראה‬/‫§ עיניים‬2.1:14; §2.3:10; §2.5:8; §2.6:9; §2.7:11; 2.8:9 et passim

Reshit ḥokhmah

1114 appendix 4

dark stars

day⟨time⟩ hours

days (signs)

decreasing in number

degree of the angle of the Earth

degrees

degrees of heat

degrees of moistness

degrees pertaining to a gradus puteales pit

80

81

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

gradus humiditatis

gradus caliditatis

gradus

gradus anguli terre

numero diminutus

dies

hore diei

stelle obscure

gradus tenebrosi/obscuri

dark degrees

79

Latin

English

No

grés de la puisete

degrés moistes

degrés chaus

degrés

gré d’abisme

failians en son nombre

jors

les eures du jour

estoiles oscures

grés oscurs

Commencement

References in Introductorius

‫§ מעלות בורות הכוכבים‬1.12:2; §2.3:43; §2.4:40; §2.6:38 et passim

‫§ מעלות לחות‬2.4:4

‫§ מעלות חמות‬2.4:4

‫§ מעלות‬2:3,4,11; §3:1,3; §1.1:1,3; §1.10:3 et passim

‫§ מעלת התהום‬3.3:4

‫§ חסר בחשבונו‬6.3:2

‫§ ימים‬2.1:20; §2.2:16; §2.3:16

‫§ שעות יום‬2.9:3; §2.10:3

‫§ הכוכבים החשוכים‬1.6:2; §2.2:48.49; §2.3:53; §2.4:42; §2.5:38 et passim

‫§ מעלות חשוכות‬1.12:1; §2.1:47; §2.2:48; §2.4:42; §2.5:38 et passim

Reshit ḥokhmah

technical terms in introductorius 1115

English

degrees that have the same ascensions

degrees that increase beauty and honor

depression (perigee)

descendant degree

descending half of the sphere

dignity

direct (in motion)

direction of single (years)

direction of the hundreds

No

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

meinement des uneines

drois en leur aler

poeté

la moitié de l’orbe montant

degré l’enclinant

lieu de la baisseté

degrés qui acroissent grace et honour

degrés qui sont ounis en ascensions

Commencement

directio centenariorum meinement des .100nes.

directio unitatum

directus

dignitas

medietas spere descendens

gradus occidens

depressio

gradus fortunam augmentantes et honorem

gradus equalium ascensionum

Latin

References in Introductorius

‫§ ניהוג המאות‬10.2:8

‫§ ניהוג האחדים‬10.2:11

‫§ ישר בהליכתו‬6.5:3; §6.7:9; §7.2:1; §7.10:5; §8.4:16

‫§ ממשלה‬2:3; §1.11:1,2,3; §4.1:23; §5.1:12; §7.16:2 et passim

‫§ חצי הגלגל היורד‬3.3:8

‫§ מעלה שוקעת‬3.3:3,4,8; §9.10:2

‫§ מקום שפלות‬2.1:40; §2.3:35; §8.7:11

‫§ מעלות מוסיפות חן וכבוד‬1.12:2; §2.1:50; §2.2:44; §2.3:44

‫§ מעלות שהן שוות‬7.7:1 ‫במצעדיהן‬

Reshit ḥokhmah

1116 appendix 4

distantia

diurnus

diurnus

Draco

siccus

siccus adurens

102 distance

103 diurnal ⟨planet⟩

104 diurnal signs

105 Dragon

106 dry

107 dry burning

diseases

egritudines

directiones

101

directions

99

Commencement

chaus et ard ans

sec

dragon

signes du jor

estoiles de jor

alongement

maladies

maladie

meinemens

directio millenariorum meinement des .1000nes.

egritudo

direction of the thousands

98

Latin

100 disease (pain of the planets in the signs)

English

No

References in Introductorius

‫§ יבש שורף‬1.9:1; §4.3:1

‫§ יבש‬1.8:2; §1.9:1; §2.2:10; §2.4:5; §2.5:8 et passim

‫§ תלי‬1.10:4

‫§ מזלות היום‬2.3:1; §2.5:1; §2.7:1; §2.9:1; §2.11:1

‫§ בעלי היום‬1.9:2,5,6,7; §7.16:3; §9.23:1

‫§ מרחק‬1.10:1,5; §6.4:3; §6.6:2,3,7,9,10,17,18 et passim

‫§ תחלואים‬2.1:37; §2.2:32; §2.3:32; §2.4:32; §2.5:30; §2.6:28; §2.7:32

‫§ כאב‬2.1:38; §2.2:33; §2.3:33; §2.4:35; §2.7:35

‫§ ניהוגים‬10.1,1,2,5,6; §10.2:1–11; §10.3:1–5

‫§ ניהוג האלפים‬10.2:6

Reshit ḥokhmah

technical terms in introductorius 1117

terra

Earth

earth (element)

earthy sign

east

east wind

eastern

eccentric circle

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

circulus ecentricus

orientalis

oriens

signum terreum

terra

duodenaria

109 duodenaria

Latin

siccitas

English

108 dryness

No

cercle encentricle qui n’est mie fait au centre de la terre/celi que son centre est loing du centre de la terre

oriental

vent oriental

oriental

signes de la terre

terre

terre

.12nes.

sccherece

Commencement

References in Introductorius

‫§ גלגל המוצק שאינו במוצק‬1.10:3; §5.3:2 ‫שמוצקו רחוק‬/‫הארץ‬ ‫ממוצק הארץ‬

‫§ מזרחי‬2.1:3,12; §2.5:1; §2.9:1; §3.3:2

‫רוח קדים‬/‫§ רוח מזרחי‬2.5:7; §2.9:8

‫§ מזרח‬2.1:12; §2.4:23; §2.5:7; §2.9:9 et passim

‫מזלות תולדת‬/‫§ מזל הארץ‬2.2:1; §2.6:1; §2.10:1 ‫הארץ‬

‫§ ארץ‬1.8:2; §2.2:1; §2.6:1; §2.10:1; §3.3:4; §3.4:7

‫אדמה‬/‫§ ארץ‬2:5; §3:1; §1.7:2; §1.10:2,3; §2.1:5; §2.1:18,31 et passim

‫§ שנים העשר‬1.12:2; §2.1:45,46; §2.2:40; §2.3:40; §2.4:41 et passim

‫יבשת‬/‫§ יבשות‬2.2:5; §2.6:4; §4.6:1,16

Reshit ḥokhmah

1118 appendix 4

enmity (aspect)

equal conjunction

equal days

equal degrees

equal hours

equal line

equal mixture

122

123

124

125

126

127

128

commixtio equalis

equalis linea

hore equales

gradus equales

dies equales

coniunctio equalis

inimicitia

gradus vacui

elementa

empty degrees

elements

119

electiones

121

elections

118

eclipsatus

elongatio

eclipsed

117

Latin

120 elongation

English

No

mellernent droit

ligne droite

eures droites

grés ounis

est ounis li jour a la nuit

conjunction droite

haine

il n’a riens

alongement

elemens

elections

eclipsee

Commencement

‫§ מרחק‬1.10:1,3

‫§ שורשים‬2.1:13; §3.3:2,3,4; §3.4:7

‫§ מבחרים‬3.4:8; §9.25:2

‫§ נקדר‬5.8:2

References in Introductorius

‫§ ממסך ישר‬7.14:1

‫§ הקו הישר‬2.1:2

‫§ שעות ישרות‬2.1:5; §2.10:3; §2.11:3; §2.12:3

‫§ מעלות שוות‬9.25:1,2,3; §10.1:6,7

‫§ ישתוה היום עם הלילה‬2.1:4; §2.6:2; §2.7:2; §2.12:2

— §7.7:3

‫§ שנאה‬2:4; §3.1:1

‫§ מעלות אין בהם כלום‬1.12:2; §2.2:41; §2.3:41; §2.5:38 et passim

Reshit ḥokhmah

technical terms in introductorius 1119

natura equalis

noctes equales

130 equal nature

equal nights

equal/straight degrees

equated

equation

equinoctial line

eunuch, without a knife but by nature

eunuchs

evening

evil of the planets

131

132

133

134

135

136

137

138

139

lingne de la juste

appareillement

equié

grés drois

est ounis li jour a la nuit

nature droite

mouvement ounis

Commencement

malum planetarum

sero

eunuchi

mauvaitié des planetes

vespre

les chastris

eunuchus sine ferro sed escoulliés sans fer et naturaliter naturelment

equinoctialis linea

equatio

equatus

gradus equales/recti

motus equalis

equal motion

129

Latin

English

No

References in Introductorius

‫§ רעת המשרתים‬5.1:1

‫§ ערב‬9.19:1

‫§ סריסים‬2.6:29; §4.5:5

‫§ סריס חמה‬2.2:31

‫§ קו הצדק‬7.7:2.

‫§ תיקון‬6.3:2,3

‫§ מתוקן‬9.5:2; §9.6:4; §9.11:2; §9.12:2; §9.16:4; §9.19:5

‫§ מעלות ישרות‬1.1:3; §6.3:1; §9.1:2

‫§ ישתוה היום עם הלילה‬2.1:4; §2.6:2; §2.7:2; §2.12:2

‫§ תולדת ישרה‬2.3:4; §7.28:5

‫§ תנועה שווה‬3:2

Reshit ḥokhmah

1120 appendix 4

English

exaltation

excess (of a humor)

faces

fall or shame [dejection]

feminine (planets)

feminine degrees

feminine quadrants

feminine signs

fiery nature

fiery signs

No

140

141

142

143

144

145

146

147

148

149

signa ignea

natura ignea

signa feminina

feminine quarte

gradus feminini

feminini

casus seu dedecus

facies

habundantia

exaltatio

Latin

signes du feu

nature du feu

signes femeles

quartiers femeles

grés femeles

femeles

honte

faces

croissement

eneur

Commencement

‫§ פנים‬1.11:1,2; §2.1:21,23,25,28,33,34,365,36,42; §2.2:17,20,23,28,29,30,37

‫§ תגבורת‬4.7:20

‫§ כבוד‬1.11:1,2,3; §2.1:40; §2.2:35; §2.3:35; §2.4:36 et passim

References in Introductorius

‫§ מזלות האש‬2.1:3; §2.5:1; §2.9:1

‫§ תולדת האש‬3.4:7

‫§ מזלות נקבות‬7.31:1

‫§ רביעיות נקבות‬5.3:8; §5.4:15

‫§ מעלות נקבות‬2.1:48; §2.2:42; §2.3:42; §7.31:1

‫§ נקבות‬1.9:2,4,5,6,7

‫שפלות‬/‫§ קלון‬2.4:36; §2.5:32; §2.6:30; §2.7:34; §2.8:33; §2.10:31; §2.11:31; §2.12:35; §7.26:1; §7.27:1

Reshit ḥokhmah

technical terms in introductorius 1121

four-footed (signs)

fractions

friendship (aspect)

frustration

full aspect

geometricians

girdle

153

154

155

156

157

158

159

160 girdle of the circle of the signs

fixed stars

152

cingulum orbis signorum

cingulum

geometrici/geometre

aspectus perfectus

frustratio

amicitia

fractiones

quadrupedum

stelle fixe

fixum signum

fixed sign

151

Latin

ignis

English

150 fire

No

ceint de l’ymagination du circle

porceint

seigneurs des mesures

regart enterin

deperdement

amor

fractions

a .4. piés

estoiles hautes

signe estant

feu

Commencement ‫§ אש‬1.8:2; §2.1:13,18,39; §2.5:10; §2.9:6 et passim

References in Introductorius

‫§ חשב אפודת הגלגל‬2.14:1; §2.16:1; §3.2:1,5; §6.3:2; §6.4:4

‫§ אזור‬2.3:49

‫§ בעלי המדות‬2.6:29; §4.6:5

‫§ מבט שלם‬7.5:2; §7.8:1

‫§ אבוד‬7.1:1; §7.24:1

‫§ אהבה‬2:4; §3.1:1

‫§ שבר‬1.1:2

‫§ יש לה ארבע רגלים‬2.1:10; §2.2:8,12; §2.5:6; §2.10:8

‫§ הכוכבים העליונים‬3:1; §2.1:1; §2.2:45; §2.6:40; §2.7:45; §2.8:44 et passim

‫עומד על דרך‬/‫§ מזל עומד‬2.5:2; §2.8:2; §8.4:21 ‫אחד‬

Reshit ḥokhmah

1122 appendix 4

aurum

gold

good fortune

167

168

pourceint de l’ymaginacion de l’orbe

bons estoiles

boni planete

170

good planets

le sort bon

bon eur/grace

or

donement de la force

donement de la poeté

169 good lot (lot of fortune) sors bona

eufortunium

donum fortitudinis

166 giving power

giving power

Reshit ḥokhmah

References in Introductorius

‫§ כוכבים טובים‬1.9:2,3,5 et passim

‫§ גורל הטוב‬9.1:2,5,6,7; §9.3:1,5,7,9; §9.4:4; §9.13:6,10 et passim

‫§ מזל טוב‬2.4:30; §4.2:20

‫§ זהב‬2.1:16; §2.3:24; §2.4:18,24; §2.5:10,31 et passim

‫§ תת הכח‬7.1:1; §7.13:1

‫§ תת הממשלה‬7.1:1; §7.14:1

‫§ תת התולדת‬7.1:1; §7.15:1

‫§ תת השתי התולדות‬7.1:1; §7.16:1

‫§ חשב אפודת הגלגל‬10.1:8

pourceint de ‫§ חשב אפודת גלגל המזלות‬1.10:5 l’imaginacion du cercle des signes

Commencement

donum duplicis nature donement de .2. natures

donum potestatis

giving double nature

163

cingulum zodiaci

165

girdle of the zodiac

162

cingulum ymaginationis circuli signorum

donum nature

girdle of the imagination of the circle of the signs

161

Latin

164 giving nature

English

No

technical terms in introductorius 1123

great conjunction (Saturn and Jupiter)

great years

greatest years

green

habitable ⟨part of the Earth⟩

half a voice

harmful

173

174

175

176

177

178

179

180 hate (detriment)

goodness of the planets bonitas planetarum

172

l’abitable

vert

les tres grans ans

les grans ans

la conjunction la grant

bonté des planetes

signes bons

Commencement

odium

nocivus haine

damachant

vocem habet dimidiam demie vois

habitabilis

viridis

anni maximi

anni magni

coniunctio magna

bona signa

good signs

171

Latin

English

No

References in Introductorius

‫§ שנאה‬2.1:40; §2.2:35; §2.3:35; §2.4:36; §2.5:36; §2.6:30; §2.7:34

‫§ מזיק‬4.1:3; §4.3:2; §4.4:1; §7.4:2 et passim

‫§ יש לו חצי קול‬2.1:11; §2.2:8; §2.5:6

‫§ ישוב‬2.5:11; §4.7:3

‫§ ירוק‬2.2:11; §2.7:11; §2.8:9; §2.11:9 et passim

‫§ שנים עצומות‬4.1:35; §4.2:33; §4.3:30; §4.4:26 et passim

‫§ שנים גדולות‬4.1:35; §4.2:33; §4.3:30; §4.4:26 et passim

‫§ מחברת גדולה‬1.12:2; §7.4:4; §9.17:1; §10.3:1

‫§ טובת המשרתים‬5.1:1; §5.2:1; §5.6:1; §8.3:10.16; §8.4:17

‫§ מזלות טובים‬2.2:4

Reshit ḥokhmah

1124 appendix 4

English

have soles or hooves

head of the Dragon

heat

heavens

heavy (slow)

hermaphrodite

honor

honor (magnitude of fixed stars)

hot

No

181

182

183

184

185

186

187

188

189

calidus

honor

honor

hermafroditus

gravis

caela

caliditas

caput draconis

soleas seu ungulas habentes

Latin

chaut

oneur

eneur

ermofroditus

cieus

chaut

le chief du dagron

qui a plante

Commencement

References in Introductorius

‫§ חם‬1.8:2; §1.9:1; §2.2:21; §2.3:9; §2.5:4,5 et passim

‫§ כבוד‬1.6:1,2; §2.1:51; §2.2:45,46,47; §2.3:45–51 et passim

‫§ כבוד‬1.11:1,3; §2.1:40; §2.2:35; §2.3:35; §2.4:36 et passim

‫§ אנדרוגינוס‬2.2:31

‫§ כבד‬7.20:5

‫§ שמים‬1:2,3; §2.3:12

‫§ חום‬2.1:4,6,9,13; §2.2:2,5; §2.3:2; §2.5:4 et passim

‫§ ראש התלי‬1.10:5; §2.2:35; §2.3:35; §2.4:36; §2.10:31 et passim

‫§ יש לה פרסה‬2.1:10; §2.2:8;

Reshit ḥokhmah

technical terms in introductorius 1125

hours (planetary)

hours (signs)

hours longer than the equal hours

house (horoscopic)

192

193

194

195

domum casus/dedecoris

house of fall/shame

house of hate

197

198

domus odii

domus

196 house (planetary)

domus

hore maiores horis equalibus

hore

hore

hora

hour

191

Latin

calidus cum turbine

English

190 hot with whirlwind

No

meson de la haine

meson de sa honte

meson

meson

eures acreues sur les droites

eures

eures

eure

chaude avec estorbellion

Commencement

References in Introductorius

‫§ בית שנאה‬2.3:35; §2.4:36; §2.6:30; §2.8:33 et passim

‫§ בית קלון‬5.4:7; §8.3:8; §9.20:3

‫§ בית‬1.11:1,2,3; §2.1:40; §2.2:35; §2.3:35 et passim

‫§ בית‬2:10; §2.13:1; §3.4:2,3,4; §3.4:1, 2,3,4 et passim

‫§ שעות נוספות על הישרות‬2.1:5; §2.2:3; §2.3:3

‫§ שעות‬2.1:5,20; §2.2:3,16; §2.3:3,16 et passim

‫§ שעות‬4.1:33; §4.2:31; §4.3:28; §4.4:25; §4.5:27; §4.6:25; §4.7:26

‫§ שעה‬3.3:1

‫§ חום עם ֶקֶטב מרירי‬2.1:8

Reshit ḥokhmah

1126 appendix 4

cercle le penchant

circulus declivis

ascensiones incipientes ascensions acroissans augeri

lumine aucta

auctus in numero

auctus cursu

particularia

inhibitio

203 inclined circle

204 increasing ascensions

205 increasing in light

206 increasing in number

207 increasing its course

208 individuals

209 inhibition

deveement

les particulieres

son aler acreu

acroissant en son nombre

sa clarté acreue

figures

lieu de la baisseté

mesond de sa triplicité

meson de s’onnur

Commencement

202 images (constellations) ymagines

humiliation

201 humiliation (perigee)

domus honoris

domus triplicitatis

house of honor

199

Latin

200 house of triplicity

English

No

References in Introductorius

‫§ מניעה‬7.1:1

‫§ פרטים‬3:4; §10.2:2

‫§ מהלכו נוסף‬6.1:9; §6.2:4

‫§ נוסף במספרו‬5.1:11; §6.1:12; §6.3:1

‫§ אורו נוסף‬5.1:11

‫§ מצעדים נוספים‬2.4:3

‫§ גלגל נוטה‬1.10:4

‫§ צורות‬2:2,3; §3:4; §1.2:2,3; §1.3:1,2; §1.4:1,3,4; §1.5:1; §2.14:1

‫§ שפלות‬2.1:40; §2.12:35; §4.1:23

‫§ בית שלישות‬5.1:12; §7.13:1; §8.5:6; §8.7:4

‫§ בית כבוד‬8.7:2; §9.17:11; §9.20:3; §10.2:10

Reshit ḥokhmah

technical terms in introductorius 1127

intersection

iron

its limbs are cut off (sign)

jawzahar

212

213

214

215

fer

ajoustement

demandes

grés moiens

Commencement

iudicia planetarum

judgments of the planets

judgments of the world iudicia mundi

judgments related to nativities, revolutions, and interrogations

217

218

219

jugemens du siecle

jugement des planetes

jugemens

dragon

iudicia in nativitatibus, jugement en nativités et revolutionibus, ac et en revolucions et en interrogationibus demandes

iudicia

216 judgments

genzaai

eius membra secta sunt ses menbres tailliés

ferrum

coniunctio

interrogationes

interrogations

211

Latin

gradus mediocres

English

210 intermediate degrees

No

References in Introductorius

‫§ דינין במולד ובתקופות‬8.1:1 ‫ובשאלות‬

‫§ משפטי העולם‬3.4:8

‫§ דיני המשרתים‬2:9

‫דינים‬/‫§ משפטים‬1:3; §9.25:3

‫§ תלי‬1.10:4

‫§ איבריו כרותים‬2.1:10; §2.5:6; §2.12:4

‫§ ברזל‬2.1:16; §2.3:21; §2.4:17; §2.12:8; §4.1:8; §4.3:8

‫§ מחברת‬1.10:4

‫§ שאלות‬2:9; §3.4:8; §8.1:1; §9.25:3

‫§ מעלות אמצעיות‬2.1:47;

Reshit ḥokhmah

1128 appendix 4

latitude

petites ans

222 latitude (geographical) latitudo

anni minores

sinister

aspectus sinister

quartus sinister

sextilis sinister

trinus sinister

stelle interficientes

littera

223 least years

224 left

225 left aspect

226 left quartile

227 left sextile

228 left trine

229 lethal stars

230 letters

letres

estoiles ocians

tiers senestre

.6e. senestre

quart senestre

regart senestre

senestre

largece

latitudo

latitude (ecliptical)

les des de la lune

Commencement

221

Latin

claves Lune

English

220 keys of the Moon

No

References in Introductorius

‫§ אותיות‬2.1:19; §2.2:19; §2.3:15; §2.4:15; §2.5:13; §2.6:13; §2.7:15

‫§ כוכבים ממיתים‬2.2:47; §2.5:43 §9.11:3

‫§ מבט שלישית שמאלי‬3.1:6

‫§ מבט ששית שמאל‬3.1:6

‫§ מבט רביעית שמאל‬3.1:6

‫§ מבט שמאלי‬3.1:6

‫§ שמאל‬2.1:22,24,33; §2.2:17,21,25,30 et passim

‫§ שנים קטנות‬4.1:35; §4.2:33; §4.3:30; §4.4:26 et passim

‫מרחב הארץ‬/‫ רחב הארץ‬9.5:2; §9.6:4; §9.11:2; §9.12:2; §9.15:2; §9.16:4; §9.19:5

‫מרחב‬/‫§ רחב‬1.10:5; §2.2:45,46,47,48,49; §2.3:45–49; §6.1:17; §6.4:1 ‫§ף‬7.3:12; §10.1:8

‫§ מפתחות הלבנה‬6.8:14

Reshit ḥokhmah

technical terms in introductorius 1129

longitudo

longitudo

239 longitude

240 longitude (distance)

alongnement

lonc

ses ascensions sont longues

la ligne d’abisme

ascensiones eius longe sunt

linea anguli terre

236 line of the angle of the Earth

la ligne de la moitié des cieus

238 long ascensions

mediani celi linea

235 line of midheaven

la ligne ounie

ou pourceint de l’imaginacion du cercle

equalitatis linea

234 line of equality

estoile legiere

clarté

vie

Commencement

237 line of the girdle of the linea cinguli signorum signs

planeta levis

233 light planet (swift)

vita

lumen

life

231

Latin

232 light

English

No

‫§ כוכב קל‬7.10:3; §7.20:5

‫§ אור‬1.6:1; §4.4:2; §5.1:11; §6.1:9; §6.2:1,2,4,7 et passim

‫§ חיים‬1:2; §2.2:46; §2.11:4; §3.5:1,2,4 et passim

References in Introductorius

‫§ מרחק‬6.6:4; §6.7:2; §6.8:5,11,12; §7.5:2; §7.7:4 et passim

‫§ ארך‬1.12:2

‫§ מצעדים ארוכים‬2.5:3; §2.6:3; §2.7:3; §2.8:3; §2.9:4

‫§ חשב אפודת הגלגל‬6.3:2; §6.4:4

‫§ קו התהום‬3.4:7

‫§ קו חצי השמים‬3.4:7; §9.6:4; §9.17:4; §9.20:2; §10.1:5

‫§ הקו השוה‬2.1:5

Reshit ḥokhmah

1130 appendix 4

dominus gradus ascendentis

dominus hore

dominus domus

dominus domus

dominus exaltationis

dominus rei quesite

dominus signi

dominus triplicitatis

243 lord of the ascendant degree

244 lord of the hour

245 lord of the house (horoscopic)

246 lord of the house (planetary)

247 lord of the house of exaltation

248 lord of the requested event/thing

249 lord of the sign

250 lord of the triplicity

principans

dominus ascendentis

lord

241

Latin

242 lord of the ascendant

English

No

seigneur de la triplicité

sir de la chose quise

sire de la meson de s’oneur

sire de la meson

sire de la meson

sire de l’eure

sire du gré germinant

sire du germinant

seigneur

Commencement ‫§ מושל‬3.2:5

References in Introductorius

‫§ בעל שלישות‬2.1:41; §2.2:36; §2.3:36; §2.4:37; §2.5:33 et passim

‫§ בעל המזל‬2.1:44; §7.15:1

‫§ בעל הדבר המבוקש‬7.12:3; §8.3:14,20; §8.4:25; §8.5:2,5

‫§ בעל בית כבוד‬7.15:1; §7.28:1

‫§ בעל הבית‬7.26:1; §7.28:1; §9.7:4, 9; §9.8:6 et passim

‫§ בעל הבית‬9.5:2; §9.15:2

‫§ בעל השעה‬9.19:5

‫§ בעל המעלה הצומחת‬9.11:3

‫§ בעל הצומח‬8.5:6; §7.12:3; §9.16:10

Reshit ḥokhmah

technical terms in introductorius 1131

sortes domorum

sortes planetarum

planete inferiores

luminaria

stella malivola

malicia planetarum

planeta masculinus

gradus masculini

254 lots of the houses

255 lots of the planets

256 lower planets

257 luminaries

258 malevolent star

259 malice of the planets

260 masculine (planet)

261

quarte masculine

signum masculinum

262 masculine quadrants

263 masculine sign

masculine degrees

sors Lune

253 lot of the Moon

sors

sors fortune

lot

251

Latin

252 lot of fortune

English

No

signe mal

quartiers malles

grés masles

malles

mauvaitié des planetes

estoile mauvaise

luisernes

estoiles basses

sors des planetes

sors des mesons

sort de la lune

le sort bon

pars

Commencement ‫§ גורל‬2.1:32; §9.1:2,7; §9.2:1,2,3,4

References in Introductorius

‫§ מזלות זכרים‬5.3:7; §7.31:1

‫§ רביעיים זכרים‬3.3:7; §5.3:7; §5.4:17

‫§ מעלות זכרים‬2.1:48; §2.2:42; §2.3:42; §7.31:1

‫§ זכרים‬1.9:2,4,5,6,7

‫§ רעת המשרתים‬5.1:1

‫מזיק‬/‫§ כוכב רע‬4.1:24; §4.2:22; §4.3:19; §5.1:4 et passim

‫§ מאורות‬1.9:3,4; §5.1:16; §5.2:3; §9.7:9 et passim

‫§ כוכבים שפלים‬5.4:3,17; §7.33:5; §9.19:2

‫§ גורלות המשרתים‬2:10; §9.1:1

‫§ גורלות הבתים‬2:10; §9.4:1

‫§ גורל הלבנה‬2.13:1; §9.1:2

‫§ גורל הטוב‬9.1:2,7

Reshit ḥokhmah

1132 appendix 4

species medicinales

metalles

coniunctio media

anni medii

medium celum

mixtum

266 medicinal species

267 metals

268 middle conjunction (Saturn and Jupiter)

269 middle years

270 midheaven

271

gradus mixti

complexio

272 mixed degrees

273 mixture

mixed

radices medicinales

265 medicinal roots

Latin

motus medius

English

264 mean motion

No

mellement

grés entremellés

mellé

moitié des cieus

moiennes ans

conjunction rnoienne

metal

manieres de medecines

racines de medecine

moien alement

Commencement

References in Introductorius

‫§ ממסך‬2:3,5; §1.12:2; §2.1:1; §2.2:10,45,46,47 et passim

‫§ מעלות מתערבות‬2.2:41; §2.3:41; §2.4:42; §2.5:38

‫§ ממוסך‬1.9:7; §2.1:8; §2.6:4; §2.8:5; §2.10:4; et passim

‫§ חצי השמים‬2.13:1

‫§ שנים אמצעיות‬4.1:35; §4.2:33; §4.3:30; §4.4:26 et passim

‫§ מחברת אמצעית‬10.3:2

‫§ מתכות‬2.1:16; §2.5:10; §2.9:12 et passim

‫§ רפואות‬4.1:14; §4.2:16; §4.3:14

‫§ עקרי הרפואות‬9.21:18

‫§ מהלך אמצעי‬5.8:11; §6.3:3,4,5

Reshit ḥokhmah

technical terms in introductorius 1133

humiditas

menses

mane

motus/motio/cursus

organiste

mutabilis

276 moistness

277 months (signs)

278 morning

279 motion

280 musicians

281

mutuum

natus

282 mute (sign)

283 native

mutable

humidus

275 moist

Latin

commixtio

English

274 mixture (planetary condition)

No

né

muet

trestornans

les organeurs

matin

mois

moisteur

moiste

mellement

Commencement

‫§ בקר‬9.19:1,3

‫§ חודשים‬2.1:20; §2.2:16; §2.3:16

‫§ ליחה‬2.1:9; §2.2:5; §2.4:4; §2.6:4; §2.7:7; §2.8:4 et passim

‫§ לח‬1.8:2; §1.9:1; §2.3:5,9; §2.4:4,5,6,8,9 et passim

‫§ ממסך‬7.1:1; §7.4:1; §7.6:2,3; §7.14:1; §8.2:1; §9.22:2

References in Introductorius

‫§ נולד‬2.13:1; §3.5:2; §4.3:10; §7.4:3 et passim

‫§ אלם‬2.12:16

‫§ מתהפך‬1.9:1,7; §2.3:5; §4.6:1

‫§ המנגנים‬4.5:5

‫מהלך‬/‫הליכה‬/‫§ תנועה‬2:2; §3:1,2; §4.7:17; §6.3:3,5; §7.4:7 et passim

Reshit ḥokhmah

1134 appendix 4

natura

stella nebulosa

nox

hore noctis

nocturni

nocturnum

286 nature

287 nebulous star

288 night

289 night⟨time⟩ hours

290 nocturnal planets

291

septentrio

ventus septentrionalis

292 north

293 north wind

nocturnal sign

nativitas

285 nativity

Latin

nativitates

English

284 nativities

No

vent de septentrion

senestre

signes de la nuit

estoiles de nuit

eures de la nuit

nuit

estoile nué

nature

la nativité

nativités

Commencement

‫§ תולדת‬3:3; §1.8:1,2; §1.9:1,3,7; §1.10:1 et passim

‫§ מולד‬2.4:26; §2.5:24; §2.8:24,31; §2.10:27 et passim

‫§ מולדות‬2:9; §3.4:8; §4.1:24; §7.3:7; §8.1:1 et passim

References in Introductorius

‫§ רוח צפון‬2.4:8; §2.8:8; §2.12:8

‫§ בפאת שמאלית‬5.3:1

‫§ מזלות הלילה‬2.2:1; §2.4:1; §2.6:1; §2.8:1; §2.10:1; §2.12:1

‫בעלי הלילה‬/‫§ כוכבי לילה‬1.9:2,4,5,6,7; §7.16:3; §9.23:1

‫§ שעות לילה‬2.9:3; §2.10:3;

‫§ לילה‬2.1:4,41; §2.2:36; §2.3:36; §2.4:2,37 et passim

‫§ כוכב מעונן‬2.4:32; §2.6:42

Reshit ḥokhmah

technical terms in introductorius 1135

novenaria

numerus

signum obliquum

signum obliquus

obliquitas

in opposito augis

aspectus oppositus

pars

pars fortune

295 novenaria

296 number

297 oblique sign

298 oblique sign

299 obliquity

300 opposite its apogee (perigee)

301 opposition aspect

302 part (lot)

303 part of fortune

Latin

ymagines septentrionales

English

294 northern images (constellations)

No

le sort bon

pars

regars opposite

ou lieu de sa baisseté

tortece

tort

tort

conte

noveines

figures septentrionaus

Commencement

References in Introductorius

‫§ גורל הטוב‬2.13:1; §9.1:7

‫§ גורל‬2:10; §9.1:1

‫§ מבט נכח‬3.1:2,4,5,6,7,8; §5.5:5; §8.7:31; §10.1:7

‫§ במקום שפלותו‬10.1:3; §2.3:35; §8.7:11 et passim

‫§ עוות‬7.1:1; §7.18:1

‫§ מעוות‬2.1:5; §2.2:3; §2.10:5; §2.12:3; §3.2:4

‫§ מעוות במצעדיו‬2.1:5; §2.10:5; §2.11:3; §2.12:3

‫§ מספר‬1.1:2; §1.2:3; §1.3:2; §1.5:23; §2.3:4 et passim

‫§ תשיעית‬1.12:2; §2.1:44; §2.2:39; §2.3:39; §2.4:40 et passim

‫§ צורות שמאליות‬3:3; §1.2:2; §1.5:1

Reshit ḥokhmah

1136 appendix 4

place of joy

planets

planets

312

313

314

planete

planete

domus gaudii

medici

physicians

311

estoiles

planetes

meson de sa joie

les fisiciens

fleume

‫§ כוכבים‬1.10:3,5; §1.11:3; §2.10:31 et passim

‫§ משרתים‬2:5,6,7,8,9,10,11; §3:1,3; §1.7:1; §1.11:1; §2.5:32; §4.1:1 et passim

‫§ בית שמחה‬5.8:12

‫§ הרופאים‬4.6:5

‫§ לחה‬2.4:9; §2.8:9; §2.12:9; §3.3:5; §4.5:20; §4.7:20

flegma

310 phlegm

les philosophes

‫§ הפילוסופים‬4.6:5

‫§ דרך השריפה‬5.4:10; §5.8:9

philosophi

la voie de l’arson

‫§ גורלות המשרתים‬2:10

309 philosophers

via combustionis

307 path of burning

pars des planetes

‫§ שותף‬2.1:41; §2.2:36; §2.3:36; §2.4:37 et passim

References in Introductorius

‫§ גורלות הבתים‬2:10; §9.4:1

Reshit ḥokhmah

‫§ גר במקומו‬5.4:14; §8.3:18

partes planetarum

306 parts of the planets

pars des mesons

compains

Commencement

308 peregrine/ strange in its peregrina seu extranea estrange en son lieu position in loco suo

partes domorum

305 parts of the houses

Latin

particeps

English

304 partner

No

technical terms in introductorius 1137

poles

power

318

319

virtus

poli

punctus

force

poles

point

les motoieurs

proiectiones radiorum

quarta

aspectus .4us.

levis/velox

323 quadrant

324 quartile aspect

325 quick

prohibitio

322 projection of rays

prohibition

hastif

regars quars

quartier

reflambissement de la clarté/rais de la clarté

deveement

point

317

rithmizatores

estoiles errables

321

poets

316

planete

Commencement

force de son cors

planets

315

Latin

320 power of the rays of the virtus radiorum body (planet) corporis

English

No

References in Introductorius

‫קל‬/‫§ מהיר‬2.8:24; §6.3:5; §8.2:2

‫§ מבט רביעית‬3.1:2,4,5,7,8 et passim

‫§ רביעית‬2:4; §3.1:1; §3.3:2,3,4,5,7,8; §5.3:7,8; §5.4:15

‫ניצוצי האור‬/‫§ זריחת האור‬2:11; §7.2:4

‫§ מניעה‬7.19:1

‫עוצם גוף‬/‫§ כח גוף‬4.1:37; §4.2:35; §4.3:32; §4.4:28; §4.5:30; §6.1:9; §6.2:1,2,4 et passim

‫§ כח‬2.2:39; §4.1:35 et passim

‫§ סדנים‬9.25:2

‫§ נקודה‬3:1; §1.10:5; §6.1:8; §7.7:4

‫§ הפייטנים‬4.5:5

‫§ כוכבי לכת‬2:2

Reshit ḥokhmah

1138 appendix 4

ratio

receptio

remuneratio

rufus

328 reason

329 reception

330 recompense

331

cholera rubens/rubea

reditus lucis

res quesita

refrenatio seu contradictio

332 red bile

333 reflecting the light

334 requested event/thing

335 restraint or contradiction

red

radii Solis

327 rays of the Sun

Latin

radii

English

326 rays

No

le destorbement

la chose la quise

retornement de la clarté

cale rouge

rougiace

guerredon

reçoivement

reson

clarté du soleil

rais

Commencement

References in Introductorius

‫§ בטול‬7.1:1; §7.22:1

‫§ דבר מבוקש‬8.3:14,20; §8.4:10,25; §8.5:1,2,5

‫§ השבת האור‬7.1:1; §7.12:1

‫§ המרה האדומה‬2.5:8; §3.3:3; §4.3:23; ; §4.4:19

‫§ אדום‬2.1:14,29; §2.2:24; §2.5:8,24 et passim

‫§ תגמול‬7.1:1; §7.27:1

‫§ קבול‬7.1:1; §7.28:7,29,1,2,3,4,5; §7.30:1; §8.2:16

‫§ טעם‬1:4; §7.3:10; §7.4:3; §7.7:3; §9.22:1,3 et passim

‫§ אור השמש‬5.3:4; §5.4:4; §5.8:3; §6.8:12 et passim

‫אור‬/‫§ ניצוץ‬8.3:3; §10.1:2; §10.2:1

Reshit ḥokhmah

technical terms in introductorius 1139

reditio ad bonum

revolutio

revolutio annorum mundi

revolutio anni

338 returning to goodness

339 revolution

340 revolution of the world-years

341

revolutio anni coniunctionis magne

revolutiones

dexter

quartus dexter

342 revolution of the year of the great conjunction

343 revolutions

344 right

345 right quartile

revolution of the year

reditio ad malum

337 returning to evil

Latin

retrogradus

English

336 retrograde

No

quart destre

destre

revolucions

revolucion de l’ennee de la conjonction

revolucion de l’an

revolucions d’ennee du siecle

revolucion

retournement a bien

retournement a mal

retornant arrieres

Commencement

References in Introductorius

‫§ מבט רביעית ימני‬3.1:6

‫§ ימין‬2.1:22,27; §2.2:9; §2.3:8; §2.6:7 et passim

‫§ תקופות‬2:9; §8.1:1

‫§ תקופת שנת המחברת‬9.17:1,2,3 ‫הגדולה‬

‫§ תקופת השנה‬9.17:3,4,8,9; §9.18:3,4; §9.20:2

‫§ תקופת שנת העולם‬10.3:4

‫§ תקופה‬9.20:1

‫§ ההשבה לטוב‬7.1:1; §7.20:1,3

‫§ ההשבה לרע‬7.1:1; §7.21:1

‫אחר‬/‫שב אחורנית‬/‫§ חוזר‬5.4:3,12; §6.5:3; §6.6:13; §3.2:5; §6.7:9; et passim

Reshit ḥokhmah

1140 appendix 4

principans

sabbat

salsus

astrorum sapientes

348 ruler

349 Sabbath

350 salty

351

anima sensitiva

356 sensitive soul

l’arme qui sent

secons

secunda

355 seconds

tans

tans du chaut

tempus

353 season

escriveins

les sages des signes

salee

samadi

seigneur

tiers destre

.6e. destre

Commencement

354 season of heat (spring) tempus caliditatis

scriptores

352 scribes

scholars of the stars

dexter trinus

347 right trine

Latin

sextilis dexter

English

346 right sextile

No

References in Introductorius

‫§ נפש מרגשת‬4.4:2

‫§ שניים‬1.1:3

‫§ זמן החום‬2.1:4; §2.2:2; §2.3:2; §3.3:2

‫§ זמן‬2.1:4; §2.2:2; §2.3:2; §2.4:2; §2.5:2 et passim

‫§ סופרים‬2.3:26; §2.6:29; §4.6:5

‫§ חכמי המזלות‬2:10; §2.2:38; §2.3:38; §2.4:39; §2.6:33 et passim

‫§ מלוח‬2.4:10; §2.8:9; §2.12:10; §4.7:12,23; §9.21:19

‫§ שבת‬4.1:33; §4.3:28

‫§ נגיד‬3.2:4,5; §4.1:22

‫§ מבט שלישית ימני‬3.1:6

‫§ מבט שישית ימני‬3.1:6

Reshit ḥokhmah

technical terms in introductorius 1141

obsessio

361

le signe l’enclinant

signum occidentis

signum revolutionis

significator

significator vite

364 sign of the descendant

365 sign of the revolution

366 significator

367 significator of life

seigneur de poesté de la vie

enseigneur

le signe qui retorne en carole

signe du siecle

signe

amoiement

.6e.

363 sign of the age or of the signum seculi sive world mundi

362 sign (zodiacal)

signum

ascensiones eius breves ses ascensions sont courtes

360 short in ascensions

siege

aspectus sextilis

359 sextile aspect

departement

separatio

se depart

Commencement

358 separation

Latin

separare/recedere

English

357 separate

No

‫§ פירוד‬7.1:1; §7.6:1

‫§ מתפרד‬5.8:3; §7.6:2; §8.4:4; §8.5:2; §8.7:23

References in Introductorius

‫§ בעל ממשלת החיים‬2.2:47

‫§ מורה‬2.13:2; §8.6:2–20

‫§ מזל החוזר חלילה‬10.2:11

‫§ מזל שוקע‬3.4:7

‫§ מזל העולם‬2.4:34

‫§ מזל‬2:2,3; §1.1:3; §1.2:1; §1.8:1,2 et passim

‫§ אמצעיות‬7.1:1; §7.32:1

‫§ מצעדיו קצרים‬2.10:5; §2.11:3; §2.12:3

‫§ מבט ששית‬3.1:2,4,5,6,7,8 et passim

Reshit ḥokhmah

1142 appendix 4

signa estatis

signa hyemis

signa hyemis

signa que sunt in signes qui sont cingulo orbis signorum ou pourceint de l’ymaginacion

argentum

similitudo

cursu tardus

370 signs of summer

signs of winter

371

372 signs of winter

373 signs which are in the girdle of the circle of the signs

374 silver

375 similitude

376 slow in ⟨its⟩ course

tardive en son aler

samblance

argent

signes de l’yver/ signes des jours du froit

signes de l’yver

signes de l’esté

signes des malasies

signa infirmitatum

signes les mehaignans

Commencement

369 signs of diseases

Latin

signa impedimentorum, orbationum seu mutilationum

English

368 signs of defects, maimings or mutilations

No

References in Introductorius

‫§ ממתין בהליכה‬5.4:1; §5.8:11; §6.3:4,5; §8.4:8; §8.7:17

‫§ דמיון‬7.1:1; §7.31:1; §8.6:18

‫§ כסף‬2.1:16; §2.4:18,24; §2.5:10,31; §4.4:16 et passim

‫§ מזלות שהם בחשב‬3.2:5 ‫האפודה‬

‫מזלות ימי‬/‫§ מזלות החורף‬2.7:2; §2.8:2; §2.10:2 ‫הקור‬

‫מזלות‬/‫§ מזלות החורף‬2.7:2; §2.9:2; §2.10:2; §2.11:2; §2.12:2 ‫הקור‬

‫§ מזלות הקיץ‬2.5:2; §2.6:2

‫§ מזלות התחלואים‬2.2:33; §2.12:32

‫§ מזלות המומין‬2.8:30

Reshit ḥokhmah

technical terms in introductorius 1143

anima

acetosus

meridionalis

379 soul

380 sour

381

spera

stelle

statio

384 sphere

385 stars (fixed)

386 station

estage

estoiles

espere

ymagines meridionales figures rneridianes

383 southern images (constellations)

vent de midi

ventus meridionalis

destre

aigre

ame

l’aler seul

conjunction petite

Commencement

382 south wind

south

solitudo

378 solitude

Latin

coniunctio minor

English

377 small conjunction (Saturn and Jupiter)

No

References in Introductorius

‫§ מעמד‬5.3:3; §5.4:2; §6.5:3; §6.6:11,12,15; §6.7:4,9; §7.33:3; §8.4:7; §8.7:16

‫§ כוכבים‬2:3; §1.2:3; §1.3:1–4; §1.4:1–16; §1.5:1–23 et passim

‫§ גלגל‬2:2,11; §1.1:1; §1.7:2,3; §3.3:6.8 et passim

‫§ צורות דרומיות‬3:3; §1.2:2

‫§ ימין‬2.2:9; §2.6:7; §2.7:9

‫ימין‬/‫§ דרום‬2.2:9; §2.6:7; §2.9:7; §5.4:8; §5.8:8

‫§ חמוץ‬2.4:10; §4.6:12,22; §9.21:14,18

‫§ נשמה‬1:2; §2.2:1; §2.2:29; §2.6:24; §4.1:4 et passim

‫§ הילוך בדד‬7.1:1; §7.8:1; §8.2:4

‫§ מחברת קטנה‬10.3:3

Reshit ḥokhmah

1144 appendix 4

sterile

ascensiones eius recte

motus rectus

signa recta

rectitudo

387 sterile

388 straight in ascensions

389 straight motion

390 straight signs

391

vocem habet fortem

succedentes

393 strong voice (sign)

394 succedent (houses)

soupoies

a vois fort

prinçoiement

la droiture

signes drois

mouvement drois

drois en ses ascensions

brehains

Commencement

estas

dulcis

396 summer

397 sweet

duce

esté

395 succedent to the angles succedentes angulorum soupoies as chevilles

fortitudo

392 strength

straightness

Latin

English

No ‫§ עקר‬2.3:7; §2.6:24

References in Introductorius

‫§ מתוק‬2.1:14; §2.2:11; §2.3:10; §2.4:12; §2.7:11; §2.11:9

‫§ קיץ‬2.5:2; §2.6:2

‫§ סמוכים את היתדות‬3.4:3; §5.3:5

‫§ סמוכים‬3.4:5,6,7; §7.17:1; §7.20:6; §8.3:17; §8.7:25

‫§ יש לו קול חזק‬2.6:6

‫§ שררה‬7.33:1–8

‫§ היושר‬7.1:1; §7.17:1

‫§ מזלות ישרים‬3.2:4

‫§ תנועה שווה‬3:2

‫§ ישר במצעדיו‬2.4:3; §2.5:3; §2.6:3; §2.7:3; §2.8:3; §2.9:4

Reshit ḥokhmah

technical terms in introductorius 1145

terminus

testimonium

Illa que in una sunt fortitudine

403 term

404 testimony

405 those which are in one power

ceus qui sont en une force

tesmoing

termine

mellernent droit

translatio

remuement

commixtio temperata

402 tempered mixture

atrempee

407 translation

temperatus

401 tempered

saveurs

ceus que leur ascensions sont onies

sapores

400 tastes

la keue

tables

Commencement

406 those whose ascensions illa quorum are equal ascensiones sunt equales

cauda

399 tail ⟨of the Dragon⟩

Latin

tabule

English

398 tables (astronomical)

No ‫§ לוחות‬5.8:11

References in Introductorius

‫§ העתקה‬7.1:1; §7.10:1

‫§ אשר מצעדיהם שווים‬3.2:2

‫§ אשר הם בכח אחד‬3.2:3

‫§ עדות‬8.6:4–20; §9.23:1

‫§ גבול‬1.11:1,2; §2.1:43; §2.2:38; §2.3:38 et passim

‫§ ממסך ישר‬7.14:1

‫§ ממוסך‬2.1:13; §2.3:5; §2.4:4 et passim

‫§ טעמים‬2.1:14; §2.2:11; §2.3:9; §2.4:10; §2.5:8; §2.6:9; §2.7:11

‫§ זנב התלי‬1.10:5; §2.9:34; §5.57; §5.6:1; §6.4:1,3

Reshit ḥokhmah

1146 appendix 4

tropicale

hore torte

410 tropical signs

crooked hours [seasonal hours]

two bodies

upper planets

upper sphere

upper sphere

411

412

413

414

415

vegetative soul

418

anima vegetativa

arme germinant

cercle de la droiture

upright circle

417

circulus rectus

estoiles souveraines

espere haute

l’espere haute

estoiles souvreinnes

il a .2. cors

eures tortes

trestournans

triplicité

regars tiers

Commencement

416 upper stars (fixed stars) stelle superiores

spera superior

spera superioris

planete superiores

est duorum corporum

triplicitas

409 triplicity

Latin

aspectus trinus

English

408 trine aspect

No

References in Introductorius

‫§ נפש צומחת‬4.2:4

‫§ גלגל היושר‬10.1:5,6

‫§ כוכבים עליונים‬6.2:7; §7.3:8

‫§ הגלגל העליון‬3:1; §1.2:2

‫§ גלגל עליון‬3:1; §1.2:2; §9.25:2

‫§ כוכבים עליונים‬6.3:4; §6.2:7; §6.6:1; §7.33:1

‫§ יש לו שני גופות‬2.3:2; §2.6:2; §2.9:2; §2.12:2; §8.4:21; §9.17:9

‫§ שעות מעוותות‬3.2:3

‫§ מזלות מתהפכים‬2.1:4

‫§ שלישות‬1.11:1,2; §7.8:3; §7.29:4; §9.18:2; §10.3:1,2

‫§ מבט שלישית‬3.1:2,4,5,7,8 et passim

Reshit ḥokhmah

technical terms in introductorius 1147

debiles

debilitatas

debilitas planetarum

ventus occidentalis

occidentalis

album

ventus

hiems

422 weakness (planets)

423 weakness of the planets

424 west wind

425 western

426 white

427 wind

428 winter

weak houses (cadent)

421

aqua

signum de natura aque/signum aqueum

water

419

Latin

420 watery signs/signs of watery nature

English

No

yver

vent

blanc

occidentaus

vent d’occident

foibleté des planetes

foiblece

foibles

signes de l’iaue

iaue

Commencement ‫§ מים‬1.8:2; §2.2:12,19; §2.4:12; §2.8:10; §2.11:12 et passim

References in Introductorius

‫§ חקור‬3.3:5

‫§ רוח‬2.11:4,7

‫§ לבן‬2.2:11; §2.4:10; §2.6:9; §2.12:10, 26 et passim

‫§ מערבי‬2.3:1,8; §2.7:1; §2.11:1; §3.3:4; §4.1:1 et passim

‫§ רוח מערבית‬2.3:8

‫§ רעת המשרתים‬5.5:1

‫§ דלות‬5.1:1; §5.4:1,17; §5.7:1; §5.20:1

‫§ חלשים‬3.4:4

‫§ מזלות המים‬2.4:1; §2.8:1; §2.12:1

Reshit ḥokhmah

1148 appendix 4

zodiacus

431

zodiac

anni

430 years (signs)

Latin

sapientia

English

429 wisdom

No

cercle/orbe

anees

sapience

Commencement

Reshit ḥokhmah

‫§ גלגל‬1.11:1; §8.7:1; §10.1:8

‫§ שנים‬2.1:20; §2.2:16; §2.3:16

‫§ חכמה‬1:1; §1.1:2; §1.12:1,2; §2.1:34 et passim

References in Introductorius

technical terms in introductorius 1149

Introductorius

⟨sapientes⟩ Grecorum

Abraham Evenerre, compilator huius libro

Albategni in libro suo

alius liber

Antiqui

No

1

2

3

4

5

Commencement

Ancients

another book (not Reshit Ḥokhmah)

Al-Battānī, in his book

Abraham Ibn Ezra, compiler of this book

les anciens

autre livre

Albategni en son livre

Abraham Even Azre ajoustant che livre

⟨scholars⟩ of the Greeks sages de Grece

English

References in Introductorius

‫ קדמונים‬1:3; §1.1:2; §1.2:3; §1.6:1; §1.12:1; §2.1:19; §2.1:46; §2.13:2; §2.14:2; §2.16:15; §5.6:1; §6.6:7; §7.3:7,8; §7.4:2,9; §8.2:1; §9.1:3; §9.2:3; §9.25:3; §10.1:9

‫§ ספר אחר‬1.12:2

‫§ אלבתאני בספרו‬10.1:9

‫ מעתיק‬,‫§ אני אברהם‬7.3:7 ‫הספר‬ = I, Abraham, translator of this book

‫§ חכמי יוון‬1.12:1

Reshit Ḥokhmah

NAMES OF PERSONS, AUTHORS, AND SOURCES IN INTRODUCTORIUS AND THEIR COUNTERPARTS IN COMMENCEMENT AND RESHIT ḤOKHMAH

APPENDIX 5

Introductorius

arismetici

astrologi

astrorum scientia

Babylonii

Benaka, qui est eorum sapiens

Centiloquium

compilator huius libro

divinatio

No

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

divination

translator of this book (Ibn Ezra)

Centiloquium

Benaka (Kanakah), their wise man

Babylonians

science of the stars

astrologers

arithmeticians

English

Reshit Ḥokhmah

References in Introductorius

devinaille

ajoustant che livre

Beuneka, c’est leur sage

Babiloniens

sens des estoiles = science of the stars

astronomiens

‫§ קסם‬4.6:14

‫§ מעתיק ספר זה‬7.3:7

gloss at §10.3:4

‫ הוא החכם שלהם‬,‫§ כנכה‬2.1:23

‫§ הבבליים‬1.12:1; §2.1:43; §2.3:37; §2.4:38; §2.5:34; §2.6:32; §2.7:37; §2.8:36; §2.9:37; §2.10:34; §2.11:34; §2.12:37; §4.2:6

‫§ חכמת הכוכבים‬4.6:14 = science of the stars

‫§ בעלי מזלות‬2.3:26 = experts in the signs

seigneurs de comte ‫§ בעלי חשבון‬2.3:26 = experts in calculation = experts in calculation

Commencement

names of persons, authors, and sources in introductorius 1151

Enoch, qui est Hermes

Hermes

idiomatum interpretatio

Indi

iste liber meus

Liber Explanationis Book of Explantion Rationum et Causarum of the Reasons and Causes (Book of Reasons by Ibn Ezra)

15

16

17

18

19

20

my book (Reshit Ḥokhmah)

Indians

interpretation of languages

Hermes

Enoch, who is Hermes

Egyptians

Egiptii

14

English

Introductorius

No

‫§ חנוך‬2.1:46; 2.4:34; 9.10:3; §9.15:3; §9.16:4; §9.19:3; §10.1:5

‫§ חנוך‬2.1:46

‫§ ספרי‬1.12:2

‫§ אנשי הודו‬1.12:1; §2.1:22,26,29; §2.2:18,37; §2.3:21,37; §2.4:20 et passim

‫§ דקדוק הלשון‬4.6:14 = precision of the language

= Enoch

References in Introductorius

‫§ המצריים‬2.143; §2.2:33,38; §2.3:37,38; §2.4:38 et passim

Reshit Ḥokhmah

Livre des Esplanemens ‫§ ספר בפירוש הטעמים‬1:4 des Resons = Book of the = Book of the explanation of the explanations of the reasons reasons

mon livre

les homes d’Inde

pointoiement de language = precision of the language

Enoch

Enoch

Egypciens/les sages d’Egypte/ mestres d’Egypte

Commencement

1152 appendix 5

liber iste/ hic

Liber Nativitatum

liber/ hic liber/ liber iste

Messehallha in suo Māshāʾallāh in his Book Messealla, en son Livre Experimentorum Libro of Experiments de Essaemens

orationum scientia

posteriores

prophetica

23

24

25

26

27

28

prophecy

later ⟨scholars⟩

knowledge of rhetoric

the book/ this book (Reshit Ḥokhmah)

Book of Nativities (Ibn Ezra)

this book (Reshit Ḥokhmah)

la prophecie

derreins = the last ones

savoir les oroisons

ce livre

Livre des Nativités

ce livre

Livre du Fruit

22

Book of the Fruit (pseudo-Ptolemy)

Liber Fructus

Commencement

21

English

Introductorius

No

References in Introductorius

= the last ones ‫§ הנבואה‬4.6:14

‫§ האחרונים‬1.1:2

‫§ דעת ההגדות‬4.6:14

‫§ מאשא אללה בספר‬9.1:6 ‫הנסיונות שלו‬

‫§ זה הספר‬1:4; §2:1; §1.12:1; §2.12:1; §2.16:16; §3.16:3; §5.1:1; §5.8:13; §6.8:15; §7.1:1; §7.3:7; §7.5:1; §7.33:9; §8.1:1; §9.1:1; §9.25:4; §1.10:1

‫§ ספר מולדות‬4.1:24; §7.3:7

‫§ זה הספר‬1:4; §2:1; §1.12:1; §2.16:1; §3.16:3; §5.8:13; §6.8:15; §7.3:7; §7.5:1; §7.33:9; §8.1:1; §9.1:1; §9.25:4; §10.1:1; colophon

‫§ ספר הפרי‬10.3:4

Reshit Ḥokhmah

names of persons, authors, and sources in introductorius 1153

Introductorius

Ptolomeus

quidam Indorum sapiens

regule ac iudicia planetarum in nativitatibus, revolutionibus ac interrogationibus

rithmorum inventio

No

29

30

31

32

invention of verses

rules and judgments of the planets in nativities, revolutions and interrogations

certain scholar of the Indians

Ptolemy

English

faire rimes

jugement des planetes es demandes et es nativités et es revolucions = judgments of the planets in interrogations, nativities, and revolutions

uns sages d’Inde

Bertelmieu

Commencement

References in Introductorius

‫§ עשות חרוזים‬4.6:14

‫§ דיני המשרתים בשאלות‬2:9 ‫ובנולדים ובתקופות‬ = judgments of the planets in interrogations, nativities, and revolutions

‫§ חכם הודו‬5.6:2

‫§ בטלמיוס‬1.2:3; §1.12:1; §2.1:18,24,27,30; §2.2:19,22,25,38; §2.3:19,22,25,38; §2.4:19,22,25,39; §2.5:17,20,23, 35; §2.6:17,20,23,33; §2.7:19,22,25,38; §2.8:17,20,23,37; §2.9:19,22,25,38; §2.10:15,18,21,35; §2.11:17,20,23,35; §2.12:19,22,25,38; §7.4:9; §7.5:1; §7.33:8; §9.1:4,6; §9.2:3; §10.3:5

Reshit Ḥokhmah

1154 appendix 5

Introductorius

sapientes astrorum

sapientes Egyptiorum

sapientes excellentes

sapientes gentium

sapientes in astris

sapientes Indorum

sapientes Persarum

scriptores

sortilegia

No

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

sorcery

scribes

Persian scholars

Indian scholars

scholars in relation to the stars

gentile scholars

great scholars

Egyptian scholars

scholars of the stars

English

sorticement

escriveins

sages de Perse = scholars of Persia

sages de Inde

sages des signes scholars of the signs

des sages des autres gens

grans sages

les sages d’Egypte/ mestres d’Egypte

sages des signes = scholars of the signs

Commencement

References in Introductorius

‫§ הניחוש‬4.6:14

‫§ סופרים‬2.3:26

‫§ חכמי פרס‬1.12:1; §2.2:37; §2.7:17 = scholars of Persia

‫§ חכמי הודו‬2.1:42,47; §2.2:29,24; §2.3:17,24; §2.4:18 et passim

‫§ חכמי המזלות‬2.12:38 = scholars of the signs

‫§ חכמי הגוים‬2.1:42

‫§ חכמים גדולים‬2.3:26

‫§ חכמי מצרים‬2.1:38,42; §2.2:37

‫§ חכמי המזלות‬2:10; §2.2:38; §2.3:38; §2.4:39; §2.5:35; = scholars of the signs §2.6:33; §2.7:38; §2.9:38; §2.10:35; §2.11:35; §10.1:6

Reshit Ḥokhmah

names of persons, authors, and sources in introductorius 1155

Introductorius

tabule

unus Indorum sapientium

No

42

43

one of scholars of the Indians

tables [astronomical]

English

uns sages d’Inde

tables

Commencement ‫§ לוחות‬5.8:11

References in Introductorius

‫§ חכם הודו‬9.1:6

Reshit Ḥokhmah

1156 appendix 5

APPENDIX 6

TECHNICAL TERMS IN RATIONES I AND THEIR COUNTERPARTS IN ṬEʿAMIM I No

English

Latin

Ṭeʿamim I

References in Rationes I

1

active agent

activum

2

active quality

qualitas activa

3

air

aer

4

airy nature

natura aeris/aerea

5

airy signs

signa aerea

6

al-fardār

alfardar

7

al-mubtazz

almubtaz

8

angle of the Earth angulus terre

9

angles

anguli

‫ § יתדות‬3.1:4; § 3.2:12; § 3.5:4–10; § 3.6:2,5; § 6.10:11,12,14 et passim

10

apogee

aux

‫ § גבהות‬2.14:2; § 5.2:3,4; § 6.1:1; § 6.2:2; § 7.1:4–5

11

application

applicatio

‫ § קירוב‬7.1:1

12

arc of the day

arcus diurnus

13

ascendant ascendens, gradus (degree and sign) ascendens, signum ascendens

‫ § הפועל‬1.4:2–3 ‫ § תולדת פועלת‬3.3:3; § 3.6:16 ‫ § אוויר‬1.4:7; § 1.5:8; § 1.5:9; § 3.4:2 ‫ § תולדת האוויר‬1.4:7; § 2.14:2

‫ § מזלות הרוח‬2.13:8 ‫ § אלפרדאר‬4.2:11; § 10.9:2 ‫ § ממונה‬3.3:3; § 5.2:6 ‫ § קו התהום‬3.5:3; § 3.6:2; § 10.5:2

‫ § קשת היום‬2.2:1 ‫ מזל‬,‫ § הצומחת‬2.4:4; § 2.10:3; § 2.12:14; ‫ מעלה‬,‫ § צומח‬3.4:1,8; § 3.5:6,8,9,11; ‫ § צומחת‬3.6:1,10,16 et passim

1158

appendix 6

No

English

Latin

Ṭeʿamim I

References in Rationes I

14

ascensions

ascensiones

15

ascensions of the country

ascensiones terre

16

ascensions of the direct circle

ascensiones circuli directi

17

ascensions of the signs

ascensiones signorum

18

ascensions of the table of the region

ascensiones tabule regionis

‫ § מצעדי לוח‬10.5:15 ‫הארץ‬

19

ascensions of the upright sphere

ascensiones spere recte

‫ § מצעדי גלגל‬10.8:3 ‫היושר‬

20

aspect

aspectus

21

aspect of enmity

aspectus inimicitie

22

aspect of quartile aspectus quartus

23

aspect of sextile

aspectus sextilis

24

aspect of trine

aspectu trinus

25

astrolabe

astrolabium

‫ § כלי הנחושת‬3.4:9; § 10.2:6; § 10.5:19

26

astrologer

astrologus

‫ § בעל המזלות‬2.12:14

27

bad

malus

28

benefic signs

signa bona

‫ § מזלות טובים‬2.2:2

29

black bile

melancolia

‫ § מרה שחורה‬2.13:3; § 4.2:4,7

‫ § מצעדים‬2.2:1,2; § 2.15:1,2; § 10.4:8 et passim ‫ § מצעדי הארץ‬10.1:3; § 10.3:3; § 10.5:11,16,17 ‫ § מצעדי גלגל‬10.7:5 ‫היושר‬ ‫ § מצעדי המזלות‬10.2:4; § 10.4:5; § 10.5:11,16,17

‫ § מבט‬1.4:6; § 2.4:12; § 3.1:1,3; § 3.2:1,3,10 et passim ‫ § מבט איבה‬2.4:12; § 3.5:10; § 3.2:9

‫ § מבט רביעית‬2.5:10; § 3.1:4; § 3.2:10; § 3.2:13 et passim ‫ § מבט ששית‬2.5:10; § 3.1:6; § 3.2:9; § 3.2:13 et passim ‫ § מבט שלישית‬2.5:9,10; § 3.1:5; § 3.2:6; § 3.2:13 et passim

‫ § רע‬8.1:4; § 9.1:7

technical terms in rationes i No

English

Latin

30

boundary of burning

terminus combustionis

‫ § גבול השריפה‬1.5:2; § 6.2:5

31

bright degrees

gradus lucidi

‫ § מעלות מאירות‬2.6:2; § 2.12:14

32

burnt

combustus

33

burnt path

via combusta

34

cadent ⟨houses⟩

cadentes

‫ § נופלים‬3.5:11; § 3.6:16

35

cardines

cardines

‫ § יתדות‬3.1:4; § 3.5:4

36

center

centrum

‫נקודה‬/‫ § מוצק‬6.1:1; § 6.2:1 ‫אמצעית‬

37

changeable

mutabile

38

chief

prepositus

39

circle

circulus

40

circle of the apogee whose center is removed from the center of the Earth

circulus augis cuius egressum est centrum a centro terre

41

circle of the Earth circulus terre

‫ § גלגל האדמה‬4.1:2

42

circle of the Moon similar to the zodiac

circulus Lune zodiaco similis

‫ § גלגל הדומה‬5.3:3 ‫למזלות של‬ ‫הלבנה‬

43

circle of the planet similar to the zodiac

circulus planete qui zodiaco similis est

‫ § הדומה לגלגל‬5.3:3 ‫המזלות של‬ ‫הכוכב‬

44

circle of the signs circulus signorum

‫ § גלגל המזלות‬1.3:7; § 10.2:2; § 10.3:2; § 10.4:2 et passim

45

circle of the Sun

‫ § גלגל השמש‬4.2:10

circulus Solis

Ṭeʿamim I

1159

References in Rationes I

‫ § נשרף‬2.16:5 ‫ § מקום השריפה‬2.16:5

‫ § מתהפך‬2.2:1; § 2.10:4,5; § 4.8:6 ‫ § ממונה‬3.3:3 § 1.1:1,4; § 2.2:1; § 2.5:6,7; ‫עגולה‬/‫עגול‬/‫ § גלגל‬2.12:6–7; § 3.1:3,4; § 3.2:2; § 3.5:2 et passim ‫ § גלגל הגבהות‬6.1:1 ‫שמוצקו רחוק‬ ‫ממוצק הארץ‬

1160

appendix 6

No

English

Latin

Ṭeʿamim I

References in Rationes I

46

climate

clima

47

cold (adjective)

frigidus

‫ § קר‬1.4:5,6,7; § 1.5:1,4,7 et passim

48

cold (noun)

frigidum

‫ § קור‬1.4:2; § 1.5:11; § 2.2:2,3; § 2.4:9 et passim

49

collection

colectio

‫ § קבוץ‬7.3:2

50

complete aspect

aspectus perfectus

‫ § מבט שלם‬7.2:1,2,3,4

51

complete friendship

amicitia perfecta

52

complete instrument (astrolabe)

instrumentum completum

‫ § כלי שלם‬10.5:19

53

composite (bodies, stars)

composite

‫ § מורכבים‬2.18:4

54

conjunction

coniunctio

55

contrary

contraria

56

crooked hours (see unequal hour)

hore torte

‫ § שעות מעוותות‬3.3:1; § 10.5:3–18, § 10.7:2,3,5; § 10.8:3 et passim

57

dark degrees

gradus tenebrosi

‫ § מעלות חשוכות‬2.6:2; § 2.12:1; § 2.12:14

58

defects

orbationes

59

deferent

deferens

60

degrees

gradus

‫ § גבול‬2.1:2; § 2.2:13; § 2.13:6; § 2.15:1; § 4.2:2 et passim

‫ § אהבה גמורה‬3.2:6; § 3.6:9

/‫ § מחברת‬2.4:5; § 2.12:6; § 4.6:2; ‫ § התחברות‬4.7:3; § 7.1:2,3,8 ‫ § נגידים‬3.3:2

‫ § מומים‬2.3:1; § 3.6:17 gloss at § 5.2:8 → 1; glosses at § 5.3:3, § 6.2:2; § 7.1:4 ‫ § מעלות‬1.1:1,4,5,6; § 1.2:2,3; § 1.3:8,9,10,11 et passim

technical terms in rationes i Ṭeʿamim I

1161

No

English

Latin

References in Rationes I

61

degrees of the direct circle

gradus circuli directi

‫ § מעלות גלגל‬10.1:3; § 10.3:2; ‫היושר‬

62

degrees of the upright circle

gradus recti directi

‫ § מעלות גלגל‬10.5:9,12 ‫היושר‬

63

descendant

occidens

‫ § מעלה שוקעת‬3.5:10; § 10.8:7

64

descendant degree

gradus occidens

‫ § מעלה שוקעת‬3.4:3,8; § 10.3:4; § 10.5:15

65

diameter

dyameter

66

direct (verb)

dirigere

67

direct circle

circulus directus

68

direct in its course

directus in suo curso

‫ § ישר בהליכתו‬5.2:8

69

direct in its motion

directus in moto suo

‫ § ישר בהליכתו‬7.3:4

70

direct motion

directio

gloss at § 5.2:8 → 3,4,26

71

direct planet

planeta directus

gloss at § 5.2:8 → 14

72

directions

directiones

73

diseases

egritudines

74

distance (see longitude)

distantia

75

diurnal planets

planete diurne

76

Dragon

Draco

‫ § תלי‬1.6:6

77

dry

siccum

‫ § יבש‬1.4:4,5,6; § 2.13:3; § 4.2:1,5; § 4.4:4; § 4.7:5; § 5.1:2,3

‫ § אלכסון‬3.1:3–6; § 6.2:1 ‫ § לנהג‬10.3:2–5; § 10.4:4 ‫ § גלגל היושר‬10.1:3; § 10.3:2; § 10.7:5; § 10.8:7

‫ § ניהוגים‬10.3:1–2; § 10.3:6; § 10.9:1–2 ‫ § תחלואים‬2.3:1; § 4.9:1 ‫ § מרחק‬2.8:4; § 2.16:4; § 6.3:5; § 9.2:2; § 9.3:2,3; § 10.3:5 et passim ‫ § כוכבי היום‬1.6:4

1162

appendix 6

No

English

Latin

Ṭeʿamim I

References in Rationes I

78

dryness

siccitas

79

duodenaria

duodenaria

80

Earth

terra

81

earthy nature

de natura terre

82

earthy signs

signa terrea

83

eccentric circle of circulus augis the apogee from ecentrico a terra the Earth

84

eccentric circles

ecentrici

gloss at § 5.2:8 → 15,29

85

eccentric circles of the planets

circuli ecentrici stellarum

gloss at § 5.2:8 → 29

86

ecliptic line

linea ecliptica

87

elongation

elongatio

88

epicycle

epiciclus

89

equal

equalis

90

equal ascensions

equales ascensiones

91

equal degrees

gradus equales

92

equal degrees of the circle of the signs

gradus circuli signorum equales

‫ § יבשת‬2.6:1; § 3.4:5; § 4.2:1 ‫ § שנים העשר‬2.11:1,2 ‫ § ארץ‬1.3:2,4; § 1.5:1; § 1.5:8,9,13; § 1.5:15; § 1.6:2,6 et passim ‫ § תולדת הארץ‬2.13:4 ‫ § מזלות עפר‬2.13:8; § 2.17:2 ‫ § גלגל הגבהות‬5.2:3 ‫שמוצקו רחוק‬ ‫ממוצק הארץ‬

‫ § חשב אפודת‬1.2:1; § 1.3:3 ‫הגלגל‬ ‫גבהות‬/‫ § מרחק‬1.3:2; § 1.3:11; § 6.2:2; § 6.3:5 ‫ § גלגל הקטן‬6.2:2; § 6.3:5; gloss at § 5.2:8 → 3,15 ‫ § שווה‬1.2:2; § 3.1:4; § 3.3:3 et passim ‫ § המצעדים שהם‬3.3:1; § 7.3:1 ‫שוים‬ ‫ § מעלות‬7.2:1; § 7.3:1; § 10.4:4; ‫מעלות‬/‫ § שוות‬10.5:2,13; § 10.6:2–3 ‫ישרות‬ ‫ § מעלות גלגל‬10.3:2; § 10.4:2 ‫המזלות הישרות‬

technical terms in rationes i Ṭeʿamim I

1163

No

English

Latin

References in Rationes I

93

equal line

linea equalis

‫קו‬/‫ § קו הצדק‬2.2:14; § 2.4:4 ‫היושר‬

94

equal motion

equalis motion

‫ § מהלך שווה‬1.3:8

95

equation

equatio

96

equinoctial line

linea equinoctialis

97

evil

malum

98

exaltation (see honor)

exaltatio

99

experience

experientia

‫ § נסיון‬1.4:1; § 1.5:5,6; § 2.2:20; § 2.5:5; § 2.12:14 et passim

100

faces

facies

‫ § פנים‬2.8:1–6

101

fall

casus

‫ § קלון‬2.16:5–6,9,14; § 5.2:9

102

feminine

femininus

103

fiery nature

natura ignea/ignis

104

fiery sign

signum igneum

105

fiery triplicity

triplicitas ignea

‫ § שלישות האש‬2.17:1

106

fifth essence

quinta essentia

‫ § תולדת חמישית‬1.5:7

107

fire

ignis

108

first smaller parts minuta prima

109

fixed sign

signum fixum

‫ § מזל עומד‬2.13:1

110

fixed sign

signum stabile

‫ § מזל עומד‬2.13:1

‫ § תקון‬10.1:2; § 10.2:1,7; § 10.4:5; § 10.5:1; § 10.6:3,4,6 ‫ § קו הצדק‬2.1:1

‫ § רע‬5.3:1; § 2.16:3; § 5.1:1; § 5.3:1; § 8.1:3 ‫כח‬/‫ § כבוד‬2.3:8; § 2.16:1,2,4; § 4.3:2

‫ § נקבה‬1.6:1,4,5; § 2.13:1; § 3.6:7; § 5.1:4 ‫ § תולדת האש‬1.4:1; § 1.4:2; § 2.2:12

‫ § מזל אש‬2.2:1; § 2.13:8,9

‫ § אש‬1.4:2; § 2.2:12,14; § 2.3:8 ‫ § חלקים ראשונים‬1.1:6

1164

appendix 6

No

English

Latin

Ṭeʿamim I

References in Rationes I

111

fixed star

stella fixa

112

fraction

fractio

113

geometry

geometria

114

girdle of the signs cingulum signorum

115

good

bonus/bene

116

good fortune

bona fortuna/ eufortunium

117

good planet

stella bona

118

good signs

signa bona

‫ § מזלות טובים‬2.2:2

119

good stars

stelle bone

‫ § כוכבים טובים‬1.6:3

120

goodness

bonitas/bonum

121

great circle

circulus magnus

122

great years

anni magni

‫ § שנים גדולות‬2.9:2; § 4.2:11; § 4.5:7; § 4.6:4; § 4.8:8

123

greatest years

anni mximi

‫ § שנים עצומות‬4.2:11; § 4.3:5; § 4.5:7; § 4.6:4; § 4.8:8

124

habitable part of the Earth

habitabilis terra/ habitabilis locus/ pars habitabilis/ habitabilis/ habitatio

125

half friendship (aspect)

dimidia amicitia

126

harm

nocumentum

‫ § כוכב עליון‬2.12:6 ‫ § שבר‬1.1:1,2,4,5 ‫ § המדות‬3.1:3 ‫ § חשב אפודת‬1.2:1; § 1.3:3 ‫הגלגל‬ ‫ § טוב‬1.6:3; § 2.2:2; § 2.5:10; § 3.3:2; § 5.3:2 et passim ‫חן‬/‫ § מזל טוב‬3.6:1; § 4.1:6; § 4.9:1

‫ § כוכב טוב‬2.5:10

‫ § טובה‬4.3:1; § 5.1:1; § 5.1:2 ‫ § גלגל הגדול‬2.12:3; § 6.2:2; § 7.1:4; § 8.1:6

‫ § הישוב‬2.1:4,6; § 2.4:6,7; § 2.6:1; § 5.2:1; § 7.1:7

‫ § חצי אהבה‬3.2:9; § 3.6:10

‫ § נזק‬2.16:8; § 5.1:1; § 5.3:1,4; § 8.1:7

technical terms in rationes i No

English

Latin

127

harmful

nocivus

128

Head

Caput

129

Head of the Dragon

Caput Draconis

130

heat

caliditas/ calidum/ calor

131

honor

honor

132

horizon

orizon

133

hot

calidus

‫ § חם‬1.4:4,7; § 1.5:2,3,4,7,8,12,15,16; § 2.2:1,2 et passim

134

house (horoscopic)

domus

‫ § בית‬3.2:1,2,6; § 3.5:1–12; § 3.6:3–18 et passim

135

house (planetary) domus

136

house of fall (dejection)

domus casus

137

house of hate (detriment)

domus odii

138

house of honor

domus honoris

139

house of honor or domus honoris exaltation seu exaltationis

‫ § בית כבוד‬2.6:1; § 2.16:1,2; § 4.3:2

140

house of shame domus vituperii or fall (dejection) seu casus

‫ § בית קלון‬5.2:9

141

house of the triplicity

domus triplicitatis

Ṭeʿamim I

1165

References in Rationes I ‫ § מזיק‬1.5:12; § 2.5:10; § 4.1:1,4; § 4.2:5; § 4.4:4; § 4.5:1 et passim

‫ § הראש‬5.3:2; ‫ § ראש התלי‬2.16:9; § 5.3:4,5

‫ § חום‬1.4:2; § 1.5:3,10, 11,12,14 et passim ‫ § כבוד‬2.6:1,2; § 2.16:1–14; § 2.17:3; § 4.3:2 et passim ‫ § הארץ‬2.16:3; 3§.4:6

‫ § בית‬2.2:14; § 2.3:4–8; § 2.4:1–12; § 2.5:1–12 et passim ‫ § בית קלון‬2.16:6,13,14

‫ § בית שנאה‬2.6:3

‫ § בית כבוד‬2.16:3,6,10,11,13,14; § 5.1:5

‫ § בית השלישות‬2.8:1; § 2.17:1; § 2.18:1;

1166

appendix 6

No

English

Latin

Ṭeʿamim I

References in Rationes I

142

human soul

humana anima

143

images

ymagines

144

in enmity

in inimicitia

145

intersection

coniunctio/sectio

146

joined to

coniunctus

147

joys (of the planets)

gaudia

148

judgments

iudicia

149

keys of the Moon

claves Lune

150

latitude

latitudo

‫רחב‬/‫ § מרחב‬7.1:2; § 7.1:8; § 7.2:2–4; § 10.1:4; § 10.2:4; § 10.4:3

151

least years

anni minores

‫ § שנים קטנות‬2.13:7; § 4.2:11; § 4.5:7; § 4.6:4; § 4.8:8

152

left aspect

aspectus sinister

‫ § מבט שמאלי‬10.4:7

153

light (of the planets)

lumen

154

line of equality

linea equalitatis

155

line of the abyss

linea abyssi

‫ § קו התהום‬3.4:8; § 3.6:2; § 10.4:5; § 10.5:2,9,12,13,15,16 et passim

156

line of the angle of the abyss

linea anguli abyssi

‫ § קו התהום‬3.4:8

157

line of the angle of the Earth

linea anguli terre

‫ § קו התהום‬3.4:8; § 3.6:2; § 10.5:2

158

line of the midheaven

linea medii celi

‫ § נשמת האדם‬4.5:4 ‫ § צורות‬1.2:5; § 1.3:1,3 ‫ § משונה‬3.2:10 ‫ § מחברת‬2.12:3,6; § 5.3:3; § 8.1:6 ‫ § דבק‬1.3:11; § 6.2:1,4 ‫ § שמחה‬4.9:1

‫ § דינין‬1.3:10; § 2.18:2; § 3.1:1; § 6.3:1; § 8.1:1 ‫ § מפתחות הלבנה‬6.3:6

‫ § אור‬1.3:8,12; § 2.5:3,12; § 2.4:8; 4.2:12; § 4.5:6; § 4.8:4 ‫ § קו הצדק‬1.2:3

‫ § קו חצי‬3.5:6,7; § 3.6:2 ‫קו הרום‬/‫השמים‬

technical terms in rationes i Ṭeʿamim I

1167

No

English

Latin

References in Rationes I

159

longitude (see distance)

longitudo

160

longitude (vs. latitude)

longitudo

161

lord

dominus

162

lord of the day

dominus diei

163

lord of the face

dominus faciei

164

lord of the hour

dominus hore

165

lord of the house

dominus domus

‫ § בעל הבית‬2.8:1,2,5; § 2.15:6; § 2.17:5; § 3.6:3 et passim

166

lord of the requested thing

dominus rei quesite

‫ § בעל הדבר‬8.1:4 ‫המבוקש‬

167

lord of the sign

dominus signi

‫ § בעל המזל‬2.11:1,2; § 9.1:6,8; § 9.3:4

168

lord of the triplicity

dominus triplicitatis

169

lot

sors

170

lot of rain

sors pluvie

171

lot of Saturn

sors Saturni

‫ § גורל שבתאי‬9.1:3

172

lot of science

sors scientie

‫ § גורל הדעת‬9.2:5

173

lot of the Moon

sors Lune

‫ § גורל הלבנה‬9.1:1,2

174

lots of the age or sortes seculi of the revolution seu revolutionis of the years of the annorum mundi world

175

lunations

lunationes

176

masculine

masculus/masculinus

‫ § מרחק‬2.8:4; § 9.2:2,4,5; § 10.5:9,11; § 10.7:1 ‫אורך‬/‫ § מרחק‬1.2:3; § 1.6:6; § 7.1:2

‫ § בעל‬9.3:4 ‫ § בעל היום‬4.2:10 ‫ § בעל הפנים‬2.8:4 § 4.2:10

‫ § בעל השלישות‬2.7:1; § 2.8:1; § 2.17:5,6; § 3.6:19 ‫ § גורל‬9.1:4 ‫ § גורל הגשם‬9.3:4

‫ § גורלות לעולם‬9.3:1

‫ § לבנות‬1.1:4 ‫ § זכר‬1.6:1,3,4,5; § 2.2:1; § 2.17:5; § 3.4:6; § 5.1:4

1168

appendix 6

No

English

Latin

Ṭeʿamim I

References in Rationes I

177

method

via

178

method about the viam super matters of the sermonibus revolutions revolutionum

179

method of calculating the aspects

Viam ad extrahendum aspectus

180

method of calculating the equations of the four houses

viam extrahendi quatuor domorum equationes

‫ § דרך להוציא‬10.5:1 ‫תקון הארבעה‬ ‫בתים‬

181

method of dividing the houses

via distinguendi domos

‫ § חלוק הבתים‬10.1:5

182

method of experience

via experientie

‫ § דרך הנסיון‬1.5:6

183

method of geometric demonstrations

via demonstrationum geometricarum

‫ § דרך החשבון‬2.6:3 ‫והמדות‬

184

method of reckoning

modus numerandi

‫ דרך החשבון‬3.2:2

185

method of proofs or demonstrations

via probationum seu demonstrationum

‫ § דרך הראיות‬2.12:13

186

method of the circle

via circuli

187

method of the images

via ymaginum

188

method of the number

via numeri

‫ § דרך‬2.12:8; § 3.2:10; § 4.2:10; § 4.5:5; § 4.6:4 et passim ‫ § דרך על‬10.5:20 ‫התקופות‬

‫ § דרך להוציא‬10.8:9 ‫המבטים‬

‫ § דרך העגול‬3.2:2

‫ § דרך הצורות‬2.12:14

‫ § דרך חשבון‬2.8:4; § 9.3:1

technical terms in rationes i

1169

No

English

Latin

Ṭeʿamim I

References in Rationes I

189

method of the scholars of experience

via sapientium experientie

‫ § דרך חכמי הנסיון‬2.12:15

190

middle years

anni medii

‫ § האמצעיות‬4.2:11; § 4.5:7; § 4.6:4; § 4.8:8

191

midheaven

medium celi

‫ § חצי שמים‬2.4:4; § 3.4:1,3,8; § 3.5:6,7,14; § 10.2:5 et passim

192

minute

minutum

193

mixed

temperatus

‫ § ממוסך‬1.5:4; § 2.2:20; § 2.13:2

194

mixture

temperamentum/ complexio

‫ § ממסך‬1.5:12; § 2.2:13; § 2.6:2

195

moist

humidus

196

moisture

humiditas/humidum

197

month

mens

198

native

natus

‫ § נולד‬3.6:1,11; § 4.5:5; § 5.2:6,7; § 9.1:6,7,8

199

nativity

nativitas

‫ § מולד‬1.5:14; § 2.8:6; § 2.15:4; § 4.7:1

‫ § חלק‬3.5:2; § 6.2:1; § 10.5–14 et passim

‫ § לח‬1.4:7; § 1.5:1,15; § 2.13:3; § 4.4:6; § 4.8:3; § 5.1:2 ‫לחות‬/‫ § לחה‬1.5:9; § 3.4:5; § 4.8:1,4;

‫ § חודש‬2.2:16

200 nature

natura

‫ § תולדת‬1.4:1,2,3,7; § 1.5:1,2,4, 6,7,9, 11, 15, 17 et passim

201

nocturnal

nocturnus

‫ § בלילה‬1.6:2

202 nocturnal ⟨sign⟩

nocturnum

203 nocturnal planets planete nocturne 204 novenaria

novenaria

‫ § מזלות הלילה‬2.13:1 ‫ § כוכבי הלילה‬1.6:4 ‫ § תשיעי‬2.10:1,2,3

1170 No

appendix 6 English

Latin

Ṭeʿamim I

References in Rationes I ‫ § מספר‬1.1:1,2,5,6; § 1.2:4; § 2.8:4; § 2.9:2 et passim

205 number

numerus

206 oblique orb

obliquus circulus

207

obliqua signa

‫ § מזלות מעוותים‬2.2:2; § 2.15:2; § 3.3:2

in augis opposito

‫ § מקום השפלות‬5.2:3,7 gloss at § 5.2:8 → 1,29

oblique signs

208 opposite of the apogee (perigee)

209 opposition aspect aspectus oppositus

gloss at § 5.2:8 → 3

‫ § מבט נכח‬1.3:11; § 2.6:3; § 2.16:11; § 3.2:2,12; § 3.3:3 et passim ‫ § רקיע‬4.8:6

210

orb

orbis

211

orb of the signs

orbis signorum

212

part (lot)

pars

213

part (lot) of royal power

pars regni

‫ § גורל המלוכה‬9.3:1

214

part (lot) of the ascendant

pars ascendentis

‫ § גורל המסעד‬9.2:3

215

part (lot) of the hidden things or of the hidden soul

pars secretorum sive celati animi

‫ § גורל התעלומה‬9.1:2

216

part (lot) of the Moon

pars Lune

‫ § גורל הלבנה‬9.1:1,2

217

part (lot) of the Sun

pars Solis

‫ § גורל‬2.5:2,3,4,5,9; § 9.1:2 ‫חלק‬/‫השמש‬ ‫השמש‬

218

part of the Moon

pars Lune

‫ § חלק הלבנה‬2.5:2,3,4,5,9

219

partner

particeps

220 place of burning

locus combustionis

‫ § גלגל המזלות‬1.3:1; § 2.12:8 ‫ § גורל‬9.1:2; § 9.2:1,2,4,6

‫ § שותף‬2.7:3; § 2.17:4,9; § 8.1:2 ‫ § מקום השריפה‬2.16:5

technical terms in rationes i Ṭeʿamim I

1171

No

English

Latin

References in Rationes I

221

place of humiliation (perigee)

locus humiliationis

‫ § מקום שפלות‬2.6:3

222

planet

planeta

/‫כוכב‬/‫ § משרת‬1.3:2–6; § 1.5:2; § 2.3:4; ‫ § כוכב משרת‬2.4:6; § 2.5:1, 2, 4,7,12; § 3.2:12 et passim

223

poles

poli

224

power of the virtus/fortitudo body (of a planet) corporis

225

proportion

proportio

226

quadrant

quarta

227

rays of the light

radii luminis

228

rays of the Sun

radii Solis

229

recompense

remuneratio

‫ § סדנים‬2.12:7 ‫ § כח גוף‬4.2:12; § 4.5:7

‫ § ערך‬2.5:9,12; § 3.2:10; § 4.1:2,3,4; § 9.1:1; § 9.3:2 ‫רביע‬/‫ § רביעית‬3.4:3,4,6; § 10.7:5,7; § 10.8:4–7 ‫ § ניצוץ אור‬5.2:1 ‫ § אור השמש‬2.16:4,5; § 4.2:12 ‫ § גמול‬7.3:2

redditus luminis

‫ § השבת אור‬7.3:2

231

revolution of the revolutio years of the world annorum mundi

‫ § תקופת העולם‬2.11:3

232

revolutions

revolutiones

233

right aspect

aspectus dexter

234

root

radix

235

ruler

presul

236

ruler of life

presul super vitam

230 reflecting the light

‫ § תקופות‬10.5:20 ‫ § מבט ימני‬10.4:7 ‫שרש‬/‫ § עקר‬2.4:4; § 3.1:1; § 3.2:10; § 3.6:16; § 4.2:1; § 4.5:5,6; § 9.2:2 ‫ § ממונה‬3.3:3; § 5.2:6,7 ‫ § ממונה על החיים‬9.2:2

1172

appendix 6

No

English

Latin

237

scholars of astrology

sapientes astrologie

‫ § חכמי המזלות‬1.3:10; § 2.4:1; § 10.2:6,7

238

scholars of the stars

sapientes astrorum

‫ § חכמי המזלות‬2.5:3; § 2.12:2; § 3.6:18; § 4.2:6,10; § 7.1:1

239

seconds

secunda

240 sense of touch

sensus tactus

241

shame (see fall)

vituperium

242

signs (zodiacal)

signa

243

small circle

circulus parvus

244

solar year

annus solaris

245

solitude

solitudo

246

soul

anima

247

sphaera recta

spera recta

248

star

stella

249

station

statio

Ṭeʿamim I

References in Rationes I

‫ § שניים‬1.1:6 ‫ § נפש מרגשת‬4.5:2 ‫ § קלון‬5.2:9 ‫ § מזלות‬1.2:1–5; § 2.1:1–5; § 2.2:1–2 et passim ‫ § גלגל קטן‬6.2:2; § 6.3:5; § 7.1:5 ‫ § שנת‬2.12:4,11 ‫השמש‬/‫החמה‬ ‫ § הילוך בדד‬7.3:2 ‫ § נשמה‬3.6:14; § 4.5:5,6; § 4.7:2; § 4.9:1 et passim ‫ § קו היושר‬2.4:4 ‫ § כוכב‬1.2:5; § 1.6:3; § 2.5:10,; § 2.7:2; § 2.16:9; § 3.3:3 et passim ‫ § מעמד‬5.2:8 ‫ § סמוכים‬3.5:5,8,10; § 3.6:10–12

250 succedent to the angles

succedentes angulis

251

superior orb

spera suprema

252

table of the country

tabula regionis

253

Tail

Cauda

‫ § הזנב‬2.16:9; § 5.3:1,2,3

254

taste

sapor

‫טעם‬/‫ § מטעם‬2.2:11; § 2.13:3,5; § 4.7:5

§ 5.2:8 → 30,31 ‫ § לוח הארץ‬10.5:3, 15; § 10.7:2, 5; § 10.8:3, 5, 6.

technical terms in rationes i No

English

Latin

Ṭeʿamim I

255

term

terminus

256

triangle

triangulus

‫ § משולש‬2.2:18;3.1:5–6

257

triplicity

triplicitas

‫ § שלישות‬1.4:6; § 2.7:1; § 2.8:1; § 2.10:1–4; § 2.17:1–8; § 2.18:1; § 3.6:19; § 4.5:4

258

tropical

tropicum

‫ § מתהפך‬2.2:1

259

two bodies

duorum esse corporum

1173

References in Rationes I ‫ § גבול‬2.5:4; § 2.9:1; § 4.2:11; § 4.3:2

‫ § שני גופות‬2.14:1

‫ § שתי צורות‬2.15:6

260 two figures

de duabus figuris

261

unequal hours (see crooked hours)

hore torte

‫ § שעות מעוותות‬10.5:3–16, § 10.7:5; § 10.8:3

262

unfortunate ⟨things⟩

infortunata

§ 5.2:8 → 7

263

upper sphere

spera superior

264

upper star

stella suprema

‫ § כוכב עליון‬1.5:17; § 2.18:3,4

265

upright circle

circulus rectus

‫ § גלגל היושר‬10.5:9; § 10.7:1

266 upright sign

signum rectum

267

upright sphere

spera recta

268

wandering star

stelle erratice

269

water

aqua

270

watery signs

signa aquea

271

well

puteus

272

whole hour

hora integra seu perfecta

‫ § גלגל העליון‬1.3:1

‫ § מזל ישר‬2.15:1; § 3.3:2 ‫ § גלגל היושר‬10.8:3 ‫ § משרתים‬1.2:12 ‫ § מים‬2.16:15 ‫ § מזלות המים‬2.13:8; § 2.16:15 ‫ § בורות‬2.12:14 ‫ § שעה שלמה‬10.7:4

1174

appendix 6

No

English

Latin

273

year

annus

274

zodiac

zodiacus

Ṭeʿamim I

References in Rationes I ‫ § שנה‬1.1:4; § 1.2:3; § 1.3:7; § 1.5:2; § 2.1:2–6 et passim

‫ § גלגל המזלות‬2.12:7; § 5.3:3

APPENDIX 7

NAMES OF PERSONS, AUTHORS, AND SOURCES IN RATIONES I AND THEIR COUNTERPARTS IN ṬEʿAMIM I No

Rationes I

English

1

Abracaz

Hipparchus

‫ § אברכס‬2.12:4 = Abracas (Hipparchus)

2

Abracham

Abraham (Ibn Ezra)

‫ אברהם‬incipit; § 1.5:5; § 3.2:1 = Abraham (Ibn Ezra)

3

Abraham Dux

Abraham, the Prince (Abraham Bar Ḥiyya)

4

Abraham magister noster

Abraham, our master

5

Actor

Author (Ibn Ezra)

gloss at § 5.2:8 → 30; gloss at § 6.3:5, gloss at § 10.9:2 → 1

6

Albumasar

Abū Maʿshar

gloss at § 1.4:4; gloss at § 1.4:7; gloss at 2.2:19

7

Albumasar

Abū Maʿshar

8

Alpetragius

al-Biṭrūjī

9

Andruzegar filii Andruzagar, Zadi Paruch Iudei the son of Zadi Paruch, the Jew

10

Antiqui

Ancients

Ṭeʿamim I References in Rationes I

gloss at § 10.9:4 → 2

‫ § רבינו אברהם‬3.6:1; § 4.1:1; § 10.1:1 = our Rabbi, Abraham

‫ § אבו מעשר‬2.2:17; § 4.5:1; § 4.8:8 gloss at § 5.2:8 → 4 ‫ § אנדרוזגר בן‬3.6:19 ‫זאדי פרוך‬ ‫היהודי‬ ‫ § קדמונים‬1.2:6; § 1.3:5; § 2.12:7,9; § 2.13:8; § 2.17:9; § 2.18:1,3; § 3.5:1; § 3.6:3,4,19; § 4.2:12; § 4.7:1,3; § 10.1:1

1176

appendix 7

No

Rationes I

English

Ṭeʿamim I References in Rationes I

11

arismetici

arithmeticians

12

Aristoteles

Aristotle

13

Aristoteles

Aristotle

gloss at § 5.2:8 → 15

14

astrologi

astrologers

gloss at § 5.2:8 → 3,4,5,14,16,17,26,28

15

astrologie sapientes

scholars of astrology

‫ § חכמי המזלות‬1.3:10; § 2.4:2; § 10.2:6; = scholars of § 10.2:7 the zodiacal signs

16

astrologus

astrologer

‫ § בעל המזלות‬2.12:14 = expert in the zodiacal signs

17

Baalim

Baalim (Vettius Valens)

‫ § בעלי חכמת‬3.2:11; § 4.1:2 ‫הערכים‬ = experts in the science of proportions ‫ § אריסטוטליס‬1.5:7; § 4.5:2; § 4.7:3

‫ § ואליס‬3.6:13 = Walis (Vettius Valens) ‫ § בבליים‬3.6:13; § 4.3:2

18

Babylonii

Babylonians

19

de Anima

⟨Book⟩ on the Soul (Aristotle)

gloss at § 5.2:8 → 26

20

dogma Platonis

doctrine of Plato

gloss at § 5.2:8 → 7

21

domini iudiciorum

masters of judgments

22

Doronius

Doronius (Dorotheus)

23

Doronius rex

King Doronius

‫ § בעלי הדינין‬1.3:10 = experts in judgments ‫ § דורוניוס‬3.6:13; § 6.2:4; § 9.1:2

‫ § דורוניוס המלך‬2.18:2

names of persons, authors, and sources in rationes i

1177

No

Rationes I

English

Ṭeʿamim I References in Rationes I

24

Ego, Abracham compilator

I, Abraham the compiler

‫ § אני אברהם‬1.5:5 ‫המחבר‬ = I, Abraham the author

25

Egyptii sapientes

Egyptian scholars

‫ § חכמי מצרים‬2.3:3; § 2.8:1; § 4.2:11 = scholars of Egypt

26

Emdemina

Ibn Abi Damina

27

Enoch

Enoch

‫ § חנוך‬9.3:4; § 10.1:2

28

Enoch sive/qui est Hermes

Enoch or/who is Hermes

‫ § חנוך‬2.16:8; § 3.6:13; § 4.4:2; § 10.1:2

29

era Hebreorum

era of the Hebrews

§ 1.2:3

30

Ethica

Ethics (Aristotle)

gloss at § 5.2:8 → 12,18,19

31

finis libri

end of the book (Ṭeʿamim I; Ibn Ezra)

32

Hebrei

Hebrews

33

Hermes

Hermes

34

hic liber

this book (Ṭeʿamim I; Ibn Ezra)

‫ § זה הספר‬1.3:9

35

huius magisterii sapientes

scholars of this art

‫ § חכמי זאת‬3.4:8 ‫האומנות‬

36

Hynricus de Malinis, dictus Bate

Henry of Malines, called Bate

37

Iacob Alkindi

Yaʿqub al-Kindī

38

Indi

Indians

‫ § אבן אבי דמינה‬4.1:5

‫ § סוף הספר‬1.2:3

§ 12.12:14 ‫ § חנוך‬1.2:3; § 2.4:3; § 2.5:1

explicit

‫ § יעקב אלכנדי‬1.4:2; § 2.13:9; § 3.1:2; § 10.1:5 gloss at § 2.2:19

1178

appendix 7

No

Rationes I

English

39

Indi

Indians

40

Introductorius

Introduction (Abū Maʿshar)

gloss at § 2.2:19

41

Introductorius Abrache

Introduction by Abraham (Reshit Ḥokhmah; Ibn Ezra)

incipit

42

Introductorius Abrahe Ducis

Introduction by Abraham, the Prince (Abraham Bar Ḥiyya)

gloss at § 10.9:4 → 2

43

Liber

Book (Master Abraham, called the Prince)

‫ § ספרו (ר׳‬10.3:6 )‫אברהם הנשיא‬ = his book (by Abraham Bar Ḥiyya)

44

Liber Longitudinum

Book of Longitudes (Hermes)

‫ § ספר הארך‬1.2:3 = Book of longitude

45

Liber .4. Partium

Book of Four Parts (Tetrabiblos by Ptolemy)

‫ § ספר הארבעה‬1.5:1 ‫שערים‬ = Book of Four Chapters

46

Liber Albumazar

Book by Abū Maʿshar

47

Liber Andruzegar Book by filii Zadi Paruch Andruzagar Iudei the son of Zadi Paruch, the Jew

‫ § ספר אנדרוזגר‬3.6:19 ‫בן זאדי פרוך‬ ‫היהודי‬

48

Liber Aristotilis de Anima

‫ § ספר הנפש‬4.5:2 ‫לאריסטוטליס‬

Book on the Soul by Aristotle

Ṭeʿamim I References in Rationes I ‫ § אנשי הודו‬2.8:2; § 2.12:8; § 2.16:9 = people of India

‫ § ספר אבו מעשר‬2.2:17

names of persons, authors, and sources in rationes i No

Rationes I

English

49

Liber Causarum seu Rationum

Book of Causes and Reasons (Ṭeʿamim I; Ibn Ezra)

‫ ספר הטעמים‬incipit

50

Liber Coniunctionum

Book of Conjunctions (Sefer ha-ʿOlam by Ibn Ezra)

‫ § ספר המחברות‬2.4:5

51

Liber Nativitatum Book of Nativities (Moladot by Ibn Ezra)

52

Liber Quadripartitus

Book of Four ‫ § ספר הארבעה‬10.1:3 Parts (Tetrabiblos; ‫שערים‬ Ptolemy) = Book of Four Chapters

53

Liber Rationum

Book of Reasons (Ṭeʿamim I by Ibn Ezra)

‫ ספר הטעמים‬incipit, explicit

54

Liber Seculi sive Revolutionum Mundi

Book of the Age or of the Revolutions of the World (ʿOlam I by Ibn Ezra)

‫ § ספר העולם‬6.3:6; § 10.9:4

55

Libri Antiquorum Books of the Ancients

56

Libri Doronii

Books by Doronius

57

Libri Indorum Antiquorum necnon Egyptorum

Books of the Ancient Indians and also of the Egyptians

1179

Ṭeʿamim I References in Rationes I

‫ § ספר המולדות‬8.1:9; § 10.5:20

‫ § ספרי הקדמונים‬3.1:1; § 3.5:1; § 3.6:19

‫ § ספר דורוניוס‬6.2:4; § 9.1:2

‫ § נסיחה קדמונית‬2.9:1 = ancient text

1180

appendix 7

No

Rationes I

English

Ṭeʿamim I References in Rationes I

58

Libri Iudiciorum

Books of Judgments (Ibn Ezra)

‫ § ספר המולדות‬1.5:5 Book of Nativities (Moladot I by Ibn Ezra)

59

Libri sapientium astrologie

Books of the scholars of astrology

‫ § ספרי חכמי‬2.4:2 ‫המזלות‬ Books of the scholars of the zodiacal signs

60

Magister Master Abraham, ‫ § ר׳ אברהם‬10.3:6 Abraham vocatus called the Prince ‫הנשיא‬ Princeps (Abraham Bar Rabbi Ḥiyya) Abraham ha-Naśiʾ

61

magister noster Abracham vocatus Princeps

our master Abraham, called the Prince (Abraham Bar Ḥiyya)

‫ § רבינו אברהם‬3.4:8 = our Rabbi Abraham (Abraham Ibn Ezra)

62

magistri instrumentorum seu astrolabii

masters of the instruments or of the astrolabe

‫ § בעלי כלי‬3.4:9 ‫הנחשת‬ = experts on the astrolabe

63

Maior Introductorius

Great Introduction (Abū Maʿshar)

64

Messehallah

Māshāʾallāh

65

Messheallah Indus

Māshāʾallāh the Indian

66

Perse

Persians

67

philosophantes

philosophers

gloss at § 2.4:4

‫ § משאללה‬3.5:7; § 10.1:5 ‫ § משאללה שהיה‬2.18:2 ‫מארץ הודו‬ = Māshāʾallāh who was from India ‫ § פרסיים‬4.3:2 gloss at § 5.2:8 → 7

names of persons, authors, and sources in rationes i No

Rationes I

English

68

philosophi

philosophers

gloss at § 5.2:8 → 17

69

Philosophus

The Philosopher (Aristotle)

gloss at § 5.2:8 → 3,6,8,12,17,21,24,26,27

70

Plato

Plato

gloss at § 5.2:8 → 7,11

71

Politica

Politics (Aristotle)

gloss at § 5.2:8 → 8,25

72

Princeps

Prince (Abraham Bar Ḥiyya)

73

principia philosophie

principles of philosophy

gloss at § 5.2:8 → 15,29

74

principia philosophie Aristotelis

principles of philosophy of Aristotle

gloss at § 5.2:8 → 15

75

Ptolomeus

Ptolemy

76

Ptolomeus et sui sequentes

Ptolemy and his followers

77

quidam

certain people

1181

Ṭeʿamim I References in Rationes I

‫ § הנשיא‬10.4:3 = ha-Naśiʾ

‫ § בטלמיוס‬1.2:3,5; § 1.5:1,5; § 2.2:3,19; § 2.5:12; § 2.9:1; § 2.12:9,13; § 2.13:8; § 2.15:4; § 2.16:3,9; § 2.18:1,2; § 3.5:7; § 3.6:4; § 4.1:2; § 4.2:8; § 5.2:3,4; § 5.3:3; § 6.2:3; § 7.1:1; § 7.2:2; § 8.1:6; § 9.1:1,2; § 9.3:1; § 10.1:3; § 10.9:1 ‫ § בטלמיוס‬2.12:13 ‫וחביריו‬ = Ptolemy and his companions ‫ § רבים‬3.6:13 = many

78

sapientes

scholars

‫ § חכמים‬1.3:8; § 2.10:1; § 2.12:11; § 9.1:5; § 10.1:4

1182

appendix 7

No

Rationes I

English

Ṭeʿamim I References in Rationes I

79

sapientes astrorum

scholars of the stars

80

sapientes experientie

scholars of experience

81

sapientes in geometria

scholars of geometry

‫ § בעלי המדות‬3.1:3 = experts in measures

82

sapientes Indorum

scholars of the Indians

‫ § חכמי הודו‬2.2:3; § 2.6:2; = scholars of § 2.12:6,11,13; India § 2.16:2,4,10,12; § 4.2:11; § 4.5:7; § 4.6:4; § 5.2:3; § 5.3:5; § 6.2:3; § 8.1:7; § 10.9:1;

83

sapientes instrumentorum et astrolabii

scholars of the instruments and of the astrolabe

‫ § חכמי כלי‬10.2:6 ‫הנחושת‬ = scholars of the astrolabe

84

sapientes moderni

modern scholars

‫ § חכמי דורנו‬10.1:1 = scholars of our generation

85

sapientes Persarum

Persian scholars

‫ § חכמי פרס‬4.2:11; § 8.1:5; § 9.3:1; = scholars of § 10.9:1 Persia

86

sapientes scholars of the ‫ § חכמי ישמעאל‬2.12:5; § 3.6:19 Sarracenorum seu Saracens or of the = scholars of Arabum Arabs Ishmael

87

scientia arismeticorum

science of the arithmeticians

‫ § חכמת הערכים‬4.1:2 = science of proportions

88

tabula recti circuli

table of the upright circle

‫ § לוח גלגל היושר‬10.5:13; § 10.7:1; § 10.8:7 = table of the circle of straightness

‫ § חכמי המזלות‬2.5:3; § 2.12:2; § 3.6:18; = scholars of § 4.2:6,10; § 7.1:1 the zodiacal signs ‫ § חכמי הנסיון‬2.5:5; § 2.12:14,15

names of persons, authors, and sources in rationes i No

Rationes I

English

89

tabula regionis/terre

table of the country/region

90

tabule sapientium experientie

tables of the scholars of experience

91

Tractatus astrolabii

Treatise of the astrolabe

92

Translator

the Translator (Herny Bate)

1183

Ṭeʿamim I References in Rationes I ‫ § לוח הארץ‬10.5:3,11,15; § 10.7:2,5; = table of the § 10.8:2,3,5,6 country ‫ § לוחות חכמי‬2.12:14 ‫הנסיון‬

‫ § ספר כלי‬10.5:19 ‫הנחושת‬ = Book of the astrolabe — gloss at § 1.4:3; gloss at § 1.4:7; gloss at § 5.2:8; gloss at § 6.3:5; gloss at 10.7:5; gloss at § 10.9:4

APPENDIX 8

TECHNICAL TERMS IN RATIONES II AND THEIR COUNTERPARTS IN ṬEʿAMIM II No

English

Latin

Ṭeʿamim II

References in Rationes II

1

active quality

qualitas activa

2

air

aer

3

airy nature

natura aeris

‫ § תולדת האוויר‬2.8:10

4

airy signs

signa aerea

‫ § מזלות האוויר‬2.3:22; § 2.4:4

5

al-fardār

alfardar

6

al-haylāj

hisleg

‫ § הילאג׳‬6.2:5

7

al-mubtazz

almutaz

‫ § הפקיד‬2.4:20

8

angle

angulus

9

angle of the Earth angulus terre

10

apogee

aux

11

arc

arcus

12

arc of sight

arcus visionis

13

ascendant ascendens (degree and sign)

‫ § תולדת פועלת‬4.7:8 ‫ § אויר‬2.1:7; § 2.1:9; § 2.3:3; § 2.4:12; § 2.5:4; § 2.8:10; § 4.5:10 and passim

‫ § אלפרדאר‬5.2:16; § 5.3:13; § 5.6:7; § 5.8:3; § 6.6:1

‫ § יתד‬2.2:1; § 3.1:6,11,12; § 3.2:5; § 4.5:3; § 4.11:3; § 6.1:3,4; § 6.2:3,9; § 6.5:1; § 8.7:11 ‫ § יתד הארץ‬3.1:6 ‫ § יתד השפל‬2.21 ‫ § (מקום) גבהות‬1.3:1; § 4.4:2–3; § 5.2:6; § 5.3:4 ‫ § קשת‬4.6:3,4,6 ‫ § קשת המראה‬2.7:4 ‫ מזל‬/‫ § הצומחת‬2.1:5; § 2.4:2.9,13; § 3.1:2– ‫ מעלה‬/‫ צומח‬7; § 3.2:4; § 3.3:5; § 4.11:3–5; ‫מזל‬/‫ § צומחת‬7.1:3 et passim ‫עולה‬

technical terms in rationes ii No

English

Latin

Ṭeʿamim II

14

ascendant degree gradus ascendens ‫ § המעלה הצומחת‬3.1:2,3,7; § 4.11:3,4,5; § 6.2:1,11

15

ascending half of the circle

medietas circuli ascendente

16

ascensions

ascensiones

17

aspect

aspectus

18

aspect of complete friendship

aspectus perfecte amicitie

‫ § מבט אהבה‬2.1:10; § 2.5:6; § 4.7:4 ‫גמורה‬

19

aspect of discord

aspectus discordie

‫ § מבט מריבה‬2.5:7; § 2.6:2

20

aspect of enmity

aspectus inimicitie

21

aspect of friendship

aspectus amicitie

22

aspect of half friendship

aspectus dimidie amicitie

23

aspect of opposition

aspectus oppositus

24

aspect of quartile aspectus quartus

25

aspect of sextile

aspectus sextilis

‫ § מבט ששית‬4.6:3; § 4.7:7; § 4.8:1

26

aspect of trine

aspectus trinus

‫ § מבט שלישית‬2.5:6; § 4.6:2; § 4.7:6; § 4.8:2

27

azemena

azemena

28

bad

malus

29

banilus

banilus

1185

References in Rationes II

‫ § בחצי גלגל‬5.4:14 ‫העולה‬ § 2.3:5,8; § 4.9:3 ‫ § מבט‬2.1:10,12; § 2.4:11; § 2.5:8; § 3.2:6 et passim

‫ § מבט איבה‬4.7:5

‫ § מבט אהבה‬3.2:1

‫ § מבט חצי אהבה‬2.1:10; § 2.5:6; § 4.2:3; § 4.3:2; § 4.7:4 ‫ § מבט נכח‬2.6:2; § 3.1:10

‫ § מבט רביעית‬4.6:5; § 4.7:7,8; § 4.8:2,3

‫ § מומים‬2.3:17 ‫ § רע‬2.4:11; § 4.11:5; § 5.7:2,6; § 5.8:2 et passim ‫ § ממונה‬7.2:23

1186

appendix 8

No

English

Latin

Ṭeʿamim II

References in Rationes II

30

benefic

beneficus

31

black bile

melancolia

32

burned

combustus

33

burnt path

via combusta

34

cadent (from the angles)

cadentes

35

center

centrum

36

changeable planet

planeta mutabilis

‫ § כוכב מתהפך‬7.2:18

37

changeable degrees

gradus mutabiles

‫ § מעוותות‬8.6:3

38

changeable signs

mobilia signa

39

chord

corda

40

circle

circulus

41

circle of the signs circulus signorum

42

circles of the planets

circuli planetarum

43

circumference

circumferentia

44

cold (adj.)

frigidus

‫ § קר‬2.1:3,4,8,11,12,13; § 2.3:1,16; § 2.6:1; § 2.8:4,10; § 5.1:7; § 5.2:3,6; § 5.3:1,6,11,15,19,20; § 7.1:2

45

cold (noun)

frigiditas

‫ § קור‬2.1:7; § 2.3:2; § 5.2:19; § 5.3:2,6; § 5.6:4; § 8.7:8

‫ § טוב‬2.5:6 ‫ § מרה שחורה‬2.4:5; § 5.3:1,6,17; § 7.2:20 ‫ § נשרף‬4.3:2 ‫ § דרך החושך‬2.7:5 ‫ § נופלים‬3.1:12; § 3.2:1; § 4.11:5; § 6.2:7,10; § 6.6:1 ‫ § הנקודה‬4.3:1 ‫האמצעית‬

‫ § המתהפכים‬2.3:1, § 2.9:9 ‫ § יתר‬4.6:3,4 ‫ה‬/‫עגול‬/‫ § גלגל‬1.3:3; § 2.1:2,5,6; § 2.2:1; § 2.7:10; § 2.9:4; § 2.12:2; § 4.6:1,2,6 et passim ‫ § גלגל‬1.2:5; § 4.4:1,2; § 4.5:3; ‫אפודת‬/‫ § המזלות‬6.9:3; § 8.7:7,10 ‫הגלגל‬ ‫ § גלגלי כוכבים‬1.2:5

‫ § קו הסובב‬4.6:1,2,3

technical terms in rationes ii Ṭeʿamim II

1187

No

English

Latin

References in Rationes II

46

complexion

complexio

‫ § ממסך‬2.7:4; § 8.7:3,7,8; § 8.7:8

47

complexion (nature)

complexio

‫ § תולדת‬2.7:4

48

composite (bodies)

composita

‫ § מורכבים‬2.1:1

49

conjoined

coniungitur

50

conjunction

coniunctio

‫ § מחברת‬2.4:10; § 2.5:1; § 2.7:3; § 3.3:6; § 4.3:11 et passim

51

crooked hours

hora torta

‫ § מעוותת‬5.1:12; § 6.7:2; § 8.2:5,6,7

52

defects

orbationes

53

deferent circle

circulus deferens

‫ § גלגל המוצק‬2.5:1

54

degree of the ascensions

gradus ascensionum

‫ § מעלות גלגל‬2.3:8 ‫המזלות‬

55

degrees

gradus

56

degrees of the ascendant

gradus ascendentis

57

degrees of the nativity

gradus nativitatis

58

degrees of the table of the country

gradus tabule regionis

59

descendant degree

gradus accidens

60

diameter

dyameter

61

direct

directus

‫ § ישר‬5.4:14

62

direct (verb)

dirige

‫ § לנהג‬6.2:11; § 8.5:6; § 8.6:2

‫נחבר‬/‫ § מתחבר‬1.2:3; § 2.5:1; § 2.7:3; § 5.1:9,11; § 6.3:2

‫ § מומים‬2.3:17; § 2.4:2

‫ § מעלות‬1.2:4; § 1.3:3; § 2.3:5,8; § 2.7:4–8 et passim ‫ § המעלה הצומחת‬2.4:13; § 6.2:1,9; § 6.5:3,5;

‫ § מעלות המולד‬6.1:1

‫ § מעלת לוח הארץ‬4.8:2; § 6.5:5; § 8.5:4;

‫ § המעלה‬3.1:5,7 ‫השוקעת‬ ‫ § אלכסון‬4.3:1; § 4.6:1,2; § 4.8:3

1188

appendix 8

No

English

Latin

Ṭeʿamim II

References in Rationes II

63

direct circle

directus circulus

64

direct in its course

directus in cursu suo

65

diseases

egritudines

66

disposition (nature)

dispositio

‫ § תולדת‬2.3:3,4;

67

distance

distantia

‫ § מרחק‬1.3:1; § 6.1:2; § 7.2:18; § 8.1:1

68

diurnal planet

planeta diurnus

69

dry

siccus

70

dryness

siccitas

71

duodenaria

duodenaria

72

Earth

Terra

‫ § הארץ‬1.2:1; § 2.4:6; § 3.1:6,8; § 3.2:3 et passim

73

earth

terra

‫ § ארץ‬2.1:9; § 2.3:22; § 5.3:9; § 7.2:13

74

earthy signs

terrea signa

75

earthy triplicity

triplicitas terre

76

eccentric circle

circulus eccentricus

77

elevation

elevatio

78

equal degrees

gradus equalis

79

equal hours

‫שעות ישרות‬

80

equate (correct)

equare

‫ § הגלגל הי ֹשר‬1.2:7; § 6.5:2,4 ‫ § ישר בהליכתו‬4.1:1

‫ § תחלואים‬2.4:1,2; § 3.3:6; § 4.12:3; § 5.3:6 et passim

‫ § כוכבי היום‬2.8:8; § 5.3:21; § 7.2:17 ‫ § יבש‬2.1:14; § 2.2:7; § 2.4:19; § 2.5:4 et passim ‫יבושת‬/‫ § יבשות‬2.1:4,12; § 2.3:2; § 5.3:21; § 5.5:8 ‫ § שנים העשר‬2.9:7

‫ § מזלות העפר‬2.3:33 ‫ § שלישות העפר‬2.8:5 ‫ § גלגל המוצק‬2.5:1; § 4.4:1; § 4.4:3; § 5.2:6; § 5.3:4 ‫ § גבהות‬3.1:5; § 6.1:4; ‫ § מעלות ישרות‬8.5:1; § 8.6:3 ‫ § שעות ישרות‬2.3:21; § 8.2:3,5,6,7 ‫ § לתקן‬6.1:4

technical terms in rationes ii Ṭeʿamim II

1189

No

English

Latin

References in Rationes II

81

evil

malum

82

exaltation (see honor)

exaltatio

‫ §§ כבוד‬2.7:1,4,9; § 8.7:6

83

experience

experientia

‫ § נסיון‬2.3:17,19; § 2.5:3; § 4.3:9; § 5.2:22; § 5.5:13

84

faces

facies

‫ § פנים‬2.9:4

85

fall (dejection)

casus

86

feminine (planet) feminina

87

feminine quadrant

quarta feminina

‫ § מזל נקבה‬5.4:14; § 6.2:3; § 6.2:3,6,7

88

feminine sign

signum femininum

‫ § מזל נקבה‬2.3:16; § 6.2:4

89

fiery nature

natura ignis

‫ § תולדת האש‬2.3:22

90

fiery signs

signa ignea

‫ § מזלות האש‬2.1:1; § 2.3:22,23

91

fifth nature

quinta natura

92

fire

ignis

93

fixed (signs)

fixa

94

four elements

quatuor elementi

‫ § מוסדים‬2.1:1 ‫הארבעה‬

95

four natures or qualities

quatuor naturas seu qualitates

‫ § הארבעה‬8.7:8 ‫תולדות‬

96

fractions

fractiones

97

good

bonum

98

good fortune

bona fortuna

‫רעה‬/‫ § רע‬2.7:10; § 2.4:11; § 5.7:2; § 5.9:3 et passim

‫שפלות‬/‫ § קלון‬2.4:10; § 2.7:2,5; § 5.5:5 ‫ § נקבה‬5.2:3; § 5.6:1; § 6.2:6,8

‫ § תולדת חמישית‬2.1:1 ‫ § אש‬2.2:18,22; § 7.2:26 ‫ § עומדים‬2.3:3

‫ § שבר‬1.3:3 ‫ § טוב‬2.7:10; § 5.4:1; § 5.8:1; § 5.9:1,3; § 6.5:1; § 6.9:3; § 7.1:4; § 7.2:28 ‫ § מזל טוב‬4.12:5; § 5.1:2

1190

appendix 8

No

English

Latin

99

good planet

planeta bonus

‫ § טוב‬2.8:4; § 2.5:4; § 5.7:2; § 5.8:1; § 5.9:2; § 7.2:28

100

good star

stella bona

‫ § טוב‬5.4:2; § 5.6:1; § 6.4:2; § 7.1:10

101

great years

anni magni

‫ § שנים גדולות‬2.9:3; § 5.1:10,13; § 5.2:14–16 et passim

102

greatest years

anni maximi

‫ § שנים עצומות‬5.1:11; § 5.4:12

103

habitable ⟨part of the Earth⟩ (ecumene)

habitabilis/habitatio

‫ § הישוב‬2.1:7; § 2.3:5,8,21; § 2.5:3; § 2.7:11; § 4.4:1; § 5.8:1

104

Head

Caput

‫ § הראש‬2.7:11,14; § 5.8:1,3; § 5.9:3,4

105

Head of the Dragon

Caput Draconis

106

Head of the Dragon and its Tail

Caput Draconis et Cauda

107

heat

caliditas/calor

108

honor (see exaltation)

honor

109

hot

calidus

‫ § חם‬2.1:3,4,11,13,14; § 2.3:1,11; § 2.4:12; § 2.5:4 et passim

110

house (horoscopic)

domus

‫ § בית‬2.4:13; § 3.1:1–12; § 3.2:1–7 et passim

111

house (planetary) domus

‫ § בית‬2.3:7,12,16; § 2.4:1,2,5,8,10,17 et passim

112

house of hate (detriment)

domus odii

Ṭeʿamim II

References in Rationes II

‫ § ראש התלי‬2.7:9; § 5.7:9,10; § 5.8:1; § 5.9:5 ‫תנין‬/‫ § ראש התלי‬2.7:10,13; § 5.9:5 ‫והזנב‬

‫ § חום‬2.1:2,3,7; § 2.3:2; § 5.1:4,14; § 5.2:4,5,6; § 5.3:2,21 et passim ‫ § כבוד‬2.4:10; § 2.7:1,2,4,6,7,8; § 2.8:5,11; § 4.9:1; § 7.2:27,28; § 8.7:7

‫ § בית רעה‬2.4:10

technical terms in rationes ii No

English

Latin

Ṭeʿamim II

113

house of the end

domum finis

114

images

ymagines

115

intersection

coniunctio

‫ § מחברת‬2.7:10; § 8.7:5

116

intersects

coniungere

‫ § מתחבר‬1.2:6; § 4.9:4

117

joys

gaudia

118

judgments

iudicia

119

judgments of iudicia seculi seu the age or of the revolutionum revolutions of the annorum mundi years of the world

120

judgments of the stars

iudicia astrorum

121

kadḍudhah

alkocoden

122

larger part (of the pars maior Sun)

123

latitude

latitudo

124

latitude of the country

latitudo terre

‫ § מרחב הארץ‬6.5:1;

125

least years

anni parvi

‫ § שנים קטנות‬5.1:9,10; § 5.2.13,14; § 5.3:13 et passim

126

light (of the planet)

lumen

127

line of equality

linea equalitatis

1191

References in Rationes II

‫ § בית הסוף‬6.4:3; § 8.5:1,6 ‫ § צורות‬1.2:4; § 2.1:11; § 2.3:9,10,20; § 2.4:14; § 2.6:7; § 8.3:2; § 8.7:6

‫ § שמחה‬4.12:1–6 ‫דינין‬/‫ § משפטים‬2.3:10; § 4.9:2; § 5.4:9 ‫ § משפטי העולם‬2.9:7

‫ § משפטי המזלות‬1.3:2

‫ § כדכדאה‬6.2:5 ‫ § החלק הגדול‬2.3:6; § 8.1:4

/‫מרחק‬/‫ § מרחב‬2.7:12; § 4.3:10,11; § 4.3:5; ‫ § רחב‬4.4:1; § 4.5:3; § 4.8:2; § 5.1:15; § 5.4:9; § 5.4:9; § 6.5:1; § 8.7:10

‫ § אור‬4.2:1

‫ § קו הצדק‬2.2:5

1192

appendix 8

No

English

Latin

Ṭeʿamim II

References in Rationes II

128

line of the circle of the signs

linea circuli signorum

129

line of the signs

linea signorum

130

long signs

signa longa

131

longitude

longitudo

132

lord

dominus

133

lord of the ascending sign

dominus signi ascendentis

‫ § בעל המזל‬2.4:2 ‫הצומח‬

134

lord of the day

dominus diei

‫ § בעל היום‬5.1:12

135

lord of the diseases and the defects

dominus egritudinum seu orbationum

136

lord of the hour

dominus hore

137

lots

sortes

138

masculine (planet)

masculus

139

masculine house

domus masculina

140

masculine quadrant

quarta masculina

141

masculine sign

signum masculinum

142

masters of the images

domini ymaginum

‫ § בעלי הצורות‬5.6:4

143

mean motion

motus medius

‫ § מהלך אמצעי‬5.1:9,11; § 8.5:2

‫ § קו גלגל המזלות‬4.4:1; § 4.5:3; § 8.7:10

‫ § קו המזלות‬1.2:7 ‫ § ארוכים‬2.3:5 /‫מרחק‬/‫ § אורך‬4.3:11; § 6.5:1; § 7.1:1 ‫רחוק‬ ‫ § בעל‬2.4:2; § 2.4:18; § 2.8:1,3,5,7,8; § 2.9:4 et passim

‫ § בעל מום וחסרון‬2.4:2

‫ § בעל השעה‬6.7:2,3; § 8.2:7; § 8.4:1 ‫ § גורלות‬7.1:3 ‫ § זכר‬5.1:4; § 5.3:21; § 5.5:4; § 6.2:6 ‫ § בית זכר‬2.3:16 ‫ § רביעי זכר‬5.4:14; § 6.2:36,8

‫ § מזל זכר‬2.3:11; § 6.2:8

technical terms in rationes ii Ṭeʿamim II

1193

No

English

Latin

References in Rationes II

144

middle years

medii anni

145

midheaven

medius celi

146

minute

minutus

‫ § חלק‬4.3:1; § 5.4:12; § 6.1:2,4; § 6.3:1–4 et passim

147

moist

humidus

‫ § לח‬2.1:13; § 2.4:12; § 4.7:7; § 5.2:6 et passim

148

moisture

humiditas

‫ § לחה‬2.1:14; § 2.3:2; § 2.4:18; § 5.1:14; § 5.2:4 et passim

149

month

mens

‫ § חודש‬6.4:2; § 6.5:2; § 8.2:1,2,8,10

150

native

natus

‫ § נולד‬2.1:5; § 2.4:2,12,20; § 3.1:2 et passim

151

nativity

nativitas

‫ § מולד‬2.1:5; § 2.5:10; § 2.6:7; § 5.4:5 et passim

152

nature

natura

153

nocturnal planet

nocturnus planeta

154

novenaria

novenaria

155

number

numerus

156

oblique (signs)

obliqua

157

part (lot)

pars

‫ § גורל‬7.1:1,3,4,5; § 7.2:3; § 7.3:3

158

part ⟨of the horizon⟩

pars

‫ § פאה‬2.2:1,4,5; § 2.3:8; § 2.5:10; § 3.1:5; § 4.3:11; § 4.4:1; § 4.5:3; § 5.8:1

‫ § שנים אמצעיות‬5.1:10; § 5.2:14; § 5.3:13; § 5.4:12; § 5.5:12; § 5.6:7; § 5.7:9 ‫ § חצי שמים‬2.2:1; § 3.1:3,6; § 3.3:3

‫ § תולדת‬1.3:2; § 2.1:1,7,8,10,11; § 2.2:2,7; § 2.3:3,22 et passim ‫ § כוכבי הלילה‬2.8:9; § 7.2:17

‫ § תשיעי‬2.9:9 ‫חשבו‬/‫ § מספר‬1.3:3; § 2.5:3; § 2.9:3; § 3.1:5; § 4.9:3; § 4.7:1; § 5.5:6; § 8.4:3,4 et passim ‫ § המעוותים‬2.3:21

1194

appendix 8

No

English

Latin

Ṭeʿamim II

References in Rationes II

159

part of brothers

pars fratrum

160

part of diseases

pars egritudinum

161

part of fortune

pars fortune

162

part of friends

pars amicorum

163

part of gathering

pars recollectionis

164

part of grace and acceptability

pars gratie et acceptabilitatis

165

part of honor

pars honoris seu exaltationis et dignitatis

‫ § גורל הכבוד‬7.2.27

166

part of incest or violent sexual intercourse, or of trickery and deceit

pars incestus seu violenti coitus, aut ingenii et fallacie

‫ § גורל הזנות‬7.2.21

167

part of journeys

pars itinerum

‫ § גורל הדרך‬7.2.24

168

part of Jupiter

pars Iovis

169

part of life

pars vite

‫ § גורל החיים‬7.2:1

170

part of male children

pars filiorum masculinorum

‫ § גורל הבנים‬7.2.15 ‫הזכרים‬

171

part of males

pars masculorum

‫ § גורל הזכרים‬7.2.22

172

part of Mars

pars Martis

‫ § גורל מאדים‬7.1:9

173

part of merchandises

pars mercature

174

part of Mercury

pars Mercurii

‫ § גורל האחים‬7.2.8 ‫ § גורל התחלואים‬7.2.16 ‫ § גורל הטוב‬6.2:1,10; § 7.1:5,7,9 ‫ § גורל האוהבים‬7.2.30 ‫ § גורל הלקט‬7.2.5

‫ § גורל החן‬7.2.28

‫ § גורל צדק‬7.1:8

‫ § גורל הסחורה‬7.2.29

‫ § גורל כוכב חמה‬7.1:11

technical terms in rationes ii No

English

Latin

Ṭeʿamim II

175

part of navigation pars navigationis or of journey by seu itineris per water aquas

‫ § גורל על דרך‬7.2.25 ‫המים‬

176

part of Saturn

pars Saturni

‫ § גורל שבתאי‬7.1:6

177

part of slaves

pars servorum

‫ § גורל העבדים‬7.2.19

178

part of sons

pars filiorum

‫ § גורל הבנים‬7.2.14

179

part of the body

pars corporis

‫ § גורל הגוף‬7.2:3

180

part of the earth

pars terre

‫ § גורל הקרקע‬7.2.13

181

part of the enemies

pars inimicorum

‫ § גורל האויבים‬7.2.31

182

part of the father

pars patris

‫ § גורל האב‬7.2.10

183

part of the Moon

pars Lune

‫ § גורל הלבנה‬7.1:1,11

184

part of the mother

pars matris

185

part of the second house

pars domus secunde

186

part of the Sun

pars Solis

187

part of Venus

pars Veneris

188

part of wisdom

pars sapientie

‫ § גורל הדעת‬7.2:2

189

part of women

pars mulierum

‫ § גורל הנשים‬7.2.20

190

partner

consors/particeps

‫שותף‬/‫ § חבר‬2.8:1; § 6.7:1

191

parts of the houses

partes domorum

192

path of darkness

via obscuritatis

193

perigee

oppositum ⟨augis⟩

1195

References in Rationes II

‫ § גורל האם‬7.2.26

‫ § גורל הבית השני‬7.2.4

‫ § גורל השמש‬7.1:5,11 ‫ § גורל נוגה‬7.1:10

‫ § גורלות הבתים‬7.2:1

‫ § דרך החושך‬2.7:5 ‫ § (מקום) שפלות‬1.3:1; § 4.4:3

1196

appendix 8

No

English

Latin

194

planet

planeta

195

power

virtus

196

proportion

proportio

197

quadrant

quarta

‫ § רביעית‬5.2:5; § 5.4:14; § 6.2:3,6,7,8

198

quality (nature)

qualitas

‫ § תולדת‬2.1:7; § 2.3:4; § 4.7:8; § 5.2:6

199

rays

rays

‫ § אורים‬4.2:1,2,3; § 4.9:3; § 5.2:15; § 7.2:11

200 red bile

colera rubea

201

revolutio

revolution

202 revolution of the days

revolutio dierum

203 revolution of the months

revolutio mensium

204 revolution of the signs

revoluciones signorum

205 revolution of the year

revolutio anni

206 root

radix

207

presul

ruler

Ṭeʿamim II

References in Rationes II

‫כוכב‬/‫ § משרת‬1.2:1,3,4,5; § 1.3:1; § 2.3:7,8,16; § 2.4:8,10; § 2.5:9 et passim ‫ § כח‬2.6:7; § 2.8:11; § 2.9:9 et passim ‫ § ערך‬2.5:10; § 4.3:9; § 5.5:6,7; § 5.7:5; § 6.2:1; § 8.1:3

‫ § מרה אדומה‬2.1:5; § 5.5:2 ‫ § תקופה‬2.1:6,7,8,9; § 2.9:9; § 6.3:1; § 8.2:8 ‫ § תקופת הימים‬8.5:1

‫ § תקופת החדשים‬8.2:1; § 8.2:10

‫ § תקופת המזלות‬8.4:4

‫ § תקופת השנה‬8.2:7–9; § 8.5:3; § 8.6:2–3

‫שורש‬/‫ § עיקר‬3.1:2; § 4.7:8; § 5.1:5; § 5.4:2; § 5.6:4; § 6.2:11; § 8.6:2 ‫ § פקיד‬2.4:20; § 5.1:7, 12,16; § 6.1:3; § 6.2:5,11; § 6.7:1; § 7.1:3,4

technical terms in rationes ii No

English

Latin

Ṭeʿamim II

References in Rationes II

‫ § השרש שילקח‬8.6:2 ‫ממנו החיים‬

208 ruler from which life is taken

presul a quo sumpta est vita

209 ruler of the nativity

presul nativitatis

210

ruler of the triplicity

presul triplicitatis

211

ruler over the places of life

presul super loca vite

212

scholars of astrology

sapientes astrolgie

‫ § חכמי המזלות‬2.6:7; § 5.1:11

213

scholars of the images

sapientes ymaginum

‫ § חכמי הצורות‬2.3:10; § 5.7:9

214

scholars of the stars

sapientes astrorum

‫ § חכמי המזלות‬2.1:7; § 2.3:17

215

science of geometry

scientia geometrie

‫ § חכמת המדות‬1.1:6

216

science of the images

scientia ymaginum

‫ § חכמת הצורות‬8.3:2

217

science of the stars

scientia astrorum

‫ § חכמת המזלות‬1.3:3

218

short signs

signa brevia

219

sign (zodiacal)

signum

220 sign of the age or of the world

signum seculi sive mundi

221

significator

significator

222

signs of equality

signa equalitatis

1197

‫ § ממונה על‬2.1:5 ‫המולד‬ gloss at § 6.7:1

‫ § מושל ממקומות‬6.2:1 ‫החיים‬

‫ § קצרים‬2.3:5; § 4.8:2 ‫ § מזל‬1.2:3; § 2.1:10; § 2.2:1; § 2.4:10 et passim ‫ § מזל העולם‬2.4:6,6

‫ § פקיד‬2.4:20 ‫ § מזלות טובים‬2.4:13 ‫וממוסכים‬

1198

appendix 8

No

English

Latin

223

small circle

circulus parvus

224

sphere

spera

225

stable (signs)

stabilia

226

star

stella

227

station

statio

228

succedent to the angles

succedunt angulis

‫ § שהם אחרי‬3.1:12 ‫היתדות‬

229

table of the country

tabula regionis

‫ § לוח הארץ‬4.8:2; § 4.9:10; § 6.5:3,5; § 8.5:4

230 table of the direct tabula circuli circle directi

Ṭeʿamim II

References in Rationes II

‫ § גלגל הקטן‬1.3:1; § 4.1:1; § 4.4:3; § 5.3:5; § 5.4:14 ‫ § גלגל‬1.2:1,2,4 ‫ § עומדים‬2.3:3 ‫ § כוכב‬1.2:3; § 2.3:15; § 2.4:3; § 2.6:7; § 2.7:4 et passim ‫ § מעמד‬4.3:8

‫ § לוח גלגל היושר‬6.5:2;

‫ § לוחות‬2.3:5; § 2.7:13; § 5.1:11; § 6.3:4; § 8.5:6; § 8.6:3; § 8.7:6

231

tables

tabula

232

tables of the Indians

tabulas Indorum

‫ § לוחות הודו‬5.1:11; § 6.1:4

233

tables of the Persians

tabulas Persarum

‫ § לוחות פרס‬6.1:4

234

Tail )of the Dragon(

Cauda

235

taste

sapor

236

temperament

temperamentum

‫ § ממסך‬2.1:3; § 5.4:16,17; § 5.6:4; § 5.7:6

237

temperate

temperatus

‫ § ממוסך‬2.1:3; § 2.3:23; § 2.8:4; § 5.1:14; § 5.3:29; § 5.4:6,10; § 5.6:1; § 5.7:1,2

‫ § הזנב‬2.7:11,14; § 5.9:1,3,4

‫מטעם‬/‫ § טעם‬2.2:7; § 5.2:22; § 5.3:15

technical terms in rationes ii No

English

Latin

238

term

terminus

239

triangle

triangulus

Ṭeʿamim II

1199

References in Rationes II ‫ § גבול‬2.3:8; § 2.9:1–3; § 5.3:13; § 5.4:12 et passim

‫ צורה שלישיה‬4.6:2

240 triplicity

triplicitas

‫ § שלישות‬2.8:1–11; § 2.9:6; § 7.9:1

241

tropic

tropica

‫ § מתהפך‬2.3:1

242

two bodies or bicorporal

duum corporum seu bicorpora

243

unequal hour

hora inequalis

244

unfortunate

infortunatus

245

upper planet

planeta sublimis

‫ § כוכב עליון‬5.6:1

246

upper star

stella suprema

‫ § כוכב עליון‬7.2:5

247

uppermost circle

circulus supremus

‫ § גלגל עליון‬1.2:5; § 3.1:6

248

upright circle

circulus rectus

249

vegetative soul

anima vegetativa

250 velocity

velocitas

251

water

aqua

252

watery nature

natura aque

253

watery signs

signa aquea

254

watery triplicity

triplicitas aque

255

week

septimana

256

well

puteus

‫ § שני גופים‬2.3:4

‫ § שעה מעוותת‬5.1:12; § 6.7:2; § 8.2:5,6,7 ‫ § רע‬2.4:11

§ 2.4:9; § 3.1:6 ‫ § נפש צומחת‬5.4:7; § 7.1:8; § 7.2:8 ‫ § מהירות‬5.3:8 ‫ § מים‬2.3:20,22; § 2.4:16,17,18; § 5.3:9; § 7.2:25 ‫ § תולדת המים‬2.4:4 ‫ § מזל המים‬2.4:4; § 2.4:19 ‫ § שלישות למזלות‬2.8:11,12 ‫המים‬ ‫ § שבוע‬8.2:4; § 8.4:1–4 ‫ § בור‬8.7:3

1200

appendix 8

No

English

Latin

257

year

annus

258

zodiac

zodiacus

Ṭeʿamim II

References in Rationes II ‫ § שנה‬1.2:4; § 2.4:10,11,17; § 2.7:14; § 5.1:10 et passim

‫ § גלגל המזלות‬1.2:6

APPENDIX 9

NAMES OF PERSONS, AUTHORS, AND SOURCES IN RATIONES II AND THEIR COUNTERPARTS IN ṬEʿAMIM II No

Rationes II

English

Ṭeʿamim II References in Rationes II

1

annus Indorum

year of the Indians

2

Antiqui

Ancients

‫ § קדמונים‬2.5:10; § 3.1:1; § 5.2:19; § 5.7:3,5; § 5.8:2; § 5.9:2; § 6.2:5; § 7.1:1,3; § 7.2:6,9; § 8.2:2; § 8.7:11

3

Antiqui nostri

our Ancients

‫ § קדמונינו‬2.1:5

4

Christiani

Christians

‫ § הערלים‬8.2:8 = the uncircumcised

5

compilator Libri Quatuor Partium

author of the Book of the Four Parts

‫ § מחבר ספר‬5.5:1 ‫הארבעה ראשים‬ = author of the Book of the Four Heads

6

domini iudiciorum

masters of judgments

7

domini ymaginum

masters of images

8

Doroneus

Doroneus (Dorotheus)

9

Enoch

Enoch

‫ § שנת הודו‬8.7:2 = year of India

‫ § בעלי המשפטים‬2.9:2

‫ § בעלי הצורות‬5.6:4

‫ § דורוניוס‬2.1:5 = Doronius

= Enoch 10

Hermes

Hermes

11

Iacob Alkindi

Yaʿqub al-Kindī

‫ § חנוך‬2.7:7,8; § 6.1:5; § 7.2:8,22,31 — § 2.7:7; § 6.1:5

‫ § יעקב אלכנדי‬4.8:1; § 8.5:2

1202

appendix 9

No

Rationes II

English

12

Iacob vocatus Alkindi

Yaʿqub, who is called al-Kindī

‫ הנקרא אל‬,‫ § יעקב‬2.1:6 ‫כנדי‬

13

Indi

Indians

‫ § חכמי הודו‬7.2:27 = scholars of India

14

Iob

Job

‫ § איוב‬1.1:5

15

iudicia

judgments

‫ § דינין‬4.9:2; § 5.4:9

16

iudicia astrorum

judgments of the stars

17

iudicia seculi seu revolutionum annorum mundi

judgments of ‫ § משפטי העולם‬2.9:7 the age or of the = judgments of revolutions of the the world years of the world

18

iudicia secundum judgments ‫ § משפט שהם על‬2.3:10 ymagines according the ‫צורת בהמה‬ bestiarum images of animals = judgment according to the shape of an animal

19

lex Iudeorum

20

Liber de Operatio Book on the Use Tabularum of the Tables

‫ § ספר מעשה‬8.5:6; § 8.6:3 ‫הלוחות‬

21

Liber Initii Sapientie

‫ § ספר ראשית‬1.1:1; gloss at § 4.1:2 ‫חכמה‬

22

Liber Nativitatum Book of Nativities (Moladot by Ibn Ezra)

law of the Jews

Book of the Beginning of Wisdom

Ṭeʿamim II References in Rationes II

‫ § משפטי המזלות‬1.3:2 = judgments of the zodiacal signs

‫ § תורת השם‬8.3:2 = law of God

‫ § ספר המולדות‬6.2:11; § 6.6:1

names of persons, authors, and sources in rationes ii No

Rationes II

English

23

Liber Quatuor Partium

Book of the Four Parts (Tetrabiblos by Ptolemy)

‫ § ספר הארבעה‬5.5:1 ‫ראשים‬

24

Liber Rationum

Book of Reasons (Ṭeʿamim II by Ibn Ezra)

‫ ספר הטעמים‬incipit

25

Liber Rationum seu Causarum

Book of Reasons or Causes (Ṭeʿamim II by Ibn Ezra)

incipit

26

Liber Revolutionis Abrahe

Book of the Revolution by Abraham (ʿOlam I by Ibn Ezra)

gloss at § 5.5:6

27

Liber tabularum

Book of the tables

28

Libri Moysi

Books of Moses

29

posteriores post eos

the moderns after them

30

Proverbia Solomon

Proverbs by Solomon

‫ § דברי אגור‬1.1:2 = statements by Agur

31

Ptolomeus

Ptolemy

‫תלמי‬ = Talmai (talmudic equivalent of Ptolemy)

32

Ptolomeus Rex

King Ptolemy

‫ § תלמי המלך‬2.7:1; § 5.5:6; § 7.1:1; = King Talmai § 8.2:4; § 8.5:3

33

Salomon

Solomon

34

sapiens qui vocatus est Messehellach

the scholar named Māshāʾallāh

1203

Ṭeʿamim II References in Rationes II

‫ § ספר הלוחות‬2.3:5 ‫ § הכתוב‬6.9:2 = Scripture ‫ § האחרונים‬8.2:2 ‫אחריהם‬

§ 2.4:2; § 2.6:2; § 2.9:2; § 3.1:8; § 4.8:2; § 5.1:13,15; § 5.3:14; § 5.4:5; § 6.1:3,4; § 6.2:2; § 6.9:1; § 8.7:5

§ 1.1:2 ‫ § החכם הנקרא‬6.1:1 ‫משאללה‬

1204

appendix 9

No

Rationes II

English

Ṭeʿamim II References in Rationes II

35

sapientes

scholars

‫ § חכמי המזלות‬1.2:4 = scholars of the zodiacal signs

36

sapientes

scholars

‫ § חכמי לב‬1.1:6 = the wise

37

sapientes

scholars

‫ § חכמים‬2.5:1; § 4.9:2; § 8.7:6 = scholars

38

sapientes astrologie

scholars of astrology

‫ § חכמי המזלות‬2.6:7; § 5.1:11 = scholars of the zodiacal signs

39

sapientes astrorum

scholars of the stars

‫ § חכמי המזלות‬2.1:7; § 2.3:17 = scholars of the zodiacal signs

40

sapientes Egyptorum

scholars of the Egyptians

‫ § חכמי מצרים‬2.9:2; § 6.8:1 = scholars of Egypt

41

sapientes eorum

their scholars (scholars of India)

42

sapientes Grecorum

scholars of the Greeks

‫ § חכמי יון‬5.1:2; § 8.7:5 = scholars of Greece

43

sapientes Indorum

scholars of the Indians

‫ § חכמי הודו‬2.7:4,9; § 2.9:1; § 5.1:11; = scholars of § 8.3:1 India

44

sapientes Persarum

scholars of the Persians

‫ § חכמי פרס‬2.9:1; § 5.1:13; § 5.5:12; = scholars of § 6.6:1 Persia

45

sapientes Sarracenorum

scholars of the Saracens

‫ § חכמי ישמעאל‬4.8:3 = scholars of Ishmael

— gloss at § 8.7:3

names of persons, authors, and sources in rationes ii No

Rationes II

English

46

sapientes scholars of the ‫ § חכמי ישמעאל‬8.7:5 Sarracenorum seu Saracens or of the = scholars of Arabum Arabs Ishmael

47

sapientes secretorum sive legis

scholars of hidden things or of the law

‫ § חכמי התושייה‬2.1:1 = scholars of philosophy

48

sapientes ymaginum

scholars of the images

‫ § חכמי הצורות‬2.3:10; § 5.7:8 = scholars of the images

49

scientia astrorum science of the stars

‫ § חכמת המזלות‬1.3:2 = science of the zodiacal signs

50

scientia geometrie

‫ § חכמת המדות‬1.1:6 = science of measures

51

scientia in legibus science of laws et iudiciis and judgments

‫ § חכמת‬5.4:9 ‫המשפטים‬ ‫ותורות‬ = science of judgments and laws

52

scientia ymaginum

‫ § חכמת הצורות‬8.3:2 = science of the images

53

sermones antiqui ancient super aliis statements about terminis other terms

54

tabula circuli directi

table of the direct ‫ § לוח גלגל היושר‬6.5:2 circle = table of the circle of straightness

55

tabula regionis

table of the country

science of geometry

science of the images

1205

Ṭeʿamim II References in Rationes II

‫ § נוסחא קדמונית‬2.9:2 ‫לגבולים אחרים‬

‫ § לוח הארץ‬7.8:2; § 4.9:5; § 6.5:3,5; § 8.5:4

1206

appendix 9

No

Rationes II

English

Ṭeʿamim II References in Rationes II

56

tabule

tables

57

tabule .7. planetarum

tables of the seven planets

‫ § לוחות לשבעה‬8.7:6 ‫המשרתים‬

58

tabule horum sapientium verum ad sciendum ymagines

tables of these scholars only to know the images

‫ § לוחות אלה‬8.7:6 ‫החכמים רק‬ ‫לדעת הצורות‬

59

tabule Indorum

tables of the Indians

‫ § לוחות הודו‬5.1:11; § 6.1:4 = tables of India

60

tabule Persarum

tables of the Persians

‫ § לוחות פרס‬6.1:4 = tables of Persia

61

tabule quas ego compilavi

tables which I compiled

62

tabule veraces ad visum oculi

tables that are in accordance with eyesight

‫ § לוחות‬2.7:13; § 6.3:4; § 8.3:3

‫ § לוחות שחברתי‬5.1:11

‫ § לוחות שהן אמת‬6.1:4 ‫למראית העין‬

APPENDIX 10

TECHNICAL TERMS IN IUDICIA AND THEIR COUNTERPARTS IN MISHPEṬEI HA-MAZZALOT No

English

Iudicia

Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot

References in Iudicia

1

airy signs

signa aerea

2

al-mubtazz

almubtaz

‫ § הפקיד‬47:3

3

angles

anguli

‫ § יתדות‬12:2,3,6,7; § 48:1,2,4; § 49:3 et passim

4

angles of the world

anguli mundi

‫ § פאות‬42:8

5

apogee

aux

6

arc

arcus

7

ascendant/ ascendant degree/ ascendant sign

ascendens/ gadus ascendens/ signum ascendens

‫ מעלה‬/‫ § הצומח‬6:1; § 8:2; § 10:6; § 11:2; ‫ מזל‬/‫ § צומחת‬13:8; § 15:1; § 51:3; § 53:2; ‫ מזל עולה‬/‫ § צומח‬75:1 et passim

8

ascending half of the circle

medietas circuli ascendens

‫ § חצי גלגל העולה‬13:6

9

ascensions

ascensiones

10

ascensions in the table of the country

ascensiones in tabula regionis

11

ascensions of the signs

ascensiones signorum

‫ § מזלות הרוח‬2:8; § 7:3

‫ § גבהות‬1:8; § 21:1,2; § 22:1,4,6; § 23:2 et passim ‫ § יתר‬36:3

‫ § מצעדים‬13:1,5,6,7; § 25:8; § 35:2; § 46:4 et passim ‫ § מצעדים בלוח‬71:3 ‫הארץ‬

‫ § מצעדי המזל‬25:8; § 65:7

1208

appendix 10

No

English

Iudicia

Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot

References in Iudicia

12

ascensions of the upright circle

ascensiones recti circuli

13

aspect (noun)

aspectus

14

aspect of complete friendship

aspectus perfecte amicitie

15

aspect of full enmity

aspectus inimicitie perfecte

16

aspect of half friendship

aspectus dimidie amicitie

17

aspects of the directions

aspectus directionum

‫ § מבטי הניהוגים‬71:1

18

astrolabe

astrolabium

‫ § כלי הנחושת‬13:2

19

azemena (defects)

azemena

20

bald (signs)

calva

21

bicorporal signs

signa bicorpora

22

burnt

combustus

23

burnt path

via combusta

24

cadent ⟨from the angles⟩

cadentes

25

calculate

computare

26

cardines

cardines

‫ § יתד‬12:6

27

center

centrum

‫ § מוצק‬33:4

‫ § מצעדי גלגל‬66:5,6 et passim ‫המישור‬ ‫ § מבט‬35:1,2; § 37:1; § 44:3 et passim ‫ § מבט אהבה‬35:4; § 47:4 ‫גמורה‬

‫ § מבט איבה‬35:2 ‫גמורה‬

‫ § מבט חצי אהבה‬35:5

gloss at § 10:7

‫ § קרחים‬2:21 ‫ § בעלי שתי גופות‬2:4; § 49:3 ‫ § נשרף‬25:3,11; § 29:1; § 49:7; § 50:1 ‫ § מקום שריפה‬4:3 ‫ § נופלים‬12:6,7

‫ § לתקן‬21:2

technical terms in iudicia Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot

1209

No

English

Iudicia

References in Iudicia

28

changeable (signs)

mobilia

29

chief

prepositus

30

circle

circulus

31

circle of equality

circulus equalitatis

32

circle of the signs circulus signorum

33

close

propinquus

34

cold (adj.)

frigidus

‫ § קר‬30:1,2,3; § 40:3; § 44:2

35

cold (noun)

firigiditas

‫ § קור‬43:4

36

cold quadrant

quarta frigida

37

cold sign

signum frigidum

38

colors

colores/oculi

39

common people or those who are people of the land (signs)

communia seu illa que sunt gentis terre

40

complete parts

partes perfectas

‫ § שלמים‬1:4

41

complexion

complexio

‫ § ממסך‬44:4

42

conception

conceptio

43

configuration

dispositio

‫ § מערכת‬15:5; § 49:4

44

conjunction

coniunctio

‫ § מחברת‬25:4; § 30:2; § 32:1; § 33:7 et passim

45

country

regio/terra

‫ § ארץ‬13:1; § 65:7; § 66:3,5,7; § 67:3; § 68:3 et passim

‫ § מתהפכים‬2:2; § 10:2,4,6,7; § 49:3

‫ § פקיד‬22:4; § 47:3 ‫עגול‬/‫ § גלגל‬30:1; § 36:1,2,3 ‫ § גלגל המישור‬65:9

‫ § גלגל המזלות‬1:7; § 12:1; § 22:4; § 34:2 ‫ § קרוב‬1:3,5 et passim

‫ § רביע קר‬30:1 ‫ § מזל קר‬50:3 ‫ § מראה‬38:7; § 41:4; § 42:7 ‫עיניים‬/‫עיניים‬ ‫ § עמי הארץ‬2:12

‫ § הריון‬15:1,3; § 16:1,5; § 17:4

1210

appendix 10

No

English

Iudicia

Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot

References in Iudicia

46

course

cursus

‫ § הליכה‬28:1,2,3

47

course

cursus

‫ § הליכה‬28:1,2,3

48

crooked hours

hore torte

49

crooked minutes of the hour

minuta hore torte

50

cut off members (signs)

membra precisa

51

day

dies

52

defects

orbationes

‫ § מומים‬40:6

53

degree

gradus

‫ § מעלה‬1:6; § 4:3; § 25:2; § 31:1 et passim

54

degrees of the ascensions

gradus ascensionum

55

degrees of the azemena

gradus azemenarum

§ 10:7

56

degrees of the mutilations

gradus orbationum

§ 10:7

57

depression or at the opposite of the apogee (perigee)

depressio seu oppositum augis

‫ § מקום שפלות‬21:3; § 22:5,6

58

descending half of the circle

medietas circuli descendentem

‫ § חצי גלגל יורד‬13:6

59

diameter

dyametrus

60

dignity

dignitas

‫ § שעות מעוותות‬66:1; § 67:2; § 69:1; § 71:1,2,3; § 72:2,3 et passim § 72:3

‫ § נכרתים‬2:15

‫ § יום‬1:5,7; § 7:1,2,3,4; § 12:1 et passim

‫ § המצעדים‬13:1,5,6; § 35:2; § 46:4; § 54:5; § 60:1; § 61:1; § 64:2 § 66:1 et passim

‫ § אלכסון‬36:1,2,3 /‫ § פקידות‬38:14; § 43:9; § 46:2; ‫שררה‬/‫ § ממשלה‬47:3; § 47:6; § 48:4

technical terms in iudicia Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot

1211

No

English

Iudicia

References in Iudicia

61

direct (verb)

dirigere

62

direct circle

circulus directus

63

direction from term to term

directio de termino ad terminum

64

directions

directiones

‫ § ניהוגים‬65:1,5,6; § 66:3; § 70:2; § 71:1

65

diseases

egritudines

‫חולי‬/‫ § תחלואים‬40:6; § 41:10; § 42:3,13; § 58:1; § 65:6; § 70:2

66

distance

distantia

67

division of equality

partitio equalitatis

68

division of the ascensions

partitio ascensionum

‫ § חלוק המצעדים‬13:7; § 46:5; § 49:6; § 60:1; § 61:2; § 64:2; § 71:4

69

dominion

dominium

‫ממשלה‬/‫ § שררה‬38:6; § 38:9,14; § 39:7; § 40:10

70

dry

siccus

71

dry quadrant

quarta sicca

‫ § רביע יבש‬30:1

72

duodenaria

duodenaria

‫ § השנים עשר‬11:1–2

73

Earth

terra

74

earthy signs

signa terrea

75

east

oriens

‫ § מזרח‬6:1; § 12:2

76

eastern

orientalis

‫ § מזרחי‬13:8; § 25:4; § 26:1,2,3,4 et passim

‫ § לנהג‬65:1,7,8,9,10; § 66:2; § 68:3 et passim gloss at § 76:4 → 9,33,43,53 ‫ § ניהוג מגבול אל‬65:3 ‫גבול‬

‫ § מרחק‬17:2; § 25:5,6; § 35:3 et passim ‫ § חלוק המישור‬13:4

‫ § יבש‬30:1,2,3; § 40:3; § 44:2

‫ § ארץ‬1:7,8; § 12:4; § 17:1,2,4; § 22:2,5; § 32:3 et passim ‫ § מזלות העפר‬2:8; § 7:2; § 10:1

1212

appendix 10

No

English

Iudicia

Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot

References in Iudicia

77

eastern (signs)

orientalia

78

eccentric circle

circuli ecentricus

79

elongation

elongatio

80

equal circle

equalis linea

81

equal degrees

gradus equales

82

equal line

equalis linea

83

equate

equare

84

equated

equatus

85

equated center

centrum equatum

86

equated degrees

gradus equati

87

equated house

equatus

88

equated motion

motus equatum

‫ § מהלך המתוקן‬30:1

89

equated or true motion

motus equatus seu verus

‫ § מהלך מתוקן‬30:1

90

equated portion

portio equata

‫ § מנה מתוקנת‬28:2; § 30:3; § 33:1,2

91

equation

equatio

‫ § תיקון‬66:4,6,7; § 67:4

92

exaltation

exaltatio

‫ § כבוד‬4:1,5,7,9; § 47:4,7,8

93

example

verbi gratia

‫ § דמיון‬11:2; § 13:2; § 37:1; § 47:8; § 65:6

94

experience

experentia

‫ § נסיון‬11:4

95

face (decan)

facies

‫ § פנים‬9:2; § 46:3

‫ § מזרחיים‬2:10 ‫ § גלגל המוצק‬23:2; § 27:1; § 31:2; § 40:3; § 41:3 ‫ § מרחק‬27: 2 ‫ § גלגל המישור‬1:7 ‫ § מעלות ישרות‬1:6; § 10:1; § 11:1; § 13:1,2,3; § 17:1 et passim ‫ § קו השווה‬23:1; § 25:8 ‫ § לתקן‬17:4 gloss at § 76:1 → 27,43 ‫ § מוצק מתוקן‬33:4

‫ § מעלות מתוקנות‬66:6,7 gloss at § 76:1 → 52

technical terms in iudicia Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot

1213

No

English

Iudicia

References in Iudicia

96

fall (dejection)

casus

97

falling houses

domus cadentes

98

feminine (planet) feminina

‫ § נקבה‬44:2

99

feminine (quadrant)

feminina

‫ § נקבה‬13:8

100

feminine (signs)

feminea

101

fierce dispute (aspect)

conflictus fortis

102

fiery signs

signa ignea

103

fire

ignis

104

firm (signs)

firma

‫ § מזלות נאמנים‬2:3

105

fixed (signs)

fixa

‫ § מזלות‬2:3; § 49:3 ‫מזלות‬/‫נאמנים‬ ‫עומדים‬

106

full enmity (aspect)

inimicitia perfecta

107

girdle of the sphere

cingulum spere

108

give power

dare fortitudinem/virtutem

109

good fortune

eufortunium

110

governance

potestas

111

great years

anni maiores

112

greater part of the pars circuli maior ‫ § חצי הגלגל הגדול‬2:7 circle

‫ § קלון‬4:3,5,6,8,9; § 42:2 ‫ § נופלים‬48:2; § 49:3

‫ § נקבות‬2:9 ‫ § מלחמה חזקה‬34:2

‫ § מזלות האש‬2:8; § 7:1; § 10:2 ‫ § אש‬42:6

‫ § איבה גמורה‬35:2

‫ § אפודת הגלגל‬1:2

‫ § תת כח‬13:5; § 40:1; § 46:3,4; § 47:2 et passim

‫ § מזל טוב‬18:5 ‫ § שררה‬38:6;14 ‫ § שנים גדולות‬39:8; § 40:13; § 41:8; § 42:14; § 43:7; § 44:9

1214

appendix 10

No

English

Iudicia

Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot

References in Iudicia

113

habitable ⟨part of habitthe Earth⟩ abilis/habitatio nostra

114

half a voice

dimidia vox habentia

115

half enmity (aspect)

dimidia inimicitia

‫ § חצי איבה‬35:3

116

half friendship (aspect)

dimidia amicitia

‫ § חצי אהבה‬35:5

117

half of the ascending circle

medietas circuli ascendentis

118

handsome or beautiful (signs)

pulcra seu formosa

119

having a human figure

humane sunt figure

‫ § צורת האדם‬2:14

120

haylāj

hisleg, hilles

‫ § מקום שררה‬43:9; § 45:1; § 46:2;

121

Head of the Dragon

Caput Draconis

122

heat

calor

123

heaven of heavens

celum celorum

124

honor

honor

125

hot

calidus

126

hour

hora

127

house (horoscopic)

domus

‫ § הישוב‬1:8; § 23:1

‫ § בעלי חצי קול‬2:11

‫ § חצי גלגל עולה‬13:6; § 71:4

‫ § יפים‬2:18

‫ § ראש התלי‬4:4

‫ § חום‬1:8 ‫ § שמי השמים‬1:1

‫ § כבוד‬42:1 ‫ § חם‬30:1,2,3; § 41:3; § 44:2 ‫ § שעה‬66:1,4; § 67:2,4; § 68:2; § 69:1 et passim ‫ § בית‬6:1,2,3,7; § 11:1; § 12:1,3,5; § 13:5 et passim

technical terms in iudicia Iudicia

No

English

128

house (planetary) domus

129

house of dejection

domus casus

‫ § בית קלון‬42:2

130

house of exaltation

domus exaltationis

‫ § בית כבוד‬4:1

131

house of hate

domus odii

132

house of honor

domus honoris

‫ § בית כבוד‬4:1,3,4,6,7; § 47:4

133

house of mourning

domus luctus

‫ § בית אבלו‬6:2,3

134

house of triplicity domus triplicitatis

135

image

imago

136

intermediate (signs)

mediocria

137

intermediate longitude

longitudo mediocris

138

intermediate years

anni mediocres

139

interrogations

interrogationes

‫ § שאלות‬11:3

140

joy

gaudium

‫ § שמחה‬6:1–7

141

judgments

iudicia

142

judgments ⟨of the iudicia world⟩

143

judgments of astrology

iudicia astrologie

Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot

1215 References in Iudicia

‫ § בית‬3:1; § 10:5; § 20:3–10; § 38:14 et passim

‫ § בית מלחמה‬4:2; § 42:2; § 47:5,9

‫ § בית שלישות‬47:6

‫צורת‬/‫ § צורה‬1:2,6 ‫כוכבים‬ ‫ § אמצעיים‬2:12

‫ § מרחק אמצעי‬31:2,3

‫ § שנים אמצעיות‬39:8; § 40:13; § 41:8; § 42:14; § 43:7; § 44:9

‫ § משפטים‬1:3; § 35:1 ‫ § משפטי העולם‬11:3

‫ § משפטי המזלות‬2:1; § 12:5; § 13:4; § 38:3

1216

appendix 10

No

English

Iudicia

Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot

References in Iudicia

144

judgments of the planets

iudicia planetarum

‫ § משפטי‬47:1 ‫המשרתים‬

145

judgments of the stars

iudicia astrorum

‫ § משפטי‬70:2 ‫המשרתים‬

146

latitude

latitudo

‫רוחב‬/‫ § מרחב‬13:1,2; § 23:1; § 25:8; § 32:1,2,4; § 33:5; § 34:2–5,4

147

least years

anni minores

‫ § שנים קטנות‬39:8; § 40:13; § 41:8; § 42:14; § 43:7; § 44:9

148

left aspects

aspectus sinistri

149

left quartile aspect

aspectus quartus sinister

‫ § מבט רביעית‬37:3; § 71:6,7; § 75:5 ‫שמאלי‬

150

left sextile aspect

aspectus sextilis sinister

‫ § מבט שישית‬37:4; § 71:7; § 75:4 ‫שמאלי‬

151

left trine

tertius sinistrus

152

light

lumen

153

line of intersection

linea coniunctionis

154

line of the signs

linea signorum

155

long sign

signum longum

156

longitude

longitudo

‫ § מרחק‬17:2; § 25:8; § 31:2; § 33:2,3; § 35:3 et passim § 75:1

157

lord

dominus

‫ § מושל‬10:1; § 48:7

158

lord of the ascendant

dominus ascendentis

‫ § מבטים‬75:1,3,4 ‫שמאליים‬

‫ § מבט שלישית‬37:2; § 71:6,7; § 74:3; § 75:5 ‫שמאלי‬ ‫ § אור‬39:1; § 50:2,3 ‫ § קו התחברות‬1:7

‫ § קו המזלות‬1:2; § 32:1§ 33:5; § 34:3 ‫ § מזל ארוך‬71:5

‫ § בעל המזל‬55:1 ‫הצומח‬

technical terms in iudicia No

English

Iudicia

159

lord of the exaltation

dominus exaltationis

‫ § בעל הכבוד‬46:3

160

lord of the honor

dominus honoris

‫ § בעל הכבוד‬46:3

161

lord of the house (horoscopic)

dominus domus

162

lord of the house (planetary)

dominus domus

163

lord of the sign

dominus signi

‫ § בעל המזל‬65:3

164

lord of the term

dominus termini

‫ § בעל הגבול‬8:2; § 46:3; § 65:3,4

165

lord of triplicity

dominus triplicitatis

166

lords of the faces

domini facierum

167

lot of brothers

sors fratrum

‫ § גורל האחים‬55:1

168

lot of sons

sors filiorum

‫ § גורל הבנים‬57:1

169

lot of the beginning

sors inceptionis

170

luminaries

luminaria

‫ § מאורות‬47:3

171

lustful

luxuriosa

‫ § בעלי המשגל‬2:17

172

masculine (planet)

masculinus

‫ § זכר‬40:14; § 42:12; § 44:12

173

masculine (quadrant)

masculina

‫ § זכר‬13:7

174

masculine (signs) masculina

‫ § זכרים‬2:9

175

maximum elongation

elongatio maxima

Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot

1217 References in Iudicia

‫ § בעל הבית‬48:4,5; § 49:2; § 61:2; § 64:2 ‫אדון‬/‫ § בעל בית‬10:4; § 46:3; § 53:4; § 65:4; ‫בית‬

‫ § פקיד‬7:1–4; § 39:10; § 46:3 ‫בעל‬/‫השלישות‬ ‫השלישות‬ ‫ § שרי הפנים‬9:1; § 46:3

§ 58:1

§ 31:4

1218

appendix 10

No

English

Iudicia

Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot

References in Iudicia

176

maximum longitude

longitudo maxima

177

maximum retrogadation

retrogradatio maxima

178

mean motion

cursus medius

179

midheaven

medius celi

‫ § חצי השמים‬12:4; § 13:2 et passim

180

minimum longitude

longitudo minima

‫ § מרחק קטון‬31:2,9

181

minutes

minuta

‫ § חלקים‬25:2,3; § 29:1,3; § 45:2 et passim

182

mixed

commixtum

‫ § יתערב‬2:4

183

moderately beautiful (signs)

mediocriter pulcra

‫ § חצי יופי‬2:19

184

moist

humidus

185

month

mensis

186

motion

motus

187

moving in a slow course

cursu tarda vadens

188

mute (signs)

muta

‫ § אלמים‬2:11

189

mutilations

mutilationes

‫ § מומים‬40:6

190

native

natus

191

nativities

nativitates

192

nativity

nativitas

‫ § מרחק גדול‬31:2

§ 31:2

‫ § מהלך אמצעי‬50:3

‫ § לח‬30:1,2,3; § 39:2; § 40:3; § 41:3; § 44:2 ‫ § חודש‬15:1,4,5; § 16:1–6 et passim ‫תנועה‬/‫ § מהלך‬29:4,5 ‫ § ממתן בהליכה‬50:3

‫ § נולד‬16:2,5,6; § 17:1; § 22:4 et passim ‫ § מולדות‬11:3 ‫ § מולד‬14:2; § 15:1; § 38:15; § 40:9 et passim

technical terms in iudicia No

English

Iudicia

193

nature

natura

194

new Moon

novilunium

‫ § מולד‬30:1

195

night

nox

‫ § לילה‬1:7; § 7:1,2,3,4; § 12:1 et passim

196

north

septentrio

‫ § צפון‬1:8

197

northern (constellations)

septentrionales

198

northern (latitude)

septentrionalis

‫ § צפוני‬23:1; § 32:4; § 33:5; § 34:3

199

northern (quadrant)

septentrionalis

‫ § צפוני‬13:7

200 northern (signs)

septentrionalia

201

novenaria

novenaria

202 number

numerus

203 oblique ⟨signs⟩

obliqua

204 oblique circle

obliquus circulus

205 opposite of the apogee (perigee)

oppositus augis

206 opposition aspect aspectus est oppositus

Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot

1219 References in Iudicia

‫ § תולדת‬10:2,3; § 14:1,2; § 16:5; § 30:4 et passim

‫ § שמאלים‬1:2

‫ § צפוניים‬2:5; § 2:10 ‫ § תשיעיות‬10:1,3,4,5,6,7 ‫חשבון‬/‫ § מספר‬1:4,5; § 11:1; § 131; § 17:3; § 33:2,3 et passim ‫ § מעוותים‬2:6 gloss at § 22:1 ‫ § שפלות‬21:3,4; § 22:1,2,5,6; § 29:4 et passim ‫ § מבט נכח‬34:1,2; § 35:2; § 36:4; § 47:4 et passim

orbis signorum

‫ § גלגל המזלות‬22:4; § 33:6

208 pain (of the planets)

dolor

‫מכאוב‬/‫ § כאב‬20:1–11

209 part (lot)

pars

207

orb of the signs

‫ § מנה‬51:1,2; § 53:3,4; § 54:1; § 64:3 et passim

1220

appendix 10

No

English

Iudicia

Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot

References in Iudicia

210

part of an human sors nature being’s nature hominis

211

part of beasts

pars bestiarum

212

part of brothers

pars fratrum

‫ § מנת האחים‬55:1

213

part of death

pars mortis

‫ § גורל המות‬60:1

214

part of dispute and quarrel

pars contentionis et litis

‫ § מנת המריבה‬59:2

215

part of enemies

pars inimicorum

‫ § מנת האויבים‬64:1

216

part of fortune (lot of fortune)

part of fortune

217

part of journey by pars itineris per land terram

218

part of Jupiter

pars Iovis

‫ § מנת צדק‬52:2

219

part of land

pars terre

‫ § מנת הקרקע‬56:1

220 part of life

pars vite

‫ § מנת החיים‬53:1

221

part of lovers

pars amatorum

222

part of Mars

pars Martis

223

part of Mercury

pars Mercurii

224

part of Saturn

pars Saturni

‫ § מנת שבתאי‬52:1

225

part of science

pars scientie

‫ § מנת החכמה‬61:1

226

part of secrets

pars secretorum

227

part of slaves

pars servorum

228

part of the conception of sons

pars conceptionis filiorum

‫ § מנת תולדת‬53:4 ‫האדם‬ ‫ § מנת הבהמות‬64:2

‫ § מנת החן‬45:1,2,3

‫ § מנת ההליכה‬61:2 ‫ביבשה‬

‫ § מנת האוהבים‬63:1 ‫ § מנת מאדים‬52:3 ‫ § מנת כוכב חמה‬52:5

‫ § מנת התעלומה‬52:4,5 ‫ § מנת העבדים‬58:2 ‫ § מנת הבנים‬57:2 ‫הזכרים‬

technical terms in iudicia No

English

Iudicia

229

part of the discovery

pars inventionis

Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot

1221 References in Iudicia

‫ § מנת המציאה‬63:2

‫ § מנת הכבוד‬62:2

230 part of the elevation in dignity

pars sublimationis

231

part of the father

pars patris

232

part of the hidden soul or of the secrets

pars celati animi seu secretorum

‫ § מנת התעלומה‬52:2

233

part of the hidden thing or the hidden soul

pars celationis seu celati animi

‫ § מנת התעלומה‬51:3

234

part of the killing pars planete planet perimentis

‫ § מנת הכוכב‬60:2 ‫ההורג‬

235

part of the Moon

pars Lune

‫ § מנת הלבנה‬51:3

236

part of the mother

pars matris

237

part of the women or wives

pars mulierum seu uxorum

238

part of Venus

pars Venus

239

part of wealth or riches

pars substantie seu divitiarum

240 partner

particeps

241

parts of the houses

partes domorum

242

Persian scholars

sapientes Persarum

243

phlebotomist

flebotomator

‫ § מנת האב‬56:2

‫ § מנת האם‬62:1

‫ § מנת הנשים‬59:1

‫ § מנת נגה‬52:4 ‫ § מנת הממון‬54:1

‫ § שותף‬7:1,2,3,4 ‫ § מנות הבתים‬53:1

‫ § חכמי פרס‬46:5; § 55:1

‫ § מקיז דם‬42:2

1222

appendix 10

No

English

Iudicia

244

place

locus

245

place of burning

locus combustionis

246

places of dominion or dignity or governance

loca dominium seu dignitatis aut principatus

‫ § מקומות השררה‬43:9; § 75:7

247

places of dominion or governance or haylāj

loca dominii seu principatus aut hisleg

‫ § מקומות השררה‬45:1; § 46:2

248

places of lordship loca dominii seu or rulership presulatus

249

places of the dignities

loca dignitatum

Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot

References in Iudicia

‫ § מקום‬13:2; § 15:1; § 17:1,2,4; § 21:1 et passim ‫ § מקום שריפה‬4:3

‫ § מקומות השררה‬65:1

‫ § מקומות‬22:4 ‫הממשלה‬

250 planet

planeta

‫ § משרת‬1:2; § 8:2; § 20:3; et passim

251

point

punctum

‫ § נקודה‬12:1,3

252

portion (chord)

portio

‫ § יתר‬36:2,3

253

power

virtus

‫ § כח‬10:1; § 11:1; § 16:2; § 22:1 et passim

254

quadrant

quarta

255

quality

qualitas

256

quarters of the lunation

quadras lunationis

257

quartile aspect

quartus aspectus

/‫רביע‬/‫ § רביעי‬13:7,8; § 30:1,2 ‫רביעית‬ ‫ § מתכונת‬2:3 ‫ § תקופות החדש‬30:1

‫ § מבט רביעית‬30:2; § 35:3; § 36:1; § 47:4 et passim

technical terms in iudicia Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot

1223

No

English

Iudicia

References in Iudicia

258

quick in its course

velox cursu suo

‫ § מהיר בלכתו‬28:2

259

ray of the aspect

radius aspectus

‫ § ניצוץ המבט‬65:4

260 ray of the Sun

radii Solis

‫ § ניצוץ השמש‬24:1; § 29:1,2; § 34:1; § 49:1; § 56:2

261

rays (planet)

radii

262

receive power

recipere virtutem

263

relationship

habitudo

264

required house

domus quesita

265

required place

locus quesitus

‫ § ניצוץ‬24:1; § 37:1; § 49:4; § 56:2; § 65:4,7 ‫ § לקבל כח‬47:3,4 ‫ § מערכת‬30:4; § 49:1,4 ‫ § הבית המבוקש‬49:2 ‫ § המבוקש‬65:2,9; § 66:1; § 67:1 et passim ‫הולך‬/‫שב‬/‫ § חוזר‬25:9,11; § 29:5; § 30:3 et ‫ אחורנית‬passim

266 retrograde

retrogradus

267

revolution of the world-year

revolutio anni mundi

‫ § תקופת שנת‬38:7 ‫העולם‬

268

right quartile aspect

aspectus quartus sinister

‫ § מבט רביעית‬37:3; § 71:7; § 75:5 ‫ימני‬

269

right sextile aspect

aspectus sextilis dexter

‫ § מבט שישית ימני‬37:4; § 71:7; § 75:5

270

right trine aspect

aspectus trinus dexter

271

ruler

presul

272

ruler of the five places of dominion

presul super quinque loca dominium

‫ § מבט שלישית‬71:7; § 75:4 ‫ימני‬ ‫ § פקיד‬22:4; § 47:3 ‫ § פקיד על חמשה‬43:8 ‫מקומות השררה‬

1224

appendix 10

No

English

Iudicia

Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot

References in Iudicia

273

ruler of the native presul nati

274

ruler of wealth and riches

presul super substantiam et divitias

275

rulers (signs)

principantia

276

rulership

presulatus

277

scholars of experience

sapientium experientie

‫ § חכמי הניסיון‬11:4

278

scholars of the judgments of astrology

sapientes iudiciorum astrologie

‫ § חכמי משפטי‬12:5 ‫המזלות‬

279

scholars of the stars

sapientes astrorum

‫ § חכמי המזלות‬13:6; § 29:6; § 64:3

‫ § פקיד על הנולד‬22:4 ‫ § פקיד הממון‬22:6

‫ § מתגאים מושלים‬2:12 ‫ § ממשלה‬38:11; § 65:1

280 science of geometry

scientia geometrie

‫ § חכמת המידות‬32:3

281

science of the judgments of astrology

scientia iudiciorum astrologie

‫ § חכמת משפטי‬38:3 ‫המזלות‬

282

sextile aspect

aspectus sextilis

283

short signs

signa brevia

284

sign (zodiacal)

signa

285

signs of defect

signa orbationis

286

signs of physicians or surgeons

signa medicorum seu cirurgicorum

287

signs of two bodies

signa duum corporum

‫ § מבט ששית‬35:5; § 36:4; § 37:4; § 47:5; § 71:6; § 73:1 ‫ § מזל קצר‬71:5 ‫ § מזל‬1:2,3,6,7; § 2:1; § 4:1; § 6:1 et passim ‫ § בעלי המומין‬2:16 ‫ § רופאים‬2:20

‫ § בעלי שתי גופות‬2:4

technical terms in iudicia No

English

Iudicia

288

small circle (epicycle)

circulus parvus

289

smaller half (of the circle)

medietas minor

Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot

1225 References in Iudicia

‫ § גלגל קטון‬23:2; § 25:1; § 29:4; § 33:1; § 41:3 ‫ § חצי הגלגל הקטן‬2:7

‫ § שנת החמה‬1:5

290 solar year

annus solaris

291

solitary (signs)

solitaria

292

southern (constellations)

meridionales

293

southern (latitude)

meridionalis

‫ § דרומי‬23:1; § 33:5,6; § 34:3

294

southern (quadrant)

meridionalis

‫ § דרומי‬13:7

295

southern (signs)

meridionalia

‫ § דרומיים‬2:5

296

sphere

spera

297

stable (signs)

stabilia

298

star

stella

‫ § כוכב‬1:3; § 15:5

299

station

statio

‫ § מעמד‬25:9,10,12

300 station (pregnancy)

statio

‫ § עמידה‬15:2

301

recta

‫ § מזלות ישרים‬2:6; § 25:8

straight signs

302 strength

fortitudo

303 strong houses

domus fortes

304 strong or violent (signs)

fortia seu violenta

‫ § מתבודדים‬2:13 ‫ § דרומיים‬1:2

‫ § גלגל‬1:1,2,4; § 12:5 et passim ‫ § מזלות‬2:3; § 49:3 ‫מזלות‬/‫נאמנים‬ ‫עומדים‬

‫ § כח‬42:1,2; § 47:2–5; § 48:2; § 51:2 ‫ § בתים חזקים‬12:6 ‫ § חזקים‬2:13

1226 No

appendix 10 English

Iudicia

Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot

References in Iudicia

‫ § בעלי קול גדול‬2:11

305 strong voice (signs)

magnam vocem habentia

306 subject (signs)

subiecta

‫ § שפלים‬2:12

307

succedent (houses)

succedentes

‫ § סמוכים‬12:7; § 48:1

308 succedent to the angles

succedentes angulorum

‫ § סמוכים אל‬12:6; § 49:3 ‫היתדות‬

309 surgeons of wounds and injuries

cirurgici vulnerum ac lesionum

310

table of equality

tabula equalitatis

311

table of the country

tabula regionis

312

table of the upright circle

tabula recti circuli

313

tables (astronomical)

tabule

314

Tail (of the Dragon)

Cauda

315

taste

sapor

316

temperate

temperata

317

term

terminus

318

time elapsed

mora

319

time elapsed of the native in the uterus

mora nati in utero

320 trine

trinus

‫ § רופאים‬42:2 ‫החבורות‬

§ 67:3 ‫ § לוח הארץ‬66:5,7; § 68:3; § 69:2; § 71:3 et passim ‫ § לוח גלגל‬71:2 ‫המישור‬ ‫ § לוחות‬13:5; § 27:2; § 31:1; § 67:3

‫ § זנב‬4:4

‫ § טעם‬40:3; § 41:2 ‫ § ממוסך‬43.4 ‫ § גבול‬8:1; § 47:6; § 65:3,7 ‫ § מעמד‬15:2; § 17:1,3,4 ‫ § מעמד הנולד‬17:1 ‫בבטן‬

‫ § מבט שלישית‬35:4; § 36:4; § 37:2; § 47:4,5; § 74:4

technical terms in iudicia

1227

No

English

Iudicia

Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot

References in Iudicia

321

triplicity

triplicitas

‫משולש‬/‫ § שלישות‬7:1,2,3,4; § 10:3 et passim

322

tropical (signs)

tropica

‫ § מזלות מתהפכים‬2:2; § 10:2

323

true motion

motus equatum

324

under the rays

sub radiis

325

unequal hours

hore inequales

326

unequal minutes of the hour

minuta hore inequales

327

upper angle

angulus superior

328

upper planets

planete superiores

329

upright circle

circulus rectus

‫ § גלגל המישור‬1:7; § 66:1,2,5,6,7; § 67:3; § 69:2; § 70:1 et passim

330 upright sphere

spera recta

‫ § גלגל המישור‬65:9; § 67:1; § 68:1,3; § 69:1; § 70:1 et passim

331

victorious

vincit

332

watery signs

signa aquea

333

weather

tempus

334

west

occidentale

‫ § מערב‬29:4,5

335

western

occidentalis

‫ § מערבי‬13:8; § 40:14; § 43:4 et passim

336

western (signs)

occidentalia

337

whole or complete hours

hore integra seu perfecta

‫ § מהלך המתוקן‬30:1 ‫ § תחת ניצוץ‬29:1,2; § 34:1; § 49:1,4 et passim ‫ § שעות מעוותות‬66:1; § 71:1 gloss at § 76:4 → 32,44 § 72:3

‫ § יתד גבוה‬48:1 ‫ § משרתים עליונים‬25:1

‫ § נצח‬34:1 ‫ § מזלות המים‬2:8; § 7:4; § 10:2 ‫ § עת‬2:2,3,4

‫ § מערביים‬2:10 ‫ § שעות שלמות‬72:2

1228

appendix 10

No

English

Iudicia

Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot

References in Iudicia

338

world or age

seculum sive mundus

‫ § עולם‬1:9

339

year

annus

‫ § שנה‬38:10, 11,12; § 39:3,7 et passim

APPENDIX 11

NAMES OF PERSONS, AUTHORS, AND SOURCES IN IUDICIA AND THEIR COUNTERPARTS IN MISHPEṬEI HA-MAZZALOT No

Iudicia

English

Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot

References in Iudicia

1

Abraham (Abracham) Dux

Abraham, the Prince (Abraham Bar Ḥiyya)

gloss at § 76:4 → 30,36,51,56

2

Abraham Princeps

Abraham, the Prince (Abraham Bar Ḥiyya)

gloss at § 76:4 → 1,5,25

3

Actor

Author (Abraham Bar Ḥiyya)

gloss before § 11:1; gloss at § 22:1; gloss at § 41:10; gloss at § 50:3 → 1,3

4

Albumasar

Abū Maʿshar

gloss at § 76:4 → 4,5,30,32,37,43

5

Antiqui

Ancients

6

Antiqui Ancient experimentatores experimenters

7

Antiqui sapientes scientists of Antiquity

8

astrolabium

astrolabe

9

astrorum sapientes

scholars of the stars

‫ § קדמונים‬4:1,3,4,5,6,7,8,9; § 14:4; § 16:1; § 20:1,2,11; § 22:1,3; § 24:1; § 25:10; § 45:1,3; § 46:5; § 47:1,6; § 50:1 ‫ § הקדמונים שנסו‬25:9 = the Ancients, who verified by experience ‫ § חכמי קדם‬1:2

‫ § כלי הנחושת‬13:2 ‫ § חכמי המזלות‬13:6; § 29:6; § 64:3 = scholars of the signs

1230

appendix 11

No

Iudicia

English

Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot

References in Iudicia

10

Avenezra

Ibn Ezra

gloss at § 9:1 → 2,3; gloss at § 76:4 → 5, 25, 36, 51, 56

11

Caribdis

Charybdis

gloss at § 76:4 → 31

12

Christiani

Christians

13

De Generatione

On Generation ⟨and Corruption⟩ (Aristotle)

14

doctrina Ptolomei Ptolemy’s doctrine

15

Enoch in libro suo

Enoch in his book

16

glossator

glossator

17

in eorum libris

in their books (scientists of experience)

18

in hebrayco

in Hebrew

19

in libris suis

in their books (Ancients)

20

in Libro suo se Nativitatibus

in his Book of nativities (Moladot II ascribed by Bate to Abraham Bar Ḥiyya)

gloss at § 50:3 → 1

21

in principio Libri Interrogationum

at the beginning of the Book of Interrogations (Sheʾelot III ascribed by Bate to Abraham Bar Ḥiyya)

gloss at § 50:3 → 4

‫ § נוצרים‬38:13 gloss at § 22:1

‫ § דעת תלמי‬40:12 = Ptolemy’s opinion ‫ § חנוך בספרו‬15:1

gloss at § 76:4 → 1,30 ‫ § בספריהם‬11:4

§ 41:5 ‫ § בספריהם‬20:12

names of persons, authors, and sources in iudicia Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot

1231

No

Iudicia

English

References in Iudicia

22

in quodam libro

in certain book

23

interrogationes

interrogations

24

Introductorius

Introduction (Abū Maʿshar’s Great Introduction)

gloss at § 76:4 → 32

25

Iudei

Jews

gloss at § 9:1; {{{⟨V⟩}}}

26

iudicia

judgments

27

iudicia astrologie

judgments of astrology

‫ § משפטי המזלות‬2:1; § 12:5; § 13:4; § 38:3 = judgments of the signs

28

iudicia astrorum

judgments of the stars

‫ § משפטי המזלות‬70:2 = judgments of the signs

29

iudicia planetarum

judgments of the planets

30

Liber de Nativitatibus

Book of Nativities (Moladot II ascribed by Bate to Abraham Bar Ḥiyya)

31

Liber Iulii Firmici Book by Julius Firmicus

gloss at § 10 → {{{⟨5⟩}}}

32

Liber Rationum

Book of Reasons (Ṭeʿamim I by Ibn Ezra)

gloss at § 10 {{{⟨VIII⟩}}} → 2,3; gloss at § 76:4 → 51

33

Liber Tabularum

Book of the Tables (Ibn Ezra)

gloss at § 9:1; gloss at § 39:5 ‫ § שאלות‬11:3

‫ § משפטים‬1:3; § 35:1

‫ § משפטי‬11:3; § 47:1 ‫המשרתים‬ ‫ § ספר המולדות‬70:2

‫ § ספר הלוחות‬13:5

1232

appendix 11

No

Iudicia

English

Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot

References in Iudicia

34

magister Abraham Dux seu Princeps vocatus Hebrayce Nati Hezkia

Master Abraham, the Duke or the Prince, called in Hebrew Bar Ḥiyya (Abraham Bar Ḥiyya)

incipit

35

Messehallach

Māshāʾallāh

gloss at § 50:3 → 2

36

nativitates

nativities

37

opus tabularum

work of the tables

gloss at § 76:4 → 48

38

Pehon

Pehon

gloss at § 44.2

39

Ptolomeus

Ptolemy

40

Ptolomeus Rex

King Ptolemy

41

sapientes iudiciorum astrologie

scholars of the judgments of astrology

42

sapientes experientie

scientists of experience

43

sapientes Persarum

scientists of the Pesians

‫ § חכמי פרס‬46:5; § 55:1 = scientists of Persia

44

scientia geometrie

science of geometry

‫ § חכמת המדות‬32:3 = science of measures

‫ § מולדות‬11:3

‫ § תלמי‬4:4; § 22:3; § 40:12; § 41:10; § 44:3; § 45:3,4; § 46:5; § 47:6; § 50:2 ‫ § תלמי המלך‬19:1; § 22:2; § 25:10; § 38:11; ‫ § חכמי משפטי‬12:5 ‫המזלות‬ = scholars of the judgments of the signs ‫ § חכמי הניסיון‬11:4

names of persons, authors, and sources in iudicia No

Iudicia

English

Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot

45

scientia iudiciorum astrologie

science of the judgments of astrology

‫ § חכמת משפטי‬38:3 ‫המזלות‬ = science of the judgments of the signs

46

Scilla

Scylla

47

sermones mulierum

women’s statements

48

tabula ad sciendum quanto gradibus retrogradatur planeta quilibet, et quanto diebus erit retrogradus

table for knowing how many degrees each planet retrogresses, and how many days it will be retrograde

‫ § לוח לדעת כמה‬31:1 ‫מעלות יחזור‬ ‫אחורנית כל‬ ‫ וכמה‬,‫כוכב‬ ‫ימים יהיה שב‬ ‫אחורנית‬

49

tabula ascensionum regionis

table of ascensions of the country

‫ § לוח הארץ‬66:3 = table of the country

50

tabula recti circuli

table of the upright circle

‫ § לוח מצעדי גלגל‬67:5; § 71:2; § 76:1 ‫המישור‬ = table of the ascensions of the circle of the plane.

51

tabula regionis

table of the country

52

tabulae equalitatis seu recti circuli

tables of equality or of the upright circle

1233

References in Iudicia

gloss at § 76:4 → 31 ‫ § דברי הנשים‬15:3

‫ § לוח הארץ‬65:7; § 66:3,5,7; § 67:3§ 68:3; § 69:2; § 71:3; § 73:6; § 75:1; § 76:1; gloss at § 76:4 → 9,22,27 ‫ § לוח המישור‬67:3 ‫ולוח הארץ‬ = table of the plane and the table of the country

1234

appendix 11

No

Iudicia

English

Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot

References in Iudicia

53

tabule probationum que super nonam speram fundantur

tables of the observations based on the ninth sphere

gloss at § 9:1

54

translator

translator (Henry Bate)

gloss at § 9:1 → 1; gloss at § 22:1; gloss at § 76:4 → 30

APPENDIX 12

TECHNICAL TERMS IN DE MUNDO AND THEIR COUNTERPARTS IN ʿOLAM I No

English

De mundo

ʿOlam I

References in De mundo

1

120 conjunctions (of the planets)

coniunctiones .120.

2

air

aura

3

airy signs

signa aerea

4

airy triplicity

triplicitas aerea

5

al-fardār

firidarie

6

al-mubtazz of the almutaz bladum grain

7

al-mubtazz (see lord)

almutaz

8

al-mubtazz of the place of the conjunction

almutaz loci coniunctionis

9

altitude

altitudo/elevatio

‫ § גבהות‬13:5; § 14:2,10; § 15:2,3,4,6,7

10

angles

anguli

‫ § יתדות‬25:2; § 35:6–7; § 39:7; § 42:3,4,5,7 et passim

11

angles of the ascendant

anguli ascendentis

‫ § מאה ועשרים‬2:1; § 6:6; § 64:1 ‫מחברות‬ prologue → 22 ‫ § מזלות הרוח‬40:1; § 55:4 ‫ § שלישות מזלות‬9:5 ‫הרוח‬ ‫ § אל פרדאר‬23:1,2; ‫ § ממונה על‬43:2 ‫התבואה‬ ‫ § הממונה‬24:1; § 42:2,3,6; § 43:2,3; § 44:4,5; § 56:15; § 60:5; § 69:2; § 70:1 ‫ § ממונה אל מקום‬43:2 ‫המחברת‬

‫ § יתדות‬44:2; § 51:1; § 50:2; § 53:2; ‫יתדות‬/‫ § הצומח‬60:3,4 ‫מזל‬ ‫יתדות‬/‫הצומח‬ ‫המזל העולה‬

1236

appendix 12

No

English

De mundo

12

angles of the of sign of the country

anguli signi terre

13

apogee

aux

14

arc of declination arcus declinationis

15

ascendant

16

ascendant degree gradus ascendens

17

aspect

aspectus

18

aspect of enmity

aspectus inimicitie

19

aspect of friendship

aspectus amicitie

20

bad aspect

aspectus malus

21

bad year

annus malus

22

beginning of the year

principium anni

23

benefic planet

planeta beneficus

24

benefic star

stella benefica

‫ § כוכב טוב‬25:2,4; § 29:5; § 35:6

25

benevolent star

stella benevola

‫ § הכוכבים‬31:2 ‫הטובים‬

26

burnt

combustus

27

burnt by the Sun

combustus a Sole

ascendens

ʿOlam I

References in De mundo

‫ § יתדות‬35:1; § 50:3; § 52:2 ‫יתדות‬/‫המדינה‬ ‫מזל המדינה‬ ‫ § גבהות‬17:2,6; § 21:2,3,4 ‫ § קשת נטייה‬14:4,9

‫ הצומח‬prologue → 21; § 20:2,4,5; § 24:4; § 44:4 et passim ‫ מעלה צומחת‬prologue → 7,8,10; § 12:2; § 69:1,3 ‫ § מבט‬22:1,3,4; § 25:1,2; § 26:1,2; § 29:5,6,7 et passim ‫ § מבט איבה‬34:7; § 51:1

‫ § מבט אהבה‬34:7

‫ § מבט רע‬41:2 ‫ § שנה רעה‬60:4 ‫ תחלת השנה‬prologue → 10,16; § 16:1; § 30:2; § 39:5; § 41:1 et passim ‫ § כוכבים טובים‬32:1; § 33:1; § 35:7; § 54:2; § 60:3

‫ § נשרף‬70:2 ‫ § נשרך מהשמש‬25:2; § 31:2; § 42:6; § 65:2

technical terms in de mundo No

English

De mundo

ʿOlam I

28

cadent ⟨from the angles⟩

cadentes

29

cadent house

domus cadens

30

center

centrum

31

circle

circulus

32

circle of equality

circulus equalitatis

33

circle of the signs circulus signorum

34

cold

frigus

35

cold (signs)

frigidus

36

complete or entire aspect

aspectus completus seu perfectus

37

condition

dispositio

38

conjunction

coniunctio

39

conjunction of Saturn and Jupiter

coniunctio Saturni et Iovis

‫ מחברת שבתאי‬prologue → 25; § 32:1; ‫ § וצדק‬39:7; § 58:1

40

conjunction of Saturn and Mars in Cancer

coniunctio Martis cum Saturno in signo Cancri

‫ § מחברת שבאתי‬27:1 ‫עם מאדים במזל‬ ‫סרטן‬

41

conjunction of the luminaries

coniunctio luminarium

42

conjunction of the planets

coniunctio planetarum

43

count

computatio

1237

References in De mundo ‫ נופלים‬42:5,7

‫ § בית נופל‬33:2; § 44:3; § 53:7 ‫ § מוצק‬21:2 ‫ גלגל‬prologue → 14; § 13:2; § 14:8; § 21:2; § 48:4,5,6,10,11; § 58:3 § 13:2

§ 13:2 ‫ § קור‬63:8,9 ‫ § מזלות קרים‬46:2 ‫ § מבט שלם‬47:3

prologue → 21,23; § 37:2 ‫ מחברת‬prologue → 2,4; § 1:1,2,3; § 8:1,2; § 10:1,2 et passim

‫ § מחברת‬18:2; § 19:2; § 20:1,2,3; ‫ § המאורות‬29:3 et passim ‫ מחברת‬prologue → 1; § 1:1,3; § 64:1 ‫המשרתים‬ ‫ § חשבון‬23:11

1238

appendix 12

No

English

De mundo

ʿOlam I

References in De mundo

44

declination

declinatio

‫ § מרחב‬14:1

45

declination

declinatio

‫ § נטייה‬14:4; § 15:5

46

degree

gradus

‫ § מעלה‬8:4; § 14:4,10; § 15:1,2; § 17:2,3,7 et passim

47

degrees of the circle

gradus circuli

48

dignity

dignitas

49

direct in its motion

directus in motu suo

50

dry

siccus

51

dry mansions

mansiones sicce

52

dryness

siccitas

53

duodenaria

duodenaria

54

Earth

terra

‫ § ארץ‬13:6; § 21:2 § 30:2

55

earthquake

terremotus

‫ § רעש‬52:2

56

earthy signs

signa terrea

57

eclipse

eclipsis

58

ecliptic line

ecliptica linea

59

epicycle

epiciclus

60

equal degrees

gradus equales

61

equal hour

hora equalis

‫ שעה ישרה‬30:4

62

equal line

linea equalis

‫ § קו השוה‬14:1

‫ § מעלת הגלגל‬58:3

‫ § שלטון‬21:3,4; § 42:2; § 60:3; § 65:1; § 69:1 ‫ § ישר בהליכתו‬21:3

‫ § יבש‬63:7,10 ‫ § מחנות יבשות‬63:10 ‫ יבושת‬prologue → 22; § 63:7,9 ‫ § שנים העשר‬32:1,7,8

‫ § מזלות העפר‬9:2; § 40:2; § 46:2; § 51:1; § 52:2; § 53:6 ‫ § קדרות‬29:1,2,3 ‫ § חשב האפודה‬21:4; § 25:4 — § 21:3 ‫ § מעלות ישרות‬47:3; § 48:3; § 57:3; § 58:1

technical terms in de mundo No

English

De mundo

ʿOlam I

63

equal motion

motus equalis/cursus equalis

64

equated

equatus

‫ § מתוקן‬62:3

65

equation

equatio

‫ § תיקון‬60:3

66

evil

malum

67

exaltation

exaltatio

68

feminine signs

signa femina

69

fiery signs

signa ignea

70

general things

communia

71

girdle of the signs cingulum signorum

72

give power

dare vim

73

good

bonum

74

good aspect

aspectus bonus

75

good year

bonus annus

76

great circle whose center is distant from the center of the Earth

circulo magno cuius centrum a centro terre remotum est

77

great conjunction coniunctio magna

78

Head of the Dragon

Caput Draconis

79

heat

calor

1239

References in De mundo

‫ § מהלך השווה‬1:1; § 11:4; § 17:3

‫ § רע‬22:3; § 25:2; § 29:7; § 32:6; § 34:2 et passim ‫ § כבוד‬23:11 ‫ § מזל נקבה‬46:1, § 63:3 ‫ § מזלות האש‬9:2; § 40:1; § 53:3 ‫ § הכלל‬7:2 ‫ § חשב האפודה‬25:4

‫ § תת הכח‬42:4; § 47:2 ‫טובה‬/‫ § טוב‬32:8 § 41:2; § 56:15; § 60:3 ‫ § מבט טוב‬22:7; § 54:2 ‫ § שנה טובה‬60:3 ‫ § גלגל הגדול‬21:2 ‫שמוצקו רחוק‬ ‫ממוצק הארץ‬

‫ § מחברת גדולה‬7:1,3; § 10:2; § 20:1,2,3; § 32:1,7 et passim ‫ § ראש התלי‬23:4

‫ § חום‬63:8

1240

appendix 12

No

English

De mundo

ʿOlam I

References in De mundo

80

heavy or slow planets

stelle graves seu tarde

81

hot

calidus

82

hour

hora

83

house (horoscopic)

domus

84

house (planetary) domus

85

house of detriment

domus detrimenti

86

house of exaltation

domo exaltationis

‫ § בית כבוד‬43:3

87

house of fall (dejection)

domus casus

‫ § בית קלון‬33:3; § 43:4 § 65:2

88

illustration

exempli gratia/ verbi gratia/ exemplum

‫ § דמיון‬2:3; § 15:1; § 32:2; § 39:3; § 56:11

89

image

ymago

‫ § צורה‬62:2,4,5

90

impeded

impeditus

91

increases its motion

auctus in cursu suo

92

intersection

sectio

93

judge (verb)

iudicare

94

judgment (astrological)

iudicium

95

judgments of the world

iudicia seculi

‫ § כוכבים כבדים‬7:1

‫ § חם‬63:6,7 ‫ שעה‬15:5,8; § 30:4,6 ‫ § בית‬10:2; § 25:3 § 30:1,2; § 34:1,4,5 et passim ‫ § בית‬21:3; § 31:1 § 43:3; § 47:2 et passim ‫ § בית שנאה‬33:3; § 43:4 § 65:2

‫ § מושחת‬70:5 ‫ § מוסיף בהליכתו‬42:3

‫ § מחברת‬13:2 ‫ § לדין‬25:1,5; § 29:1; § 34:2,7; § 35:1 et passim ‫ § דין‬29:2; § 42:4

‫ § דיני העולם‬18:2

technical terms in de mundo ʿOlam I

1241

No

English

De mundo

References in De mundo

96

key

clavis

97

keys of Saturn

claves Saturni

‫ § מפתחות שבתאי‬47:2

98

keys of the Moon

claves Lune

‫ § מפתחות הלבנה‬47:4; § 48:1

99

latitude (ecliptical)

latitudo

‫רחב‬/‫ § מרחב‬21:3,4

100

latitude (geographical)

latitudo

‫רחב‬/‫ § מרחב‬14:1,4,10; § 15:1; § 44:2; § 60:3

101

least years

anni minores

‫ § שנים קטנות‬23:12

102

line of equality

linea equalitatis

103

lord (see al-mubtazz)

dominus

104

lord of the house

dominus domus

‫ § בעל הבית‬34:4,5; § 47:1; § 49:2; § 50:1

105

lord of the sign

dominus signi

‫ § בעל המזל‬25:1,2; § 34:2; § 44:4

106

lord of the sign of dominus signi the ascendant ascendentis

‫ § ממונה על המזל‬42:2; § 50:2; § 69:1 ‫בעל‬/‫הצומח‬ ‫המזל הצומח‬

107

lord of the sign of dominus signi the country terre

‫ § בעל מזל‬25:3; § 34:5; § 53:4 ‫המדינה‬

108

lordship

dominium

109

lower planets

planete inferiores

110

luminaries

luminaria

111

lunar eclipse

eclipsis Lune

‫ § קדרות הלבנה‬30:1; § 29:6; § 31:1,2

112

malefic planet

planeta malifica

‫ § כוכבים מזיקים‬32:1

113

malefic star

stella malefica

‫ § מפתח‬47:1; § 48:14

‫ § קו הצדק‬62:2 ‫ § ממונה‬42:3

‫ § שלטון‬41:6 ‫ § כוכבים שפלים‬34:4; § 46:1; § 60:7 ‫ § מאורות‬18:2,3; § 19:2; § 20:1,2 et passim

‫ § כוכב מזיק‬25:4

1242

appendix 12

No

English

De mundo

ʿOlam I

References in De mundo

114

malefics

malefici

115

mansions of the Moon

mansiones Lune

116

mansions signifying rain

mansiones significant super pluviam

117

masters of the observations

magistri probationum

prologue → 8, 28, 40; § 13:4; gloss at § 13:9

118

mean conjunction

coniunctio media

prologue → 2,3

119

mean motion

cursus medius

‫ § מהלך השווה‬1:1

120

mean motion

motus medius

‫ § מהלך השווה‬42:3

121

method of proportion

via proportionis

122

middle conjunction

coniunctio media

123

middle conjunction (Saturn and Jupiter)

coniunctio media

124

minute

minutus

125

mixture

commixtio

‫ § ממסך‬57:4

126

mixture

complexio

‫ § ממסך‬64:2

127

moist

humidus

128

moist mansions

mansiones humide

‫ § מזיקים‬22:7; § 25:2; § 29:6; § 31:1 et passim ‫ § מחנות הלבנה‬62:1,3,4,5

‫ § מחנות גשם‬63:3

‫ § דרך חשבון‬24:4

‫ § מחברת תיכונה‬9:3; § 32:7

‫ § מחברת‬9:3; § 32:1,7; § 39:1; § 42:1 ‫אמצעית‬

‫חלקים‬/‫ § חלקים‬13:3,4,5; § 15:1,5; § 16:1; /‫ § ראשונים‬62:4 ‫ראשונים‬

‫ § לח‬63:1,6,9 ‫ § מחנות לחות‬63:1

technical terms in de mundo ʿOlam I

1243

No

English

De mundo

References in De mundo

129

moistness

humiditas

130

month

mens

131

motion

motus

132

multiply

multiplicare

133

nativity

nativitas

134

nature

natura

135

noon

meredies

‫ § חצי היום‬13:3,5; § 14:2,10; § 15:3,4,8

136

number

numerus

‫חשבון‬/‫ מספר‬prologue → 3,34; § 2:1,2,3,4; § 3:1,3; § 4:2,7 et passim

137

observers

consideratores

‫ § מדקדקים‬17:3,6,10

138

obstructing star

stella impediens

‫ § כוכב מזיק‬56:3,10; § 60:3

139

occidental

occidentalis

140

opening of the doors

apertio portarum

141

opposition

oppositio

‫ נכח‬prologue → 17, 21; § 18:2; § 19:2; § 20:1,2,3; § 31:1,2 et passim

142

opposition aspect oppositus aspectus

‫ § מבט נכח‬22:5; § 25:2; § 39:1; § 52:1; § 54:3; § 56:3; § 68:1

143

opposition of the luminaries

oppositio luminarium

144

orb

orbis

145

orb of the signs

orbis signorum

146

order

ordo

‫ § לחה‬63:7 ‫ § חודש‬20:3; § 30:3,6; § 42:8; § 44:3 et passim ‫תנועה‬/‫ § מהלך‬7:4; § 11:4; § 17:7 ‫ § לערוך‬2:4; § 3:3 § 4:3,4,5,6 et passim ‫ § מולד‬24:7; § 70:1 ‫ § תולדת‬21:5; § 29:7; § 63:8

‫ § מערבי‬22:2; § 53:5; § 60:2,6 — § 47:1

‫ נכח המאורות‬prologue → 9,17,18,22; § 18:2; § 19:2; § 42:1; § 44:1; § 60:1 et passim ‫ § גלגל‬24:8; § 25:4 ‫ § גלגל המזלות‬1:2 ‫ § מערכת‬23:11

1244

appendix 12

No

English

De mundo

ʿOlam I

References in De mundo

147

oriental

orientalis

148

particular things

particularia

‫ § הפרטים‬7:2

149

pattern

stans

‫ § מתכונת‬24:8

150

planets

planete

‫ § משרתים‬1:1; § 3:2; § 4:1; § 18:3; § 24:1,5; § 32:1 et passim

151

planets

planete

‫ § כוכבים‬1:3; § 3:1; § 11:4; § 22:4; § 23:2 et passim

152

planets

planete

153

power (planet)

fortitudo

154

power of the duodenaria

fortitudo duodenarie

155

proportion

proportio

156

quarter

quartus

157

quartile aspect

aspectus quartus

‫ § מבט רביעית‬22:5; § 25:2; § 34:7; § 39:1; § 51:1; § 52:2; § 54:3; § 55:6; § 56:3; § 68:1

158

rays of burning

radii combustionis

‫ § אור השרפה‬34:3

159

rays of the brightness of the Sun

radiis splendoris Solis

‫ § אור השמש‬60:7

160

rays of the Sun

radii Solis

‫ § אור השמש‬26:3; § 33:2

161

retrograde

retrogradus

‫ § מזרחי‬22:2; § 53:2; § 55:6; § 60:2,6

‫ § כוכבים משרתים‬64:1 ‫ § כח‬21:6; § 25:4; § 26:2; § 33:1,2 et passim ‫ § כח שנים העשר‬32:1,7,8

‫ § ערך‬24:4,5,8; § 26:4; § 39:6 ‫ § רביעית‬20:5,6; § 48:12

‫ § חוזר‬21:3; § 33:3; § 34:3; 42:3; ‫לאחור‬/‫ § אחורנית‬46:1; § 49:1; § 53:7 et ‫ שב‬passim ‫לאחור‬/‫אחורנית‬

technical terms in de mundo No

English

De mundo

162

revolution

revolutio

163

revolution of the year

revolutio anni

‫ תקופת השנה‬prologue → 8; § 12:2; § 13:9; § 18:1; § 36:2 et passim

164

revolution of the year of the conjunction

revolutio anni coniunctionis

‫ § תקופת שנת‬10:2; § 25:1; § 32:1; § 56:15 ‫המחברת‬

165

rulers

prepotentia

166

scholar of astronomy

sapiens atronomie

‫ § אחד מחכמי‬16:1 ‫המזלות‬

167

scholars of experience or masters of the observations

sapientes experientie seu magistri probationum

‫ § חכמי הנסיון‬1:4; § 11:3

168

scholars of the stars

sapientes astrorum

169

seconds

secunda

170

serve

servire

171

setting sign

signun occumbens

172

shadow

umbra

173

sign (zodiacal)

signum

‫ § מזל‬7:3; § 8:1,2,3,4; § 12:2 et passim

174

sign (zodiacal)

signum

‫ § בית‬29:5

175

sign of a human form

signum figure humane

176

sign of profection signum profectionis

177

sign of the ascendant

signum ascendentis

ʿOlam I

1245

References in De mundo ‫ § תקופה‬44:1; § 52:1

‫ § מושל‬18:3

‫ § חכמי המזלות‬13:7; § 40:1

‫ § שניים‬13:3,4 ‫ שמוש‬,‫ § לשמש‬23:2,3,11 ‫ § מזל שוקע‬30:2

‫ § צל‬13:6

‫ § מזל על צורת בן‬53:5; § 55:5 ‫אדם‬ ‫ § בית הסוף‬39:8; § 57:2,4

‫ § מזל הצומח‬10:2; § 11:1; § 12:2; § 18:1; § 19:2 et passim

1246

appendix 12

No

English

De mundo

ʿOlam I

References in De mundo

178

sign of the conjunction

signum coniunctionis

179

sign of the country

signum terre

180

sign of the triplicity

signum triplicitatis

181

sign of the world

signum mundi

182

signs of bodily ailments

signa incommoditatum corporalium

‫ § מזלות המומים‬54:3

183

signs which are according to the form of a human being

signa que sunt secundum figuram hominis

‫ § בתים שהם על‬29:5 ‫צורת בן אדם‬

184

slowness

tarditas

185

small circle

circulus brevis

186

small conjunction coniunctio minor

‫ § מחברת קטנה‬10:1; § 32:1,7; § 39:1,7; § 42:1; § 57:1

187

solar eclipse

eclipsis Solis

‫ § קדרות השמש‬30:4; § 31:1,2

188

star Jupiter

stella Iovis

189

stars (fixed)

stelle

‫ § כוכבים‬17:7; § 46:3

190

stars (planes)

stelle

‫ § כוכבים‬3:1; § 22:4; § 25:1; § 28:1; § 37:2 et passim

191

stars of the uppermost orb

stella que sunt in orbe superiori

192

succedent of the angles

succedentes angulorum

193

suitable proportion

proportio conveniens

‫ § מזל המחברת‬39:2; § 57:3

‫ § מזל המדינה‬25:1,2,3; § 33:1,2; § 34:1,5 et passim ‫ § בית השלישות‬8:1,2; § 9:1; § 10:1

‫ § מזל העולם‬27:1

‫ § כובד‬11:4 ‫ § גלגל הקטן‬21:3

‫ § כוכב צדק‬37:1

‫ § כוכבים שהם‬17:7 ‫בגלגל העליון‬ ‫ § סמוכים‬42:5

‫ § ערך נכבד‬26:4

technical terms in de mundo No

English

De mundo

194

tables

tabule

195

Tail (of the Dragon)

cauda

196

temperate mansions

mansiones temperate

197

term

terminus

198

terminal house

domus finis

199

translation

translatio

200 triplicity

triplicitas

201

signum tropicum

tropical sign

ʿOlam I

References in De mundo ‫ לוחות‬prologue → 50; § 1:3,4; § 11:3,4; § 17:4,5; § 30:5; § 62:3 ‫ § הזנב‬23:8

‫ § מחנות ממוסכות‬63:11

‫ § גבול‬56:2 ‫ § בית הסוף‬57:3 prologue → 1,1,17,19,20 ‫ שלישות‬prologue → 2,3,5; § 8:1,2; § 9:1,4,5; § 10:1 ‫ § מזלות מתהפכים‬63:5 ‫ מחברת באמת‬prologue → 41; § 30:5

202 true conjunction

vera coniunctio

203 true motion

verus motus

204 upper stars

stelle superiores

205 uppermost orb

orbis superior

‫ § גלגל העליון‬17:7

206 verified experimentally

expertus

‫מנוסה‬/‫ § נסה‬43:1; § 48:14 § 56:5; § 61:1,3; § 66:1

207

vincere

victorious

208 water

aqua

209 watery signs

signa aquea

210

whole degree

gradus perfectus

211

whole year

annus integrus

1247

— prologue → 5 ‫ § כוכבים עליונים‬24:5

‫ § מנצח‬34:4; § 57:4 ‫ § מים‬46:2,3,4; § 55:2 ‫ § מזלות המים‬9:5; § 29:7; § 40:2; § 44:4; § 55:1,3 ‫ § מעלות שלמות‬14:5 ‫ § שנה תמימה‬30:4

1248

appendix 12

No

English

De mundo

212

year

annus

213

year of the conjunction

annus coniunctionis

214

year of the Sun

annus solaris

ʿOlam I

References in De mundo ‫ שנה‬prologue → 5,7,17; § 7:4; § 8:2,3; § 9:1,6 et passim

‫ § שנית המחברת‬10:2; § 25:1; § 56:15

‫ § שנת החמה‬13:8

APPENDIX 13

NAMES OF PERSONS, AUTHORS, AND SOURCES IN DE MUNDO AND THEIR COUNTERPARTS IN ʿOLAM I No

Latin

De Mundo

ʿOlam I

References in De Mundo

1

Abrachus/ Abracan/ Abracam

Hipparchus

2

Abraham Arzachel

Abraham al-Zarqāl

3

Abraham iste cognominatus Avenesre

this Abraham named Ibn Ezra

prologue → 2

4

Abraham Princeps

Abraham, the Prince (Abraham Bar Ḥiyya)

prologue → 2,26,

5

Abraham, magister noster

Abraham, our master

6

Actor

Author

7

Actor Libri Creationis

Author of the Book of Creation

8

Albategni

Al-Battānī

9

Albumasar

Abū Maʿshar

10

Albumasar, princeps astrologorum

Abū Maʿshar, prince of the astrologers

‫ אברכז‬prologue → 30 § 13:8; § 14:8; § 17:1

‫ § ואברהם אל‬14:9; § 17:11 ‫אברהים‬/‫זרקל‬ ‫אל זרקאל‬

‫ § אני אברהם‬13:1 = I Abraham prologue → 4,13 § 24:6; gloss at § 24:8 → 2 ‫ § בעל ספר יצירה‬24:6

‫ אל בתאני‬prologue → 31,32,33,40; § 17:5; § 62:3 ‫ § אבו מעשר‬1:1; § 56:2,8,10; § 59:1; § 61:1 prologue → 1,49

1250

appendix 13

No

Latin

De Mundo

ʿOlam I

References in De Mundo

11

Alendrugazar

Al-Andruzagar

12

Almagest

Almagest (Ptolemy)

13

Alplaton

Platon

14

Alzophi/Azolphi

Al-Ṣūfī

15

Andruzagar Israelita

Andruzagar, the Israelite

16

Antiqui

Ancients

17

Avenesra

Ibn Ezra

18

Aventarat

Aventarat (Ibn Ṣariq)

19

Calchidius

Calcidius

gloss at § 24:8 → 9

20

Commentator

Commentator (Averroes)

gloss at § 24:8 → 4

21

computatio Persarum

reckoning of the Persians

22

Coniunctiones

⟨Book on the⟩ conjunctions (Abū Maʿshar)

23

Doronius

Dorotheus

24

Doronius Rex

King Dorotheus

25

ego

I (Abraham Ibn Ezra)

26

ego Abraham

I, Abraham

‫ § אל אנדרוזגר‬69:1 gloss at § 9:1 → 16,39

‫ § אפלטון‬45:2 = Al-Platon ‫ אל צופי‬prologue → 32; § 17:10,12 ‫ § אל אנדרוזגר‬58:1 ‫הישראלי‬ ‫ § קדמונים‬18:3; gloss at § 24:8 → 8; § 48:14 prologue → 1,5,7,8,13,21,26, 27,32,33,38,46,53; gloss at § 6:7 ‫ § אבן צארק‬47:1 = Ibn Ṣariq

‫ § חשבון הפרסיים‬24:1

gloss at § 9:1 → 22

‫ § דורוניוס‬18:2 ‫ § דורוניוס המלך‬32:1 ‫ § אני‬12:3; § 61:3

‫ § אני אברהם‬45:1 = I Abraham

names of persons, authors, and sources in de mundo No

Latin

De Mundo

ʿOlam I

27

ego, Abraham Compilator

I, Abraham, the Author

gloss at § 9:1 → 13

28

Elementi

Elements (Euclides)

gloss at § 24:8 → 3

29

Enoch

Enoch

30

Enoch antiquus

Enoch, the Ancient

‫ § חנוך הקדמון‬36:1

31

Enoch Egiptius

Enoch, the Egyptian

‫ § חנוך המצרי‬37:1

32

Enoch Primus

Enoch, the First

33

Euclides

Euclid

gloss at § 24:8 → 3

34

Hermes

Hermes

gloss at § 36:1

35

Iacob Alkindi

Yaʿqub al-Kindī

36

Ieber

Jābir ⟨ibn Aflaḥ⟩

37

Indi

Indians

38

Introductoriun

Introduction (Abū Maʿshar)

39

Liber Albumasar de Coniunctionibus Planetarum

Abū Maʿshar’s Book on the Conjunctions of the Planets

40

Liber Avenesre de Ibn Ezra’s Book Mundo vel Seculo of the World or of the Age

41

Liber Creationis

Book of Creation

42

liber eius

his book (Abū Maʿshar)

1251

References in De Mundo

‫ § חנוך‬32:1

‫ § חנוך הראשון‬56:1

‫ § יעקב אל כנדי‬44:1; § 60:1 gloss at § incipit → 40 ‫ § חכמי הודו‬11:3,4; § 37:1 = scholars of India prologue → 35

‫ § ספר אבו מעשר‬1:1 ‫במחברת‬ ‫השמרתים‬

incipit

‫ § ספר יצירה‬24:6 ‫ § ספרו‬61:4

1252

appendix 13

No

Latin

De Mundo

43

Liber Electionum Book of Elections (Abraham Ibn Ezra)

44

Liber Initii Sapientie

45

Liber Nativitatum Book of Nativities (Abraham Ibn Ezra)

prologue → 2,14

46

Liber Rationum

Book of Reasons (Abraham Ibn Ezra)

prologue → 2,12,15

47

Liber Redemptionis Israel

Book on the Redemption of Israel (Abraham, the Prince)

prologue → 2,26

48

Liber Revolutionum

Book of Revolutions (Yaʿqub al-Kindī)

49

Liber Secretorum Book of Secrets Enoch by Enoch

‫ § ספר הסודות של‬32:1 ‫חנוך‬

50

Liber suo De pluviis

his Book on Rain (Plato)

‫ § ספר הגשם‬45:2 = Book on rain

51

magistri probationum

masters of the observations

52

Messehalla

Māshāʾallāh

53

Metaphysica

Metaphysics (Aristotle)

gloss at § 24:8 → 4

54

philosophi

philosophers

gloss at § 24:8 → 9

55

Philosophus

the Philosopher (Aristotle)

gloss at § 24:8 → 4

Book of the Beginning of Wisdom

ʿOlam I

References in De Mundo

‫ § ספר המבחרים‬34:6

‫ § ספר ראשית‬64:2 ‫חכמה‬

‫ § ספר התקופה‬44:1 = Book of the revolution

prologue → 8,28,40; § 1:4; § 11:3; § 13:4; gloss at § 13:8 ‫ § מאשא אללה‬25:1; § 41:1; § 42:1; § 43:1; § 57:1

names of persons, authors, and sources in de mundo No

Latin

De Mundo

ʿOlam I

56

Pitagoras

Pythagoras

gloss at § 24:8 → 8

57

Plato

Plato

gloss at § 24:8 → 9

58

precedentes ipsum et sequentes

his predecessors and successors (Ptolemy)

prologue → 8

59

Ptolomeus/ Ptholomeus

Ptolemy

60

Quadripartitus

⟨Book⟩ of Four Parts (Ptolemy)

61

sapientes antiquiores necnon et posteriores

the Ancients as well as the later ⟨Scholars⟩

‫ § החכמים‬30:4 ‫הקדמונים וגם‬ ‫האחרונים‬ = the Ancient scholars and also the last ones

62

sapientes arismetici

wise arithmeticians

‫ § חכמי המספר‬24:8 = scholars of the number

63

sapientes astronomie

scholars of astronomy

64

sapientes astrorum

scholars of the stars

65

sapientes Egiptiorum

scholars of the Egyptians

‫ § חכמי מצרים‬18:2

66

sapientes experientie seu magistri probationum

scholars of experience or masters of the observations

‫ § חכמי הנסיון‬1:4; § 11:3

1253

References in De Mundo

‫ בטלמיוס‬prologue → 8,9,11,12,15,27,30,31,33,39 12:2; § 13:1,9; § 14:6,7; § 17:1,2,3,4,5,7; § 18:2; § 19:1; § 26:4; § 29:1; § 30:1,4 prologue → 13,17,36

‫ § חכמי המזלות‬16:1 = scholars of the signs ‫ § חכמי המזלות‬13:7; § 40:1 = scholars of the signs

1254

appendix 13

No

Latin

De Mundo

ʿOlam I

References in De Mundo

67

sapientes Indorum

scholars of the Indians

‫ § חכמי הודו‬1:3; § 14:5; § 18:2; § 59:1; = scholars of § 62:1; § 63:1 India

68

sapientes nostri temporis

scholars of our time

‫ § חכמי דורנו‬12:2 = scientists of our generation

69

sapientes Persarum

scholars of the Persians

‫ § חכמי פרס‬18:2; § 23:1 = scholars of Persia

70

Sapientes Sarracenorum

scholars of the Saracens

‫ § חכמי ישמעאל‬14:9 = Ishmaelite scholars

71

sapientes ymaginum

scholars of the images

‫ § חכמי הצורות‬62:2

72

suam sectam Iudaicam

his Jewish sect (Abraham Ibn Ezra)

73

tabulas Albategni Tables of al-Battānī

74

tabule

tables

75

tabule Ptholomei

Ptolemy’s tables

76

tabule sapientium experientie seu magistrorum probationum

tables of the ‫ § לוחות חכמי‬1:4; § 11:3 scholars of ‫הנסיון‬ experience or of = Tables of the the masters of the scholars of observations experience

77

tabule sapientium Indorum

tables of the scholars of the Indians

78

tabule super Pisas tables for Pisa (Abraham Ibn Ezra)

gloss at § 9:1 → 47

‫ § לוחות אל בתאני‬17:5; § 62:3

‫ § לוחות‬30:5 ‫ § לוחות בטלמיוס‬17:4,5

‫ § לוחות חכמי‬1:3 ‫הודו‬

prologue → 51

names of persons, authors, and sources in de mundo No

Latin

De Mundo

ʿOlam I

79

Thymeus

Timaeus

gloss at § 24:8 → 9

80

Tractatu suo De motibus et Opere Tabularum super Pisas

his Treatise on the Motions and the Use of Tables for Pisa (Abraham Ibn Ezra)

prologue → 51

81

Tractatus Avenesre de Planetarum Coniunctionibus et Annorum Revolutionibus

Ibn Ezra’s Treatise on the Conjunctions of the Planets and the Revolutions of the Years of the World

prologue → 1

82

translatio

translation

prologue → 1,18,19,20

83

vir excellens

excellent man (Abraham Bar Ḥiyya)

‫ § אדם גדול‬17:5 = a great man

84

Yahagi filium Evi Manassour

Yaḥyā ben Abī Manṣūr

‫ § יחיי בן אבי‬14:9 ‫מנצור‬

1255

References in De Mundo

APPENDIX 14

TECHNICAL TERMS IN DE LUMINARIBUS AND THEIR COUNTERPARTS IN MEʾOROT No

English

De luminaribus

Meʾorot References in De luminaribus

1

al-mubtazz

almutaz

2

angle

angulus

3

apogee

aux

‫ § מקום‬24:8; § 27:5; § 30:1,2 ‫מקום‬/‫גבהות‬ ‫גבוה‬

4

arc of vision

arcus apparitionis

‫ § קשת המראה‬23:4

5

argument or equated portion

argumentum seu portio equata

6

ascendant degree/ ascendant sign

gradus ascendens/signum ascendens

7

ascending region of heaven

pars celi ascendens

8

aspect

aspectus

9

aspects of the planets

aspectus planetarum

10

bad aspect

aspectus malus

11

bad houses

domus male

12

bad place

locus malus

13

bad sign

signum malum

‫ § הפקיד הממונה‬8:4 ‫ § יתד‬12:1; § 16:1; § 22:1,2

§ 30:3

‫ § מעלה‬8:4; § 11:1; § 12:1; § 12:1; ‫מזל‬/‫ § צומחת‬16:1; § 22:4 et passim ‫מזל עולה‬/‫צומח‬ ‫ § חצי הגלגל‬2:4 ‫העולה‬ ‫ § מבט‬11:1,2,3,4; § 14:1; § 19:3 et passim ‫ § מבטי הכוכבים‬6:1 ‫המשרתים‬ ‫ § מבט רע‬8:6; § 15:3; ‫ § בתים רעים‬8:3; § 26:1 ‫ § מקום רע‬9:5 ‫אות‬/‫סימן רע‬/‫ § רע‬11:1; § 12:1; § 13:1; § 23:1; ‫ § רע‬24:4; § 27:1 et passim

technical terms in de luminaribus

1257

No

English

De luminaribus

Meʾorot References in De luminaribus

14

bad star

mala stella

‫ § כוכב רע‬11:2; § 23:5,6; § 29:1

15

bicorporal (signs) bicorporea

16

births

nativitates

17

boundary of burning

terminus combustionis

18

bud judgment

iudicium veritatis malum

‫ § דין רע‬11:4

19

cadent (houses)

cadentes

‫ § נופלים‬12:1

20

center

centrum

‫ § מוצק‬4:1

21

changeable signs

signa mobila

22

circle

circulus

23

cold (adj.)

frigidus

‫ § קר‬7:1

24

cold (noun)

frigiditas

‫ § קור‬2:1; § 6:5; § 24:6,7; § 26:4; § 28:3

25

complexion

complexio

26

conjunction

coniunctio

27

constipation or holding back

retentione seu restrictione

‫ § עצור‬24:8

28

coughing

tussis

‫ § שעול‬24:10

29

crisis

crisis

30

crisis day (critical dies critica day)

‫ § מזל שיש לו שני‬17:1 ‫גופים‬ ‫ § מולד‬1:11 ‫ § גבול השרפה‬23:4

‫ § מזלות מתהפכים‬17:1 ‫ § גלגל‬4:1,7; § 15:1; § 35:2

‫תולדת‬/‫ § ממסך‬7:1,2,3,4; § 33:1 ‫ממסך‬/‫ § מחברת‬11:3; § 19:3; § 20:1; § 23:1,2,5; § 29:3 et passim

‫ § גבול‬3:3,5,6; § 4:7,9; § 5:1; § 6:1,3; § 9:1 et passim ‫ § יום גבול‬3:7; § 4:5; § 11:1,2,3; § 14:1; § 34:1,4

1258

appendix 14

No

English

De luminaribus

Meʾorot References in De luminaribus

31

day

dies

32

degree

gradus

33

diarrhea

solutio ventris

34

direct in motion

directe vadens/directus

35

disease

egritudo

36

disease because of divine service and reflections about the afterlife

egritudo propter servicium Dei et cogitationes futuri seculi

‫ § חולי בעבור‬28:5 ‫עבודת השם‬ ‫ומחשבות‬ ‫העולם הבא‬

37

disease because of love (venereal disease)

egritudo propter amorem

‫ § חולי בעבור‬28:5 ‫חשק‬

38

distance

distantia

39

dry

siccus

‫ § יבש‬6:5

40

dryness

siccitas

‫ § יבושת‬27:5,6

41

Earth

terra

42

eccentric circle

circulus ecentricus

43

eclipse (noun)

eclipsis

‫ § קדרות‬1:8; § 13:1,2

44

eclipse (verb)

eclipsare

‫ § נקדר‬1:7,8; § 13:1

45

elections

electiones

46

end of the north

finis septentrionis

‫ § סוף צפון‬16:2

47

end of the south

finis meridiei

‫ § סוף דרום‬16:2

‫ § יום‬1:1,2; § 2:1,4; § 3:3,4,5,6,7 et passim ‫ § מעלה‬23:4; § 25:4; § 28:4; § 29:1 et passim ‫ § שלשול‬24:8 ‫ § הולך דרך ישר‬1:5; § 31:1

‫ § חולי‬2:3,4; § 3:3,4,6; § 4:2; § 5:1; § 6:5 et passim

‫ § מרחק‬22:2; § 35:2

‫ § ארץ‬1:3,7; § 4:1; § 13:1; § 33:3 ‫ § גלגל המוצק‬26:5; § 27:5; § 30:1,6

‫ § מבחר‬9:6

technical terms in de luminaribus No

English

De luminaribus

Meʾorot References in De luminaribus

48

epicycle

epiciclus

‫ § גלגל קטן‬4:1; § 30:2

49

equal line (equator)

equalis linea

‫ § קו השוה‬23:2

50

equated center

centrum equatum

51

evacuating

inanitio

52

even number

numerus par

53

evil

malum

54

exaltation

exaltatio

55

excess or repletion

habundantia vel repletio

56

extreme north

terminus septentrionalis

‫ § סוף צפון‬15:2

57

extremity of the south

terminus meridiei

‫ § סוף דרום‬15:2

58

face

facies

‫ § פנים‬30:5

59

fall

casus

‫ § בית שפלות‬10:2

60

firm signs

signa firma

‫ § מזל נאמן‬17:1

61

fixed signs

signa fixa

‫ § מזל נאמן‬17:1

62

fixed stars

stelle fixe

63

girdle of the signs cingulum signorum

64

good aspect

aspectus bonus

1259

‫ § מנת הכוכב‬30:2 ‫המתוקנת‬ ‫ § חסרון‬18:2 ‫ § זוגות‬3:5 ‫ § רע‬12:1; § 17:1; § 21:1; § 23:2,3,4,5,6 et passim ‫בית‬/‫ § בית גבהות‬2:2; § 10:1; § 27:1; § 30:5 ‫כבוד‬ ‫ § תוספת בגוף‬18:1

‫ § כוכבים עליונים‬33:1; § 34:5 ‫ § גלגל המזלות‬1:5

‫ § מבט טוב‬15:3

1260

appendix 14

No

English

De luminaribus

Meʾorot References in De luminaribus

65

good judgment

iudicium veritatis bonum

66

good place

locus bonus

67

good planets

bone planete

68

good sign

signum bonum

69

government

dominium

70

half a testimony

dimidium testimonium

71

half evil

dimidium malum

72

half of a bad sign

dimidium signum malum

73

half of a good sign

dimidium signum bonum

74

half of an aspect

medietas aspectus

75

harm

dampnum

‫ § נזק‬9:5

76

heat

caliditas

‫ § חום‬2:1; § 6:5; § 7:1; § 24:6,7; § 26:4; § 28:3,4

77

honor (magnitude of stars)

honor

78

host of heaven

exercitus celorum

79

hot

calidus

80

hour

hora

81

house (horoscopic)

domus

‫ § דין טוב‬11:4

‫ § מקום טוב‬9:5 ‫ § כוכבים טובים‬11:2; § 29:1; § 32:3 ‫ § סימן טוב‬10:1; § 26:1; § 28:1; § 32:5 ‫ § פקידות‬8:4 ‫ § חצי עדות‬14:2,3,7

‫ § חצי רע‬23:4; § 29:1 ‫ § חצי סימן רע‬32:1,4,7

‫ § חצי סימן טוב‬10:1; § 32:5

‫ § חצי המבט‬3:7

‫ § כבוד‬33:1

‫ § צבא השמים‬1:2,4 ‫ § חם‬6:3,5; § 7:1 ‫ § שעה‬4:2,6,7; § 34:1 ‫ § בית‬8:3; § 9:3,5; § 22:3; § 26:1; § 29:4

technical terms in de luminaribus No

English

De luminaribus

82

house (planetary) domus

83

house of honor

84

imposition of the terminatio boundary

85

inferior apsis (perigee)

apsis inferior

‫ § מקום השפל‬24:8

86

inferior place (perigee)

locus inferior

‫ § מקום השפל‬24:8

87

injury

nocumentum

88

intersection

coniunctio

89

judge (verb)

iudicare

90

judgment of places

iudicium locorum ‫ § משפט המקומות‬8:2

91

judgment of the aspects

iudicium aspectuum

92

judgments

iudicia

93

judgments of the science of the stars

iudicia scientie astrorum

94

keys of the Moon

claves Lune

95

latitude

latitudo

96

leader/ruler

presul

97

light

lumen

domus honoris

1261

Meʾorot References in De luminaribus ‫ § בית‬10:1,2; § 24:10; § 26:1; § 27:7; § 29:1,5; § 30:5 ‫ § בית כבוד‬2:2 ‫ § גבול‬3:3

‫ § נזק‬9:5 ‫ § מחברת‬15:2 ‫ § דן‬11:4; § 14:1; § 28:4; § 31:2

‫ § משפט המבטים‬8:2

‫דין‬/‫ § משפטים‬8:2; § 11:4; § 19:3; § 22:3; § 32:4; § 33:5 ‫ § משפטי חכמת‬9:2 ‫המזלות‬

‫ § מפתחות הלבנה‬3:7 ‫מרחב‬/‫ § רחב‬1:4,7; § 14:7,8; § 16:3,4; § 20:1,2,3 et passim ‫ § הפקיד הממונה‬8:4 ‫ § אור‬1:1,2,3,7,11; § 18:1,2; § 24:5; § 27:2

1262

appendix 14

No

English

De luminaribus

Meʾorot References in De luminaribus

98

line of equality (equator)

linea equalitatis

‫ § הקו השוה‬35:2

99

line of the signs

linea signorum

‫ § קו המזלות‬1:5; § 30:4

100

long signs

signa longa

101

longest longitude longior longitudo (apogee)

102

longitude

longitudo

103

lord of the ascendant

dominus ascendentis

‫ § בעל המזל‬12:1 ‫הצומח‬

104

lord of the house (horoscopic)

dominus domus

‫ § בעל הבית‬9:3,5

105

lord of the nativity

dominus nativitatis

‫ § בעל המולד‬8:3

106

lord of the nativity

dominus nativitatis

‫ § בעל המולד‬8:3

107

lowest place (perigee)

locus infimus

108

luminaries

luminaria

109

luminous stars

stelle luminose

‫ § כוכבי אור‬1:2,5

110

lunar month

mens lunaris

‫ § חדש ימים‬3:4

111

mean motion

cursus mediocris/motus mediocris

112

middle line

linea media

113

midnight

media nocte

114

mixed

commixtus

‫ § מזלות ארוכים‬16:4,5; § 23:3; § 25:3 ‫ § מקום גבהות‬24:8; § 30:1,2,3

‫מרחק‬/‫ § ארך‬1:7; § 15:1,2

‫ § מקום השפל‬27:6

‫ § מאורות‬1:3

‫ § מהלך אמצעי‬4:6,7

‫ § קו גלגל המזלות‬30:4 ‫ § חצי הלילה‬2:4 ‫ § בממסך‬8:1

technical terms in de luminaribus No

English

De luminaribus

115

mixture

commixtio

116

moist

humidus

117

moistness

humiditas

118

morning

mane

119

motion

motus/cursus

120

nativity

nativitas

121

nature

natura

122

nearest longitude longitudio (perigee) propior

123

night

nox

124

noon

meridies

125

north

septentrio

126

northern

septentrionalis

127

occidental (of the occidentalis Sun)

128

opposition aspect aspectus oppositus

129

opposition to the apogee (perigee)

oppositus augis

130

oriental (of the Sun)

orientalis

‫ § מזרחי‬14:2,3,4,6; § 24:6

131

our regions

nostri regiones

‫ § הישוב‬2:2

1263

Meʾorot References in De luminaribus ‫ § ממסך‬29:2,3,5 ‫ § לח‬6:3 ‫לחה‬/‫ § לחלוח‬3:1; § 27:6 ‫ § בקר‬4:4 /‫תנועה‬/‫ § מהלך‬1:5,7,9; § 4:1; § 6:1 ‫הליכה‬ ‫ § מולד‬8:1,3,4,6; § 9:1,8 ‫ § תולדת‬5:1; § 6:3,5; § 11:2; § 19:2; § 24:14 et passim ‫ § מקום השפלות‬30:1,2,3

‫ § לילה‬1:1,2; § 2:1,4; § 15:2 ‫ § חצי היום‬2:4 ‫ § צפון‬16:2; § 35:2; ‫ § שמאלי‬14:7,8 ‫ § מערבי‬14:5,7; § 24:7; § 28:4

‫ § נכח‬3:6; § 16:1,3; § 21:1; § 22:1 et passim ‫ § מקום שפלות‬30:1

1264

appendix 14

No

English

De luminaribus

Meʾorot References in De luminaribus

132

patient

eger

‫ § חולה‬2:4; § 4:3; § 6:3,5; § 8:1,4; § 9:8 et passim

133

physician

medicus

‫ § רופא‬9:9; § 15:3

134

place

locus

‫ § מקום‬3:6; § 8:2; § 9:5; § 11:4; § 13:1; § 16:3,4 et passim

135

planets

planete

136

power

fortitudo/virtus

137

proportional degrees in the circle

gradus proportionales in circulo

138

pulse

pulsus

139

quartian fever

febris quartana

140

quartile

quartus

‫ § מבט מרובע‬3:6; § 4:2,5,6; § 10:1; § 13:1 et passim

141

quartile aspect

aspectu quartus

‫ § מבט רביעית‬3:6; § 4:2,5,6; § 10:1 et passim

142

quick in ⟨its⟩ course

velox cursu

143

rays (planet)

radii

144

reception of power

receptio virtutis

145

reckoning

computatio

146

retrograde

retrogradus

/‫ § משרתים‬1:5,7,9; § 6:1; § 34:2; § 35:1 ‫כוכבים משרתים‬ ‫ § כח‬1:3; § 1:11; § 5:2; § 6:2; § 6:5; § 7:1,2; § 23:6 et passim ‫ § מעלות שהם‬35:2 ‫דומות בגלגל‬

‫ § דפק‬9:9 ‫ § קדחת רביעיה‬5:1

/‫ § מהיר בהליכה‬4:2,6,8; § 24:2,4 /‫ממהר בהליכה‬ ‫ממהר‬/‫מהיר‬ ‫ § אור‬14:1; § 25:4; § 29:1 ‫ § לקבל כח‬6:5

‫ § חשבון‬4:5 ‫ § שב אחורנית‬24:3,9; § 26:3; § 28:4; § 31:1

technical terms in de luminaribus No

English

De luminaribus

147

revolution of the year

revolutio anni

148

root

radix

149

ruler over the nativity

presul super nativitatem

150

scholars of astrology

sapientes astrologie

‫ § חכמי המזלות‬22:1

151

scholars of the stars

scientia astrorum

‫ § בעלי המזלות‬3:2

152

science of the stars

scientia astrorum

153

sextile aspect

aspectus sextilis

154

shadow

umbra

155

short signs

signa brevia

156

sign (zodiacal)

signum

157

similar degree

similis gradus

158

slow in its course

tardus in cursu/tardus in moto suo/tardus

159

small circle

ciculus parvus

160

south

meridies

‫ § דרום‬16:2

161

southern

meridianus

‫ § דרומי‬30:4

162

sphere

spera

1265

Meʾorot References in De luminaribus ‫ § תקופת השנה‬35:5

‫ § שורש‬3:6; § 19:3; § 25:4; § 35:5 ‫ § הפקיד הממונה‬8:4 ‫על מולד‬

‫ § חכמת המזלות‬8:1; § 9:1

‫ § מבט ששית‬4:8; § 16:4,5; § 22:3; § 25:3 et passim ‫ § צל‬1:7; § 13:1 ‫ § מזלות קצרים‬16:4; § 23:3,4; § 25:1,2 ‫ § מזל‬2:2; § 8:4; § 11:1; § 12:1 et passim ‫ § מעלה דומה‬15:1,2,3 ‫ § ממתן בהליכה‬4:4,8; § 24:2,4

‫ § גלגל קטן‬4:1; § 26:5; § 27:4; § 30:2,6

‫ § גלגל‬1:3; § 6:1

1266

appendix 14

No

English

De luminaribus

Meʾorot References in De luminaribus

163

stars

stelle

164

stars of the signs

stelle signorum

165

stars of the upper stelle spere sphere superioris

166

succedent (houses)

succedentes

167

summer

estas

168

tables (astronomical)

tabule

‫ § לוחות‬25:4

169

tempered

complexionatus

‫ § ממוסך‬33:3

170

term

terminus

171

tertian fever

febris tertiana

172

testimony

testimonium

173

trine aspect

aspectus trinus/aspectus tertius

174

triplicity

triplicitas

175

under the ray of the Sun

sub radiis Solis

176

uneven number

numerus impar

177

upper sphere

spera superior

178

urine

urina

‫ § כוכבים‬1:3; § 6:1; § 10:1; § 11:2; § 20:1; § 21:1; § 22:1; § 23:5; § 29:1 et passim ‫ § כוכבים שהם‬33:3 ‫בגלגל השמיני‬ ‫ § כוכבי הגלגל‬6:1 ‫העליון‬ ‫ § סמוכים‬12:1

‫ § קיץ‬2:1; § 6:4

‫ § גבול‬24:12,13; § 30:5 ‫ § קדחת שלישיה‬5:1 ‫ § עדות‬12:1; § 14:2,3,4,5,6,7,8; § 20:1,2,3; § 21:1,2 ‫ § מבט שלישית‬26:7; § 27:7; § 31:3; § 4:8; § 32:4,5,5

‫ § שלישות‬24:12,13; § 30:5,6 ‫ § תחת אור‬8:4; § 14:1; § 29:1 ‫השמש‬ — § 3:5 ‫ § גלגל עליון‬6:1 ‫ § מים‬9:9

technical terms in de luminaribus No

English

De luminaribus

Meʾorot References in De luminaribus

179

victorious (planet)

vincere

‫ § לנצח‬30:1

180

vomiting

vomitus

‫ § קיא‬24:9

181

winter

hyems

‫ § חורף‬2:1

1267

APPENDIX 15

NAMES OF PERSONS, AUTHORS, AND SOURCES IN DE LUMINARIBUS AND THEIR COUNTERPARTS IN MEʾOROT No

Latin

English

Meʾorot

References in De luminaribus

1

Antiqui

Ancients

2

Ego

I (Abraham Ibn Ezra)

3

electiones

elections

‫ § מבחרים‬9:6

4

in eorum libris

in their books (scholars of the stars)

‫ § ספריהם‬3:2

5

insipientes sermones

foolish statements

‫ § מהבילים‬3:5 = praters

6

iudicia scientie astrorum

judgments of the science of the stars

‫ § משפטי חכמת‬9:1 ‫המזלות‬ = judgments of the science of the sigs

7

Liber Initii Sapientie

Book of the Beginning of Wisdom

‫ § ספר ראשית‬35:2 ‫החכמה‬

8

Liber Tabularum

Book of Tables

‫ § ספר הלוחות‬25:4

9

medici

physicians

‫ § חכמי הרפואות‬3:3 ‫הגדולים‬ = great physicians

10

medicus

a physician

‫ § הרפואות‬9:9 = the physicians

‫ § קדמונים‬23:5 ‫ § אני‬4:9; § 34:2

names of persons, authors, and sources in de luminaribus 1269 No

Latin

English

Meʾorot

References in De luminaribus

11

multi

many

12

piscatores

fishermen

13

plures

many

14

sapientes astrologie

scholars of astrology

‫ § חכמי המזלות‬22:1 = scholars of the signs

15

sapientes astrorum

scholars of the stars

‫ § בעלי המזלות‬3:2 = experts of the signs

16

Tholomeus

Ptolemy

‫ § תלמי המלך‬16:4 = King Ptolemy

‫ § רבים‬4:5; 12,15; § 25:4 ‫ § דייגים‬3:2 ‫ § רבים‬24:9

BIBLIOGRAPHY Works by Abraham Ibn Ezra Abrahe Avenaris (Peter d’Abano), ed. Liechtenstein (1507): Abrahe Avenaris Iudei Astrologi peritissimi in re iudiciali opera ab excellentissimo philosopho Petro de Albano post accuratam castigationem in Latinum traducta (Venice: Petrus Liechtenstein, 1507), IIr–XCIv. Astrolabio, ed. Millás Vallicrosa (1940): Tractatus de astrolabio conscriptus dictante authori quodam egregio philosopho Mro. Abraham, ed. José M. Millás Vallicrosa, in “Un nuevo tratado de astrolabio de R. Abraham ibn Ezra,” Al-Andalus, 5 (1940): 9–29. Commencement 1939, ed. Levy: The Beginning of Wisdom, An Astrological Treatise by Abraham Ibn Ezra, edited by Raphael Levy and Francisco Cantera (Baltimore: The Johns Hopkins University Press, 1939), pp. 30–125. De nativitatibus, ed. Ratdolt (1485): Abraham Iudei de nativitatibus (Venice: Erhard Ratdolt, 1485). De nativitatibus, ed. Sela (2019): Liber Abraham Iudei de nativitatibus in: Abraham Ibn Ezra Latinus on Nativities. A Parallel Latin-English Critical Edition of Liber Nativitatum and Liber Abraham Iudei de Nativitatibus, ed., trans., and annot. Shlomo Sela (Leiden: Brill, 2019), pp. 250–351. De rationibus tabularum, ed. Millás Vallicrosa (1947): José M. Millás Vallicrosa, ed., El Libro de los Fundamentos de las Tablas Astronómicas de R. Abraham Ibn Ezra (Madrid–Barcelona, 1947). Electiones, ed. Sela (2020): Liber electionum (Latin translation of the third version of Sefer ha-Mivḥarim) in: Abraham Ibn Ezra Latinus on Elections and Interrogations. A Parallel Latin-English Critical Edition of Liber Electionum, Liber Interrogationum, and Tractatus Particulares, ed., trans., and annot. Shlomo Sela (Leiden: Brill, 2020), pp. 91–131. Meʾorot, ed. Sela (2011): Sefer ha-Meʾorot in: Abraham Ibn Ezra on Elections, Interrogations and Medical Astrology, A Parallel Hebrew English Critical Edition of the Book of Elections (3 Versions), the Book of Interrogations (3 versions) and the Book of the Luminaries, ed., trans., and annot. Shlomo Sela (Leiden: Brill, 2011), pp. 452–483. Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot, ed. Sela (2017): Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot in: Abraham Ibn Ezra’s Introductions to Astrology, A Parallel Hebrew-English Critical Edition of the Book of the Beginning of Wisdom and the Book of the Judgments of the Zodiacal Signs, ed., trans., and annot. Shlomo Sela (Leiden: Brill, 2017), pp. 488–555. Mivḥarim I, ed. Sela (2011): First version of Sefer ha-Mivḥarim in: Abraham Ibn Ezra on Elections, Interrogations and Medical Astrology, A Parallel Hebrew English Critical Edition of the Book of Elections (3 Versions), the Book of Interrogations (3 versions) and the Book of the Luminaries, ed., trans., and annot. Shlomo Sela (Leiden: Brill, 2011), pp. 46–89. Mivḥarim II, ed. Sela (2011): Second version of Sefer ha-Mivḥarim in: Abraham Ibn Ezra on Elections, Interrogations and Medical Astrology, A Parallel Hebrew English Critical Edition of the Book of Elections (3 Versions), the Book of Interrogations (3 versions) and the Book of the Luminaries, ed., trans., and annot. Shlomo Sela (Leiden: Brill, 2011), pp. 142– 177. Moladot, ed. Sela (2013): First version of Sefer ha-Moladot in: Abraham Ibn Ezra on Nativities and Continuous Horoscopy, A Parallel Hebrew English Critical Edition of the Book of Nativities and the Book of Revolution, ed., trans. and annot. Shlomo Sela (Leiden: Brill, 2013), pp. 84–203. Nativitates, ed. Sela (2019): Liber nativitatum (Latin translation of the second version of Sefer ha-moladot) in: Abraham Ibn Ezra Latinus on Nativities. A Parallel Latin-English Critical Edition of Liber Nativitatum and Liber Abraham Iudei de Nativitatibus, ed., trans., and annot. Shlomo Sela (Leiden: Brill, 2019), pp. 80–159.

bibliography

1271

ʿOlam I, ed. Sela (2010): First version of Sefer ha-ʿOlam, in: The Book of the World, A Parallel Hebrew-English Critical Edition of the Two Versions of the Text, ed., trans., and annot. Shlomo Sela (Leiden-Boston: Brill Academic Publishers, 2010), pp. 52–97. ʿOlam II, ed. Sela (2010): Second version of Sefer ha-ʿOlam, in: The Book of the World, A Parallel Hebrew-English Critical Edition of the Two Versions of the Text, ed., trans., and annot. Shlomo Sela (Leiden-Boston: Brill Academic Publishers, 2010), pp. 156–191. ʿOlam III, ed. Sela et al. (2020): Shlomo Sela, Carlos Steel, C. Philipp E. Nothaft, David Juste, Charles Burnett, “A Newly Discovered Treatise by Abraham Ibn Ezra and two Treatises Attributed to Al-Kindī in a Latin Translation by Henry Bate,” Mediterranea, (2020): 193– 305. Reshit Ḥokhmah II, ed. Sela (2010): Reshit Ḥokhmah II in: Shlomo Sela, “A Fragment From an Unknown Redaction of Reʾšit Ḥokmah by Abraham Ibn Ezra,” Aleph 10.1 (2010): 43–66. Reshit Ḥokhmah, ed. Sela (2017): Reshit Ḥokhmah in: Abraham Ibn Ezra’s Introductions to Astrology, A Parallel Hebrew-English Critical Edition of the Book of the Beginning of Wisdom and the Book of the Judgments of the Zodiacal Signs, ed., trans., and annot. Shlomo Sela (Leiden: Brill, 2017), pp. 48–271. Sheʾelot I, ed. Sela (2011): First version of Sefer ha-Sheʾelot in: Abraham Ibn Ezra on Elections, Interrogations and Medical Astrology, A Parallel Hebrew English Critical Edition of the Book of Elections (3 Versions), the Book of Interrogations (3 versions) and the Book of the Luminaries, ed., trans., and annot. Shlomo Sela (Leiden: Brill, 2011), pp. 240–297. Sheʾelot II, ed. Sela (2011): Second version of Sefer ha-Sheʾelot in: Abraham Ibn Ezra on Elections, Interrogations and Medical Astrology, A Parallel Hebrew English Critical Edition of the Book of Elections (3 Versions), the Book of Interrogations (3 versions) and the Book of the Luminaries, ed., trans., and annot. Shlomo Sela (Leiden: Brill, 2011), pp. 348–397. Ṭeʿamim I, ed. Sela (2007): First version of Sefer ha-Ṭeʿamim in: Abraham Ibn Ezra: The Book of Reasons, A Parallel Hebrew-English Critical Edition of the Two Versions of the Text, ed., trans., and annot. Shlomo Sela (Leiden-Boston: Brill Academic Publishers, 2007), pp. 28– 107. Ṭeʿamim II, ed. Sela (2007): Second version of Sefer ha-Ṭeʿamim in: Abraham Ibn Ezra: The Book of Reasons, A Parallel Hebrew-English Critical Edition of the Two Versions of the Text, ed., trans., and annot. Shlomo Sela (Leiden-Boston: Brill Academic Publishers, 2007), pp. 182–257. Tequfah, ed. Sela (2013): Sefer ha-Tequfah in: Abraham Ibn Ezra on Nativities and Continuous Horoscopy, A Parallel Hebrew English Critical Edition of the Book of Nativities and the Book of Revolution, ed., trans. and annot. Shlomo Sela (Leiden: Brill, 2013), pp. 372–389. Primary Sources Albumasar in Sadan, ed. Federici Vescovini (1998): Albumasar in Sadan in Graziella Federici Vescovini, ‘La versio latina degli Excerpta de secretis Albumasar di Sadan’, Archives d’histoire doctrinale et littéraire du Moyen Age, 65, (1998): 273–330. Al-Kindī, ed. Bos and Burnett (2000): Gerrit Bos and Charles Burnett, Scientific Weather Forecasting in the Middle Ages: The Writings of al-Kindī (London and New York, 2000). Almagest, ed. Toomer, (1984): Ptolemy’s Almagest, translated and annotated by G.J. Toomer (London, 1984). Book of Religions and Dynasties, ed. Yamamoto and Burnett (2000): Abū Maʿshar on Historical Astrology, The Book of Religions and Dynasties (On the Great Conjunctions) ed. and trans. Keiji Yamamoto and Charles Burnett (Leiden: Brill, 2000). De mundo (Bate), ed. Liechtenstein (1507): Translation of ʿOlam I by Henry Bate, in: Abrahe Avenaris Iudei Astrologi peritissimi in re iudiciali opera (Venice: Petrus Liechtenstein, 1507), sig. LXXVIIv2–LXXXVr1. De mundo (Bate), ed. Steel (2019): Translation of ʿOlam I by Henry Bate, in: Carlos Steel, “Henry Bate’s Translation of Ibn Ezra’s Treatise The Book of the World,” Quaestio 19 (2019): 227–278 [part of Stars, Kingdoms, Beliefs, and Masses. Political Astrology in the Mediterranean Area from Middle Ages to the Renaissance. Le stelle, i regni, le credenze e le masse.

1272

bibliography

L’astrologia politica nel Mediterraneo tra Medioevo e Rinascimento, ed. M. Benedetto, P. Arfé, P. Porro]. De diebus creticis, ed. Dell’ Anna (1999): Giuseppe Dell’ Anna, Dies critici: La teoria della ciclicità delle patologie nel XIV secolo (Galatina: Mario Congedo Editore, 1999), vol. 2, pp. 97–127. Epitome, ed. Heller (1548): Epitome totius astrologiae, conscripta a Ioanne Hispalensi Hispano Astrologo celeberrimo, ante annos quadringentos, ac nunc primum in lucem edita. Cum praefatione Ioachimi Helleri Leucopetraei, contra Astrologiae adversarios, in officina Ioannis Montani et Ulrici Neuber, (Nuremberg, 1548). Equatorium planetarum, ed. Ratdolt (1485): Equatorium planetarum, (Venice: Erhard Ratdolt, 1485), sigs. D4r–D6r. Great Introduction, ed. Burnett and Yamamoto (2019): The Great Introduction to Astrology by Abū Maʿšar, ed. Keiji Yamamoto and Charles Burnett (Leiden: Brill, 2019). Ḥeshbon, ed. Millás Vallicrosa (1959): José Maria Millás Vallicrosa, ed. and trans., La obra Séfer hesbón mahlekot ha-kokabim (Libro del cálculo de los movimientos de los astros) de R. Abraham bar Ḥiyya ha-Bargeloní (Madrid: CSIC, 1959). Introduction, ed. Burnett et al. (2004): Al-Qabīṣī (Alcabitius): The introduction to Astrology, Editions of the Arabic and Latin texts and an English translation, Charles Burnett, Keiji Yamamoto, M. Yano (London-Turin, 2004). Kelal Qaṭan, ed. Bos et al. (2005): Gerrit Boss, Charles Burnett, and Y. Tzvi Langermann, Hebrew Medical Astrology: David Ben Yom Tov’s Kelal Qaṭan (Philadelphia: American Philosophical Society, 2005). Kitāb aḥkām al-mawālīd (2001): Paul Kunitzsch, Abū Maʿshar, Kitāb aḥkām al-mawālīd, IX, 1, in Hermetis Trimegisti Astrologia et Divinatoria, Turnhout, 2001 (Corpus Christianorum. Continuatio Medievalis, 144C), 83–99. Kitāb al-mudkhal al-kabīr, ed. Lemay (1996): Abū Maʿshar al-Balkhī (Albumasar), Kitāb al-mudkhal al-kabīr, Liber introductorii maioris as scientiam judiciorum astrorum, ed. Richard Lemay (Naples: Istituto Universitario Orientale, 1996). Liber Astronomicus (1550): Guidonis Bonati Forolviensis Mathematici de Astronomia Tractatus X (Basileae, 1550). Magistralis compositio astrolabii, ed. Ratdolt (1485): Magistralis compositio astrolabii, (Venice: Erhard Ratdolt, 1485), sigs. C5r–D4r. Matheseos, ed. Kroll and Skutsch (1897): Iulii Firmici Materni, Matheseos Libri VIII, ed. W. Kroll and F. Skutsch (Leipzig 1897). Megillat ha-megalleh, ed. Poznanski (1924): Abraham Bar Ḥiyya, Sefer Megillat ha-Megalle von Abraham bar Chija, published by A. Poznanski with introduction and notes by J. Guttman (Berlin, 1924). Nativitas, ed. Steel et al. (2018): The Astrological Biography of a Medieval Philosopher: Henry Bate’s Nativitas (1280–1281), Carlos Steel, Steven Vanden Broecke, David Juste, and Shlomo Sela (Leuven: Leuven University Press 2018). Quadripartitum, ed. Ratdolt (1484): Ptolemy, Quadripartitum, ed. Erhard Ratdolt (Venice, 1484). Speculum astronomiae, ed. Caroti et al. (1992): Speculum astronomiae, in: Paola Zambelli, The Speculum Astronomiae and Its Enigma (Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Publishers, 1992), pp. 208–273. Tetrabiblos, ed. Robbins (1980): C. Ptolemy, Tetrabiblos, ed. and trans. F.E. Robbins (Cambridge, Ma: Harvard University Press, 1980). Tetrabiblos, ed. Vuillemin-Diem and Steel (2015): Gudrun Vuillemin-Diem, Carlos Steel, Ptolemy’s Tetrabiblos in the Translation of William of Moerbeke: Claudii Ptolemaei Liber Iudicialium (Leuven: Leuven University Press. 2015). Tractatus pluviarum ed. Burnett (2008), “Weather Forecasting, Lunar Mansions and a Disputed Atribution: the Tractatus pluviarum et aeris mutationis and Epitome totius astrologiae of ‘Iohannes Hispalensis’”, in Islamic Thought in the Middle Ages: Studies in Text, Transmission and Translation, in Honour of Hans Daiber, ed. Anna Akasoy and Wim Raven (Leiden and Boston, 2008), 219–265.

bibliography

1273

Secondary Literature Birkenmajer 1919: Aleksander Birkenmajer, “La bibliothèque de Richard de Fournival”, Travail présenté par le Sécrétaire à la session de la Faculté le 3 juillet 1919, reprinted in Aleksander Birkenmajer, Études d’histoire des sciences et de la philosophie du Moyen Age, Studia Copernicana, 1 (Wrocław, Zakład Narodowy im. Ossolińskich, 1970), pp. 117– 215. Birkenmajer 1950: Aleksander Birkenmajer, “A propos de l’Abrahismus’ ”, Archives internationales d’histoire des sciences, 3 (1950):378–390, reprinted in Aleksander Birkenmajer, Études d’histoire des sciences et de la philosophie du Moyen Age, Studia Copernicana, 1 (Wrocław, Zakład Narodowy im. Ossolińskich, 1970), pp. 237–249. Aleksander Birkenmajer 1970 [1923], “Henri Bate de Malines, astronome et philosophe du XIIIe siècle,” repr. and transl. in Etudes d’histoire des sciences et de la philosophie du Moyen Age (Krakow: Wrocław, Zakład Narodowy im. Ossolińskich, 1970), pp. 105–115. Bos and Burnett 2000: Gerrit Bos and Charles Burnett, Scientific Weather Forecasting in the Middle Ages: The Writings of al-Kindī (London and New York, 2000). Boudet 2006: Jean-Patrice Boudet, Entre science et nigromance. Astrologie, divination et magie dans l’Occident médiéval (XIIe-XVe siècle) (Paris: Publications de la Sorbonne, 2006). Burnett 2002: Charles Burnett, “John of Seville and John of Spain, a mise au point,” Bulletin de philosophie médiévale 44. Turnhout, 2002, pp. 59–78, reprinted as essay VI in Charles Burnett, Arabic into Latin in the Middle Ages (Farnham: Ashgate, 2009), pp. 75– 77. Burnett 2003: Charles Burnett, “‘Albumasar in Sadan’ in the Twelfth Century,” in Ratio et Superstitio, Essays in Honor of Graziella Federici Vescovini, ed. by G. Marchetti, O. Rignani, and V. Sorge (Louvain-le-Neuve: Fédération internationale des instituts d’études médiévales, 2003), pp. 59–67. Burnett 2008: Charles Burnett, “Weather Forecasting, Lunar Mansions and a Disputed Atribution: the Tractatus pluviarum et aeris mutationis and Epitome totius astrologiae of ‘Iohannes Hispalensis’”, in Islamic Thought in the Middle Ages: Studies in Text, Transmission and Translation, in Honour of Hans Daiber, ed. Anna Akasoy and Wim Raven (Leiden and Boston, 2008), 219–265. Burnett 2010: Charles Burnett, “Hebrew and Latin Astrology in the Twelfth Century: the Example of the Location of Pain,” Studies in History and Philosophy of Science Part C: Studies in History and Philosophy of Biological and Biomedical Sciences 41 2 (June 2010): 70–75. Goldstein 1996: B.R. Goldstein, “Astronomy and Astrology in the Works of Abraham Ibn Ezra,” Arabic Sciences and Philosoph, 6 (1996): 9–21. Guldentops 2005: Guy Guldentops, “Famosus expositor … . On Bate’s (Anti-)Thomism” in: Recherches de Théologie et Philosophie médiévales, 2005, vol. 72, pp. 191–231. Guy 2005. “Famosus expositor … . On Bate’s (Anti-)Thomism” in: Recherches de Théologie et Philosophie médiévales, vol. 72, pp. 191–231. Juste 2015: David Juste, Les manuscrits astrologiques latins conservés à la Bibliothèque nationale de France à Paris, (Paris: CNRS Éditions 2015). Juste 2016: David Juste, “The Impact of Arabic Sources on European Astrology: Some Facts and Numbers,” Micrologus XXIV (2016): 173–194. Juste 2018 (a): David Juste, “Bate’s Astrological and Astronomical Works” in Nativitas, ed. Steel et al. (2018), pp. 44–54. Juste 2018 (b): David Juste, “Bate’s Nativitas in Context” in Nativitas, ed. Steel et al. (2018), pp. 65–85. Kunitzsch 2001: Paul Kunitzsch, “Liber de stellis beibeniis. Textus Arabicus et translatio latina,” in Hermetis Trismegisti Astrologica et Divinatoria, Turnhout, 2001 (Corpus Christianorum. Continuatio Medievalis, 144C), 6–81. Leicht 2012: Reimund Leicht, “Towards a History of Hebrew Astrological Literature,” in Science in Medieval Jewish Cultures, ed. Gad Freudenthal (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2012), pp. 262–281.

1274

bibliography

Levey 1971: M. Levey, “Abraham ibn Ezra,” in Dictionary of Scientific Biography, vol. IV, (New York, 1971), 502–503. Levy 1927: R. Levy, The Astrological Works of Abraham Ibn Ezra (Baltimore, 1927). Levy 2000: T. Lévy, “Abraham Ibn Ezra et les mathematiques; remarques bibliographiques et historiques” in Abraham ibn Ezra, savanat universel (Bruxelles, 2000), 60–75. Millás Vallicrosa 1949: José M. Millás Vallicrosa, “El magisterio astronómico de Abraham Ibn Ezra en la Europa latina,” in Estudios sobre historia de la ciencia española, Barcelona, 1949, pp. 289–347. Moulinier-Brogi 2016: Laurence Moulinier-Brogi, “Du nouveau sur Guillaume l’Anglais et son traité De urina non visa (1220),” Cahiers de civilisation médiévale, 59, (2016):411–420. Nothaft 2018 (a): Philipp Nothaft, “Ptolemaic Orbs in Twelfth-Century England: A Study and Edition of the Anonymous Liber de motibus planetarum,” Mediterranea, 3 (2018): 145– 210. Nothaft 2018 (b): “Henry Bate’s Tabule Machlinenses: the earliest astronomical tables by a Latin author,” Annals of Science, 75.4 (2018): 275–303. Pingree 1970: David Pingree, “Abū Maʿshar,” Dictionary of Scientific Biography 1 (New York, 1970), 32–39. Poulle 1972: Emmanuel Poulle, “Henry Bate of Malines” in Dictionary of Scientific Biography, vol. VI (New York, 1972), pp. 272–275. Rodriguez Arribas 2009: Josefina Rodriguez Arribas, “Astronomical and Astrological Terms in Ibn Ezra’s Biblical Commentaries: A New Approach,” Culture and Cosmos 13.1 (2009): 3–23. Samsó 2012: Julio Samsó, “‘Dixit Abraham Iudeus’: algunas observaciones sobre los textos astronómicos latinos de Abraham ibn ‘Ezra”, Iberia Judaica, IV, (2012):171–200. Schuba 1992: L. Schuba, Die Quadriviums-Handschriften der Codices Palatini Latini in der Vatikanischen Bibliothek (Wiesbaden, 1992). Sela 2003: Shlomo Sela, Abraham Ibn Ezra and the Rise of Medieval Hebrew Science (Leiden: Brill Academic Publishers, 2003). Sela 2007: Abraham Ibn Ezra: The Book of Reasons, A Parallel Hebrew-English Critical Edition of the Two Versions of the Text, ed., trans., and annot. Shlomo Sela (Leiden-Boston: Brill Academic Publishers, 2007). Sela 2010: The Book of the World, A Parallel Hebrew-English Critical Edition of the Two Versions of the Text, ed., trans., and annot. Shlomo Sela (Leiden-Boston: Brill Academic Publishers, 2010). Sela 2011: Abraham Ibn Ezra on Elections, Interrogations and Medical Astrology, A Parallel Hebrew English Critical Edition of the Book of Elections (3 Versions), the Book of Interrogations (3 versions) and the Book of the Luminaries, ed., trans., and annot. Shlomo Sela (Leiden: Brill, 2011). Sela 2012: Shlomo Sela, “Astrology in Medieval Jewish Thought” in: G. Freudenthal, (ed.) Science in Medieval Jewish Cultures, (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2012), pp. 292– 300. Sela 2013: Abraham Ibn Ezra on Nativities and Continuous Horoscopy, A Parallel Hebrew English Critical Edition of the Book of Nativities and the Book of Revolution, ed., trans. and annot. Shlomo Sela (Leiden: Brill, 2013). Sela 2014: Shlomo Sela, “The Astrological-Astronomical Encyclopedia in MS Paris 1058,” 14(1) Aleph, (2014):189–241. Sela 2017: Abraham Ibn Ezra’s Introductions to Astrology, A Parallel Hebrew-English Critical Edition of the Book of the Beginning of Wisdom and the Book of the Judgments of the Zodiacal Signs, ed., trans., and annot. Shlomo Sela (Leiden: Brill, 2017). Sela 2017a: Shlomo Sela, “The Ibn Ezra–Henry Bate Astrological Connection and the Three Abrahams,” Mediterranea, 2 (2017): 163–186. Sela 2018: Shlomo Sela, “Origins and Transmission of Liber Abraham Iudei de Nativitatibus: A New Appraisal Based on the Scrutiny of the Available Manuscripts and other Sources,” Revue des études juives, 177, 3–4 (2018): 313–348. Sela 2019 (a): Shlomo Sela, Abraham Ibn Ezra Latinus on Nativities. A Parallel Latin-English

bibliography

1275

Critical Edition of Liber Nativitatum and Liber Abraham Iudei de Nativitatibus, ed., trans., and annot. Shlomo Sela (Leiden: Brill, 2019). Sela 2019 (b): Shlomo Sela, “The Abraham Ibn Ezra–Peter of Limoges Astrological-Exegetical Connection,” Aleph 19.1 (2019): 9–57. Sela 2019 (c): Shlomo Sela, “Calculating Birth: Abraham Ibn Ezra’s Role in the Creation and Diffusion of the Trutina Hermetis,” in C. Dopfel and A. Focati (ed.) Pregnancy and Childbirth from Late Antiquity to the Renaissance (Turhnout: Brepols, 2019), pp. 79–106. Sela 2019 (d): Shlomo Sela, “Pietro d’Abano, Translator of Ibn Ezra’s Astrological Writings,” Sefarad, 79:1 (2019):1–82. Sela 2019 (e): Shlomo Sela, “Abraham Ibn Ezra as the Translator of Astrological and Astronomical Texts from Arabic into Hebrew: Sources and Methods,” Medieval Encounters, 25 (2019): 345–380. Sela 2020 (a): Shlomo Sela, Abraham Ibn Ezra Latinus on Elections and Interrogations. A Parallel Latin-English Critical Edition of Liber Electionum, Liber Interrogationum, and Tractatus Particulares, ed., trans., and annot. Shlomo Sela (Leiden: Brill, 2020). Sela 2020 (b): Shlomo Sela, “Henry Bate, Translator of Abraham Ibn Ezra’s Astrological Writings,” Aleph, 20.1–2 (2020): 103–201. Sela 2021: Shlomo Sela, “The Impact of Hagin Le Juif’s French Translations on Subsequent Latin Translations of Abraham Ibn Ezra’s Astrological Writings,” Jewish Quarterly Review, Vol. III, No. 1 (Winter 2021): 55–82. Sela and Freudenthal 2006: Shlomo Sela and Gad Freudenthal, “Abraham Ibn Ezra’s Scholarly Writings: A Chronological Listing,” Aleph 6 (2006): 13–55. Sela et al. (2020): Shlomo Sela, Carlos Steel, C. Philipp E. Nothaft, David Juste, Charles Burnett, “A Newly Discovered Treatise by Abraham Ibn Ezra and two Treatises Attributed to Al-Kindī in a Latin Translation by Henry Bate,” Mediterranea, (2020), 193–305. Smithuis 2004: Renate Smithuis, “Abraham ibn Ezra the Astrologer and the Transmission of Arabic Science to the Christian West,” doctoral dissertation (University of Manchester, 2004). Smithuis 2006: Renate Smithuis, “Abraham Ibn Ezra’s Astrological Works in Hebrew and Latin—New Discoveries and Exhaustive Listing,” Aleph 6 (2006): 239–338. Steel 2020 (a): Carlos Steel, “A Discussion on Ptolemy’s Authority: Henry Bate’s Prologue to His Translation of Ibn Ezra’s Book of the World,” in Ptolemy’s Science of the Stars in the Middle Ages, ed. D. Juste, B. van Dalen, D.N. Hasse, C. Burnett, Turnhout, 2020, pp. 245– 281. Steel 2020 (b): Carlos Steel, “A Newly-Discovered Treatise from the School of Alexandria. Cosmas of Alexandria: Introductorius in astrologiam,” Byzantion, 90 (2020):321–396. Steel and Guldentops 1996: Carlos Steel and Guy Guldentops, Henricus Bate, Speculum divinorum et quorundam naturalium, Parts XX–XXIII, On the Heavens, the Divine Movers, and the First Intellect (Leuven: Leuven University Press, 1996). Steel and Vanden Broecke 2018: Carlos Steel and Steven Vanden Broecke, “A Portrait of Henry Bate,” in Nativitas, ed. Steel et al. (2018), pp. 31–43. Steinschneider 1870: Moritz Steinschneider, “Zur Geschichte der Uebersetzungen aus dem Indischen ins Arabische und ihres Einflusses auf die arabische Literatur,” Zeitschrift der deutschen Morgenländischen Geselschaft 24 (1870): 325–392. Steinschneider 1880/1925: Moritz Steinschneider, “Abraham Ibn Esra (Abraham Judaeus, Avenare),” Supplement zur Zeitschrift für Mathematik und Physik, 25 (1880): 59–128 (= Gesammelte Schriften, [Berlin 1925], 407–498). Steinschneider 1897: M. Steinschneider, Die Handschriften-Verzeichnisse der Königlichen Bibliothek zu Berlin: Verzeichnis der Hebraeischen Handschriften (Berlin: Buchdruckerei der Königlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften [G. Voigt], 1897). Steinschneider 1925: Moritz Steinschneider, “Abraham Judaeus—Savasorda und Ibn Esra” in Gesamelte Schriften (Berlin, 1925), 327–387. Thorndike 1923–1958: Lynn Thorndike, A History of Magic and Experimental Science (New York: Columbia University Press, 1923–1958). Thorndike 1944: Lynn Thorndike., “The Latin translations of the astrological tracts of Abraham Avenezra,” Isis 35 (1944):293–302.

1276

bibliography

Thorndike 1954: Lynn Thorndike, “Albumasar in Sadan,” Isis 45 (1954): 22–32 Truhlář 1906: J. Truhlář, Catalogus codicum manu scriptorum qui in C.R. Bibliotheca Publica atque Universitatis Pragensis asservantur (Prague, 1906), codices 1–1665. Van de Vyver 1960: Edmond Van de Vyver, Henricus Bate, Speculum divinorum et quorundam naturalium, part I, Littera dedicatoria, ed. E. Van de Vyver (Louvain: Publications Universitaires, 1960). Wallerand 1931: Gaston Wallerand, Henricus Bate, Speculum divinorum et quorundam naturalium, fasc. 1, Etude bio-bibliographique, Epistola ad quidonem hannoniae, Tabula, Ia et IIa pars (Louvain: Institut Superieur de Philosophie de l’Universite, 1931), pp. 7–23.

INDEX 12 Keys of the moon, 61, 285, 555, 981, 1035 120 aphorisms, 24, 59, 301–323 28 lunar mansions, 11, 61, 989–991

anonymous Latin translations, 4, 8, 14, 17, 55, 121, 756, 758, 884, 999 apogee, 106, 137, 159, 173, 179, 185, 199, 271, 277, 317, 493, 511, 545, 549, 553, 555, 584, Abraham al-Zarqāl (Arzachel), 955, 957 635, 663, 673, 675, 799, 801, 807, 809, Abraham Avenezra, 13, 21, 780 811, 821, 957, 959, 1005, 1049, 1051, 1053– Abraham Bar Ḥiyya, 47, 49–53, 58, 105, 106, 1055, 1081 108, 113, 626, 771, 875, 882, 919, 927, 999, appetitive soul, 257, 613, 1108 1007 application, 269, 285, 555 Abraham Compilator, 14, 40, 286, 490, 936 Arabia, 189, 1016 Abraham Iudeus, 2, 9, 20 Arabic transliterations, 30, 57n284, 74, 76, Abraham Princeps, 14, 15, 17, 49, 51, 52, 522, 85, 88, 89, 90, 91, 99, 392, 439 566, 860, 869, 940 Aristotle, 106, 108, 491, 537, 539, 547, 549, Abū Maʿshar, 8, 23, 24, 25, 50–51, 59, 83–85, 963 103, 105–106, 108, 110, 475, 489, 497, 537, Arnoul de Quincampoix, 3, 8, 110 543, 861, 865, 867, 935, 939, 941, 943, aspect (astrological), 18–19, 25n152, 34, 41, 945, 985, 987, 989, 1000, 1025, 1104–1105 47, 50–51, 52, 53, 65, 78–79, 84, 113, 225– Abū Saʿīd Shādhān ibn Bahr, 1104, 1105 227, 269, 273, 281, 283, 289–295, 297, accident, 295, 315, 551, 555, 853, 1041 299, 303, 305, 307, 309, 313, 321, 353– acute disease, 64, 65, 245, 251, 683, 1100 355, 503, 517–521, 525, 527, 557, 559, Aḥmad ibn Yūsuf, 1006 563–565, 567, 571–577, 579, 637, 647, airy signs, 155, 181, 207, 229, 511, 515, 641, 657, 663–665, 695, 813, 815, 883–885, 643, 773, 777, 951, 975, 983 839, 853–855, 857–859, 861–871, 961, Al-Andruzagar, 29n170, 529, 987, 993 965, 967, 971, 981, 983, 985, 987, 991, 993, al-Battānī, 8, 9, 61, 355, 941–943, 957, 989, 1035, 1039, 1041, 1043, 1045, 1047, 1051, 1007 1053, 1057, 1059, 1061 al-Biṭrūjī, 106, 547 astrolabe, 2, 5, 8, 523, 565, 571, 789, 884 al-fardār, 61, 241, 247, 251, 255, 261, 265, astrological corpus (Abraham Ibn Ezra), 269, 357, 533, 577, 671, 675, 679, 681, 685, xiii, 1, 109, 115, 1097–1100 689, 695, 961, 963 astronomical tables, 2–3, 5, 6, 8, 9–10, 20, al-Kindī, 10, 11n65, 12, 94, 489, 511, 517, 565, 46–47, 61, 108, 275, 639, 651, 671, 689– 635, 665, 709, 977, 987, 1020, 1105 691, 693, 707, 709, 711, 787, 791, 805, 809, al-mubtazz, 88–90, 521, 545, 645, 833–835, 851, 861, 863, 869, 945, 951, 957, 969, 961, 977, 979, 985, 987, 993, 1039 989, 1007, 1051 al-Qabīṣī, 25, 29n170, 57n284, 74, 1020 Aventarat (Ibn Ṣariq), 979, 1020 al-Ṣūfī, 3, 9, 941, 957 ʿayish and her sons, 96, 98, 221, 367, 419 al-Zarqāl, 955, 957, 1007 azemena, 57, 58, 74, 93, 331, 343, 477, 641, Alexandria, 213, 247, 1104 785 Almagest (Ptolemy), 937, 943, 1000 alternative reading, 27–28, 37, 44, 53, 55, 63, Babylonia, 141, 253 68, 69–93, 114, 116, 118 Babylonians, 137, 145, 159, 167, 175, 181, 187, see double and triple translation 193, 199, 205, 211, 217, 241, 527, 535 ancients, 108, 129, 131, 135, 137, 141, 145, 219, Baghdad, 171, 406, 1016 225, 275, 281, 287, 289, 301, 323, 325, balance of Enoch, see trutina Hermetis 353, 355, 487, 509, 511, 517, 523, 525, Banū Shākir, 61, 1005 529, 535, 539, 541, 563, 577, 635, 647, benefic planets, 79, 82, 135, 303, 305, 311, 655, 675, 687, 689, 691, 699, 701, 705, 711, 369, 535, 663–665, 667, 689, 919, 969, 766–767, 773–775, 793, 797, 799, 801, 971, 983, 987, 1047, 1049, 1051, 1053, 803, 831, 833, 835, 839, 878, 957, 965, 1057 981, 1047 Béziers, 86

1278

index

biblical commentaries (Abraham Ibn Ezra), 1 Exodus, 371, 886 Pentateuch, 1100 Psalms, 375 bicorporal signs, 72, 139, 155, 175, 213, 195, 201, 213, 311, 345, 511, 513, 639, 771, 837, 1045 black bile, 39, 147, 177, 179, 201, 211, 227, 241, 511, 531, 533, 609, 643, 675, 677, 679, 703, 821 blood, 70n347, 139, 155, 159, 183, 207, 227, 245, 247, 251, 263, 497, 499, 521, 535, 681, 683, 825 see red bile Book of Creation, 963 Book of Experiments (Māshāʾallāh), 323 Book of Four Parts (Ptolemy), see Tetrabiblos (Ptolemy) Book of Longitudes (Hermes), 485 Book of Religions and Dynasties (Abū Maʿshar), 999, 1000, 1025 Book of Secrets (Enoch), 60, 969 Book of the Fruit, 357 see Centiloquium (Pseudo-Ptolemy) Book of the judgments of the nativities (Abū Maʿshar), 369 Book on Rain (Plato), 979 Book on the Conjunctions of the Planets (Abū Maʿshar), 59n289, 945 Book on the Judgments of the Revolutions of the World-Years (al-Kindī), 10n61, 12–13, 94 bright degrees, 56, 137, 145, 153, 161, 167, 175, 181, 187, 193, 199, 207, 211, 217, 271, 505, 509, 511, 767, 781, 783 building, 231, 239, 261 burnt, 273, 281, 283, 285, 295, 305, 319, 349, 491, 513, 553, 661, 775, 803, 807, 839, 841, 965, 969, 971, 977, 991, 993 see path of burning cadent houses, 87, 229, 273, 293, 295, 303, 305, 319, 345, 349, 525, 527, 657, 659, 669, 691, 693, 709, 789, 837, 971, 979, 983, 1041 calamities, 70n347 Calcidius, 965, 1011 Canaan, 973 Cancer, sign of the world, 106, 167, 390, 501, 643, 967 captivity, 233, 325, 331, 795 cardines, 65, 86, 87, 229, 271, 349, 519, 523, 565, 604, 693, 789, 835, 837, 843, 855, 859, 865, 867, 1041, 1043, 1047

Centiloquium (Hermes), 1101, 1104, 1106 Centiloquium (Pseudo-Ptolemy), 59n290, 94, 357, 1106 see Book of the Fruit children, 179, 191, 197, 203, 209, 213, 231, 245, 259, 263, 329, 331, 527, 655, 657, 679, 701–703, 762, 793, 845, 993 China, 163, 985 chronic disease, 57n284, 74, 241, 533, 539, 613, 677, 821 climates, 39–40, 107, 139, 147, 155, 163, 171, 177, 183, 189, 195, 201, 207, 213, 235, 241, 247, 253, 257, 261, 265, 375, 497, 511, 531, 535, 537, 539, 541, 563, 565 clothes, 141, 143, 149, 157, 163, 171, 177, 179, 183, 195, 203, 213, 237, 243, 249, 257, 263, 267, 317, 527, 531, 535, 793, 827, 1037 Commencement (Hagin le Juif), 7, 28, 29–33, 95–98, 100, 102, 115, 117, 118, 119, 122, 123, 1105, 1107–1156 see Reshit Ḥokhmah (Abraham Ibn Ezra) complexion, 155, 635, 649, 709, 771, 831, 1037, 1059 conception, 54n267, 793–795 see trutina Hermetis conjunctions, 59, 60, 61, 65, 94, 95, 269, 279, 287, 289, 291, 297, 303, 309, 319, 345, 487, 501, 553, 555, 557, 643, 661, 667, 701, 809, 811, 813, 831, 839, 841, 935, 945– 951, 959, 961, 965, 967, 969, 971, 973, 977, 979, 981, 987, 991, 1041, 1045, 1047, 1049, 1051, 1053, 1059 120 conjunctions of the seven planets, 59, 94–95, 103, 947–949, 991, 1002 conjunctions of Saturn and Jupiter, 59, 60, 61, 110, 287–289, 539, 541, 817, 941, 969, 975, 985, 987, 1099 conjunction of the luminaries, 61, 329, 335, 347, 671, 689, 691, 693, 937, 939, 941, 943, 945, 957, 959, 969, 977, 987, 1057 see eclipses great conjunction, 60n295, 139, 287– 289, 343, 357, 949, 959, 969, 973, 977, 985, 987 middle conjunction, 60n295, 357, 951, 969, 973, 977, 985 small conjunction, 60n295, 357, 951, 969, 973, 975, 977 crafts, 30, 159, 169, 173, 203, 233, 239, 247, 255, 259, 261, 263, 323, 397, 427, 531, 609, 681, 703, 745, 750, 795, 821, 825, 827, 829, 831, 953 critical days, 18–19, 64–65, 110, 1033–1059, 1100, 1104

index crooked hours, 227, 479, 521, 569–575, 671, 697, 705, 849–861, 865, 867 crooked signs, 77, 82 cutting the light, 84, 285, 297, 315, 462 dark degrees, 56, 74, 137, 145, 167, 175, 193, 199, 207, 211, 273, 505, 509, 511, 709, 781– 783 De diebus creticis (Henry Bate), 16–17, 18–19, 68, 109, 110, 111, 112, 1104 De generatione et corruptione (Aristotle), 108, 891 De luminaribus (Henry Bate), 27, 64–69, 70, 73, 81, 85, 89, 99, 101, 102, 104, 109, 110, 118, 121, 1029–1086, 1094, 1256–1269 see Meʾorot (Abraham Ibn Ezra) De mundo (Henry Bate), 14, 49, 59–64, 70, 72, 73–74, 77, 81–82, 88, 93–95, 99, 101, 102–103, 109, 110, 933–1027, 1093, 1101, 1105, 1235–1255 see ʿOlam I (Abraham Ibn Ezra) De nativitatibus (attributed to Abraham Ibn Ezra), 2, 8, 14, 111, 758, 840, 1098 De rationibus tabularum (Abraham Ibn Ezra), 2–3, 8, 9, 20 death, 39, 233, 235, 237, 239, 325, 327, 329, 335, 351, 493, 527, 531, 559, 647, 657, 677, 681, 703, 775, 795, 821, 825, 845, 993, 1055, 1057 decan, 23, 137, 141, 143, 145, 149, 151, 155, 157, 159, 163, 165, 167, 171, 173, 175, 177, 179, 183, 185, 187, 189, 191, 193, 195, 197, 199, 203, 205, 209, 211, 213, 217, 271, 293, 297, 299, 317, 505, 653, 777–779, 880–881 dejection, 38, 46, 86, 145, 167, 173, 179, 185, 191, 205, 211, 217, 239, 273, 297, 309, 349, 513, 551, 643, 649, 685, 773, 775, 825, 835, 971, 977, 991, 1033, 1041 demons, 413, 643, 723, 791, 821 dignities (astrological), 23, 85–86, 88, 129, 137, 271, 297, 299, 305, 309, 557, 697, 703, 801, 833, 835, 959, 977, 987, 991, 993, 1055 directions, 25, 34, 47, 49–50, 53, 108, 353, 355–357, 565, 567, 577, 847–849, 851, 853, 859, 861, 865, 869 see projection of rays diseases, 18, 64–65, 68, 143, 151, 159, 165–167, 169, 173, 179, 185, 187, 193, 199, 205, 211, 215–217, 233, 241, 245, 263, 303, 331, 335, 377, 499, 533, 539, 543, 643, 659, 669, 677, 687, 703, 711, 793, 795, 819, 821, 825, 827, 829, 849, 853, 967, 975, 983, 993, 1033–1061, 1100 see acute disease, chronic disease

1279

Dorotheus, 60, 61, 287, 517, 527, 553, 561, 635, 957, 969 double and triple translation, 11, 27, 28, 35–36, 37, 43, 44, 49, 53–54, 62, 63, 68, 69–93, 115, 118, 120 see alternative reading dreams, 199, 233, 245, 659, 709, 791, 795, 841 duodenaria, 46, 137, 145, 153, 159, 167, 175, 181, 187, 193, 199, 205, 211, 217, 275, 311, 507, 509, 653, 787–789, 969 earthy signs, 38–39, 147, 161, 175, 201, 229, 511, 515, 643, 653, 773, 777, 951, 975, 979, 981, 983 eccentric circle, 77, 137, 271, 432, 545, 547, 549, 555, 647, 659, 663, 673, 677, 801, 805, 809, 821, 823, 959, 1051, 1053, 1055 eclipses, 6, 59, 60, 76–77, 101, 104, 275, 551, 555, 633, 811, 937, 939, 943, 959, 967– 969, 1031, 1041 see conjunction of the luminaries ecliptic, 71, 72, 137, 279, 355, 485, 487, 521, 551, 555, 557, 661, 663, 711, 771, 811, 959, 1055 Edom, 98, 105, 183, 201, 213, 253, 257, 438, 973, 985 Egypt, 96, 147, 155, 247, 594, 973, 985 Egyptians, 60–61, 143, 145, 151, 153, 159, 167, 173, 175, 179, 181, 185, 187, 193, 199, 205, 211, 217, 499, 505, 507, 533, 653, 697, 957, 973 elephants, 147, 149, 163, 237, 683, 823 empty degrees, 56, 137, 153, 161, 175, 181, 187, 193, 199, 207, 211, 217, 783, 785, 881 enemies, 143, 173, 235, 341, 659, 703, 795, 847, 971 England, 1, 58–59, 98, 263, 443, 535 Enoch (Hermes), 12, 17n105, 54, 59–60, 102, 145, 167, 331, 341, 343, 347, 353, 485, 501, 515, 527, 535, 563, 651, 691, 703, 793, 969, 973, 985, 1101, 1104, 1106 Enoch’s balance, see trutina Hermetis epicycle, 102, 106, 545, 547, 553, 555, 635, 659, 663, 801, 811, 823, 959, 1035, 1055 Epitome totius astrologiae, 2, 12, 584 equal degrees, 73n368, 77, 131, 279, 323, 353–355, 565–569, 571, 573, 709, 771, 779, 787, 789, 791, 795, 803, 805, 813, 847, 855, 859, 863, 865, 867, 932, 979, 981, 987, 1059 equal hour, 139, 147, 155, 161, 169, 175, 181, 189, 195, 201, 207, 213, 569, 641, 697, 705, 969

1280

index

equator, 71, 73n366, 78, 102, 139, 291, 485, 495, 497, 501, 639, 801, 803, 849, 853, 953, 989, 1047, 1061 Ethiopia, 147, 183, 201, 207 Euclid, 963 exaltation, 34, 41, 46, 82, 85, 88, 137, 145, 151, 159, 167, 179, 185, 199, 205, 211, 271, 293, 297, 299, 307, 317, 339, 345, 349, 357, 369, 499, 503, 505, 513, 515, 535, 649– 651, 703, 711, 773–775, 825, 833, 835, 961, 977, 1033, 1041, 1051, 1055

Guido Bonatti, 3n16 Guy of Avesnes, 5, 6

Hagin le Juif, 7–8, 13, 16, 17, 22, 29–33, 45, 69, 71–77, 79–87, 91–93, 94, 95–100, 102, 111, 117, 121–122, 390–391, 411, 413, 613, 614, 1105 haylāj, 42, 47, 89, 90, 691, 693, 829, 831, 833 see significator Head of the Dragon, 76, 137, 151, 159, 167, 205, 217, 275, 279, 351, 515, 551, 651, 687– father, 177, 231, 239, 255, 329, 351, 525, 529, 689, 775, 961 537, 655, 669, 677, 679, 691, 701, 791, 817, Hebrew transliteration, 32–33, 95–98, 122 845 Hec est Nativitas quedam ad instruendum te, fear, 35, 36, 129, 157, 215, 233, 239, 251, 267, et est de iudiciis Abraham, 55n272 303, 307, 319, 321, 795, 821, 841, 983, Ḥejaz, 207 1055 Hermann of Carinthia, 83–85, 1000 feminine degree, 57, 139, 145, 153, 161, 167, Hermes, see Enoch (Hermes) 175, 181, 187, 193, 199, 207, 211, 217, 299, Hermes’ balance, see trutina Hermetis 783 Ḥešbon mahalakhot ha-kokhavim (Abraham feminine planet, 135, 299, 493, 539, 543, Bar Ḥiyya), 50, 53, 1007 673, 685, 691, 829 Hipparchus, 509, 941, 953, 955, 957 feminine quadrant, 229, 273, 683, 691, 791 honor (exaltation), see exaltation feminine sign, 147, 161, 175, 189, 201, 213, 273, honor (magnitude), see magnitude (fixed 299, 511, 543, 691, 773, 979, 989 stars) fiery signs, 139, 169, 195, 229, 489, 495, 511, house of death, 527, 795 635–637, 641, 643, 773, 777, 951, 975, 983 house of dejection, 86, 145, 167, 173, 179, five places of dominion, 47, 89–90, 829, 831, 185, 191, 205, 211, 217, 273, 297, 309, 833, 847, 859 349, 513, 551, 643, 649, 651, 683, 773, fixed signs, 73, 147, 169, 189, 311, 511, 639, 771, 775, 825, 835, 971, 977, 991, 1033, 837, 1045 1041 France, 1, 25, 1101, 1102 house of detriment, 86, 145, 151, 159, 167, French intermediary, xiv, 4, 7–8, 13–14, 16, 173, 179, 185, 191, 199, 205, 211, 217, 273, 22, 27–33, 37–38, 45, 69, 70, 72, 78, 80, 305, 311, 317, 505, 643, 773, 825, 835, 971, 81, 83, 85, 87, 94, 95–100, 102, 109, 111, 977, 991 112, 115, 722, 723 house of joy, 275, 691 friends, 143, 151, 165, 173, 233, 323, 527, 559, house of the end, 73–74, 693–695, 709, 985 657, 703, 795 humors, 139, 169, 183, 189, 201 see black bile, phlegm, red bile, yellow generosity, 84, 92, 259, 285, 297, 299, 315, bile 337, 341, 823 geometry, 179, 197, 261, 505, 517, 633, 811, Ibn Abi Damina, 529 829 Indian scientists, 60–61, 137, 141, 143, gives power, 285, 293, 297, 301, 307, 311, 313, 145, 149, 153, 155, 157, 159, 163, 165, 665, 679, 833, 835, 837 167, 171, 175, 177, 179, 181, 183, 185, 187, God, 43, 48, 129, 141, 157, 179, 199, 243, 547, 189, 193, 195, 197, 199, 203, 205, 209, 633, 683, 687, 697, 701, 771, 841, 871, 1031 211, 213, 215, 217, 275, 323, 495, 497, Great Introduction (Abū Maʿshar), 23, 24, 505, 507, 509, 513, 515, 517, 533, 539, 83–85, 105–106, 475, 489, 586, 590, 932, 545, 551, 553, 559, 577, 649, 651, 653, 1000 671, 689, 703, 707, 945, 951, 957, 987, great years, 241, 247, 251, 255, 261, 265, 269, 989 507, 533, 539, 543, 653, 671, 673, 675, inheritance, 233, 657, 795 677, 681, 685, 687, 817, 819, 821, 827, 829, Introduction to Astrology (al-Qabīṣī), 25, 831, 1000 29n170, 57n284, 74, 1020

index Introductorius (Henry Bate), 15, 22–33, 36, 37, 70–77, 79–82, 85–87, 90–93, 94, 95, 96–100, 104–105, 116, 117, 119–120, 121– 123, 127–482, 1089, 1107–1156 see Reshit Ḥokhmah (Abraham Ibn Ezra) Italy, 1, 12 see Pisa, Lucca, Rome Iudicia (Henry Bate), 46–59, 70, 71–72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 83, 85, 86, 87, 88, 90, 99, 100, 101, 102, 107–108, 109, 113, 114, 121, 769–932, 1092, 1207–1234 see Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot (Abraham Ibn Ezra) John of Seville, 12n72, 83–85 Joseph ben Eliezer Bonfils, 1100 journeys, 143, 167, 231, 233, 239, 265, 335, 527, 531, 534, 541, 657, 669, 679, 703, 791, 795, 819, 847, 967, 983, 993 joy, 106, 257, 267, 313, 321, 325, 531, 681, 827, 843, 993 joy (astrological), 273, 275, 543, 669, 691, 775 Julius Firmicus, 785 kadḍudhah, 89–90, 691 see ruler Kanakah, the Indian, 141 Kelal qaṭan, 70n347 Khorasan, 973, 985 Kimah, 96, 97, 98, 743 see Pleiades King Dorotheus, 60, 517, 969 see Dorotheus King Ptolemy, 11, 649, 683, 699, 797, 801, 803, 817 see Ptolemy kingdom, 30, 233, 355, 659, 985, 1102 kings, 30, 110, 143, 159, 171, 173, 193, 203, 233, 253, 319, 343, 345, 355, 386–387, 537, 563, 641, 649, 669, 681, 817, 823, 829, 971, 973, 985, 993 Kitāb aḥkām al-mawālīd, see Book of the judgments of the nativities (Abū Maʿshar) Kitāb al-mudkhal, see Introduction to Astrology (al-Qabīṣī) Kitāb al-mudkhal al-kabīr, see Great Introduction (Abū Maʿshar) Kitāb al-ulūf (Abū Maʿshar), 25 land of Israel, 155, 253, 985 Latin readership, xiii, 1, 3, 4, 1101–1103 Le livre des elections Abraham (Hagin), 7, 16 see Mivḥarim II (Abraham Ibn Ezra)

1281

Le livre des questions (Hagin), 7, 17 see Sheʾelot II (Abraham Ibn Ezra) least years, 241, 251, 255, 261, 265, 269, 497, 511, 533, 539, 543, 671, 673, 675, 677, 681, 685, 687, 817, 819, 821, 823, 827, 829, 831, 961 Liber Abraham de terminatione morborum (Pierre de Limoges), 68–69, 121 see Meʾorot (Abraham Ibn Ezra) Liber Abraham Iudei de Nativitatibus, 2, 8, 14, 109, 111, 758, 1098 Liber Abrahe Avenerre introductorius ad astronomiam, see Introductorius (Henry Bate) Liber Abrahe Avenesre de luminaribus, see De luminaribus (Henry Bate) Liber causarum seu rationum, see Rationes I (Henry Bate) Liber de luminaribus (Pietro d’Abano), 68– 69, 81, 121 see Meʾorot (Abraham Ibn Ezra) Liber de mundo vel seculo, see De mundo (Henry Bate) Liber de rationibus (Pietro d’Abano), 44–45, 121 see Ṭeʿamim II (Abraham Ibn Ezra) Liber electionum (anonymous), 11, 17, 55n272, 1099 see Mivḥarim III (Abraham Ibn Ezra) Liber electionum ab Abraham Evenezre (anonymous), 55n272 see Mivḥarim II (Abraham Ibn Ezra) Liber interrogationibus ab alio editus (anonymous), 55n272 see Sheʾelot II (Abraham Ibn Ezra) Liber interrogationum (anonymous), 55n272, 919, 1099 see Sheʾelot III (Abraham Ibn Ezra) Liber introductionis ad iudicia astrologie, see Iudicia (Henry Bate) Liber nativitatum (anonymous), 14, 55n272, 756, 758, 919, 927, 1098 see Moladot II (Abraham Ibn Ezra) Liber revolucionum (anonymous), 55n272 see Sefer ha-Tequfah (Abraham Ibn Ezra) Liège, 5–6, 27, 63, 109, 357, 482, 995 Livre des jugemens des nativités (Hagin), 7, 13 see Moladot (Abraham Ibn Ezra) lord of the day, 671, 741 lord of the decan (face), 56, 57, 505, 507, 594, 653, 777, 779, 880–881, 833 see decan lord of the exaltation, 293, 297, 833 see exaltation

1282

index

lord of the hour, 347, 479, 533, 679, 705, 707, 775 lord of the house, 297, 311, 327, 329, 331, 335, 341, 349, 505, 513, 527, 537, 645, 653, 657, 667, 697, 775, 779, 833, 837, 843, 847–849, 971, 979, 981, 1039, 1051 lord of the nativity, 1039 lord of the term, 697, 777, 833, 847, 849 see term (astrological) lord of the triplicity, 29, 30, 145, 151, 159, 167, 173, 179, 187, 191, 199, 205, 211, 217, 231–235, 293, 297, 313, 505, 515, 517, 529, 651–653, 697, 730, 777, 781, 819, 833 see triplicity lost Hebrew texts, xiii, 10, 11, 14, 17, 41, 55n272, 121, 919, 1097, 1098, 1099, 1100 lot of Fortune, 89n451, 91, 219, 323, 325, 327, 337, 339, 341, 343, 691, 693, 699, 756, 831, 833, 841, 843 lots, 24–25, 47–48, 90–93, 129, 219, 323– 353, 357, 561–563, 691, 693, 699, 831, 841, 843, 845, 919–920 Lucca, 3, 12 Luḥot ha-nasiʾ (Abraham Bar Ḥiyya), 47 lunar mansions, see 28 lunar mansions Magistralis compositio astrolabii (Henry Bate), 8 magnitude (fixed stars), 135, 147, 153, 161, 169, 175, 181, 187, 193, 207, 213, 217, 287, 369, 1059 malefic planets, 82, 104, 135, 235, 247, 273, 287, 289, 299, 301, 303, 305, 307, 309, 311, 349, 529, 537, 539, 559, 643, 645, 679, 685, 687, 689, 829, 839, 965, 969, 971, 975, 987, 1037, 1047 masculine degrees, 57, 139, 145, 153, 161, 167, 175, 181, 187, 193, 199–201, 207, 211, 217, 299, 783 masculine planet, 135, 299, 493, 543, 551, 653, 669, 679, 683, 693, 823, 827, 829 masculine quadrant, 227, 229, 271, 273, 523, 683, 691, 693, 791 masculine sign, 139, 155, 169, 181, 195, 207, 271, 299, 495, 517, 543, 551, 641, 691, 693, 773 Māshāʾallāh, 108, 323, 457, 517, 523, 565, 689, 841, 965, 975, 977, 985 master of help, 27, 30, 32, 357, 482 masters of the observations, 8, 9n55, 103, 935–937, 941, 943, 945, 951, 953 see scholars of experience mathematics and mathematicians, 59n290, 94–95, 111, 157, 179, 185, 261, 325, 529, 829, 963

mean motion, 10, 59n289, 77, 275, 279, 487, 671, 709, 839, 841, 935, 945, 951, 955, 957, 977, 1035 Mechelen (Malines), 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 45, 63, 69, 94, 102, 109, 995 Megillat ha-Megalleh (Abraham Bar Ḥiyya), 49, 935, 941, 999, 1000 melothesia, 46 Meʾorot (Abraham Ibn Ezra), 18, 64–69, 73, 89, 1100, 1105, 1256–1269 messengers, 231, 233, 265, 541, 819 middle years, 241, 247, 251, 255, 261, 265, 269, 533, 539, 543, 671, 673, 675, 677, 681, 685, 687 Mishpeṭei ha-Mazzalot (Abraham Ibn Ezra), 15, 46–59, 73, 74, 76, 83, 85, 89, 90, 91– 93, 107–108, 121, 723, 919–920, 1097, 1207–1234 Mivḥarim I (Abraham Ibn Ezra), 1098– 1099 Mivḥarim II (Abraham Ibn Ezra), 7, 16–17, 19, 55n272, 1099 Mivḥarim III (Abraham Ibn Ezra), 11, 16–17, 55n272, 1099 Moladot (Abraham Ibn Ezra), 7, 13, 19, 432, 457, 758, 1097–1098 Moladot II (Abraham Ibn Ezra), 14, 55n272, 108, 756, 758, 918–919, 927, 1098 music, 11n66, 111, 155, 157, 159, 163, 165, 171, 177, 183, 185, 203, 257, 263, 965 Nativitas (Henry Bate), 13–18, 19, 21, 36, 43, 44, 99, 110, 111, 112–113, 1101, 1102 nature of the planets, 34, 47, 78–81, 85, 131, 219–225, 235–269, 815–831 nature of the signs, 34, 41, 78, 80, 135, 145, 507, 637 Nawādir al-qaḍā (Sahl Ibn Bishr), 24 ninth-parts, see novenaria nodes, 76 see Head of the Dragon, Tail of the Dragon novenaria, 56, 107, 137, 145, 153, 159, 167, 175, 181, 187, 193, 199, 205, 211, 217, 507, 655, 779–781 Obers de Mondidier, 7, 482 ʿOlam I (Abraham Ibn Ezra), 12–13, 14–15, 21–22, 49, 59–64, 77, 94, 95, 103, 110, 1099–1100, 1235–1255 see De mundo (Henry Bate) ʿOlam II (Abraham Ibn Ezra), 12, 1020, 1099–1100

index ʿOlam III (Abraham Ibn Ezra), 9, 10–12, 94, 110, 751, 1100 Orvieto, 6, 27, 36, 37, 43, 44, 48, 53, 67, 68, 109, 112, 113, 357, 579, 871, 1061 pain, 143, 151, 165, 173, 531, 533, 543, 547, 681, 1051 see pains of the planets in the signs pains of the planets in the signs, 34, 46, 83, 143, 151, 159, 167, 185–187, 193, 199, 205, 211, 217, 499, 543, 667, 797–799 paranatellonta, 23 Paris, 3, 4, 5, 7, 21, 44, 999 partners, 38, 39, 40, 145, 151, 159, 167, 173, 179, 187, 191, 199, 205, 211, 217, 231, 301, 505, 515, 517, 559, 637, 643, 651, 653, 697, 777, 963 path of burning, 38, 74–75, 273, 275, 513, 649, 775 see burnt peregrine, 82, 273, 307 perigee, 76, 137, 145, 159, 199, 211, 217, 239, 271, 277, 317, 505, 545, 549, 635, 663, 771, 799, 801, 807, 809, 811, 821, 959, 1049, 1051, 1055 Persia, 141, 171, 195, 973 Persian language, 61, 76 Persian scholars, 137, 151, 183, 533, 559, 563, 577, 653, 671, 685, 689, 695, 833, 845, 957, 961 Petrus Liechtenstein, 22, 63 philosophy, 4, 5, 6, 10, 20, 261, 325, 547–549, 799, 963 phlegm, 163, 189, 213, 229, 267, 677 physicians, 261, 491, 643–645, 773, 825, 829, 1033, 1039, 1043 Pierre de Limoges, 3, 5, 7, 8, 21, 68, 69, 110, 121, 1072, 1076, 1077, 1078, 1080–1081, 1084, 1104, 1105, 1106 Pietro d’Abano, 3, 8, 22, 32n172, 44, 45, 68, 69, 76n381, 110, 119, 121, 387, 720, 721, 722, 723, 746, 747, 748, 755, 756, 762, 763, 766, 768, 1072, 1105 Pisa, 2, 3, 9, 10, 12, 945, 973 pits, 56–57, 153, 167–168, 175, 181, 187, 193, 201, 207, 211, 217, 559, 781–785 Plato, 106, 547, 965, 979, 1011 Pleiades, 96, 97, 98, 131, 151, 219, 711 see Kimah potion, 351, 825 pregnancy, 17n105, 793, 795 see trutina Hermetis Principium sapientie (Pietro d’Abano), 32n172, 1105 see Reshit Ḥokhmah (Abraham Ibn Ezra)

1283

prison, 201, 233, 235, 249, 325, 331, 527, 543, 669, 677, 795, 819, 843 profit, 657, 669, 701, 795, 993 projection of rays, 25, 47, 49, 129, 285, 1138 see directions Ptolemy, 8, 9, 11, 22, 40, 60, 94, 103, 104– 105, 131, 137, 141, 143, 145, 149, 153, 155, 157, 159, 163, 165, 167, 171, 173, 175, 177, 179, 181, 183, 185, 187, 189, 191, 193, 195, 197, 199, 203, 205, 209, 211, 213, 215, 217, 289, 301, 323, 325, 357, 485, 487, 491, 495, 497, 503, 507, 509, 511, 513, 515, 517, 523, 525, 529, 533, 545, 551, 553, 555, 557, 559, 561, 563, 577, 643, 647, 649, 653, 655, 665, 671, 679, 681, 683, 689, 691, 697, 699, 705, 709, 775, 797, 801, 803, 817, 821, 825, 831, 833, 835, 839, 865, 935, 937, 941, 943, 951, 953, 955, 957, 959, 965, 967, 999, 1045, 1106 Ptolomeus et multi sapientum, 3 quadrants, 24, 129, 225, 519, 807 see feminine quadrant, masculine quadrant quarrels, 106, 247, 249, 333, 527, 543, 683, 703, 795, 825, 983 Rationes I (Henry Bate), 15, 18–19, 33–40, 52, 53, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 81, 82, 83, 85, 86, 87, 88, 90, 91, 99, 101, 102, 105–106, 109, 112–113, 483–630, 1090, 1157–1183 see Ṭeʿamim I (Abraham Ibn Ezra) Rationes II (Henry Bate), 19, 40–45, 48, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 76, 77, 79, 80, 81, 82, 85, 87, 88, 89, 90, 99, 101, 102, 106–107, 109, 631–768, 1091, 1184– 1206 see Ṭeʿamim II (Abraham Ibn Ezra) reception in the Latin West (Abraham ibn Ezra), 1–4, 6–20 recompense, 297, 315, 557 rectification of the nativity, 42, 46, 54 see trutina Hermetis red bile, 169, 227, 251, 255, 635, 683 see blood reflecting the light, 84, 285, 291–293, 313, 557, 667 Reshit Ḥokhmah (Abraham Ibn Ezra), 7, 8, 23–33, 72, 73, 76, 78–79, 80, 82, 83, 87, 90, 91–93, 96–98, 100, 1097, 1107–1156 see Introductorius (Henry Bate) Reshit Ḥokhmah, second version (Abraham Ibn Ezra), 41, 1097

1284

index

retrograde, 47, 273, 279, 281, 283, 295, 297, 301, 305, 309, 311, 319, 349, 545, 547, 549, 551, 555, 799, 803–805, 807, 809, 813, 837, 839, 841, 971, 977, 979, 981, 983, 989, 991, 1049, 1051, 1053, 1057 revolution of the month, 705–707 revolution of the world-year, 343, 357, 509, 563, 655, 817, 935, 1025 revolution of the year, 345, 347, 349, 705, 707, 709, 771, 937, 951, 953, 957, 969, 973, 975, 977, 983, 985, 993, 1061, 1098 revolution of the year of the conjunction, 343, 345, 951, 965, 969, 985 riches, 173, 203, 209, 245, 263, 529, 559, 561, 657, 669, 679, 681, 687, 697, 701, 703, 801, 823, 837, 843–845, 991 see wealth Rome, 183, 438, 973, 985 Rouen, 58 ruler, 89, 227, 521, 545, 561, 645, 669, 671, 689, 691–693, 697, 699, 703, 709, 801, 833, 835, 837, 957, 1039 ruler of the five places of dominion, 90, 829 ruler of the native, 88–89, 239, 635, 801 rulership, 321, 817, 847 Sabbath, 99, 241, 251, 821, 823, 827 Ṣafenat Paʿneaḥ (Joseph ben Eliezer Bonfils), 1100 Sahl Ibn Bishr, 24 scholars of experience, 503, 511, 789, 945, 951 see masters of observations scholars of the judgments of astrology, 789 scholars of the stars, 129, 153, 159, 167, 175, 181, 187, 199, 205, 211, 353, 501, 509, 529, 533, 555, 635, 641, 791, 807, 847, 953, 975, 1033 science of the images, 106, 707 science of the stars, 263, 635, 1037, 1039 seasonal hours, 227, 291, 521, 569, 571, 573, 575, 671, 697, 705, 849, 851, 853, 855, 857, 859, 861, 865, 867 Secunda pars libri rationum, see Rationes II (Henry Bate) Sefer ha-Tequfah (Abraham Ibn Ezra), 55n272, 73n368, 1098 Sefer Yeṣirah, 103 sensitive soul, 253, 612 sexual intercourse, 151, 203, 233, 259, 325, 331, 333, 645, 687, 703, 827, 961 shadow, 953, 1031, 1041 Sheʾelot I (Abraham Ibn Ezra), 1099 Sheʾelot II (Abraham Ibn Ezra), 7, 17, 55n272, 109, 1099

Sheʾelot III (Abraham Ibn Ezra), 55n272, 108, 1099 short signs, 665, 853–855, 1045, 1047, 1051 sign of the city or country, 12–13, 15, 39, 139–141, 147, 155, 163, 171, 177, 183, 189, 195, 201, 207, 213, 541, 965, 967, 969, 971, 973, 975, 979, 981, 983 sign of the world, 106, 167, 390–391, 501, 643, 967 significator, 89, 153, 313–317, 645, 651, 756, 760, 785, 855, 861, 863, 902, 927 signs of deformities, 74, 191, 773 signs of diseases, 151, 215 signs with a human form, 499, 641, 643, 645, 773, 967, 983 similitude, 84, 271, 273, 299, 305, 315, 317 slaves, 82, 201, 227, 233, 235, 331, 529, 541, 561, 643, 659, 681, 703, 785, 793, 831, 845, 991 Solomon Ibn Gabirol, 72n352 soul, 5, 90, 129, 235, 241, 249, 253, 257, 261, 263, 267, 325, 339, 341, 527, 537, 539, 543, 545–551, 561, 633, 659, 663, 669, 677, 681, 687, 699–701, 703, 791, 793, 799, 801, 815, 823, 831, 841, 843, 985 Spain, 1, 257 Speculum astronomiae, 3n16, 999 Speculum divinorum et quorundam naturalium (Henry Bate), 5, 6, 10, 20 sterile signs, 155, 645 straight signs, 77–78, 82, 227, 513, 521, 641, 773, 803 table of sphaera recta, 571, 573, 577, 695, 757, 851, 853, 859, 861, 863 Tabulae Machlinienses, 5, 9–10 Tail of the Dragon, 137, 199, 273, 275, 279, 515, 551, 651, 689, 775, 961 Talmud, 75, 76, 371, 381, 416, 722, 726, 1203 Ṭeʿamim I (Abraham Ibn Ezra), 1, 15–16, 18, 19, 33–40, 50, 51, 52, 53, 73, 74, 79, 82, 83, 87, 90, 91–93, 105, 129, 579, 787, 869, 937, 1097, 1157–1183 Ṭeʿamim II (Abraham Ibn Ezra), 11, 12, 16, 19, 40–45, 73, 74, 76, 79, 82, 88, 89, 90, 91–93, 106, 787, 1097, 1184–1206 Tequfot ha-Shanim (Moladot), 1098 term (astrological), 57, 85, 88, 137, 145, 153, 159, 167, 175, 181, 187, 193, 199, 205, 211, 217, 271, 273, 275, 293, 297, 299, 317, 503, 507, 535, 559, 641, 653, 677, 681, 685, 687, 697, 711, 777, 779, 835, 847, 849, 985, 1049, 1055, 1076 testimonies, 65, 313–317, 351, 775, 841, 918– 919, 1041, 1043, 1045, 1047

index Tetrabiblos (Ptolemy), 5, 491, 563, 683, 937, 999, 1000 thieves, 141, 215, 233, 235, 247, 497, 537, 683, 825 Timaeus (Plato), 547, 965, 1011 Toledan Tables, 47 Translation of two Kindian treatises on world astrology (Henry Bate), 10–13 Treatise on the Equatorium (Henry Bate), 5, 9, 10, 20 triple Enoch, 60 triplicity, 137, 271, 293, 297, 299, 313, 317, 505, 517, 537, 697, 777, 833, 835, 1049, 1055 see lord of the triplicity tropical (changeable) signs, 72–73, 139, 161, 181, 201, 311, 495, 507, 637, 639, 655, 771, 779, 781, 837, 991, 1045 trutina Hermetis, 17, 54 twelfths, see duodenaria under the rays of the Sun, 271, 273, 275, 281, 283, 285, 289, 295, 311, 317, 329, 337, 701, 807, 813, 837, 839, 845, 965, 971, 989, 1039, 1041, 1053 University of Paris, 3, 4, 5, 7, 21 vegetative soul, 241, 681, 699, 701, 823 Vettius Valens, 331, 475, 527

1285

victorious (planet), 555–557, 813, 841, 987, 1053–1055, 1082 wars, 143, 233, 247, 355, 501, 527, 529, 535, 683, 795, 825, 961, 971, 973, 975, 983, 1015 watery signs, 161, 189, 213, 229, 511, 515, 643, 645, 653, 773, 777, 951, 967, 975, 979, 983, 989 wealth, 255, 323, 325, 327, 559, 657, 669, 679, 791, 801, 823, 843–845, 849 see riches wife, 149, 655, 691, 819, 829, 845 woman, 92, 133, 141, 149, 151, 155, 157, 165, 173, 179, 189, 191, 195, 203, 205, 215, 223, 229, 233, 249, 257, 259, 267, 333, 497, 529, 539, 655, 659, 681, 691, 697, 703, 793, 795, 817, 827, 837, 845, 973, 993, 1039, 1053 Yaḥyā ben Abī Manṣūr, 8n48, 955 years of weaning, 267, 269, 445, 541, 614, 697, 759 yellow bile, 195, 405 zodiac, 24, 25n152, 46, 61n302, 71–72, 73, 74, 75, 77, 82, 137, 225, 227, 229, 287, 317, 355, 371, 509, 551, 565, 633, 663, 799, 1033, 1098